(VOL-4 OUTDOOR SUBJECTS)
(MR, GPS, FE, IED, FC, BC, TACTICS,
CI&POLICE OPS, JC & F/FIRING)
TRAINING DIRECTORATE-CRPF
NEW DELHI - INDIA ( DECEMBER – 2011)
1
FOREWORD:
The need for a single handbook containing all lessons of
Constable (GD) basic training in CRPF has been felt for quite
sometime. The raising of Addl. Trg. Centres further
necessiated this - to provide the instructors with enough trg.
materials in a single booklet form so that there is uniformity in
the contents.. After
discussions in various forums and
consultations with experienced trainers the syllabus was
reviewed. While reviewing the syllabus enough attention has
been paid to the changing security scenario, modus operandi
of anti-nationals and changing social millieu. This is the first
time, the syllabus revision committee itself has come out with
elaborate and comprehensive lesson plans on each of the
subject which I feel will be very useful to the trainers.
Prepared in roman hindi, the contents would be easily
understood by even non-hindi speaking personnel. I hope, this
handbook will benefit all trainers and trainees in enhancing
their Knowledge,skill and aptitude in their duties.
DEC-2011
NEW DELHI
K.VIJAY KUMAR, IPS
DIRECTOR GENERAL,
CENTRAL RESERVE POLICE FORCE
2
FROM THE DESK OF ADDL.DGP(TRG.)
:
Training is the best investment for any Organisation, more so
in an armed force like ours. The operational efficiency any unit
can be best tested in its trg. ground. This roman hindi
HANDBOOK FOR CT-GD BASIC TRG. consisting of all
lessons/trg. for the whole 44 weeks trg. period, is prepared to
benefit both instructors and trainees to impart/undergo trg. as
per the present needs of our organistion. I hope this book will
be of immense help to all – as prepared in easy language
covering all topics in a comprehensive manner.
D.K.PATHAK, IPS
ADDITIONAL DGP (TRG.)-CRPF
NEW DELHI
INTRODUCTION BY IGP(TRG.)
:
It is during basic trg. that one learns all the fundamentals of any
organisation.Hence its importance cannot be
overemphasized.SRC has made, an all out attempt to review the
contents of the basic course in accordance with the
everchanging dynamics of our country’s internal security
scenario.This change could not have been effectively
communicated to the target group i.e., thousands of recruits
joining this force- without making an authentic and
comprehensive resource material. The compilation of lesson
plans in a booklet form is an attempt in that direction. The
committee would welcome any suggestion for inclusion in
future editions.
K.MADHUSUDHANAN,
IGP-(TRG.)- CRPF
NEW DELHI
3
PREFACE BY AUTHOR:
“ A man would do nothing if he waits to do a work in such a way- that
nobody would find fault on what he has done “
Compiling lesson plans on a variety of subject to be taught during long 44
weeks was’nt an easy task. We had to go through various sources like trg.
books, pamphlets of Army, BSF, SPG,CRPF,CISF &Other forces/Police from
our country through their publications. Internet was also a main source
for thinking globally. This booklet has been made in simple Roman hindiwithout changing the meaning or spellings from the source , as Roman
hindi is a flexible language with no firm spelling for a particular word unlike pure English or hindi-and our main intention is to make the user to
study easily and understand fully. Most of the lessons were prepared after
due thoughts on the present Training Needs of our constables . I request
the readers to advise/correct us , if any conceptual or spelling mistakes
are found-through my e-mail id -- gkumarindia@aol.in-- for corrections
and also request for their valuable suggestions to further improve this
handbook.
G.KUMAR , B.Sc.,M.A.,M.Phil.,MBA.,
SECOND-IN-COMMAND (30 BN CRPF-ASSAM)
ATTACHED AT ATC – CRPF – AVADI (T.N)
BLOCK SYLLABUS OF 44 WEEKS BASIC TRG.
S/N
O.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CODE
RE
RM
OCT
UAC
BOX
SM
HC
PTT
OMDPT
PTTEST
SUBJECT
PHYSICAL TRAINING
Running and
Endurance
RouteMarches
Obstacle Clearing Trg.
Un Armed Combat
Boxing
Swimming
Hill & Building Climbing
PT Tables
One Minute Drill For
Strengthening
PT Tests
PERIODs
DAY
PERIOD
S
NIGHT
PERIO
DS
TOTAL
PERIOD
S
127
-
127
08
04
04
-
44
44
45
15
36
36
36
36
-
27
36
40
45
15
36
32
36
36
27
4
TOTAL
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
1
2
LOD
FD
AD
LRD
CD
FND
OMDD
DTEST
430
16
446
11
138
90
30
-
11
138
90
30
30
O9
20
-
30
09
20
12
-
12
TOTAL
WEAPON TRAINING
5.56 INSAS Rifle
5.56 INSAS LMG
340
-
340
119
53
08
-
127
53
7.62 SLR
7.62 LMG
9MM Carbine Machine
AKM
51 mm MORTAR
NO.36 H.E Grenade
9MM Browning Pistol
Tear Smoke
Firing
One Minute Drills with
Weapon
Bayonet Fighting
Weapon Tests
TOTAL
12
79
28
35
31
29
20
15
164
25
08
06
04
08
06
32
-
12
87
34
39
39
35
20
15
196
25
42
18
670
72
42
18
742
DRILL
Lectures On Drill
Foot Drill
Arms Drill
Lathi,Riot Drill and
Bugle Calls
Cane Drill
Last rites Drill
One Minute Drills in
Uniform
Drill Tests
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
15
16
17
INSAS
LMGIN
SLR
LMG
CM
AKM
MOR
GN
PIS
TS
FIR
OMD
18
19
BAY
WT-T
D
MR, GPS, FE, IED, FC, BC, TACTICS, CI&POLICE OPS, JC &
F/FIRING (OUTDOOR SUBJECTS)
MR
Map Reading & GPS
28
08
36
FE
Field Engineering,
36
36
Explosives & IEDs
FC
Field Craft
28
16
44
BC
Battle Craft
35
-35
TAC
Tactics
53
-53
CP
Counter insurgency &
36
16
52
Police operations
JC
Jungle camp & field
240
64
304
Firing
INT
Intelligence & Security
27
27
OMDOne Minute Drills for
31
31
CI
CI Ops.
TOTAL
514
104
618
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
E.
1
2
INDOOR SUBJECTS
L
Law And Manuals
RR
Rescue & Relief
Operations
18
08
-
18
08
5
3
4
FF
IS
5
6
HR
PO
7
HF
8
12
OP
IN/OU
T-T
Fire fighting
VIP/Jail/ Airport
security & Guarding of
vital installations
Human Rights
Central Police & State
Police organisations
Hygiene &
Sanitation,First
Aid&AIDS
Office procedure
INDOOR/OUTDOOR
WRITTEN Tests
TOTAL
Grand Total
08
08
-
08
08
08
08
-
08
08
16
-
16
04
08
-
04
08
86
-
86
2040
192
2232
BLOCK SYLLABUS FOR JUNGLE CAMP TRG.
S/N
o
Code
SUBJECT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PT
MR
Tac
FC
FE
EXP
FF
Misc
BI
10
SCE
Endurance Training
Map Reading & GPS
Tactical Ops
Field Craft
Field Engineering
Explosive
Field firing
Miscellaneous
Battle inoculation
TOTAL
7 days self contained
exercise
TOTAL
NO. OF PERIOD
ALLOTTED
Day
Night Total
12
08
20
18
14
32
70
20
90
16
06
22
13
00
13
06
00
06
18
00
18
16
00
16
11
00
11
180
48
228
During Day &
76
Night
240
64
304
********************************************************************************
DETAILED SYLLABUS FOR OUTDOOR SUBJECTS
MR, GPS, FE, EXPLOSIVES, IED,FC, BC, TACTICS,
CI&POLICE OPS, JC& F/FIRING
Subject
Code
S/
N
O
1
:
:
MR
(1) MAP READING& GPS
CODE SUBJECT
PERIODS
L/D
MR-1
Map reading ki aam jankari
1
Pra
c.
-
Night
-
Tot
al
1
6
2
MR-2-3
Conventional signs, Technical
terms aur Topographical forms
1
1
-
2
3
MR-4-6
1
2
-
3
4
MR-7
Disha aur degrees ,uttar ki
prakar aur uttar disha ka pata
lagana
Service prismatic compass
1
-
-
1
5
MR-8-9
Service protractor
1
1
-
2
6
MR-1011
1
1
-
2
7
MR-1213
1
1
-
2
8
MR-1423
Scale, bearing and back
bearing
Map ko set karna aur own
position ka pata lagana
Map to ground aur ground to
map
1
8
1
10
9
MR-2428
1
-
4
5
1
0
MR-2931
Din ke samay aur raat ke
samay march karna
GPS se parichay, vishestain wa
prakar,baitary prarmbh karne
ki prakriya, switch wa control
aur GPS ko on-off karne tahta
system setup karne ka tarika
GPS ke mark sakirn par we –
point banana , map ke vishesh
point ki akhash aur deshantar
ke data ko edit/delete karna
aur GPS set ke prayog se naye
sthan par pahuchakar wapis
loutana
1
1
1
3
1
2
2
5
11
17
8
36
11 MR-3236
TOTAL
Subject
Code
S
/
N
O
:
FE
(2) FIELD ENGINEERING, EXPLOSIVES & IEDs
CODE SUBJECT
PERIODS
L/D
1
FE-1-2
2
FE-3-4
3
4
FE-5-7
FE-811
FE-1215
4
:
Sabhi prakar ke tenton ke bare
mein jankari
Field engineering ki bare mein
jankari
Road block lagana.
Taar ki rukavaton ke bare mein
jankari
Fire trench aur weapon pit ko
taiyar karne ki jankari aur
abhiyas
2
Pra
c.
-
Nig
ht
-
Tota
l
2
2
-
-
2
1
2
2
2
-
3
4
1
3
-
4
7
6
Mine fields
2
2
-
4
Trip flair ko lagana aur arm
karna.
Demolition set aur blind ko
barbad karna
Booby traps aur IEDs
1
1
-
2
1
2
-
3
1
2
-
3
1
0
FE-1619
FE-2021
FE-2224
FE-2527
EXPL28-31
Basic demolition set aur
Assault charges
1
3
-
4
1
1
EXPL32-34
Mine Anti pers. M-18,
directional fragmentation (Clay
more mine)
1
2
-
3
1
2
EXPL35-36
Snipper
jankari
Total
1
1
-
2
16
20
-
36
7
8
9
Subject
Code
S/
N
1
:
:
dogs
FC
ki
baremain
(3) FIELD CRAFT
CODE SUBJECT
PERIODS
L/D
FC-1-3
Targeton ka bayan aur
pehchan
2
FC-4-5 Cheejen kyo nazar aati hei.
3
FC-6-7 Shru ki dekh bhal
4
FC-8Fasle ka anuman lagana
13
5
FC-14- Camouflage and
19
concealment
6
FC-20- Khali hath aur hathiyar ke
25
sath harkat karna(Stalking)
7
FC-26
Fire position chunana
8
FC-27- Range card banana.
28
9
FC-29- Rat ka kaam aur dekhbhal
32
10 FC-33- F.C.O (fire control order)
38
11 FC-39- Night sentaries ki duties
44
Total
Subject
Code
:
:
1
Pra
c.
2
Nigh
t
-
Tota
l
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
6
1
3
2
6
1
3
2
6
1
1
1
-
1
2
-
-
4
4
2
2
2
6
2
-
4
6
12
16
16
44
(4) BATTLE CRAFT
BC
8
S/
N
CODE SUBJECT
L/D
1
BC-1-5
2
3
BC-6-10
BC-1115
4
BC-1120
BC-2125
BC-2630
BC-3135
5
6
7
Subject
Code
S/N
O
:
:
3
4
TAC-7-8
TAC-910
TAC-1112
TAC-1315
TAC-1618
TAC-1922
TAC-2324
TAC-2526
TAC-2728
TAC-2930
TAC-3133
TAC-34-
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
2
2
3
3
-
5
5
2
3
-
5
Section / platoon
formation
Platoon ke hathiyaron ka
siting aur employment
Surveillance and
observation
Total
2
3
-
5
2
3
-
5
2
3
-
5
14
21
-
35
Nigh
t
-
Tota
l
5
(5) TACTICS
TAC
PERIODS
L/D
TAC-1-3
TAC-4-6
6
Section and Platoon Battle
drills
Battle procedure
Foji tactical shabdon ka
matlab
( Tactical
terms)
Field Signals
Pra
c.
3
CODE SUBJECT
1
2
5
PERIODS
Patrolling
Ambush and Counter
ambush
Ops. of war--Advance
Ops. of war-Defence
2
2
Pra
c.
1
1
Nigh
t
-
Tota
l
3
3
2
2
-
-
2
2
Ops. of war attack
2
-
-
2
Harbouring
2
1
-
3
Raid (Larai main aur ci
ops. main)
Fighting in built up area
2
1
-
3
2
2
-
4
Jungle se parichaye
2
-
-
2
Registhan se parichay
2
-
-
2
Heliborne assault ops.
2
-
-
2
Ops. based on a river
2
-
-
2
Escape and evasion
2
1
-
3
Turant hamle ke liye
2
1
-
3
9
36
15
16
17
18
19
20
TAC-3740
TAC-4142
TAC-4344
TAC-4547
TAC-4851
TAC-5253
Subject
Code
S/N
O
CP-6
CP-7-9
CP-1012
CP-1316
CP-1720
CP-2124
CP-2529
CP-3033
CP-3436
CP-3740
11
12
13
14
15
-
4
2
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
Nuclear warfare
2
1
-
3
Information warfare
2
2
-
4
Yudh kshetra ke
manovagainik
pahlu(Dynamics in battle
field)
Total
2
-
-
2
40
13
-
53
PERIODS
L/D
5
6
7
10
2
CODE SUBJECT
CP-1
CP-2-3
CP-4
CP-5
9
2
:
(6) COUNTER INSURGENCY & POLICE
OPERATIONS
:
CP
1
2
3
4
8
objective raste aur fire
support ka vishleshan
Verbal orders(zubani
hukam)
Avalanche ki baremain
jankari
Mountain warfare
CP-41-
Insurgency in general
Aid to civil authority
CI ops at coy level
CI ops. main
paramilitary,cpos aur state
police ke saath kaam karna
Armed forces spl. power act
Built up area ko clear karna
Combat tracking(pichcha
karna)
Raid on a hide out
1
2
1
1
Pra
c
-
Nigh Tota
t
l
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
-
2
2
1
3
3
1
1
2
4
Crowd dispersal
1
1
2
4
Mobile check post (MCP)
1
1
2
4
Quick action team (QAT)
2
1
2
5
Road opening and cvy
protection
Morale
1
1
2
4
2
1
-
3
Counter terrorism ilaqe mein
media ki ahmiyat aur media
ke saath mel-milaap
Man management aur
2
2
-
4
2
-
-
2
10
42
CP-4344
16
17
CP-4547
CP-4852
18
Subject
Code
I.
:
:
welfare
Morality and
ethics(sadvyavhar aur
aachaarneeti)
Team work aur team bldg.
Unit kote and magazine
security drill
Total
2
-
-
2
2
1
-
3
2
1
2
5
26
10
16
52
(7) JUNGLE CAMP & FIELD FIRING
JC
ENDURANCE TRAINING
Sl.No. Code
1
ET
2
ET
3
ET
II.
Subject
Type
Natural / Improvised Prac
battle obstacles Assault
course
Endurance (training) – Prac
10 km rout march
linked
with
tac/navigational move
Endurance training 15 Prac
kms in FSMO.
TOTAL
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
04
00
04
04
04
08
04
04
08
12
8
20
MAP READING & GPS
Sl.No. Code
1
MR
2
MR
3
MR
4
MR
Subject
Type
Setting of map, finding
own position and six
figure grid reference.
Use of compass and
making night march
chart.
Map to ground and
Ground
to
Map
(Exercise).
Use
of
GPS
and
movement with GPS,
finding own position,
Prac
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
02
00
02
Prac
02
00
02
Exer.
02
02
04
Prac
02
02
04
11
III.
5
MR
6
MR
way creating route and
back track.
Point to point march Prac
with the help of GPS 3
to 4 points may be
selected over a distance
of 12 to 15 kms.
Briefing on Sketch / Lec.
Xerox copy of Map.
TOTAL
08
10
18
02
00
02
18
14
32
TACTICAL OPS
Sl.No. Code
1
Tac
2
Tac
3
Tac
4
Tac
5
Tac
Subject
Type
History of naxalism and
organization
of
CPI(Maoist)
Modus
operandi
of
naxals
Jungle
characteristics
and its effect on Ops
Harboring /LUP
(Troops will be made to
under
take
cross
country move up to 1520 kms in scale B and
then
take
up
LUP/harbour
with
proper
LUP/harbour
drill with all round
defence. LUP/ harbour
site will be selected
keeping
all
tactical
consideration
like
defence
potential,
concealment, field of fire
etc. in mind). Wire
obstacles & Trip flares
will be used in Harbour
locations.
Establishment
of
Coy/PL
post
in
insurgency area, camp
security measures and
communication in the
post.
(Concept
of
offensive defence will be
adopted 1/3, - 1 / 2
strength for observation
outside the camp round
the
clock)
Camp
security
to
be
Strengthened by laying
Disc
u.
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
02
00
02
Disc
u.
Lec
02
00
02
03
02
05
Prac
03
02
05
Prac
04
02
06
12
6
Tac
7
Tac
8
Tac
9
Tac
10
Tac
obstacles
i.e.
Wire
obstacles,
Intruder
alarm (noisy bell), Trip
flares, Tree Machans for
observation and better
field of fire.
Preparation
of Prac
contingency plan for
Coy/PL post in case of
Naxal attack.
(Contingency
plan
should
cater
for
multidirectional attack,
judicious
sitting
of
weapons and location of
QRT concept of offensive
defence
1/3
to
½
strength to be utilized
for observation round
the clock).
Patrolling/Tactical
movement
(Concept
of
complementary
patrolling from basic to
the medium and higher
level will be practiced
during exercises Jungle
camp may be located at
more than one location
by
dividing
parties
under one DC and on
AC and troops will be
exposed and trained in
complementary C level,
B level and A level
patrolling as per DG
CRPF directions vide
instruction No.OPDA3OPS-DG/CRPF
dated
05/05/11)
Approach to Target
and Target recce
(Stealth, surprise and
Tactical movement will
be kept in mind. Target
will
be
approached
through crawling while
close to it to maintain
surprise)
Combat survival skill
and
jungle
diseases
(Troops may be trained
to survive on one meal a
day).
Ambush and counter
03
00
03
Disc
u.
/Pra
c
03
02
05
Disc
u.
/Pra
c
03
00
03
Disc
u.
/Pra
c
03
00
03
Disc
04
02
06
13
11
Tac
Ambush
(Troops to be trained in
clover formation drill for
breaking Ambush. This
will
be
practiced
repeatedly to build up
spirit of aggressiveness,
quick,
fast
and
spontaneous
reflexes,
Counter ambush drill to
include initial response
by bringing down heavy
volume of fire with help
of
AGL/CGRL/51
Mortar to destabilize
entrenched
enemy.
Clover formation drill
can
be
further
improvised –
(i) Leading
section
under
attack
–
Action by middle and
rear
Section
–
splitting and taking
out flanking move)
(ii) Main body under
attack
–
out
flanking
action
by
leading and
rear
sections
to
attack
Ambush site from
flanks)
(iii) Rear section under
attack – middle and
leading section to
split and
take
outflanking move
to
attack enemy
from
flanks)
–
Men
to
practice
counter
ambush
drill
with
swiftness aggressive
and noisy.
Various
immediate
action drills
(i) Ambush
and
counter
Ambush
(Troops to be trained in
clover formation drill for
breaking Ambush. This
may
be
practised
repeatedly to build up
sprit of aggressiveness,
quick
fast
and
spontaneous
reflexes,
counter ambush drill to
include initial response
u.
/Pra
c
Disc
u.
/Pra
c
05
02
07
14
bringing down heavy
volume of fire with help
of AGL / CGRL / 51
Mortar to destabilize
entrenched
enemy.
Clover formation drill
can
be
further
improvised –
(ii) Leading
section
under
attack
–
Action by middle and
rear Section splitting
and taking out flanking
move)
(iii) Main body under
attack
Out flanking action by
leading
and
rear
sections
to
attack
Ambush site
from
flanks)
(iv) Rear section under
attack Middle
and
leading
section to split and take
outflanking
move
to
attack
enemy
from
flanks)
(v) Action on chance
encounter when (i) Own Party sees
the
enemy first seize
initiative and lay
immed- iate
ambush).
(ii) Enemy sees own
party first charge
enemy and
regain
initiative
by
aggressive
and
immediate retaliation
through swift
and
quick reflexes of Scout
and main party.
(iii) Both sees each
other at the same time
–
whoever firer first is
likely to win.
12
Tac
Search and destroy
Prac
operation (SADO)
(Troops will be divided
in small teams. One PL
with two section up and
one section in depth
covers an area of 1 km
05
02
07
15
13
Tac
14
Tac
15
Tac
frontage and 1 km in
depth No of small teams
will be used to search
an area. The following
contingencies will be
worked out).
(i) Surprise
and
deception measures –
Induction of
troops
at
night
–
cross
country
move
–
Maintaining
Radio
silence and use of
codes
–
coordination
&
communication with
flanking parties.
(ii) Action on locating
hide out/camp
–
organize raid
OPS
immediately.
(iii) Chance encounter –
swift offensive
and
aggressive action.
(iv) Hot pursuit – On
contact
with
insurgent,
organize
hot pursuit.
(v) Ex-Hide and seek
will be
practiced
and rehearsed.
ROP
Prac
(Strength of ROP could
be a team of 30 to 35
Men i.e. a PL strength V
formations
to
be
adopted – ROP drill for
open terrains and close
country – Area up to
400 meters either side of
the road to be searched.
Laying of naka,
Prac
frisking/ search of
individuals and
vehicles
Techniques of search – Prac
search of house,
village and jungle
(Parties will be inducted
at night to maintains
surprise – Area for
search to be isolated by
laying stops – search
may be carried out from
Ist
light
–
Communication will be
ensured with flanking
03
00
03
02
01
03
03
01
04
16
parties – signal codes to
be used – proper reserve
will be catered for any
contingency)
16
Tac
17
Tac
18
Tac
19
Tac
Ex-Hide and Seek will
be practiced.
Cordon and search Ops Prac
(CASO)
(To ensure surprise and
stealth cross country
move
movement
of
troops at night – legal
aspects – availability of
police rep.)
Evasive movement
Prac
(Troops will cover a
distance of 10-12 kms –
They will be practiced to
avoid ambush – cross
country
move
–
Selection of scouts –
men
with
good
observation skill to be
selected as scouts and
clearing
of
bounds
through fire and move
before
crossing
suspicious
areas.
Troops to be taught to
move with Back Bent,
crouching to make low
target to avoid exposure.
Bound
and
obstacle
crossing/ clearing drills
will be practiced.
Planning and conduct
Prac
of raid on hide out /
naxal camp.
Men will be trained in
selection
and
occupation
of
commando base, Sentry
silencing
techniques
approaching
enemy
sentry through stealth
and surprise – Use of
commando
dagger
–
simultaneous silencing
of sentries – sufficient
reserve
–
lightening
attack
and
quick
disengagement
/
withdrawal).
Small Team concept
Prac
(Men to be trained in
03
01
04
03
00
03
05
03
08
04
00
04
17
conducting
tactical
operations
in
self
contained small teams
which are much more
effective
in
jungle
warfare
than
large
groups – Small teams to
operate
in
different
areas earmarked for
them at the same time
act
as
reserve
/
reinforcement to each
other in any contingency
– co-ordi-nation and
communication between
various teams).
20
Tac
21
Tac
IV..
03
00
03
04
00
04
70
20
90
FIELD AND BATTLE CRAFT
Sl.No. Code
1
Ex-Hide and Seek will
be practiced.
Organization /
Prac
function of QRT.
Troops will be exercised
in laying quick and
sudden
Ambush
in
areas where militant
movement is suspected
–
Composition
of
Ambush part and its
drill to be practiced.
House clearing drill
Prac
and room intervention
(Troops will be taught
concept of SWAT Teams
– Shooting skills – use of
primary and secondary
weapons
–
hostage
situation
–
Room
clearing
drill
–
Importance of speed,
surprise – and violent
action – Use of hand
signals
–
Diversion
tactics)
TOTAL
FC
Subject
Type
Camouflage
and Prac
concealment and use of
ground, movement by
day and night.
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
06
02
08
18
Ex-Observation will be
practiced.
2
FC
3
BC
4
FC
V.
06
00
06
03
02
05
01
02
03
16
6
22
FIELD ENGINEERING
Sl.No. Code
1
FE
2
FE
3
FE
4
FE
5
FE
6
FE
7
FE
8
FE
9
FE
VI.
Field signal, section and Prac
PL formation
Section and PL battle Prac
drill
Use of Night vision
devices and challenging
procedure
TOTAL
Subject
Type
Sabhi prakar ke tenton
ke bare mein jankari
Field Engineering aur
field fortification ke bare
mein jankari
Khudai
karne
vale
aujaaron ki kisme aur
unka prayog tatha rakh
rakhav.
Taar ki rukavaton ke
bare mein jankari
Fire trench aur weapon
pit ko taiyar karne ki
jankari.
Mines ki kisme aur unki
visheshtayen
Trip flair ko lagana aur
arm karna.
Improvised obstacles –
(i) Laying Panzies.
(ii)
Use of Intruder
alarm.
(iii) Preparation of Tree
Machans
for
observation
and better field of
fire.
Types and laying of wire
obstacles
TOTAL
Prac
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
01
00
01
-
02
00
02
Prac
02
00
02
-
01
00
01
Prac
02
00
02
-
01
00
01
Prac
01
00
01
L/Pr
ac
01
00
01
Prac
02
00
02
13
00
13
EXPLOSIVES AND IMPROVISED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES
Sl.No. Code
Subject
Type
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
19
1
Exp
2
Exp
3
Exp
VII.
Mechanism and making Prac
of demolition set.
Detection handling and Dem
neutralization of IEDs
o/
Prac
Booby traps, IEDs and Prac
type of mines used by
naxals
TOTAL
02
00
02
02
00
02
02
00
02
06
00
06
FIELD FIRING
Sl.No
.
Code
1
FF
Subject
Field Firing
TOTAL
Type
Prac
No.
of
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
18
00
18
00
Tota
l
No.
of
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
04
00
Tota
l
18
18
VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
Sl.No
.
Code
Subject
1
Misc
2
3
Misc
Misc
4
Misc
5
Misc
First Aid and casualty
evacuation
Case studies
Employment of Dogs
in insurgency / naxal
affected areas
Opening and closing
address
Causes
symptoms,
remedial
and
preventive measures
of health loss
TOTAL
IX.
X.
Day
Lec
04
Lec/disc
Lec
06
02
00
00
06
02
Lec
02
00
02
Discu.
02
00
02
16
00
16
BATTLE INOCULATION
Sl.No. Code
1
Type
BI
Subject
Type
Battle inoculation
TOTAL
Prac
No.
of Total
periods
Day/A Nigh
N
t
11
00
11
11
00
11
7 DAYS SELF CONTAINED EXERCISE
Cod
e
Subject
Typ
e
No. of
Periods
Tota
l
20
D-1
SCE
D-2
SCE
D-3
D4&5
SCE
SCE
Jungle Survival –
living off the land
Tactical movement
by navigation
during day & night.
Prac
Day / AN /
Night
10
10
Prac
12
12
10
10
20
20
(Listening
observation and
counting drills along
with Bound and
obstacle
crossing/clearing
drills will be
practiced).
Camouflage
Prac
concealment &
stalking (Exercise)
(This will be done by
night – cooked pack
food to be given –
Troops to be trained
in locating tell tale
signs
–
Track
pursuit
drill
–
Composition
of
tracking team.
Ex-observation will
be
practiced
&
rehearsed as part of
this exercise.
Ex-Harbour & Raid Exer
Distribution of
narrative, sand
model/
Enlargement
discussion/ briefing
by the
appointments, on
sketch/Xerox copy
of Map Preparation
for Ops.
(All movement will
be carried out at
night)
(Troops will under
take
two
nights
approach
march
covering distance of
30 km) Lying dogo
during day – no
activity) First night
march up to 15 to
20 kms and take
Harbour – proper
21
harbour drill to be
rehearsed.
(No
cooking permitted –
cooked food split in
two meals)
D-6
SCE
(Casualty
evacuation
drill
after end of Raid will
be practiced.
Actual Raid will be
conducted on Day5. No movement
during
day.
All
movement and Ops
will
take
place
during night after
last light.)
Ex-Ambush,
Exer
Counter Ambush
Distribution of
narrative, sand
model/
Enlargement
discussion briefing
by the appointments on
sketch/Xerox copy
of Map. Preparation
for Ops.
(All movement will
be carried out at
night No cooking
permitted
–
Dry/packed food)
12
12
(Will be conducted
as
a
two
way
Exercise.
One
team
will
undertake
tactical
patrolling and other
team
to
lay
Ambush. Separate
Teams of instructors
will
be
accompanying both
the teams to note
down
their
observations. TeamA will break ambush
through
counter
ambush
drill
following
clover
formation and one
minute
madness
drill. After clearing
22
D-7
SCE
Ambush hot pursuit
drill
will
be
practiced covering 5
to 6 kms distance.)
Ex seek and
Exer
Destroy
(Troops will under
take approach
march, covering
distance of 10 kms
on platoon with two
section up and one
section in depth)
covers 1km x 1km
area. Distribution of
narrative,
enlargement/Sand
model Discussion/
Briefing on sketch/
Xerox copy of Map
by appointments.
Preparation for Ops.
(Ex-Hide & Seek will
be practiced &
rehearsed as part of
seek and destroy
Ops).
Total
GRAND TOTAL FOR JC TRG.
PERIODS
12
12
76
76
DAY----240 PERIODS NIGHT----64
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR JUNGLE CAMP TRG.
1)
The following instructions issued for Jungle training by DG CRPF
and Dte.
CRPF may be kept in mind during conduct of 4 weeks
Jungle Warfare
training.
i)
Dte.
19/11/2010
ii)
iii)
contained
CRPF
Msg. No.M.V.1/2010-Ops-R&D
Reg. Jungle Metaphors.
Cell
dated
DG CRPF Msg. No.M.V.1/2010-SPS dated 08/11/2010.
Dte. Genl. (Trg. Branch) Letter No.T.V.6 Reg.7 days self
Jungle Training.
iv)
DG CRPF Msg. No.Ops A 3 – Ops- DG CRPF dated
05/06/2011
Troops will be trained in Reflex shooting
skills.
v)
For strength of 200 CT one DC and one AC will be attached
for proper
supervision and smooth conduct of Jungle Warfare
training. As per
training Dte. CRPF Sig. No.T.IX.11/201123
Trg.XI dated 16/05/2011.
vi)
Trg Dte. Letter No.T.V.1/2011-Trg-14 dated 28/11/11.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subject
Code
:
INT
:
(8)INTELLIGENCE
S.N
O
CODE
SUBJECT
LEC PRAC
.
.
1
INT-1
Aasuchana ka shabdon ka
matalab
1
-
T
O
T
A
L
1
2
INT-23
Aasuchana - Aam batein,
Visheshtaen aur Usool
2
-
2
3
4
INT-4
INT-5
Intelligence ka Cycle
Khabar ki prakar tatha hasil
karne ki jagah
1
1
-
1
1
5
INT-67
Source/Agent Matlab,Kam,Paichanna aur Naya
Banana
1
1
2
6
INT-812
INT13-15
INT-16
Surveillance
2
3
5
Interrogation
1
2
3
CI ops. mein intelligence network
1
-
1
INT17-19
INT20-21
Spot interrogation
1
2
3
Unit security and Sensorship
2
-
2
INT22-24
INT25-27
Intelligence Report Writing
1
2
3
CRPF main communication ki
kismain , CRPF main istemal kiye
jane wale communication
equipments, unke fayade, message
likhana aur RT procedure
.
2
1
3
16
11
2
7
7
8
9
10
12
13
Subject
Code
S.NO CODE
:
(9)ONE MINUTE DRILLS FOR CI OPS.
OMD-CIO
SUBJECT
L/D PRAC. TOTAL
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
OMD-CIO-1-3 Judging own
position
OMD-CIO-4-6 Taking cover
OMD-CIO-7-9 Questioning a
suspect
OMD-CIO-10- Hasty ambush
12
OMD-CIO-13- Riot drill
15
OMD-CIO-16- Mobile Checkpost
18
OMD-CIO-19- Security drill
21
OMD-CIO-22- Making fire to cook
24
OMD-CIO-25- Ghost walk
27
OMD-CIO-28- Move,halt,move
31
TOTAL
TOTAL
OF DAY PDS.
MR,FE,IED,EXPLOSIVES,FC,BC,
TACTICS,CI&POLICE
OPS,JC&F/FIRING
514
1
2
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
3
4
10
21
31
NIGHT
PDS.
104
TOTAL
618
25
26
MR-1
MAP READING KI AAM JANKARI
PARICHAY :
Suraksha balon ka mukhaya karya desh ki simayon tatha
antrik suraksha karna hai. Dushman ke ilaqon ki puri jankari hona zaruri
hai, taki dushman ke khilaf zamin ka sahi upyog karke karwahi ki ja sake.
Zamin ki puri jankari ke liye map ki puri madad leni chahie. Map reading
ke gayan se koi bhi jawan ya unit, aprachit ilaqon mein aur jadhidar jungle
ya ubad-khabad ilaqe mein ek sthan se aa ja sakte hain.
UDDESH :
Hamare suraksha bal ke jawano tatha unke commandron ko
is kabil banana hai, ki vah kisi bhi zamin ka map padkar us zamin ko bina
dekhe uski asli banawat ka sahi andaza lagakar dushman ke khilaf jarurat
ke ansusar paryog paryog kar saken. Naye reading ke siddanth ya jankari
tatha map kaushal dono ka apas mein dono ka gehra sambandh hai.
Map ke bare mein jankari hasil karane ke bad hum map ki sahayata se
zamin ke asali banwat ko samajte hai tatha uska paryog karte hai.
Dushman ke khilaf karwahi karte samay bade commander ke liye ilake ko
zamin par jakar dekhna sambhab nahi hai. Unke khilaf karwahi yojana
map ki sahayata se banani padati hai. Iski karwahi ke anusar zamin ki
banawat, pahunchane ka rasta bachaw vah hamle aadi yojana banayi jati
hai aur karwahi ko gupt rakha jata hai. Map reading ki shikha ko hum do
bhagon mein bant sakte hain.
Map ke bare mani jankari hasil karne ke bad hum map ki sahayata se
jamin ki asali banawat ko samajhate hain tatha uska prayog karte hai.
Dusman ke khilaf commander ke liye ilake ko jamin par jakar dekhna
sambhaw nahi hai. Unke khilaf karwahi yojana map ki sahayata se banani
padati hai. Iski karwahi ke anusar zamin ki banawat pahuchane ki rasta
bachaw vah hamle adhi yojana banayi jati hai aur karwahi ko gupt rakha
jata hai. Map reading ki siksha ko hum do baghon main bant-te hain.
27
Bhag No. 2
PARIBASHA :- Jab kisi zamini ilaqon ko kisi kagaz par kisi nischit scale
mein kisi nischit conventional signs ka paryog karte hue tatha zamin ki
unchai tatha nichai aur projection bidhi ko dikhate hue chitrit kiya jata hai
usko map kahte hain.
No. 2
MAP KA ITIHAS :- Kagaz par sabse pahle map san,1820 mein bana mana
jata hai, jo ki Britain ke maseum rakha hua hai. Usse pahle map ko
banane ka koi. Khas riwaz nahi tha bharatiya bhu-bhaw ke liye sabse
pahle sun 1829 isvi mein quarter inch ki scale ke map England mein
banane wala pahla map san 1827 mein chada aur sun 1867 mein pure
bharat mein ban gaye. Us samay tak in map ko bharat ka “Atlas of India”
kaha jata tha. Bad mein yeh map bharat mein hi banane laga.
AWASHAYAKTA :
Map ke uddesh aur uske istemal ko dhyan mein rakhte hue map ki nimn
rup mein awashayakta padati hai.
(a) Map ke dawara sarkar yeh jan-na chahti hai ki uske rajya ki simma
kahan se kahan tak hai aur uske rajya ke dharatal ki banawat kaisi
hai. Taki banawat ke adhar par desh ki bhalai ke liye zamin ka purapura faida uthaya ja sake.
(b) Suraksha bal ke commander yeh jan-na chahta hai ki desh ke kisi
bhi bhag mein upadraw ladhat ya shatru dawara akarman kiye jane
ki awastha mein pure ilaqe ka istemal kaise apni ladai ki yogna ke
liye kar pate hai.
(c) Selaniyon ko ghumane ke bichar se upyogi sthano ke bare mein
jankari prapat karne ke liye.
(d) Vidharthion ko buggal ke vishay mein deshi-videsh ki puri bhougolik
jankari dene ke liye.
(e) Sarbajanik karyon ke liye, adhikarion ko nirman sthan, nirman
karya adhi ko darshane ke liye tatha uski jankari ke liye.
(f) Parshashanik karwaion ke liye sadak, railway, hawai jahaj vah
samundari margon ko nischit karane tatha uski jankari rakhne ke
liye.
Bhag No. 2
MAP KE PRAKAR :- Map chahe prashasanik karwahi, sainik karwahi,
yatayat ya sanchar ke ho shabhi prakar ke map ko bargikaran do adhar
par kiya jata hai.
(1) Scale ke adhar par.
(2) Uddesh ke adhar par.
SCALE KE ADHAR PAR MAPON KE PRAKAR.
(a) Choti scale ke map : Jin mapon apr zamin ki details ke bich ke pade
faslon ko sadharan se choti lambai scale ko map kahte hai. Bharat
mein 1/500000 aur isse upar ki choti scale ke map issi sreni mai ate
hain.
(b) Madhyam scale ke map : Jin mapon par zamin ki detail ke bich ke
pade faslon ki sadharan lambai mein dikhaya jata hai, unhe
madhayam scale ke map kahte hain. Bharat mein 1/500000 se lekar
1/100000 tak anumat ke map madhayam scale mein ata hai.
28
(c) Bade scale ke map : Jin mapon par zamin ki details ke bich pade
faslon ko sadharan se badi lambhai mein dikhaya jata hai. Unke badi
scale ko kahte hain. Bharat mein 1/100000 aur isse kam anupat ke
jaise 1/50000, 163360 aur 1/25000 ke bade map badi scale ke
mapon mein ata hai.
UDDESH KE ADHAR PAR MAPON KE PARKAR :
Is adhar par mapon ke nimn prakar hain :(1) Sampurn suchana wale map : Inmein hum un mapon ko shamil
karte hain, jinhe bahut badi scale mein banaya jata hai, jaise plan
map, campon aur dipo adhi nirman ke map. Hawai jahaj se li gayi
tasviron ko jodhne se jo photo map banate hai unhe bhi sampurn
samagri wale mapon mein shamil kar sakte hai. Yeh map zamin ki
vastavik tasavir to hote hain, paranto zamini detailon ka
samajhana bada kathin hota hai.
(2) Sambandhit suchana wale map : In mapon ko shamil kiya jin
mein uddesh ko dhayan mein rakhte hue use sambandhit samagri
ko hi dikhaya jata hai. In mapon ke nimn bhag hain :
(a) Guide maps :- en map ka uddesh yatrion ko darshiya sthan
par jane wale aur sambandhit raston ko dikhana hota hai.
Inmein rango ke halke aur gadhapan se bhi alag alag sadkon ki
banawat ko spasht kiya jata hai. Yatrion ki subidha ke liye
hotelon tatha dilchasb sthano ko bhi dikhaya jata hai.
(b) Road and rail maps : Parivahan ya dur dur jane walon ki
subidha ke liye sadakon tatha railon ke mapon ka nirman kiya
jata hai.
(c) Relief maps : Yeh map is parkar k ethos padarth se banaye jate
hain ki inse zamin ki banawat ki sahi tarika malum ho jaye.
Sena main in mapon ke sthan par sand madalo ka upyog kiya
jata hai.
(d) Educational maps : In nirman schoolon mein vidharthiyon ko
bhougolik siksha dene ke liye kiya jata hai. In mapn mein jal,
vaayu, varsha, upog, udhyog, bandargah, parvat , nadhi, rail,
sadak, vayu vah jal marg tatha prakritik bhag dikhaye jate hai.
(e) Outline map : In mapon mein prashan suchna aur rajanatik,
wat ya fauji mukhyalayon ki stithi dikhai jati hai.
(3) Simit suchna wale map : In mapon mein na to puri puri sagari
dikhai jati hai aur na hi kisi uddesh ki purti hoti hai. In mein
sabhi kudrati vah banawati angon ko ek banawati sima tak
dikhane ki koshish ki jati hai, jinka sambandh Vishav se jaida
hota hai. In mapon ke tin bhag hai.
(a) Atals map : Yeh bahut choti scale ke map hota hai. In mapon
mein puri prithvi ke kisi ek mahadveep ya ek dusre desh ko ek
hi prusht par dikhaya jata hai. In mein nadhion, parvaton,
sadkon aur bade bade nagaron ko ek sath hi dikhaya jata hai.
(b) Tactical map : Yeh gupt rakhe jate hain aur gupt sanik
suchnaon ko prakat karate hain. Inka nirman field scatch ki
madad se kiya jata hai. Adavance, attack, defence, adhi ke liye
abastha ke anusar banaya jata hai.
29
(c) Topographical map : In mapon mein zamin ke sabhi kudrati
bhag jaise nadhi, nala, pahad, jungle aadi aur banawati chizen
jaise sadak, rail line, nahren, bandh katai, bahari makan aadi
dikhae jate hain. Hamare desh mein in mapon ka nirman
survey bivagh dwara kiya jata hai. Yeh map bhu-bhag ka
chitaran hote hue bhi prithvi ke anya prakar se khinche hue
chitron se bhinn hota hai.In chitron mein hame lagbagh dikhai
jati hain, jaise ki vah samne se ya kuch unchai se dikhai deti
hain. Topographical map main zamin kuch aise dikhai deti hai
jaise ki bahut jaida unchai par se dikhai deti hai. Inka dusra
antar yeh hota hai ki jaise chitar ko dekhkar vastu ki banawat
ka shigra gyan ho jata hai, jabki map mein pahle conventional
sign ki madad se zamin ke bare mein apna ek bichar banate
hai.
MAP KI BAHARI SUCHANAYEN : Zamin ki puri jankari hame
map ke bich ke bhag mein hi prapt hoti hai, jo ki ek ayatkat akriti
bani hoti hai. Map ka asali parichay tatha usko istemal karne ke
sambandhi anek suchanaye ayatkar akriti ke bahar, upar niche
wale bhag mein likhi hoti hain. Jab tak in suchanaon ki jankari
hame nahi hogi tab-tak hum na to map se bhali-bhanti parichay
ho payega aur na hi map par puri tarah hamare liye upyogi ho
sakega.
1.Map ka shirshak :- Yeh survey map kisi prant ka hai, yeh suchna nakshe
ke upari Madhya bhag (1) mein di jati hai.
2. Map ka up shirshak : Yeh map survey kis aur kin zilon ka hai. Yeh
nakshe ke upar bayen kone (2) par di jati hai.
3. Sarbakhen ka shal :- Yeh kis bars ki suchna ke adhar par bana hai.
Yeh suchna karmank 1 aur 2 ke Madhya upari bayen hisse (3) mein
di jati hai.
4. Desh ka nam : Jis desh ka naksha hoga, wahan ka nam nakshe par
hoga. Yeh suchna nakshe ke bayen aur nichle bhag (4)mein di jati
hai.
5. G.S.No :- Odirance se naye survey map mangne ke liye yehi reference
ke roop mein likhana padta hai. Yeh nakshe ke bayen aur bhitari
suchna wale ayatkar hisse ke thik niche mein (6) diya rahta hai.
6. Map sheet no. :- Mpa ki demand karne ki subhida ke liye ya
reference dene ke liye map sheet ka no. nakshe dahine aur akahtiyar
hisse ke thik upar (7) mein diya jata hai.
7.
Uttar ki stithi :- Tinon arthat grid north, magnetic north, true stithi
kahan hai. Magnetic variation kitna hai, kya vah ghat-ta badta hai ya
sthir rahta hai. Yadi gat-ta badta hai to kisi hisab se yeh bhi ayatkar
hiss eke dahine aur thik upar (8) diya rahta hai.
Kiske adesh se map publish ya prakashit kiya gaya aur yeh
suchna ayatkar hiss eke Madhya niche (9) di jati hai.
8. Conventional sign : Map mein istemal kiye gaye conventional map
sheet ke niche dono aur (10) diye jate hai.
9. Map sheet ki suchi :- Apni map sheet ka no. suchi ke bich mein hota
hai. Sesh charon aur sheeton ke no. kram se likhe hote hai. Yeh
suchna kramank (10) ke bagal mein andar ki taraf (11) di jati hai.
30
10. Scale : Map ki scale tino bidhiyon arthat likhkar, line batkar aur RFC
representative fraction) dwara dikhai jati hai. Yeh ayatkar bhag ke Madhya
aur niche (12) di jati hai.
11.Contour Interval :- Unchai ko prakat karne wali rekhaon ke bich
khadi unchain dikhai jati hai. Yeh suchna kramank (12) ke thik
niche (13) mein di jati hai.
12.Refrence : Isme servey map ko padhne sambandhi suchnaye di jati
hain. Yeh nakshe ke nichle bhag (14) mein diya jata hai. Map sheet
ke sanshodan ke bar sheet ke bayen nichle bhag (15) main diye rahte
haiN.
13. Copy Right :- Is mein sheet ko chhapne ka adhikar kewal bharat
sarkar ko hai aur koi vyakti ise nahi chhapwa sakta. Yeh suchna
nakshe ke dahine nichle bhag mein (16) mein di jati hai.
14. Cost of map :- Yahan par survey map ka mulya dahine aur thik
nichle bhag mein (17) diya jata hai.
15.Gridded :- Yeh survey map gridded hai ki nahi aur kin grid rekhaon
sahit suchna nakshe ke upari bhag mein (18) di jati hai. In
suchanaon ke alawa kai mapon par suraksha bargikaran bhi diye
jate hain. Jaise pratibandh kewal defence force ke istemal ke liye
aadi. Kuch suchanao ko map sheet ke upar vah niche dono sthano
par dene ka karan yeh hai ki kisi kone par phat jane par dusre kone
se map sambandhi awashakta suchanye mil sakti hain.
Bhag No. 3
(1) MAPON KI VISWASNIYATA :Usi mah ya usi saal ka sahi chitran hota hai jis din us ilaqe ka
survey kiya jata hai. Uske bad kitne parivartan hote rahte hai jo ki
dharatal par prabhaw dalkar use pahle se bhinn bana deta hai.
Lekin map mein yeh paribartan tab tak nahi dikhaya ja sakta jab
tak ki us ilaqe ka doubara survey na kiya jaye. Bharat ke kai ilaqon
ke purane mapon ko banane ke bad ittne paribartan kiye jate hai ki
mapon ko zamin ke sath milane par yakin nahi hota ki vah map isi
ilaqe ke hain. Isi parkar map ki vishvasniyata ka arth hai ki us par
vartman dhartal ki banawat ka sahi chitran hone ka kitna vishwas
kiya jaye. Map par vishwas karna nimn baton par nirbhar karta hai.
(a) Yeh map kiske dwara banaya gaya. Pichade hue deshon ke map
kam viwasniya mane jate hain.
(b) Is map ka antim bar nirman kab hua ya kab dohraya gaya,
kyunki nazdiki samay mein banaye gaye mapon mein dharatal ke
paribartan ko shamil kar diye jane ke karan, uski vishwasniyata
badh jati hai.
(c) Map ka scale kya hai kyunki choti scale ke map adhik
vishwasniye mane jate hai. Badi scale ke mapon mein jagah kafi
hone ke karan hum nishano ko thik sthan par rakh lete hain.
Prantu yadi ko choti scale ka map badi
scale mein badli kiya jata hai, to uski vishwasniyata ghat jati hai.
Iske mapon mein jin conventional signs ka paryog kiya jata hai.
Vah scale se bahut bada kar dikaya jata hai. Is prakar jab badi
scale ke mapon mein dikhate hain to bina survey kiye unki thik
jagah nischit karne mein galatian ho jati hain.
31
(d) Map kisi sthan ka hai, kyunki dargham, phadi ilaqo ke mapon
apeksha maidani bhago ke map adhik vishwasniye hote hain.
Pahadi ilaqe ki kul sukhm details hawai photon ki sahayata se
bhi puri ki jati hai aur kisi durlabh stahan ko lewal andaje se hi
dikhaya jata hai.
(e) Map maulik hai ya nakal hai kyunki survey ke adhar par bane
map unki naklon aur prakhepano ki apaksha adhik vishwasniye
hoti hain. Map ki vishwasniyata malum karne ke liye sabse acchi
baat to yeh hogi ki khud ki chhanbin ke pahle tak sabhi mapon k
sanka ki drishti se hi dekha jana chahie.
(2) MAP KI KAMIYAN :- Yadapi map ka swabhavik gun yeh hai ki asal
zamin ko dekhe bina uski banawat tatha detailon ki jankari ho jaye.
Survey walon ki bhi yehi koshish rahti hai ki map zamino ke bare
mein sahi jankari de. Fir bhi kafi sabdhani aur hoshiyari rakhane ke
bad bhi mapon mein nimn kamiyon/khamiyon ki sambhawana bani
rahti hai.
(a) Mapon ko banate samay yeh dhyan rakha jata hai ki map mein
awasshyak detailon ke jam ghat se bachne ke liye anawashyak
detailon ko chod bhi diya jata hai. Kabhi kabhi aisa hota hai ki koi
awashyak detail anawashyak samaj kar chod di jati hai ya chhut
jati hai athwa jo detail map banate samay anawashyak samaj kar
chod di jati hai ya jo detail map banate samay anawashyak thi
vah age chalkar awasyak ho sakti hai.
(b) Kudrati karno se samay samay par zamini halat badalte rahte
hain. Badh aur toofano ke karan zamin mein kafi paribartan ata
rahta hai jissesamay samay par mapon mein nahi dikhaya ja
sakta.
(c) Pahadi ilaqon ke kuch log jinme bakarwal, guzzar addi pramukh
hain. Kuch varson paschat apne purane gaon aur purane
charagaho ko chodkar naye sthano mein chale jate hai aur apne
purane gaon ken am se naye gaon basa lete hain. Yeh paribartan
mapon par shigra nahi dikhaya ja sakta.
(d) Zamin ke sabhi banawati aur kudrati nishan samay ke sath
badali ya nasht hote rahte hain. Purane makan, jungle addi nasht
hote rahte hai aur sadak bijali vah telephone ki line aadi badali
hhoti rahte hain. Nadiya bhi apna rasta badalti rahti hain.
(e) Nayi-nayi sadakon, pulo, makano aur badh aadi ka nirman hote
rahne ke karan purane mapon ki details praya badly hoti rahti
hai.
(f) Zamin ki rilif (unchai-nichai) ki banawat ke anusar samtal kagaz
par thik thik dikhana bada kathin hai. Usko thik thik samajhana
aur bhi kathin hai. Banate samay thodi si bhul bhi map ko
samjhane mein bahut bada farq daal sakti hai.
(g) Mapon par unchai dekhne ke liye kantur linen kinchi jati hai,
jabki kisi sthano ki unchai mapon mein batayi gayi counter
interval counter line ke bich ke khade fasale ke barabar hoti hai.
Yadi pahadi ya maidani tille ki unchai nischit counter interval se
kam hoti hai to wahan par counter line nahi khinchi jati hai. Is
prakar counter line bhi zamin ke ekdam thik thik unchai dikhane
mein asmarth rahti hai.
32
(3) MAPON KI SAMBHAL :Map kagaz ka bana hone ke karan achi tarah sambhal na karne par
jaldi nasht ho sakta hai. Dhyan mein rahe mapon ke tiin dushman hain
:(a) Gilapan.
(b) Gandagi.
(c) Salbut ya parte.
Bhag No. 4
1. Mapon ko acchi halat mein rakhne ke liye nimn baton par dhyan
diya jaye :(a) Mapon ko khuli hawa mein na khola jaye. Khuli hawa mein map
kholne se map udata hai, jisse map mein kriz pad jati hai aur usi
sthan se phatna shuru ho jata hai.
(b) Mapon ko bar bar kholne ya band karne se jaldi se kalaw pad jati
hai. Isliye sawadhani se modkar rakhna chahie.
(c) Map ko kisi bhi halat mein gila na hone diya jaye. Yadi kisi karan
se map gila ho bhi jaye to turant kisi aise sthan par sukha liya
jaye tatha hawa tej nahi chal rahi ho.
(d) Mapon par sayahi, pencil ka paryog na kiya jaye inka paryog se
map gande ho jayenge aur detail dhak jayegi.
(e) Map ko kisi sakt chizon ya ragad se bachaya jaye anyatha ragad
se iski detail mit jayengi .
(f) Mapon ko mar karne ke liye agar in par nishan lagana awashyak
hai to inke upar halki pencil ka upyog kar sakte hain taki bad
mein mitaya ja sake. Mark kiye hue mapon ko surakshit jagah par
rakha jaye taki dushman ko hath na lage.
(g) Uddesh pura hone ke bad mapon ko store mein wapas kar diya
jaye tatha register se apna nam katwa diya jaye.
(h) Yadi map gum ho jaye to iski suchna apne uch adhikari ko de
diya jaye tatha awashyak karwahi kar diya jaye.
Sankshep : Uddesh bataya gaya map reading ki aam jankari uske
bad parichay bataya jaye.
Yeh lesson (MRI) ke rup mein mana gaya. Yeh
lesson 4 bhagon mein varnan kiya gaya. Mapon ke bare mein
hame jitni jankari hogi ewam jitni dekh-bhal hame karenge. Map
hamare liye utani labhadayak siddh hogi.Sawal aur jabab se pure
lesson ko abhiyas ke liye prashan ke jariye abhiyas karana faidae
mand hoga.
------------------------------------******************-------------------------
MR-2-3
CONVENTIONAL SIGNS, TECHNICAL TERMS
AUR TOPOGRAPHICAL FORMS
33
PARICHAY :Map kisi zamini ilaqe ka chote rup mein chitran to hota hai prantu map
mein itani jagah nahi hoti ki zamin ki sabhi akritiyon ke hubahu chitr
banakar uske nam likh diye jaye. Isliye zamin ki akritiyon ko map par
dikhane ke liye kuch nischit chinho ka prayog kiya jata hai jinki madad se
chote shaklon mein zamini akritiyo ko map par dikhaya jata hai.
Adhayan ke dauran har Vishay mein aise shabd hote hai jo kip arm paragt
upyog ke karan swamy hi apne vishesh rup mein viksit ho jate hain aur
unka us vishya vishesh mein apna hi mahataw ho jata hai. Aise shabdo ka
shabdik arth vah nahi hota jaise ki aam vyawharik bhasha mein hota hai.
Aise hi vishesh vyawaharik shabdon ko hi us Vishay ke takniki shabdon
ken am se jane jate hain.
Dhartal ki akrition ya pahadi bhu-bhagon vah akrition ki banawat ka
ullekh bar bar karna pade to vah samajane aur samay ki drishti se
asubidha janak lagata hai. Isse bachne ke liye in akrition ke liye map riding
main kuch aise nam diye hai jin se in aktition ke liye map riding mein kuch
aisa nam diye hai jinse in akrition ki babawat ka sahaj ghyan ho jata hai.
In bhu-bhago aur akrition ke samuh ko dharataliye akritiyan kahte hain.
Paribasha :- Conventional signs ki paribasha :- Survey of India dwara
nischit kiye gaye un nishano ko conventional signs ya rudhi chin kahte
hain. Jinki madad se zamin ki kudrati banawat akrition ko mapon par
dikhaya jata hai..
Bhag No. 1
PRAKAR :Conventional signs do prakar ke hote hai :(a) Survey signs :- Survey vivagh dwara nischit kiye gaye un nishano ko
survey signs kahte hain, jinke dwarazamin ke kudrati vah banawati
nishan map par dikhaye jate hai.
(b) Military symbols :- Sena mukhalay dwara nischit kiye gaye un
nishano ko military symbols.
Kahte hai jike dwara sena sanbandhi suchnaye mapon par
dikhyi jati hai. Yeh gupniye rakhe jate hain. Yeh gopaniye rakhe jate
hain. Inse sena ki tukariyan, saman kili badni ya morcha bandi hathiyar,
aur gola barud aadi dikhaye jate hain
Bhag No. 2
CONVENTIONAL SIGNS BANANE KI BIDHIYAN:Conventional signs banane ke tin vidhiyan hain.
(a) Akrityan banakar :- Akritiyan banane ke tin parkar hain.
(1) Pade rukh mrin : Pade rukh mein conventional signs usi rup mein
banaye jate hai jis rup mein zamini nishano ke conventional signs
pade rukh mein banaye jate hain vah hai railwayline, sadak, nadi,
nahar, jhil, talab, makan, sahar, gaon addi.
(2) Is bidhi mein conventional signs aise rup mein banaye jate hain
jis rup mein zamini nishan samne dikhai dete hain jin zamini
nishano ke conventional signs khad rukh mein banaye jate hai
vah is prakar hai :Church, makbara, idgah, mandir, mosque addi.
(3) Samanya rup mein :- Sadharan rup mein conventional signs aisi
sakal mein banaye jate hai jissie un zamini nishano ka bhaw
prakat hota hai. Jaise do talwaron ke mel se ladai ke maidan ka
pata lagta hai. Jin zamini nishano ke conventional signs is bidhi
se dikhaye jate hain vah is prakar hain :- Katai, bharayi, surang
aadi
34
(b) Akrition ke sath nam likhakar :- Is bidhi mein un zamini nishano ke
signs banaye jate hain, jinki banawat lagbhag ek jaisi hoti hai. Kuch
zamini nishano ki akritian banakar unke sath sath nam likh dete
hain jaise :- Chimney, khan dwar, yadaghar aadi kuch conventional
signs angrazi ke bade akhro ki madad se banaye jate hai jaise :PO(Police Office), RH(Rest house), PS (Police Station), DB (Dak
Bungalow), IB ( Inspection Bungalow), CG ( Campaining Ground)
(c) Rang bhar kar :- Kuch zamini nishano ko rang bhar kar bhi dikhaya
jata hai. Rango ka paryog is parkar kiya jata hai, ki jisse us nishan
kabhav ka matlab pata lag jaye. Jaise pani ko nile rang se aur khati
ko pile rang se, pahadi bhu-bhag ko bhure rang se , jungle ko hare
rang se aur hospital ko lalkrash (+) ke nishan se dikhaya jata hai.
Jabki sukhe kuae ko khali brit se dikhaya jata hai.
Bhag No. 3
1. SCALE KE ADHAR PAR CONVENTIONAL SIGNS :Scale ke adhar par conventional sings do parakar se banaye jate hain :(a) Map ki scale ke anusar :- Kuch zamini nishano ko mapon ko unki
scale ke anusar dikhaya jata hai. Artharth zamini ilaqon ko
mapon par dikhane ke liye jo anupat nischit kiya jata hai, usi
anupat mein zamini nishano ko mapon par bada ya chota karke
dikhaya jata hai jaise gaon, sahar, nadi, bandh aadi.
(b) Map ki scale se bada banakar :- Kuch zamini nishano ko jinka ki
aakar chota hota hai unhe on map ki scale par bada banakra
dikhaya jata hai, yadi unhe mapon ki scale ke anusar banaya jaye
to vah itne chote bante hai ki unhe pahchanana mushkil ho jata
hai jaise :- alela makan, kuaa, pul, pailway line, sadak aadi.
2. CONVENTIONAL SIGNS KA SIZE :Aam taur par conventional signs 4x4mm hota hai. Kuch
conventional signs 2mm choudai se dikhai dete hai jo lambe rukh
mein hote hain jaise :- Sadak, nahar aadi inki lambai nischit nahi
nahi hoti hai. Vaise to har conventional signs diye rahte hain, phir
bhi adhik gyan keliye chart “A” mein kuch conventional signs banane
ka kafi abhiyas karana zaruri hai.
3. Military symbols :- Military symbols char prakar ka hota hai. Yeh
nimn hai :A- Sena ki tukriyon ke sambandi.
B- Hathiyar sambandi.
C- Saman sambandi.
D- Kila sambandi.
Is padh ke sath lage chart “B” mein charon prakar ke military
symbols diye gaye hain.
Sankshep :- Conventional signs aur military symbols map reading ki kunji
hai. Yeh lesson MR2 ke antargat bataya gaya hai jo ki sabse pahle parichay
bataya gaya aur bhag no. 1 se lekar bhag no. 3 tak barnan kiya gaya jo ki
map reading se anabhing ya sainikon ko samjhane ke liye aur map reading
sikhlai dene ke liye yeh conventional signs ki utni awashyakta hoti hai.
Tatha sahi natija hasil karne ke liye abhiyas ke dauran sawal aur jawab se
kiya jana chahie.
35
2. Technical terms :Map reading mein aam taur par paryog kiye jane wale takniki shabdon
ki paribasha jo ki nimn prakar hai.
(1) True north :- Dhrub tare ki sahayata se jis disha ko malum ya nischit
karate hain use true north kahte hain, tatha jo north ki aur khinchi gayi
rekhaon ko north rekha kahte hain. Survey mapon par yeh rekhanyen
dakshin se uttar ki aur kale rang ki khinchi jati hain.
(2) Grid north :- Survey mapon par baigani rang se dakshin se uttar ki aur
khinchi gayi rekhanyen jis uttar ki aur ishara karti hain vah grid north
kahlati hain.
(3) Magnetic north :- Compass ki sui artharth chumbaken sui jis uttar ki
aur ishara karti hain use magnetic north kahte hain. Sirvey mapon par
magnetic north ko dikhane wale ko rekha nahi khinchi jati hai.
(4) Sthaniye chumbakiya akarshan :- Kate sthanno mein zamin ke andar
loha, nickel, cobalt addi aisi dhatuyen hain jo ki compass ki chumbakiya
sui ko apni aur akarshit karti hai jisse compass ki sui thik chumbak ke
uttar disha ke bajaye dayen ya bayen ishara kati hai. Uska yahi hataw agar
purb ko ho to wahan ka sthaniye chumbakiyr akarshan purb ka kaha jata
jayega. Yadi paschim ka ho to paschim kahlayega.
(5) Compass ki api truti :- Kabhi kabhi compass mein kisi kharabi ke karan
jab uski sui thik uttar ke vajay kuch degree dahine ya bayen hut jaye to
yeh hataw (variation) compass ki apni truti kahlayegi.
(6) Degree :- Bearing ke ghumao ko napne ki akai (unit) ko degree kahte
hain. Yeh kisi bhi brit (circle) ki paridhi ka 360* wan bhag hoti hai.
(7) Magnetic variation :- Kisi sthan par jab true north aur magnetic north ki
rekhayen apas mein milti hain to us sthan par in dono ke bich ki konatmak
duri ko magnetic variation kahte hain.
(8) Sambayan kon ( Angle of convergence) :- Kisi sthan par to north ya grid
north ki rekhayen apas mein milti hain to us sthan par in dono north
rekhaon ke bich ke konatmakduri ko sambay kon kahte hain.
(9) Local variation :- Kisi sthan par milte samay grid north aur magnetic
north rekhaon ke bich jo konatmak duri banti hai use local variation kahte
hain.
(10) Bearing :- Kisi ek sthan se dusre sthan ko milane wali rekha aur usi
stahn se tino uttar artharth true magnetic aur grid north mein kisi ek uttar
ko milane wali rekhaon ke bich ki konatmak duri ko us sthan ko biyarig
kahte hain. Yeh duri ghadi ki suion ke sulte rukh mein degree, minutes aur
seconds mein napi jati hain.
(11) Forward bearing :- Kisi sthan par khade hokar dekhane wale admi se
khade hokar dekhane wale admi se apne samne ke kisi sthan ya nishan ka
padha gaya bearing forword bearing kahlata hai.
(12) Back bearing :- Forword bearing ke biparit back bearing dusre sthan
ya nishan se dekhane wale ki aur padhe jane wale bearing ko back bearing
kahte hain.
(13) Grid :- Sarb mapon par baigani rang se kinchi gayi kadi aur padi
rekhaon ke jal ko degree kahte hain. Jinki sahayata se map par diye gaye
sthan par pata sandrabh nikala jata hai.
(14) Grid rekhayen :- Survey mapon par baigani rang se khinchi vah
rekhayen grid rekhayen kahlati hai vah jo nakshe par varg banati hain.
Uttar se dakshin ko khade rukh kinchi gayi purbi rekhayen aur purab se
paschim pade rukh khinchi gayi rekhayen uttari rekhayen kahlati ahin.
(15) Deshantar rekhayen (Longitude) :- Survey mapon par kale rang se
khinchi gayi khadi rekhaon ko deshantar rekha kahte hain. Jo nakshe par
true north ko prakat karti haininko true north ki rekhayen bhi kaha jata
hai.
36
(16) Akkhansh rekhayen( latitude) :- Survey mapon par kale rang se
khinchi gayi rekhaon ko akkhansh rekha kahte hain.
(17) Isogonal :- Choti scale ke mapon ke pure ilaqon mein magnetic
variations saman nahi hota. In mapon mein mapon par yeh antar saman
hota hai, wahan se hote hue ek rekha khinchi jati hai. Jise isogonal kahte
hain.
(18) Re-section :- Map par apni jagah nischit karne ki us bidhi ko re-section
kahte hain. Jisme map par hum do ya adhik jane hue sthan se apni jagah
ki aur rekhayen khinchati hai.
(19) Inter section :- Kisi anjane sthan ki jagah ko malum karne keliye jab
map par kinhi do ya tin jane hue sthano se rekhayen khinchte hain, to us
prakar anjane sthan ki jagah malum karne ki vidhi ko inter section kahte
hain.
(20) Orientation :- Orientation ka vyawaharik ka arth plane tablesketch ko
zamin par is prakar rakhana hota hai ki jisse banaye ja rahe hain. Sketch
ka true north zamin ki aur ishare Karen.
(21) Orienteering :- Map aur zamin ko ek rup mein karane wai vyawaharik
bidhi ko orienteering kahte hain. Is bidhi se map kaushal mein ruche
badhai ja sakti hai athawa nipunta prapt ki ja sakti hai.
(22) Relief :- Zamin ki unchai- nichai tatha tuti-futizamin ityadi ko kisi
madl par hu-bahu dikane ko relief kahte hain.
(23) Counter : Servey mapon par bhure rang se khinchi gayi vah rekhayen
counter ya counter rekhayen kahlati hain to samudr satah se nischit
unchai wall bhu-bhag se gujarti hui apni –apni unchai ki rekahaon mein
akar milti hai. Inki madad se nakshon par bhinn bhinn sthano ko samudr
tal se unchai darshati jati hai.
(24) Khade fasale ka antar :- Kinhi do ya do s adhik sthano ki unchai ya
counter linon ki unchai ke antar ko khade fasle ka antar kahte hain. Isko
rifle ki madad se nikala jata hai.
(25) Pada fasla :- Kinhi do sthano ya nishano ke bich ki sidhi padi duri ko
pada fasala kaha jata hai. Isko nakshe par service protractor ya ganti ke
gur se napa/nikala ja sakta hai.
(26) Form lines :- Sketch par nischit unchai ke bad counter rekhaon ke
saman khinchi jane wali rekhayen form lines kahlati hain. Yeh rakhayen
adhi rakhaonke saman hi khinchi jati hai.
(27) Datum level :- Kisi map ya sketch mein dikhaye gaye zamini ilaqon ke
sabse nichle bhag ki samudr satah se unchai ko datum level kahte hain.
(28) Gradient :- Bhinno mein dhikai gayi dhlano ko gradient kahte hain
athwa khade aur pade fasale ke anupat ko gradient kahte hain. Jaise 1/30
ka arth hai 30 mtr chalne ke bad khadi unchai 1 mtr hogi.
(29) Tangent :- Diagramon mein batai gayi dhlano ko tangent kahte hai.
(30) Mean grid north :- Mapon par kayi grid rekhayen hone ki wajah se inki
konatmak duri ka true north rekha se antar alag-alag hota hai. Nakshe ke
liye iska Madhya mein nikal lete hain jo mean grid north kahlata hai.
Madhymik scale ke mapon mein kafi jaida bhu—bhag dhikaya jata hai,
isliye yeh karwahi aur bhi awashyak ho jati hai.
(31) Adhar rekha :- Vah rekha jahan par khade hokar koi bhi sketch
banaya jata hai.
(32) Sthapit chin :- Map par dusri zamini chinon ki sahayata gayat ki hui
thi sthiti ko sthapit chin kahte hain.
(33) Rekha :- Vah rekha jo stithi ya apne dusre nishan tal kinchi jati hai ya
ek nishan ko dusre nishan se milati hai use rekha kahte hain.
(34) Plotting : Kisi bhi bhumi par ke chinnho ko map ko nischit karna hi
plotting kahte hain..
(35) Meridian :- Vastavik uttari dhruv se dakshin dhruv ko milane wali
rekha ko meridian kahte hain.
37
(36) Master map :- Jab ek map kisi khas uddesh ya vishesh jankari hetu
hum map karte hain, jaise ki sahayata se dusre nakshon ko durust ya
marg kiya ja sake use map kahte hain.
(37) Master compass :- Yeh hota hai jaise ki apni truti yakin hone ke bad
hum unki madad se dusre compass apni truti ka pata lagate hain.
Sankshep :- Uparayukt takniki shabdo mein se hame map ko padhana,
samajhana asan ho jati hai aur sawal-jawab se abhiyas karne se achhi
kamyabi siddh ho sakti hai.
TOPOGRAPHICAL FORMS
Paribasha :- Map reading ki sikhali mein vah chizen dharataliya akritiyan
kahlati hain, jinse unki zamini banawat ka sahaj anuman ho jata hai, vah
is prakar hai.
1. Pahadi (Hills) :- Zamin ke us unche uthe hue bhag ko pahadi kahte
hain. Jiski unchai samudra ki satah se 3000 feet se kam hai.
2. Parvat (Mountains) :- Zamin ka vah uncha hua bhag jiski unchai
samudra satha se 3000 feet se adhik ho, use parvat kahte hain.
3. Conical hill :- Vah pahadi jiski sabhi aur ki dhalan ek jaisi ho, uski
shakal hill aam taur par jawalamukhi wale deshon mein pai jati hain.
4. Choti :- Kisi pahadi ya parvat ki sabse unchain jagah ko choti kahte
hai. Map par choti ki unchain sthankit unchai ya tribaujkar unchai
se dikhai jati hai.
5. Ridge : Kisi pahadi ki sikudi hui lambai aur lagbhag saman unchai
wale us parvat ya pahadi ko ridge kahte hain.
6. Spour :- Jis prakar hamare sharer se bayen niche ki aur nikal rahati
hai, usi prakar pahadi ilaqon mein pahad ka kuch bhag nichle
maidan ki aur badta chala jata hai. Pahadon ka vah who bhag jo
baju ki tarah nichli zamin ke sath nikala hua chala jata hai, use
spour ya parvat skandha kahte hain. Spour ki counter ‘V’ akaar ki
hoti hai ‘V’ kin ok maidan ki aur rahti hai.
7. Re-Entrant :- Do parvat skandh ke bich dabe hue bhag ko re-entrant
kahte hain. Iska mod pahadi ki unchai ki aur kam hota chala jata
hai. Re-entrant se aam taur par naale nikalte hain.
8. Basin :- Basin ke do matlab hai :(a) Pahadi ghire hue us bhag ko basin kahte hain. Jo samtal ya lag
bhag samtal hon.
(b) Kisi nadi ya nadi ki shakaon dwara jis ilawe ki sinchai hoti hai
use nadi ka basin kahte hain.
9. Darar ya pass :- Kisi parvat ki do chotion ke bich jo niche aur tang
jagah hoti hai, use pass kahte hain. Is jagah se pahadi ke dusre aur
jaya ja sakta hai.
10 .Saddle ya col :- Lag bhag do saman unchain wale do pahadi ke bich
mein ya ek parvat ki do chotion ke bich mein dabe hue tode samtal
se bhag ko saddle ya col kahte hain. Dur se dekhai deta hai.
11.Spring ya crest :- Lambi aur dur tak faili hui parvat shrinkalaon ki
chotian milane wale kalpit rekha ko crest kahte hai. Jhan pahad ki
khadi dalan sampta ho kar jab gol choti
12. Pathar :- Pahad ke upar bane samtal bhag ko pahtar kahte hain. Is par
kheti badi mushkil se ki ja sakti hai map par is bhag mein counter
rekhayen nahi hoti. Iske charon taraf choti choti pahadian ho sakti hain.
38
13. Mound :- Maidani bhag mein ubhara hua akela sa tila mound kahlata
hai, jis par khade hokar charon aur ka ilaqa dikhai deta hai. Mapon par
aamtaur yeh apekhit unchai se dikhai deta hai.
14. Dune : Re-tili ilaqe mein hawa dwara vah mitti udane se banne wale
tille Dune kahlate hain. Yeh bante bigadte rahte hain aur pahadi ke saman
dikhai dete hain. Inki stithi sthai nahi hoti hai.
15.Tekri ya nol (Knoli) :- Wahan akeli pahadi nol kahlati hai. Jiska kisi
pahadi silsile se koi sambandh nahi hota hai. Iski counter rekhayen gol
hoti hai aur unchai kam hone se aam taur par ek hi counter rekhayen se
dikhai jati hai.
16.Defile :- Lambi aur unchain paruat spani ki us unchai uthai pith ko
divide kahte hai. Jahan se pani do alag alag deshaon ko banane lagate hai.
17.Jal bhi-bhaja ya water shed :- Jab kisi parvat shreni ka uncha bhag jo
jal prabhaon ko alag kar ke use jal bhebeja kahte hai, yeh zaruri nahi ki
water shed ke liye parvat ka sabse uncha bhag hai .
18.Jal prabha marg ya water course :- Kisi ilaqe mein sabse niche jagah jal
prabha marg kahlati hai. Jis hokar us ilaqe ka pani bahta hai. Yeh sukha
bhi ho sakta hai aur pani bhi bhar ho sakta hai.
19.Revine :- Nadion dwara tode gaye us gahre aur lambi bhu-bhag ko
revine kahte hain, jo ek lambi tang ghati ke rup mein hota hai.
20.Maha khadd ya gorge :- Pani apne bahab se jab kisi bhag mein sankara
aur gehra rasta bana deta hai, to us raste ke unche aur khade kinare gorge
kahlate hain. Pahadi ilaqe mein ki tang aur tuti-futi revine bhi gorge
kahlati hai.
21.Bhrugu ya chattan (CLIFF) :- Jahan kahi diwar ki bhanti unchai aa jati
hai, use clif kahte hain. CLIFF mein bahut se counter rekha ek sath mil jati
hai.
22.Kagar ya escarpment :- Jab kisi pahad k eek aur ekdam badi lambi aur
kram badh rup se unchai aa jati hai, to use Escarpment kahte hain.
23.Ghati (valley) :- Do parvat srinkhalon ke bich ka kafi niche chouda tatha
kafi lamba niche chouda tatha kafi lamba bhag ghati kahlati hai. Ghation
mein pahadion ki dhalan utal (Convey) hota hai.
24.Cirque ya himaj gahawar :- Glaciers ke nikalne ke sthan par vah gadda
cirque kahlata hai, jo charon aur se khade kinaron se ghira rahta hai aur
jiske kisi aur glaciers ke bahne ka rasta bana hota hai, kafi bade ilaqe mein
phaile cirque ko girital ya turn kahte hain. Sarak ko dikhane wali counter
rekha kafi bade ilaqe ko gherati hai aur bad ki counter rekhanyen pas pas
ho jati hain.
25.Antarip :- Zamin ke us kam chaude aur nukile bhag ko anarip kahte
hai. Jo dur tak samudr ke bhitar chala jata hai.
26.Jal prapat ya jharna :- Jahan nadi ya nalon ka pani ekdam unchain se
niche ki aur sidha girta hai ase jal prapat ya jharna kahte hai. Jharne ke
sthan par counter rekhayen cliff ke saman mil jati hai.
Note : Jis sthan pa nadi ka pani ekdam badi unchai se na girkar kuch
dalan mein girta hai to use drutwah kahlate hai. Drutwah ko dikhane
wali counter rekhayen jaharne ki rekha duri par khinchi hoti hai.
27.Main features :- Kisi ilaqe vah kudrati vah banawati nishan mein
features kahlata hai jinse us ilaqe ki banawat ka pata lagta hai.
28.Under features :- Pahadion ki dhalano par jo chote chote sikhar ubhar
ate hai, unhe under features kahte hai. Yeh mukhya parvat srinkhala se
hatkar hote hai.
29.Dead ground :- Dono aur uthi zamin ke bich mein davi hui zamin jo davi
hui hone ke karan dur se dikhai nahi deti, use dead ground kahte hain.
30.Uvulas :- Chune wale ilaqon mein kudrati taur par bane vah chode aur
gahre chhed uvulas hain, jinse hokar us ilaqe ka pani zamin ke bhitar
chala jata hai.
39
31.Lapis :- Chune wale ilaqe ki lambai, gahrai aur tang ghation ko lapis
kahte hain. Inki counter rekhayen gahtit rehti hain.
32.Crater :- Jwalamukhi (volcano) :- Dwara bane sanku (cone) ke akaar ke
gaddon ko crater kahte hai, jo ki kahin kahin itne choude hote hai ki jhil
ka rup dharan kar lete hain.
33.Nadi ka dhartal :- Zamin ke jis bhag mein hokar nadi ki dhara ya
dharayen bahti hain, uske dhartal aur kinaron ke bich ke bich ke bhag ko
nadi ka bed ya dhartal kahte hain.
34.Muhana ya Estuary :- Jahan nadi samundra ke sath milati hai, us
athan ko nadi ka muhana kahte hain.
35.Ox-Bo-Lake :- Maidani ya lagbhag maidani ilaqon mein jab kisi nadi ki
dhara “C” akaar ke aise daldali bhag bana deti hai, jo badh ya barsat ke
samay jhil ka rup dharan kar leta hai. In bhagon ko Ox-Bo-Lake kahte
hain.
36.Sahayak Nadi :- Us choti nadi ko sahayak kahte hai jo kisi badi mein
aakar milti hai, jaise Jhelum, chinav, rabi aadi sindhu nadi ki sahayak
nadian hai. Inke milne ke sthan ko sangam kahte hain.
Sankshep :- Hamesha sankshep sawal aur jawab se kiya jata hai aur in
paribasha ko acchi tarah samaj lena aur yad kar lena map reading ki
agli sikhlai ko samjhne mein kafi madad deta hai.
--------------------------------*******************------------------------------------
MR 4-6
DISHA AUR DEGREES ,UTTAR KI PRAKAR
AUR UTTAR DISHA KA PATA LAGANA.
PARICHAY :-
Hamare suraksha balloon ko abhiyason aur yudh aadi ke
absaron par jana padta hai. Aise anjane sthan par agar koi jawan akela
rah jata hai ya raste se bhatak jaye to, uske liye apne sthan par wapas
pahunchana mushkil ho jata hai. Aisi dasha mein pratyek sainik ko
dishaon ka gya hona bahut zaruri hai. Map reading ki padhai mein ek
ache map ke asul ki sikhali ka prarambh dishaon aur degreeon ke gyan
se prapt hoti hai :Zamin aur
manchitra par dishaon ka gyan karna bahut hi zaruri hai. Disha ghyat
ke liye bina manchitra ya ko sketch banaa aur samjhana kathin hai.
Thik is parkar zamin par bhi hame bhinn bhinn paristhithion mein
march karne ke liye bhi dishaon ko ghyat karna bahut zaruri hai.
Uttar disha ghyat karne ke liye hamare pass kayi ache sadan hai. Inme
rat aur din ke samay uttar disha ghyat karne ke sadan alag alag hain.
Lekin in mein kuch sadan aise bhi hai jo raat aurr din, dono abasthon
mein uttardisha malum karne mein sahayak hote hain. Is prakar jab
uttar disha malum ho jati hai to hum sesh dishaon ka pata laga sakten
hain.
1. AWASHYAKTA :Ek acche sainik ke jevan mein dishao aur degreeon ka paryog sainik
kushalta kahlata hai. Sainik yudh mein vijay mane ke liye, pahla
path map reading ki sikhlai mein dishaon aur degrreon ke gyan se
sikhata hai. Is liye sainik ko dishaon ka gyan hona zarurai hai. Is
kara sikhlai ke liye dishon aur degreeon ka mahatwa bahut zaida
hai.
2. DISHAON KE PRAKAR :Sikhlai ke liye hum dishaon ko tin bhagon mein bant sakte hain :40
(a) Badi dishayen.
(b) Pramukh dishayen.
(c) Choti dishayen.
Badi dishayen :- Yeh dishayen char hoti hain. Jinko hum uttar, dakshin,
purb aur paschim kahte hain. Uttar disha 360* degree mein jati hai,
kyunki bearing ke ghumab ko degreeon mein napne ke liye uttar disha se
shuru karte hai. Ek pure chakar mein artharth, uttar se ghum kar wapas
uttar tak ane se puri 360* hoti hai. Is chakar mein ghumao purb disha 90*
dakshin 180* aur paschim disha 270* par hoti hai.
Agar hum uttar dishaon ki aur muh karke khade ho jayen to
hamara muh uttar ki taraf hoga. Jab uttar disha se pura dahine mud karte
hai to hamara muh purab disha mein 90* par ho jata hai. Yahan se phir
90* ya purab disha se punah dahine mud Karen, to hamare dakshin disha
se pura dahine mud kare, to is bar hamara muhn pachim disha mein 270*
par hoga aur paschim se pura dahine mud kare to hamara muh wapas
uttar arthrth 360* degree par ho jayega. Is prakar ek bar pura dahine ya
bayen mud Karne par 90* hota hai.
Pramukh dishyaen :- Pramukh dishayen bhi char pakar ki hoti hai. Yeh
dishayen cardinal point ke bich padati hai. Arthrth ek cardinal point ko do
bar bar bar bhag mein bantati hai. Is prakar ek bhag 45* ka banta hai. Yeh
dishayen do aksharon se likhakhar dikhai jati hain. Uttar disha ko hum
jaida mahatwa dete hain, kyunki dishaon ki bant uttar disha se shuru hoti
hai. Iske bad dakshin disha ko pramukh mana jata hai. In dishaon ken am
is prakar diye jate hain, ki uttar disha ke nazdik padti hai, uske pahle uttar
nam nam phir us taraf nazdik wali disha ka nam likha jata hai. Is prakar jo
disha dakshin disha ke nazdik padti hai us disha ka nam pahle dahine,
phir us taraf wali disha mein nazdike padti hai us disha ka nam sath mein
likha jata hai. Isko karmbadh Uttar Purab( North- East), Dakshin Purab(
South-East), Dakshin-Paschim (North-West), aur Uttar Paschim (NorthWest) ke nam diye gaye hain. Yeh dishayen karmbadh NE 45*, SE 135*, SW
225*, aur NW 315* par hoti hai.
Choti dishayen :- Choti dishayen 08 hoti hai. Badi aur pramukh dishaon ke
bich mein ek choti disha hoti hai. Jo tin akshron se darshai jati hai. Inke
nam is prakar diye jata hai.
Inke nam is prakar hain :(1) Uttar – Uttar-Purab 22 ½* (NNE)
(2) Purab- Uttar-Purab 67 ½ *(ENE)
(3) Purab-Dakshin-Purab 112 ½* (ESE)
(4) Dakshin-Purab 157 ½* (SSE)
(5) Dakshin-Dakshin-Paschim 202 ½ (SSW)
(6) Paschim-Dakshin-Paschim 247 ½ (WSW)
(7) Paschim-Uttar-Paschim 292 ½ (WNW)
(8) Uttar-Uttar-Paschim 337 ½* (NNW)
Bhag No. 2
Is prakar koi ek choti disha ek pramukh aur badi disha ke bich ki
konatmak duri ke adhe hisse par hoti hai.Arthrth pyatek choti disha us
degree ke aadhe 22 1/2* ke antar par hogi. Is prakar sabse badi dishayen 4
aur choti pramukh dishayen 4 aur choti dishayen 08 hoti hain, kul milakar
is prakar choti aur badi dishayen 16 ho jati hain.
UTTAR DISHA KA MAHATWA :Sainik karwahi ke bichar se 4 badi dishayon mein uttar disha ko sabse
jaida mahatwapurn mana jata hai. Iske nimn karan hai :41
(a) Din aur raat ke samay uttar disha malum karne ke kayi sadhan
hain.
(b) Uttar disha ghyat hone ke bad sesh sabhi dishaon ka pata assani se
lagaya ja sakta hai.
(c) Uttari America se Butan lend pahad ki aur ishara karne wali
chumbakiye sui se bhi uttar disha asani se ghyat ho jati hai.
(d) Prithvi apani kili par uttar se dakshin ki aur khadi hai.
(e) Digrion ki bant vah ginti bhi uttar disha se hi shuru hoti hai.
(f) Sabhi prakar ke sketchon mein uttar disha ko tirir ke nishan se
dikhaya jata hai.
(g) Sabhi prakar ke bhougolik vah topographical mapon ke shirshak
uttar disha ki aur hote hai.
(h) Map set karte samay bhi uttar disha ki zarurat padti hai.
Sankshep :- Yeh lesson mein suraksha ballon ko din mein aur raat
ke samay disha ka gyan karane ke liye barnan kiya gaya hai. Sabse
pahle parichay bataya gaya hai. Yeh lesson do bhagon mein barnan
kiya gaya hai. Is prakar map reading ke live disha ka gyan hona
awashyak hai. Is parkar dishayen bhi itni hoti hai jitni degrean hoti
hai arthrth dishayen bhi 360* hi hoti hai, jo ki degreeon ken am se hi
jane jate hain. Is prakar compass ki sui ke ek chakar mein arthrth
uttar 360* se shuru hokar 360* ya 0* uttar main hi samapt ho jati
hai. Ant mein abhiyas ke liye sawal aur jabab se abhiyas karane se
sahi natija hasil hoga.
DIN KE SAMAY MEIN UTTAR DISHA MALUM KARNA VAH NIMN
PARKAR :(1) Compass :- Uttar disha gyat karne ka uttam sadhan hai compass.
Compass ek diban ke akar ka yantra hota hai, jiske andar ek
chumbakiye sui lagi hoti hai. Jisse arrow mark bhi kahte hai, yeh sui
sadaa uttar disha ki aur ishara karti hai. Iska sambandh uttari
America mein Buthia lend Namak chumbakiye parvat shilla se hai. Is
parvat shila mein chumabkiye akarshan ki shakti apni aur khinchti
hai. Yadi us sthan par us samay chumbakiye antar ghyat ho to ham
vastavik uttar aur dakshin rekha ghyat kar sakte hain. Atah compass
sui ke samanantar rekha kinchkar chumbakiye uttar-dakshin rekha
khinchen aur iske sath 15* ka cone banate hue purab ki aur ek saral
rekha kinche to vastavik Uttar dakshin hogi. Compass ki sui raat ko
chamakti hai.
(2) Surya :- Surya se bhi hum uttar disha ghyat kar sakte hai. Surya
hamesha purab mein nikalta hai aur paschim mein chupta hai.
Subah surya nikalte samay agar hum surya ke samne muh karke
khade ho to hamare thik samne purab disha piche ki taraf paschim
disha, bayen hath ki aur uttar disha dahine hath ki aur dakshin
disha hogi.
(3) Is prakar sabdhyakal mein chipte hue suraj ki taraf muh karke
khade ho jayen to muh ke samne paschim, hamare pith ki aur purab
dahine ki aur uttar aur bayen hath ki aur dakshin disha hogi.
(4) Dopahar 12 baje ke samay suraj ki chaya uttar disha ki aur hoti hai,
us samay agar hum apni chaya ki taraf muh karke khade ho to muh
42
ke samne uttar, piche ki taraf dakshin, bayen hath ki aur paschim
aur dahine hath ki aur purab disha hogi.
(5) Is prakar surya se hum mote taur par din mein tin bar disha ghyat
kar sakte hain. Kewal 21 march aur 23 december ke din surya
Madhya rekha par lambat hota hai. Isliye in do dino mein suraya thik
purab mein udaya hota hai aur thik paschim mein dubta hai.
(6) Dhup ghadi :- (1) Dhup ghadi banakar hum vastavik uttar-dakshin
rekha asani se gyat kar sakte hain. Dhup ghadi banate samayus
sthan ke sthaniye samay janne ke liye aur us par ghanto ke anko ko
nischit karane ke liye ek ghadi lete hain. Is prakar sath hi ghanto ke
bajane ka time har nishan ke sath likh dete hain. Kili ka khaya
sundayal dhup ghadi par darshate samay nishan kiaur sanket karti
hai, wahi lagbhag shahi sthaniye samay hoga.
3.
Is dhup ghadi mein dopahar se pahle baje kinishan vastavik
uttar-dakshin rekha se paschim ki aur tatha dopahar ke bad baje ke
nishan vastavik uttar dakshin rekha se purab ki aur honge. Dopahar
ke 12 baje kili ki chaya hamesha ek hi sidh mein padegi 12 baje wali
chaya jis taraf padti hai us taraf agar hum muh karke khade hon to
hamara muh ke thik samne uttar disha hogi aur hamare pith ki aur
dakshin disha hogi.
4. Chaya :- Kisi chhadi dwara surya ki chaya se bhi hum uttar disha
ghyat kar sakte hain, kisi samtal sthan par ek chhadi gadh dete
hain. Subah lagbhag 8-9 baje chhadi ki chaya dekho, jahan tak iski
chaya pahunchti hai vah nishan lagakar us bindu ka nam “F” rakh
do aur ghadi ke sthan ko Kendra mankar chayon ke sthan ko par
bindu se saral rekha khinch do, chadi gadne ke sthan ko “C” bindu
ken am se likho, kendrey se chaye lambhai ko ardhya bayast mankar
ek brit khincho chhadi ki chaya lagbhag char aur pach baje ke bich
mein brit ki paridhi ko chhayegi to us samay is chaya ki nok par
nishan lagakar us ‘a’ bindu nam se likh do. Cone ‘A’ ‘C’ ‘F’ ko
sambibhag karo. Is cone ko saman bhagon batne wali rekha hi
vastavik uttar dakshin rekha ko prakat karti hai. Is vidhi se hum
uttari golaradh mein uttar dakshin rekha ghyat kar sakte hai.
5. Ghadi :- Yeh vidhi saral hai prantu isse uttar-dakshin rekha ka sahi
gyan nahi ho pata hai. Isse kewal din mein hi uttar-dakshin rekha
gyat karane ke liye uttari golardh mein bhinn bhinn bhidi prayog
mein late hain. Yeh vidhyan nimn prakar hain :(a) Uttari golardh :- Uttari golardh mein ghadi ka zamin par is prakar
se rakhte hai ki uski ghante ki suio surya ki aur ishara kare. Yeh
rekhayen wahi milegi yahan ghadi ki suion ka Kendra hoga.
Ghanto ki sui aur ghadi ke bahar wale ank ko milane wali
rekhayon se bane cone ki sambidhayen karane wali rekha
dakshin disha ki aur ishara karegi, yeh us shetra ki vastavik
uttar-daksin rekha hogi.
(b) Dakshin golardh :- Ghadi ko zamin mein rakhte samay iske ‘12’
ke ank ko Kendra se milane wali rekha surya ki aur sanket kare,
uttari golardh mein bataye gaye ke anusar ek rekha ek ghante ki
sui ke upar hoti hue aur dusre ghadi ke 12 wale ank ke upar wale
ki aur zamin par khinchte hain. 12 baje ke ank vah gante wale
bich mein uttar disha hogi. Yeh rekha us shetra ki vastavik rekha
43
uttar dakshin rekha mein jayegi. Is bidhi mein ghadi jitani
vastavik uttar dakshin rekha thik banegi.
(c) Is bidhi mein bhumadhya rekha ke pas ke sthan par surya, akash
mein uncha chadh jane par gante wali sui aur ghadi 12 wale ank
ki line ko suray ki aur karne bada mushkil hai. Is prakar ghadi ke
vastavik uttar-dakshin rekha uttar vah dakshin golardh mein
malum kar sakte hai. Phir bhi is bidhi se ghyat ki gayi vastavik
uttar-dakshin rekha se lag-bhag 5 degree ka antar reh jata hai.
6. Kabri sthan se :- Muslman jab kabhi sthan mein mur pe ko uski
kabra mein rakhte hai to uska sir hamesh uttar dakshin mein rahta
hai aur uska mitti se dabne ke bad uski kaber ke sir ki aur zamin
par ek bada vah uncha pathar Deepak rakhne ke liye ghad dete hai.
Kayi kabron mein murdhe ke pareon ki taraf bhi ek chota pathar
rakhte hain, yadi bade pathar ki aur muh karke khade ho to thik
hamare samne uttar-dakshin, pith ki aur dakshin, dahine hath ki
aur purab aur bayen hath ki aur paschim disha hogi. Lekin dhyan
rahe ki kabron se ham uttar disha malum nahi kar sakte hain,
kyunki aise log kabr mein murdhe ko uttar ki aur rakh kar nahi
gadhte hain.
7. Masjid se :- Yadi hum bharat mein masjidon ki banawat dekhe to
uske upar hame do bade minar wali diwar aur ek mehrabadar gumad
dikhayi deta hai, jidhar muh karke muslman log namaj padte hai. Is
badi minar bali diwar ke ghumad se agar pith lagakar muh ki aur
paschim, pith ki aur purab tatha dahine hath ki aur uttar, aur bayen
hath ki aur dakshin disha hogi.
8. Shivalaya se :- Shiva ji ke mandiron mein ek shiv ling bana rehta hai.
Shiv ling ki ali mein se pani bahar jane ke liye iska utaar uttar ki aur
rakhte hain. Jiska sambandh kailash parvat se mana jata hai.
Shivling par jab jal chadate hai to, yeh jal uttar ki aur niche girta hai.
Lekin yeh utna viswas janak nahi hota hai.
9. Briksh ke phal vah paton se :- Jab uttar disha nalum karne mein koi
bidhi sahayak nahi hoti hai to, phal dar ya paton wale pedon se uttar
disha malum karte hain. Phal dar pedon mein ek taraf ka phal pakka
hota hai, dusri aur kacha hota hai ya ek aur ke phal jhad chukte
dusri aur ke phal ped par lage hote hain. Purab taraf wale surya ki
jaida garmi ke karan jaida pakke honge ya jhad chuke honge. Dusri
taraf jidhar phal kam pakke udhar paschim disha hogi, kyunki do
pahar tak jab ki surya tapta hai arthrth garmi ki matra jaida hoti hai
aur dopahar bad waha ki matra ya tapan kam ho jati hai. Is prakar
paton, phalon wale pedon par phal,patte jis taraf jaida pile hoti hai ya
jhad chuke hote hain us tarf purab aur uske dusri taraf paschim
disha hoti hai.
10.
V
ayu disha suchak :- Hawai addon ya kai badi emarton ityadi par inka
suchak yantra lage hue hote hai. Inke upar wala bhag hawa chalne
ke rukh ke mutabik asani se ghumta rahta hai. Iske bich wale bhag
mein charon ki aur sanket lage rahte hai, yeh sanketak sab sthir
rahte hai. Tab in sanketak par likhe nam se hum dishaon ka lag
bhag sahi anuman laga sakte hain.
44
Bhag No. 2
1. RAAT KE SAMAY UTTAR DISHA MALUM KARNA :a. Taron se :- Raat ke samay dhrubtara se uttar disha ghyat kar sakte
hai. Dhrub tara sada uttar disha ki aur rahta hai. Yeh anya taron
se bahut jaida chamkila hota hai aur sirf 2 ¼* ke andar ghumta
rahta hai, is liye yeh apne sthan par sthir ke barabarhi manajata
hai. Is se ghyat hone wali uttar disha ko vastavik uttar ya bhouglik
uttar kahte hai. Lekin yeh kewal uttari golaradh mein hi uttar disha
ghyat kar sakte hai. Iski sithi dekhne wale ke sir kethik upar hoti
hai. Arthrth uttari dhrbh mein yeh 90* ka cone banata hai.
Bhumadhya rekha se dekhne par yeh bilkul sky line ke pas dikhai
deti hai. Dhrub tara ghyat karte samay dusre samuh wale taron ki
sahayata lete hai. Jo ki nimn prakar hain :(1) Saptari Rishi :- Raat ke samay aakash mein lag bhag uttar disha
mein taron ka vishesh samuh dikhani deta hai. Tara samuh ko
sapta rishi mandal kahte hai. Is samuh mein saat taare hote hai.
Sapta rishi jab dhrub tare ke charo aur chakar lagata hai to us
samay uske pahle do taroe arthrth sanketak ka rukh sadev dhrub
tare ki aur hi rahta hai.
(2) Sapta rishi mandal :- Sapta rishi mandal ke sanketon ki sahayata
se hum dhrub tare ki pahchan karte hai. Dhrub tare ko ghyat
karne ke liye agar do no. tare ko milate hue. Inke bich ke fasle ke
lagbhag 4 ½ guna lambi ek kaplit rekha kinche to vah rekha ek
jaise ujjwal man tare ko kat-te hue gujregi. Jo aksar mein dusre
taron ki bajaye chamkile dikhai dete hain.
(3) Dhrub tare ke id-grid tara mandal :- Is tare ki stithi malum karne
ke liye 24 gante mein do bar kalpit rekha ka rukh banati hai. Is
stithi mein sapta rishi mandal ke antim do taron ke Madhya dhrub
tara upar ya niche 90* ka cone banata hai.
(4) Cassiopeia :- Jab sapta rishi aakash mein dikhai nahi deta hai to
us avastha mein hum Cassiopeia taron ke samuh mein panch tare
hote hain. Inki banawat English akshar W ke aakar ke conebanate
hai.
Is prakar in samuhon se bhi hum dhrub tara pahchan sakte hai aur
uttar disha ka pata laga sakte hai.
(5) Dakshin khatola :- Uttari golardh mein hum dhrub tare ki mada se
uttar disha ghyatkarte hain, lekin dakshin golardh mein dhrub tara
dikhai nahi deta hai. Isliye dakshin golardh mein dakshin khatola
ki madad se dakshin disha ghyat karte ha. Dakshin khatola ek
patang ke saman char taron ka samuh hota hai. Is prakar dakshin
dhruv mein taron ki madad se hum lag bhag dakshin disha ghyat
kar sakte hain.
Uttar ke prakar :- Uttar tin prakar ki hoti hai :(a) Vastavik uttar.
(b) Manchitray uttar.
(c) Chumbakiye uttar.
(a) Vastavik uttar :- Dhrub tare se ghyat hone wale taron ko bhougolik
ya vastavik hone wale uttar ko bhouglik ya vastavik uttar kahte hai.
Map par niche se uppar ki aur kale rang se khinchi gayi rekhayen
vastavik uttar ko banati hai. In rekhaon ko deshantar rekhayen
45
kahte hai. Yeh rekhayen sthayi hoti hain. Lekin ek dusre ke
samanantar nahi hoti hai, balki uttari dhruv aur dakshin dhruv par
mil jati hai aur yeh rekhayen bhu-madhy rekha par 90* par cone
banta hai.
(b) Manchitray uttar :- Map par rang ki khadi rekhayen uttar ko parkat
karti hai use hum grid north kahte hai. Yeh rekhayen bhi sthai hoti
hai aur dusre ke samanantar hone ke karan uttari dhruv ke karan
sanket nahi karti hai. Yeh rekhayen dhruv ke purab ya paschim
mein apne-apne uttar ki aur chali jati hain.
(c) Chumbakiye uttar :- Compass ki sui se ghyat hone wale uttar ko
chumbakiye uttar kahte hai. Yeh rekhayen sthit rehti hai. Iske liye
inko map par nahi dikhaya jata hai. Bharat mein chumbakiye uttar
ki vastavik uttar rekha se lag-bhag rekha se 3* purab ya paschim ki
aur rahti hai. Aisa isliye hota hai ki chumbakiye north ka
sambandh kamada ke uttari tat par buthiya lend namak
chumbakiye parvat shila se hai.
SANKSHEP :Suraksha balo mein is prakar map reading ki pahadi mein tin prakar
ke uttar ki zarurat padti hai. Map reading mein sikhlai ke liye uttar
disha ka bahut mahatwa hai. Raat aur din ke samay uttar disha
malum karne ke sadhno ke bare mein purn jankari ho taki zarurat
padne par uttar disha ghyat karke nipunta hasil kar saken. Yeh lesson
mein sabse pahle mein parichay, awashyakta , bhag no. 1 aur bhag no.
2 ke zarie barnan kiya gaya tatha ant mein sankshep mein barnan kiya
gaya. Sankshep mein sawal aur jawab se abhiyas kiya jana chahie taki
pure lesson ka vastavik taur par sahi natija hasil ho sake.
--------------------------------********************-----------------------------------------
MR-7
SERVICE PRISMATIC COMPASS
46
PARICHAY :Chumbakiye pathar ki khoj ki dishaon ko pata lagane mein aditiya
parivartan aya. Isse pahle dishaon ko malum karne ke liye prathmik
sadhno ki madad li jati thi. Bad mein chumbakiye sui ki visheshta ka
paryog kar disha ka pata lagan eke liye compass namak ek yantra ka
abishkar kiya gaya jiska ka ki aaj bahutayat mein istemal kiya jara ha
hai.
PARIBASHA :Compass gol dibiya ke aakar ka yantr hota hai, jisse lagi hue sui ki
sahayata se hum dishaon, degreean aur bearing malum kar sakte hain.
MAHATWA :Map reading ki sikhlaike atirikt compass ka paryog sabhi prakar ki
suraksha bal jaise, navy, air force, army, paidal sena vah ardha
suraksha bal, ladai ki sthiti mein sahi sthan par pahunch kar
dushman par fire dalne, thikano ka pata lagana aadi ke liye bhi prayog
mein late hai.
Bhag No. 1
(A) COMPASS KE PRAKAR :Upyog ke adhar par compass do prakar ke hote hain :(A) Kewal dishayen batane bali compass :Yeh tin prakar ke hote hain :(1) Pocket ya watch compass, yeh disha malum karne ke kam aata hai.
(2) Through Compass :- Yeh ayatkar hota hai aur plane table par uttar
rekha khinchne ke kaam ati hai.
(3) Naviko ka compass :- Yeh pani ke jahajon mein prayog mein laya
jata hai.
47
(B)DISHAYEN TATHA ZAMINI DEGEEYAN PADHNE WALI COMPASS :Yeh bhi do prakar ke hote hain :(1) Asainik mahatwa bala compass :- Inko prijmatic compass kahte
hai. Yeh ek tipai ke upar fit hota hai. Jiski madad se zamini
nishano ke bearing padkar prijmatic compass sketch banaya jata
hai.
(2) Sainik wali compass :- Yeh do prakar ki hoti hai :(A) SERVICE PRISMATIC COMPASS MK VIII :Dry compass hone ke karan iski sui jalad nahi rukti hai. Sui ki harkat
ko jaldi rokne ke liye isme check spring aur stop stud nam ke do purje
lage hone ke bad bhi iski sui jaldi nahi rukti jiske karan degreean
padane ke liye accha nahi hai. Isi karan iska paryog din prati din kam
hota jar aha hai.
(B) SERVICE PRISMATIC LIQUID COMPASS MK III :Yeh compass sena mein map reading ki sikhlai tatha anya sainik
karwahi ke liye paryog mein laya jata hai. Yeh pital ki ek dibbi ka bana
hota hai jisse lakh ke kale ghol se rang diya jata hai. Iske hisse purje
ka nam is prakar hain :1. Lid ya dhakan :- Yeh compass ke upar laga hota hai jo upar ki
compass ki suraksha karta hai.
2. Window :- Dhakkan ke bich mein sishe ki ek khidaki ke akar
mein bani hoti hai. Degree padhte waqt degreon ke nishan is
khidaki se dekhai dete hain.
3. Tongue :- Yeh dhakkan ke age ka ayatkar hota hai, jo prism ki
raksha karta hai.
4. Tongue Notch :- Yeh tongue ke age kate bhag mein hota hai. Yeh
map ko set karne ke kam ata hai.
5. Hair Line :- Yeh dhakkan ke bich ki ek patli, sidhi vah kali rekha
hoti hai. Kisi nishan ki degrre padte samay nishan ko iski sidhai
mein lana padta hai tatha hair line vah nishan ka Madhya bhag
ek sidh mein milaya jata hai.
6. Luminous strip :- Hair line ke upar vah niche do chamkile rang
ki partiyan hoti hai jo ki raat ke andahre mein chamakti hai. In
dono pariton mein hair line ke thik upar aur ek-ek chhed hota
hai, jiska prayog khidaki ka sisha kisi wajah se achanak tut jane
par, enmein ghode ke bal athwa majbut dhaga bandhkar kiya ja
sakta hai, jo ki tat kalin hair line ka kam de sakta hai.
7. Kabza :- Yeh dhakkan aur compass ko jode rakhta hai.
8. Milledvane :- Yeh compass ki dibbion ke upar hilane wala gol
chakar hota hai. Is gol chakar ke charon taraf ka bhag pital ka
aur bich ka bhag sishe ka bhag hota hai. Sishe ke upar ghadi ka
sulte rukh 0* se 360* tak likhi rahti hai jagah kam hone ke
karan ank 1,2,3,4 aadi is prakar likhe rahte hai. DO anko ke
bich wali bindi lagi hai jo 5* anko zahir karta hai.
9. Kashane wala clamping screw :- Milledivane ke gol chake ke
bahar dahine taraf ek ghadi ki chabi ke akar ka screw laga rahta
hai, jiski sahayata se milledivane ko kaskar ek jagah sthir rakha
jata hai aur dhila karne se milledivane asani se degreeon ko set
karne ke bad isko kas diya jata hai.
48
10.Setting vane :- Milldivane ke bahar ki tarf pital par choti choti
ghirian lagi rahti ha. Jab milldivane ko kisi degree par sthir rakhna
ho to colaping screw ko kasne par uske upar wale patale kinare inhi
jhirion mein se phas jate hai, jisse milledivane sthir ho jata hai yadi
mildivane ki sisha utu jaye to is saphed kataw ki sahayata se hum
compass ko night march ke liye set kar sakte hain.
11. Tir ka nishna :- Dayal ke upar banetir ke saman nishna ko arrow mark
kahate hai. Yah hamesh chumbakiy uttar ko jahir jarta hai.
12.Direction mark :- Yah milled vane par o* par yah 360* par ank ki sidh
mein ek chaoti, sidhi chamakane wali rekha hoti hai. Mark karte samay
arrow mark thik essi rekha ke niche hota hai.
13. Cord ya dial :- Millled vane ke shies ke niche ek golakar tu.kara hai. Jo
compass ki mukhya dibbiyon ke sath piwat yah chull par khada rahara
hai. Yah ship yah celluloid ka bana hota hai. Enke uppar hi arrow mark
bana rahta hai. Tir ki nishan ke pichhe (s) dayne (e) aur bayen (w) likha
hota hai. Esha mein (n) yah uttar nahi likha hota hai. Kyonki tir ka nishan
hamesh uttar ki hi banta hai. Is golakar tukare ke upar do britt ke upar jo
20*, 40*, 6* ebam 360* ko jahir karta hai. Aur bich mein 5*, 10*, 15*
degree dikhane ke liya rekhayen khichi hoti hai. Yeh ank ghadi ke sulte
rukh mein likhe hota hai. Jab kisi nishan ko degree padhate hai. To prism
se ulte dikhayi dete hai. Ke back beyaring ko batata hai. Yeh anka 180* ka
ulta ank tir ke samne hota hai. Aur enki sankhya bhi ghadi ke sulte rukh
hi badhai hai. Kard glycering tatha alkohal se milkar bane padharth ke
upar tairta hai. Is ki harkat tabhi band hoti hai. Jab tir ka nishana thik
uttar disha ki aur jata hai.
14.Lubber line :- Card ke upar ek patali kali rekha bani hoti hai. Jo heair
line, tongue nose ke chamakane wali line aur hinge par bane chamakane
wali line nishan ki sidh mein card ke andar wale britt tak khichi hoti hai.
15.Pivot :- Us dhuri yah chulh ko kahte hai. Jish par dial khada rahta hai.
Aur harkat karta hai.
16.Prism :- Yah samkon akar mein ek prakar ka shisha hota hai. Jo prism
kesh ke andar rakha hota hai. Ki si nishan ki barring padhate samay prism
ko milled vane ke upar rakh diya jata hai. Issi prism ke andar se degree
yan dikhaie deti hai. Aur degree ki ank bade dikhai deti hai. Esha mein
dekhane par forward bewaring ke ank sidhe tatha back bearing ankulte
dikhaie dete hai.
17.Prism case :- Yah dhatu ka bana hota hai. Is hame es eye hola hota hai.
Jishke andar prism fit kiya kota hai. Jab compass band halt mein hota hai.
To eshake upar tongue nose hota hai. Jo surakha esaki karta hai.
18.Thumb – Ring :- Yah prism case ke niche laga hua pital ka chhala hota
hai. Degree padhate samay is ke andar angutha dalkar hath je upar
compass ko samtal rakha jata hai. Is ke Madhya ek chhota ktaw hota hai.
Jiske ring nose ka hate hai. Map set karte samay tongue nose aur thumb
ring ka yahi kata bhag map ki kali khadi rekha par rakha jata hai.
19.Glass protractor :- Window ko tutane se bachane ke liye uske upar pital
ke do sikke ya chhade lagi hoti hai. Jinhe glass protractor kahate hai.
20.Eye hole :- yeh prism case mein golakar ka chhed hota hai. Jiske andar
se hum kishi sthan ka bearing padhae samay degree yon dekhate hai.
21.Sighting slit :- yeh prism case mein eye hola ke upar ‘u’ akar ka ek
kataw hota kai. Degree yon padhate samay nishan wa heir line ko is ke
bicho-bich ek sidh mein thik usi prakar milaya jata hai.
1. COMPASS KI DEGREE BERING PADHANA :-
49
Compass se jish nishan ki degree padhani ho us nishan ki aur
muhkarke khade ho jaye. AB thumring ke andar daye hath ka
angutha kalkar baki char anguliyon ko modakar usake upar
compass ka painda rakhar usko samtal karke pakado bayen hath ki
madad se dhakhan ko thik ki madad se dhakhan ko thik 90* kon
par khada karo phir dahine hath ke angutha se prism case ke upar
urhakar milled vane ko upar kare. Compass ko apani subidhi ke
anushar kishi bhi akh par le jayen aur dushar akh ko band kare.
Sitting silt se nishan ko dekhe wa heair line ko dekhe. Eye holl ke
raste prism mein se dekhe to nishan ki degree samne hogi. Yeh
degree yan prism mein dayen se bayem ko badhati hai. Aur dayal
mein bayen se dayen ko badhati hai. Agar compass ke age wala
bhag thoda upar urhakr dekhe to us nishan ki back bearing par
najar ayegi.
2. Bina prism ke compass kaprayog :- Prism ke tut jane ya kharab
ho jane ke bad hum kisi naishan ki degree malum kar sakte hai.
Bina prism ke niashan ki degree ya bearing malum karne ke liye
compass ko pura kholkar hathali ke upar samtal rakh ko. Phir
tongue notch aur hair line ko nishan ki dish mein milao. Ab
lubber line ke zarie dayal par jo banch bearing ki degree wala
ank nishan ko forward bearing hoga. Bearing ko phadte waqt is
baat ka dhyan rakha jaye ki banck bearing ko padhte samay is
baat ka dhyan rakha jaye ki banch bearing wale ank 20,20 ke
antar se likhe hote hai.
3. Aur 5,10,15 ke ank ke liye kewal ek hi rekha khinchi hoti hai.
4. Bina prism ki sahayata ke zamini nishan dundhna ho to
compass kholkar hathali par rakh len. Ab khud itna ghumao ki
dayal par likhe nishan ki back bearing wali degree ka ant thik
lubber line ki sidh mein aa jaye. Usi sidh mein dekhe zamini
nishan malum ho jayega.
5. Compass set karna :- Compass ko din ya raat ke waqt march
karne ke liye set karne ki zarurat padati hai. Iski tin bidhiya hai
:50
(a) Prathm bidhi :- Is bidhi mein clamping screw ko dhila karke
jis degree par compass ko set karna hai. Malldivine par likhi
usi degree ke ank ko lubber line ke thik upar lakar clamping
case de, to compass set ho jayega.
(b) Dusri bidhi :- Milledivine par likhe ank ko bina sahayata liye
compass ko set karne ke liye compass ke dail par di hui
bearing wale ank ko hik luwar ke samne parkhkar kisi aisi
vastu ke upar rakh den. Jahan se woh hile nahi. Ab clamping
screw ko bina compass ko hilake dhila Karen aur milledivane
ko itna ghumayen ki direction mark compass ki sui ke upar
aa jaye. Clamping screw ko kas de, compass march ke liye
taiyar ho jayega.
(c) Tisari bidhi :- Compass mein 16 bade nishan ke chin vah
mukhya dishayen uttar, dakshin, purab aur paschim ke
namon ko (N,S,E AND W) ke anko se dhikaya JATA HAI.
Yadi setting vane ko aakshar S ke sath khinchi gayi lambi
saphed rakha ke samne lekar clamping screw ko kas diya jaye
to compass 180* par set hoga. Is prakar compass par khinchi
gayi anya choti rekhaon ki madad se hum compass ke anya
degreeon par bhi zarurat ke anusar set kar sakte hai. Isi
prakar compass ko anuman se lagbhag thik degree par set
kiya ja sakta hai. Lekin abhiyas se isko ekdam sahi degree
par set kiya ja sakta hai.
(d) Compass ki sahayata se march karna :- Compass ki sahayata
se march karne ke liye jis bearing par march karna ho to us
bearing ko compass par set Karen. Compass ko bayen hath
mein is prakar pakaden ki tongue notch badi angulion ke
bich mein aur ring notch kalayi ki bidhi mein ho jaye bayen
hath ko badan ke samne belt ki madhy line mein rekhen
phire zarurat ke mutabik dahine ya bayen itna harkat karo ki
direction mark aur arrow mark ek sidh mein aa jayen. Ab
tongue notch ki sidh mein march karne se aap us nishan ki
bearing par march karenge.
(e) Sthaniye chumbakiye akarshan :- Kuch dhatu aisi hoti hai
jinak chumbak par kafi asar padta hai. Yeh dhatuyen
chumbak ko apni aur khinchti hai. In dhatuon ka asar
compass par lagi hui chumbakiye sui mein kichaw aa jata
hai. Jisse chumbakiye sui sahi hataw ko sthaniye
chumbakiye akarshan kahte hai.
(f) Compass ki apni truti :- Compass se bearing padhte samay is
bat ka dhyan rakha jaye ki compass main apni galati to nahi
hai. Compass ki apni galati is bat ka dhyan arttelary mein aur
bhi jaida rakha jata hai. Compass ko apni galti ka arth hai ki
usi sui amuman thda dahine ya bayen rahti hai, arthrth
chumbakiye sui thik 360* ki vajay thoda bayen ya dahine
rahti hai. Jitna yeh dahine ya bayen rahti hai usko hi
compass ki apni truti kahte hai.
6. COMPAS KI APNI TRUTI ANE KE KARAN :(a) Karkhano ka dosh.
(b) Galat prayog se.
51
Sankshep :- Yeh lesson mein sabse pahle parichay bataya gaya uske bad
pari basha, mahatw tatha is lesson ko do bhagon mein varnan kiya gaya
aur ant mein sankshep mein bataya gaya jo kii map reading mein compass
ki aham bhumika hai. Yeh ek aisa yantra hai jiski madad se map reading
ke dwara aur map reading aur larai ke madain mein atyadhik sahayata
milti hai. Is lesson ko sawal aur jawab se abhiyas kiya jaye tatha hath mein
compaas lekar map ke zariye abhiyas kiya jaye to kargar sabit hoga.
-----------------------------------------******************--------------------------------
MR 8-9
SERVICE PROTRACTOR
Parichay : Jab hum zamin par kisi sthan ki bearing padhti hi to zamin ke
bearing ko to compass se padh lete hain, prantu kisi sketch/map par
bearing padne ke liye, ek aise paimane ki awashakta padti hai, jisse do
nishan ke bich ki konatmak duri mapi ja sake, iske liye hame service
protractor namak paimane/ale ki awashyakta padti hai.
Yeh ek nijhi yantra hai jiski sahayata se sena vahsuraksha bal mein
bearing ghyat kiye jate hain.
Paribasha : Service protractor lakdi , dhatu, hathi dant gate ya plastic ke
bina aisa paimana ya yantr hai jiske dwaranakshe par do nishano ki bich
ki bearing napi ja sakti hai aur bearing ki rekhayen khiinchi jati hain.
Bhag No. 1
PRAKAR :Yeh tin prakar ke hote hain :1. Brutaakar (circular) :- Brutaakar service protractor mein 0* ya 1*
anso arthrth segreeon ke nishan kate hote hain. Iske Madhya mein
ek cheed kiya hota hai. Isme dhaga dal kar bina line kinche, dur wale
nishan ki bearing bhi pad sakte hai.
2. Ardh brutakar :- Semi circular ki shakal mein hota hai. Iska nichla
bhag kuch ayatkat hota hai. Brutakar wale kinare par bahar ki taraf
se bayen se dahine (left to right) 0* se 180* tak evam andar ki taraf
bhi bayen aur dahine (left aur right) ki aur 180* se 360* tak kate
rahte hain,. Ayatkar bhag mein 1/25000 aur 1/63360 ko scale gajo
mein aur 1/25000 vah 1/50000 ki scale meteron mein bani hoti hai.
Aajkal ayatkar wale bhag ke madhy mein ek chote cheed bhi kiye
hota hai. Jisme dhaga dalkar nishan ki sidhai le sake aur bich mein
ek taraf 1/25000 vah 1/50000 meter 1/63360 scale ke romar
meteron mein aur dusri taraf 1/25000/ 1/50000 aur 1/63360 scale
mein (mile) scale se romar bhi bane hote hain. Yeh bhi supporting
arms units and sub-units mein paryog mein laya jata hai.
3. Ayatkar :- Ayatkar service protractor 6” lamba aur 2” chouda ya
15cm lamba aur 5cm chouda hota hai. Iske ek taraf bahar ki aur
bayen 0* se 180* ke nishan vah andar ki taraf mein bhi bayen se
dahine 181* se 360* tak ke nishan kate rahte hai. 90* ke nishan ke
samne ek tir (↓) ka nishan bana rahta hai, jise ‘0’ (zero edge) kahte
hain.
Iske upar aur dusri taraf jo anya suchnayen di hoti hai uske adhar
par ayatkar service protractor tin prakar ke hote hain :(a) Service protractor 15cm 2A, jaise ki 15cm 2A se zahir hai, iske liye
15cm aur choudai 5cm hoti hai. Jis taraf degree ke nishan kate
hote hai. Unke niche ki taraf tin-dohari scale aur do single scale
52
line bani hoti hai, jinke primary aur secondary bhago ki bant
niche likhi talika mein di gayi hai :-
SCALE
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
DIVISION
1/50000 ya
786 mile = 1
Division
1 k.m = 1mile
100 meter
¼ mile
1/100000
1 k.m
100 mtrs
1.578 mile =1
1 mile
¼ mile
1/200000
3.15c mile
1/25000
5 km
1mile
1 k.m
1/25000
500 meter
1 mile
¼ mile
100 meter
¼ mile
Iske dusri taraf 1/50000 ki diagonal scale bani hoti hai. Inke dono
kinaron par 1/50000, 1/25000, 1/100000 aur 1/250000 ke
romar bane hote hain. Dono romar ke bich mein 1= 1 mile ki scale
bani hote hai. Bich mein khali sthan par iska name vah mark
hota hai.
(b) Service protractor mark III ‘A’:- Iskilambai 6” aur choudai 2” hoti
hai isme bhi degreeayen usi prakar kati hoti hai jis prakar service
protractor mark 2 ‘A’ mein hoti hai. Kuch scale linen bani rahri
hai, jiska vivran niche talika mein diya gaya hai.
Scale
Primary
1/20000
.3156 Mile =1”
1/10000
1.58 = 1”
1/250000
3.95 Mile =1”
1” = 1 Mile
Diagonal scale
½ = 1 Mile
1” = 1 Mile
1/20000
1/100000
Secondary
¼ Mile
20 gaj
100 gaj (ank 200 par)
¼ Mile
¼ Mile
1000 gaj
100 gaj
1 Mile
¼ Mile
1000 gaj
200 gaj
Degree kate wale bhag ki dusri taraf.
1 Mile
100 Gaj
100 gaj
(har 400 gaj par ank)
100 gaj
(har 200 gaj par ank)
100 mtr
1 km
50 Gaj
50 Gaj
20 mtr
50 mtr
(c) Service protractor mark :- Iski lambai bhi 2 A ya 2 A aur mark –III
A ke brabar hoti hai ki iske bich mein 4 ½” lamba aur ½” chouda
ya 1.12 cm couda bhag kata hota hai.
53
Jisse service protractor ke niche ki detail dekhai deti hai. Isme jo
scale linen bani hoti hai niche talika mein dekhen :-
Scale
Primary Division
Secondary Division
1/50000
100 Meter
100 Mtr
1/25000
500 Meter
50 vah 20 Mtr
1/250000
1 Mile
¼ Mile
1/250000
5000 Gaj
100 Gaj, 200 Gaj
1/50000
1000 Gaj
100 Gaj
1/20000
500 Gaj
100.50 vah 20 Gaj
Iske piche ya dusri taraf.
1” = 1 Mile
100Gaj
250 vah 100 Gaj
¼” = 1 Mile
1000 Gaj
250 Gaj vah 100 Gaj
¼” = 1 Mile
1 Mile
¼ Mile
1/20000
100 Gaj
20 Gaj
¼” = 1 Mile
3000 Mtr
100 Mtr
1” = 1 Mile
1000 Mtr
100 aur 250 Mtr
SERVICE PROTRACTOR ISTEMAL KARNE KA TARIKA :Service ko kam mein lene se pahle janch lena zaruri hai jis sthan ki
bearing padhti hai, waha us nishan arthrth jahan se bearing padhani
hai, use dahine purab mein ya bayen paschim hai. Agar nishan
purab mein hai to service protractor ka tir (↓) ke nishan ko nishan
par rakhkar service protractor ka degree wala bhag paschim mein
karenge.
Bhag No. 2
SERVICE PROTRACTOR SE BEARING PADHNA :Iski tin prakar ki vidhian hai :1. Lakir khinch kar :- Map ka sketch jis par ek nishan se dusre
nishan ki bearing padhni hai un dimo ko map sketch ke upar
ekpatli rekha khinch kar mila deta hai. Yeh nishan easting recha
ke upar hai, to service protractor ko easting rekha ke sath
lagayenge, agar vah easting line ko kat-ti hai to, waha upar
bataye hue tarike se rakhenge. Service protractor ka degreeon
wala bhag purab east mein ho to bahar ki taraf wali degree
arthrth 0* se 180* tak degreeon ko padhange. Jo degree do no.
nishano ko milane wali rekha ko kategi, waha us nishan ki
bearing hogi. Is bidhi mein map ya sketch par nishan ko milane
wali rekhayen khinchte samay khyal rekha jaye ki yeh halki
pencil se khinch jaye. Jisse ki inko bad mein rabar se mitaya ja
sake.
54
2. Bina lakir khinch kar :- Is bidhi se bearing napne ya kisi patale
kagaz ko modkar dono nishan se milakar rakh dete hain. Baki
karwahi usi prakar karte hai jaise ki lakir khinch kar ki jati hai.
Is bidhi mein antar kewal itna hota hai ki lakir ka kam moda
kagaz karta hai. Is bidhi se (bearing) padhane mein maid kharab
hone ka dar nahi rahta hai.
3. Samanantar rekha khinchkar :- Is bidhi se bearing padhne ke
liye jis nishan se bearing padhani hai uske nazdik wali eastig
rekha ke samanantar ek rekha khinch lete hain. Phir service
protractor ka tir (↓) ka nishan samanantar khinchi gayi rekha se
us nishan par lagate hai. Jisse bearing padhani hai. Baki puri
karwahi usi prakar hai jis prakar bidhi No. (1) (A) mein bataya
gaya hai.
SERVICE PROTRACTOR SE SAMANANTAR REKHAYE KHINCHNE
KI BIDHIYAN :Service protractor se mapon par samanantar rekhayen khinchne ki
nimnlikhit bidhiyan hai :(a) Service protractor hatakar :- Jis bindu pr samanantar rekha
khinchni ho us bindu ke nazdik wali purvi rekha par service
protractor ka lambai wala bhag rakh den. Ek foot rule lekar
choudai wale bhag ko sparsh karte hue rakh den. Service
protractor nishan ko chhuye. Pencil se ek rekha khinch de, yeh
rekha purbi rekha samanantar hogi.
(b) Cone banakar :- Cone banakar samanantar rekha khinchne ke
liye nishan ko nazdik wali purbi rekha se mila de. Jahan se sarakl
rekha purbi rekha ko kat-ti hai, us se ek cone banega. Ab usi
cone ke barabar nishan par ek aur cone banayen aur rekha
khinch den. Yeh rekha purbi rekha ke samanantar hogi.
(c) Nap kar :- Is bidhi ke zariye service protractor se nazdik wali purbi
rekha se nishan tak ki duri ghyat kar lijati hai. Phir usi duri par
purbi rekha se ek ya do bindu aur laga dete hain, jo purbi rekha
se saman duri par honge. Ab un binduon ko milati hui ek rekha
khinch denge jo purbi rekha ke samanantar hogi.
Service protractor ke upayog :- Yeh protractor ke nimn likhit upayogi
hogi :(a) Iske kai prakar ki scale line bana sakte hain.
(b) Bearing aur back bearing ko ek sath padh sakte hain.
(c) Iski sahayata se cone banaye aur mape ja sakte hain.
(d) Iski sahayata se map par zamini fasala napa ja sakta hai.
(e) 6” ki lline khinch sakte hain.
(f) Diagonal scale ki sahayata se ek inch ya ek c.m ka 100 vah bhag
tak nap sakte hai.
(g) Kisi nishan ka 6 ankon mein grid refence malum kar sakte hai.
(h) Iski sahayam se naye scale line bana sakte hai.
(i) 360* tak bearing padae aur plot kiye ja sakte hai.
(j) Mapon par samanatar rekha khinchi jati hai.
(k) Degree of slope malum kar sakte hai.
55
SANKSHEP :- Is lesson mein sabase pahale parichay bataya gaya
uske bad paribhasha bhag no.1 aur 2 mein barnan kiya gaya map
reading ke sikhalayi mein service protractor hona bahut zaruri
hai. Jiski sahayata se map par shigar bearing padh ja sake ya plot
kiya ja sake. Jaise ki ek chalak ko apni gadi chalane ke liye
endhan ki zarurat hoti hai, waise hi ek map reading mein map ke
nishano ki bearing malum karne ke liye service protractor ki utani
hi awashyakta hoti hai. Map reading mein ache natije hasil karne
ke liye sawal aur jawab se abhiyas kiya ja sakta hai.
----
--------------------------------*****************----------------------------------
MR 10-11
SCALE, BEARING AND BACK BEARING
PARICHAY :Map ya sketch kisi ilaqe ka chote rup mein chitrr hota hai, jis
anupat se vah chotta kya hota hai, usi anupat ko hum scale ken
am se jante hai. Jab tak ki koi sainik ko scale ke bare mein purn
gyan hasil na ho jaye tab take k saphal map reader banana
mushkil hai.
Supporting hathiyaron ka fir age ki sainik tukarion ko kaphi
madad deta hai. Yeh fair O.P dwara diye gaye bearing dar fasale
ke adhar par kiya jata hai. Yadi bearing thik se na liya jaye to, fair
ka pura faida nahi uthaya ja sakta, itna hi nahi anjane ilaqe mein
bhi bearing ki madad se asani se jaya ja sakta hai. Yadi kisi
nishan se dekhne wale ko kisi bhi north rekha se mila diya jaye to
nishan dekhne wala vah north rekha ke bich ek cone ban jayega.
Ek britt mein 360* hoti hai atah bearing nhi 360* hota hai. Kisi
sthan se dekhne ko hi observer ki aur ke bearing ko hi back
bearing kahtehai.
Paribasha :- Zamin aur us par bani detail ke bich pade fasale ko
jis anupat se naksho ya sketch kam karke tatha mapon ya sketch
ke bich ke pade fasale ko enlargement par bada karke dikhaya
jata hai, usi anupat ko scale kahte hain.
Bhag No. 1
1. PRAKAR :Yeh aam taur par tin prakar ki hoti hai :(1) Choti scale.
(2) Madhyam scale.
(3) Badi scale.
(1) Choti scale :- jin naksho par zamin par bane nishano ke bich
kiduri sadharan se kam dikhai gayi ho to vah choti scale ke
nakshe kahlate hain.
56
(2) Madhyam scale :- Jin nakshon par zamini nishano ke pade
fasale sadharan rup mein dikhaye gaye hon vah madhyam
scale ke nakshe kahlate hai.
(3) Badi scale :- Jin nakshon ya sketchon par zamini fasalo ko
sadharan duri se bade anupat mein dikhate hai vah badi scale
ke nakshe kahlate hain.
2. SCALE PRAKAT KARNE KI BIDHI :Yeh bidhi tin prakar ki hoti hai :(a) Shabdon dwara.
(b) Pratinidhi bhinn dwara (by representative fraction).
(c) By scale line.
(1) Shabdon dwara es bidhi mein scale ko shabdon dwara
likhkar bataya jata hai. Jaise ek inch (1 inch) = 1mile ya 2
cm =1 km. Is tarah nakshe ki scale mein yeh dhyan rakhna
chahie ki nakshe par bana-ne wali duri ek ek se kam ya
jaida ho aur vah akshe ke bayen taraf likha jaye magar
zamin par uske saman anew ala duri ek hi honi chahie.
(2) Prati nidhi bhinn dwara :- Prati nidhi bhinn ya (R.F) ka
mahatwa hota hai, nakshe ya sketch par dikhai gayi duri ka
ek ansh zamin mein kitna ansh ke brabar hota hai. Jaise
1.50000 ya 1.63360 ka arth yeh hua ki nakshe par 50000
anch (inch,cm ya gaz jo ekayi ke barabar.
(3) Scale line dwara (by scale line) :- Nakshe ya sketchon ki
scale ko zahir karne ke liye scale line banakar uska division
karke bhi hum asani se uski scale ko kar sakte hai. Kewal
is bidhi mein scale ka pata hi nahi chal sakta balki hum
bani hui scale line ki madad se nakshon ya sketchon par
bane nishano ke bich ki duri ko bhi asani se map sakte
hain.
BANAWAT KE ADHAR PAR SCALE LINE KE NIMN DO RUP HOTE
HAIN :(a) Puri vibhajan scale line :- Is prakar ki rekha vibhajan
mein puri rekha ko chote chote barabar bhagon mein
bant diya jata hai aur is par likhi duri ginti rekha ki
bayen kone ko chhone mankar dahine ko badhti hai. Is
prakar ki scale line banane ka prichalann ajkal nahike
barabar hai kyun ki yeh to ek banana thoda kathin hai
aur dusra isko banane mein samay jaida lagta hai. Tatha
khule rup mein bibhajit scale line se koi jaida upyogi bhi
nahi hai.
(b) Khule rup mein vibhajan scale line :- Is tariqe se scale
banane mein puri rekha ko pahle barabar bhagon mein
bant diya jat hai, jinhe primary division ke bad bayen
wale primary bhag ki aur chote chote barabar bhag kar
diye jate hain. Jinko secondary division ke nam se jana
jata hai. Secondary division ke bane bhagon ki duri ko
apne primary divion ki ginti secondary division ke dahine
taraf ke nishan ko zero (0) mankar dahine taraf ko
57
dadhate hai. Jaise ki yad rahe ki primary division ki bant
das, sau aur hazaron ki ginti mein tatha secondary
division ki bant panch, das, pachas aur panch sau ki
sankhya mein ki jati hai.
Standard scale :- Vastav mein standard scale kisi desh
mein hui apni scale hoti hai jiske adha par vibhinn
prakar ke uddesh purti ke liye nakshe banaye jate hain.
Yeh aam taur par tin prakar ke uddesh banate hain :(1) Choti scale ke nakshe :- Political, general, operational
aur planning nakshe mein choti scale ko standard
scale mana jata hai.
(2) Madhyam scale ke nakshe :- Vayu sena, nav sena,
mechanized infantary operations, general planning,
transport aur communication nakshe ke madhyam
scale ko standard mana jata hai.
(3) Badi scale :- Tranning, tewts, abhiyas aur infantary
operation ke nakshon mein ya sketchon mein badi
scale ko standard mana jata hai.
SCALE LINON KI KISMET :Yaha nimn kismon ki scale line istemal hoti hain :(A) STANDARD SCALE LINE :Yeh do prakar ki hoti hai.
(1) Survey mapon ki scale ki linen :- Survey mapon par
nimn mein se koi ek ya do prakar ki scale banti hai :(aa) Ekkhar :- Is scale line ka bhibhajan ek hi taraf
mein bibhajit kiya hota hai.
(ab) Dohari :- Is scale ki line ki bantu par aur niche
dono taraf kar di jati hai. Yeh aam taur par metric
pranali ke nakshon par mil saktihai. Issi scale line ki
bant andar ki taraf meteron mein aur niche ki taraf
bant diya jata hai.
(2) Field sketchon ki scale linen :- Field sketchon ki scale
line bahut bade scale mein banayi jati hai. Iske tin
bhed hain :(a) Ekkhari scale line :- Yeh pahle kiye narnan ke
anusar hi hoti hai.
(b) Dohrai scale line :- Jaise pahle bataya ja chukka
hai, isme ek taraf meter aur dusri taraf gaj dikhai
deta hai.
KADAMON KI SCALE LINE :Kabhi kabhi paidal march aadi ke liye kadamon ki scale line banane ki
zarurat padti hai. Kadamon ki scale line ki madad se hum kisi map par,
jiske liye vah banai gayi ho, par bane nishano ke bich ki duri kadamon
mein malum karte hain.
SAMAY KI SCALE LINE :Yeh scale line ek sthan se dusre sthan tak pahunchne ke liye lagne wale
samay ko batati hai, yeh chalk e aadhar par banai jati hai, iski zarurat
aam taur par (M.T) vah halation mein infantary ko bhi padati hai.
SCALE LINE KI LAMBAI :-
58
Inch ki scale line ki jaida se jaida lambai 4” hoti hai. Das malab padhati ki
scale linen jaida se jaida 15 cm aur kam se kam 10 cm lambai hoti hai.
SCALE LINON KA SAHI NAP AUR BANT :Scale linon ka sahi nap kya rakha jaye, yeh nirdharit karta hai zamini
fasala vah sahi primary aur secondary division ki bant Karen taki napi jane
wali kam duri ko sahi sahi mapa ja sake. Jab scale line ki duri bhinnon
mein ya das malab mein aaye, to hum sadharan fut-rule se uske barabar
lambai nahi le sakte hai. Aisi durian napne ke liye zamini fasale ke
mapdand ke barabar primary vah secondary bhag karne padti hai aur phir
har secondary division ko bhi chote bhag mein bantna padta hai.
SIDHI REKHA KO BARABAR BHAGON MEIN BANTNA :Yadi rekha ki lambai puri puri ya centi meter mein ho aur uske kiye jane
wale up bhag bi uski madad se asani se uske up bhag kar sakte hain. Jaise
-4” rekha ke barabar karna ho, prantu iske viprit yadi 4” rekha ke tin bhag
karane ho to vishesh tarike ki awashayakta padegi .
DIAGONAL SCALE :Isse hu, inchon tatha centi meteron mein bana sakte hain. Manlow hame
6” lambe kagaz par 1” ka 100 vah bhag nap sakne wali choti si choti bant
mein scale banani hai to, is halat mein diagonal scale ki zarurt padti hai.
Isse banane ke liye kagaz par 6”X1” ka ayatan bana lete hain, phir ismein
1”X1” ke 6 varg banate hain, phir adhe rukh mein padi line ke samne
samanantar aur ek si duri par 9 line khinch dete hain aur unhe 1 se 10 tak
ke number de dete hain. Phir 1X1 ke pahle barg ko aadhe rukh das
barabar bhagon mein bant kar upar niche wali rekha bali rekha par 0 se
lekar 10 tak number de dete hai. Phir niche ke 0 ko upar se ek aur niche
ke 1 ko upar ke 2 se tartib bar milate hue rekhayen khinch dete hain. Is
prakar yeh tirichi linen vah padi linon ka rup diagonal ho jata hai.
SCALE LINE GHYAT KARNA TATHA BANANA :Mileon ki scale se gajon ki scale line banana :Yadi milon ki scale ki bant flagon mein ki jati hai to iske liye gajon ki scale
line banane ki zarurat nahi padti , prantu is flag ki bajaye gajon mein
fasale ka hisab rakhne mein subhida rahti hai aur yeh gajon ke fasale bhi
hum primary vah secondary bhag ki bant ko dhyan mein rakhte hue
nischit kar lete hain. Is prakar ghyat ki gayi scale line ko hum milon ki
scale line se gajon ko scale mein badalna kahte hain.
Metron ki scale se gajon ki scale linen banana :Metric pranali ke mapon par yadi gajon ke zamini fasale ghyat karne hai to
meteron ki scale mein badali karke gajon ki scale line tayar karne ki
zarurat padti hai. Isse ghyat karne ke liye jis scale ka metric map hai, uske
R.F ghyat karte hai. Is scale line ko meteron se gajon ki scale tayar kahte
hai.
Meteron ki scale se milon ki scale banana :Gajon ki jagah flag vah milon ka paryog kiya jata hai. Is mein primary aur
secondary division ke liye round number milon mein li jati hai, taki iski
bant thik se ki ja sake. Sesh ghyat karne ka tarika wahi jo gajon ki scale
line ghyat karne vah banane ka hai.
Mile ki scale se metric ki scale banana :Inch/mile ke mapon par yadi hame meteron mein fasale ki zarurat pad jaye
to aisi sthiti mein us map ki scale klo metric scale mein badalna padta hai,
taki us map par meteron mein ghyat kiye gaye zamini fasale nape ja saken.
Inch ki scale ke R.F ki madad se meteron ki scale ka R.F asani se malum
ho jata hai. Phir is R.F ki madad se zamini fasale ki subhida anusar rakh
kar uske liye meteron ki scale line ki lambai ghyat kar ke meteron ki scale
line tayar ki jati hai.
Aghyat scale ki line banana :Kabhi kabhi hame aise scale se basta pad sakta hai, jisko scale aur mapon
ki akaiyion ko hum nahi jante hon ya yeh bhi ho sakta hai koi aisa map
59
hame mil jaye jiska bhag waha se kat chukka ho, jahan scale line bani ho.
Suraksha bal ke har jawan ko aise kabil hona chahie ki sabhi mapon ke
aghyat scale ka pata kar sake.Iske atirikt map sheeton par bani sadakon
par mile ke anko se bhi scale ko jana ja sakta hai. Jaise mile ke pathron
ke anko ko quarter inch map sheet par char char mile ke antar par
1/250000 ki sheeton par panch-panch km par ½” ki map sheeton par dodo mile par ½” map sheeton par ek-ek mile par 1/50000 ki map sheeton
par ek-ek km 1/25000 ki map sheeton par bhi ek-ek km se antar par likhe
hote hain. Iske nimn tarike hain :(a) Ankasan aur desantar rekhaon ki sahayata se :Isme map sheet ka pura ilaqa degreeon aur minton
ka hota hai aur dusra yeh hai ki kis map par
ankasan aur desantar rekhayen kitne kitne antar
ke paschat khinchi jati hain.
(b) Grid rekhaon ki sahayata se :- Grid rekha ki
madad se unke bich ke antar ko dekhkar bhi
mapon ki scale ko jana ja sakta hai.
(c) Mapon ke zamini fasale se :- Is bidhi mein mapon
par do aise nishan chunte hain, jo zamin par bhi
hote hain, phir zamin aur map do no. nishan ke
bich fasala malum karte hain.
(d) Gyant Scale wale map kit ulna mein :- Counter
rekhayen mapon par zamini banawat ke anusar
bhinn bhinn unchaiyon ko dikhane ke liye ek scale
ke sabhi survey mapon par samanantar ke bad
khinchi jati hain. Jaise :- Quarter inch se choti
scale ke map sheet bahut bade ilakon ko dikhati
hai. Un par counter rekhaon ki unchaiyon ki
samanta nahi hoti. Lekin quarter inch se badi
scale ki map shelaon par nirdharit antar par
unchaiyan dikhai jati hain.
(e) Akdon ki sahayata :- Yadi hame kisi ilaqe ka
khetraphal akdon mein malum ho jaye jisko map
par gher kar dikhaya gaya ho, to dono kit ulna
karke bhi map ki scale jan sakte hain.
KADAMON KI SCALE LINE GHYAT KARNE TATHA BANANA :1. Zarurat :- Infantry balaiyano aur A.T
companyon ke abhiyason, trenigon attack
withdraw tatha anya sainik schemo ke awasron
par prayah covering fire den eke liye ek sthan se
dusre sthan ke bich ke fasale ko kadamo mein
jan-na zaruri hota hai ki ek sthan se dusre
sthan kitne kadamo ke fasale par hai.
2. Vidhi :- Kadamon ki scale line ek aisi scale line
hai, jiski sahayata se dusre sthan ka fasala
60
kadamon mein jana jata hai. Jis prakar
meteron, milon aur gajon ki scale linen banai
jati hai, usi prakar kadamon ki scale banai jati
hai. Is mein sirf kadamon ka hi varnan hota
hai. Sadharan sainikon pramanit kadam 30” ya
76 cm mana jata hai. Is prakar ek mile mein
2112 kadam aur ek km mein 1315 kadam, 100
gaj mein 120 kadam aur 100 meter aur 100 MI
mein 132 kadam mane jate hain.
(f) Time scale linon ko ghyat karna tatha banana :(1) Zarurat :- Yudh, attack evam withdrawl ke
samay hame top khanon ke covering fire
zarurat padti hai aur yeh covering fire us waqt
tak lene ki zarurat padti hai, jab tak ki hamari
sainik toil akarman ki halat mein assult line tak
nahi pahunch jati evam withdrawl ke awsar par
sainik toil dushman ke fire ki had se bahar nahi
nikal jati. Yeh kam tabhi sambhaw ho sakta hai
jabki samay ka talmel durust ho aur
commander ko iska pura pata ho ki amuk sthal
par hogi. Time scale ki zarurat aman ke samay
par rute march canvey march trenig/
exshusizeon ke dauran bhi padati hai ki amuk
samay par hamare sainik toil ya gadiyan amuk
jagah par hogi.
(2) Vidhi :- Jis prakar anya scale ke upar lambai ke
mapon ko likha jata hai. Isi prakar time scale
ke upar lambai ke mapon ke sthan par samay
likha hota hai jiska arth hota hai ki map ki
scale linon ki division mein dikhaya fasala inpar
likhe samay mein pura ho jayega. Aisi linon ko
starting point par rakh kar yeh pata karte hai ki
kab tak map ka kahan tak ilaqa taiyar kiya ja
chukka hai. Zamini fasala malum karne ke liye
survey mapon par bani scale line ki madad li
jati hai.
Sankshep :- Yeh lesson mein scale ke bare mein vistrit jankari di gayi hai.
Sabse pahle scale ka parichay, paribasha, bataya gaya hai aur do bhagon
mein varnan kiya gaya hai. Scale linen saf saf aur patli khinchi honi
chahie, tabhi unka faida uthaya ja sakta hai. Scale line ke niche scale line
ki lambai use prakat hone wali zamini duri likh deni chahie tatha scale
lline ke upar scale ko shabdon mein R.F mein likh dena chahie. Is prakar
abhiyas ke dauran sawal aur jawab se tatha practical karane se kafi
labhdyak hogi.
BEARING AND BACK BEARING :
Kisi ek bindu par milane wali ek saral rekha aur ek north rekha ke bich ki
ghadi ke sulte rukh napi gayi konatmak duri ko bearing kahte hain. Isi
degree, minto aur seconds mein napa jata hai. Ek sthan se dusre sthan tak
march, route march ya ratri prachalan bearing ki madad se asan ho jata
hai.
61
(1) Mahatwa :- Supporting arms ka fire tatha hawai
madad ke bina bearing ke liye hi nahi ja sakta
hai. Bearing ke madad se apni position tatha
anjane sthan ki stithi asani se malum ki ja
sakti hai. Yadi kisi sthan ki bearing 110* hai to
haum jan sakte hai ki yeh nishan purab disha
ke thoda dahine hoga ya hum kahenge ki
nishan dakshin purab disha mein hai.
(2) Bearing aur cone mein antar :(a) Bearing mein hamesha ek north rekha
shamil hoti hai, prantu cone mein north
rekha zaruri nahi hai.
(b) Pratek bearing cone ho sakta hai, prantu har
cone bearing nahi ban sakti.
(c) Ek bearing ko dusre bearing mein badali kar
sakte hai prantu hamesha ek hi hota hai.
(3) Bearing aur uttar rekhayen :(a) Bearing hamesha uttar rekhaon ki madad
se banti hain arthrth bearing ki ek rekha
sthan vishesh ko dekhne wali se tatha dusri
rekha kisi north rekha se milti hai. Bearing
ke pure adhyayan ke liye uttaron ke prakar
ja-na awashyak hoga. Iske liye banaye gaye
prithvi keg ole ko dekhe to pata chalta hai ki
ismein tin prakar ki rekhayen hai. Yeh
rekhayen ek dusre ke samanatar to nahi hai,
prantu bhumadhya rekha pae sabhi 90* ka
cone banati hai. Inko deshantar rekha kahte
hain. Yeh sada apne sthan par kali line par
darshai jati hai. Yeh rekhayen hamesha
apne apne sthan par rahti hai aur kisi bhi
sthan par inka antar saman hi rahta hai.
(b) Tino prakar ki rekhayen chumbakiye uttar
rekhayen hoti hai. Yeh rekhayen hamesha
north mein uttari America sthith Bhutia
Lend se milati hai. Yeh rekha sthir nahi
rahti, balki thodi dahine ya bayen hoti hai,
kyunki maganetic north rekhaon ka
sambandh ek magnetic parvat shila se hai.
Yehi karan hai survey map par in rekhaon
main dikhaya jata hai.
(c) Choti scale ke map par saman maganetic
variation line khinchi hoti hai. Jo prithvi ke
un bhagon se hokar jata hai, jinka magnetic
variation hota hai. 1942 mein kuch nagron
ka magnetic variation dekhne par es prakar
Ambala mein 0*- 45* purab Bareli mein 0* 15* purab Delhi mein 0* - 20* purab
Mumbai mein 1* - 20* paschim Calcutta 1* 62
17* paschim panch madhi mein 0* - 30*
paschim paya gaya hai.
(d) Magnetic north rekhaon mein do
visheshtayen hoti hain. Pahli ki yeh apna
sthan badlti rahti hai, dusri waki true aur
grid dono rekhaon ke kuch antar par rahti
hai. Atah true north aur magnetic north
rekhaon ke bich ke antar ko magnetic
variation aur grid north aur magnetic north
ke bich ke antar ko local variation kahte hai.
(4) Uttar rekhaon ka antar :- Yeh nimn prakar hote
hai :(a) Sambaya Cone :- Ke sthan par true north
aur grid north rekhaon ke antar ke karan
inke bich ki konatmak duri ko sambaya cone
kahte hai.
(b) Magnetic variation :- Kisi bhi sthan par true
aur magnetic rekha ke antar ke karan inke
bich ki konatmak duri ko chumbakiye antar
kahte hai.
(c) Local variation :- Kisi sthan par grid north
aur magnetic north rekhaon ke bich ke antar
ke karan ban-ne wali bich ki knatmak duri
ko local variation kahte hai. Prantu sambay
cone sada saman hi rahega.
Bhag No. 2
BEARING KE PRAKAR :Yeh do aadharon ki jati hai :(a) Uttar ke aadhar par :- Yeh bhi tin prakar ki hoti hai.
(1) Vastvik bearing :- Jis bearing ki ek rekha true north
rekha hoti haiuse true bearing kahte hain.
(2) Chumbakiye Bearing :- Jis bearing ki ek rekha magnetic
bearing north rekha hoti hai, use chumbakiyebearing
kahte hain.
(3) Grid bearing :- Jis bearing ki ek rekha grid north rekha
hoti hai, use grid bearing kahte hai, nakshe par napi gayi
sabhi bearing grid bearing hoti hai, tatha zamin par
compass dwara padhe gaye sabhi bearing magnetic
bearing mein badlli karke napa ja sakta hai.
(b) Stithi ke aadhar par :- Yeh do prakar ki hoti hai:(1) Forward bearing :- Dekhne wale ke samne ke kisi sthan
ke bearing ko forward bearing kahte hain.
(2) Back bearing :- Kisi sthan se dekhne wale ki aur ke
bearing ko hi back bearing kahte hai.
BACK BEARING MALUM KARNA :Yadi kisi sthan ka forward bearing 180* se kam hai to usme 180*
jodkar tatha agar 180* se jaida hai to usme se 180* ghatakar back
bearing nikala jata hai. Yadi kisi sthan ka back bearing 180* ho to
uska back bearing 0* hoga tatha dusri taraf se 360* aata hai. 0* aur
360* uttar disha ko batati hai, jabki 180* thik disha ko batati hai.
63
Bearing napna :- Magnetic bearing ko compass se grid bearing ko
service protractor ki sahayata se nakshe par napa jata hai. Lekin
true bearing ko napne ke liye hamare par koi sadhan nahi hai. Atah
true bearing inhi do no bearing ke rupantar se ghyat kiya ja sakta
hai.
SANKSHEP :Yeh lesson mein bearing aur back bearing ke bare mein bistar
purvak barnan kiya gaya hai. Sabse pahle parichay bataya gaya,
paribasha batai gayi, do bhagon mein bataya gaya. Hawai sahayata,
supporting arms ke fire ke liye ek sthan se dusre sthan ko prasthan
hetu bearing malum karne ke awashyakta hoti hai aur fire karte
samay position jan-ne ke liye inter section karne ke liye bhi zarurat
padti hai aur sawal aur jawab se bhi abhiyas karne se acha natija
hasil hoga.
---------------------------------******************--------------------------------------
MR 12-13
MAP KO SET KARNA AUR OWN POSITION
KA PATA LAGANA
PARICHAY :Map aur usmein dikhaye gaye zamini ilaqe ki madad se map
reading mein kafi safalta prapt ki ja sakti hai. Map se hi hame
dharatal ki asli banawat ka gyan hota hai. Yeh tabhi sambhav hai
jab kii hum map ka uchit istemal karna jante hon. Jis prakar
bache ki shiksha basha ki barmala se shuruat hoti hai usi parkar
map kaushal ki shiksha map setting karne se shuru hoti hai. Yeh
bhi kaha ja sakta hai ki map setting karna map kaushal ki pahli
sidi hai.
Jab hum kisi naye ilaqon mein pahunchte hai tatha
wahan ka map milta hai to map ko se karne ke bad hum apas ki
banawat ya kudrati nishan hum ko map par dekhte hai aur un
nishano ko zamin par dhundte hai ki vah kahan kahan par hai.
Map ki scale choti hone ke karan akritiyan us mein unke nap ke
hisab se nahi dikhai jati hain, isliye en nishano ko dundna kathin
ho jata hai. Is parkar aas-pas ki detaillon ko bhali prakar se
pahunchnne ke bad hi hum apni position ko dundhne ki koshish
karte hai. Jab tak hum apni position ka pata nahi laga lete tab
tak us map ki anya detailen bhi hamari samaj mein nahi ayengi.
Nakshe par apni position ghyat karna bhi ek kala hai. Iske liye
kafi abhiyas ki zarurat hai. A tah map set karne ke samay hi map
ke upar apni position ko ghyat karne ke bare mein jan-na bhi
zaruri hai.
PARIBASHA :Survey map ko zamin par es prakar rakhen jisse ki map par
khinchi gayi tow north (dishantar) rekhayen true north ki sidh
mein aa jayen. Map set karna kahlata hai yak am shabdon min is
prakar bhi keh sakte hain ki map ka uttar zamin ki aur mila kar
64
rakhne ko hi map setting karna kahte hai. Map setting karne ko
kabhi kabhi orienting A- map bhi kaha jata hai. Atah iska alag
arth na nikala jaye.
(1) MAP SETTING KARNE KI VIDHYAN :Jaise ki paribasha mein spasht hai ki map ke uttar ki aur milakar
rakhayen se map setting ho jayega. Iske liye hame jin do banton
ko pata hona chahie vah hai map aur zamin ka uttar. Inka gyan
hone par hum map ko nimn tin bidhiyon se setting kar sakte
hain.
(a) Compass ke zariye.
(b) Uttar pata karne ke sadhno se.
(c) Prithivi ki akrition ki sahayata se.
(1) COMPASS DWARA :(a) Magnetic north rekha banakar :- Mapon mein di gayi
suchna ke adhar par magnetic variation ka hisab
lagate hain. Ab kisi bhi true north rekha ke kissi bhi
bindu se magnetic north rekha khinchate hain.
Compass ko pura kholkar dhakkan ke shirshak ki
aur rakhte hue magnetic north rekha is prakar rakhte
hai ki tongue notch aur ring notch rekha ke thik upar
rahe. Phir compass ko bina hilaye mapon ko itna
dahine ya bayen ghumate hain ki compass ki sui ka
rukh luber notch ki aur ho jaye. Compass ki sui
magnetic north rekha ki aur ishara karti hai. Map ki
magnetic north rekha ki aur zamini magnetic rekha ki
aur ishara karegi. Map ka ek prakar ka uttar usi
zamini uttar ki aur hoga to sesh dono uttar bhi apne
apne nam ki uttar ki aur hi honge, isliye map ki true
north rekha ki aur hogi. Is sthiti mein map set karna
sahhi mana jayega.
(b) True north rekha se :- Map par di gayi magnetic
variation ki degreeon ko compass par set kar lete
hain. Yadi variation purb mein hai to north ki antar ki
degreeon mein compass ki milledivane par likhe ank
36 ke ank ke dahine yadi variation paschim mein hai
to antar ki degreeon ko 35 ank ke bayen aur setting
karte hain. Phir compass ko pura kholkar kisi bhi
rekha par is prakar rakhte hai ki liade map ke
shirshak ki aur raheaur tongue nose aur ring nose
rekha ke thik upar ho. Ab mapon ko compass sahit
itna dahine ya bayen ghumate hain ki direction mark
ki sidh mein aa jayen.
(c) Grid north rekha se :- Map mein di gayi suchna ke
adhar par hum grid aur magnetic north ke bich ka
antar ghyat karte hai. Yadi antar purab mein hai to
north ke antar ki degreeon ko compass ki milledivane
par likhe 36 ank ke dahine aur yadi antar paschim
hai to 36 ke ank ke bayen aur set karte hai. Phir
compass ko pura khol kar lid nakshe ke shirshak ki
65
aur rakhte hue kisi bhi grid rekha par is prakar
rakhte hai, ki tongue notch aur ring notch grid rekha
ke thik upar ho. Ab map ko compass sahit itna
dahine ya bayen ghumate hain, ki compass ki sui thik
direction mark ki sidh mein aa jaye.
(d) Zamini nishan ki degreyan padhkar :- Iski do
awashyakta hai :(1) Jab apni position ghyat ho:- Is bidhi mein apni
position se kisi aise zamini nishan ka bearing
padhte hai jo map par bhi hota hai. Map par apni
position se waha take k sidhi rekha khinchte hain.
Ab padhe gaye bearing ko compass set karte hain.
Compass ko pura kholkar rekha par is prakar se
rakhte hain, ki ring nose apni position mein rahen
aur tongue nose aur ring nose khinchi hui rekha
thik upar ho. Ab map ko compass sahit itna
dahine ya bayen ghumate hain ki sui direction
mark ki sidh mein aa jaye.
(2) Jab apni position ghyat na ho :- Is bidhi mein map
ke upar do aise nishan chunte hain jo zamin par
bhi ho. In dono nishano ko ek sidhi rekha se
milakar unmein se ek zamini nishan par ata hai,
jahan se dusre nishan ka compass se bearing
padhte hain. Is bearing ko compass par set karke,
compass ko pura kholkar kar map par khinchi
rekha par vidhi purvak is pprakar rakhte hai ki
ring nose us nishan ki aur rahe, jahan se dusre
sthan ka bearing padha gaya tha. Ab bayen
ghumate hain ki compass ki sui direction mark ki
sidh mein aa jaye. Yeh hamara map setting hai.
2.UTTAR DISHA MALUM KARNE KE SADHNO SE :
(a) Kisi bhi bidhi se zamin par rekha malum karke zamin par
khinch lete hain. Phir map ke hisse dahine bayen ke kinare
true north rekha ke sath sath ya upar rakhkar map setting
karte hain.
(b) Map par antar rekha khinchkar :(1) Yeh map par antar rekha khinchne ki tin avastha hai :(aa) Barah baje :- Dophar ke samay yadi hum ek alapin ko
map par kisi bhi deshantar rekha par gadh dete hai to alpin
ki chaya us deshnatar rekha par usi samay padega jab ki
map setting ho. Map ko setting karne ke liye us samay tak
dahine ya bayen ghumate hain, ki alpine ki shaya
deshantar rekha par padhne lag jaye aur map ka shirshak
shaya padne ki disha mein aa jaye. Is halat mein map
setting mana jayega.
(ab) Barah bajne se pahle :- Is avastha mein hum yeh
dekhte hai ki sthaniye barah bajen mein kitne ghanton ki
der hai. Der ke is antar ko 15 degree surya ke saye ki prati
ghanta ghumne ki chal se guna karke 360* mein se ghutne
par vah bearing nikal ata hai. Jis par us samay surya ki
shaya pad rahi hogi.
66
(ac) Brah bajne ke bad :- Is avastha mein yeh dekhte hai ki
barah bajkar kitne ghante ho gaye hain. Ghanto ke us antar
ko 15 degree se guna karke gunanaphal ko 360* degree
mein jodhkar vah bearing nikal ata hai jis par us samay
surya ka saya pad rahega. Jis degreeon ki sankhya 360* se
adhik nahi hoti atah 15 se guna kiya gunaphal hi wahi
bearing hoga jis par us samay surya kasaya pad raha hoga.
PRITHVI KI AKRITION KI SAHATAYA SE :Yeh prakritik aur banawati akrition ki madad se setting kar
sakte hain.
(a) Jab apni position ghyat ho :- Yeh bhi hamein do bidhiyon
mein set kar sakte hain :(1) Apni position se us akrition ki aur jo map aur zamin
dono par hoti hai, map par ek rekha khinchte hain. Phir
foot rule ka is rekha par ek taraf se es rekha par map ko
us samay tak dahine ya bayen ghumate hain. Jab tak ki
is prakar rakhefoot rule ka rukh zamin par chuni hui
akriti ki aur na ho jaye. Is prakar hamara naksha set
mana jayega aur apni position se khinchi gayi dono
rekhaon ka agar thik apni apni akrition ki aur ho jata
hai to, usko bhi map setting kahte hain.
(2) Is bidhi mein hum map ko kisi gate par lagate hain aur
map par apni position aur us nishan par jo zamin par
bhi hota hai. Alpine gad dete hain hir ghutne ke bal
baith kar apni position aur nishan par gadi hui alpino ke
upar se zamin kenishan map par gadi hui alpino ki sidh
me aa jata hai to map set mana jata hai.
Jab spni position ghyat na ho :- Is bidhi mein map set karne ki
nimn vidhiyan hain :(1) Aas pass ke lambe pade nishano se :- Nazdik kisi sadak,
nadi, railway line ya nahar adhmein se kisi ek ke pass se
jakar map ke us nishan ko zamin par uske falawo ke
samanantar kisi pramukh sthan par rakh kar kiya jata
hai. Is bidhi se map set karne ke liye vah sthan ache
rahte hain jahan chauraha-tiraha ho au raise prasidh
nishan ho jo map set karne mein madad karte hon.
(2) Ek hi aur ke zamini nishano se :- Yadi ek hi aur ek sidh
mein do ya adhik nishan map aur zamin dono par mil
jayen to en dono ya adhik nishano ko milane wali kalpit
rekha ko map par unhi nishano ko milane wali rekha ki
sidh mein karne se bhi map setting ho jata hai.
(3) Biparit disha ke zamini nishano se :- Alag alag dishaon
mein zamin par ke nishan map par bhi mil jaye to map
par en nishano ko jodte hue ek saral rekha khinchte
hain. Phir is rekha se milate hai. Jab map aur zamin ki
rekhayen ek sidh mein aa jati hai to us e map set kahte
hain.
(4) Vikhare zamini nishano se :- Yeh zamin aur map par
kuch nishan bikhare hue mil jayen to alag alag disha
mein se char prasidh nishan chant kar map ko zamin
par rakh kar yeh dekha jaye ki map par diye hue yeh sab
67
nishan zamin nishan ki aur hai. Jab map ke sabhi
nishan ka rukh zamini nishano ki aur ho jata hai to map
setting kahte hai.
SANKSHEP :Yeh lesson mein sabse pahle parichay bataya gaya hai, uske bad
paribasha batai gayi hai, sankshep mein abhiyas ke liye sawal ayr
jawab se tatha practical abhiyas kiya jaye to achha natija hasil hoga.
Iske liye hame map aur zamin ka uttar gyan hona zaruri hai. Iske
liye map set karne ke paschat aas pas ke nishano se milan karke
tahsalli kar leni chahie ki map thik se set hai.
OWN POSITION KA PATA LAGANA :PARIBASHA :Zamin ke jis sthan par bhi hum khade ho us ilaqe ko map par ghyat
kar lena hi apni position ghyat kar lena kahlata hai.
BIDHIYAN :Yeh bidhiyan tin kism ki hoti hain :(1) Anuman se.
(2) Tracing paper dwara.
(3) Re-section dwara.
(1) Anuman se :- Anuman se iske liye zaruri yeh hai ki hamein
map par zamini nishano ko acchi tarah se padhna aur zamin
par pahchan ka abhiyas ho jo ki nimn baat zaruri hai :(a) Map padhne ki acchi jankari honi chahie.
(b) Anuman se jis ilake mein apni jagah malum karni ho vah
ilaqa parichit ho.
(c) Jis sthan ko nakshe mein malum karna ho uske aas pas
mashhur nishan hon. Yeh nishan kudrati ya banawati ho
sakte hain. Jaise :- Jungle, sadkon ke milne ki jagah , nadi,
nale, pahadian aur bade bade padeon se apni jagah ka thik
thik pata lagaya ja sakta hai.
(2) Tracing paper dwara :- Yeh vidhi mein ek tracing paper lete
hain aur use clip board mein lagakar uske charo aur drawing
pin gad de, es paper ke bich mein pencil ya pin se ek bindu
laga dete hain. Is bidhi mein bhi aur andaj se batai gayi bidhi
ke anusar ki hi disha mein ek sidh mein ho sakte hain. Is
bindu se do ya tin saral rekha foot rule ya sight rule ki madad
se un dono ya tino zamini nishano ki sidh lekar tracing paper
ko bina hilaye khinche, uske bad tracing paper ko clip board se
hata kar map ke upar es prakar se rakhte hain ki tracing paper
ko dahine ya bayen hilakar kagaz par khinchi gayi tino saral
rekhayen map par bhi usi nishan ki rudhi chin ke upar se
gujare. Map par tracing paper ke us bindu ke thik niche apni
position hogi. Bindu se yeh tino rekhayen zamini rekhaon ki
sidh laker khinchi gayi thi. Is bidhi mein nakshe par hamari
position ka pata lagata hai.
(3) Re- section bidhi :- Nakshe par kam se kam do nishan ki
bearing ki rekhayen khinch kar apni position ghyat karne ki
bidhi ko re section kahte hai. Re-section se apni position pata
karne ki nimn bidhiyan hain :(a) Back bearing ploting karke :- Is bidhi mein apni position ko
malum karne ke liye zamin vah mapon dono par milane
68
wale do ya tin nishan chunte hain. Nishan agar 90* mein
aur dusra nishan 270* mein ho to unhe nahi lele chahie.
Samne ki bearing ko back bearing mein badalne ke liye
agar kisi nishan ki padhi gayi bearing 180* se jaida hai to
usme 180* ghata dete hain. Map par jis sthan par yeh
rekhayen aapas mein kati hain thik us bindu ke niche apni
position malum karte samay do nishan ki bajaye tin nishan
ki madad se apni position malum karna jaida kargar hota
hai.
Bhag No. 2
1. MAP PAR BHINN BHINN NISHANO KI MADAD SE OWN
POSITION PATA LAGANA :Is bidhi mein do ya tin nishan chunte hai, jo zamin aur map par bhi
hote hain. Iske baad sight rule ya foot rule ki madad se un nishan ki
map aur zamin par sidhai lekar rekhayen khinchte hain. Map ke
upar is prakar bari bari se pencil ka bukila bhag tika kar sight rule
se us nishan ki zamin par sidhai lete hain. Ja b pencil ka nukila
bhag aur sight rule ka katab aur apna nishan ek sidh mein aa jate
hain, to hamara map us nishan par st mana jata hai. Agar yeh tino
ek sidh mein ate hain to samajjna chahie ki hamara set to nahi ya
phir chante gaye do no nishan galat hain. I sprakar se bari bari se
chuni gayi dono ya tino nishan ki sidhai lekar khinchte hai map ke
upar usi sthan par hamara own position hogi. Re-section ki pahli
bidhi ki tarah isi bidhi se bhi do nishan ki apeksha tin nishan malum
ki gayi apni position adhik vishvas janak hoti hai.
2. TRUTI KE TRIBHUJ :Kabhi kabhi tin nishano si ki gayi re- section ki rekhayen ek sthan
par na milkar jahan par lagbhag milati hain wahan ek tri bhuj ki
akar bana deti hai. Usko hum truti ka tribhuj kahte hai. Yeh tribhuj
map par rekhayon ke Milan se kabhi kabhi h=bhitar aur kabhi kabhi
bayen aur dahine hoti hain. Inhe kramshah hitari vah bahari tri bhuj
ken am se pukarte hai.
3. DANGER CIRCLE :Kai bar re-section ke liye chate gaye nishan danger circle mein aa
jane se bhi hum apni sahi position malum nahi hoti hai. Re-section
bidhi se apni position malum karte samay agar chune gaye nishan
apni position ki ek rekha mein aa jayen to us rekha ko danger circle
kahte hain.
SANKSHEP :Is lesson mein position ke bare mein vistrit jankari di gayi hai. Sabse
pahle parichay , pribasha, tatha bhag no. 1 aur 2 ke zariye barnan
kiya gaya hai jo ki abhiyas ke liye sawal aur jawab tatha practical ke
taur par barnan kiya gaya hai. Jab tak suraksha bal ke jawano ko ya
map reading ko own position ke bare mein jankari nahi hogi tab tak
map reading ka koi achha natija hasil nahi hoga.
-----------------------------------*****************-----------------------------------
69
MR 14-23
MAP TO GROUND AUR GROUND TO MAP.
Map reading ki sikhlai ka akhri uddesh map ko dekhkar usme
dikhae gaye zamini banawat ka sahi sahi anuman lagana aur
uska zamin par pata lagana hota hai. Is avastha tak pahunchane
ke liye suraksha bal ko bhin bhin scale ke map dekhkar unme
dekhai di gayi zamini banawat ko bariki se samjhna , pura pura
abhiyas aur mauka diya jana chahie. Is sikhlai ki pahli sidi map
par dikhai gaye sabhi nishano, unke thik thik bearing aur fasalo
ki madad se zamin ke upar dundhna hai.
PARICHAY :Yadi kisi bhu-bhag par achanak le jakar khada kar diya jaye to
tab hum us sthan ko map par pahchan nahi lete tab tak zamin
par koi bhi karwahi nahi ki ja sakti hai. Map par sthan ko
pahchan ne ke bad hi hum apni sthiti ka sahi anuman laga sakte
hain aur tabhi yeh keh sakte hain,ki map par hum kisi sthan se
kitne dur vah kis disha mein hain.
AWASHYAKTA :Anjane aur ghane pahadi evam jungli ilaqe mein achha map
reader bhi map par dikhaye gaye sabhi sthano ko thik se zamin
par asani se nahi bata sakta. Sainik karwahi ke liye yeh gyan
hona zaruri hai.
PARIBASHA :Map par dikhaye gaye detailon ko zamin par ya sthan ghyat karne
ko map se zamin ya map to ground kahte hai.
Bhag No. 1
BIDHIYAN :Yeh bidhiyan nimn prakar hain :(a) Bearing aur fasalo ki madad se :- Is bidhi mein sabse pahle
map set karke kisi bhi tariqe se apni position ghyat karte hain.
Phir own position se scale ki sahayata se us nishan tak ka
zamini fasala bhi ghyat karte hain. Jise zamin par dhundana
hai. Bad mein service protractor se apni position mein us sthan
tak ka grid bearing ghyat karte hain, au rise map par di gayi
suchna ki madad se magnetic bearing mein kar lete hain. Iske
bad main apne sthan par khade hokar dekhte hain. Is
magnetic bearing par map se ghyat kiye huye zamini fasale par
kaun kaun se prasidh nishan aate hain. In hi nishano ki
madad se hamen vankhit zamin nishan mill jayega. Jab hum
us sthan ko zamin par dhundte lete hain to aas pas ki detailon
70
se Milan karke iski tassali karte hai ki hame thik zamini
nishan dundh liya hai ya nahi.
(b) Dishaon aur fasalon ki madad se :- Is bidhi mein map set
karke us mein apni position se us waqt nishan take k rekha
khinchte hain. Jisse zamin par dundhna hai. Phir scale line ki
madad se apni position tak us nishan ke bich ki duri malum
karke zamini fasala ghyat kar sakte hain.
Niche likhi gayi bidhiyon mein se kisi ek bidhi se us nishan ki
zamini disha malum karte hain.
(1) Site rule ki madad se.
(2) Map ki dono nishano sidhe andaj se.
(3) Apni position par foot rule ya pencil khada karke rekha ki
aur ghmate hain, phir rekha ke upar se nishan ki zamini
rekha ghyat karte hain.
(4) Map par apni position par aur dusre nishan par ek ek
alpine ghad kar dono pin ki sidh mein nishan ki disha ghyat
karate hain.
(5) Map ke pas khada hokar apni position se map par dikhaye
gaye dusre nishan ki zamini disha andaj se sidhayi lekar
malum ki ja sakti hai.
(c) Andaj se :- Is vidhi mein niyam anusar zamini bearing, disha
aur fasala nape bina hi map ke nishano ko zamin par aunke
rukh aur unki aas pas detailon ko dekhkar dhund liya jata hai.
Prantu ismein kafi abhiyas ki zarurat hai.
KATHINIYAN :Map se zamin par nishan dhundne par kuch kathiniyan :- Yeh vidhi mein
suraksha balon ko field craft ki sikhlai aur zamini fasalon ka asal se kam
tatha kuch halation mein asal se jaida najar ata hai.
ASAL SE JAIDA IN HALATION MEIN NAJAR ATA HAI :(a) Prakash kam ho.
(b) Surya dekhne wale ke samne ho.
(c) Nishan aas pas ke nishano se chota ho.
(d) Upar se niche ki aur dekhane par .
(e) Ghati ke bich mein khade hokar dekhane par.
FASLA ASAL MEIN KAM NAZAR ATA HAI :(a) Adhik prakash mein.
(b) Surya dekhne wale ke piche ho.
(c) Nishan aas pas ke nishano se bada ho.
(d) Niche se upar ki aur dekhne par.
(e) Bich mein dabi zamin kea a jane par.
Do se bhag karke :- Is bidhi mein apni position se dusre zamini nishan ki
duri ke ek hi jawan do anuman lagata hai. Phir dono ko jod kar do se bhag
kar deta hai. To lagbhag sahi sahi fasala nikal jata hai.
Ausat nikal kar :- Is bidhi mein apni toil ke sabhi jawano se apni position
se dusre nishan tak ke fasale ka anuman lagane ko kaha jata hai, aur unke
dwara bataye gaye fasalon ki sankhya ko jodhkar use jawano ki sankhya se
bhag dene par lagbhag sahi fasala nikal ata hai.
Fasale ki lukade karke :- Is bidhi mein apni position se dusre nishan ke
fasale ko zamin par subidha ke anusar do char ya ath barabar bhagon
mein bant lete hain. Is prakar bante hue ek chote bhago ka ek thik andaja
71
lagakar phir use pure bhago se guna karke lagbhag pura fasala mallum kar
lete hain. Dimag ki map se jab hum 100 mtr ya 100 gaj ki duri ka anuman
sahi sahi lagane mein pravin ho jate hain. Is dimag ke map ki madad se bhi
andaja lagaya ja sakta hai.
Kee range :- Sadako par milon evam k.m ke pathar tatha bijali evam
telephone ke khambon ko bhi hum fasalo ko zamin par sahi sahi andaja
laga sakte hain.
Relief sambandhi kathiniyan :- Map par chote zamini nishan ya pahadi ki
chotiyan adhi map par thodi si jagah gherte hain lakin kuch hill features
aur counter addi jo map par kafi jagah rakhte hain. Is mein kafi bhram
paida hoti hai. Is liye unchain ya nichai ka nirnay map reader us ilaqe ki
zamini banawat se kar lete hai yeh sab kafi abhiyas par nirbhar karti hai.
SANKSHEP :Is leson par map par di gayi sabhi detailon ko zamin par dhudhane ke liye
tatha uske mutabik zamin par pahunchane ke liye barnan kiya gaya sabse
pahle parichay, paribasha , mahatwa, vidhiyan aur do bhagon mein
barnan kiya gaya hai, yadi ek jawan map ki sabhi detailon ko zamn par
malum kar leta hai aur sahi labh utha leta hai to vah mahir mane jate hain
aur abhiyas kiya jaye to achha sikhlai ka ntija hasil hoga.
GROUND TO MAP :PARIBASHA :- Kisi zamini nishan ko map par ya from ground to map
kahlata hai.
AASHYAKTA :- Zamin ki banawat ko kaise upyog meini laya jaye yeh
vichar ya awashakta har sainik ke man mein hamesha rahti hai. Isliye us
bhu-bhag ki rachna map par dekhna chahega taki apna upyog mein anew
ala bhu-bhag ko mauja padane par pahachan sake.
BIDHIYAN :(1) Sadharan bidhi :- Is vidhi se hum un zamini nishano ko map par
dhudh lete hai. Jish ka zamini fasala ghyat ho. Ismein sabse
pahle compass dwara forword bearing padhte hai phir fasale ka
andaza lagate hain, uske bad padhi gaye bearing ko map par diye
gaye antar ke anusar grid bearing mein badal lete hain, tatha map
par apni position se use grid bearing par ek saral rekha khinch
dete hain. Samtal rekha par anumanit fasale ke liye service
protractor se nap kar ek chin laga dete hain. Ab is chin ke aas pas
hum usi zamini nishan ko talash karte hain. Jisse hame zamin
par dekha tha. Aas pas ki detailon dwara iske sahi hone ka yakin
kar lena chahie.
(2) Inter section bidhi dwara :- Jab dur ke kisi nishan/sthan ki
position ko hum do jane pahchane nishan se rekha khinch kar,
uska ghyat karte hain to inter section kahte hai. Yeh bidhi nishan
kafi dur ho ya shatru ke kabje mein ho.
Kai bar aisa mauka aata hai ki (O.P.) dwara kiye gaye fire order
hum wire set par sun lete hai. In bearing ko 180* jama ya 180*
ghatakar back bearing mein badali kar lete hai. Yeh dono
rekhayen jahan par apas mein ek dusri ko kategi vah shatru ke
O.P. ki position hogi.
(3) Disha ghyat karke :- Is bidhi mein ghyat karke apni position par
nishan laga dete hain. Phir zamini nishan ki sahi disha malum
karke apni position se zamini nishan ki taraf ek saral rekha
khinch dete hain aur fasale ke anuman par ek bindu is rekha par
lagate hain. Yeh nimn bidhiyan :72
(a) Pencil aur foot rule ko apni position par khada karke zamini
nishan ki taraf jhukate hue map par rakh dete hain.
(b) Alpine ki madad se ism eek alpine apni position ghad dete
hain. Phir zamini nishan ki thik disha dekhte hue dusri pin
ghad dete hain.
(c) Detailon ki madad se sahi disha ghyat karke map mein laga
dete hai.
(d) Sight rule ki madad se zamini nishan ki sahi disha malum kar
lete hain.
(4) Andaje se :- Is bidhi mein bearing nape bina hi zamin ke nishano
ko map par unke rukh aur zamini fasale ki madad se dundh lete
hain.
SANKSHEP :Yeh lesson mein ground to map ke bare bistarit jankari de gai. Sabse
pahle parichay bataya gaya uske bad paribasha batayi gayi, bidhiya
aur do bhagon mein barnan kiya gaya. Yeh lesson mein zamin se
map ke upar sahi stithi malum karne ke liye map theory ka purn
gyan hona bahut zaruri hai. Isme khas kar bearing protractor aadi
ka sahi gyan vah istemal hai. Zamin dwara se map ke sabhi prashan
hal kiye ja saktehai aur sawal aur jawab se abhiyas tatha practical
kiya jaye iske bad sahi natija hasil hoga.
----------------------------------******************------------------------------------
MR 24-28
DIN KE SAMAY AUR RAAT KE SAMAY
MARCH KARNA
PARICHAY :73
Dushman ke kisi aise ilaqe mein jahan ratri ke dauran ya to uske
troops majud hote hain. Hame sadakon aur pagdanidon ke bajaye
ubad khabad ya tuti futi zamin ka hi adhik istemal karna chahie.
Is prakar ki karwahi ke liye hame din ke samay march karne ki
gupt aue alag alag prakar ki bidhian paryog karni padti hain.
Ladai ke dauran shatru par achanak hamla karne aur surprise
karne ke liye hame shatru ke ilaqe mein uske nazdik se nazdik
jane ki zarurat padti hai aur defence ki halat mein hamein jan
bhinn bhumi par chaye rahne tak baki samay mein seema ki
nigrani aur dushmanki gusbaith par najar rakhne ke liye hamein
har samay petrolling lagani padti hai. Raat ke samay thodi si
sabdhani se ki gai malmuli si awaz bhi kafi dur tak sunai deti hai,
kyunki baki batabaran shant rahta hai. In samasyaon ka hal yehi
hai ki night march ka adhik se adhik abhiyas kiya jaye.
Bhag No. 1
1. DIN KE SAMAY MARCH KARNE KA ARTH :Jab hum kisi sainik karwahi ke liye kisi nischit uddesh ko
dhyan mein rakhkar kisi vishesh bidhi se din mein ek sthan se
dusre sthan par jate hain, to us karwahi ko dinke samay
march karna kahte hain.
Din ke samay march karne ki awashyakta yeh marching ki nimn halation
mein zarurat padti hai :(a) Seema mein patrolling vah ambush aadi ki karwahi
keliye.
(b) Bina kisi vyakti ki sahayata ke anjane ilaqe mein jane ke
liye.
(c) Command raid vah infiltration sainik karwahi ke liye.
(d) Tranning aur exercise mein anjani jagah par jane ke liye.
(e) Map reading ki parikshaon ke absar par bhi hamein
kewal map ya compass ki madad se apni yadast ke
sahare ek sthan tak pahunchna padta hai.
MARCH KARNE KI BIDHIYAN :KEWAL MAP KI SAHAYATA SE MARCH KARNA :(aa) Taiyari :- Pahle map set karke us par apni
position set kar lete hain. Phir jis sthanpar
pahunchna hota hai uski position nikal kar uske aas
pas ki mashhur nishano ki sahayata se us sthan ki
sthiti ko achi tarah samaj kar apne dimag mein
baitha lete hain.
Apni position se ghat bya sthan tak pahunchne ka
sabse sugam tatha halat ke anusar upyogi rasta
chunte hain. Rasta chunte samay aane wali
rukabaten jaise nadi, gahre nale, ghane Jungle aadi
ka bhi dhyan rakha jana chahie. Raste ka fasala bhi
malum kar lete hain. Iske liye aam taur par 100mtr
=132 aur 100 gaj = 120 kadam ke mane jate hain.
Ladai ya sainik karwahi ke liye hamen tuti futi zamin
wala rasta hi apnana chahie.
74
MARCH KARNE KI KARWAHI :Apni position mein gantyab sthan ke bich mein padne wale map aur zamin
ke mukhya mukhya ke nishano ki apas mein tulna karte hue jana chahie.
Fasale ko yad rakhne ke liye raste mein jitna bhi 100 kadam banate ho
utna hi chote pathar jeb mein rakh lene chahie. Chalte samay 100-100
kadam jane ke bad ek ek pathar niche girate jana chahie. Yadi unhe
doubara istemal karna ho to apni dusri jeb mein rakhna chahie. Ganatabya
sthan par pahunch kar map aur zamini detailon ko milakar yeh tassali kar
leni chahieki hum thik sthan par pahunch chuke hain.
BINA MAP KE MARCH KARNA :Yeh bidhi do kism ki hoti hai :1.Compass ke sath :- Iski do awasthayen hain :(a) Pahli awastha :- Is mein hamein jis sthan par
pahunchna hota hai, hamein us sthan ki bearing ka
fasala malum hota hai. Sthan ko acchi tarah se samaj
lete hain aur uski aas pas ki detalion ko dekh lete
hain. March karne ke liye apne sthan se diye hue
bearing compass se padhtehain aur usi bearing par
dur se dikhai dene wale tatha ek sidh mein padne
wale koi aise do prasidh nishan chunte hain jinki sidh
men asani se chala ja sake. Nishano ko chun-ne ke
bad unk bich ki duri malum karte hain. March karne
par chune hue nishano mein se ek kea a jane par phir
usi bearing par dusra prasidh nishan chunte hai aur
dusre nishan par pahunch kar agla nishan chunte
hain. Isi prakar do nishano ki sidh lete hue us samay
tak chakte rahte hai, jab tak ki gantaby sthan na aa
jaye. Yeh sthan tabi ayega jab diya hua fasala pura ho
jayega. Raste mein nadi nale ya sidhi chadai aadi kea
a jane par kahi gum kar nahi jana pade to hamein
phir se chune hue sthan ki sidhai lekar hi chalna
chahie. Ek bearing par do nishan chun-ne ke liye
isliye bataya gaya hai ki ek ki apeksha do nishano ki
sidh mein march jaida sahi aur saral hota hai.
(b) Dusri awastha :- Compass sath rakh kar march
karne ki dusri awastha mein hamein gantaby ka
bearing aur fasala na malum hokar raste mein
padhne wale mukhya nishanoke bearing aur fasale na
malum hokar raste mein padhne wale mukhya
nishano ke bearing aur unke bich ke fasalon vidit
hote hain. Is vidhi mein apni position se pahle sthan
tak phir dusre sthan tak tatha isi prakar gantabya
sthan tak awastha ‘K’ mein batai gayi vidhi se saral
padhti hai. Kyun ki is vidhi mein hamein pratek us
nishan par jahan bearing badalni hoti hai, tassali hoti
rahti hai ki hum thik chal rahe hain ya nahi jabki
vidhi mein aam taur par gantabya sthan par jakar hi
tassali ho pati hai aur raste mein galti ka shak bana
rahta hai.
Bina compass ke abhiyas :- Bina compass ke march karne ki vidhi mein
gantabya sthan tatha vahan tak pahunchane ke bare mein kuch khas
75
baten hi note karne ke liye milati hai. Is liye is vidhi mein hamein apni
yadasat ke bal par hi march karna padta hai. Is vidhi se march karne ke
liye nimn karwahi ki jaye :(1) March karne se pahle map apni position aut
gantabya sthan ko acchi tarah pahchan lena
chahie aur kuch aisi detalion ke bare mein bhi jan
lena chahie, jisse gantabya aur us tak pahunchne
wale raste ko pahchan-ne mein asani ho.
(2) Gantabya sthan tak pahunchane ke liye uchit
raste ka chunaw karke uski duri ko meteron ya
gajon mein nap kar kadamon mein badal lena
chahie taki fasala napne mein asani ho. Raste
mein padne wali mukhya detailon ki pahcvhan ke
liye un detailon kea as pas ke nishan tatha unki
duri ko bhi noti kar lena chahie. Nishano ko
chante samay pedon ko hi chanta jaye kyunki ho
sakta hai ki inhe hi kat liya gaya ho. March ke
dauran thoda badale hue raste ya naye nishano ko
dekh kar nirash nahi hona chahie aur jaldi hi
apne ap ko galat samjana chahie, kyun ki dhartal
par hamesha paribartan hote rahte hain. Kayi
jagah choti aur kacchi sadakon o badali bhi ja
sakti hai. Kayi makan mandir naye ban sakte hain.
Pratek halaton ke karan bhi dhartal ki banawat
mein badly ho sakti hai. Isliye ke upar padne wale
khas nishano par bharosa karte hue gantabya ki
aur jana chahie.
Fasala napne ka andaja lagane mein laparwahi na
barti jaye. Fasale ka andaja lagate samay dhyan
rakhne wali baton par bhi bichar kiya jaye. Bhul se
kisi galat jagah par pahunchne fauran laut kar
pahle wale sthan par aa jana chahie.
Gantabya sthan par pahunchkar note ki hui aas
pas ki detalion ko dhyan purabak dekhna chahie
aur tasali karni chahie ki hum thik sthan par
pahunch gaye hain.
SANKSHEP :Is lesson mein din ke samay march karne ki bidhi bistarpurbak varnan kiya ho. Sabse pahle parichay bataya gaya vidhi tatha
bhag no. 1 ke zarie barnan kiya gaya. Din mein march karne ki
uprokt vidhiyan samaj lene par amal karne se hum march ke dauran
bataye hue sthan par bina galati ke apne app ko bachate hue
pahunch sakte hain aur sawal jawab se abhiyas karne se sahi natija
hasil hoga.
Bhag No. 2
1. NIGHT MARCH KI PARIBASHA :Tab koi navigation party compass aur night march chart ki
madad se kisi khas uddesh ko pura karne ke liye rat ke samay
76
ane jane ki karwahi ya to khud karti hai ya dusri party ko lekar
chalti hai. To is karwahi ko night march kahte hain.
2. NIGHT MARCH KA UDDESH :Jarurat ke anusar night march karne ke nimn tin uddesh ya
awashyaktayen ho sakti hain :(a) Shatru ki position unki gatividhiyan, unke hathiyaron ka
pata lagana uski morch bandi aur uske bare mein anya
awashyak gupt suchanayen hasil karna.
(b) Apne jawan ko is kabil banana ki vah dushman ke ilaqe
mein guskar apne commander dwara diye gaye kisi bhi anya
karya ko nidarta purbak kar sake.
(c) Shatru par apna prabhaw jamane ke liye evam havi hone ka
aatmavishvas paida karne ke liye jawan ke man mein raat
ko safalta purvak evam bina pakade jane ke bhay dur karke
harkat karne ka atma vishvas paida karna.
NIGHT MARCH KI ZARURAT :Night march ki zarurat nimn karnon se hoti hai :(a) Raat ke samay shatru ki nazar hawai recce aur hawai hamle
ka dar nahi rahta.
(b) Raat ke samay shatru ke nishan shuda golabari se bacha ja
sakta hai.
(c) Raat ke samay shatru ke bahut pas tak jaya ja sakta hai.
Jisse us ki position aur taiyarion ka pata asani se lag sakta
hai.
(d) Raat mein shatru ke thikano ko barbad karna asan hota
hai.
NIGHT MARCH KI AVASTHAYEN TATHA MARCH KARNE KI VIDHIYAN
:Night march aam taur par tin avastha mein kiya jata hai :(a) Raat mein bataye hue bearing par ek hi sidh mein prasidh
zamini nishan chunte hain aur unki sidhai lete hue age
badte jate hain. Jab hum pahle yani nazdik wale zamini
nishan mein pahunch jate hain to dusre nishan ki sidh
mein arthrth diye hue bearing par T ishara nishan chunte
hain. Thik isi prakar agle nishan kea a jane par usi sidm
mein ek aur nishan chunte hue uski bearing par chalet
chale jate hain. Samne ek sath do nishano ko chun-ne se
hum hamesh thik bearing par chal sakenge. Nishano ke
bich mein jitna adhik fasala hoga utani sidhai mein galati ki
sambhawana kam hogi.
(b) Taron bhari raat mein march karne ki vidhi :- Diye hue
bearing par khatij ke lagabhag 30* unchain par sab taron
mein us samay par sabse adhik chamkane wala tara hum
chunte hai lagbhag 30* ki unchain par ki taron ke chune ke
do karan hain :(1) Yadi tara 30* se adhik unchain par chuna jayega to
hame apni garden ko upar uthakar chalna padega jo ki
ek asubidhajanak aur kathin kam hai.
77
(2) Yadi tara 30* se kam unchai par chuna jayega toyeh tara
jaldi dhumil ho jayega au rise pahchanne mein kathinai
hogi. Tare ka chunaw karne ke bad yadi samwab ho sake
to tare ki sidh mein dikhai dene wale kisi mashhur
nishan ko ko bhi chun liya jaye. Isi prakar tare aur
zamini nishano ki sidh mein badte chale jana chahie.
Dekha gaya hai ki khitij ke pas ka tara apne sthan se 20
minute mein lagbhag 5* dahine ya bayen ho jane se ek
mill jane ke bad lagbhag 30 gaj ya 17 meter ka antar pad
jata hai. Is prakar 5* dahine ya bayen hatane se 1k.m
jane ke bad lagbhag 85 meter ka aur 1 mile jane ke bad
150 gaj ka fark pad jayega.
(3) Badal bhari raat mein march karne ki vidhi :- Jabki raat
ke samay asman mein badal chaye ho aur Ghana
andhera ho to chalne ka asan tariqa hai ki diye hue
bearing par ek admi ko itni duri par bheja jaye jahan tak
ki vah dikhai de sake. Bad mein compass wala vayakti
fasala napta hua usi vyakti tak pahunchne aur pas jakar
use phir usi bearing par age bhejen. Yadi age wala vyakti
kipith par raat mein chamakne wala paint kiya hua
plywood ke tukade safed kapda bandh diya jayeto dur se
dikhai dene ke karan ek bar mein kafi zaida fasala tay
kiya ja sakta hai. Ek bar mein jitna adhik fasala tay kiya
jayega utani hi kam galati hogi. Jab gantabya sthan tak
pahunchne ke liye agar kai bound mein hokar ho to
navigation party ki madad se night march karna bahut
hi saral evam uttam vidhi hai.
NAVIGATION PARTY :Navigation party ek choti si toil hoti hai jis mein mukhya rup se
tin vyakti hote hain. Yeh party badi se badi toliyan ko bhi rasta
dikhati hui ek sthan se dusre sthan tak le jati hai aur vapas lati
hai vah gantabya sthan tak kai boundon mein hokar pahunchati
hai.
NAVIGATION PARTY KA SAMAN AUR PARTY KI BANAWAT :(a) Saman :- Navigation party ke pass nimn awashyak saman
hota hai :(1) Pure raste ke liye bound ke anusar setting kiye hue alag
alag compass.
(2) Luminous stick ya chamakne wali chhadi.
(3) Luminous board ya chamakne wala koi board yeh
lagbhag 1 feet barg ya ek plywood ka tukada hota hai.
Jis par luminous paint kiya hua rahta hai. Iske na hone
par safed kapde se bhi kam liya ja sakta hai.
(4) Jnae aur bapas aane ke liye alag alag marching chart.
(5) Raste mein kadamon ki ginti ke liye patharon ke tukade
ya rassi.
(6) Black out ki hui torch. Yeh torch banane ke liye torch ke
shishe ke bich mein thoda sa bhag chodkar sishe ke baki
hisse ko kala kar dete hain.
(7) Roshani se bachab ke liye ek kala kambal athwa kapda.
78
(8) Pani ya gadhon ki sahayata lene ke liye chadi ya danda.
(b) Banawat :- Navigation party mein tin vyakti hote hain :(1) Guide :- Iske pass luminious stick hoti hai aur set kiya
hua wahi compass rahta hai, jiski bearing par ya use
march karna hai ya march ho raha hai. Yeh party
commander bhi hota hai.
(2) Asst guide :- Iski pith par luminious stick board ya safed
kapda bandha rahta hai. Iske pas pani/ghade ki
sahayata lene ke liye danda hota hai.
(3) Recorder :- Iske pass set kiye hue baki compass,
marching chart, fasale ke liye fita ya kadamo ki ginti ka
hisab rakhne ke liye pathar, kankad ya rassi black out
torch aur kambal athwa kala kapda hota hai. 10 se
adhik vayakti uplabdh hain to suraksha ke liye do scout
aage ya piche lagae ja sakte hain. Ek vyakti recorder ke
liye bhi liya ja sakta hai, jisse pacer kahte hain aur unke
pas fasale napne ke liye phita aur piche ane wali toil ko
rasta dikhane ke liye chuna hota hai. Is party mein zaida
se zaida 08 ho sakta hai.
NIGHT MARCH KI TAYARI :Iski taiyari din mein hi kar leni chahie aur taiyari panch
avasthaon mein purn hoti hain :(a) Night march ke akhri sthan yani gantabya tak pahunchane
ke liye subidha anusar bich mein kai bound chune padte
hain, jahan se apna marg badalna padta hai. Raiki do
prakar se ki jati hai :(1) Map par :- Jab shatru ke ilaqe mein gusne ke liye night
march kiya jata hai.
(2) Zamin par :- Jab night march shatru rahit ilakon mein
karna ho ya tranning exercise ke liye karna ho to
commander zamin par recce karke boundon ka chunab
karte hai aur phir navigation party ko map ki madad se
in boundon ko dundane ke liye kahte hain.
(B) RASTE KA CHUNAB :Shatru ke ilaqon mein jane ya sghatru ke ilaqon mein raat ke
samay petrolling karne ya recce party bhejne ke liye raste ka
chunab karna bahut mahatwapurn hai gantabya sthan tak
pahunchane ke liye jo bound chune jate hain unhe bhi raste ko
dhyan mein rakhte hue chuna jata hai. Skeem exercise ya test
aadi ke maukon par commander bound batakar rasta nischit
kar dete hain. Achha vah rahta hai jismein ki nimn guun hon
:(1) Jis raste par shatru milne ki asha kam ho yadi shatru
mil bhi jaye to bachab ke liye banawati ya kudrati adde
mauzud hon.
(2) Rasta chalne mein asan ho.
(3) Tay karne mein nazdik ho.
(4) Tactical lihaz se surakshit ho nadi nale vah tuti futi
zamin se hokar jane wale raste surakshit mane jate hain.
In raston ki jankari mapon par dekhai gayi relief se asani
79
se mil jati hai. Rasta chunte samay nimn baton par
dhyan rakhna chahie :(aa) Yadi raste mein koi rukawat hai jaise nadi nale
padte hain to uska bhaw kidhar hai. Gahrai kitni hai
kinare kaise hai aur pani ke niche ka dhartal kaisa hai.
Jaise retilla, pathrila ya daldal wala aadi ke bare mein
puri jankari ho.
(ab) Rukawat ko par karne ki asan drill malum ho.
(ac) Shatru ke ilaqe mein padne wali sadak pagdandi aur
nale aadi ke crossing pull ya anya kudrati aur banawati
defiles ko jahan tak sambhaw ho sake raste mein shamil
na kiya jaye yaddi kiya bhi jaye toin sthano par bahut
sabdhani se march karna chahie kyunki shatru en
sthano par prayah apne ambush lagakar rahta hai.
MARCHING CHART BANANA :Boundon aur raste ka chunab ho jane ke bad marching
chart banaya jata hai. Marching chart banane ke liye
starting point se pahle bound se dusre bound se is prakar
gantabya tak ki magnetic bearing fasale gajon ya meteron se
tatha hare k bound ka conventional sign alag kagaz par
likhe jate hai. Phir is suchanon ko marching chart mein
bhar diya jata hai. Marching chart ki duhari linon se hoti
hai aur linon ke bich alpine se cheed kar diya jata hai taki
linen chandrma black out ki hui torch ki roshni mein padhi
ja sake. Duhari rekhaon ke bahari bhag ko kali pencil se
chhayankit ki jati hai. Pura marching chart ban jane ke bad
iske pichle bhag ko kala kar diya jaye, jisse dushman ki
taraf rakhkar padne se yeh us rat mein dikhai na de.
COMPASS SETTING KARNA :Jitne bound se hokar objective tak pahuncha na hai, utane bound aur
objective ke liye alag alag compass liye jate hain. Jis magnetic par march
karna hota hai use compass par setting kar liya jata hai.
COMPASS KO KARMANK MAR KARNA :Jis karm se compass ko istemal karna ho usi kram se set kiye hue
compass par number dal lete hain. Starting point se pahle vound ki bearing
wale compass par pahle bound se dusre bound wale compass par2 isi
prakar gantabya sthan tak ke compass ke number dale jate hain. Compass
ko march karne ke bad dhup mein rakh diya jaye.
RUKAWAT KO PAR KARNA :Raste mein nala, ghada, talab addi ki rukawat ko par karne ke lye niche
likhi gayi karwahi ki jati hai.
(a) Guide aur recorder apni apni jagah par khade rahe. Asstt
guide kisi asan jagah se rukawat ko par karke dusri aur
pahunch jayega aur guide ki sidh lekar khada ho
jayega.Guide uski nayi position ko check karne ke bad
recorder ke sath ko rukawat ko par karke march karega.
(b) Guide rukawat ki dusri aur march karne ki sidh mein do
zamini nishan ko chunega phir puriparty rukawat ke
dusri aur akar chune hue zamini nishano ki sidh mein
akar march shuru karega.
80
NIGHT MARCH KARTE SAMAY DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN :(a) Chalte samay bolna awaz karna ya khansna nahi chahie.
(b) Raste ke fasale ka pura pura dhyan rakha jaye.
(c) Suraksha ka pura pura dhyan rakha jaye.
(d) Raat ke samay bidi- cigratte piya jaye aur na hi roshni ki
jaye.
(e) Ilaqe ke anusar ishar muqurara kiya jana chahie.
(f) Marching chart padhne ke liye black out ki hui torch ka
istemal kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP :Is lesson mein raat ke samay march karne ke bare mein vistarpurbak
kiya gaya sabse pahle parichay, paribasha batai gayi. Abhiyas ke liye
sawal aur jawab se abhiyas karne se sahi natija hasil hoga.
-----------------------------------*********************-------------------------------
MR-29-31
GPS SE PARICHAY, VISHESTAIN WA
PRAKAR,BATTERY PRARMBH KARNE KI
PRAKRIYA, SWITCH WA CONTROL AUR
GPS KO ON-OFF KARNE TAHTA SYSTEM
SETUP KARNE KA TARIKA
81
PRASH
IKSHA
SHIRSHAK
SUBJECT
N
UPKAR
AN
Shuru – Class Ki Ginati, Groupo Me Baunt Va Vibhinn
Shuru
Sabak Samandhi Saman Ka Nirikshan .
a
Ka
Prakar
Kam
Ke
Map,
Gps
Battery,
Chart,
Doharai Compass kitane prakar ke hote hain ?
Pointer,
03 prakar ke .
Eaisel
Board,
Pen,
Lacture
Stand
Uddesh
ya
GPS se parichay , visheshtayen va
prakar, Battery, prarambh karane ki
prakriya, switch va control ke bare me
jankari dena hai. Is path ke samati ke
bad aap kaphi saksham ho jayenge.
Global Positioning System:Yah
Paricha navigation System samay ke sath avam
y
raising
galobal
system
ke
liye
prayayvachi hai. GPS upkaran ke screen
par dharathal, ragisthan avam samundra
me apani position ko darshata hai.
Sarvpratham
GPS
United
State
Department of Defence ke dwara viksit
kiya gaya. Shuruati daur me GPS ka
anuprayog military tak hi simit tha.
Jisame 24 upgrah nakshatra mandal me
prithvi se lagabhag 11000 mile ki
unchain par vibhinna kaksha prikrma
kar raha hai.
Vishesh Yah upgrah se signal ko prapt kar apane
tayen
receiver ke data ko update karata hai.
va
Apani position ko defencial correction
karya
takniki ke dwara 05 meter ya isase bhi
karane kam kiya ja sakata hai.
ka
GPS
KE
KARYA
KARANE
KA
siddhan SIDDHANT
t
GPS upkarna ko iss prakar design
kiya gaya tha jo vartman me navigation
system me karya kar sake. GPS
configuration ko 03 khando me bata gaya
hai.
1. Space segment
2. Control segment
3. User segment
Batry
GPS UPKARAN ME BATTERY LAGANE
prarmb KE TARIKE
-do-
-do-
-d
o
--
AABA
NTIT
SAMY
ABHIY
UKTIY
A
01
Minut
e
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
-do-
01-02
minut
es
02-03
Minut
es
-do-
03&0
6
Minut
es
-do-
06-11
Minut
es
-do-
11-26
Minut
Prashi
kshak
82
h
karane
ki
prakriya
, switch
va
control
GPS upkaran me 02 II size ke
pencil battery ko upkaran ke nichale
hisse me cover me nikalkar lagate hai.
Upkaran ke back light ko band kar dene
se lagbhag 15 ghante tak 02 II size ki
battery ka istemal kar sakate hai.
GPS
UPKARAN
KO
PRARAMBH
KARANE KI PRAKRIYA.
Power button dabakar rakhane se
GPS chalu ho jayega. Isi button ko
dabakar GPS band kiya ja sakata hai.
GPS chalu honeke bad phir se
power button dabane par backlight aur
contrast badalane wala display aa jayega
aur Display ke niche ki or battery, tarikh,
vakta aur electronic compass ke bare me
janakari prapt hogi. Power button daba
kar rocker button ko upar niche istemal
karake backlight kam ya jyada kar sakte
hai ya rocker button dahine baen istemal
karke contrast kam – jayada kar sakate
hai.
Quit ka button dabate hi backlight
setting wala Dislplay band ho jayega.
Quit page ek page se dusare page me
jane ke liye page button dabakar
chhodiye.
Is button jyada der tak
dabakar rakhane par electronic compass
band ya chalu ho jayega, jisaka sandesh
aapake display par niche ki or dikhai
dega.
Kisi bhi display ko band karane ke
liye quit button ka istemal kiya jayega.
es
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
-d
o
--
26-31
Minut
es
GPS upkaran ke switch va control
1
Power- yah button dabakar
rakhne se GPS chalu ho
jayega. Issi button ko dabakar
GPS band kiya ja sakta hai.
2
Phanpaj button dabate hi
backlight setting wala display
band ho jayega. Quit page yek
se dusre page me jane ke liye
page button dabakar choriye.
Menu – kisi bhi display ke
upar menu dhekhne ke liye
menu
button
dabakar
chhoriye. Menu button ko ek
sath do bar dabane par men
menu ka display khul jayega.
Mark
Database
Route
Setup
Vertical Profile
3
12345-
-d
o
--
31-36
Minut
es
-83
Avayas
Sanksh
ep %&
6- Sun/Moon
7- Fish/Hunt
8- Contrast
9- Alarm/Message
10- Map utility
11- Help
1- Zoom in/ out –map ke page ke
upar zoom kam ya jayada karne ke
liye en buttono ka istmal kiya jata
hai.
2- Navigation – es button ko dabane
se 07 prakar ke navigation ko
screen par darshata hai.
i)
Map screen
ii)
Compass screen
iii)
Brihat data screen
iv)
02 position screen
v)
Road screen
vi)
Direction data screen
vii)
Satellite status screen
viii) Odo meter
3- Enter- es button ko dabane se kisi
ek mode / function ko karyanvit
kiya ja sakta hai.
4- Cursor- ek vrittakar button, mey
char position hai jisko dabane se
cursor upper- niche avm daye-baye
jaya ja sakta hai.
Path code GPS-I ka 20 minute lecture
aur 20 minute abhyas karaya jayega.
d
o
--
Map va compass ko set karna ek kathin
prakriya hai aur isme shuddhata ki kami
hoti hai. Esliye sabhi jawan ko GPS ka
ygan hona chahiye taki samay nasht kiye
bina gantavay sthan par pahucha ja
sake.
-d
o
--
36-38
Minut
es
38&4
0
Minut
es
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
************************************************************
GPS KO ON-OFF KARNE TAHTA SYSTEM
SETUP KARNE KA TARIKA
PRAS
HIKSH
SHIRSHAK
SUBJECT
AN
UPKA
RAN
Shuru – Class ki ginti, Groupo me bant va savak Map,
Shuru
sambandhi saman ka nirikhan.
G.P.S
Ka Kam
Battery
GPS
Chart,
AAB
ANTI
T
SAM
Y
0102
Minu
tes
ABHIY
UKTIY
A
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
84
pointer,
Eaisel
board
Dohrai
%&
GPS Configuration ke 03 khand kaun
kaun se hai \
1- Space segment
2- Cantrol segment
3- User segment
Uddesha
y
Parichay
GPS ko
On Off
karna
GPS ka
system
setup
karna
namun
a
d
o
-
0203
Minu
tes
GPS ko On-Off karne tatha system set
up karne ka tarika sikhana . is path ke
bad aap kaphi sakhsam ho jayege.
-- do --
0304 f
Minu
tes
GPS ek electronic upkaran hai jise
chalane ke liye power sourse ki jarurat
padaty hai. Is upkaran se kai tarah ki
jankari prapat ki ja sakti hai jiske liye
GPS ke system ko sahi dhang se set
karna jaruri hota hai.
-- do --
0405 f
Minu
tes
GPS upkaran me 02 ii size ke pencil -- do -battery ko upkaran ke nichle hisse me
kawar nikalkar lagate hai. Upkaran ke
back light ko band kar dene se lagbhag
15 ghante tak 02 ii size ki battery ka
istmal kar sakte hai. Battery lagane ke
bad power button dabakar rakhne se
GPS chalu ho jayege. Esi button ko
dabakar GPS band kiya ja sakta hai.
1Menu button ko dabaye
-- do -2Cursor button ke dhara chauthe
option ke setup ke select kare. Enter
button ko dabaye.
3Upkaran ke screen par Setup ke
12 option dikhai degi.
i)
Initialize-Kuch parivarthan nahi
karna hai
ii)
Navigation Screen- ise On/Off kar
sakte hai. On ko select kar adjustment
button ko dabaye.
iii)
Co-ord system- screen per do
option dhikhai deta hai.
iv)
Primary Secondary Button
d) Primary option ko select kar enter
dabane ke bad (Lat./Long) ko select kar
dks flysDV dj enter dabaye tadpaschat
(Degree/Min/Sec) ko select kar enter
button dabaye.
0510 f
Minu
tes
1035
Minu
te
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
85
Uske baad Secondary option Ko select
kar enter button dabane ke bad UTM
(Universal Transvers Marketer) option ko
select kar enter button ko dabaye.
v)
Map Datum-cursor button ki
madad ki se Map Datum ko select kar
enter button ko dabaen. Phir Primary
option ko select kar enter button ko
dabaye. Iske baad WGS-84 ko select kar
enter dabaye. Phir Cursor button ki
madad se Secondary option ko select kar
enter button dabaye. Phir INDI option
ko select kar enter button dabaye.
vi)
Elevation Mode- Cursor button ki
madad se Elevation Mode option ko
select kar enter button dabane ke bad
screen par do option dikhai dega jo nimn
hai-1- 2D 2- 3D
Isme se 3D ko select kar enter button
dabaye.
vii)
Time Format – Cursor Button ki
madad se Time Format option ko select
kar enter button ko dabane se screen
par 03 option dikhai dega jisme se 24
Hrs ko select kar enter button dabaye.
Phir cursor avam enter button ki madad
se vertaman samay ko set kar enter
button dabaye.
viii)
Nav Unit - Cursor button ki
madad se Nav Unit option ko select kar
enter button ko dabane se screen par 03
option dikhai dega jisme se KM/KMPH
ko select kar enter button dabaye.
ix)
North Ref.- Cursor button ki
madad se North Ref. option ko select kar
enter button dabane se screen par char
option dikhai dega jisme se True North
ko select kar enter button dabaye.
x)
Day light saving. Is option mein
pariwartan na karen.
xi)
Back light time – Cursor button ki
madad se Back light time option ko
select kar enter button ko dabane se
screen par kai option dikhai dega jisme
se Auto Off ko select kar enter button
dabaye.
xii)
Beeper – Cursor button ki madad
se Beeper option ko select kar enter
button ko dabane ke bad option ko
select kar enter button ko dabaye.
(1)
Clear Memory – Cursor button ki
madad se Clear Memory option ko select
kar enter button ko dabane se screen
par 05 prakar ke option dikhai denge jo
nimn hai :-Track history – Upkaran ke
map ke sabhi Track ko delete kar sakate
86
hai.
Waypoint/Route- Is option ke
dwara upkaran ke map par jitney route
avam waypoint banaye hai use delete
kar sakte hain.
(3)
Route- Is option ke dwara
upakaran ke map par banaye gaye route
ko delete kar sakte hain.
(4)
Reset Default- Is option ke select
karne se upakaran mein factory dwara
jari system set ho jaayega.
(5)
Clear all- Is option ke select karne
se sabhi rikard avam Setup (jo ki pahle
set kiya gaya thaa) delete ho jayega
avam upkaran ko pryog me lane ke liye
phir setup ke sabhi option ko select
karna padega.
Path kode G.P.S.-3 ka 20 minute lecture -- do -aur 20 minute abhyas karaya jayega.
(2)
Abhyas
Sankshe
p
G.P.S. se kai tarah ki jankari prapt ki ja -- do -sakti hai.
Vartman samay me iski
upyogita ka sahi faide uthane ke liye har
jawan ko ise set karna bhali-bhati aana
chahiye. Isliye G.P.S. setup karne ka
abhyas har jawan ko diya jaye.
3538
Minu
tes
3840
Minu
tes
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
Prashi
kshak
dwara
bayan
va
namun
a
************************************************************
MR-32-36
GPS KE MARK SCREEN PAR WE –POINT BANANA ,
MAP KE VISHESH POINT KI AKSHANS AUR
DESHANTAR KE DATA KO EDIT/DELETE KARNA
AUR GPS SET KE PRAYOG SE NAYE STHAN PAR
PAHUCHAKAR WAPIS LAUTANA
PRAS
HIKS AABA
SHIRSHAK
SUBJECT
HAN
NTIT
UPKA SAMY
RAN
Shuru – Class ki ginti, Groupo me bat va savak Map,
01
Shuru
sambandhi saman ka nirikhan.
G.P.S
min
Ka Kam
Battery
GPS
Chart,
ABHI
YUK
TIYA
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
87
pointer,
Eaisel
board
Dohrai
GPS me ketene Elevation Mode hai ? 02
(2D & 3D)
-do-
01-02
min
Uddesha
y
GPS ke mark par we –Point banane ka
trika shikhane me shakchham hoge.
-do-
02-03
min
Parichay
GPS ki madad se ek sthan se dusre
sthan tak phuchane ke liye jaruri hai
ki nishachit GR waypoint ke rup me
GPS me feed kar diye jaye. GPS me
Adhiktam
500 waypoint awam
20
Routes save kiye ja sakte hai. sabhi
waypoints ko nischit Icon se pahchana
ja skta hai.
GPS par
W- Point
Banana
way point ko chinhit karna ,Apni
wastvik
esthti ko Akshans
awam
deshantar me jankari lena . upkaran ke
Go-to/Mark button ke do kary hai.
1) Go-to/Mark button ko ek bar
dabane se us sthan ka List screen
par dikhai deta hai.
2) Goto/mark
button
ko
kuchh
second
dabakar
rakhane
se
upkaran ke screen par Mark screen
dikhai dega jo Nimna Hai :#
WPT001
23°19”20” N
85°17”20” E
628
Save
Route
Yadi Aawshayk ho to Mark screen ke
Way points (i.e. WPT001) , icon (i.e.#) ko
badal sakte hai.
Eske liye cursor button ki mdad se
nishan ko select kar adjustment button
ko dabane se 42 prakar ke nishano me
se koi ek seelect kar OK option ko
select karen. Tatpashchat adjustment
button ke madad se
Waypoint (i.e.WPT001) ko select kar
-do-
03-05
min
-do-
05-18
min
baya
n va
nam
una
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
baya
n va
nam
una
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
baya
n va
nam
una
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
baya
n va
nam
una
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
baya
n va
nam
una
88
abhayas
h
shankhe
p
iaska name aapne Aavshyaktanushar
badal sakte hai. iske bad “option” ko
seelekt kar adjustment button
ki
madad se naya name feed kar sakte hai
Agar es parivartit waypoint avam
icon ko Map screen me dekhna hai. to
back button ko kuchh second tak
dabakar rakhane se screen
par
parivartit waypoint avam icon dikhai
padega.
Path code GPS-4/5 ka 20 minute -dolecture aur 20 minute abhyas ek period
ratri abhyas karaya jayega.
Map me bar-bar GR nikalane se galti ki -dogunjaish badh jati hai. isliye upyogi
waypoints ko GPS me feed karke
rakhana chahiye. GPS itana accurate
hota hai ki waypoint ke 01 miter ke
dayare me pahuncha ja sakta hai.
18-38
min
38-40
min
Prash
iksha
k
dwar
a
baya
n va
nam
una
MAP KE VISHESH POINT KI AKSHANS AUR DESHANTAR KE DATA KO
EDIT/DELETE KARNA AUR GPS SET KE PRAYOG SE NAYE STHAN
PAR PAHUCHAKAR VAPASH LAUTANA.
Shirsha
vishay
Pras
Aab
k
hiks anti
Abhiyuk
han
t
tiya
upka sam
ran
y
Shuru
Class ki ginti,groupo me bant wa sabak Map,
01
Prashiks
shuru
sambadhi saman ka nirikhan.
GPS,
Min hak
ka kam
battery
dwara
, GPS
bayan
Chart,
va
pointer
namuna
eaisal
Doharai Go to/Mark button ke kitane karya hai.
01- Tadaiva
board,
02
pen
Min
Uddese Map ke vishesh point ko akshansh /lectur 02- Tadaiva
avam deshantar ke data ko Edit/Delete e
03
karna aur GPS Set ke prayog se naye stand. Min
sthan par pahunchkar wapas lautane
sg jankari se aap kaphi saksham ho
jayenge.
Paricha G.P.S. ke map me vishesh point ko
03- Tadaiva
y
akshansh avam deshantar ke data me
05
pher badal karne ke liye Edit/Delete ki
Min
karyawahi ki jati hai.
GPS set ke
prayog se naye sthan par pahunchakar
wapas lautna bahut hi saral hai yadi
waypoint sahi dhang se feed kiya gaya
ho.
Map ke Menu button(ko dabaye)& Screen par
05- Tadaiva
vishesh menu list dikhai padega jisme se
14
89
point ko
akshans
h avam
deshant
ar ke
data ko
Edit/Del
ete
Karna.
database ko select kar enter ko dabaye.
User ko select kar enter button dabaye.
Particular Mark point ko select kar
menu button ko dabaye screen par
Edit/Delete option dikhai dega.
1½ Yadi data ko edit karna ho to edit
option ko select
kar enter button ko
dabane se screen par mark screen
dikhai padega, cursor button ke prayog
se data ko edit kare tatpaschat enter
button ko dabaye. Iske bad Save option
ko select kar enter button ko dabaye.
2½ Yadi data ko Delete karna ho to
Delete option ko select kar Yes option
ko select kafrenge. Tatpaschat enter
button ko dabane par Particular Point
ke data Delete ho jayega.
GPS set 1- Upkaran ko on kare.
ke
2- Apane aavasektanusar Setup option
prayog
ki janch karen.
se naye 3- Goto/Mark button ki madad se
sthan
apani vastvik sthiti ko chinhit kare
par
tab naye sthan ki taraph prasthan
pahunch
karen.
akar
4- Goto button ko kuch second dabaye,
wapas
upkaran ke screen par Mark screen
lautana
dikhai dega.
Cursor button ki
madad se apani vastwik sthiti ke way
point avam Icon ko set karen, OK
option ko select kar Enter button
dabaye.
5- Upkaran screen par map screen lane
ke liye Navigation button ko dabaye.
6- Upkaran ke screen par map me
Arrow head chinha ke sath Waypoint
avam Icon dikhai dega jise pahle
create kiya gaya tha.
7- Zoom-In/Zoom-Out button ki madad
se map screen ke aakar ko apne
aavasekatanusar set karen.
8- Phi apani vastawik sthiti se kisi bhi
disha me age badhe to swatah Track
line map par banata jayega.
9- Harek mod par kisi bhi nam se
waypoint ko create karen.
10- Apani manjil par pahunchne ke
bad waypoint ko create karen,
tadanusar screen ke map Track line
par sabhi Waypoint dikhai denge.
Return Party
Upkarn ke screen ke Track line avam
Waypoint ki madad se apani vastwik
sthiti par wapas lauten.
Yad rakhane wali baten
1- Locating arrow ko Track line par
rakhkar wapas lauten.
2- Yadi koi Return Path me thoda bhi
Min
Tadaiv
a
1418
Min
Tadaiva
Tadaiv
a
Tadaiv
a
90
badalav hota hai to Track line se
hatata hua Locating arrow dikhai
dega.
3- Yadi koi Track line me waypoint
banata hai to Locating avam Track
line ki madad se us waypoint par
pahunchna chahiye.
4- Wapasi ke dauran upkaran ke screen
par duri ghatati hui dikhai degi.
Track On/Off
1½ Jab aap map mode mein hai tao
menu button ko dabaye tatpachat map
setup option ko select kar enter button
ko dabaye, fir track mode ko select kar
enter button dabane par do nimna
option screen par dikhai denge.
Auto- Automatic Tracking ke liye is
option ko select karte hai.
Off-Line- Tracking Line ko Off karne ke
liye yaha option select karte hai.
Abhiyas Path code G.P.S-6/7 ka 20 minut Tadai
lecture aur 20 lecture abbhyas ek
va
period ratri abhyas karaya jayega.
Sanksh Data feeding ki galti ko sudharne avam Tadai
ep
GPS ki madad se ek sthan se dusare
va
sthan tak pahunchane ke liye GPS ke
vibhinna option va button ki jankari
har jawan ko honi chahiye taki jarurat
padne par galti mein sudhar kar sahi
sthan tak pahuncha ja sake.
1838
Min
3840
Min
Tadaiva
Tadaiva
*********************************************************************************
************************************************************************************
************************************************************************************
91
92
FE-1-2
SABHI PRAKAR KE TENTON KE BARE MEIN JANKARI
UDDESH : Sabhi prakar ke tentagse (Tambuo) ke bare me jankari.
PARICHAY : C.R.P.F. Ko pratyek rajya me bhinn-bhinn prakar ki dutiyan karni
padati hai. Kai bar bahut hi kam samay me rajya tatha 1 sthan se
dusare sthan par jana padta hai, aisi halaton me rahane ke liye badi
mushkil pesh aati hai, Atah is prakar ke halaton se thik se nipatne ke
liye is force ko sabhi prakar ke tentage ki awashyakta padati hai , taki
aukcer out jawano ko rahane ke liye thik se jagah mil sake wa apni wa
apni duty se nibha sake. C.R.P.F. me nimna-likhit tent kam me laye
jate hai.
SAMAN :Black board , Eaisel , Lecture stand , Chalk , Pointer.
TARTIB :1) Swiss Cottage tent.
2) Store tent.
3) E.P.I.P. tent (1 Pole wala)
4) E.P.I.P. tent (2 pole wala)
5) 180 pound tent.
6) 40 pound tent.
7) Latrine tent.
8) Skrine tent.
1)
SWISS COTTAGE TENT :-
Yah tent uchcha adhikariyo ke istemal me laya jata hai. Jaise
commandant wa Anya koi bhi V.I.P. Is tent ki khubi yah hai ki isame
sabhi prakar ki suvidha uplabdha karai ja sakati hai . iske andar ki
taraf 1 bada ghera hota hai , andar ki taraf se 4 alag-alag bhago me
baant diya jata hai. Jabki bahar se 1 hi najar aata hai is tent me 4
kamre hote hai , 1 bathroom hota hai , iske alawa isme baithne ke liye
bhi alag-alag sthan hota hai , isme 8 darwaje hote hai , inme se sabase
bada darwaja andar our bahar jane ke kam me aata hai, Mukhya
kaksha ki kanato me design bana hota hai.
JARURI SAMAN :Is tent ko thik dhang se sajane ke liya 20 into 15 gaz bhumi ki
awashyakta padati hai our nimna saman awashyak hai.
93
1) Outer Fly -1
2) Inner Fly
3) Standing polee -2
4) ridge polee -1
5) Durry – 1
6) Chick -2
7) Picket / Khunte -60
8) Kanat Inner – 2
9) Kanat outer- 2
10)Lakadi ki Dick -2
Note : - Tent ko Lagane ke liye 10 ya 12 jawan ki awshyakta padati
hai.
2)
STORE TENT :-
Jaisa ki iske naam se hi bodh hota hai yah tent C.R.P.F. ke sarkari
saman ke rakh-rakhao ke liye hota hai.
JARURI SAMAN :1)
Outer Fly
2)
Inner Fly
3)
Standing pole-4
4)
Ridge pole-3
5)
Picket / Khunte – 80
6)
Is tent ko lagane ke liye kul 80 rasse hote hai Tatha is tent ko
lagane ke liye 10 jawan ki awshyakta padati hai.
3)
E.P.I.P.TENT( 1 POLE WALA ):-
Yah tent aam tour par jawano ke rahne ke liye hota hai , Isme 1 sath
8 jawan charpai ke sath rah sakte hai, Is tent ka weight 360 pound
hota hai.
JARURI SAMAN :1)
Outer Fly – 1
2)
Inner Fly – 1
3)
Centar pole -1
4)
Kanat – 4
5)
Picket – 40
6)
Up-Right Pole – 28
7)
Trek head net- 1
8)
Lakadi ki dick – 1
94
Note :- Is tent me charo taraf kul 20 rasse hote hai our isko lagane
ke liye 1-6 ki party hoti hai.
4)
E.P.I.P. TENT ( 2 Pole Wala)
Yah tent bhi jawano ke rahane ke liye hota hai is tent me bhi waise
hi awshyakta hoti hai jaise ki E.P.I.P. (1 pole) wale me hoti hai, isme bhi
1 sath 8 jawano ke rahane ki vyavastha hoti hai isme kul 30 rasse hote
hai .
JARURI SAMAN :1)
Outer Fly – 1
2)
Inner Fly – 1
3)
Standing pole – 2
4)
Ridge pole -1
5)
Picket / khunte – 60
6)
Kanat – 4
7)
Up-right pole – 28
8)
Trak head nat -2
9)
Lakdi ki dick – 2
Note : - Is tent ko lagane ke liye 1-6 ki party hoti hai.
5)
180 POUND TENT :-
Yah tent C.R.P.F. Ke jawano ke rahane ke liye lagaya jata hai is tent
me 8 jawan ke liye rahane ki vyawastha hoti hai , is tent ka wajan iske
nam ke sath juda hai.
JARURI SAMAN :1)
Outer Fly – 1
2)
Inner Fly – 1
3)
Standing pole – 3
4)
Picket – 22
5)
Ridge pole – 2
6)
Skrin – 2
7)
Pin airan – 10
Is tent ko lagane ke liye 8 kadam lambi aur 6 kadam choudi bhumi
ki awshyakta padati hai is tent ko lagane ke liye 1-4 party hoti hai .
6. 40 POUND TENT :Is tent ke nam se hi iska wajan malum ho jata hai yah bathroom ya
latrine aadi ke kam me laya jata hai , iske kul 14 rasse hote hai isko
lagane ke liye 4 kadam lambi , 4 kadam choudi bhumi ki awshyakta
padati hai.
JARURI SAMAN :95
1)
Outer Fly – 1
2)
Inner Fly – 1
3)
Standing pole – 2
4)
Ridge pole – 1
5)
Picket – 14
7)
LATRINE TENT :
Yah apne dhang ka alag prakar ka tent hota hai jisme koi pole nahi
hota hai, iske upar 1 chate numa chatari hoti hai , isko lagate samay
sabse pahale Roof hand ko khola jata hai uske baad uski rassiyo ko
charo taraf failakar bandh diya jata hai our kanat ke upar ridge pole ke
sahare chatari ko taan diya jata hai isko istemal me lane ke liye iske
andar ko mod rakha jata hai.
8)
SCREEN TENT :-
Yah tent jawano ke liye istemal ke liye hota hai yah tent amtour par
aise sthan par lagaya jata hai jaha par jawano ko latrine jane ke liye
suwidha na ho. Is tent ki kanat E.P.I.P. kanat se chhoti hoti hai Yah
upar se bilkul khula hota hai , iske aage wali kanat (diwar) me darwaje
hote hai tatha 1latrine se dusari latrine ke bich parda hota hai lekin
piche ki diwar me koi khidki ya darwaja nahi hota hai , yah tent jamin
par khudi hui latrine par lagaya jata hai.
JARURI SAMAN :1)
Kanat ( Jarurat ke mutabik )
2)
Picket ( Jarutat ke mutabik )
3)
Latrine sheet ya banai gai latrine sheet ( Jarurat ke mutabik )
ABHYAS :Tento ki jankari ka abhyas liya jaye.
SAK-SAWAL:Jawano ko abhyas ke sath-sath sawal – jawab kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP :Har jawan ko is kabil hona chahiye ki wah har prakar ke tentage ki
jankari rakhta ho tatha unko lagana janta ho.
------------------------------**********************-------------------------------
FE-3-4
FIELD ENGINEERING KI BARE MEIN JANKARI
UDDESHYA:
96
Field engineering ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
SAMAN :Black board Eaisel , Lecture stand , chalk , duster , khodai ka saman
.
PAHUNCH :Ladai ke dauran hamara uddeshya shatru wa vidrohiyon ko barbad
karna hota hai iske sath hume hifajat ki jarurat hoti hai jiske liye
morcha ko istemal karna padta hai , Defence tabhi achchha sabit hoga
jab commander apne hathiyaro se kargar fire dalwane ke liye unse
lagaye jagaha khudai aur charo taraf har kism ki rukavat banakar
morcha bandi banaye.
TARTIB:Hathiyaron ka istemal morchon ka design aisa ho jisase hathiyaron
ka pura wa sahi istemal kiya ja sake.
FIELD OF FIRE :Hathiyar ke kargar range tak ka ilaka bilkul saaf ho jisse fire mein
rukawat na aaye.
BACHAO :Morcha ki khudai ke dauran mitti ka goli se bachao nimn prakar
hai.
1) Small arms fire
- 63 inch
2) Shell splinter , area burst – 17 inch
3) Field gun
4) Medium gun
- 49 inch
- 72 inch
CHHUPAO :Zamin ki khudai banawat , Sathai saman , khudi hui mitti dwara
equipment aadi ki chamak ko chhupana chahiye.
MORCHA KI KISM AVAM PARIBHASHAYEN :1)
FIRE TRENCH :-
Zameen ki sataha se neeche khoda gaya waha morcha jaha se ek ya
ek se adhik jawan apne hathiyar ka kargar fire kar sake.
2)
WEAPON PIT :-
Zameen ki satah se niche khoda gaya waha morcha jaha high
trajectory ke hathiyar se fire kiya ja sakta hai.
3)
SHELTER :-
Aisa khoda gaya morcha jaha se jawan swayam ko air burst splinter
goli va vidrohiyon wa dushman se nazari bachao kar sake aur jawan
97
isme kuchh der aaram kar sake . Yah morchon ke pass aur pichhe hota
hai.
4)
COMMAND POST :-
Zameen me khoda gaya wah morcha jisko over head protection diya
ho sath loop-hole fire ke liye banaye gaye hon.
a)
I SHAPE MORCHA :
Yah or aadmiyon ka trench hota hai iski lambai 6 fit , chaudai 3 fit.
Aur gahrai 4.5 fit hoti hai , ek aadmi ka morcha chhota hota hai ,
lambai 4 fit , chaudai 2 fit , gahrai 4.5 fit hoti hai.
b)
SHELTER :-
Lumbai – 6 fit , chaudai 4 fit, gahrai 4.5 , fit hoti hai.
c)
WEAPON PIT :Gaharai 2.5 fit , chaudai-3 fit hoti hai.
d)
SLIT TRENCH :-
Zameen ki satah ke niche khoda gaya morcha jisme baithkar kuchh
samay ke liye dushman ki nazar wa fire se bacha ja sake.
e)
PILL BOX :-
Zameen mein khodkar cement wa concrete dwara khaka kiya hua
tatha over head protection di ho , border ke nazdik is tarah ke morche
banaye jate hai.
f)
DRAINAGE :-
Morche ke under pani ki ekatra hone ki jagah jaha pani ikkatha
hota rahe tatha pani kisi bartan dwara bahar nikala jata hai , use
drainage kahate hai.
g)
OVER HEAD PROTECTION :-
Jis morche ke upar se chat banai jati hai jiske ander baithkar apne
aapko air burst splinter aadi se bachaya ja sake.
h)
OVER HEAD COVER :-
Jis morche mein baithkar dushman ke fire aur hawai fire se bacha ja
sake use over head cover kahate hai.
Morche kis satah par kitne hote hai yah nimna prakar hain.
i)
Ek section mein 04 hote hai.
ii)
Ek platoon mein 14 morche hoten hain.
iii)
Ek company mein 24 morche hote hain.
iv)
Ek Batalion mein 200 morche hote hain , Jisme command post
ka banker bhi shamil hai.
ABHYAS :-
Is sabak ka jawan se abhyas karaya jaye .
98
SAK-SAWAL :-
Jawano se sawal- jawab kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP :-
Field engineering vah kala hai jisme jawan
camp/post ki
suraksha ke liye vibhina prakar ke morcha bandi karta
hai.
----------------------------------*********************----------------------------
FE-5-7
ROAD BLOCK LAGANA
PARICHAY :Road block tankon wa gadiyon ke liye ki jati hai parantu tankon ko
bahut kam roka ja sakta hai , gadiyon ko rokane ka uddeshya yah hai
ki wah tankon ke liye indhan wa ammunition na pahuncha sake our
dusman ki harkat me deri ho sake , road block chahe khule maidan me
ho ya jangal wale ilake me jish jagah gadiyon ke aane ka dusara rasta
na mil sake usee jagah par road block lagaya jata hai.
UDESHYA :
ROAD BLOCK KI JARURAT , JARURI BATEN AUR KISME :ROAD BLOCK KI JARURAT :a)
Dushman ki tartib ko bekar karke use apni position me
ghusne se rokna .
b)
Dushman ke hamle ke thodi der ke liye rokna .
c)
Advance me dushman ke rasto ko bandh karna.
d)
Dushman ko 2 rukawato ke bich karke bandh karke barbaad
karna.
e)
Suraksha bal atankwadiyo ke nikalne ko rokone ke liye lagate
hai.
JARURI BATEIN:a)
Road block defence aisi jagah par lagaye jane chahiye jaha
dusari taraf se aasani se rasta na ban sake.
b)
Depth (Gahrai) me lagane chahiye.
c)
Dushman ko dhokha dene ke liye sadak me mod ke baad
lagane chahiye.
d)
Aapne fire or nigrani ke niche hone chahiye.
e)
Kam samay par pura hone ka dhyan rakha jaye.
ROAD BLOCK KI KISME :
PERMANENT ROAD BLOCK :-
99
a)
PIMPLES : - Yah R.C.C. ke banaye huye hote hai inka base 3
fit our upar se 15 sq. fit hote hai zameen se 3 fit upar aur 1 fit zamin
me hote hai.
b)
COFFINS :- Yah bhi R.C.C. ke banaye jate hai , inka base 5 fit
tatha uchani jamin ke upar 3 fit or 1 fit jamin me banaye hai.
c)
RCC CYLINDER :- Yah 3-3 cylindero ka 1 group hota hai
jisme cylinder ka 2-6 Diameter aur lambai 3 fit hoti hai.
d)
CUBE : Isaki size 5 x 5 fit hoti hai , Yah 1 fit jamin me aur 4 fit
jamin ke upar hoti hai.
e)
ANTI TANK DITCH :- Inki kisme nimn anusar hoti hai.
1)
One way ditch
2)
Two way ditch
3)
Y type ditch
MOVABLE ROAD BLOCK :Jab apani fauze ya suraksha balo dwara aakhiri mauke tak sadak ko
istemal karna ho to aisi rukawate lagai jati hai jo uthai ja sake.
a)
VERTICAL AUR BENT RAILS : -
Kabi-kabi khadi aur mudi hai rails bhi istemal me laye jati hai yah
do-do fit ki laino me dushman se apani taraf gadi jati hai.
b)
HES-HOMS :-
Yah 6 fit lambe lohe ke channel se banaya jata hai agar janzir se joda
jai to aur bhi majbut banta hai ise pani ke niche rukawato me bhi
lagate hai Yah tank ke niche hisse nuksan pahuchata hai .
IMPROVISED ROAD BLOCK TATHA LAGANE KA TARIKA :Suraksha balo ko samanyata jarurat ke anusar sthaniy saman se hi
road block (improvised)lagane padate hai.
a)
GIRAYE HUI DARKHAT :Sadak par 15 degree par darkhat kaat kar girate hai agar 2
darkhat samne mil jaye to unhe kaat kar banate hai , Yah is prakar
banaye jate hai- .
1)
Ek dusare ke najdik girakar jod dia jaye.
2)
Pura na kata jaye balki 1/3 ya ¼ hissa shatru ki taraf ho.
3)
Jyada shakhao aur pattowale darkhat faidemand hai.
4)
Inke sath anti tank aur anti personal mines bhi istemal kiye ja
sakte hai (Yadi anewale vahan ko visfot se udana hai to.)
b)
CONCERTINA ROAD BLOCK ;Sadak par w ki shakal me bichane se banati hai yah is prakar
hai.
100
1)
2 se 5 block tak gaharai me ho.
2)
Concertina ke kinare apasme bandh dene chahiye.
3)
Majbut karane ke liye picket ya sandbag istemal karne
chahiye.
4)
booby traps ya anti personnel mines bhi istemal kar sakte hai.
c)
STEEL WIRE ROPE :4 inch mote lohe ke rasse sadak ke aar-par bandh kar.
d)
NO. 14 GAUGE WIRE :-
Is tar ko 3 fit se 6 fit unchi , sadak ke aar-par bandh de , darkhato ko
adhe se jyada katkar kamjor karke ise bandh dene se tukawat ban jati
hai , jisse jab tar par dabao padta hai to darkhat girne se road block
ban jata hai.
e)
LAKADIYON KA DHER :-
2 fit se 6 fit diameter wala lakdiyon ka dher lagane se bhi thodi der
ke liye road block ban jata hai.
f)
RAIL AUR MOTAR GADIYON KI RUKAWAT :-
Rail aur motar gadiyon ke purje nikal kar sadak par damp kar diya
jata hai , unko bandhkar jamin me picket gadkar majbut block banta
hai.
g)
ANTI TANK MINE KA ISTEMAL :Sadak par betartibi se anti tank mines lagane se.
h)
BAROOD KA ISTEMAL :-
Jamin me gaddhe khodkar unme barood bhar dete hai aur jab shatru
ki gadiyan ya tank aye to udane se crater (khadda) ban jata hai.
ROAD BLOCK LAGATE SAMAY DHYAN ME RAKHNE WALI BATEN
:Road block ek alag operation hai jisme ki puri defence akhtiyar
karane ki karyawahiya ki jati hai jaise ki :1)
Jagah ki achchi tarah se reccy.
2)
Kudrati rukawaton ke sath
3)
Sahi dekhbhal (Ankhyen aur fire se.)
4)
Pure hathiyaro ka co- ordinating fire.
5)
Depth aur mutual support
6)
Camouflaged aur concealment
7)
Head-Quarter se milap ka jariya.
--------------------------------*******************---------------------------
101
FE-8-11
TAAR KI RUKAWATON KE BARE MEIN JANKARI
WIRE OBSTACLES
PARICHAY
Hamare padosi desh hamari tarakki ko dekhkar khush nahi hai aur har
samay hamari taraf buri nazar se dekhte hain. Border ke ziada bhag
maidani hain aur dushman asani se hamari taraf advance kar sakta hai.
Unke advance ko rokne ke lie kai prakar ki rukawaten lagakar unke adv
mein delay paida kar sakte hain. Is mein wire obstacles ki rukawat bhi
achhi mani jati hai.
UDDESH
Taar ki rukawaton ke baare mein jankari dena hai.
WIRE OBSTACLES KI QISMEN
Wire obstacles ki qismen niminlikhit hoti hain:(a)
Low wire entanglement.
(b)
Double appron fence.
(c)
Cat wire fence type -I.
(d)
Cat wire fence type -II.
LOW WIRE ENTANGLEMENT
Yeh chhote angle iron picket se lagai jati hai. Iski kam se kam 5 kataaren
hoti hain. Ek kataar se dusri kataar ka fasla 2 gaz aur picket se picket ka
fasla 3 gaz hota hai. Picket ki zamin se unchai 9" hoti hai.
Faide : Low wire entanglement ke faide niche likhe anusar hote hain:(e) Chhupana aasan hai.
(f) Lagane mein kam samay lagta hai.
(g) Dushman ke lie chhotta tgt banta hai aur hawai jahaz
nahin le sakte hain.
(h) Ziada booby traps laga sakte hain.
(i) Surprise hasil hota hai.
photo
Lagane ki jagah.
(j)
(k)
(l)
Defence ke aage 30 se 80 Mtr tak.
Fasal ghas, dal- dal ke sath sath tatha jharidar ilaqe mein.
Tuti futi zamin mein.
Drill. Low wire entanglement lagane ki drill niche likhe anusar hoti hai:(m)
(n)
Party - 1 Uo aur 10 OR.
Commander 3 - 3 gaz ki duri par nishan lagata hai.
102
(o) No 1, aur 2 pahle do row ki picket ko rakh kar ise 1 se 1 ½ ' ki
unchai tak garenge.
(p) No 3 aur4, aur 5 diagonal wire lagange.
(q) No 6 aur7, No 3 aur 4 ke 20 gaz aage jane par dusri row ke sath
sidhi tar lagate hain.
(r) No 8,9 aur 10 dusri diagonal wire lagana shuru karte hain.
(s) Jab tak puri gahrai tak taar nahin lag jati, tab tak isi tartib mein
kaam jari rehega.
Note: Tamam qism ke wire obstacles ka kaam baen se dayen aur
dushman ki taraf se apni taraf ko kiya jata hai.
DOUBLE APPRON FENCE
Yeh lambe aur chhote angle iron picquet ke sath 6’ choure apron par
teen teen strands lagae jate hain. Isse unchi rukawat banti hai. Ise kudarti
rukawat ke saath lagana chahie. Iski drill niche likhe anusar hoti hai. :Party : 1 UO aur 10 OR.
KAAM
a. Task 1 (pickets ko gadna). Commander do anchorage
pickets apne paa leta hai. Ek shuru mein hai aur dusra akhri
sire mein. Picket se picket ke fasla 7' X 6' rakh kar nishan
lagata hai. No 1 aur 2 char char long picketon ko zamin mein
gadhte hain. No 5 aur 6 short angle iron picketon donon long
picketon ke beech mein aur unki line 6' par dushman ki taraf
aur 6' apni taraf phir apni taraf slope mein gadhte hai.
b. Task II (Tar lagana). No 9, 10 aur 1, pahli long picket ke
saath bandh kar dushman ki taraf diagonel taar lagate hain.
No 2 se 3 tak, jodi jodi mein long picket ke saath horizontal
taar lagate hain (niche se upar aur taar se taar 12" se 18" tak
unchi No 4, 5 aur 6 apni taraf ki diagonal wire lagate hain. No
7aur 10, 1 aur 2 jodi mein apron taar upar se niche aur ek
diagonal ke chhor kar wind lassing karte hai. Yeh bhi
anchorage picket se lagate hain.
CAT WIRE FENCE TYPE I AUR II
Is mein concertina coils ko lambe picket aur kaantedaar taar ke saath
baandh kar lagate hain. Agar concertina ke do bundle ek se dusre par rakh
kar donon taraf kaantedar taar lagaen to type 1 aur agar isi taraf ki do
rows laga kar teen kantedar taren lagaen to Type 2 fence kahlate hai. Pahli
picket se dusri picket pahli row mein akhri do picket dusre row mein 5' par
lagte hain.
Faide. Mazboot rukawat banti hai. Dushman ke tank, garion aur
Infantry ke lie lagai jati hai. Unchi rukawat banti hai jise paar karna
mushkil hai.
Nuksaan.
1.
Unchi hone se dikhai deti hai aur air photo asani se le sakte hai.
2.
Double appron fence ki jo nispat samay ziada lagta hai aur saaman
bhi ziada lagta hai.
3.
Kaatne se gap ban jate hai.
103
Lagane ki jagah.
1.
2.
3.
Qudarti rukawat ke saath (Jaise nadi, nala, tang raaste aur defile).
Road block karne ke lie (Tanks aur garion ke raaste mein).
Double appron fence ko mazboot banane ke lie.
Drill. Is ki drill niche ke anusar hoti hai :(t)
(u)
Party
- 1 UO aur 10 OR.
Commander - 10 - 10' par nishan lagate hai.
2.
Task I. No 1 aur 2, char char picketon ke utha kar nishan wali jagah
par mamuli gadthe jate hain.
3.
Task II. No 3 aur No 4, picketon ke 18" zamin mein gadthe hain.
4.
Task III. No 5 aur No 6, niche wali horizontal taar ko zamin se 9" se
12" unchai mein lagate hain. No 7 aur 8 centre wali taar lagate hai. No 9
aur 10 upar wali taar lagata hai. Loop ko baen taraf rakhte hue taar ko
dhila baandhte hain taki concertina ka saath bandl kia ja sake.
5.
Task IV. No 1, 2 aur 3 concentrina coil ke khol kar bichhate hain aur
dushman ki taraf upar wale loop ko saath bandlassing karte hain. No 4
apni taraf wali picketon ko theek jagah par rakhte hai.
6.
Task V. No 5 se 10, yeh teen teen ki do tolian banakar task IV ki
taraf concertina coil lagate hain. Agar Type II hai to taar lagane wali toli
teen teen ki zori mein home side (Yani apni taraf wali) concertina coil ko
khol kar bhichaenge aur band lass karenge.
100 GAZ (94.4 MTR) OBSTACLE KE LIYE TIME AUR STORE
NAME
PAR
TIME (
TY MIN)
DAY
L/WI/E
D/A/F
C/
W/F
TYPE -I
110
30
1 -10
60
1 -10
40
STORE
NI
C/
B/
W/ HA W/ P/
GHT LIAP SIAP COIL WIR C
MME S
T
E
R
APE
BDL
S
60
2
2
200
15
6
30
Bdl
12
40
2
3
0
82
13
10
26
80
64
-
12
6
1
2
10
12
104
C/
WIRE FE
NCE
TYPE -II
1-10
70
14
0 96
-
24
9
1
2
10
18
SANKSHEP
Inf ke har jawan ya sec cdr hone ke naate aap sab ko wire obstacle ke
baare mein acchi tarah jaankari honi chahie, taki mauqa parne par, aap
store ki sahi demand kar saken. Sahi wire obstacle lagakar apne defence ya
mine fd ko mazboot kar saken. Dushman ka adv mein delay paida karke
uska time plan kharab aur usko barbaad kar saken.
----------------------------**********************-------------------------------------
FE-12-15
FIRE TRENCH AUR WEAPON PIT KO TAIYAR KARNE KI
JANKARI AUR ABHYAS
UDDESHYA : - Fire trench aur weapon pit ko tayar karne ke bare
mein jankari aur abhyas .
SAMAN :- Gainty , belcha , wire , personnel weapon , Ammunition
and chhote picket .
PAHUNCH : Ladai ke maidan mein jawano ka kuch samay ke liye aaram karane
tatha position lene va asthai defence banana ke liye anek prakar ke
morcha trench weapon pit banana jaruri hota hai , jisase kisi prakar ka
koi nukshan aur hamle se bacha jaye.
TARTIB :TRENCH: - Yah zameen ki satah se niche khude hue morche hoten
hain jinh me rahkar jawan apne jati hathiyar se fire aur bachao karten
hain , yah nimn prakar ke hoten hain.
1)
03 MAN FIRE TRENCH “Y” AKRITY” :-
Iski lambai ek sire se dusare sire take k taraf 06 fit tatha dusari taraf
04 fit hoti hai , chaudai 02 fit aur gahrai 4 ½ fit hoti hai.
2)
03 MAN FIRE TRENCH “L” AKRITY :-
Iski lumbai bich se ek taraf 08 feet tatha dusari taraf 06 feet hoti hai
, chaudai 02 feet , gaharai 4 ½ feet hoti hai.
3) 03 MAN FIRE TRENCH “B” AKRITY :Iski lambai Madhya se bahar ki taraf 05 feet tatha andar ki taraf 04
feet hoti hai , chaudai 02 feet tatha gaharai 4 ½ feet hoti hai.
4)
03 MAN FIRE TRENCH “I” AKRITY :-
Iski lambai 8 feet , chaudai 02 feet , aur gahrai 4 ½ feet hoti hai.
105
5)
L.M.G. TRENCH :- Iski lambai ek sire se dusare sire tak 06
feet tatha samne ki taraf bairel ke liye banaye gadhe ki 1 feet hoti hai ,
chaudai , L.M.G. rakhne ki jagah par 06 feet tatha baki jagah 03 feet
hoti hai tatha gaharai 4 ½ feet hoti hai.
PIT :Iska prayog trencho ki tarah hi kiya jata hai parantu yah tede-mede
nahi banaye jate balki gole direction mein banaye jate hain. Inka
istemal unchi trejectri ke hathiyaron ke liye kiya jata hai.
1)
G.F. RIFLE PIT :-
Yah gole daire ke aakar mein hota hai. Iska diameter 3 ½ feet tatha
gaharai 02 feet hoti hai.
2)
2” or 51 mm MORTAR PIT :-
Yah bhi gole daire ke aakar ka hi hota hai iska diameter 4 ½ feet
tatha gaharai 2 ½ feet hoti hai , isme 02 sideon me bomb rakhne ke
liye 13” lambe 12” chaude gadhe bhi banaye jate hai.
ZAMEEN KI SATAH KE UPAR KE MORCHE :1)
In morchon ki antrik suraksha duty ke dauran bastiyon mein
prayog mein laya jata hai , inko observation post ke nam se jana jata
hai.
2)
Inko sand bag athwa iento se banaya jata hai inki koi nishchit
lambai chaudai nahi hoti hai , inke andar jane ke liye inko pichhe se
khula rakha jata hai aur tin , sand bag ya iento ki deevar hoti hai.
3)
Adhik khatarnak ilake mein pichhe ki taraf ki deevar thoda
pichhe se madhya tak aur dusari taraf se thoda aage tak bana diya jata
hai jisase pichhe ke fire se bhi bachao rahta hai.
4)
Barsat aur dhup se bachao ke liye iske upar tin ki chhat rakhi
jati hai , iski unchain itni hoti hai ki iske andar khade hone par sharir
iske upar na ho.
5)
Fire karne ke liye gardan ke barabar ki unchain me loop hole
hoten hain yadi kisi jawan ki lumbai kam ho to wah pairon ke niche
iente athwa sand bag rakhkar khada ho sakta hai.
ABHYAS :Uprokta bataye gaye morchon ke banane ka abhyas lo.
SAK-SAWAL :- Jawano se kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP : Field fortification ke bare mein janana har rank ke liye jaruri hai nahi
to defence , attack , ityadi mein hume bahut mushkil ka samna karna
padega , morche is prakar banaye jaye ki hum apane hathiyaron ka
106
achhi prakar se istemal kar sake aur hume alag-aalg morchon ke
naptaul ke bare me bhi jankari hona awashyak hai.
-----------------------------***********************-------------------------------
FE-16-19
MINE FIELDS
PARICHAY
Mine fd lagane ka maksad gariyon,tankon aur Inf ke khilaf banawati
obst taiyar karna hai.Yeh mine fds ek ya ek se jyada maksad hasil karne ke
liye lagaye jate hain.
(a) Delay. Dushman ko apne rakshatmak defences mein ghusne
mein deri, unke hausle ko past karna aur time plan ko naakara
karna hota hai.
(b) Disorganize attack.
Dushman ki Inf aur tankon ko alag
karna taki woh bridgehead na banaye aur apne armr ka istemal aslt
role mein na kar sake.
(c) Restrict Manoeuvre.
Dushman ko un raste ya aproches ko
istemal karne ke liye majboor karna taki woh banaye hue killing
ground mein phans jae.
Anti tank aur anti pers mines laga kar mine fd banaya jata hai. En
tankon aur Inf ki harkat ko rokne ke liye mines ki tadad ki pahle se tazviz
banai jati hai jisse unhen effectively roka ja sake.
UDDESH
Mine ki kismen aur minefd ki kismon ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
Pahunch
Mine Fd ke bare mein jaankari nimn bhagon mein di jaegi:(a)
(b)
(c)
Bhag I
- Paribhashaen.
Bhag II - Mine Fd ki kismen.
Bhag III - Mines ki kismen aur mine laying party.
BHAG I : PARIBHASHAYEN
Mine fd nomenclature (Naamawali) nimn hain:(a)
Mine. Kisi khas container mein band kiya hua woh High
Explosive jise mechanisan
dene ke bad munasib dabav ya khinchav ane
par phat jata hai aur sath wale tgt ko bhi barbad kar deta hai.
(b) Mine Fd (Surang Kshetra). Yah ek aisa chetra hai jismen
pattern sahit ya uske bina
surangen bichhi hoti hain.
(c) Mine FD Depth (Gahrai). Mine fd ki gahrai.
107
(d) Mine Fd Frontage. Mine fd ki chaurai ko kahte hain.
(e) Land mark . Woh zamini nishan jiski sahayata se mine fd lay kiya
jata hai.
(f) IMM (Intermediate marker. Land marker aur SSM ke beech 150
mtr se jiada fasla ho
to IMM chuna jata hai. Takih degree parne mein
galti na ho.
(g) SSM (Start Strip Marker). Strip ke shuru mein jo picket gari
jati hai.
(h) ESM (End Strip Marker). Strip ke ant mein jo picket gari jati
hai.
(j) IMP (Inter Medium Picket). SSM aur ESM ke beech har 50
mtr par jo picket gari jati hai.
(k) TP (Turning Picket). Tape ki disha ko badli karne ke liye jo
picket gari jati hai.
(l) Mine Strip. Tape ke dono taraf jo mine lagai jati hai use mine
strip kahate hain.
(m) Mine Row. Tape ke ek taraf minon ki jo katar banti hai use
mine row kahte hain.
(n) Density (Ghanatwa). Ek mtr chaurai (frontage) mein milne
wali mineon ki tadad ko kahte hain. Yeh do kism ki hoti hai
(i)
Std density.
(ii)
Require density.
RD mein Low density kam se kam iske anusar di jati hai.
Low and standard Density
(a) Low
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
A/pers Mine
A/tk Mine
Fragmentation
- 1/2
- 1/6
- 1/12
Std
A/pers
A/tk
Fragmentation
- 1
- 1/3
- 1/12
(o)
Mine Fd Lane (Surang Kshetra Galiara). Yeh kisi
surang chhetra ka bina
surang wala ya surang rahit marg hai
(unmined or demined) jo surang se ya bahar se hoker jata hai. Yeh
marg ek nischit chaurai ka hota hai aur paidal sena, wahanon ya
tankon ke jane ke liye is par nishan laga hota hai.
108
(i) Inf Safe Lanes (ISL). Yeh Inf ptls ko single file mein ane
jane ke liye surang kshetra ke beech banaya jata hai. Iski
chaurai 0.6 m (2feet) hoti hai. Isko wt cable aur Short Iron
picket se lagaya jata hai.
(ii) Veh Safe Lanes (VSL). Single file mein garion aur tankon
ki harkat ke liye surang ke beech mein rasta. Amuman 6m (20
feet) ka hota hai. yadi ground sandy ho ya jyada tadat mein tks
gujarna hai tab chaurai 12m (40 feet) ki hoti hai. Isko white
tapeaur Long Iron picket se mark kiya jata hai aur pickets per
apani taraf led lagai jati hai.
(f) Mine Fd Gaps (Surang kshetra antral). Yah nischit chaurai
wala surang kshetra hai jo am taur par 100m se kam chaura nahin
hota. Is kshetra mein
koi bhi surang nahin bichai jati hai, jisse ki
hamari apni senayen tactical fmn (samrik fmn) mein surang chetra
se guzar saken.
(f) Anti Lifting Device (Surang Marjanrodhi Yukti). Is Yukti ka
istemal isliye kiya jata hai agar dushman mine fd ko breech karfne ki
kosis karta hai to mine uthate hi who phat jaye aur dushman usko
dar ke mare breeching karna chhor de.
Surang ko detonate
(adhisphotit) karne ke liye kiya jata hai jiske sath
yah juri hoti
hai,athwa yadi surang mein koi badha hota hai to, nazdik ki
kisi
anya surang ya charge ko detonate karne ke liye kiya jata hai.
BHAG II : MINE FD KI KISMEN (SURANG CHHETRON KI KISMEN)
Surang kshetra ki kismen nimn hain:(a) Protective (Bachaw surang chhetra)
(b)
Defensive (Rakshatmak)
(c)
Tactical (Samrik)
(d)
Nuisance (Baadha)
(e)
Dummy (Nakli)
Protective Mine Fd (Bachaw). Ismen surangon ko abrodhon (obsts) ke
sath jorkar lay kiya jata hai, jisse ki kisi unit ki nikat se sthaniya raksha
(local close protection)ki ja sake.In surangon ko unit ke LMG aur RL fire se
cover karna chahiye. Defended area mein protective mine fd Bn Cdr dwara
site kiya jata hai aur Bde sector mein Bde Cdr dwara site kiya jata hai.Is
mine fd ko lay karne ki zimmewari sig aur armd regt ko chhor kar sabhi ki
hoti hai.
Defensive Mine Fd. Inmein Fmn Cdr ki yojana ke anusar surangon ko
bichhaya jata hai .Iska uddesh defended areas (rakshit chhetron) ya
defended sectors (rakshit sectron)ke beech penetration(antarwedhan) ko
rokna hai,un hisson ki raksha karna hai,jis per paidal sena niyantran
nahin kar sakti hai aur sthiti ko majboot banane ke liye bachaw surang ke
age ke chetra ki raksha karna hai.In surangon ko fire dwara Bn Sp
Wpns,lambe rg wale anti tk wpns aur arty fire dwara cover kiya jata
109
hai.Yah mine fd engr dwara baki arms ki madad se lagaya jata hai(Sig aur
Armd regts ko chhor kar)
Tactical Mine Fd. Is mein surangon ko prakritik awrodhon ke sath
bichhaya jata hai.Iska uddesh shatru ko nirdharit killing ground ki aur le
jana ya jane ke liye badhya karna hai aur raksha vyawastha ke mukhya
margon per shatru ko badhane se rokna hai.Is mine fd ko fire dwara cover
karna mumkin nahin hota, atah aise surang chhetra mein jiada patrolling
karni chahiye.Inko lay karne ke liye kafi matra mein stores aur man power
ki zarurat hoti hai. Yah Engr dwara lagaya jata hai. Is mein min density 2
A/Tk mines ki honi chahiye.
Nuisance Mine Fd. Is mein bichhai gayi surangon ka mukhya uddesh
raksha karne ke bajay shatru ke adv ko rokna hai. Ise bottle necks,defiles
aur un raston mein lagaya jata hai jo ki attacker istemal karega. Dushman
ke harbours ,assy areas aur FUP mein lagaya jata hai.Inko Engr lagati hai.
Dummy Mine Fd. Yah ek aisa chhetra hai,jise kisi surang ka roop diya
ja sakta hai.Iska uddesh shatru ko dhoka dena hai.Metallic mines aur live
mines (dhatwik surang aur sajiw surang) ka roop dene ke liye is chhetra
mein metal (dhatu) ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai.Jab dushman 'mine
conscious' (surang jagruk) ho jata hai tab aise mine fd kafi phaide mand
hote hai.
BHAG III :
MINE KI KISMEN
Jin mines ko hamen am taur per mine fd lagane ka mauka milega uske
bare mein jankari di jaegi. Woh mines hain:(a)
(b)
(c)
Mine Anti Personnel NMM 14.
Mine Anti Personnel M 16 A 1.
Mine Anti Tank ND MK I.
Mine Anti Personnel NMM14 Aam Bayan
(a) Aam Bayan
(i) Material
- Plastic
(ii)
Type
-Blast type
(iii)
Size
- Ht 4cm, dia 5.5cm.
(iv)
Explosive
- 30gms (tatrail)
(v)
Total wt
- 100gms
(vi)
Safety device
- U clip aur arrow mark ‘S’ par
(vii) Igniter principle
- Diaphragm action
(viii) Fuze
- Detonator M 46 (colour OG)
(ix)
Shipping plug
- White colour (in round)
(x)
Action
- 9 kg se ziada.
(xi)
Packing
- Ek cylinder mein 8 mines,
8detonetor ek tin box mein 4
cylinder aur 4 arming wrench M22.
(xii)
200 box.
Carrying capacity - Ek 3 ton mein 6400 mine ya
MINE ANTI PERS M-16 A1
(a)
Aam Bayan
110
(i)
(ii)
with drawl.
Material
- Cast iron.
Type
- Fragmentation.
(iii)
Size
- Ht with plug
14 cms aur fuze ke saath 20 cms, Dia 10 cm.
(iv)
Explosive
- 500gm.
(v)
Total wt
- 3.6 kg
(vi)
Safety device
safety
locking
pin,
Interlocking pin aur positive safety pin
(teenon pinon ka laga hona).
(vii) Igniter principal
- Spring operated pin plate
(xi)
pressure/ wt.
(viii) Fuze
(ix)
Killing area
(x)
Danger area
Action
- Fuze combination M-605.
- Up to 32 m all around.
- Up to 180 m all around.
- 1.5 kg or more pull and 3.5 kg
(xii)
Packing
- Ek lakdi ke box mein 4 mine, 4
fuze, 4 trip wire spool aur
1arming wrench M-25. Total wt 20.4 kg.
(xiii) Lorry load
- Ek 3 ton mein 560 mines
ya 140 boxes .
MINE ANTI TANK ND MK I
(a)
Aam Bayan
(i)
Material
- Plastic
(ii)
Size
- Dia 28 cm,ht 10 cm
crown ke sath ht 18 cm.
(iii)
Explosive
- 6.3 kg
(iv)
Total wt
- 7.3 kg
(v)
Safety device
- Safety pin aur sear washer
control.
(vi)
Igniter principal
- Shear washer ka tutna.
(vii) Packing
- Ek box mein 6 mine aur 6 fuze
Total wt 72 kg.
(viii) Lorry load
- Ek 3 ton mein 180 mine
ya 30 boxes.
(ix)
Action
- Crown ke upar 270 kg
aur prong par 135 kg dabaw
(OR can do this from setting out party). MLP ki nafri
MINE FD LAYING PARTY KI NAFRI IS PRAKAR SE HAI:(a) Setting Out Party
:
(b) Marking Party
1 Offr aur 03 OR.
:
01 UO aur 0 OR.
(c) Carrying Party (2)
:
01 UO aur 02 OR.
(d) Anti tk Party (2)
:
01 UO aur 06 OR.
(e) Anti Pers Party (2)
:
01 UO aur 05 OR.
(f) TOTAL
:
1 OFFR,07 UO aur 34 OR.
111
Note:-
Navigation party has 01 SO as commander and 01 OR per strip.
SANKSHEP
Jaise kih ap sabhi ko yah maloom ho gaya hai kih apne Def ke age
lagane wale mine Fd ko lagane ki zimewari Inf unit ki hoti hai aur mine Fd
ko uthane yani ke breech karne ki zimewari bhi usi Unit ki hoti hai.. Is liye
Inf ke har jawan aur audhedar ko mine aur mine fd ke bare mein gahrai se
jankari hona bahut hi zaruri hai,. Takih woh apni aur apane sathiyon ki
jan bacha saken. Iske ilawa hamle ke dauran dushman ke mine fd ke bich
mein rasta bana kar kamyabi hasil kar sake.
--------------------------**************************-----------------------
FE-20-21
TRIP FLARE KO LAGANA AUR ARM KARNA
112
1)
SHURU SHURU KA KAM :-
Ustad ko check karna chahiye ki spring arm aur flare pot ka safety
pin thik laga hua hai , us ke bad class ko bhi mulahiza karna batao.
2)
AIM (LAKSHYA) :- Trip flare ka saman , block board , Eaisel ,
lecture stand , chalk , duster.
3)
DOHRAI :- Pichhale class se.
4)
UDDESHYA :- Trip flare ko lagana aura arm karna sikhana
hai.
5)
SAMAN : - Ek trip flare ustad ke liye aur agar ho sake to har
jawan ke liye ek-ek ho.
6)
PAHUNCH : - Dushman ki ane ka sambhavit rasta par kuch
banawati rukawat ko rakhnese hunka harkat main deri faida kar
saktha hain.
7)
TARTIB :- Yeh sabak 04 bhagon me sikhaya jayega.
113
Bhag – I :- Trip flare ka saman aur hisse purzon ke nam :
Bari-bari har ek saman ka bayan karo aur sath hi unko jawanon ko
battate jao :a)
PICKET ARM :- Flarepot ko rakhnekelie hota hai.
b)
WIRE SPOOL :- Is main 60 feet lamba trip wire lapeta hota hai
c)
FLARE POT :- Yeh mukhya hissa hai jismain jalne aur
roshani denewale barud hota hai.
(d)
LINK SPRING ARM: Trip wire ko tension main rakhne ka kam
main ata hai.
Sawal aur jawab se abhyas lo.
b)
BHAG No. II CHAL :- Pahale diagram par hisse purze batao ,
us ke bad chal samjhao: Yeh ek ignite hone wale kism ka flare hai aur
spring se kam karta hai.Is par wingnut se control rakha jata hai aur
johi trip wire ko khinch dia jaye ya bojh par jae tho striker mechanisam
azad ho jata hai . Jab striker khokhe ke pendo par thokar marta hai ,
tho shoal nikalta hai aur flare ko aag laga deta hai.
1)
BLIND PAR KARWAHI :- Agar flare blind ho jaye to dhyanse
flare pot ko picket aur tripwirese nikale aur blind ki tarah barbad
Karen.
2)
ABHYAS :- Chal ka sawal aur jawab se.
c)
BHAG No.III TRIP FLARE LAGANA (NAMUNA BAYAN SE )
1)
PICKETS :- Flare ko lagane ke liye ilaka chun lene ke bad dono
taraf ek-ek pickets aapas mein right angle par garo. Lekin khayal rakho
ki side prongs andar ki taraf hon aur picket ko sidhe rakhe puri satah
tak zameen main gad do.
2)
SPRING ARM :- Spring arm ko us picket ke main post par jis
par flare pole lagana ho is tarah lagao ki main post ke gird najaiz
harkat na kar sake , aur iska spring dushman ke ane ki taraf ho.
3)
WIRE SPOOL :- Spool se pin ko hatao , ring ko us picket ke
main post mein lagao , jis par flare le jao aisi spring arm ke clamp ko
dhila karte hue us ke gird chakkar de do , clamp wing nut ko kas do.
4)
FLARE POT :- Sab se pahale safety pin ki rassi ko wing nut
se dhila kar ke isse alag karo , ab flare pot ko us picket ke upar jis par
spring arm laga hua hai achchi tarah main post aur side arm mein
phasao , flare pot ke niche wale wing nut ko dhila karo , Trip wire ko
clamp ke jaw se guzaro aur nut ko kas do.
5)
TRIP FLARE KA UTHANA :-
Uthane ki karwahi lagane ki karwahi ke thik ulat karo.
114
6)
ABHYAS :- Group mein trip flare lagane aur uthane ke akhir
mein trip flare lage chhodo.
d)
BHAG IV - TRIP FLARE KO ARM KARNA AUR UTHANA
(BAYAN KARO AUR NAMUNA DIKHAO )
Trip flare ko arm karne ke liye safty pin ko is tartib se nikalo – pahale
spring lever se aur phir flare pot se nikalo is tartib ko kabhi bhi nahin
bhulna chahiye aur safty pins ko nikalte waqt kam karne wale ko kabhi
bhi flare pot ke upar nahin jhukna chahie.
ABHYAS :- Sawal –jawab se aur pure kam ka abhyas lo.
SANKSHEP :- Sawal – jawab pure sabak par.
-----------------------------*****************---------------------------
FE-22-24
DEMOLITION SET AUR BLIND KO BARBAD KARNA:
1)BLIND:Jab kisi kism ka grenade , bomb ya rocket fire
kiye jane par na phate to usko blind kahte hai.
2)
SURAKSHA KE UPAY :- Agar blind ke sath bakayda
karwahi ki jaye to hadsso ka andesha kam hota hai .blind ke
sath karwahi karte wakt aamtor par hadsson ke nimn kaaran
hote hai.
a)
Bewajah dur ya bhay .
b)
Na samzi , jankari ya tajurba na hona.
c)
Ahtiyati tajbiji me laparwahi karna , tamam aitihati
tazbijo ka jikra aise lecture ke douran kiya jayega. Jaruri hai
ki inki ahemiyat samaz jaye aur inpar amal kiya jaye.
3)
DEMOLITION SET TAIYAR KARNE KE LIYE
AWASHYAK SAMAN :Sl.No.
Nomenclature
Qty.
01.
Gun cottan slab
1
02.
Sefty fuse No. 11
1 mtr
03.
Gun cotton dry
1
primer
04.
Detonator non
1
electric
115
4)
05.
Krimper
1
06.
Chaku ya Blade
1
07.
Fuzi machies
1 Box
08.
Pluting mitty
1 Dibbi
09.
Rectifier
1
DEMOLITION SET KO TAIYAR KARNA :
Set ko taiyar karne se pahle istemal karne wale sefty fuse
ke khache me bahari sire wala 6 inch ka tukda kaatkar phek
do. Yah is liye kiya jata hai ki ho sakta hai ki fuse ke sire me
nami ka asar ho gaya ho. Iske bad fuse ko test karo iska
tarika yah hai ki sefty fuse ka 2 feet ka tukda kato or iske 1
sire par aag laga do. Agar isko jalne ke liye 54 ya 56 second
ka samay lagta hai to thik hai warna us fuse ko istemal nahi
karna chahiye. Kam se kam ek feet fuse ka tukda le uska ek
sira khada tatha dusara sira tirchha kaat le , ek Detonator
mulahijha karo ki tube me koi garda ya mitti to nahi hai agar
ho to isko upar karke jhad do isko saaf karne ke liye pen ya
nokdar chiz ka istemal nahi karna chahiye. Iske baad fuse
sidhe sire ko detoneator ki nalki me dal do. Detonator ko
khule sire ke taraf se cramper se thoda daba do taki fuse
bahar na nikle is karwahi ke liye daton ka istemal nahi karna
chahiye. Ab jaha se detoneator ka muah crempar se dabaya
hai waha pluting mitti laga do taki fuse or detoneator aapas
me pakad sake , detonator ko gun cotton primar ke surag me
dalo agar surag tang ho to rectifier se isko kholo , agar surag
jyada khula ho to ghas ke tinke ka istemal karo. Gun cotton
dry primar ko gun cotton slab me dalo. Ab demolition set
blind ko barbad karne ke liye taiyar hai.
5)
DEMOLITION SET KO ISTEMAL KARNA YA BLIND
KO BARBAD KARNA :Blind ho jane par jawano ko dusare upyukta aad ke pichhe
rahna chahiye tatha bekar hone par 5 minit intzar kiya jaye.
116
Blind ke pass jane se pahle blind ko barbad karne wale ko
steel healmet pahen lena chahiye wah iski street achhi tarah
lagi ho , usko sefty machis fuse ki dabbi or demoleation se
apne sath le jane chahye , blind ke pass pahunchne par uska
mulahijha karo or agar blind zameen me dhas gaya ho to
ahetiyat se mitti ko hata do ab ahista se slab praimar blind
ke upar ya said par lambe rukh rakh do fuse ka tirchha kata
sira jisko aag lagani hai blind se dur hona chahiye. Iske liye
jarurat ho to pathar wagere rakhkar door rakha ja sakta hai ,
blind ke sidh ke sath rakha ho to primar ke dusare taraf
pathar wagere rakh diya jaye lekin yah sarkakar blind se alga
na ho jaye agar grenade ya 3.5 inch rocket ke blind ko
barbad karna ho to gun cotton slab ko blind ke bilkul nazdik
rakho lekin blind ko mat chhuo.
6)
FUSE KO AAG LAGANE SE PAHALE DHYAN MAIN
RAKHNE KI BATEIN :1)
Sabhi jawan aad ke pichhe hone chahiye koi aadmi
khatarnak ilake me na ho.
2)
Chuni hui aag yahan tak jane ke raste ki dubara
tasalli karo.
3)
Fuse ko aag lagane ke liye sefty machis ko fuse ka
tirche kate huye sire ki sath laga do .
4)
Yakin karo ki fuse me aag lag gai hai.
5)
Fuse ko aag lagne ke baad barbad karne wala chalkar
aag ke pichhe jana chahiye.
6)
Fuse ke awaj ke baad 30 second tak intzar kare.
7)
Blind ke jagah jakar tasalli karna chahiye.
7)
DEMOLITION SET KA KAAM NA KARNA :-
Agar demolition set aag lagane par na phate to yah karwahi
karo.
i)
30 minute tak aad ke pichhe chhupkar intzar karo.
ii)
Iske baad ek demolition set taiyar karo or blind ki
jagah le jao.
117
iii)
Naye demolition set ko purane demolition set ke pass
lakar sikhe huye tarike se aag laga do.
--------------------------**********************----------------------FE-25-27
BOOBY TRAPS AUR IEDS
PARICHAY
Booby traps aur IEDS ek dhokha dene wala yantra hai, jo aam taur
par visphotak aur janleva hota hai. Ajkal hamari fauz ugrawadion ke
khilaf ops kar rahi hai. Ugrawadi booby traps aur IEDS ka kafi istemal
karte hain jisse hamari fauz ko kafi mushkil hoti hai. Larai mein booby
traps aur IEDS ka istemal kafi had tak hamen kamyab hone mein madad
karega. Ek sec cdr hone ke nate aap ke lie zaruri hai ki aap booby traps
aur IEDS ke bare mein jankari rakhen.
UDDESH
Booby traps aur IEDS ke bare mein jankari dena.
BHAG
Is sabak ko char bhagon mein chalaya jaega.
(a)
Bhag I : Booby traps
(b)
Bhag II : Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDS)
(c)
Bhag III : IED ki jagah aur dhyan main rakhne wali baten.
BHAG I : BOOBY TRAPS
Paribhasha .
Chherne aur chhune se phatne wale phande ko booby
troops kahte hain.
Booby traps ke usul.
(a)
Chhupao – Concealment.
(b)
Tang Jagah – Congested.
(c)
Phande ka samool - Concentration Curiosity.
(d)
Utsukta –.
(e)
Vibhinta – Variety.
Chalane ka tarika. Yeh am taur par dabav/khinchao ya dabav hatne se
aur muqarrar kiye hue samay ke anusar chalte hain. Aj kal aise traps ate
hain jo garion ki awaz ya nazdik ane se magnetic se chal jata hai. Isko dur
se bhi remote control ke jariye chalaya ja sakta hai. Aise ko remote tarango
control kahte hain.
Switch ke Prakar. Swiktch panch prakar ke hote hain.
118
(a)
Switch No IV pull Mk I.
(b)
Switch No V pressure Mk I.
(c)
Switch No VI relayase Mk I.
(d)
Switch No 9L delay Mk I.
(b)
Switch No 10 time pencil delay Mk 2/1.
SWITCH NO IV PULL MK I
Yeh switch 2.7 Kg ya jiada khichav ane se chal jata hai. Is ko makan ki
khirki, darwaje, chair, almirah ya dushman ke ane wali jagah par istemal
kiya jata hai.
Pratikriya. U shakal ke clip se jora hua trip wire par 2.7 kg ya isse jiada
khinchav parne par clip bahar nikay jaega aur isse striker age chala jaega.
Switch ko Arm Karna.
(a) U shakal wale clip ko trip wire ke sath joro.
(b) Trip wire ko itna khincho ki safety pin body ki jhiri ke madhya
bhag tak aa jae.
(c) Safety pin ko bahar nikalo.
Switch ko Beasar Karna. Safety pin ke surakh mein faltu safety pin
nail ya majboot tar ka tukra dalo trip wire ko kat do.
SWITCH NO 5 PRESSURE MK I.
Extension rod par 22kg aur hinge per 9.5 Kg ka dabav ane se chalta
hai Railway line ke sath ya dabav ane wali jagah par rakhte hain.
SWITCH NO 6 RELEASE MK I.
3.2 kg ka dabav hatne se chalta hai. Ise lalach wali chizon ke niche
rakhte hain jaise radio, ghari ityadi.
119
SWITCH NO 9 DELAY MK I.
Yeh switch 6 (six) prakar ke hote hain. 12 hrs, 24 hrs,
3 days, 7 days, 14 days aur 28 days.
SWITCH NO 10 TIME PENCIL MK 2/1 DELAY.
Copper ki taar par tezab parne se phat jata hai. Iski madad se ham
niche likhe samay ke anusar antar dekhte hue istemal kar sakte hain:(a) Kala
- 10 minutes
(b) Safed
- 2 hrs
(c) Pila
- 12 se 14 hrs
(d) Lal
- 30 min
(e) Hara
- 5 hrs
(f)
Nila
- 25 se 30 hrs
Standard mechanism ke alawa kai prakar ke visphotak aur bina
visphotak ke sadhan hain jinse sena mein booby traps ka kaam liya jata
hai. Inko istemal karke aap ugrawadion aur dushman ke khilaf karwai kar
sakte hain. Ismen kuch isprakar se hain:(a)
(b)
(c)
Trip Flare
Hand Grenade
Anti Tank aur Anti Pers Mines
Fuze ke prakar
(a)
Safety fuze.
(b)
Yellow fuze.
2feet per minute
+ -6 sec
1 sec mein 30 mtr
BHAG II : IMPROVISED EXPLOSIVE DEVICES(IEDS)
Aam Bayan. Gair kanooni dhang se hatya, torphor, sampatti ko
nukshan pahunchana, chot pahunchana aur jaan-maal ke nuksan
pahuchane ke liye kam se kam samay, kam se kam kharche mein adhik se
adhik nuksan pahunchane ke liye apni sooj booj se banaye gaye devices ko
IED kahte hain.
IEDs ke
mechanism
(a)
(b)
Mukhya
Hisse.
Barood (explosive)
Detonator
IEDs
ka
char
mukhya
bhag
hain:-
Power
sources
120
(c)
(d)
Mechanism
Power sources
Explosive
Container
BAROOD KI KISMEN.
(a) Service exlosive
(i)
Low explosive – Gun powder, Cordite.
(ii)
High
Ammonium pdr.
(b)
explosive
–
PEK,
TNT,
GC
Slab,
Primer,
Commercial explosive
(i)
FLSL.
(ii)
Lox.
(c)
Improvised explosive – Mediation, chemical, Oil.
DETONATOR KI KISMEN.
(a)
Service detonator
(i)
(ii)
(b)
Improvised detonator
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(c)
Detonator No 27 -Std(non-electric)
Detonator No 33 (electric)- Std
Detonator
Detonator
Detonator
Detonator
thermal (improvised)
chemical (improvised)
friction (improvised)
propellant (improvised)
Commercial detonator
Deto no 6,7,8.
IEDS KE PRAKAR
IEDs do prakar ki hoti hain:(a)
Open Bomb. Jab bomb ke mukhya char bhagon mein se
koi ek bhag dikhai de to use open bomb kahte hain.
(b)
Closed Bomb. Jab bomb ke mukhya char bhagon mein
koi bhi bhag nazar na aye to use closed bomb kahte hain.
AAM ISTEMAL KIYA JANE WALE IEDS.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Book bomb.
Ghee tin bomb.
Mithai ka dibba bomb.
Door mat bomb.
121
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
Tiffin carrier bomb.
Guldasta bomb.
Pen stand bomb.
Pipe bomb.
Door togal bolt bomb.
Improvised shaped bomb.
Hath Gola
Bottle bomb.
Letter bomb.
Improvised clay-more bomb
BOOBY TRAPS AUR IEDS KO DHUNDNA AUR NIKALNA
(a)
Grapnel ki madad se
(b)
Usi jagah par barood lagakar barbad karna
(c)
Mechanism neutralised karke hatana
BHAG III : IED KI JAGAHA AUR DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
IED KI JAGAH :(a)
Kacchi sadak
(b) Pull, Culvert t aur pulliya.
(c) Ubhad khabad raste .
(d) Sankren raste (Defile)
(e) Fouj ke aane jane ke aam raste.
(f) Sadak/ raston ke mod.
(g) Sadak ki diwaren.
(h) Chourahe/road junction.
(i) Ped khada/ Kata huwa.
(j) Lawaris saman.
(k) Lalach wali chijen.
(l) Akarshan wali chijen.
(m) Daily Use wali saman.
(n) Public Place.
(o) Darwaje aur khidkiyan.
(p) Mare hue militant.
DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN:(a) Kacche raste/sadak ka istemal search ke bad .
(b) Har wastu ko shakiya nigah se dekhen.
(d) Lalach na karen.
(e) IED ko ek hi na samjhen.
(f) IED se faltu ched chad na karen.
(g) IED ko usi jagah per barbad karen.
(h) IED ko harkat grapnel se den.
(i) Engr rep/ Trained pers ka istemal karen.
(j) Ghabrahat failne se ronken.
(k) Bhagdad na machayen.
(l) Bheed ikattha na hone den.
(m) Jokhim na uthayen.
(n) Koi vikalp na hone per parves/hath ka istemal karen.
122
Sankshep
30. Booby traps aur IEDs lagane aur hatane ki kamyabi is baat par
nirbhar karti hai ki apne abhi tak kitni mahrta hasil ki hai. Traps aur IEDs
bhin bhin prakar ke hote hain. islie us ko hi task diya jaye jo is kam mein
achha mahir ho aur iske sabhi usul janta ho. Aap ko larai ke dauran yeh
task pura karne ka mauka mile ya na mile parantu CI ops ke dauran iski
zarurat rahti hai. Sec cdr hone ke nate aap sab ko is kabil hona chahiye ki
aap bhi is task ko pura kar saken.
----------------------------------******************--------------------------------------------
FE-28-31
BASIC DEMOLITION SET AUR ASSAULT CHARGES
Parichay
Larai ke dauran bahut aise mauqe aate hain jab dushman ki def
khashkar pakka Fd def jaise pill box, bunker adi ko Arty ya Hawai fire se
brabad nahi kiya ja sakta aur direct fire wpn se bhi zamini banawat ke
karan fire nahi dala ja sakta. Is liye zaruri ho jata hai ki aise Fd deffence
par explosive rakh kar unhe barbad kiya jaye. Yeh bana banaya bhi milta
hai aur khud bhi bana sakte hain. Aise charges jinse bunker, pill box aur
wire obstacles aadi Fd def par rakh kar unhe barbad kiya jata hai unhe
assault charge kahte hain. Harek jawan ko is kabil hona chahiye ki woh
aise assault charge banane main mahir ho.
UDDESH
Infantry ke istemal mein ane wale demolition charges ke bare main
jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Is sabak ko do bhagon mein chaliya jayega :

BHAG I :
Bhag I : Basic demolition set se waqfiat.
Bhag II : Assault charges ke bare mein jankari.
BASIC DEMOLITION SET SE WAQFIAT
DEMOLITION KI CHAIN NIMINLIKHIT DARJON SE BANTE HAIN :1..1
aag utpan karne ke liye safety matches
beaisali ka current.
1..2
aag ko le jane ke liye safety fuze.
1..3
aag ke detonation mein badli karne ke liye
det No 27/33.
1..4
Detonation ki lehar ko lejane ke liye cordtex.
1..5
Detonation ki lehar ko badhane ke liye GC
primer.
1..6
Main charges (HE) PEK/GC Slab aur TNT
slab.
123
EXPLOSIVE AUR ACCESSORIES. Fauj mein niminlikhit prakar ke
explosive aur accessories istemal kiya jata hai.
GC/TNT DEMOLITION SLABS
1..6.1
Size - 12 x 8 x 4 cms aur ek surakh
primer ke liye.
1..6.2
Colour - brownish yellow.
1..6.3
Weight - 450gms.
1..6.4
Packing - 20 slabs ek tin box mein
aata hain.
PEK-1 (Plastic Explosive Kirkee-1)
1..6.5
1..6.6
1..6.7
1..6.8
aata hain.
Size - 10cms lambai x 4cms dia.
Colour - yellow.
Weight - 100gms.
Packing - 25 kgs ek card box mein
SAFETY FUZE NO 11 MK II(SF).
1. Description - Kala fuze aur gun powder kendriya
bhag mein.
2. Packing - 25 mtr ek bandal mein aata hai.
3. Rate of burning - 60 cms per mintue +/- 6 sec ki
raftar se jalta hai. Istemal karne se pahle hamesha iska
rate of burning check karna chahiye.
DETONATOR NO 27.
1..7
Description - 4.5 cms lamba aur 6.6mm dia
ka ek metal tube hai jiska ek kinara sealed hai aur
dusra khula hai.
1..8
Packing - 25 ek double deckar tin mein ek
rectifire ke sath aata hain.
1..9
Rate of detonation. Instantaneous.
PRIMER.
(a) Description - 32mm lamba cylinderical shape ke high explosive jis
mein detonator ke liye surakh hai.
(b) Weight - 28 gms .
(c) Packing - 10 ek cylinderical card ke tube mein.
CORDEX/DETONATING CORD.
(a)
cord
(b)
(c)
Description - white/cream/chocolate colour ka plastic cover
par chadha hota hai.
Packing - 150 mtrs lambai ka spool par lapeta hota hai.
Rate of detonation - 6000 se 8000 meter per sec.
MATCHES FUZE. Safety fuze ko aag dene ke kaam aata hai jisse flame
paida nahi hota hai balki chingari utpan hoti hai jo posn chhupane mein
sahyogi hoti hai.
BHAG II ASSAULT CHARGES KE BARE MAIN JANKARI
124
ASSAULT CHARGES MEIN NIMINLIKHIT KHUBIAN HONI
CHAHIYE :(a) Uthane mein asan.
(b) Agar alag alag purzon mein uthana pare to jorne mein asan.
(c) Handle karne mein surakshit ho.
(d) Banawat mein majboot ho.
(e) Tgt par lagana asan ho.
(f) Firing ka tarika bharose mand aur sada ho. Isse hamesha
duplicate hona chahiye.
ASSAULT CHARGES NIMINLIKHIT PRAKAR KE HOTE HAIN :BANE BANYE CHARGES- BANGALORE TARPEDOES.
IMPROVISED CHARGES.
1..9.1
1..9.2
1..9.3
1..9.4
Pole charges.
Rammer charges.
Molotov cock tail.
Bangalore Tarpedoes.
BANGALORE TARPEDOES.
Yeh wire obstacles mein gap banane ke kaam
khasusiat niminlikhit hain :-
aata hai. Iski
3.8 cm dia pipe jis mein HE bhara jata hai, ka bana
hota hai.
(a) Do sizon mein aata hai. 1.8 mtr aur 3.0 mtr lambai jiska wazan
5.9 kg aur 9.65 kg hota hai.
(b) Iske ek kinare par male end aur dusre kinare par female end hota
hai, jinko jor kar 30 mtr tak lamnbai bana sakte hain.
(c) Isse wire obstacles mein 3 se 4.5 mtr tak ka gap banta hai.
(d) Isse zamin se 45 cm upar obstacles ki picket par rakha jaye aur
obstacles ke kinaron se 30 cm bahar nikla hua hona chahiye.
(e) Iska safety distance 1000m side par 200m iske kinaron se dur ka
hota hai.
Pole Charge.
Yeh ek presser charge hai jo bunker pill box aur diwar mein
surakh banane ke kaam aata hai.
Banane ke liye Saman.

5' se 10' lamba lakdi ka polee.

Lakdi ka ek box.

4 se 10 kg tak ka barud.

No 27 detonator.

Cordex.

Safety fuze.

Matches safety.
ISTEMAL KA TARIKA.
Lakdi ke 5' se 10' lambe tukde ke ek sire par lakdi ka ek box bandh diya
jata hai. Is box mein 4 se 10 kg tak barud (PEK GC Slab) daal diya jata hai.
Jis mein primer aur detonator No 27 bhi jora jata hai. aag dene ke liye
safety fuze ko safety matches se ya percussion ignitor raggar kar diya jata
hai. Is ko bunker ki chhat ya diwar par lagakar barud ko udaya jata hai.
125
RAMMER CHARGES. Yeh ek concussion charge hai jo pill box, dug out
aur aise strong point ko brabad karne mein madad deta hai.
Banane ke liye saman.
i.
ii.
iii.
5' se 10' lamba lakdi ka polee.
1.5 se 2.5 kg tak barud (PEK-1).
Initiation ka saman polee charge jaise hi hota hai.
Istemal ka Tarika. 5' se 10' lamba lakdi ke ek sire par 1.5 se 2.5 kg
barud plastic ki sahayata se bandh karke banaya jata hai. isse dushman
ke morche aur bunkron ke loop hole mein se ander daal kar udhaya jata
hai.
MOLOTOV COCKTAIL.
Yeh covered defensive positions , petrol dumps, stores aur MT vehs ko
aag laga kar brabad karne ke kaam aata hai.
Banane ke liye Saman.
i.
Ek beer ka bottle ya usi size ki khali bottle .
ii.
Bottle mein teen hisse patrol.
iii.
Bottle mein ek hissa engine oil.
iv.
Bans ka polee zarurat shuda lambai ka.
v.
Bottle ke ird gird cordex ka clove hitch. Jis ke do
kinare polee ke 2/3 lambai tak niche latkta ho.
vi.
Initiation ka saman polee charges jaisa hota hai.
Istemal ka Tarika. Ek bottle mein teen hisse patrol aur ek hissa engine
oil dal kar bans ke polee ke sath bandh diya jata hai. Isko udane ke liye
bottle ke ird gird cordex bandh kar polee charge ki tarah percussion
iginator aur No 27 detonator se udaya jata hai. Yeh dushman ka patrol
amn aur supply demp ko aag lagane ke liye istemal kar sakte hain.
IMPROVISED BANGALORE TARPEDOES.
Yeh ek jawan Fd mein uplabadh saman ka istemal karke khud bana
sakta hai. Yeh niche likhe sadhano se ban sakta hai. Isko initiate karne ke
liye cordex primer detonator No 27 aur safety fuze jaruri hai.
1)
Steel pipe mein barud bharkar jis mein se
detonating cord bhi gujrta ho.
2)
Lambe lohe ke do pickton ke beech barud
bhar kar unhe jor diya jaye.
3)
Bambo polee jo 5 cm se 8 cm ka dia ho use
do bhagon mein kat kar barud bhar kar jor do.
4)
Canvas ki pipe ya hessian cloth se sila sleeve
mein barood bhar kar.
SANKSHEP
Jawano ko basic demolition sets aur assault chargon ke bare mein achhi
tarah se jankari honi chahiye jisse woh mauqa parne par inhe bana kar
istemal karke dushman ke Fd def ko asani se barbad kar saken.
------------------------------*******************----------------------------------
FE-32-34
126
MINE ANTI PERS. M-18, DIRECTIONAL FROGMENTATION
(CLAY MORE MINE)
PARICHAY
Aaj ke yug mein her desh teji se vikas ki oar bad raha hain. Her desh
apni sena ko lambe range par mar karne wale hathiyar tatha wazan mein
halke aur carry karne mein asan hathiyar de raha hain. “ Dhago aur
bhagon” wale hathiyar bhi shamil kar raha hain. Usi prakar hamare desh
ne bhi kuch aisi hathiyar hamare sena mein shamil kiya. Jo “dhago aur
bhagon” ke sidhant par kam karte hain.
UDDESH :Claymore mine ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAGON MEIN BANT
(a)
data , aur
triqa.
(b)
(c)
istemal.
Bhag-I
accessories se
Claymore mine ka visheshtaen,
jankari.
technical
Bhag-II
Aiming, direct role mein fire aur disarm karne ka
Bhag-III
Arm, indirect role, neutralize, disarm karna, aur
BHAG-I :-CLAYMORE MINE KI VISHESHTAYEN , TECHNICAL DATA
AUR ACCESSORIES SE JANKARI.
(a)
Technical data
(i)
Nomenclature
Directionnel fragmentation
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
(b)
-
Mine
Anti
Pers
M-18,
Matériel
- Molded case fibre glass plastic
Colour
- OG
Length
- 22cm
Height
- 13cm
Thickness
- 5cm
Wazan
- 1.5 kg
Explosive ka wazan
- 700gm
Fuze
- M-6 Detonator
Killing area
- 50 mtr
Casualty
- 100mtr
Danger area
- 250 mtr
Back blast
- 16 mtr
Packing
- 1 Box mein 06 Mine
Box ka wazan
- 9.5 kg
Ek 1X3 Ton load - 850 Mine
Accessories
(i)
Firing device M 57- Electric current paida karne ke liye.
127
liye.
(ii)
(iii)
Firing cable 30 mtr
Test set M-40
- Current ko le jane ke liye.
- Device M-57 ko check karne ke
(iv)
Detonator M-6
- Mine ko chalane ke liye.
(c)
Asar:-Mine chalne par 700 steel ball 2 mtr ki unchai mein aur
90 degree ke angle
mein failte hain.
BHAG-II AIMING, ARMING, DIRECT ROLE FIRE AUR DIS ARM.
(a)
Arming :- Claymore Mine ko arm karna.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Mine ko rakhne ki jagha chuno.
Leg kholkar zamin mein lagao.
Arrow mark dushman ki taraf karo.
Mine ka pip sight ko samne target ki taraf set karo.
(v)
Set hone ke bad Mine ke
leg ko achhi tarah zamin mein
dabav
aur dubara aim ko check karo.
(b)
Arming, Direct role fire:-
(i)
Mine aur firing point ka bich cable bichhao.
(ii)
Mine ke kisi ek leg ke sath cable ko bandho aur
camouflage karo.
(iii)
Kisi ek detonator way mein detonator dalo aur shipping
plug ko laga
do.
(c)
karo.
Fire karna:(i)
Fire karne se pahle M-57 firing device ka safety clip upar
(ii)
(iii)
Firing cable ko firing device ke sath joro.
Safety clip ko fire par karo aur handle ko jor se dabao.
BHAG III ARM INDIRECT ROLE, NEUTERALIZE AUR DISARM KARNA.
(a)
bandho.
Arming Indirect role.
(i)
(ii)
Mine ko target par aim karo aur set karo.
switch No-4 pull MK-I ka istemal karte hue trip wire
(iii)
Coordex ka tukra lekar detonator No- 27 per bandho aur
ek dusara No -27
detonator ko snot ke sath lagao, aur donon
ko winding kar do.
(iv)
Ek dusra cordex ko lekar uske sire par Detonator No-27
ko bandho aur
mine ke fuze way mein fit kar do.
(v)
Switch No-4 pull MK-I ka safety pin ko nikalkar donon
cordex ko aapas
mein winding kar do.
(b)
Neutralize Switch No-4 aur pull MK-I mein safety pin lagao.
(c)
Disarm karna
do aur alag –
(i)
Mine aur switch No -4 ke beech ka cordex ko khol
alag karo.
128
karo.
(d)
(ii)
Switch mein safety pin lagao aur detonator alag
(iii)
(iv)
Mine se detonator alag karo.
Mine ko saaf karen aur pack karen.
Emp / Istemal
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Def ke age/ EW ka kam karne ke liye.
Tang ghati mein.
Kisi mor par.
Ambush mein.
Dushman ke mumkin aane wale raste par.
Sanskshep.
Agar har jawan Claymore Mine ka istemal karne ke tariqe ke bare
mein achhi tarah se jankari rakhta ho to kisi ambush mein ya phir
dushman ke aane ke tang raste aur apna def ke age isko lagakar apni
suraksha rakhte hue dushman ko nuksan pahuncha sakte hai.
---------------------------************************----------------------------------
EXPL-35-36
SNIFFER DOGS KI BARE MAIN JANKARI
ALSATION
LABRADOR
(EXCELLENT SNIFFER DOGS)
AIM (LAKSHYA) : - I.E.D. / Barood ka dhoondh nikalane ki karya
bhi yah karya shaili ki jankari.
SAMAN :- Black board , Eaisel , Lecture stand , chalk , duster
pointer etc.
INTRODUCTION / PAHUNCH :Vishwa mein aaj dogs ko vishphotak janch ka prabhavshali tatha
vishwasniya sadhan mana gaya hai vishphotak janch ke kshetra mein
vidyut janch upkaran ki sharirik talashi mein simith ki wajah se bayo
snaiper dogs aur bhi mahatwa samza jane lage hai. Akhikar dogs ka
istemal ativishista vyaktiyon ki suraksha , antar- rashtriya sammelan
kshetra Air-craft ke anti sabhaye check hetu kiya jata hai , tarjuba yah
jahir karta hai ki , dogs jamin se neeche (Bhomigat) chhupaye gaye
vishphotak padarth ko bhi dhund nikalta hai yah brief craft ko bhi
129
ingit (Sanket) kar sakta hai jisme 60 days before vishphotak padarth
rakha gaya ho , vishphotak ki seat ka pata laga sakta hai , L. P. G. gas
vishphotak va rasayanik vishphotak mein antar ko spast kar sarkta
hai.
SNIFFER DOGS KI KARYA KSHAMTA EVAM LOKPRIYATA :
Sungh kar vishphotak padarthon ka pata lagane wale dogs ko nimna
karya hetu lagaya ja sakta hai.
i)
Suraksha hetu .
ii)
Sabhotaj check hetu.
iii)
Ilake ki chhanbin karne hetu .
iv)
Vishphotak ki ghatna ki jhanch padtal ke liye.
v)
Yah mahasus kiya gaya hai ki dogs vishphotak padarthon ko
talash karne tatha chhanbin karne ke liye bahut lokpriya hai unki is
lokpriyata ke nimna kaaran hai.
a)
Inki vishwasniyata unche darje ki hai.
b)
Vishphotak talash karne wale anya sadhno ki apeksha jaldi
talash karte hai.
c)
Dusare beaisali upkaranon ki tarah innhe taiyar .
d)
Sungne ki shakti bahut achhi hai.
e)
Isko ghoos nahi di ja sakti wa na hi ise bandhak banaya ja
sakta hai.
f)
Vishphotak ki khushboo ko der tak dimag me rakhne ki shakti
hoti hai.
g)
Vishphotak hone ke baad bahi vishphotak ka pata laga sakta
hai.
h)
Kutte sabhi prakar vishphotak padarthon ko sung sakte hain
jabki vidyut upkarn keval kucha hi vishphotak padarthon jaise
Dynamite , P.E. T.N. , T.N.T. etc. ka hi pata laga sakta hai., kutton ko
improvised vishphotak ya chlorate mishran ko sungne ka parshikshan
bhi diya ja sakta hai, kintu vidyut janch upkaran (Electronic Devices)
ke dwara in 02 vishphotak ka pata nahi lagaya ja sakta . R.D.X. , PETN
Jaise , Vishphotak padartho aise hain jinme bahut kam vashap dabao
hota hai jis wajah se (EVD) Dwara unki pahachan karna ya pata karna
muskil hota hai.
i)
Bandh thailon mein chhupaye huye vishphotak padarth ko
kool 01 se 02 miter ki duri se pata laga sakta hai , job ki vidyut
upkaran ko wastu ke bilkul karib lagakar pata lagaya jata hai , bandh
ya tala lage thailon ke sambandh mein aisa nahin kiya ja sakta.
130
j)
Vidyut upkarno ki bhanti garm hone ke liye samay ki
awshyakta nahi padti , prarambh mein garm hone ke liye pratyek EVD
(Vidyut upkaran) 10 se 30 minute ka samay leta hai.
k)
Unki karya kushalta ( Discrimination) ucha koti ki hoti hai
tatha zameen par unki sanvedan shilta prathvi ke anurup nahin hoti ,
jabki vidyut upkarno ki sanvedan shilta chuninda watavaran ke upar
nirbhar hai jaise , pradushan karya ka sthan.
l)
Uchya upyukt chal vishphotak padarth janch upkarno mein
gas jaise , ergun , hiliuam , nytrgion ka istemal hota hai , chhotechhote kasbon mein gas uplabdha hona muskil hai , bhare huye gas
sylendron ko , bharne ke liye le jane ke liye vishesh vyawastha ki
awshyakta padti hai , jabki kutte ke liye aisi samasse nahin aati.
m)
Prati uttar bahut jaldi milta hai.
n)
Rakh-rakhao ki lagat bahut kam hai EVD ki warshik rakh-
rakhao par aane wali lagat lag-bhag Rs. 20,000 /- aati hai , isme bade
kalpujon ki kimat shamil nahi hai , kutton ke mukable inka vashshik
kharcha adhik hai.
o)
Shuru-shuru ki lagat kam hai , kutte ki kimat Rs. 10,000 /-
hai. , jabki ek achchhe EVD ki kimat lag-bhag 02 lakh Rupees hai.
p)
Ek kutta time divice ki aawaz ek manushya ke mukable 20
guna achchhi tarah soon sakta hai , EVD mein is kism ka pravdhan
nahi hai.
PATA KARNE WALI TEAM KI SURAKSHA :Sakiya chiz ke pass aadmi ke bina gaye bhi kutta vishphotak
padarth ka pata laga lega, jab bhi kutta kisi nischit pocket mein kisi
Bomb ke hone ki pushti karta hai , Bomb technishiyan ko suraksha ke
mamle mein aur bhi adhik satark rahna chahiye. Yaha tak ki use RSP
Rimote taknik ko hata dena chahiye.
ABHYAS :- Jawano se karaya jaye.
SANKSHEP :- I. E. D. /Bomb Ditect karne ki Electronic vidhiyon ke
sath-sath sniper dog bahut hi mahatwa purn bhi hai , jisse turant
karya karna suru kar deta hai.
*****************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
********************************************************************************
131
FC-1-3
ZAMINI NISHAN KA BAYAN AUR PAHCHAN
PARICHAY
Larai ke dauran zabani hukam dene ke liye ya tgt par fire dalwane ke lie
tgt aur zamini nishan ka bayan aur pahchan ki zarurat padti hai. Larai ke
dauran isme adhik mushkil pesh ati hai, kyonki tgt ko dhundna mushkil
hota hai aur bahut kam samay ke lie tgt dikhai deta hai.
Fauj mein zamini nishan ke bayan ke lie ek standard procedure banaya
gaya hai taki cdr zamini nishanon ka bayan jaldi aur accuracy ke sath kar
sake aur jawan unhen asani se pahchan sake.
UDDESH
Zamini nishan ke bayan aur pehchan ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Sabak ko do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :Bhag I : Zamini nishan ka bayan aur pehchan
Bhag II : Demo
BHAG I : ZAMINI NISHAN KA BAYAN AUR PEHCHAN
Paribhashayen.
MADAD KA NISHAN. Pahle se muqarar kie hue nishan jinki madad se
kisi dusre nishan ya target ka bayan kiya jata hai. Yeh baki nishanon ke
banispat ziada mashoor hona chahiye.
ZAMINI NISHAN Yeh pahchan mein ane wale nishan hain, jinko cdr
zabani hukam mein istemal karta hai.
Tgt.
nishan jahan par kisi hathiyar ka fire giraya jata hai ya fire ke
lie muqarrar kiya jata hai.
ZAMINI NISHAN DENE KI TARTIB.
Group. Jis tukri ko zamini nishan dikhana hai uska dhyan akarshit
karne ke liye eg class, section, LMG gp, O gp.
132
Range. Apni jagah se zamini nishan ka range gaz mein kam se kam
50 gaz tak baanta jaye.
Aid(Madad).
Zamini nishan ka bayan karne ke liye jis tarike ki madad
li jae. Jab disha ka prayog kiya jae to rg disha ke baad diye jata hai.
Description. Zamini nishan ka bayan taki dekhnewalon ko samajh aa
jaye e.g. LMG gp samne dekh,500,gaon ke baen kinare par ek bara gol ped,
jiske patte gahre hare rang ke hain aur uske dahine ek safed makan hai,
naam gol ped.
Zamini nishan dikhane ke lie sabse sidha aur sadharan tarika jisse
nishan jald se jald bataya ja sake, ka proyog karna chahiye. Zamini nishan
dikhane ke alag alag tarike niche likhe gaye hain.
THE DIRECT METHOD (SIDHA TARIKA)
Yeh sabse sadharan aur achha tarika hai. Ismein disha ke alawa aur kisi
madad ka sahyog nahin liya jata hai aur sabse asan zamini nishan dikhane
mein kaam aata hai.
THE DIRECTION METHOD (DISHA KA TARIKA)
Is tarike mein zamini nishan ki disha dee jati hai :Aam rukh.
Madad ka nishan.
Zamini nishan.
Yadi bataya na gaya ho to sabhi disha aam rukh se hi maani jati hai.
Niche likhi dishaon ka hi prayog kiya jaega :Thoda baen ya dahine
Ek chouthai baen ya dahine
Adha baen ya dahine
Teen chouthai baen ya dahine
Pura baen ya dahine
Takriban
Takriban
Takriban
Takriban
Takriban
10
22
45
67
90
degree.
degree.
degree.
degree.
degree.
AAM RUKH DETA SAMAY DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
NICHE LIKHI HUI HAIN :Ek mashoor zamini nihsan ho.
Far distance mein ho aur yadi ho sake sky line par ho.
Yadi chaurai mein ek degree se ziada ho to uska kinara diya jae.
Din aur raat ke samay pehchana ja sake.
THE REF PT METHOD (MADAD KE NISHAN KA TARIKA)
Yeh tarika tab istemal kiya jata hai jab seedhe tarike se nishan dikhaya
na ja sake. Is tarike mein nishan ki disha kisi aur zamini nishan ya madad
ki nishan se dete hain. Yeh pahle se hi chuna jate hai aur pahle se hi
bataya hote hai. Madad ka nishan chunte waqat dhyan mein rakhne wali
baten hai :Nishan mashoor ho.
133
19 degree ke fasle se adhik dur na ho (Do madad ke nishan).
Nishan baen se dahine ko chuna jayen.
Faile hue nishan ka kinara batayen (1 degree se ziada ho tab).
Madad ke nishan ke naam pahle se muqarrar kiya ho.
Kitne nishan chune jaenge woh zimmewari ke ilake ki chaudai par
nirbhar karega. Nishan alag alag prakar ke chune jaen.
THE CLOCK RAY METHOD (GHARI KA TARIKA)
Yeh tarika madad ke nishan ke tarike ke sath istemal kiya jata hai.
Ghari ke beech wale hisse ko us nishan par rakho jisse aap madad ke
nishan ke taur par istemal kar rahe ho. Ghari ke jitne baje agla nishan
parta hai diya jae. Is tarike ko istemal karte samay kuchh dhyan mein
rakhne wali baaten is prakar hain :Ghari ke 6 baje ka rukh apni taraf hota hai.
Gahri ke baje batane se pahle baen ya dahine ka prayog kiya jae.
6 aur 12 baje ke liye niche aur upar ka prayog kiya jae.
Tukri nazdik ho taki ghari ki suyion ka theek anuman laga saken.
Unchi zamin se niche dekh raha hon to ghari zamin ke saath samtal ho.
Nichi zamin se unchi zamin dekh raha hon to ghari khare rukh mein ho.
THE DEGREE METHOD (DEGREE KA TARIKA)
Agar ghari ke samay ki rukh mein ek hi disha mein zyada nishan ho tab
tgt ko zahir karne ke liye ghari ke sath degree ka bhi istemal kiya jaata hai.
Degree ko naapne ke liye hamare paas niche likhe saadhan hain :Baen hath se
- 1,3,5,8,12 aur 19 degree
Durbin se
- 4 degree tak
Rif ki foresight,foresight protractor aur backsight leaf se 3 degree tak.
LMG foresight protractor
- 2 degree tak
VERIFICATION
Yeh yakin karne ke liye ki koi mushkil zamini nishan jo bataya gaya ho
use sab jawanon ne samajh liya hai cdr use check back karva sakta hai.
Iske liye woh check back shabd ka prayog karta hai. Jo aadmi check kar
raha hai woh diye hue zamini nishan se koi aur zamini nishan ka bayan
karta hai.
Mushkil zamini nishan dikhane ke bad cdr “seen” puch sakta hai. Jise
nishan samajh aagaya ho chup rahenge aur jinhon ne nahin dekha hai
woh “not seen” ka prayog karenge.
134
CHARON AUR ZAMINI NISHAN DENE KA TARTIB
Yeh is tartib mein diya jaen :Sabse pahle aam rukh.
Phir ghari ke sidhe rukh sabhi zamini nishan diye jaen jo dikhai de rahe
hon.
Waapis aam rukh.
Zamini nishanon ko dohraya jae.
Aakhir mein jo zamini nishan dikhai na de rahe hon unhen bataya jae.
Auto Hathiyaron ke Zimmewari ke ilake ko Batane ki Tartib
Ise is tartib mein bataya jae :Aam rukh.
Baen had aur dahine had.
Madad ke nishan (Zimmewari ke ilake mein).
Primary Arc, secy arc aur fixed line.
Fire kholne ki had din mein aur raat mein.
ZAMINI NISHAN DETE SAMAY DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
YEH NIMNLIKHIT HAI :Bayan chhota, saada aur saaf ho.
Kathin nishan sabhi tarikon di madad se.
Disha hamesha aam rukh se ki jae.
Diye gaye hadon mein zamini nishan baen se dahine bayan karne
chahiye.
Cdr dwara diye gaye nishan ka naam badali nahin karna chahiye.
Jo zamini nishan dikhai na deta ho use akhir mein bayan karen.
Agar zamini nishan ka failao 1 degree se jaida hai to phir uska koi kinara
liya jae.
Unhi zamini nishanon ka bayan karen jo aap ke zabani hukam se
sambandh rakhte hon. Pahle apne zabani hukam taiyar karen aur phir
uske mutabik zamini nishan chune.
---------------------------***************************_______________________
FC-4-5
CHEEJEN KYO NAZAR AATI HEI
135
UDDESH
Chizen keyon Dikhai deti hai, iski jankari karana
hai.
SAMAN Lecture stan, Black Board, Ejal, Chock, Duster,
pointer.
PAHUNCH (a) Nigah ki sikhlai asal mein dekhne aur chupane donon hi ki sikhlai
hai aur yeh dono kam ek hi chiz ke do rup hain. Dekhbhal karna asal
mein shatru ke chhupao ko bekar kar andar tak dekhana hai, chhupao ka
yeh aath hai ki shatru ki dehabal ko bekar kar dia jae.
(b) Dekhna (observation) aur chhupna(concealment) donon niche ke
karanon se yudh mein zaruru hain :- (i) In donon kamon mein sikhlai
paya hua jawan apne aap ko chhupae rakh kar dushman ko mar sakta hai.
(ii) Dushman ki zamini dekhbhal karne se aisi zaruru baten mil sakti
hain jin ki sabayata se higher commander on ki yojna banti hai.
(iii) Defence ki halat mein chhupao dwara shatru ko dhoka kia ja sakta
hai. Hamle ki halat mein kisi achanak sthan se nazkik faile par fire khol
kar shatru ko pichhe hataya ja sakta hai.
TARTIB :In karnon se vastuen kikhai deti hain chahe who admi hon, hathyar ya
garhi hon. :(a) SHADOW – (SAYA) Tez dhup mein kisi vastu ke sae se vska pata
chalta hai. Is kie jawan ko hamesha sae ke andea-2 rahana chahiye.
(b) SHINE (CHAMAK)
- Chamkili vastuen dusri chizon se alag kihai
dene lagti hain is lie unko chhupana awashyak hai.
© SURFACE(ISTAR) - Yadi kisi vastu ka range ya banawat chabe who
admi hon ya chizen apne as pas ke istar se alag aur virudh hone ke karan
kikhai dene lagti hain.
(d) SILHOUETTE (KHAKA) – vastuen jin ka khaka virudh background
par par raha ho kikhai dena lagte hain. Koi bhi chikni ya samtal
background jaise pani, diwar, maidan ya sab se bari vastu asmani line
jawan ke lie khatarnak hai. Usko hamesha tute phute ya khurdre
background jaise ki jhari, lakri ya tuti phuti zamin ke sath chhupana
chahiye.
(e) SHAPE (SHAKAL) – Bahut si aisi chizen jo apne background se
virudh ho ek dam dihkhai dene lag jati hain.
(f) SPACING (FAISLA) – Prakritik awastha mein koi chiz nape tule
phailao mein nahin pai jati. Es karan jab bhi kanhi napa tula bhailao
dekhne mein ata hai to ek dum ek bat par dhian jata hai ki kuchh na
kuchh aprakaitik awastha maujud hai.
------------------------------*********************-------------------------------
FC-6-7
SHRU KI DEKH BHAL
PARICHAY:
Achhi dekhbal ke lie acchi dimagi sikhlai ki jarurat hoti hai. Achhi
dekhbahl wala jawan use kahaten hain jo nazar aane wali chizon ke pure
hisson ko pahchan wa samajh sake. Achhi dekhbhal karne ke lie jaruru
hai ki ilake ko muasib hisson mein bant kia jae.
TARTIB- Ilake ki bant karte samay ish prakar se tartib di jai ki pure
ilake ki acchi tarah se dekhbhal ki ja sake aur koi hissa bacha na raha jae.
Jo ilaka dekhbhal karna ho uski haden bant di jae. Yeh haden zamini
nishanon ki madad se banti jati hai. Bad mein pure ilake ko teen bahgon
mein bant diya jae.
(a) NIKAT KA GROUND :- Waha ilaka hota hai jo dekhne wale jawan se
300 gaz tak aage hota hai.
136
(b) MIDDLE GROUND :- Nazkik wale ilake se 200 gaz ka ilaka ya dekhne
awle jawan se 500 gaz aage tak
© DOOR KA GROUND :- Dekhbhal karne wale jawan ke 500 gaz kea age
ka pura ilaka janha tak Nazar jati hai.
DEKHBAHL - Dekhbhal karne ke lie partiek jawan sabse pahale Nazdik
wale ilake mein baen se dahine aur dahine se baen is prakar dekhe ki koi
ilaka chhot na jae. Dekhabhal 02 prakar se ki ja sakti hai.
(i) fauri Dekhbhal
(ii) Vistrit Dekhbhal
(i) FAURI DEKHBHAL :- Is prakar ki dekhbhal mein sarsari taur par us
ilake ki dekhbhal ki jati hai. Ishme chizon ki vishestaen, Harkat aur
banawat aati par nazar rakhata hai. Yeh suru suru mein nazdik wale ilake
mein ki jati hai kayonki yeh ilaka sarwadhik savedanshil rahata hai.
(ii) VISTRIT DEKHBHAL – Yadi jaruri dekhbhal se achha nataza hasil
nahi hota hai ya samay ho to vistrit dekhbhal ki jati hai. Iske lie nazdik
wale ilake se suru kiya zaye. Sabse pahale sare ilake ko (Pass wale) so 50
gaz ka tukro mein bant liya jata hai. Bataye gaye tarike ke anusar baen se
dahine aur phir dahine se baen ki dekhbhal in tukron mein ki jae. Ek 50
gaz se dusre 50 gaz ki dekhbhal karte samay jaruri hai ki kam se kam 10
gaz pahale wale tukre ko dobara dekh liya jae taki samanaya area(ground)
choot na jae. Aur vishvasaniya dekhbhal ki ja sake . sath hi in baton ka
bhi kahyal rakha ja sake.
(a) Khas-Khas nishano par ankh focus ki jae.
(b) Mashhur nishano ko diag mein baithaen.
SANKSHEP – Puri tarah se dekhbal karne ke bad yadi jawan ko
dekhbahl kayam rakhna hai to wakt-wakt par sarsari taur par dekhbhal
karte rahana chahie sath hi shakia jagaho aur vastuon par nazar jamai jae.
-----------------------------------********************************---------
FC-8-13
FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANA
PARICHAY
Aap sab ne suna hoga ki WT ka uddesh hai "Ek Goli ek Dushman" Is
uddesh ko pane ke liye ek jawan ko tarah tarah ki trg di jati hai jaise ke
squad post trg, firing rg par firing ki sikhlai aur lec demo ityadi. Jab ek
jawan WT mein mahir ho jata hai to use integrated wpn trg yani IWT ki
sikhlai di jati hai. Larai ke maidan mein kamyab hone ke liye ek jawan ko
IWT mein mahir hona atyant aniwarya hai. Yudh ke kshetra mein ek jawan
ko apni zimmewari ke ilake mein dushman ka pata lagana aur barbad
karna ana chahiye.
Fasle ka sahi anuman laga kar hi kisi hathiyar ka kargar fire dala ja
sakta hai. Isse amn ki bachat aur surprise hasil hota hai. Waise to inf ke
jawan 300x/500x se adhik rg par fire nahin kholte hain lekin phir bhi
jawanon ko is kabil hona chahiye ke woh 1000x tak fasle ka anuman laga
sake. Ise usko chand ek maukon par madad milegi jaise kih:Shatru par kab aur kis hathiyar ka fire kholna hai.
Apne supporting arms ko tgt batane mein madad.
Jab kisi jawan ko OP ka kaam karne ke liye bheja jae to woh dushman
ke bare mein sahi khabar hasil kar sake.
137
Tgt indication ke samay.
UDDESH
Mukhtalif tariqon se fasle ka sahi anuman lagane ki sikhlai dena hai.
BHAGON MEIN BANT
Is lecture ko teen bhagon mein banta gaya hai :Bhag I : Fasle ka anuman lagate samay asar dalne wali baten.
Bhag II : Fasle ka anuman lagane ke liye tarique aur mafi galti.
Bhag III : Abhyas.
BHAG I : FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANE PAR ASAR DALNE WALI
BATEN
Fasle ka anuma lagate samay asar dalne wali do baten hain :Zamin ki banawat
Mausami halat.
Chahe ham kisi bhi tarike se duri ka anuman lagae, mausum ya zamin
ki banawat ke karan fasla kam ya jaida lagta hai. (Pahle ham dekhte hain
ke fasla asal se kam dikhai kab deta hai yani laksh jitna dur hota hai woh
kam duri par malum padta hai).
Fasla Asal Se Kam Lagne Ke Karan.
jab roshni tej hoti hai ya suraj observer yani dekhne wale ke pichhe
chamakta hai.
Jab lakshya aas-pass ki chizon se bara hota hai.
Jab prekshak aur laksh ke bich kuch agochar bhumi (dead ground) ho.
Jab neche se upar ko dekhte hain jaise ke pahadi ilaque mein.
Abhi ham dekhte hain ke duri zaida kyon lagti hai. Yani (Laksh jitna dur
hota hai, usse bhi aage malum padta hai).
Fasla Asal se Ziada Lagne ke Karan.
Jab roshni kam hoti hai ya suraj prekshak ki ankhon mein padta ho.
Jab lakshya aas-pass ki chizon se chota hota hai.
Jab ghatti (valley) mein par dekhten hain.
Jab nichhe let ke (Lying posn) dekhten hain.
Jab lakshya ko street yani galion, jungle ki pagdandi jaise tang jagahon
ke bich se dekhte hain.
138
Jab pahadi ilaque mein upar se niche dekhten hain.
BHAG II : FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGANE KE TARIQUE AUR MAFI KI
GALTI
Duri napne ke tarique.
Ikai ka tarika (map unit ka tarika).
Dikhai ka tarika.
Awaz ka tarika
Bearing ka tarika.
IKAI KA TARIKA (UNIT OF MEASURE METHOD). Is tarike se kaam
lene ke liye jawan zamin par 100 gaz tak ki duri ka anuman lagane mein
mahir hona chahiye. Is tarike se 400 gaz tak ki duri asani se napi ja sakti
hai. 400 gaz tak ke tgt ki duri malum karne ke liye pahle 100 gaz tak ka
anuman lagao phir usse 100-100 gaz ki badotri tab tak karte raho jab tak
usse tgt tak na pahunch jaye. Isse us tgt ki duri malum ho jayegi 400 gaz
se agge dur ke tgt ki duri ke liye is tarah malum karo. Us tgt ki adhi duri
ka upar batay dhang se andaja lagao phir us duri ko dugna kar do. Isse tgt
ki duri malum ho jayegi. Is tarike ki kamyabi kewal 1000 gaz tak ke
targeton ke liye hai.
LAKSH DEKHKAR USKI DURI MALUM KARNA (APPEARANCE
METHOD). Is tarike mein laksh ki duri ka andaza is baat se lagaya jae ki
woh kitna bada ya uski dusri chizen kitni dikhai deti hain. Is tarike se sahi
duri tabi malum hogi jab jawan ko yah pata ho ki kitni kitni duri par koi
chiz kitni bada dikhai deti hai.
gaz par - Jawan ka pura sharir saaf dikhai deta hai.
250 gaz par - Ghutne tek position mein jawan fore sight blade se cover
ho jata hai.
z par - Chehra dhundla dikhai deta hai.
400 gaz par - Pura sharir dikhai deta hai, lekin chehra saaf nazar
nahin aata. Foresight blade khare admi ko cover karta hai.
500 gaz par - Kandhe se uparwala hissa patla dikhai deta hai, anng
dikhai nahin dete aur pura sharir patla dikhai deta hai.
600 gaz par - Sir, nukta jaisa dikhta hai,ang dikhai nahi dete aur pura
sharir patla dikhai deta hai.
200 x par kneeling posn wale jawan ko INSAS rifle ki foresight cover karti
hai.
350 x par khare jawan ko INSAS rifle ki fore sight cover karti hai.
DHWANI KA TARIKA (SOUND METHOD). Dhwani yani awaz hawa
mein ek second mein takriban 366 gaz (1100ft) tak jati hai. Isse duri ankne
mein asani hoti hai. Lekin is ke liye goli ka asar ya sound jaruri hai.
Udharan ke liye Jab tum din mein goli dhuan ya dhul ya raat mein chamak
139
dekho tab fauran ek sec mein 4 (char) ke hisab se ginti ginni shuru karo.
Jab dhamaka suno tab ginna band karo. Rukne tak jitne number tumne
gine hain woh utne 100 gaz ko zahir karenge aur wohi range bhi hogi. Agar
teen ki ginti rukoge to rg hogi 300 gaz. Agar dhamaka sunne se pahle 8 tak
gin liya hai to range 800 gaz.
Shuru shuru mein ek jawan ko sahi ginti ginne ki raftar nahin aati. Yeh
abhyas se ati hai. Iske abhyas ke liye malum duri se fire karo aur ginti
ginne ka abhyas karo. (Student butt mein gallery ke andar) Jab aap correct
speed se count karenge to 5 sec mein 10 tak do bar ginti kar sakoge. (Jab
10 se jaida ginti karte hain to 10 ke bad dubara ginti karen, kyon ki 11, 12,
13 ginne mein timing kharab ho jati hai). Sahi ginti ginne ke liye yadi raftar
dhimi karni padhe to dhimi karao aur agar badhani pade to badao. Achha
abhyas kar lene par ankh se dekh kar duri ankne ke bajae is tarike se jaida
duri ank sakte hain. Raat mein to yeh tarika bahut hi kaam ka hai.
BEARING KA TARIKA.
(a)
Jis point ka distance nikalna hai uska compass se bearing
nikalo. Bearing
ko note karo aur jis jagah se bearing liya hai use mark
karo.
(b)
Ab dayen ya baen tgt se 900 ki line mein utna chalo ki bearing
mein 50 ka farq aa jaye. Jagah ko mark karo. Pahla nishan aur dushara
nishan ke beech mein duri ko mtr mein napo. Jitni bhi duri aati hai usko
11.4 se guna karo. Jo bhi yog ata hai woh distance hoga.
FASLE KA ANUMAN LAGATE SAMAY MAFI GALTI
Duri napne ke abhyas mein kitni galti ki chut hai. Duri ankne mein galti
hone par itni chhut (+ ya - ) mil sakti hai.
300 gaz tak ki duri ke liye. Sahi duri se 10% kam ya zaida udharan ke
liye agar koi laksh 300 gaz par hai to uske liye 30 gaz kam ya zaida ki galti
maaf hai.
300 gaz se adhik duri ke liye. Sahi duri se 15% kam ya jaida.
BHAG-3 ABHYAS
Abhyas ka namuna :
Class
Laksh/Target
Standing position
Lying position
(Kneeling position mein)
Sitting/kneeling posn
Standing position
100 gaz par jawan khara hua.
50Gaz par jawan ghutne tek kar
375 gaz par jawan khara hua.
160 gaz par jawan leta hua.
140
Lying position
mein.
320 gaz par jawan ghutne tek position
Sitting position
mein.
130 gaz par jawan ghutne tek position
Sitting position
280 gaz par jawan khara hua.
Standing position
550 gaz par jawan chalta hua.
Standing position
175 gaz par jawan chalta hua.
Sitting position
Sabhi firing position
ke liye
Dhuan, dhul, ya chamak paida karne
fire ki jae
Sankshep
Waise to fasle ka anuman lagana kafi asan hota hai lekin jab iska abhyas
kiya jata hai to kafi muskilen pesh ati hain. Iska abhyas karte samay un
sab baton ko dhyan mein rakhna chahiye jo anuman lagate samay asar
dalti hain. Iska us samay tak abhyas dena chahiye jab tak anuman lagane
wale mafi galti ke andar nahin pahunch jate.
--------------------------------**********************---------------------------------
FC-14-19
CAMOUFLAGE AUR CONCEALMENT
PARICHAY
Camouflage ki kala mein chhupao aur surprise shamil hai. Is se hum
chupao mein rahte hue dushman ko observe kar sakten hain aur saath hi
bina dikhai diye hue ham dushman ki taraf harkat kar sakte hain.
UDDESH
141
Aap ko camouflage ke sidhant aur tarikon ke bare mein sikhana hai.
BHAG
Yeh Lec/Demo teen bhagon mein sikhlaya jaega :Bhag I : Camouflage.
Bhag II : Concealment.
BHAG I : CAMOUFLAGE
:-
Camouflage ke dwara hum dushman ko do tarike se dhoka de sakte hain
Apne tps, harkat aur eqpt ko chupao mein rakh kar.
Apne tps, harkaton aur eqpt ka galat ahsas dekar.
Tgt ko barbad karne ke liye dushman ki sahi loc ka pata hona zaruri hai.
Camouflage ke zariye hum dushman ki is karwai ko nakara kar sakte hain.
Is ke liye ek jawan ko apne dimag ka istemal karte hue dushman ko dhoka
dena ana chahiye.
CHIZEN NAZAR AANE KE KARAN.
Shadow (Saya).
Shine (Chamak).
Surface (Istar).
Silhoutte (Khakha).
Shape (Shakal).
Spacing (Fasla).
Movement (Harkat).
CAMOUFLAGE KE SIDHANT AUR TARIKA
Camouflage ke teen buniyadi sidhant hai :ILAKE KE CHUNAO. Chunao ke liye sabse behtar ilaka woh hai jahan
par vastu apne aspas ke ilake se milte julte hon. Ismein dhyan mein
rakhne wali ek baat, jagah itni badi honi chahiye jahan par chhupne wali
vastu ya harkat ko chhupao mil saken.
CAMOUFLAGE DISCIPLINE. Us eqpt, vastu ke aspas koi harkat na hon.
Din ke samay dushman harkat, smoke, tracks aur mitti ko dekh kar jagah
ka pata laga sakta hai, aur raat ke samay use roshni aur awaz ke zariye
posn ka pata lag sakta hai.
ILAKE KI BANAWAT. Agar ilaka puri tarah se chhupao na de raha ho to
wahan par prakritik vastu jaise per-paudhe ya kritrim vastu jaise garnish
ityadi ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai taki yeh paas ke ilake se mil sake.
Camouflage Ke Tarike
Camouflage karne ke teen tarike hai :CHUPAO SE. Is tarike se ek vastu puri tarah se chhup jati hai aur
dushman usko nahin dekh sakta.
142
ILAKE KE MUTABIK CHHUPAO DENA. Is tarike se hum ek vastu ke upar
ya aas paas ke ilake ko camouflage karte hain. Jis se lage ki yeh usi ilake
ka hi ek hissa hai.
DHOKA DENA. Is tarike mein hum ek ilake mein harkat ya ek fauji vastu
ka aakar dikha kar dushman ko dhoka dete hain, Jis se usko lage ki yeh
karwai asal ki hai. Parantu iska istemal dushman ko dhoka dene ke liye
hai.
JAATI CAMOUFLAGE.
Morche se badan ke jo jo hisee jawan ki position ko jahir kar rahe ho
unka camouflage karna chahiye.
Steel Helmet. Iska chamak aur shakal position ko jahir karta hai. Iski
chamak ko dur karne ke liye 1-1/2' x 1-1/2' ka bori ka tukra lagao aur
camouflage net shakal bigarne ke liye 5"x2" ke garnish ke tukde betartibi se
lagao.
Chehra (face). Face cream/blauo ka istemal.
Dress. Ilake ke mutabik pahne.
Boot. Dubbin ya chikni mitti se chamak ko dur karna.
Eqpt. Eqpt ko camouflageouflage.
Hathiyar.
Morcha.
Camouflage net.
Khudi mitti.
Ilake ke mutabik.
BHAG II
CONCEALMENT.
Iska arth hai kisi bhi vastu ke pichhe ya nichhe chupao. Camouflage
main to apne aap ko ya eqpt ko ilake ke mutabik banaya jata hai jabki
concealment mein kisi arh ke peeche chupao se karwai ki jaati hai.
TARTIB.
Dabi zamin ka istemal.
Ped ya hedge rows ka istemal.
Bldg ya dewar ka istemal.
Trench bana kar.
DHYAN RAKHNE WALI BATEN.
Aar ke side se dekhen upar se nahi.
Satah ko na toren.
Khas kar ilake mein harkat na karen.
Dabi zamin ka istemal karen.
SANKSHEP
Ek Sec Cdr ya Pl Cdr hone ke nate camouflage ke mahatav ke bare mein
jankari hona bahut hi jaruri hai. Aap ko yeh yaad rakhna chahiye jo
dushman dekh sakta hai wah usi par kargar fire dalkar barbad kar sakta
hai.
------------------------------********************-----------------------------------
143
FC-14-19
KHALI HATH AUR RIFLE KE SATH HARKAT KARNA
(STALKING)
PARICHAY
Larai ke maidan mein chupao hasil karke dushman tak jane ke kai faide
hain.
Dushman tak pahunchkar pahal hasil kar sakte hain.
Patrolling mein gaya hua jawan bina kisi nuqsan ke apna task pura kar
sakta hai.
Sniper ke taur par kam karne wala jawan dushman ke fire aur nazar se
bachkar us par fire dal sakta hai aur use barbad kar sakta hai.
Har jawan ko is kabil hona chahiye ki woh dushman ke fire aur nazar se
bachne ke lie us ilake ki har ek kudrati aur banawati chizon ka faida utha
saken, jaise:- darkhat, jharion, makan, tuti futi zamin, diwar adi.
UDDESH
Larai ke maidan mein dabe paon harkat karne ke tarike sikhana hai.
BHAG
Is lec aur demo ko do bhagon mein chalaya jaega:Bhag I : Stalker ko janne wali zaruri baten
Bhag II : Chalen
Ghat Lagane ki Tajwij. Stalking ki tajwij banate samay ek stalker ko
chand ek baton ka khyal karna chahiye.
Dekhbhal. Stalking shuru karne se pahle achchhi tarah dekhbhal karna
chahiye aur niche likhe baton ka khyal rakhna chahiye.
Dushman ki posn.
rakho.
Dushman ki posn ko madad ke nishano se yad
144
]Dushman ki Dusri Posn. Ho sakta hai ki stalk karne wali posn ke
alawa dushman ka aur bhi posn us ilake mein ho to uske bare mein pata
hona chahiye.
Akhiri fire posn. Dushman ke nazdik se nazdik akhiri fire posn ka
chunav . Jahan se dushman ka posn theek nazar ae aur us par karger fire
dala ja sake isko madad ke nishan se yaad rakho.
Rasta. Hawai photo , map ya zamin ki banawat ke lihaz se madad lete
hue rasta chuno. Rasta chunte waqt chand ek baton ka khyal rakho.
Time. Rasta ka chunav karte samay ek stalker ko yeh sochna chahiye
ki mere pass waqt kitna hai.
Dabi hue Zamin. Rasta dabi zamin mein chuna jae takih dushman ki
nazar aur fire donon se bachav mil sake aur khud dekhbhal bhi kar saken.
Fire Posn. Raaste mein fire posn chunana chahiye takih zarurat padne
par jaldi dushman par fire dal saken,
Bounds. Chune hue raste mein bounds ka hona bahut zaruri hai.
Bounds yani aidi jagahen par stalker observation yani dekhbhal karne ke
liye taiyar aur zarurat padne se dushman ke upar waar bhi karen.
Rukawat. Raste mein koi rukawat na ho yadi ho to use paar karne ka
bandobast kar lena chahiye.
Dusra Rasta. Aisa dusra rasta hona chahiye jo zarurat padne par kam
mein laya ja sake.
STALKING KE LIE ZARURI BATEN
CHAUKANNAPAN. Stalking karne wale jawan ki galti ka natiza uski maut
se milta hai. Islie stalker ko hamesha chaukanna aur hoshiyar rahna
chahiye.
PAHAL KARNA. Agar dushman achanak nazar aa jae to hamesha pahle
us par fire kiya jai aur munasib karwai karo ya usi jagah sak ho jae aur
waqt milne parnazdik achhi posn mein chale jao.
DUSHMAN KO DHOKA DO. Dhoka dene ki tazwij pahle se bani ho.
Muktalif awazon se bhi dushman ko dhoka de sakte hain.
ZAMIN KA FAIDA. Jahan par chal kar ja sakte hain wahan reang kar mat
jao, aise karne se waqt aur taqat barbad hota hai.
JANWARON AUR PARINDO SE BACHO. Unki harkat aur awazon se
dushman ko stalker ki maujudgi ka shak par sakta hai.
DUSHMAN KE NAZDIK JANA. Dushman ke itna nazdik jao jitna zaruri
hai. Itna nazdik jao ki dushman ko dekhkar munasib karwai kiya ja sake
lekin khud dushman dekhai na do.
FIRE KI TARTIB. Fire bare sochsamajhkar aur sabar se karna chahiye.
Stalking ki karwai pura karne ke baaad agar turant goli thik jagah par na
lage to tamam karwai bekar hai aur stalker khud dushman ka shikar ban
sakta hai.
145
Ek posn se ek ya do rds se jiada fire na karen.
Re load ki karwai ahista se karen.
Yadi dubara fire karna ho to dusri posn pahle se chun kar rakho.
BHAG II : CHALEN
KHALI HAATH CHALEN.
BHOOT CHAL.
Yeh chal gahri andheri raat mein us samay istemal kiya jata hai jab
aage kuch bhi dikhai na de, ismen donon haath ilake ko isare se mahsoos
karte hain. Chalte samay arh ka istemal karte hue paon ko zamin mein
bithaya jae. Agar hathiyar carry kiya ja raha ho to sling arm posn hona
chahiye.
BANDAR CHAL.
Donon haath aur ghutne ko zamin ke saath lagao. Chalne ke lie jo haath
age aata hai wahi ghutna age jaiga daen baen ko dekhte hue aage barho
yeh chal 3' tak ki arh ke pichhe istemal kiya jata hai.
BILLI CHAL.
Dono ghutno ke bal seat ke upar baith jao. Dono hatheli zamin ke
saath aage barne ke lie jo haath aage jata hai wohi ghutna aage jana
chahiye . Yeh harkat ahista aur dushman ke nazdik pahunchne par ki jati
hai. Ruk- ruk kar ek bar dahina hath ek bar baen hath uske saath ghutna
bhi aage kiya jae.
CHEETAH CHAL :I.
Dushman ke nazdik 1' ya 2' ka arh ho to chhati ke bal zamin ke sath lete
hue kohni aur hatheli ke bal baen hath aage karo, baen paon ki madad se
daen paon aage karo.
CHEETAH CHAL :II.
Dono hath aur paon ki madad se sarir ko aage barao. Dushman ke
ekdam nazdik dhire harkat karne ki zarurat parne par ya fire 1' ki arh ho
us samay istemal kiya jata hai.
LURAKANA CHAL.
Sky line par ya dhalwandar jagah par harkat karne ki zarurat pare to
istemal kiya jata hai. Dono hath taang ke bich mein ho.
RIFLE KE SATH HARKAT.
SHIKARI POSN. Is posn ke dauran dahine hath pistol grip par rifle
kandhe mein, mag asmaan ki taraf.
DHAWA POSN. Bayan hath fore hand guard par dahina hath pistol grip
par hona chahiye. Dushman ke sath lagao ho jae to us samay yeh posn
istemal kiya jata hai.
ALERT POSN. Baen hath niche ho dahina hath pistol grip par, agar sling
lagai ho to kandhe par dali ja sakti hai.
BANDAR CHAL. Rif danine hath mein carrying handle se pakra hona
chahiye, sling adhik lambi na ho ek hi hath zamin mein lagayen.
146
CHEETAH CHAL NO :I. Baen hath fore hand guard par dahina hath
small of the butt par kohini aur taang ki madad se aage barhna chahiye.
CHEETAH CHAL NO :II. Rifle Cheetah chal no I ki tarah kohni aur toe ki
madad se body ko aage dhakele jae.
ROLLING YA LUDHAKNA. Yeh chal ham sky line par istemal karte hain,
aur usmen rif dono ghutno ke bich mein dabi ho.
LMG KE SATH CHALEN.
KNEE CRAWL.
Kamar tak ki arh ho kisi diwar bandh ke pichhe harkat karne ki zarurat
ho us samay istemal kiya jata hai.
Tariqa. Kneeling posn mein baith jao LMG ko carrying handle ke sath
angootha dahine ghutne ke sath lagna chahiye.
SIDE CRAWL.
Kisi bhi pahlu ke bal let jao LMG ko carrying handle se pakra ho aur
dusre hath se flash hider ko pakra ho jis pahlu ke bal lete ho usi taang par
LMG ko rakho aur mag andar ki taraf aerion ki takat se age barho.
CHEETAH CHAL NO :I.
Bipod fold mag age ki taraf SLR ki tarah kiya jae.
CHEETAH CHAL NO :II.
Dono hathon se LMG ko pakro kohini aur toe ki madad se sharir ko
aage dhakelo.
Cheetah Chal Bound Ke Tarike Se No I aur No II ki Ikathe Harkat
karenge. No I pistol grip pakrega No II bipod ke pas pakarege bipod band
hua dahine hath se barrel aage ki taraf hona chahiye. No I up bolega , ek hi
bar LMG aage lejaenge, dubara No I aur No II ki body aage jaigi ismen LMG
ready rakhte hain.
Sankshep. Stalking ek jawan ki sikhalai ka bahut zaruri hissa hai, iska
abhyas har qism ki zamin par hona chahiye. Yeh kaam chand ek shabdon
mein pura nahi ho sakta balki is hunar mein mahir hone ke lie kafi abhyas
aur tajurbe ki zarurat hai. Islie jawan ko stalking ki karwai ko pura karne
ke lie alag alag chalon mein mahir hona chahiye takih ki woh ek achha
stalker ban saken.
------------------------------********************--------------------------------
FC-26
FIRE POSITION CHUNANA
147
UDDESH:
Hathiyaron ke sath akele 2 jawan ko fire position chunnane mein
abhiyas dena.
SAMAN :Jawan battle marching arden mein, hatiyar zarurat ke mutabik,
camouflage equipment sath ho.
PAHUNCH :Zamin aisi ho jis mein hare k kism ki aur mil sake. Jawano ko larai
mien camouflage kar lena hi kafi nahin balki camouflage aur concealment
ke sath dushman ki Nazar aur fire se bachne ke lie achha fir position bhi
chun lena jaruri hai. Ek acche fire position mein yeh khubian honi chahiey
:(a) Us position se dushman ki nazar aur fire se bachne ke lie aur maujud
ho.
(b) Jahan fire dalna ho who ilaka ya target saf dikhai deta ho.
© Yeh aar itni Khuli ho ki hatiyar asani se istemal kia ja sake.
(d) Jane ka rasta saf ho aur aar se hokar jata ho.
(e) wahan se advance karna bhi assan ho. Is lie jab bhi aap fire
position chune to in baton ko dhyan mein rakhte hue chunne.
Abhiyas Ab akele-2 Jawan ko position chune to I n baton ko dhayan
mein rakhte hue chunen
TARTIB :- Do jawan , ek rifle man aur ek LMG wale ko ilake banto aur
target batao ki us jagaha se fire aya. Is ilake mein us target par fire girane
ke lie fire position chunen. Jab yah jawan position le len to baki jawan us
position par nuqta chini Karen aur un jawanon se yeh puchho :(a) Kya is se achchhi aar mil sakti hai ?
(b) Kya is position se dushman par achanak fire kiya ja sakta hai?
© Kya yeh nishan kisi mashhur nishan k nazdik to nahin hai ?
(d) Dushman k kis jagaha aane par fire khola jae jab ki wo hamla kar
raha ho. ?
Ab jo us position mein nuks hai us jawan ko batao aur koi dusra jawan
jo us se accha position chun sakta hai chunne ka hukam do. Baki
jawanon ko LMG wale jawan k pass le jao. Us position par bhi usi taraha
abhiyas darao. Isi tarah har ek jawan ko mashq do aur thodi der k bad
target ilake ko badalte raho.
ABHIYAS
148
(a) Abhiyas k lie shuru mein jawanon ko ziada waqt do aur bad mein
waqt kam karte jao.
(b) Akhir mein sab ko ikatha karo aur jawanon mein jo bari-bari
galtiyan hain batao.
© Phir jawanon ko Jodi-jodi mein abhiyas karane ka hokum do , ek
jawan kam kare aur dusra us par nukta chini kare.
SANKSHEP
(a) Sawal –O- Jawab se
(b) Sabak ki tartib batao.
Jaruri Gyan.
--------------------------------*********************------------------------------
FC-27-28
RANGE CARD BANANA
PARICHAY
Def posn mein rahte hue yeh bahut zaruri hai kih defence post ke ird
gird un mashur nishanon ke fasile har ek jawan ko malum hon jin ke as
pas dushman posn le sake ya wahan se guzar kar hamare upar karwai kar
sake, In durust fasilon ki madad se hamari fire unit ka har ek jawan
durusti aur asani se kam se kam waqt aur kam ammunition se dushman
ko jiada se jiada nuqsan pahuncha sake. Is lie range card ke upar likha
hua range aur zamini nishan sahi ho taki us def posn mein koi bhi naya
jawan ane par range card ki madad se hathiyar ka sahi istemal kar sakta
hai, is lie yeh zaruri hai ki aap ek Sec Cdr hone ke nate aap sabhi ko range
card banana ana chahie taki def ki larai ko asani se jeeta jae.
UDDESH
Def mein range card banana aur use istemal karne ka tariqa sikhana
hai.
BHAGON MEIN BANT
Yeh lecture char bhaon mein chalaya jaega.
Bhag I
:
Paribhashaen
Bhag II :
Range Card banate samaye zaruri baten aur faide.
Bhag III :
Range Card banane ka tariqa.
Bhag IV :
Range Card ka Istemal aur abhiyas.
BHAG I :
PARIBHASHAEN
Is lecture ke dauran kaam ane wali praibhashaen is prakar se hai :Aam Rukh. Dur ek mashur nishan jo ki zimmewari ke ilaqe ko
(General line of direction) do hison men bante use aam rukh kahate hain.
Setting Ray. Def posn ke age aur piche woh do mashur nishan jo ki
range card ko set karne ke kam ate hain use setting ray kehte hain.
Fixed Line. Primary arc mein chuni gai woh fire ki line jis par rat ya
kharab mausam mein LMG ko fix kiya jata hai. Is line par dushman ke ane
ka andesha hota hai.
149
Arc of Fire. Kisi bhi hathiyar ya fire unit ka woh ilaka jisme aane wale
tgt ko engage karna us hathiyar ya unit ki jimewari hoti hai.
Primary Arc of Fire. Yeh arc hathiyar ya fire unit ki pehli jimmewari
hoti hai. Yahan se dushman aane ka jyada andhesha hota hai. Hathiyar ka
fixed line bhi primary arc ke andar hota hai.
Secondary Arc.
Yeh arc hathiyar ya fire unit ki dusri jimmedari hoti
hai is area mein tabhi fire kiya jayega jab hathiyar ya fire unit primary arc
mein fire na kar raha ho.
Madad ka Nishan. Woh nishan jis ki madad se tgt ka bayan kiya jata
hai use madad ka nishan kaha jata hai.
BHAG NO II : RANGE CARD BANATE SAMAY ZARURI BATEN AUR ISKE
FAIDE
Zaruri baten.
Range card sahi jagah se banaya jae (firing posn se).
Range sahi napa hona chahiye.
Aam rukh aur setting ray ko moti rekha se banayen.
Zamin par nishan nazar ane chahiye aur alag – 2 range par hon, aur ek
hi naam ke na ho.
Zamini nishan ka conventional sign banao.
Fixed line ko gahre rang se line khincho.
Primary aur secondary arc over lap honi chahiye.
Dahni aur baen had ka dusre morche se safety angle hona chahiye.
RANGE CARD BANANE KE FAIDE.
Range card se pure zimmewari ke ilaqe ke bare mein tafsil se jankari mil
jati hai.
Madad ke nishanon se aas pass ke nishanon ka sahi range milta hai.
Tgt par sahi aur kargar fire dala ja sakta hai.
Det ki badli hone par (unit ke andar) ya nayi unit posn take over karte
waqt bhi yeh bahut madad deta hai.
Agar kisi karan se handing / taking over theek na ho sake tab bhi range
card ki madad se naye det ko apne ilaqe aur task ke bare mein puri jankari
mil sakti hai.
Kisi Cdr/ VIP ko brief karte samay bhi range card madad deta hai.
Range card ki jankari hone ke bad det asani se dushman ko barbad kar
sakta hai.
BHAG NO III : RANGE CARD BANANE KA TARIQA
Defence mein rahte hue hame charon taraf ka bachav karna parta hai. Is
lie zaruri hai ki charon taraf ka bachao hasil karne ke lie charon taraf ke
nishano ka range card banaya jae. Range card banate samay tafsil se task
aur zimmewari ke ilaqe ka soch vichar kiya jae. Har ek mukhya hathiyar ke
har ek posn ke liye range card banaya jae.
Sab se pahle range card ka khaka banao.
Samne aur dur ek mashur nishan chuno jo ki is posn ke general line of
direction (GLD) ya aam rukh hoga. Is nishan ko range card mein darz karo.
150
Do setting ray banayen (Ek age aur ek pichhe) is ke liye do mashur
nishan chune. Apne position se in nishanon ka compass se bearing le aur
ise range card mein darz karen. Setting ray chunne ka yah faida hai ki is ki
madad se ham ek range card ko zamin par set ya orient kar sakte hain.
Us ke bad posn ki baen had aur dahine had chuno aur inhen range card
mein shamil karo.
Apne ilaqe mein do ya teen madad ke nishan banton jo ki tgt ko dikhane
ke kaam ayenge. Madad ke nishan chunte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali
baten :1 dusre se 19 degree se bahar ho.
1 degree se bada ho to ek kinara chuna jae.
Har ek ko naam diya jae.
Ek hi naam ke na ho.
Itne chune jae ki pure zimmewari ke ilake ko cover kar sake (indication
of land marks ke liye).
Alag Alag range par ho.
Nishan baki nishano se mashoor ho.
Ap ke zimmewari ke ilaqe ko primary arc aur secondary arc mein banto,
dhyan rahe ke in donon ke beech mein overlap ho. Is ke liye zimmewari ke
ilaqe ke beech mein ek nishan chuno aur is ilaqe ko do bhagon mein bant
do.
Primary arc ke beech mein fixed line chuno yeh ek mashur nishan hona
chahiye, is par fixed line likho aur range bhi likho.
Fixed line chunte samay dhyan mein rakhne walibaten
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Field of fire saf ho.
Dushman ke mumkin ane wale raste par chuni jae.
Primary arc ke andar ho.
Range jaida se jaida 700 mtr tak ho.
Sighton ke upar sahi range lagaya jae.
Din ke samay lagai jae.
Fire plunging na ho.
Akhir mein range card banane ki jagah, rg card banane wala, fasla
napne ka tarika, date aur mausam likho. Dahine taraf apna No, Rank,
Name aur unit likho.
BHAG NO IV : RANGE CARD KA ISTEMAL AUR ABHYAS
Range card ko istemal karne ka tarika, is prakar hai :Range card ko setting ray ka sath zamin par set karo.
Range card set ho jane ke bad nishanon ko milao taki dekhane wala
asani se pehchan sake.
151
Range card ke nishnon ko gahri ke sidhe rukh parna chahiye.
Class range card banane ka abhyas kare.
SANKSHEP
Range card banana ap seekh chuke hain lekin dhyan rahe ki Range Card
banate samay khas baton ka dhyan rakha jae tabhi aap sahi Range Card
bana kar apne def posn ka sahi istemal kar ke dushman ko barbad kar
sakte hai. Ek Inf ke jawan ko apni def posn ko majbhut banaye rakhne ke
lie Range Card banana us ka istemal aur is se def ke bare mein jankari
hasil karna aane chahiye, taki apne def posn ka sahi istemal kar ke
dushman ko barbad kar sake. Aap ko Sec Cdr hone ke nate Range Card
banana aur istemal karna aana chahiye.
-------------------------------**********************----------------------------------
FC-29-32
RAT KA KAM AUR DEKHBHAL
UDDESHYA :- Rat ka kam aur dekhbhal ke bare main jankari dena.
SAMAN. – Black Board, Ejal, Lecture Stand chock duster etc.
PAHUNCH – Prachin kal mein larai suryodai se suryast tak hi lari jati
thi lekin samay ke sath -2 ish ran-niti mein parivartan aaya aur aaj yah
sthiti hai ki jyadatar hamle raat ke waqt hi hotein hain. Ese mein raat ke
dauran kam karne ki sikhalai ka mahatve kafe badh gaya hai. Yadi raat ki
sikhlai mein har jawan maharat rakhata hai to who surprise banaye rakha
ja sakta hai.
RAAT KE SAMAY FAUJI SIKHLAI KE FAIDE :i)) Raat ke waqt dushman ke aimed fire se bacha ja sakta hai.
ii) Surprise bana rahata hai.
iii) Akramak karwai mein bhi pura faida uthaya ja sakata hai.
iv) Kamyabi badhai ja sakti hai.
Raat ke waqt hamein Nimna kam karne padte hain. :i) Raat ka hamla
ii) Raat ke kamle se bachao.
iii) Raat ke waqt gust ya gurion ki harkat
iv) Sentry duty
v) Defence lagana
vi) Raat ke waqt withdrawl karna
vii) patrolling karna
viii) Raat ke waqt ghat lagana.
DIN AUR RAAT MEIN FARK - Hum log yeh samjhtain hain ki andhere
mein dekh pana sambhav nahi hai. Lekin yah galat hai. Yadi abhiyas kiya
jae to raat ko bhi bina roshni ke dekh pana muskil hai
TARTIB Raat ke waqt dekhbhal ka tarika. – Jab ankh andhera apna leti hai to
kathin targeton ko bhi aasani se dekhne lagati hai. Iske nimna sidhanton
ko dyan mein rakhna jaruru hai.
(a) Halkar dekho :- Kisi bhi nishan ko sidhi nazar se na dekha jae. Raat
ke waqt nishan se 10 degree hat kar dekha jae. Iska karan kon kaisi kaon
ka ratina ke kinare hona hai.
(b) Lagatar ghoor kar mat dekho :152
Lagatar ghoor kar dekhne se nishan chalta hua dikhai dega ya
dikahi dena band ho jaega iska karan yeh hai ki raat ko ankhe jaldi thak
jati hai.
© chamkili Rishni se bachao. :Ankhon ko flash flare , land lamp, bulb aadi ki roshni se bachaeian. Tez
roshni se ankhe chondhiyan jati hai aur dikhna band ho jata hai.
(d) Teji se talasi mat lo. :Din ke samay ankhe kisi nishan ko sidha hi focus karti hai aur raat
mein kai kono se dekhati hain. Islie kisi nishan ko kahine baen, uapr,
niche aur ho sake to kono se dekha jae.
(e) Ankho ko aaram kia jae. :Chunki ankhe thak jati hai ishlie unhen 02 minut bad arram dia jae.
ABHIYAS. Raat ko isi kam ka abhiyash lo.
SANKSHEP
Raat mein dikhav ka abhiyash hone se har jawan operational area mein
apni duty achchhi tarah kar sakta hai.
---------------------------------------*************************----------------
FC-33-38
FIRE DISCIPLINE AUR FIRE CONTROL ORDERS
PARICHAY
Kisi bhi tgt par fire karwane ke lie har Cdr ko sahi Fire control Orders
dene ka tariqa aana chahiye. Samay ke mahatava ko dekhte hue yah
chhota aur saaf hona chahiye. Iske alawa dushman ko sahi dhang se
barbad karne ke lie har jawan ka fire discipline bhi unche darje ka hona
chahiye, lekin kamjor trg aur dar ke karan am taur par yah unche darje ka
nahin hai. Sec aur Pl Cdrs ke naate aapki yeh duty hai ki aap ke jawano ka
Fire discipline achha ho.
UDDESH
Aapko Fire discipline aur Fire Control ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lesson chhar bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
Bhag I. Paribhashayen, Fire Control Orders aur unke usul.
Bhag II. Fire Control Orders ki Tartib.
Bhag III. Attack aur Def mein Fire Discipline ko kayam rakhna.
BHAG I - PARIBHASHAYEN, FIRE CONTROL ORDER AUR UNKE USUL
PARIBHASHAYEN.
Fire Unit. Woh hathiyar band toli, jo ek Cdr ke hukam ke niche fire karti
hai, jaise ki ek sec.
Fire Unit Cdr. Jo ohdedar fire unit ke fire par hukam ya ishare dwara
control
karta hai use fire unit cdr kahte hain. Jaise ki ek Sec Cdr.
153
Fire Control Orders. Woh hukam jo ek fire unit Cdr, tgt par fire karwane
aur uspar kabu rakhne ke lie fire unit ko deta hai.
Fire Direction Orders. Yeh woh hukam hain jo ki ek Fire unit Cdr apne
se unche darje ke Cdr se leta hai, Ismen fire ki tadad, tgt par fire kab
khola jaega, iteyadi hukam diye jate hai. Sec Cdr, Pl Cdr se Fire
Directions Order leta hai. Udhaharan, Pl Cdr ke Fire direction order 51mm
Mor det ke lie: Mor det Cdr ,50, thoda baen, spur par jhari, Pl ka Fire base.
Mor det Pl ko, covering fire dega.
Arc of Fire. Yeh ek sub unit ya hathiyar ka zimmewari ka ilaqa hai
jismen ki
use tgt engage karna hota hai. Iski dahina aur bayan had
zamini nishan ke dwara
bataya jata hai. Is arc of fire mein kuch madad
ke nishan chune jate hain.
Field of Fire. Yeh woh ilaqa hai jismen ki hathiyar kargar fire dal sakta
hai. Arc
of Fire , Fd of Fire ka ek hissa hota hai.
FIRE CONTROL KE USUL.
FIRE TABHI KAREN JAB :Dushman kargar fire ke rg mein ho.
Surprise kho jaye.
ASARDAR FIRE.
Dushman/ tgt ko marne ya barbad karne ke liye, fire kiya jae, na ki
darane ke liye.
Auto hathiyar se burst fire.
Amn ki bachat.
Fire Control Orders
Fire Control Orders char prakar ke hote hain:Full Fire Orders
Nukta Tgt ke liye.
Faile hue Tgt ke liye.
(b) Taiyari ka Fire Order.
(c) Mauke ka Fire Order.
(d) Achanak ya chota Fire Orders
Full Fire Orders. Yeh Fire Orders tab diye jate hain jab fire unit Cdr ke
paas prayapt samay ho aur tgt duri par ho. Yeh tafseel mein diye jate hain.
Yeh do kism ka hota hai.
Nukta Tgt. Yeh us samay diye jate hain jab ki dushman ek point (nukta)
tgt banta hai. Jaise ki (LMG Gp 500. Hulldown tree, dushman ka sniper, ek
burst fire.)
154
Faila hua Tgt. Yeh us samay diye jate hai jab ki dushman ek ilaqa mein
faila
hua hota hai. Jaise ki: No 1 Sec 300,Tuti futi zamin mein jhadi ke
pichhe aur aspas ke ilaqe mein dushman ka ek sec chhupha hua hai. LMG
Gp 2 burst aur Rif Gp, 5-5 rd fire.
Taiyari ka Fire Orders. Yeh fire control order us samay diye jate hai jab
ki dushman kargar rg se bahar ho aur apni taraf harkat/ adv kar raha ho,
yani hukam dene aur asar mein fire kholne mein samay lagega. Jaise ki :
No 1 Sec 800, Lal jhari ke ilaqe se dushaman ka ek sec hamari taraf adv
karta hua. Mar ke ilaqe mein ane par mere hukam se fire hoga. Fire kholne
ka initiative Cdr apne pass rakh sakta hai ya sub unit par chor sakta
hai.Jaise ki: Mar ke ilaqe mein ane par LMG Gp 2 burst fire, Rif Gp 3 rd
fire.
Mauke ka Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diya jata hai, jab ki har
ek jawan ko apne aap mauke ke mutabik fire karna ho. Jaise ki: No 1 Sec dushman tuti futi zamin mein chup gaya hai najar ane par fire). Ismen har
jawan apni samajh bhuj aur fire discipline ka khyal rakhte hue dushman
par fire karta hai.
Achanak aur Chhota Fire Order. Yeh fire order us samay diye jata hai jab
ki dushman achanak nazdik fasle par nikal kar surprise kar deta hai.
Jaise ki: No 1 Sec aim down - dahine dushman fire).
BHAG II - FIRE CONTROL ORDER KI TARTIB
Hukam hamesha mukarar ki hui tartib se dena chahiye taki koi baat
chhut na jaye aur samjhne mein asani ho. Tartib is prakar hai
(a) G - GROUP - Jis unit dwara fire karwana ho.
(b) R - RANGE - Apni jagah se tgt ka fasla.
(c) I - INDICATION - Tgt ka bayan.
(d) T - TYPE - Fire ki kism.
DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
Fire se Pahle. Fire unit Cdr ko fire order dene se pahle nimnlikhit baton
ko dhyan mein rakhna chahiye.
(a) Range
- Kya dushman hathiyar ki rg mein hai ?
(b) Surprise - Kya surprise hasil karne ke liye fire ko thodi der roka jae ?
hai ?
(C) Hathiyar - Kaunse hathiyar se sabse achha natija hasil ho sakta
(d) Rate of Fire - Rapid fire am taur par in maukon par karwana
chahie ?
(i) Jab dushman ko Surprise karna ho.
(ii) Aslt mein covering fire dete samay.
(e) Fire par Control - Initiative khud ke pas ya sub unit ko de diya jaye.
155
Zimmewari.
Orders ke Dauran Dhyan mein rakhne wali baaten..
(a)
Hukam saf, dhire aur kam lafzon mein de diye jaen.
(b) Awaj itni unchi ho taki saf sunai den.
(i) Jab tak surprise barkarar ho to fire control orders ya to dhire awaj
mein ya mukarar hue fd/ sound sig se den.
(ii) Surprise kho jane par unchi awaj mein order den aur sunne wale
jawan hukam dohrayenn taki sabhi ko malum chal jaye.
(c) Tamam baten hukam ke taur par hon.
(d) Orders mein waqfa hona chahiye takih jawan uspar sath sath amal
kar saken (give an example)
FIRE KE DAURAN ISTEMAL KIYE JANE WALE SHABD:(a) Stop aur jari kar.
(b) Dahine/ Baen.
(c) Dhire/Tez.
(d) Upar/ Niche.
BHAG III - ATTACK AUR DEF MEIN FIRE DISCIPLINE KO KAYAM
RAKHNE WALI BATEN FIRE DISCIPLINE
Kathin se kathin paristhition mein bhi hukam ya pahle se mukarrar
ishare ke bina fire na kholne ko fire discipline kahte hain. Fire discipline
kayam rakhne mein nimn baten madad karti hain.
(a) Bagair hukam ke fire nahin karen. Isse surprise kho jata hai. Fire us
samay kholna chahiye jab yeh yakin ho jae ki dushman ka koi bhi jawan
bach nahin sakta.
(b) Fire dushman ko barbad karne ke lie dalna chahiye .
(c) Raat ke samay mein fire karte samay khas dhyan den ki kisi bhi
harkati cheez par fire khol diya jae.
Defence
Def ke dauran Fire Discipline is prakar kayam rakha jata hai.
(a) Hukam saaf ho aur nimn baten shamil hon :(i) Arc of fire - Primary aur secondary.
(ii) Fixed Line
156
(iii) DF Task
(iv) Fire kholne ki had
(b)
Fire kholne aur band ke ishare
(c)
Illumination ka hukam
(d)
Indirect fire ka sahi istemal
(e)
Amn ki bant
(F)
Briefing
Attack.
samay.
(a)
Fire base ke sab hukam - banawat,jagah,fire ki bant aur
(b)
Fire kholne aur band karne ka ishara.
(c) Amn ki baant.
(d) Indirect fire ka sahi istemal.
(e) Detailed briefing.
FIRE DISCIPLINE KO ACHA BANAYE RAKHNE KE LIYE DHYAN DENE
WALI BATEN
Fire discipline ko achha banane ke lie nimnlikhit baten dhyan mein
rakhni chahiye.
(a)
Fire discipline ke usul trg mein shamil kiye jaen.
(b) Ek morche mein sab naye jawan na hon.
(c) Fire kholne aur band karne ke ishare mukarrar hon.
(d) Sentries jodi mein hon.
(e) Bina dekhe fire nahin karen.
(f) Faltu harkat nahi karen.
(g) Ilaqe ki jankari sabhi jawanon ko ho.
(h) Kabhi kabhi morche mein Cdr ko khud jakar fire control
karna par sakta hai.
SANKSHEP
Fire discipline aur fire control orders tac ke buniyadi usulon mein se
hain. Larai ke dauran amn, harkat, hathiyar ka sahi istemal aur dushman
ko zyada se zyada nuksan tabhi ho sakta hai jab Offrs, JCOs aur UOs fire
control orders ka istemal samajhdari se karen.
---------------------------********************--------------------------
FC-39-44
NIGHT SENTRIES KI DUTIES
SHURU KA KAM
157
Din aur raat ki dekhbhal karne ki puri puri sikhlai pane ke bad jawano
ko santri duty ki sikhlai pani chahiye. Agar santri hoshiyari se duty na
kare to apne sathion ki jaane khaton me pad sakti hai. Santry ko chahiye
ki who apni duty chusti yaom chalaki se Karen.
AIM(LAKSHYA) :- Ratri mein sentry ko apni duty ka pura jankari ka
lakshya
DOHRAI – Q – Fire order kitne prakar ke hote hain.
Ans. Fir order do prakar ke hote hain.
UDDESHYA – Night santries ki dutyon ke baren me sikhalai
SAMAN- Black Board, Ejal. Lecture Stand, chock duster pointer etc.
PAHUNCH –
Night advance , attack , defence, withdrawal , raid, aur iske alawa
khabar Hasil karne ke lie patrolling karte hain. Is lie jaroori hai ki pratek
jawan ko raat ke sentry ki duty ke bare mein poori jankari honi chahiye.
TARTIB- Larai ke beench apna kam pura karne ke bad thakawat ko dur
karna jaruri hai, Dusri bat dushman ke achnak hone wale hamle se bhi
bacho karna jaroori hai, Raat ke santriyson ko choukanna Rakhane ke lie
awashak hai ki post per Jodi mein sentry ho. Aur ve bari-2 badli kiyen
jaye. Yani har Ghante ek santri ki badly ho esi badly se do bade faiden
hain.
i) Jodi ka Naya santri taza ho jata hai taki wo so na sake.
ii) Jodi ka purana Santri ek ghante se dekhbhal kar raha hota hai islie
wo har chiz se parichit hota hai.
Santry ke lie awashak baten.
i) uski dekhbhal ka kshetra (Area) kaun sa hai.
ii) Ane wale ke sath kya karwai karni hai.
iii) pass ward aur counter pass ward malum hona chahiye.
iv) Shatru aur uski disha.
v) Apnea as pass ke paston ki jankari
vi) apne ilake ke mashhur nishan
vii) apne patrolling party ke baren me jankari
viii) Defence fire signal ke jankari aur stand to karne ka tarika.
ix) sentry badly karte samay naye sentry ko sabh awashak jankari
batani chahiye.
CHALANGE PUKARNA AUR PASS WORD PUCHANA
Har jawan ko janana jaruri hai ki wo post ki aura ne wale admi ya toil ko
chalange purkarega , agar anjan aadmi aa raha hai to pahale Guard
Commander ko suchit kare taki pura post alart ho jaye aane wale ko
najdik aane de, jab uchit duri par aa jaye to tham pukren hath uper
karne ka aadesh de, agar aane wala akela hai to aage badhe aur toil hai to
uske commander ko aage badhe post ke shesh jawan puri party ko
insane se cover rakhe . pahchan ke lie najdik aane per tham pukare aur
pass ward puche agar pass word sahi hai to ek do ko pahachan kar andar
aane de. Yadi tham ke aadesh per toil tham na ho to bina aadesh ke goli
mar kar barbad kar de.
ABHIYAS –
Isi kam ka abhiyas lo
SAK SAWAL – Jawano se sawal jawab kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP - Larai ke dauran ya post per ratri sentry ki puri
jawabdari diya jaye aur karyawai ka pura aadesh diya jaye.
*********************************************************************************
************************************************************************************
************************************************************************************
158
BC 1-5
SECTION AND PLATOON BATTLE DRILLS
Parichay
1.
Battle drills choti tac samaseon ko suljhane mein madad dete hain.
Durust battle drill se samay ki bachat hoti hai aur bina hadbadahat ke tezi
se action kiya ja sakta hai. Durust battle drill ke liye fd sig aur sec/ pl fmn
ka gyan hona zaruri hai. Kisi bhi tariqe ke hamle mein sec/ pl cdrs ki sabse
badi samase hai tezi aur kifayat se akhri 150m mein ane wali tac samaseon
ko dur karke dushman tak pahunchna. Is ke liye zaruri hai ki aise saral
aur lachile battle drills banaye jaye jo ek sec/ pl cdr ko in tac samaseon ko
dur karne mein madad de.
Uddesh
159
2. Is lec ka uddesh aapko quick attack, sec battle drills aur pl battle
drills ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
Bhag
3. Yeh lec char bhagon mein pura kiya jaega :(a)
Bhag I :
Quick attack.
(b)
Bhag II :
Sec Aur Pl battle drills.
(c)
Bhag III :
Sec battle drill.
(d)
Bhag IV :
Pl battle drill.
Bhag I - Quick Attack
Quick attack(Jaldi ka hamla)
4. Quick Attack aur deliberate attack (tayari ka hamla) mein koi
buniyadi farq nahin hai. Quick attack ke bare mein chand zaruri baten is
prakar hai :(a) Samay ka Mahatw. Samay ka bahut mahatv hota hai. Jaldi
aur tezi se kiya gaya hamla dushman ko apna def aur mazboot karne
se rok dega.
(b) Is hamle ke douran niche wale cdrs ko kafi choot milti hai.
(c) Recce aur plan banane mein kam samay istemal kiya jaata hai.
(d) Hamla tezi se karne ke liye achhe battle procedure aur drills ki
zarurat parti hai.
(e) Recce ke liye samay ki kami ke karan dushman ka sahi andaza
lagana zaruri hai.
(f) Samay ki kami ke karan Arty ka puri tarah dply nahin ho
sakega is liye fire support ke liye apne hi hathiyaron ke istemal par
ziada zor hoga.
5. Quick Attack ke Darje.
(a) Taiyari ka Darja (Preparatory Stg).
Aage
badkar
dushman ka pata lagana, fire se use wahin rokna aur lagao banakar
rakhna. Uske bad uske bare mein khabar hasil karna . Lagav hone
ke baad dushman ko imdadi fire se engage rakha jae aur saath hi
hamlawar tukri ek taraf se aslt posn tak pahunch jae.
(b) Hamle ka Darja (Aslt Stg).
Hamla pure taqat ke sath kiya
jae. Hamla chotte falav paruntu gahrai tak jane wala ho. Dushman
ke saamne chune hue hamle ki disha nahin badli jai.
(c) Reorg.
Yeh hamle ka teesra aur antim darja hai. Ismen ki
jane wali karwai ko bhag III mein vistar se bataya jaega.
BHAG II : SEC AUR PL BATTLE DRILLS
Zaruri Baten
6. Kisi bhi battle drill ke niminlikhit buniyadi aur zaruri baten hain jo
aap ko age samjhaye jaengi :(a) Fire and mov.
(b) Soch vichar.
160
(c) Hukum.
Fire and Mov
7. Aam.
Sec/ pl ko fire aur mov se adv karna sikhana nihayati zaruri
hai. Fire aur mov ke nimnalikhit faide hain :(a) Yeh tac ka mul siddhant hai aur jr ldrs ke liye upari tac ka
parichay hai.
(b) Yeh adhiktar mul inf tac sikata hai jo ki is prakar ke op ke liye
zaruri hai eg:- FC, wpn handling, fire control, command aur ldrship,
team work aur physical fitness.
(c) Yeh ek sipahi mein aggressive spirit paida karta hai.
(d) Yeh pl ke hamle ke liye adhik marak (offensive) aur adhik
kargar fire sp paida karta hai.
(e) Kisi bhi larai mein sec ko en ki koi posn clear karne ka task
mil sakta hai; is samay leading sec ko apni axis of adv se hat kar en
ko clear karna parega. Sec ko swatantra rup se bhi mopping up ke
dauran koi chota task mil sakta hai.
(f) Yeh jungle aur CI ops mein mul battle drill hai.
Fire and Mov ki Basic Considerations
8. Sec/ pl fire and mov ke char basic considerations hai:(a) Khule/ exposed grnd par bina cov fire ke koi harkat nahi honi
chahiye.
(b) Cdr dwara cont.
(c) Cov fire ka angle ziada se ziada chauda hona chahie (90 degree
tak) lekin cont kam nahi hona chahie, na hi samay barbad hona
chahie.
(d) Grnd. Sabhi aad ka istemal karen. Jahan aad kam hai, smk
ke istemal ke bare mein socha jae.
Battle drill ka Appre
9. Section Battle Drill ka Appre.
samna karna par sakta hai:-
Sec cdr ko do paristithion ka
(a) Agar sec phans jata hai aur en aslt karne ke rg mein hai to
shayad ek hi sambhav faisla ho sakta hai- fire aur bayonet se aslt.
(b) Agar normal rg par en small arms fire dwara sec ko rokne mein
kamyab hota hai to sec cdr ko nimn baton par faisla lena parega:(i)
Aslt ki disha.
(ii)
LMG gp ki posn.
(iii)
RL det ki posn.
(c) LMG aur RL ki posn ka faisla grnd ke upar nirbhar karta hai.
Lekin LMG/ RL det agar kisi ek flk par pahle se dply ho gaya hai to
unhe usi flk par fire posn ikhtyar karni paregi. En ki kargar rg mein
dets ko ek flk se dusre flk tak harkat karna shayad mumkin na ho
paye.
10. Pl Battle Drill ka Appre.
Detailed appre ke liye kafi samay ki
zarurat parti hai, pl level par itna samay mil pana durlabh hai. En ke sath
jab milap (contact ho jata hai to pl cdr ko tezi se badalne wali paristithi ka
161
samna karna parta hai aur use turant plan banana parta hai. Plan banane
ke liye use appre (soch-vichar) ka ek chota rup apnana parta hai:(a)
Aim.
(b)
Grnd.
(c)
Plan.
12. Aim. Pl level par irada aam taur par coy cdr dwara diya gaya task
hota hai.
13. Grnd. Apne soch-vichar mein pl cdr ko grnd ka jaldi se appre karna
parta hai. Yeh sequence mein nimn heading mein karen:(a) Obj.
(b) Route (Rasta).
(c) Fire support (Imdadi Fire).
14. Obj. Dushman ki failav ko dhyan mein rakhte hue obj ko chuna
jaye. Pt sec ki dushman ko loc karne ki karwai aur pl cdr ki recce ke baad,
pl cdr ko obj chunne mein dikkat nahi honi chahie. Pl cdr ko nimn baton
par sochna chahiye :(a) Dushman kahan par hai.
(b) Dushman ki tadad aur hathiyar kon kon se hain.
(c) Kya yeh Pl ki kabiliyat mein hai.
15. Rasta.
Grnd ko LEFT (BAEN), CENTRE (MADHYA) AUR RIGHT
(DAEN) bhagon mein bato aur har bhag mein nimn muddon par gaur karo:-
hain.
(a)
Obj tak rasta.
(b)
Mov (harkat ) ke liye cov (aad).
(c)
Obst (rukawaten).
(d)
Distance (fasle).
(e)
Aslt ke liye posns (pl fire aur mov mein FUP nahi hoti).
(f)
Kis disha se obj par hamla asani se kiya ja sakta hai.
(g)
Annya raste obj tak kon kon se hain.
(h)
Nimnlikhit ke lie in raston ke faide aur nuksan kon kon se
(i)
Suraksha.
(ii)
Nazar aur fire se bachav.
(iii)
Par karne wale obst(badhaen).
(iv)
Har raste se lagne wala samay.
(v)
Aslt posn ka milna.
162
16. Fire Sp.
karen:-
Covering fire ke liye posn chune. Nimn soch vichar
(a) Dushman ko beasar karne ke lie kis prakar ke fire sp ki
zarurat hai.
(b) Hamle ke dauran achanak milne wali dushman ke
beasar kaise karenge.
posn ko
(c) Harkat aur kabza karne ke lie kis samay adhik fire sp ki
zarurat hogi.
(d) Pl mein kitni fire sp hai aur kya yeh kafi hai.
(e) Hamle ke darje ke dauran kon kon se wpn adhik kamyab
honge.
(f) In hathiyaron ko kahan par lagaya jae.
17. Plan. Apne yeh dekha hoga ki pl level par plan grnd par nirbhar hota
hai aur pl cdr ko kewal situation (halat) ke mutabik upayukt/ sabse achha
battle drill ka chunav karna hota hai.
Battle Drill Ke Orders
18, Sec Level (Pt Sec).
(a)
Pt sec ke liye hum pahle se hi man ke chalenge ki:-
liye
(i)
Sec ko yeh pata hota hai ki dushman kahan hota hai. Isi
dushman ki khabar sec ke dene ki zarurat nahi paregi.
(ii)
Adv ke hukum dete samay sec cdr ne yeh bataya hoga ki
sec ka IRADA jaldi se jaldi adv karna aur chote virodh ko dur
karna hai.
(b)
si liye sec level par quick attack ke orders (hukum) mein kewal
nimn zaruri hai:(i)
LMG-RL gp (sp gp) ke kis taraf se Rif gp harkat karega ?
Udaharan ke taur par ‘LEFT FLANKING (BAEN SE HAMLA)’
mein Rif gp LMG-RL gp ke left/ baen
se mov/ harkat karega.
(ii)
Pahle kaunsa gp harkat karega ? Agar LMG-RL gp pahle
mov/ harkat kar raha hai to woh kis jagah par harkat karega.
19.Sec Level (Aam Sec)
18. Yadi koi sec pl ke hamle ki battle drill mein shamil hai to kewal nimn
orders ki zarurat hai:(a)
Dushman ki loc/ failav.
(b)
Hukumon mein batayi gayi pl battle drill.
(c)
Route (rasta) aur aslt posn.
20.Pl level Par Orders. Pl ko short cut orders (hukum) ke liye taiyar
aur trained hona chahie. Pl level par nimn orders se ziada ki zarurat nahi
padni nahi chahie:(a) Dushman ka disposn (kis type ka dushman hai, uski
nafri;wpns, loc etc.).
(b) Irada.
(c) Pl battle drill jo istemal mein lai jane wali hai.
(d) Route (rasta) aur aslt posn.
(e) Larai ki halat ke mutabik battle drill mein koi tabdili.
163
BHAG III : SEC BATTLE DRILL
21.
Duhsman ke fire ke andar ane se lekar dushman ki loc ko clear
karne tak sec ki karwai ek drill ke mutabik ki jati hai aur ise char bhag/
parts mein banta gaya hai:(a)
reaction.
Bhag I.
Dushman ke kargar fire ane par sec ki karwai/
(b)
Bhag II.
Dushman ki loc ka pata lagana aur use
neutralize/ nakara karna.
(c)
Bhag III.
Aslt / hamla.
(d)
Bhag IV.
Re-org.
22. Battle drill mein Bhag I aur II pura karne mein ek sec ko 1-2 minute
se ziada samay nahi lagna chahie.
Bhag I : Dushman ka kargar Fire Ane Par Sec ki Karwai/ Reaction
Aam
23. Adv ke dauran Sec Cdr lagatar nimn ke liye nazar rakhega:(a)
Fire cont orders ke liye naye ref pts. Jaise-jaise sec adv karta
rahta hai sec cdr yeh ref pts sec ko describe/ indicate kar sakta hai aur har
jawan
ishare se uska izhar kar sakta hai ki ref pt ‘seen’. Ref pt
samajh mein na aye to ‘not seen’ pukara ja sakta hai.
(b) Dushman ka kargar fire ane par sec ke gps ke liye aad/ cover
lene ki posn/ jagah. Jab bhi sambhav ho sec cdr in posn ko sec ko
indicate karega. Yeh orders HO-SAKTA-HAI ke rup mein diye jayenge
eg, “ Agar hamare upar kargar fire samne se aata hai to sp gp dahine
patharon mein aad lega aur rif gp uthi hui zamin ke sath aad lega”.
Drill
24. Adhiktar jawanon ki kargar fire ane ke baad zamin par let jane ki
pravrutti hoti hai. Lekin yeh galat hai kyon ki dushman tgt saaf honepar/
tgt ko aad na/ kam hone par hi fire karega. Sabse achha marg hoga
daurna; kyon ki daurta tgt engage karne ke liye bahut mushkil hai. Lekin
isse sec cdr sec par cont kho sakta hai agar nimn drill nahin kai jaye to:25. Sec cdr aad pakarne ke liye exec order dega “aad pakdo”.
(f)
“Aad pakdo” ke hukum par sec
ka har jawan sec cdr ke HO-SAKTA-HAI orders mein di gai posn mein
ya koi nazdiki aad pakrega. Lekin koi bhi jawan sec cdr ke itna dur
nahi jaega ki uski awaz na sun sake,magar sec cdr ki indicate ki gai
posn par jaa sakte hain.
(g)
Har jawan aad pakadne se
pahle zamin par tezi se gir padega aur crawl karke alag hatega taki
jab woh jawan aad se dekhbhal karega aur shist lega to dushman ki
shist uss par nahi hogi.
(h)
Har jawan dekhbhal/ obsn
karne ke liye posn lega. Jis ko bhi sec cdr ki awaz sunai nahi deti
woh sec cdr ke nazdik crawl karke jaega.
(i)
Jis bhi jawan ko dushman
dikhai dega woh sec cdr ke hukum ka intezar na karte hue jawabi
fire karega.
(j)
Usul ke taur par jab dushman
se lagav ho jata hai to aisa nahi hona chahie ki kisi samay koi
jawan kuch bhi nahi kar raha ho. Har jawan mein ladai ki bhavna
164
honi chahie aur use nimn mein se kuch na kuch karte rahna
chahie:(i)
Firing; ya
(ii)
Dekhbhal;ya
(iii)
Dekhbhal karne ke liye nai posn ke liye harkat; ya
(iv)
Firing karne ke liye nai posn ke liye harkat; ya
(v)
Hamle ke liye harkat.
(k) Ikattha hona (bunching) se hamesha bacha jaega. RL aur LMG
gp ke Nos zarurat padne par ek sath/ nazdik/ munasib duri par ho
sakte hain, baki koi bhi jawan din ke dauran khule ilake mein ek
dusre ke 5 m se kam ke fasle mein nahi hoga-woh bhi aad ke
mutabik.
(l) Sankshep mein sec cdr se “aad pakdo” ka hukum milne ke
baad DAUDO- LETO- RENGO- AAD PAKDO- DEKHBHAL KAROSHIST LO- (dushman dikhai dene par) FIRE KARO.
Bhag II : Dushman ki Loc ka Pata Lagana aur Use Neutralize/ Nakara
Karna
Aam
26. Dushman ki loc ka pata lagana aam taur par asan nahi hai.
Dushman ki loc ka pata nahi laga to bina cas ke sec shayad hi age badh
payega (bina smk ke). Sec apni pahal bhi kho sakta hai aur Pl ka adv bhi
ruk sakta hai.
Dushman ki Loc ka Pata Lagane aur Use Neutralize/ Nakara Karne ki
Drill
Dushman ki Loc ka Pata Lagane ki Drill
27. Dushman ki Loc ka Pata Lagane ki Drill
lagane ki drill teen star/ stgs mein puri hoti hai:-
Dushman ki loc ka pata
(a) Dekhbhal karke. Fire ki awaz jis disha se aayi us disha mein
dekho. Awaz se fasle ka anuman lag jayega. Lagbhag 30 second ke
baad bhi kuch dikhai na de to dekhbhal se dushman ki loc ka pata
lagana bahut hi durlabh hai.
(b) Fire karke.
Sec cdr do riflemen ko dushman ki sabse ziada
sambhav loc mein do-do rd fire karne ka hukum dega. Baki sec
apne-apne arc of obsn mein bade dhyan se dekhbhal/ obs karenge.
Dushman ka koi jawabi fire nahi ane par sec cdr do aur riflemen ko
fire karke dekhne ki koshish kar sakta hai. Yadi phir bhi dushman
ka koi jawabi fire nahi aya to yato dushman achhi trg paya hua hai
ya woh withdraw ho gaya hai (piche hat gaya hai).
(c) Harkat karke.
Sec cdr ek ya do jawanon ko age lagbhag 10
m agli aad tak uth kar daurne ka hukum dega. Agar phir bhi
dushman fire nahi karta hai to yeh karwai dobara bhi ho sakti hai.
Yadi wahan dushman hai to woh bahut achhi trg paya hua hai aur is
mushkil tgt ko engage karne ki galati nahi kar raha hai (ek aad se
dusri aad 10 m ka fasla tezi se cover karta hua admi ek bahut
mushkil tgt hai). Dushman ka koi jawab na milne par sec ke adv jari
rakhna padega.
Tgt ko Indicate karna
28. Jis bhi jawan ko dushman Sec cdr se pahle dikhai dega woh turant
ek tracer rd load karega aur jor se pukarega “mera tracer dekho” aur fire
165
karega aur tab tak fire karta rahega jab tak sec cdr use Fire Cont Order na
de. Is drill ke nimn faide hain:(a) Ek sadharan jawan se hum Fire Control Orders dene ki ya
kewal tgt ka durust/ hu-ba-hu description jaldi se dena ki umeed
nahi rakh sakte.
(b) Tracer ki maar dekhne ke baad sec cdr asani aur jaldi se Fire
Control Order de sakta hai; isse samay ki kafi bachat hogi.
(c) Loc kiye gaye dushman par turant fire dal sakte hai.
Tgt/ Dushman ko neutr Karna
29. (a)
Jaise hi sec cdr ko dushman ki loc ka pata lagata hai use
turant ek Fire Control Order dena zaruri hai taki woh sec ke Fire
Power ki takat us par dal kar use neutr kar sake. Agar kuch jawan
pahale hi fire kar rahe ho to sec cdr Fire Cont Order jari karne se
pahle “stop” lagaega/ pukarega.
(b)
Yeh Fire Fight jeetne ke baad sec cdr ko dushman
par lagatar fire
dalwakar pahal/ initiative kayam rakhna chahie . Isi dauran use
sec ko tacticall mov karke dushman ke nazdik pahunchna chahie
taki use aslt kiya ja sake.
Bhag III : Aslt/ Hamla
30. Hamle ke do prakar hain:(a)
LEFT flanking (BAEN SE).
(SP Gp) ke BAEN SE karwai karta hai:-
Is mein Rif Gp LMG-RL Gp
OBJECTIVE
RIFLE GP
SP GP
FIG 1 : LEFT FLANKING ASLT
(b)
RIGHT flanking (DAYEN SE). Is mein rif gp LMG/RL gp
(sp gp) ke dayen se karwai karta hai.
OBJECTIVE
166
RIF GP
SP GP
FIG 2 : RIGHT FLANKING ASLT
(c) Aslt ke liye sec cdr ke hukum nimn hote hain; isse adhik ki
zarurat nahin hai:(i)
Aslt kis side se hoga LEFT ya RIGHT SE (SP- GP se LEFT
ya RIGHT ki disha).
(ii)
par
Kaun sa group pahle harkat karega rif gp ya sp gp.
(iii)
Agar LMG-RL gp pahle harkat karta hai to woh kis posn
harkat karega.
31. Dhyan mein rakhne wali mukhya baten:(a) Sec cdr rif gp ko khud lead karega. Woh LMG aur RL Gp ko
unki antim posn tak jahan se ye groups rif gp ke aslt cover karenge
awaj ke cont (voice cont) mein rakhega.
(b) Khule ilake mein covering fire ke bina koi harkat nahi hogi.
Covering fire ka angle ziada se ziada hona chahie. (90 degree tak).
(c) Zab rif gp ek bound se dusre bound par fire posn ikhtyar karta
hai, to LMG aur RL group ko nai fire posn ikhtyar karne ke liye auto
age badhna chahie jahan se ve rif gp ko achha fire sp de sakte hain.
Jaise hi LMG aur rif gp apni nai posn mein aa jate hain rif group ko
ek bound age badhna chahie.
(d) Aslt mein jane se pahle jin rif- men ki rif par gren projector
chadha ho use zarurat padne par hukum dekar utarwa dena chahie.
(e) Aslt ki raftar aur dhawa karne ka fasla grnd, jawanon ki
condition aur sec cdr ke cont ke upar nirbhar karega. Aam taur par
final/ antim aslt shuru- shuru mein paidal chal se hoga aur fire
kandhe ya hip posn se kia jaega ise kahte hain marching fire. Jab rif
gp dushman ke lagbhag 45 m- 50 m pahunch jata hai to sec cdr
hukum dega “CHARGE”.
(f) LMG aur RL Gp ke Nos ko itna amn carry karna chahie ki ek
sec ke normal hamle ko sp kar sake.
(g) LMG aur RL No 2 mag/ container drill karenge:(i) Re-org hone par.
(ii)
Jab sec ka adv ruk jata hai aur sec, Pl ke liye fire
sp sec niyukt kiya jata hai
167
(iii) Sec cdr ke hukum par ya zarurat ke mutabik anya
maukon par.
(h) Jaise aslt ho jata hai, LMG aur RL Gp jiada se jiada der tak fire
sp denge aur rif gp ke safety angle/ safety distance mein ane ke baad
fire ko rif gp ke age obj par switch/ shift karenge.
Bhag IV : Reorg
32. Obj par aslt karne ke baad Sec reorg ki nimn drill karega:(a) Jaise hi sp group yeh dekhta hai ki rif gp aslt ke baad cover
lene laga hai to woh double se rif gp ke saath aa kar milega.
(b) Sec cdr obj ke area ka search karwaega chupe ya ghayal
dushman ko pakadne ke liye. Jo rif-men is task ke liye detail hote hai
unhe dusre rif-man se cover kiya jayega.
(c) Sec cdr nimn check karega:(i) Sec Cdr har rif-man, LMG aur RL Gp ki posn check
karega aur zarurat pade to unhe re-site karega. Sec cdr arc of
obsn aur fire, aur ref pts bhi niyukt/ detail karega.
(ii) Cas.
(iii) Amn kitna kharch hua hai.
(iv) LMG mag ki re-filling/ bharna.
hai.
(d)
Pura sec apne pl cdr ke agle aadesh ke liye chaukanna rahta
(e)
Reorg ki anya karwai pl ke bandobast ke niche ki jati hai.
BHAG IV : PL BATTLE DRILL
33. Pl Battle drill teen bhagon mein puri hoti hai. Yeh drill ek saral tarike
ki banai gai hai taki Pl cdr chhote virodh ko dur kar sake. Yeh drill fire and
mov ke mul siddhant par adharit hai.
Pl cdr ke diye hukum ke
mutabik chahe woh zabani ya fd sig se diye gaye hon Sec Cdrs karwai karte
hain. Durust fd sig ka istemal karna chahie. Jab sikhlai mein bataye fd
sigs ke alawa anya fd sigs ki zarurat parti hai to unhe improvise karna
chahie parantu ek bn mein yeh fd sigs sabko pata hone chahie.
34. Pl Battle Drill. Pl battle drill ko teen bhagon mein banta jata hai:(a)
karwai.
(b)
(c)
Bhag I :
Dushman ka kargar fire ane par Pt Sec ki
Bhag II :
Flanking attack (ek taraf se hamla).
Bhag III :
Reorg.
Bhag I : Dushman ka Kargar Fire Ane Par Pt Sec ki Karwai
35. Dushman ka kargar fire ane par Pt sec ki karwai nimnlikhit do
darjon mein puri hoti hai:(a) Pahla Darja. Jaise hi point Sec zamin pakarta hai, pura pl
niche likhe tarike se hamle ki taiyari karta hai:(i) Pl cdr apni party ke sath aise sthan par jata hai jahan se
halat ka sahi jayza le sake aur Coy Cdr ko dushman se milap
ki khabar radio ke zarie de sake.
(ii) Pl Hav banki pl ki harkat ko jari rakhwata hai jis se ki
age se age lekin pt sec ki ladai se alag rah kar all round def
168
hasil kiya ja sake. Lekin use yeh achhi tarah pata hona chahie
ki Pl ka koi bhi hissa Dushman ke fire ke andar ata hai to Pl ko
safal Fire aur Mov karna kafi mushkil hoga. Pl ko ‘Halt’ ka
hukum dete hi woh bache hue donon sec cdrs, 51 Mor aur
84mm RL (agar ek/ donon RLs ko sec se alag karke Fire base
mein istemal karna ho to) dets ke cdrs ko iktha karke ‘O’ Gp
RV par bhejne ke lie taiyar karta hai. Agar Pl Hav Mor/ RL ko
fire karte hue sunta hai to woh automatically No 2 ko No 1 ke
paas bhejta hai.
(b) Dusra Darja. Jaise hi Pl cdr yeh andaza/ idea lagata hai ki pt
sec apne fire aur mov se dushman ki loc par kabza nahi kar sakta to
woh ek jaldi ka soch-vichar karta hai aur nimn karwai karta hai:(i) `O' gp ke lie RV ka chunav karta hai.
(ii) `F' gp ke lie RV ka chunav karta hai.
(iii) Pl Hav ke liye orderly/ rnr dwara message bhejta hai –
‘O’ gp aur ‘R’ gp ke liye RV.
(iv) Age wale sec ko hukam ya ishara karta hai aur bata hai
ki :(aa)
Fire sec ki karwai karne ke lie.
(ab) Pl kis taraf (flank) se hamla karega.
(v) Yadi avashyak ho to smk screen ke madad se fire sec ko
aachi posn hasil karwata hai. Yadi pt Sec fire Sec ki karwai
karne ke liye achhi loc mein nahi hai to Mor/ RL ka smk dalwa
ta hai taki pt Sec cdr apni Sec ko kisi achhi loc par le ja sake.
(vi) Jaise hi Pl cdr fire Sec ki loc se santusht ho jae woh
51mm Mor ko HE aur Smk fire ka task deta hai.
(vii) Radio set dwara Coy Cdr ko puri khabar deta hai.
(viii)
deta hai.
Pl cdr RV par jata hai aur RV par `O' gp ko hukam
36. Pl Cdr ka WO ( orderly/ rnr dwara ) milne par Pl Hav nimn karwai
karta hai:(a) ‘O’ Gp (do Sec cdrs, RL det cdr – Mtns mein) ko ‘O’ gp RV ke
liye hukum ke mutabik rawana karta hai.
(b) Bache hue Mor det ko Mor det cdr ke saath milne ke liye
rawana karta hai.
(c) Bache hue Pl ko batai gai RV par tartib waar harkat karata hai.
RV par pahunchne par Secs ko All Rd Def mein tartib waar lagata hai
:Bhag II : Flanking Attack
37. Flk Attack (ek tarfa hamla). Hamle ke lie Pl Cdr hukam deta hai
jinmen yeh shamil hote hain :(a) Dushman ki Khabar.
(b) Irada.
(c) Hamle ki disha (dahine ya baen se).
(d) Fire sec aur fire sp wpns ki jagah aur task (agar pahle se clear
na ho to).
(e) Rasta aur alt posn.
169
(f) Battle drill se hatkar ki jane wali karwai (rear Sec se LMG/ RL
leading Sec ko dena).
38. Order dene ke baad Pl cdr aur Pl ‘O’ gp Pl RV mein jaa kar apni- apni
toli se mil jaenge.
39. Flk hamla karte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten:(a) Aslt posn tak harkat karne ke liye leading Sec woh Sec hai jo Pl
ki harkat ke dauran us disha mein thi jis disha se flk hamla hone
wala hai. Udahran ke taur par LEFT rear Sec leading Sec hoga agar
Pl LEFT flk hamla kar raha hai isi tarah RIGHT rear Sec; Pl ke RIGHT
flk attack ke liye leading Sec hoga.
(b) Aslt posn mein leading Sec; Pl cdr ke bahar ki taraf form- up
hota hai. Yani jab LEFT flk hamla ho raha hai tab leading Sec Pl cdr
ke LEFT (BAEN) ki taraf form – up hota hai aur jab RIGHT flk hamla
ho raha hai tab leading Sec Pl cdr ke RIGHT (DAHINE) ki taraf form –
up hota hai.
(c) Mor (aur RL; jab RL det Pl cdr ke saath hota hai) ko koi task
nahi diya jata aur woh Pl cdr ke saath harkat karta hai.
(d) Aslt posn ke liye harkat ke dauran yadi Pl usi flk ki taraf se kisi
virodh ka saamna karta hai to drill is prakar hogi:(i)
Leading Sec LMG/ RL/ donon LMG aur RL apni Sec se
hatenge aur is nae virodh ko neutralize karenge.
(ii) Agar dushman ka fire bahut bhari (severe) hai to aslt
karne wale Sec ko halt karna padega.
(iii) Issi dauran Pl Hav ko Mor/ RL det ke liye rawana kar
diya jaega taki woh aslt Sec ke line of Adv aur nae virodh ke
bich mein ek fire ka parda bana sake.
(e)
Aslt posn ke liye harkat ke dauran Pl ko cov raste ke upar hi
virodh
ka saamna karna pada to dushman ko clear karke hi hamle ko
jari rakha jaa
sakta hai. Iss ke liye drill nimn hogi:(i)
Leading Sec aab pt Sec ka kaam karega.
(ii)
Agar yeh Sec dushman ki iss nai loc ko clear karne mein
saksham nahi hai to Pl cdr iss leading Sec ko fire Sec ka
kaam karne
ka hukum dega, aur dushman ki nai loc par tisre
Sec se aslt karega.
Bhag III : Reorganisation
40. Reorg. Hamla ho jane ke baad Pl def posn ikhtyar karega jo obj se
age bhi jo sakta hai iss posn mein all rd fd of fire hone chahie. Yeh karwai
ek drill ke taur par ki jaegi:(a)
madhya
Ek tarfa hamle ke lie jate samay age wala sec (leading Sec)
men lag jaega (Pl ki pahli axis of adv).
(b)
wale flk
Dusra aslt Sec obj ke upar se ho kar uske paar jaega aur dur
par posn lega.
(c)
Fire Sec khule hue flk ko cov karne ke liye posn lega.
(d)
Pl HQ madhya men jaega.
(e)
Pl cdr tamam posnon par jaega aur sare Sec arcs check karega.
170
(f)
Pl Hav ghayalon ki dekhbhal, PW ko kabu mein karna, amn ke
kharche ka hisab aur zarurat parne par uski dubara bant karta
hai.Pl Cdr RS par Coy Cdr ko report deta hai.
171
172
Notes:-
Pl HQ aam taur par nimn bahgon mein banta jaega:-
1. Pl cdr ki party. Pl cdr, rnr, orderly, radio operator, Mor/ RL
No 1 (jaise lagu ho) hathiyar aur 3/ 4 bam ke saath.
2. Baki Pl HQ- Pl Hav ke under comd.
3. Kuch halaton mein (tank ka khatra hone par) Pl cdr apne saath
ek RL det bhi apne saath rakh sakta hai.
4. Kuch halaton mein (bahut close area/ jungle mein) Pl cdr Mor
det ko Pl Hav ke under comd kar sakta hai.
5. Pl cdr hath/ whistle ke ishare se Pl ke upar cont hasil karta hai.
6. Pl cdr yeh yakin karega ki Pl ka balance/ santulan hamesha
bana rahe:- Pl ka koi bhi hissa Pl ke kisi dusre hisse ke sp ke bahar
na rahe.
173
Note:1.
Guide ke taur par Secs ke bich ka fasla 100m
se ziada nahi hona chahie. Yeh fasla khuli zamin mein badh
sakta hai aur close ilake mein kam ho sakta hai.
2.
Bahut close ilaqe mein (jungle) rear Secs ek dusre
ke piche file/ single file fmn mein chalenge.
41. Larai ki taiyari. Larai mein ane se pahle Pl aur Sec cdr ko larai ke
liye taiyari karna zaruri hai jis mein nimn check kiya jata hai:(a) Pers camouflage.
(b) Larai ke liye hathiyar ke upar sights.
(c) Hathiyar aur amn ki serviceability.
174
(d) Hathiyar aur amn ko asani se istemal mein laya ja sakna.
42. Achha battle drill karne ke liye kuch zaruri karwaiyan:(a) Har zawan ko tracer rds carry karna chahie taki woh zarurat
parne par unhe istemal kar sake (tarcer amn alag se rakhna chahie).
(b) Cdrs ko grnd ka lagatar soch vichar karte rahna chahie aur fmn
ko grnd ke mutabik badalna chahie. Cdrs ko yeh lagatar sochte rahna
chahie ki LMG aur RL gps ko fmn mein kis side rakhna sab se faide
mand hoga.
(c) Zawanon ka dhyan aakarshit karne ke liye ek simple/ sada
ishara niyukt karna chahie taki orders asani se pass kiye jae. Durust
Fd sig ka istemal karna chahie. Jab sikhlai mein bataye Fd sigs ke
alawa anya fd sigs ki zarurat parti hai to unhe improvise karna chahie
parantu ek Bn mein yeh Fd sigs sabko pata hone chahie.
(d) Fd sigs tab dene chahie jab Pl/ Sec cdr zabani hukum nahi de
sakta ho.
(e) Sec aur Pl itna trained hona chahie ki har zawan apne Sec/ Pl
cdr ko ya uske ishare ko dekh kar yeh jaan jae ki use age kya karna
hai.
(f) Zawan itne trained hone chahie ki ve chut-put fire se na dare jo
unke ird-gird gir raha ho. Jaise hi dushman ka small arms fire itna
kargar ho jata hai ki hamara cas ho jae tab Sec cdr ko apne Sec ko
battle drill mein lana chahie.
Sankshep
43. Sec aur Pl ko Battle drills ki taknik mein mahirta hasil karni chahie
aur larai mein akal mandi se unka istemal karna chahie. Yah battle drills
lachele hain aur zamin aur dushman ki halat ke mutabik un mein tabdili
karni chahie. Bagair larai ki halat ko samjhe/ har situation mein ek hi drill
istemal mein nahi lani chahie.
44. Battle drills ki agar sahi trg di jae to yeh atmawishwas, initiative/
pahal, team work, aur akramak karwai ko larai ki halat mein badhawa dete
hain aur Jr ldrs ko lambe orders dene ki zarurat nahi parti hai
------------------------------******************------------------BC 6-10
Parichay
BATTLE PROCEDURE
1. Larai ke dauran samay ka bahut hi mahatva hai. Is lie larai ki taiyari
ke samay ko, kam se kam karne ki zarurat hai.
2. Kisi bhi op ko amal mein lane se pahle recce, planning, orders, tps ko
sahi jagah par le jane aur bandobast ki karwai ke lie samay ki zarurat hoti
175
hai. Larai ki tayari ke dauran commanders aur troops sabhi level par samay
ki bachat ke lie. jo tarika apnaya jata hai use "Battle Procedure" kahte hain.
Woh tarika jis se tps jaldi dply ho saken use dply drill kahte hain. Is lec ke
dauran aap Battle Procedure aur Battle drill ke beech antar ko bhi
samjhenge.
Uddesh
3.
Is L/D ka uddesh Pl level par "Battle Procedure" ke bare mein jankari
dena hai.
Bhag
Is lec ko teen bhag mein chalaya jaega jo is prakar hai :-
(a)
Bhag I : Battle Procedure ka tariqa.
(b)
Bhag II : Deployment ke lie baant aur warning order.
(c)
Bhag III : Jaldi ke hamle ke dauran Pl Level par Battle
Procedure.
Bhag I : Battle Procedure ka tariqa
4. Battle Procedure nimn prakar se kiya ja sakta hai :(a) Andaza Lagana
Har level ke commanderon ko yeh andaza
lagate rahna chahie ki ane wali situation kya hogi. Isse Cdr aur tps
ane wale sit ke liye tayyar rahenge.
(b) Planned aur Coord recce
planning aur coord hona chahie.
(c) Drill ke Abhyas
hona chahie.
Recce karne se pehle sahi
Har level par sabhi drill ka prac aur rehearsal
(d) Ek Saath Tayaari Larai ke liye har level par tayyari ek saath
honi chahie.
5. Battle Procedure ke liye nimn baten zaruri hain.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bhag I I :
Khabar aur sochvichar.
Milaap.
Cdr aur staff available hona chahiye.
Tps ki group mein baant.
Deployment ke Lie Tps ki Baant aur Warning Order
6. Tps ko jaldi dply karne ke liye aur ek rupta ke lie ek unit/sub unit ko
char mukhya bhagon mein banta jata hai.
(a)
Recce (R) Group.
Is gp mein cdr aur woh numainde shamil
hain jinse ek cdr, plan banane se pahle salah mashwira karta hai. Yeh gp
176
jahan tak ho sake chhote se chhota hona chahiye. Platoon `R' gp mein Pl
cdr runner radio set ke saath.
(b)
Order (O) Group.
Is mein woh subordinate cdr shamil hote
hain jinko order diya jata hai. Pl (O) gp mein niminlikhit numainde shamil
hain :-
Inf Bn
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Pl `R' Gp.
Teeno sec cdr.
51 mm Mor Det Commander. (Only in Mtn with intro of
Mod 4(b).
(iv)
RL Det Commander. (In Plains).
(v)
PL Hav (kewal def mein).
(c)
Fighting (F) Gp. Yeh unit/ sub unit ka sabse bara hissa hota
hai. Is mein F ech
transport, jismein ek rif coy ke lie ek 3 Ton shamil
hoti hai. Pl ke F ech mein niminlikhit
shamil hai :-\
(i)
(ii)
Platoon HQ, `R' gp chhor kar.
Teenon sections.
(d)
Transport (T) Group.
Is mein transport aur woh numainde
shamil hain jo upar
likhit mein shamil nahin kiye gaye hai. Pl ke darje
par 'T' gp nahin hota. Isko
sadharantya niminlikhit do ech mein banta
gaya hai :(i)
A ech. Is mein transport aur woh numainde shamil hote
hain jinki `F' gp
ke saath jarurat nahin hoti, lekin larai mein
bhag lene wale tps ko sp dene ke liye
ekdam tayar hai.
B ech. Is mein woh transport aur numainde hote hain jo
para 1 mein
shamil nahin kiye gaye. Is mein mukhya roop
se bandobasti daste hote hain.
(ii)
R, O aur F gp ki Banawat
7.
R, O aur F gp ka mashware ke taur par banawat is prakar hai :(a)
`R' Gp
(i)
(ii)
Pl Cdr.
Orderly radio set ke saath.
(b) `O' Gp.
(i)
(ii)
Sec Cdrs.
51 mm Mor det Cdr.
177
(iii)
(iv)
RL det Cdr.
Pl Hav (Def).
(c) `F' Gp.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Pl Hav.
Pl HQ.
Teenon Secs.
8. Teenon gps ki banawat ko paristhitiyon ke mutabik badli bhi kiya ja
sakta hai.
9. Warning Order. Larai ki taiyari ko shuru karne ke lie cdr ko jitni
jaldi ho sake ek warning order issue karna chahiye. Is mein niminlikhit
shamil hona chahiye :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Diye jane wale task ka chhota bayan.
Samay, jis se pahle tps harkat nahin kar sakte (NMB).
'O' gp ke liye samay aur RV.
`F` gp ke liye samay aur RV.
Aur koi khas bando basti nirdesh.
Bhag III : Jaldi ke hamle ke Dauran Pl Level par Battle Procedure
10.
(a) Pl `O' gp Pl cdr ke orders ke lie apni RV tak harkat karta hai.
(b) PL cdr recce karega aur apne `O' gp ko order issue karega.
(c) Pl Hav ke nichhe Pl larai ki tayari karega.
(d) `F' gp FUP mein aata hai aur hamle ke lie dply hota hai.
(e) Sec Cdr, sec ke saath RV mein shamil ho jata hai aur sec ko
brief karta hai. Tayari aur briefing puri hone par sub unit cdr ko
report di jati hai.
(f) H Hr par tps SL ko par karten hain.
11. Battle Procedure aur Battle Drill mein Antar
178
(a)
drill Sec,
Battle Procedure WO milne ke saath shruru hota hai aur Battle
Pl ya kisi gp ke upar fire ane par shruru hota hai.
(b) Battle Procedure ke dauran larai ki taiyyari ki jati hai jabki
Battle drill woh drill hai jo fire ane par ki jati hai jaise fire and move.
(c) Battle Procedure digging ya SL paar karne ke baad khatam ho
jata hai. Battle drill larai ke dauran lagatar chalta hai.
(d) Battle Procedure har level par kiya jata hai. Battle drill subunit
level par kiya jata hai.
(e) Samay ki bachat Battle Procedure men ek saath karwai se aur
Battle drill men set drill ke karan hoti hai..
Sankshep
12. Ek cdr ko hamesha samay ki kami mahsus hogi. Yeh mukhya roop se
jaldi ke hamle mein ya jaldi ke def ke dauran hota hai. Sabhi level par achhe
aur durust tarah se rehearsal kiya gaya ho. Battle procedure se hi samay ko
bachaya ja sakta hai. Is lec ke dauran aapne Battle Procedure aur Battle
Drill ke antar ke bare men bhi jankari prapat kiya.
------------------------**********************---------------------
FAUJI
BC 11-15
TACTICAL SHABDON KE MATLAB
PARICHAY
1. Hamari fouz vishva ki sabse tagadi fouzon mein se ek hai. Hamari
fouz ko dushaman ya militant ke barkhilaf kai ops karne ki jarurat padati
hai. In ops mein jyadatar sabhi Arms aur services ko milkar kaam karne ki
jarurat padati hai. In ops mein kai prakar ke tactical shabdon ka prayog
kiya jata hai. Is liye jaruri hai sabhi ko in shabdon ke matlab ke bare mein
achchi tarah pata ho taki hum ops ko achchi tarah se samajh sakein aur
sahi karwai kar sake.
CONVENTIONAL OPS KE MIL TERMS
Def Post. Chhote Sub unit dwara ikhityar kiya gaya def ko defended post
kahte hain. Jaise ki inf sec dwara ikhtyar kiya gaya def.
Protective Patrol (PP).
Who patrol hai jiska task apane def ke bare
mein dushman ko khabar hasil karne se rokna aur dushman ki harkat ke
179
bare mein pahle se jankari dena hai. PP jarurat ke mutabik apani jagah
badal sakti hai :(a) Apane task pura karne ke bad wapis.
(b) Defended post ki tarah site karte hai.
(c) Wire obst aur mines bhi lagate hai.
Arc Of Fire.
Kisi wpn yafire unit ka woh ilaqa jis mein aane wale tgt ko
engage karne ki jimmewari is hathiyar ya fire unit ki hoti hai.
Field Of Fire. Yeh woh ilaka hai jisme hathiyar apna karger fire dal
sakta hai.
Bound.
Yeh tactical ahmiyat wali woh jagah jaha pahunch kar sub unit
aur fmn apane upper wale cdr ko report dete hai jis se ki woh harakat
control karte hue santulan rakh sake. Tps janha par pahunch kar apane
uppar wale cdr ko report dete hai. Patrol mein bound ko ek navigation aid
ke taur par istmal kiya ja sakte hai.
Battle Procedure.
Kisi ops se pahle unit ya sub unit ki ek karwai jisse
Cdr apna recce aur hukum de aur tps ops ke liye taiyari karein aur dply
hon. Isse samay ki bachat hoti hai aur kam hukum dene ki jarurat padti
hai.
(a) def mein WO se digging tak
(b) Attack mein WO se SL cross karne tak.
Battle Drill.
Pahle se muqarar aur rehesal ki hui wah karwai jo
dushman ka fire mimkin halat aanne par amal mein lai jati hai usse Battle
Drill kahte hai.
Covering Fire. Assault ya counter attack karne wale tps aam harkat ko
madad karne ke liye jo fire supporting hathiyar se milta hai usse covering
fire kahte hai.
180
Ptl Base. Ptl base shatru ke ilaqe ya ‘NO man land’ mein who jagah hai
jahan par jarurat parrne par ptl kabza karti hai aur chhoti patrolen age
bhejti hai.
Scout.
Harakti column ke age chalne wala who jawan jo age ke ilake ki
dekhbhal karta hai use scout kahte hai.
Rendez-Vous (RV)
Wah mukararsudha jagah jahan troop diye hue
task ko pura karne se pahle ya baad mein ikatha hote hai.
Subsidiary Patrol
Ptl ke chhote chhote daston ko subsidiary ptl kahte
hai.
Harbour. Yeh ek tactical ahmiyat wali jagah hoti hai, jahan par hamlawer
daste ops ke dauran ek nishchit avadhi ke baad kuchh samay ke liye rukte
hain aur agle ops ki taiyari karte hain. Yahan par all round defense liya jata
hai.
Re-Org.
Hamle ke turant baad tps apne cas aur saman ki kami ko dur
karte hain aur agle karwai ke liye ya shatru ke CA ka samna karne ke liye
apne tps ko dobara tartib dete hain. Har obj par kabza ho jaane ke baad
reorg ki karwahi ki jaati hai. Yeh sec ke darje se shuru ho kar upar tak ki
jaati hai Re-org do quism ke hote hain: (a) Imdt Re-org.
(b) Final Re-org.
Link Up Drill
Jab battalion company dwara secure kiye gaye
Firm Base par pahunchta hai, Link Up ki karawai thik tarah se kiya
jaye,nahin to ‘friendly fire’ se khud ko nuqsan ho sakta hai. DS
students se puchhen ki Link Up kis tariqe se kiya jata hai.Link up ka
tariqa sujhao ke tour par is prakar se ho sakta hai:(a)
Taiyari ke dauran detailed briefing, Signal Instructions issue
karna, pehchan ke chin tay karna, Link Up Point (is ko RV bhi kaha ja
sakta hai) ka muqarrar karna, ityadi ki karawai kiye jate hai.
(b)
Company kamyabi ke saath apna task pura karne ke baad radio
dwara situation ka report deti hai, jis mein shamil pahle kiye gayi
planning mein koi tabdili (agar ho to).
181
(c)
Jab battalion Firm Base ke nazdiq aata hai, pahle Link Up radio
dwara hoga. Company Firm Base ke nazdiq pahle se hi muqarrar Link
Up Point par patrol bhejta hai. Battalion bhi is Link Up point se thodi
dur rukta hai, aur ek patrol aage bhejta hai. Donon patrols
identification of friend and foe (IFF) ka istemal karte hain aur Link Up
hone ke baad battalion ko Firm base mein coy ka patrol dwara guide kiya
jata hai.
Challanging Procedure
Duty par tainat sentry raat ke samay aane wale vyakti ya tukri ki
pahchaan karne ke liye challenging procedure ka istemal karta hai. Sentry
itni duri se Thum pukarta hai, ki aane wala sentry ko nuksaan na
pahuncha sake. Mukarar suda Pass word ki madad se challenge aur
counter challenge ki karwai puri ki jati hai.
Warning Order Kisi bhi op ki taiyari WO se shuru hoti hai. WO milne
par battle procedure ki karwai shuru ho jati hai. Pl ke darje par WO jabani
diya jaega. Warning Order jab issue karte hain us samay par jitni khabar
de sakte hain,woh warning order mein shamil honi chahie. Warning Order
ka ek udharan is prakar hai:
“ WO (.)Hamla (.) ‘R’gp RV at Tr-Jn GR 123456 time 1730h
comma
‘F’
gp RV at Groove GR 789123 time 1830h (.) NMB 2100h(.)
pers wpn
ka
first line carry kiya jayega. Is WO mein yah bata diya gaya hai ki
pura Ist line amn pers hathiyar ka on pers hoga. Pl Hav aur Fech Hav isko
dhyan mein rakh kar amn ko issue karenge
Mine Field Who ilaka jismein kisi tartib se ya bina kisi tartib se mine
bichhai jati hai.
Mine Field Depth
hai.
Mine field ke lambai aur chourai men jo jagah gherti
Close DF Yeh DF dushman ke hamle ko FUP / SL mein ya actual asalt ko
torne kelie chune jate hai.
DF in Depth
Yeh dushman ke depth area mein dushman ke likely
assembly area ya assembly area se FUP ke raste mein dushman ko hamle ki
taiyari ko torne kelie chuna jata hai.
DF SOS Yeh close DF mein se task hota hai jo sab se khatarnak ho .
Amuman yeh us jagah chune jate hai jaha se dushman surpsise kar sake
guns aur mortar jab kabhi aur kahi fire na kar rahi ho tab (SOS) par lay
kari jati hai.
182
FUP (Farming Up Place) Who ilaka janha hamlawar fauj assembly
area chorne ke bad jati hai FUP kahalata hai. Is jagah par hamlawar troops
ko us fmn mein deploy kiya jata hai jismein ki unhen hamla karni hai.
Spoiling Attack Yeh ek tactical harkat hai jo dushman ke hamle ko be
tartib karne kel ie ek depended unit istemal karti hai amuman yeh us
samay launch kiya jata hai jab dushman ya to fup mein ho ya hamle ke lie
ikkatta kar raha hois attack mudda zamin par kabja rakhna nahi hota hai
islie yeh kai bar sirf fire se hi kiya jata hai.Is karwai mein
(a) Fire power par jyada jor
(b) INF aur ARMD dono milkar kar sakte hai.
(c) ARTY fire karke bhi ho sakta hai.
Infiltration Dushman ke kabja ki hui jamin ke beaches harkat karne ko
infiltration kahte hai. Harkat chhoti chhoti tolion mein ki jati hai. Harkat ke
douran jab tak diya hua objective par nahi pahunchte shatru se lagao na
karne ki puri koshish ki jati hai.
Relative Height Yeh koi samatal Pradesh mein uti hui zamin hota hai.
Is ka zamin lavel ka height dikhata hai. Yeh map mein ‘r’ likakar height ko
mtr mein darshata hai. Jaisa ki 8 r
Spot Height
Map mein kisi height place ka unchai
sea level se
dikhata hai, usko spot height kahta hai, jo unchain ko mtr mein darshata
hai.jaise ki map mein ‘ . 1239 ‘
CI OPS KE MIL TERMS
Insurgency
Desh ke kuchh varg ke logon ka sthapit shasan ke khilaf
sangharsh hai jismein rajnaitik propaganda, hathiyar band torphor aur
market ka istmal kiya jata hai taki who apna hak jama sake jisko ki sthapit
shasan avaidh samajhta hai.
Stand Off Attack
Terrorist dwara SF ki post par lambi doori se hathiyar ka fire karne ki
karwai ko stand off attack kahte hai.
183
Ambush Chalte – chalte ya thori der ke liye ruke hue terrorists par ghat
lagakar kiya gaya achanak hamla jiski unhen umeed na ho.
COP ( Covert Obsn Post)
CI/CT ke mahual mein aisi jagah jahan se
hum covert mein rahte hue militant ke bare mein khabar hasil karte hai.
COB (Coy Operating Base) CI/CT ke mahual mein apani jimmewari ke
ilaqe mein who jagah jahan par hum adm camp site karte hain. Wahan se hi
terrorist ke khilaf ops kiye jate hai.
Relayase Point
Who jagah jahan se troops apane task ke kiye chhode
jate hai.
LEADRSHIP AUR MGT KE TERM
Character (Charitra) Charitra hamari aadaton ka jod hai. Ismein ek
vyaklti Bhavnaon aur khud ke vyavahar ko prakat karta hai, jismein uske
pure gun shamil hote hain. Yah sahi kadam uthane mein madad karta hai.
Parinam ki chinta kiye bagair sahi ko sahi aur galat ko galat kahne ki
shakti deta hai.
Communication
Vicharon, Bhavanaon aur tathyon ka aadaan
pradan hai jis mein positive feed back/ khule mann se batana jaruri
hai.
Conflict ( Method)
Do ya do se adhik vyaktiyon ke beech
asahmati, narazgi aur virodhabhas ya tanav ko jahir karta hai.
Internal Conflict (Andruni Matbhed). Yeh kisi kam ke prati vyakti ke
vicharon mein paida hone wala matbhed hai.
(a) Intrapersonal Conflict ( Do vyaktiyon ke beech
matbhed). Yeh do vyakti ke beech paida hone wala
matbhed hai.
(b) Group Conflict (Samuhik Matbhed). Yeh do group
/sub unit ke bech mein paida hone wala matbhed hai.
Counselling
184
Yeh ek senior dwara apane subordinates se baat-cheet/ vartalap
hai jismein who use vyaktigat taur par safalta hasil karne ke liye upay
batata hai aur jisse sanstha bhi apana mudda hasil kar sake.
Courage ( Sahas)
Jokhim bhare khatron se nipatne ki kabiliyat :(a) Physical courage ( Sharirik Sahas).Sharirik
Sahas
ek
aisa gun hai jo aadmi ko apne jeewan ka khatra uthane ke liye
taiyar rakhta hai. Jab ek leader sharirik sahas dikhayega to
uski jaisa karegi. Khatarnak sthitiyon ke dauran jaise ladai, CI
ops mein iska vishesh mahtva hai.
(b) Morale Courage ( Naitik Sahas)
Parinamon ki chinta kiye
bina Org ke achachhai ke liye jo aap ko thik lagta hai, use karna ya
karana, mansik sahas kahlata hai. Is prakar ka sahas aapke samman
badhata hai.
Leadership ( Netritva)
Leadership wah kala hai jis mein leader organization ke mission
ko pura karne ke liye apne subordinates ko drishti, margdarshan aur
prerna deta hai.
Delegating Style Leadership ( Netriva Mein Pratinidhi Ki
Niyukti)
Is mein leader apana pratinidhi chunte samay apne adhinasth ko
apane adhikar deta hai. Yeh dekhte hue ki us task ko pura karne
mein jab samaseen aayegi unko sahi samay aur sahi jagah par sahi
nirnay lekar bhi pura karega. Aise mein kaam pura hua ya nahi, sahi
hua ya galat hua iska jimmewar leader hi hoa, jisne pratinidhi chuna
hai.
Directing Style Leadership ( Autocratic)
Leader
hi
Kendra
bindu hai. Aisa leader is tariqe se kam karwata hai, ki nirdesh dete
samay der na kare aur vistar se nirdesh dein ki kaise, kab aur kahan
use achchha kaam chahiye aur pura hone tak use nazdeek se
dekhbhal karte hain.
185
Transactional Style ( Len-Den Ka Tariqa)
Is taariqe mein leader
inam / Bonus ka upyog karkke neeche walon (subordinates) se
lakshya hasil karwate hai. Is mein centralisation ( Kendritva ) mukhya
hai.
Transformational ( Badlav Ka Tariqa) Is
tariqe
mein
neeche
walon (subordnate) ko apne niji swarth aur zarooraton ko chod kar
org ke hit ke liye upar uthane ki jararat par jor hai. Yaeh vyaktigat
vikas aur sangthan ki badhottari par zor deta hai.
Discipline( Anushasan)
Yeh ek prashishikshit / trained vyakti
dwara kanoon, niyam aur sarvamanya taur tariqon par sahi prakar se
anushasan karma hai. Yeh apne aap ka aatm niyantran rakhne ka
prathmik ththya hai jise hum samajik aur samanya niyamon ke daire
mein rahakar kar sakte hain. Is mein sabhi ranks leader ki ichchha
anusar apane naitik, mansik aur sharirik taur par kaam karne ke liye
taiyar rahte hain. Leader wahan par maujood ho ya na ho, us se koi
farak nahin padta hai.
Group/Team (Samuh)
Yeh logon ka ek samuh hai jo kisi lakshya ki
prapti ke liye milkar kaam karta hai.
Inititive ( Pahal)
Pahal karna ek leader ki woh yogyata hai jo halat
ke badlav mein bina kisi ke aades aur nirdesh ke action karta hai. Jab halat
aur plan ke tarike se kaam nahi hota hai to pahele kadam uthata hai aur
dicision lekar kaam pura karta hai.
Morale (Naitikta)
Morale ek vyakti ka sakaratmak raviya / mansik
prikriya hai jo ki ek halat ke prati uska ravaiya prakat karta hai. Yeh kivi
bhi karya ki kamyabi ke liye ichchhapurvak karya karne ki kabiliyat hai.
Motivation ( Prerna)
Yeh ek vyakti ka (Kalpnik , anumanit) bartav
hota hai, jis ko nirdharit karne wale mudde uttejana (arousal), shakti,
dishanirdeshan aur dridhta hota hai. Pierna us sawal ka jawab hai kivi
vyakti mein us karya ko kyon liya jata hai.
186
Team Building ( Team Ka Nirman)
Samay
aur
sansandhanon
ki
madad se kisi team, group ya unit ka sudhar karma ki who sakaratmak
teriqe se apna vikas Karen.
SANKSHEP
Aapne is period ke dauhran kuchh fauji tac sabdon ke bare mein sakhlai
hasil kiya hai. Aap inhen samajh kar khud aura pane jawanon ko
samjhayenge to aap kisi bhi ops mein safalta hasil kar sakte hai.
-------------------------**********************----------------------------
BC 16-20
FIELD SIGNALS
1.
UDDESH : Field signal ke bare mein jankari karna.
2.
PAHUNCH : Larai ke maidan mein kisi bhi kam ko asani
aur khamoshi seqamiyab ke liye har commander ko troops qabu
rakhte hue apne soch vichar ke mutabik karwahi thik thik
karwane ki zaruret padti hai. Aj kal ki larai mein zaida shor jaise
tophkana, arm ke fire aur tankon ki awaz ke karan hukam dekar
control karna mushkil hai.
3.
Iske ilawa shatru ko achambe mein dalne ke liye ap kitna
bhi accha field craft istemal kar ke uski position ke nazdik se
nazdik kyon na pahunch jaen, agar ap ke pass khamoshi se
hukam dene ka zariya na ho to ap surprise hassil nahi kar
sakenge. Is liye zaruri hai kih koi aise ishare muqarrar kiye jean
jin jin se hukam pass karna aur control karne mein asani ho.
4. Ilaqe aurhalat ke mutabik kisi khas kisam ke isire
muqarrar kar ke istemal kiye ja sakte hai, jaise jungle ilaqe ki
larai mein mukhtalif qism ke parindon ki awaz bolkar.
5. ZARURI BATEN : Isharon ko kamyab banana ke liye
niminlikhit baten yad rakhna zaruri hai..
187
(a)
Nazri ishare ke liye commander se hamesha nazre lagao
ho.
(b)
Jo ishare muqarrar kiye jye who hare k jawan ko malum
hone chahie.
(c)
Sishare dene se pahele jawan ka dhayan apni khaincho.
6. FIELD SIGNAL : Ek commander zamin ki banawat aur
apne troops ki nafri ko made-e-nazar rakh kar field signals teen
tarikon se deta hai.
7. HATH KE ISHARE : Niche likhe hue hath ke isharon se
kam liya jata hai :
(a)
KHOLNA (DEPLOY) : Khula hath sidha kar ke aur
ahistha ahistha ek pahlu ke taraf hilaye jaye kih hath khulne kih
line tak niche aye.
(b)
AGE BARH : Jis ruk mein age barna ho us taraf munh
kar ke khare ho jao, bazu ko puri lambai par peche ki taraf phaleo.
Hatheli ko age rakhtehath ko age harhao aur piche lagao.
(c)
THAM(HALT) : Bazu ko upper ki taraf hatheli samne
rakhte hue sidha karo, is position mein us waqt tak ishara samaj
na liya jae.
(d)
PICHHE LAUTNA YA PICHHE MURNA : Bazu sar ke
upper ek daire mein ghumao.
(e)
DAHINE YA BAEN RUKH BADALNA (CHANGE
DIRECTION RIGHT YA LEFT) : Bazu ke kandhe ki line mein
phailao aur is tarah gum jao, ki bazu aur jism us rukh mein a jae
jis mein kih murna ho.
(f)
MERE PASS A JAO: Sar ke upper hath is arah rakho ki
kohni sidhi side ki taraf ho aur jis taraf close karna hai us taraf
ishara karo.
(g)
TEZ CHAL : Hath kandhe ki line mein utha ho aur kohni
side ki taraf mudi ho, hath ki unglian mili hui ho hathali age ki
taraf ho.
--------------------------------****************-------------------------
BC 21-25
SECTION/PLATOON FORMATION
PARICHAY
1.
Larai ke dauran jab ham harkat kar rahe hote hain aur dushman se
samna hone ka andesha hota hai, ek Cdr apne jawano ko hamesha sahi
tarike se deployed rakhta hai, taki woh kisi bhi prakar ki halat ka samna
karne mein sakaham rehen. Yadi jawanon ka dushman se muthbher hone
ka andesha na bhi ho to bhi apne tps ki suraksha aur janslamati ke lie
harkat ke dauran ya bina harkat ke samay, unhe sahi tactical tariqe se
deployed rakhna ek Cdr ki hi zimewari hai. Isi karan se use hamesha halat
ka sahi jiaza lete hue, zamin, samay aur dushman ke sambhawit khatre Ko
188
madhya nazar rakhte hue sahi prakar ke fmns ko akhtiar karte rahna
chahiye.
Uddesh
2.
Sec aur PL fmn ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
Bhag
3.
Yeh sabaq teen bhagon mein chaleya jaega :(a) Bhag I. Basic consideration (Zaruri batean)
(b) Bhag II. Sec aur Pl fmns.
(c) Bhag III Demo.
Bhag I : Basic Consideration (Zaruri Baten)
4.
:-
Sec aur Pl fmn ko akhtiar karte samay dhiyan mein rakhne wali baten
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Zamin.
Task.
Loc aur dushman se muthbher ka andesha.
Disha aur dushman ke fire ka prakar.
Suraksha ki awashyakta.
Comd aur control.
Jaldi se jaldi adhik se adhik fire dalne ki kabliyat.
5.
Sp Gp ko jahan tak ho sake open flk mein rakhna chaiye. Jawanon ke
beech mein fasila kam se kam 5 gaz hona chahiye. Aam taur par jawanon
mein yeh adat hoti hai ki fire ane par woh ikatha ho jate hain jisse nahin
kiya jana chahiye. Gps mein duri aur individual ke beech ke duri zamin,
samay chhupao jaise chizon par nirbhar karti hai.
Bhag II : Sec and PL Fmns
6. Sec ki formations aap chart ki madad se dhaken is praker :(a) Single file
(b) File
(c) Arrow head
(d) Diamond
(e) Spear head
(f) Extended line
- (sketch P)
- (sketch Q)
- (sketch
- (sketch
- (sketch
- (sketch
R)
S)
T)
U)
Charts
Pl Fmns
189
7. `Pl fmns' khas taur par control ki zarurat aur Pl Cdr apni Pl ko action
mein kitni nafri ki jarurat par sakti hai par nirbhar karta hai. Yeh bhi gaur
se dekhna hoga ki kis tarah se Pl Cdr apne Pl ko arty fire, hawai fire aur
Mor fire se bachata hai. Iske lie dispersion ki awashyakta hogi, parantu
ziada dispersion se comd aur cont par kharab asar parega. Pl fmns is prakar
hain :(a) One up.
(b) Two up.
(c) Three up yaAssault fmn .
9.
Abhi ham inni fmns ko ek ek karke lete hain :(a) One up. (Refer to para `V' and `W').
(i)
Samay. Is fmn ko tab akhtiar karte hain jab Pl ko nahi
malum ki dushman ki loc kahan hai aur jab Pl Cdr chahta hai ki
uske paas mein ziada se ziada Pl ka hissa hai.
(ii)
Dply ki Suvidha. Is fmn mein yeh khas suwidha hoti hai ki
Pl Cdr ke pass ziada se ziada jawan hote hain jinka istemal woh
zarurat parne par kar sakta hai. Jab dushman ki loc ka pata chal
jata hai.
(b) Two up. (Refer to sketch `X').
(i)
Samay. Jab pl ne ek bara ilaqa ya chaura ilaka cover karna
ho, ya phir attack ke dauran.
(ii)
Dply ki Suwidha. `Two up' fmn `One up' fmn ke thik vipreet
hoti hai. Is mein 02 sec aage lead kar rahi hoti hai aur ek sec
pichhe hoti hai. Thora badlav zarurat ke mutabik kiya ja sakta hai.
(c) Assault Fmns. (Refer to sketch`Y').
(i)
Samay. Iska istemal us samay kiya jata hai jab Pl Cdr
chahta hai ki ziada se ziada bayonet str dushman ki loc par ek
sath pahunche.
(ii)
Dply ki Suwidha. Assault ke dauran fmn akhtiar karne
frontagea aur obj ki gahrai (depth) par nirbhar karegi.
(d) Single File. Jab Pl ka rod/trechess se hokar gujrna ho tab
aamtaur par sec ek ke
piche ek hogi. Dhayan rakhe sec ke beech mein gap ho. Pl HQ ki loc
aam taur par No ek sec ke pichhe hogi.
190
Bhag III : Demo
Sankshep
10.
Ek Pl agar ek achha aur resolute (Dareerh nishchay) Pl Cdr ke nichhe
kam karta hai aur agar uske UOs apne kam ke parati ruchi rakhte hai to
koi wajah nahi hai ki Pl apne har task mein kamyabi hasil na karen. Ek pl
mein kafi volume of fire hota hai aur uska faida tabhi uthaya ja sakta hai
jab har ek jawan zamin, cover ka sahi istemal aur anya minor tac ki sikhlai
ko amal mein layen.
---------------------------************************----------------------
BC 26-30
PL KE HATHIYARON KA SITING AUR EMPLOYMENT
Parichay
Inf ki banawat is prakar se banai gai hai ki ek PL Cdr apne dhang se ya
phir dusre daston ke sath mil kar kam kar sakta hai. Larai ke dauran
mila hua koi bhi prakar ka task ek PL ki kabliyat ke daire mein ana
chahiye. Ek PL Cdr ko diye hue task ko safalta se pura kar ne ke liye apni
jamin aur nafri ki jankari honi chahiye. Pl ke andar maujud hathiyaron
ka bakhubhi istemal karne ke liye pl cdr inki vishestain aur siting ke
sidhanton se wakif hona zaruri hai.
Uddesh
Pl ke hathiyaron ki vishestaon aur unke siting ke usul se wakfiat
karana hai.
Bhag
Yeh sabak teen bhgon mein pura kiya jaega.
(a) Bhag I
(b) Bhag II
usal.
(c) Bhag III
: Paribhashayen.
: Hathiyaron ki Khubian, kamian aur siting ke
: Demo.
Bhag I : Paribhashayen
Primary Posn.
Who posn jahn se hathiyar/sub unit ka primary
task poora kiya jata hai.
Secy Posn.
Pahle se recee aur taiyar ki gayi woh posn hai jahan
par gun/ mor apne secondary task ko pura karne ke liye jati hai.
191
Alternative Posn.
Yeh pahle se hi recce aur taiyar ki hui aisi posn hai
jahan par koi unit ya sub-unit athwa gun ya mor pit usi task ko pura karte
hain jo ki main posn se kar rahe the.
Temporary Posn.
Kisi unit ya sub-unit dwara dushman ko dhoka
dene keliye kisi zamini ilaqe ko kuch waqt ke liye kabje mein rakhna ya
kisi hathiyar ka istemal karna taki dushman hathiyar ka sahi loc ka pata
na laga sake.
Fd of Fire.
Yeh who ilaqa hota hai jismen woh hathiyar apna kargar
fire dal sakta hai.
Arc of Fire.
Kisi hathiyar ya fire unit ka woh ilaqa hai jismen ane
wale targeton ko engage karna us hathiyar ya fire unit ki zimmewari hai.
Yah do hote hain:(a) Primary Arc of Fire.
pahili jimmewari hoti hai.
Yah arc us hathirar ya fire unit ki
(b) Secondary Arc of Fire. Yah arc hathiyar ya fire unit ki dusri
jimmewari hoti hai. Is area mein tabhi fire kiya jayega jab hathiyar
primary arc mein koi fire na kar raha ho.
Mutual Sp.
Ek defended post ya defended locality ka dusre defended
post ya locality par kiye jane wale hamle mein fire se dakhalandaji karne ki
kabiliyat ko mutual sp kahte hain.
Defiladed Posn
Dushman ke flat trajectory hathiyar aur dekhbhal se
kisikudrati ya banawati rukawaten jaise pahari uthi zamin ya katav se jo
bachao mile use defiladed posn kahte hain.
Enfilade Fire. Kisi hathiyar ka flank se site karne par kiya gaya aisa fire
joki tgt ke lambai ke rukh ek sire se dusre sire tak fire gira sake.
Observed Fire. Aisa fire jiske lagne, girne ya fatav ki jagah ko achhi tarah
se dekha ja sake aur is jagah ko dekhte hue fire par dekhbhal se durusti
dekar kabu pa sake.
8. Fire Trench.
Zamin ki satah se niche khuda hua morcha
jahan se ek ya ek se jiada jawan apne hathiyar aur LMG ka kargar fire dal
sakte hain.
Wpn Pit. Zamin ki satah ke niche khoda hua morcha jahan se automatic
wpn apna task pura kar sake.
Bhag II :
Hathiyaron ki Khubian, kamiyan aur Siting ke Usal
7.62 mm LMG.
(a)
Khubian.
(i)
Ek jawan asani se fire kar sakta hai,
192
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(b)
Chhupao asaan.
Single shot aur automatic fire donon kar sakte hain.
Hawa se thanda hone wala hathiyar hai.
Rat ke waqt fixed line lagakar fire kar sakte hain.
Hawai jahaj ke khilaf fire kar sakte hain.
Kandhe aur bagal se fire kiya ja sakta hai.
Kamian.
(i)
Shola paida hota hai.
(ii)
Awaaz hoti hai.
(iii)
Garda uthta hai.
Siting ke usul.
(i)
Chhupao mein ho, Agar kudrati chhupao na ho to banawati
chizon ka istemal karke cam aur concealment ka bandobast karna
chahiye.
(ii)
Fd of fire kargar rg tak saaf ho.
(iii)
Mile hue task ko pura kar sake.
(iv)
Mutual sp mein hon, yani ek LMG dusre LMG ke front ko
cover kar sake.
(v)
Defiladed posn ho.
(vi)
Agar pahari ilaka ho to spurs ko cover kare aur dusri gun,
sath wale sec ke frontage ko cover kare.
(vii)
Sky line par na ho.
(viii)
Plunging fire kam se kam ho.
(ix)
Zarurat ho to alternative posn chuni jae.
(x)
Enfilade fire ho.
(c)
5,56 mm INSAS LMG.
Khubian.
(i)
Wazan mein halka hathiyar . 7.62 mm LMG se takriban 45%
halka hai.
(ii)
Kam recoil ki wajah se kam dhaka lagta hai.
(iii)
Is hathiyar ka muzzle velocity ziada hone ke karan trajectory
chapti banti hai isliye tgt hit probability bhi ziada hai.
(iv)
Task range ziada hai.
(v)
Achhi ballisitics, kam recoil aur sighting system (telescopic
sight, PNVS and beta light sight ) hone ke karan marne ki kabliyat
ziada hai.
(vi)
Achhi ballistics hone ke karan bullet ko ziada sthirta aur
marne ki kabliyat ziada
(vii)
Rat ke samay PNVS, Beta light sight aur monopod ka prayog
karke rat mein bhi dushman par bhari cas kar sakte hai.
(d)
(e)
Kamian.
(i)
(ii)
Shola paida hota hai.
Awaaz hoti hai.
193
(iii)
Garda urta hai.
(f) Siting ke Usul.
84 mm RL.
Same as 7.62 mm LMG. Para 16 (c).
(g)
Khubian.
(i)
Jhatka nahin hai.
(ii)
Kandhe par rakhkar fire kiya ja sakta hai.
(iii)
Ghusao ki taqat lohe ki chadar mein 400mm.(HEAT Rd)
(iv)
Multi role, Dhuan ka parda aur roshni paida karne ke lie bhi
istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
(v)
Fauji daste aur tankon ke khilaf bhi istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
(h)
Kamian.
(i)
Shola paida hota hai.
(ii)
Crew ke lie awaz bahut hoti hai.
(iii)
Back blast hota hai.
84
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(i)
mm RL Ke Siting Ke Usul.
Chhupao mein ho.
Back blast ka area saf ho.
Enfilade fire kar sake.
Defilladed posn ho.
Local protection ho.
Field of fire saf ho.
Tank ke ane wale mumkin raston ko cover karta ho.
Alternative aur secondary position.
Mashoor nishan ke pas na ho.
2” Mor/51mm Mor.
(j)
(k)
(l)
Khubian.
(i)
Halka hathiyar hai.
(ii)
No 2 ki madad se bhari tadad mein fire giraya ja sakta hai.
(iii)
Dhuan ka parda aur roshni paida karne ke lie istemal kiya ja
sakta hai.
(iv)
Direct aur indirect fire kar sakte hain.
(v)
Jahan flat trajectory wale hathiyar kargar na hon us jagah
fire gira sakte hain.
(vi)
Dial sight se accuracy jada hai..
Kamian.
(i)
Shola deta hai.
(ii)
Uran ka rasta saf hona chahiye.
(iii)
Dial sight ka tutna.
2” Mor/51 mm Mor Ke Siting Ke Usul.
(i)
Chhupao mein ho.
(ii)
Hifajat mein ho.
194
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Task pura kar sake.
Bomb ke udan ke raste mein koi rukawat na ho..
Mashoor nishan ke pass na ho
Local protection ho.
Bhag III : Demo
Students ko zamin par lagakar pahle se taiyar ki hui 2 man FT, 3 man
FT, 2” Mor\51mm Mor pit aur RL posn dikhaen.
Sankshep
Kisi bhi hathiyar ka poora faida tabhi uthaya ja sakta hai jab ki kisi bhi
Cdr ko un hathiyaron ko alag alag zamin ki halat ke mutabik lagana ata ho.
Yeh usul kewal Pl Cdr ya det Cdr ke lie hi nahin balki Pl ke tamam jawanon
ko malum hone chahien.
--------------------------------------************************-----------------------------------------BC 31-35
SURVEILLANCE AUR OBSERVATION
Parichay
1. Svl yani "nigrani" aur Counter svl yani :Jawabi Nigrani" kisi bhi ops ki
aham jarurat hai. Aaj ke is takniqi yug mein behtar kism ke nigrani
upkaran hain jo lambe rg tak accuracy se aage ke ilake ki khabar dete
hain. Isse ladai ke maidan mein andhere ka faide bahut hi kam ho gaya hai
aur nigrani ki zarurat badh gai hai.
Uddesh
2. Observation ke tariqon se waqfiat karana aur OP/LP ki duties ki
jaankari dena hai.
Bhag
3.
Yeh lec / demo char bhagon mein chalaya jaega.
(a)
Bhag I : obsn ke sadhan aur tariqe
(b)
Bhag II : OP/LP ki duties
(c)
Bhag III : Dhyan mein rakhne wali baaten
(d)
Bhag IV : Demo
Bhag I
: Obsn ke Sadhan aur Tariqe
195
4. Hamara Nigrani ka irada.
prakar hai :(a)
(b)
(c)
Dushman ke upar nigrani ke
irada is
Dushman ke tps ki loc aur org hasil karna
Dushman ke bhavishya ke plans ke bare mein janana.
Dushman ke hatihyar ki loc, amn depot ko tgt chunna
Obsn ke Sadhan
5. Yeh sari khabar hasil karne ke lie subse uttam aur bharosemand
tariqa hai ki khuli aankhon se dekhna, parantu aaj ki navintam senaen
isko aur bhi kargar karne ke liye nimilikhit upkaran ka istemal karte hain:.
(a)
Unit
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(b)
Anya
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Star Par
Binocular
PNVD
BFSR
Telescopic Sight
Hawai Jahaz
Radar
Sensor
Satellite
RPV (Remotely Piloted Veh, Indian : Nishant)
Obsn ke Tariqe
Samne ke ilaqa ka obsn karne ke liye aage ke grnd ko teen bhagon mein
banta jata hai.
(c)
(d)
(e)
6.
Near grnd lagbhag 500 mtr tak.
Middle distance 500 se 800 mtr tak.
Far Distance 800 mtr se aage.
Obsn ke tariqe is prakar se hain:(a) Din ke Samay . Door se najdik yani far dist se middle dist se near
grnd.
(b) Raat ke Samay.Najdik se door, yani near grnd se middle dist tak.
7. Donon tariqon mein obsn ek taraf yani baen se daen ya daen se baen
jaise bhi obsn kar sakte hain.
Bhag II : OP /LP ki Dutian
8.
OL/LP ki dutian is prakar se hain:196
(a) Zimmewari ke ilaqe ki vistar se nigrani karna.
(b) Main def mein lagatar khabar bhejte rahna.
(c) Zimmewari ke ilaqe mein ho rahi apni aur dushman ki harkat ki
khabar dete rahna.
(d) OP log book ko bharna.
(e) Hawai jahaz ke bare mein khabar dena.
(f) Nazdik ke OP ke saath nazri milap karna.
(g) LZ/DZ par nigrani rakhna.
(h) Ilake mein ghum rahe ptls ki jaankari hasil karna.
OP /LP ke Kaam Mein Aanewale Upkaran
9.
OP/ LP ko nimnlikhit upkaranon ki zarurat paregi:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
11.
Telephone
Radio set
PNVD, Binocular, BFSR ityadi
Grnd sensors
Sensor
OP/ LP ke pass saman:(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
Milap ke sadhan jaise Tele phone, Radio set ityadi
Binocular/PNVD
Compass
Map sheet
Logbook
Pers Wpn amn ke sath
Anya saman jaise khana pani ityadi
Bhag III : Dhyan mein rakhne wali baaten
12.
OP/ LP ke Dhyan Mein Rakhnewali Anya Baten:(a)
(b)
(c)
sake
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Jodi mein kaam karen
Aanewale mumkin raaston mein hon
Aise loc jahan se task pura ho sake,OP unchai par hon (agar ho
to)LP nichai par ho.
Password ki jaankari ho
Sanchar ke sadhan duplicate kiye gaye hon
Jo dekha usi khabar ko pass karna. Apna andaza na lagayen
Withdrawal ke covered raaste hone chahiye
OP/ LP ki loc dushman ka mumkin DF task na ho
Op /LP par atam nirbhar rahne layak saman ho
Op logbook jarur bhari jae
Relief ka tariqa
197
13. OP/LP jodi mein kaam karenge lekin badli kewal ek ek karke hi hogi
takih is baat ka yakin kiya ja sake kih kisi bhi waqt ek purana jawan
maujud ho. Iske time aur tarike Pl/Coy Cdr ke adesh anusar honge.Kis
prakar ek OP\LP obsn post log book ko banata hai usi ka ek namuna chart
par dekhiye.
(a)
Part IV
Bhag IV : Demo
Conclusion
14. Science ki tarakki ke saath ab rat ko ham kafi dur tak dekh sakte hain
. Isliye nigrani aur prakasan ki jankari honi jaroori hai. Saath hi hamare
OP/LP dushman ke EW dene mein saksham hone chahiye.
**********************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************
198
TAC 1-3
PATROLLING
PARICHAY
Larai ke maidan mein, patrolling Infantry ka khas kam hai. Patrolling
Fd craft aur Battle craft ka ek hissa hai. Jo tps patrolling mein mahir
hote hai, woh larai ke har operation mein kamyab rahege. Har
operation ki kamyabi patrolling ke zariya sahi khabar lane par nirbhar
karti hai.
199
UDDESH
Aap ko patrolling aur usse sambandit tamam karwaion ke bare mein
jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lesson teen bhagon mein chalaya jaega jo is prakar hain
(a)
(b)
(c)
Bhag I: Ptl ki kism aur task
Bhag II : Ptl ki Taiyari
Bhag III : Ptl ki karwai
BHAG I : PTL KI KISM AUR TASK
Isse pahle ki ham ptl ki kism ke bare mein jankari hasil Karen, yeh
janna zaruri hai ki ptl ka uddesh kya hai. Patrolling ke do mukhya
uddesh hote hain .
1.Dushman ki khabar hasil karna
2.Dushman ko apni khabar hasil karne se rokna.
In zaruraton ko madhiyanazar rakhte hue patrols ko ham do kismon
mein baant sakte hain.
1.Recce Ptl
2.Protective ya hifazati ptl
Recce aur protective ptl ki kismon ke alawa ptl ko special task bhi
diye ja sakte hain, jaise dushman ke dump ko barbad karna, shadow
ptl karna ya stay behind party ka kam karna.Lekin aise ptl special
misson ptl kahlata hai.
RECCE PTL
Recce ka matlab hai, bagair lare dekhbhal se dushman ke bare mein
khabar hasil karna. Is liye Recce ptl ka mukhya mudda hai ki woh
khabar hasil kare aur use upar wale cdr tak pahuchaye, takih woh
cdr us khabar par amal kar sake. Recce ptl ki banawat is prakar se
hoti hai ki woh chup kar aur dekhbhal se khabar hasil karte hain;
inka kam larna nahin hota hai, yeh sirf apna bachav ke lie larte hai ya
jab aisi halat ho ki khabar ko bina lare hasil karna mumkin na ho.
NAFRI AUR BANAWAT Recce ptl ki nafri am taur par ek ptl ldr aur
do ya teen jawanon ki hoti hai. Ptl ki ahmiyat ko dekhkar ptl ldr kisi
Offr, JCO ya UO ko niyukt kiya jata hai . Jab kabhi ptl base banane ki
zarurat ho, ya khabar hasil karne ke lie dushman par fire karnane ki
zarurat ho tab ptl ki nafri ko badaya ja sakta hai.
200
TASK
Recce ptl ko nimnlikhit task diye ja sakte hain:Dushman ke def ka failav aur auto/ anti tk hathiyaron ka pata
lagana.
Dushman ki pahchan, irada, adaten aur karwai ki khabar hasil
karna.
Zamin ke bare mein jankari hasil karna.
Obst ke bare mein khabar hasil karna .
Dushman ke EW, gun posn, comn ke bare mein khabar hasil karna.
Dushman ke res ki str, loc aur sambhav task ke bare mein jankari
hasil karna ya hasil kiye info ko check karna.
PROTECTVE PTL
Protective ya hifazati kamon par lagi hui ptl ko larne ke lie taiyar hona
chahiye islie iski banawat usi mutabiq honi chahiye. Protective ptl ki
nafri ek sec se lekar coy tak ho sakti hai agar zarurat ho to Arty OP
aur MFC bhi is ptl mein diya ja sakta hai. Ek hifazati ptl ko nimn
task diye ja sakte hain.
Fwd zone par chhaye rahna
Dushman ke ane wale raste par dekhbhal karna aur dushman ko
rokna
Def locality ke samne ya piche dead grnd ko cover karna
Un obst ko cover karna, jo main posn se cover nahin hote
Flanking unit / sub unit se lagao.
Def posn ke alawa kisi ahmiyat wali jagah par kabza karna
Dushman ki patrols ko khabar hasil na karne dena aur use barbad
karna.
Abhi tak apne Recce aur protetive ptl ke bare mein jankari hasil ki. Ab
ham Recce aur protective ptl ke farq ke bare mein jankari hasil
karenge.
Recce Ptl
Iski karwai zaruri nahin hai ki
unit se sambandhit
bhejne wali unit se sambandhit ho
kar raha ho.
Apni raksha ke alawa koi
ko suraksha dena.
surakshatmak zimmewari nahin hai
Protective Ptl
Iska sanchalan aur karwai us
hai jiski yeh raksha
Kisi ek appch se tps
201
Iska uddesh khabar hasil karna
khas approach sedushman
ke ptlsko khabar hasil karne se rokna hai.
Dushman ko bina pata lage
dushman ko na
khabar hasil karna
chaye rahna hai.
Do ya teen numaindon ka chota
/Coy tak ke tps.
group
Kam se kam saman
/wpns liye hue.
Kaam khatam par wapsi.
se diye hukam par withdrawal.
Iska uddesh ek
Ek khas approach ko
istemal karne dena aur us par
Task ke adhar par ek Pl
Apne task ke mutabiq eqpt
Hukam par / pahle
BHAG II : TAIYARI
GEN
Is baat ka dhyan rakha jae ki tps ko ek dam mushkil aur khataranak
ptl par na bheja jae. Inko taiyari ke darje se tartib di jae. Ptl par jane
wale map reading aur battle craft mein mahir hone chahiye. Iske
alawa team ke taur par kam karne ka jazba aur apne kam ko pura
karne ke kabliyat par pura bharosa hona chahiye.
PLG
Kisi bhi ptl ko bhejne se pahle nimn baton par gaur karna chahiye.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
Ptl ka uddesh
Dushman ke bare mein khabar
Task ke bare mein khabar
Ptl ki nafri
Ptl ka samay (duration)
Security aur discipline
Koi zaruratshuda numayanda /cheez jaise tech representative,
fire sp ya comn
(k)
Jane ki taiyari
(j)
Padosi unit se mel milap
TAIYARI
202
Ptl ki kamyabi ziadatar ptl ldr ki pahal aur hunur par nirbhar karti
hai. Phir bhi ptl ke bahar jane se pahle agar puri taiyari ki jae to kaam
ko kamyabi ke sath pura karne mein madad milegi. Puri taiyari ke lie
Bn Cdr, Coy Cdr aur Ptl Cdr zimmewari hain.
COMD
Ptl ke task aur nafri ko dhyan mein rakhte hue, Bn Cdr yeh faisla
karenge ki ptl cdr Offr,JCO ya UO hoga.
BRIEFING
Khas mushkil task wali ptl ko bn cdr hi brief karenge. Lekin am ptl ko
Coy Cdr hi brief karta hai. Bn mein ptl master 2IC hota hai jo ptls ki
harkat ko coord karta hai.
FIRE SP
2.Bn Cdr ye faisla karenge ki kya Arty ya Mor fire se support dena
zaruri hai. Agar fire sp zaruri hai, to woh FOO ya MFC ka bandobast
karenge.
DRESS AUR EQPT
Bn Cdr ki taraf se aam policy mukarrar hogi, lekin Coy Cdr tafsil
mein faisla karenge. Yahi baat hathiyaron ke fasla karne par bhi lagu
hoti hai.
COMN
Jab zarurat ho to radio se milap ka bandobast kiya jaega. Jab shatru
nazdik hai to radio ka bahut kam istemal kiya jata hai.
PTL LDR KI ZIMMEWARIAN
PTL KI BANAAWAT. Ptl ki banawat task par nirbhar karti hai. Ptl
ldr ptl ki pakki nafri ka faisla karega aur jane wale jawanon ka
chunav karega.
HATHIYAR
Halke aur chote rg wale hathiyar mobility ke lie behtar hain. LMG aur
51mm Mor tab behtar hain jab khabar hasil karne ke lie ishara zaruri
ho.
DRESS
Dress aisa ho jo aramdeh ho, kam wazan wala ho aur awaz na paida
kare.
203
EQPT
Yeh jitna halka ho utna behtar hai Ptl ldr ko apnesath Bino, Compas
Map aur Morphine lena chahiye.
WARNING ORDER
Coy Cdr ya ptl ldr ko ptl ke bare mein warning order dena chahiye.
Isse yeh faida hoga ki jawan ko taiyari aur rest ka samay mil jata hai
RECCE AUR TAJWIZ
Apni tajwiz banane se pahle ptl ldr ko hawai photo aur pahle ki ptl ki
report ko map ke sath study kar lena chahiye.
BRIEFING
Ptl par jane se pahle har jawan ko achhi tarah se brief kar lena
chahiye takih mauka parne par weh achhi tarah se karwai kar sake.
Agar zamin ijazat de, to briefing aisi jagah se ki jae jahan se pura ilaqa
nazar ata hai, jahan ye mumkin nahin, wahan sand model ya cloth
moel ka istemal kiya jana chahiye.
REHEARSAL
Rehearsal mein nimn baton par gaur kiya jae:(a)Sab fmn mein indl ki posn
(b)Fmn change karne ka tarika
(c)Obst paar karne ka tarika
(d)Dushman milne par karwai
(e)Ambush hone par karwai
(f)Obj/ptl base par karwai
(g)Cas evacuate karna
(h)Very lt fire hone par karwai
(j)Halt par karwai
(k)Fd signal
FINAL INSPECTION
Ptl ko task par jane se pahle, ptl ldr ko insp kar lena chahiye jismen
yeh yakin karen ki:
(a)Sabhi jawan jane ke liye fit hain
(b)Koi faltu kajaz/ docu nahin
(c)Cam
(d)Eqpt thik fit hain.
(e)Bandobast ka sabhi saman le liya
204
BHAG III :KARWAI
Ptl ki karwai teen bhagon mein puri hoti hai, jo is prakar hain:
(f)FDL se ptl base tak harkat
(g)Ptl Base se age ki karwai aur khabar hasil karna
(h)Ptl base se wapasi ki karwai.
FDL SE PTL BASE TAK HARKAT
Ptl ko jane se pahle kisi FDL par ikattha kiya jaega aur use infilt mein
madad ke lie
Arty fire ya dusre tarike se deception diya jaega
ROUTE
Ptl ko aisa rasta chunna chahiye, jismen dushman ke milne ka kam
se kam andesha ho aur mov asan ho.
FMN
Ptl ki fmn nimn baton par nirbhar karegi.
(i)Control
(j)Grnd ya zamin
(k)Security
(l)Chupao
HARKAT
Moujuda hathiyaron ke kargar fire ko dekhte, hue din ke samay ptl ko
karwai karna muskil hoga islie patrolling jiadatar raat ko hi hogi. Raat
ko harkat bounds ki madad se ki jati hain.
PTL BASE
Ptl base woh jagah hai jahan se koi chotti ptl operate karti hai. Ptl
base un halaton mein lagana zaruri hota hai jab .
(m)No mans land jiada bada / faila chauri ho.
(n)Do ya do se jiada subsidary ptl bhejne hon.
205
(o)Alag alag chhote ptl bhejne se raste mein dushman ke sath
dakhlandaji ka andesha ho.
Ptl base mein nimn khubian honi chahiye.
(p)Dushman ke obsn aur small arms se bachav mein ho.
(q)Zarurat parne par wahan se bachav ho sake.
(r)Asani se pahchan mein aa sake.
(s)Dushman ka DF na ho.
PTL BASE PAKARNE KI KARWAI
Ptl ptl base se kuch duri par dply ho jati hai aur kuch nafri ptl base
ki search karti hai, aur agar wahan par dushman na ho to wapas
aakar ptl ldr ko khabar dete hai. Puri ptl aisi halat mein ptl base mein
chali jati hai,agar kisi wajah se ptl base ka istemal karna mumkin na
ho to ptl, alt ptl base mein chale jati hai, Alt ptl base ka chunav pahle
hi kar lena chahiye.
Ptl Base Pahunchne par Karwai :(t)Bhari saman,strecter adi chora jata hai.
(u)Subdy ptl apne zimmuwari ke ilake mein jate hain aur khabar hasil
karke wapis ate hain
(v)Ptl ldr unki deriefing karta hai
(w)Get away man ki briefing ki jati hai
(x)Ptl wapas harkat karti hai
KHABAR HASIL KARNE KA TARIKA
Subdy ptl dekhbhal se khabar hasil karti hai,agar phir bhi khabar
hasil na ho to tab harkat ya fire se dushman ko fire karne par
majboor karti hai.
(y)Obsn
(z)Harkat
(aa)Fire
WAPSI
Ptl ko wapas ate samay alag raste ka istemal karna chahiye. Agar
dushman picha kar raha ho to use dhoka dene ke lie chotti tukdion
mein bant kar milap tora ja sakta hai Agar ptl ne khabar hasil kar li
ho aur mauka mile to wapasi mein dushman par mauke ka ambush
lagaya ja sakta hai,iska tal mel ptl par ane se pahle kar lena chahiye.
206
DEBRIEFING
Nimn pts dhyan mein rakhen:
(bb)Wahi kare jisne ptl ko brief kiya ho
(å)Ptl ke wapas ane ke baad jaldi kiya jae
(dd)Ptl ke sabhi jawan, debriefing mein samil hone chahiye
SANKSHEP
Patrolling larai ki ek bahut hi aham karwai hai, jiske lie jawanon ko
bahut hi unche darje ki trg ki zarurat hai agar tps ka patrolling ka
darja achha hai to woh larai ke har ops mein kamyab rahne ki umeed
rakh sakta hai.
--------------------------***************************--------------------
TAC 4-6
AMBUSH AND COUNTER AMBUSH
PARICHAY
Larai ke dauran def mein rahte hue kuch ek aisi karwaian ki jati hai
jisse dushman ke fauz ka manobal tut jata hai aur apni fauz ka
manobal aur atmavishwas badh jata hai. Ambush bhi aisa hi ek
operation hai. Aap mein se kai ek ko apni service ke dauran ambush
mein jane ka mauka mila hoga aur ho sakta hai ki age ane wale
samay mein aapko ambush ka leader banne ka mauka mile . Islie yeh
nihayat zaruri hai ki aap sab ko ambush ki karwai ke bare mein puri
jankari ho kyonki ambush ek aisa operation hai jiski safalta junior,
ldrs ki jankari leadership aur pahal par nirbhar karti hai.
UDDESH
Ambush ki karwai ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Aap ki asani ke lie is lec ko panch bhagon mein chalaya jaega :Bhag I Uddesh, prakar aur vishestaen.
Bhag II Banawat, siting aur layout.
Bhag III Planning aur taiyari.
Bhag IV Ambush ki karwai.
207
Bhag V Ambush se bachao.
BHAG I :
AMBUSH KI PARIBHASHA
Ambush ka matlab hai ki chalte ya thore samay ke lie ruke hue
dushman par kisi chhupi hui posn se aise achanak hamla karna jis
par uska dhyan na ho ya jiski use ummeed na ho.
AMBUSH KE UDDESH
Ambush lagane ke kai uddesh ho sakte hain, jo kih is prakar hain:(a)
Dushman ke jawan, uski garian, janwar ya tpt ko ziada se ziada
barbad karna.
(b)
Int ke lihaj se uski khabar hasil karna jaise pehchan ke nishan
ya zaruri kagzat.
(c)
Dushman ko is prakar darana ya tang karna ki woh apne bachao
ke lie sena barhae.
(d)
Dushman ko demoralise karna aur apni sena ka bharosa aur
atmavishwas badhana.
(e)
Dushman ke upar dar dalkar use itni savdhani bartne par
majboor karna ki woh khulkar patrolling na kar sa
AMBUSH KE PRAKAR
Ambush mukhya roop se do prakar ke hote hain:1.Mauke ka ambush.
2.Taiyari ka ambush.
MAUKE KA AMBUSH
Jaise ki iske naam se jahir hai is prakar ka ambush mauka milne par
lagaya jata hai. Yeh achanak samne aae dushman ke khilaf lagaya
jata hai jiski pahle se ummed ya taiyari na ho. Mauke ke ambush ki
safalta in baton par nirbhar karti hai:1.Cdr ka pakka irada.
2.Tps ki achhe darje ki sikhlai aur discp.
3.Ambush lagane ki sahi drills aur tej karwai.
TAIYARI KA AMBUSH
Taiyari ka ambush khas tazweez banakar aur kisi khas uddesh ko
hasil karne ke lie hi lagaya jata hai . Aam taur par iske lie itna samay
208
hota hai ki tazweez taiyari aur rehearsal tafsil mein ki ja sake. Taiyari
ke ambush ki chand ek vishehtaen hai jo is prakar se hain.
1.Ambush apni marzi ke mutabiq chuni hui jagah par lagaya jata hai.
2.Dushman ke bare mein khabar kafi tafsil mein hasil hogi.
3.Recce, taiyari aur briefing ke lie kafi samay hoga.
AMBUSH KI VISHESTAEN
Ambush ko kamyab banane ke lie kuch zaruri baten is prakar se
hain:SURPRISE
Surprise hasil karne ke lie kuch bunyadi baten zaruri hain jo is
prakar hain.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Khamoshi.
Samajh aur hoshiyari ke sath layout aur siting.
Security.
CONTROL
Ambush ki karwai ke dauran cdr ka control hona nihayat hi zaruri
hai jisko niche likhi baton se hasil kiya ja sakta hai:1.Achha briefing.
2.Rehearsals.
3.Achhi tarah jane hue signal.
4.Cdr ki durust posn.
5.Discipline.
FIRE POWER
Kyonki samay kam hota hai is liye dushman ke upar bhari tadad
mein aur ikattha fire dalna chahiye. Iske lie zaruri baten is prakar se
hain:(i)
Sahi scouting aur durust fire control.
(ii)
Automatic hathiyaron ka adhik istemal.
(iii)
Achha fire plan jisse dushman ke bhag nikalne wale raston ko
Arty ya Mor fire se cover kiya ja sakta hai.
(vi)
Anti pers ya claymore mines ka istemal.
(v)
Gren ka istemal.
(vi)
Area wpn jaise 51mm Mor, 84mm RL, MGL aur rif gren ka
istemal.
SAADGI
Ambush ki planning mein jitni saadgi hogi utni hi adhik kamyabi ki
sambhawana hogi. Agar briefing ya hukam kafi pechide aur kathin
honge to galti hone ki sambhawana jiada hogi.
209
PAKKA IRADA
Ek bar ambush kar lene ke baad use sahas aur pakka irade ke saath
kamyab karna zaruri hai.
SELF DISCIPLINE
Ambush ko safal banane ke lie jawanon ka apna anushasan ale darje
ka hona chahiye kyonki ambush ke dauran unhen sharirik aur
dimagi thakawat kafi ho sakti hai.
BHAG II : BANAWAT
Karwai ke lihaj se ambush party ki banawat is prakar se hai:1.
SCOUT
Inhen aam taur par 'look out' man ya 'listening man’ bhi kaha jata
hai. Inko ambush mein dushman ke ane wale raston par lagaya jata
hai takih woh dushman ke ane ki khabar aur uski nafri ke bare mein
pahle hi jankari de sake. Aisi khabar ko savdhani aur suraksha se
dene ka bandobast karna chahiye. Scouts dushman ke ambush mein
phans jane ke baad stops ka kam bhi kar sakte hain. Inhen BFSR aur
NVDs jaisse aale dene chahiye.
2. STOPS
(a)
Yeh do ya teen admion ka dal hota hai jo munasib jagah par is
prakar lagaya jata hai ki dushman ko bhagne se rok sake aur use
barbad kar saken.
3.COVERING/FIRING PARTY
(a)
Yeh ambush ki sabse aham toli hoti hai jo kih achanak aur
bhari tadad mein dushman ke upar fire dalkar usko barbad karti hai.
Yeh party ambush cdr ke ishare par fire kholti aur band karti hai.
Iske lie achha fire discp hona zaruri hai.
4.RESERVE PARTY
Cdr dwara reserve party niche batae kisi bhi kam mein lagaye ja sakti
hai .
(i)
Covering party dwara shuruwat mein ki prapt ki gai safalta
ko banaye rakhna. ho sakta hai covering party ke fire se dushman ko
jiada nuksan na hua ho, is halat mein reserve party ghabrae hue
dushman par dhawa karke use jiada barbad kar sakti hai.
(ii)
Agar ambush party ka task identification hasil iden karna
ho to res party ka kuchh hissa search party ke taur par kaam kar
sakta hai.
210
(iii)
Reserve party ko dushman ki kisi bhi karwai ke khilaf
istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Agar zarurat ho to covering party ke
withdrawl ko cover karne mein bhi lagaya ja sakta hai.
SITING
Ambush ko lagane se pehle jagah ka chunav karte samay dhyan mein
rakhne wali baten is prakar se hain :A.
SURPRISE
Ground aisa chuna jae ki dushman ko zara bhi shak na ho. Aane aur
jane ke raste chupao mein ho takih akhri samay tak surprise kayam
rahe.
B.
SAMBHAVNA. Chunao kiye hue ilake mein dushman ke ane ki
sambhavana adhik se adhik honi chahiye. Yeh dushman ki pichli
harkaton aur sahi jankari par munnasar hoga.
C.
DEFENSIBILITY. Surprise tut jane par, is jagah se ambush
party apne bachao ke lie lar sakti ho, aur yeh jagah dushman ka
mumkin DF task na ho.
D.
FIRE POWER. Killing grnd saaf aur bara ho jismen dushman
par bhari tadad mein fire dala ja sake. Inf Bn 4B (Mod) mein hamare
paas kai aise hathiyar aaye hain jinka bakhubi istemal hum ambush
mein kar sakte hain. Inke aa jane se hum adhik marak shakti wale
hathiyar ka istemal dushman ko jiada se jiada cas puhunchane mein
kar sakte hain.
E.
CONCEALMENT. Kudrati concealed jagah honi chahiye:-
F.
OBSERVATION. Chuni hue jagah se din aur raat ke samay
door tak obsn milna chahiye. Nayi org mein hamare pass ab adhik
night vision ke aale aa gaye hain jaise behatar binoculars,NVDs aur
NVG, iske illawa HHTI aur UGS ka istemal bhi bakhubi kiya ja sakta
hai.
Layout
G.
Sujhav ke taur par ambush ka layout is prakar ho sakta hai.
a.
b.
Apch ke ek taraf.
Apch ke donon taraf.
H.
Ambush ko apch ke ek tarf ya donon taraf lagate samay dhyan
mein rakhne wali baten is prakar hain:211
a.
Ambush ko apch ke donon taraf lagane se dushman ko bhag
nikalne se roka ja sakta hai saath hi bina tps ko failae jaida se jaida
area ko cover kia ja sakta hai lekin iske kuch nukshan bhi hain jo ki
is prakar hain :i.APNE TPS KO KHATRA. Raaste ke amne samne apne tps ko echelon
mein lagakar ya sakht safety area lagakar is khatre ko kam kiya ja
sakta hai. Lekin phir bhi khatra yeh rahta hai ki dushman ko bhag
nikalta dekh kar kahin apna koi jawan josh mein aakar apni fauz par
fire kar sakta hai.
ii.CONTROL KI KATHNAI. Yeh tab hota hai jab ki plan ki badli karne ki
zarurat
hoti hai. Lekin isko bhi is prakar dur kiya ja sakta hai :1.
Cdr bant dena chahiye aur unhen jimmewari dene chahiye.
2.
Achha fire cont.
3.
Achha fd sigs.
b.
Ambush ko ek taraf lagane se control achha hota hai lekin
dushman ke bhag nikalne ki sambhawana rahti hai jokih obst lagane
se roka ja sakta hai.
HATHIYAR AUR TPS KI SITING
Chahe ambush apch ke ek taraf ya donon taraf laga ho, hathiyar aur
tps lagate samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten is praker hain :Automatic hathiyar ka primary task marne ke ilake ko cover karta ho
aur secy task dushman ke bhag nikalne ke raste hon.
Jis jawan par automatic hathiyar ka cover na ho use rif man dwara
cover kiya jana chahiye.
Dushman ke bhag nikalne wale raston ko booby traps, mor fire ya rif
gren ke fire se cover karna chahiye, lekin booby traps do dhar wala
hathiyar hai islie ise savdhani se lagana chahiye.
Bait ka istemal karne se dushman ikatta tgt bhi ban sakta hai.
Bhag III : Tajwiz
Ek simple plan aur achhe taiyari safal ambush, ke liye awashyak hai.
Ambush ki tajwiz banate samay bahut tafsil mein soch vichar karna
chahiye. Tajwiz banate samay in baton par detail mein soch vichar
karna chahiye :Dushman ke bare mein jankari. Jankari in baton ke bare mein hasil
karni chahiye:212
i.Dushman ki khasusiyat, adaten, organisation aur hathiyaron ke bare
mein.
ii.Shatru ki sup, point ki loc, unki harkat ka samay, nafri, le jane wale
saman aur rakhsha ke bandobast.
iii.Dushman ki ptl ka uddesh, nafri, raste, samay aur adaten.
iv.Working partion ki nafri.
v.Dushman ke scouting ka tarika.
vi.Dushman ki jawabi karwai.
vii.Harkat ka samay fmn aur jawanon ke bich fasla aur tartib.
Ambush Site ka Chunao. Ambush site ka chunao karte samay dhyan
mein rakhne wali baten:1.Site aur usko pakarne ka tarika.
2.Shakiya na ho.
3.Ambush partion ko lagane ki jagah kafi ho.
4.Posn tak pahunchna aur wapas apni loc tak harkat ke raste.
5.Ambush site ke nazdik woh posn jahan cdr ki recce ke dauran party
halt karti hai.(RV).
6.Dushman ke bhag nikalne ke raste.
7.Ambush complete hone ke baad RV ka sthan.
Ambush ki Nafri. Ambush ki nafri aur banawat par niche likhi baten
asar dalengi.
1.Uddesh.
2.Dushman ki jawabi karwai, vishestaen aur uski nafri.
3.Zamin ki banawat.
4.Dushman ke ane aur bhag nikalne ke raste.
5.Apni fauj ka withdrawl.
6.Cont.
7.Automatic hathiyar kitne mil sakte hain.
Fire Support. Ambush ki kamyabi ke lie yeh zaruri hai ki dushman
par bhari tadad mein fire giraya jae kionki samay bahut kam hota hai.
Fire sp ke lie zaruri baten:1.Tafsil mein briefing.
2.Achha shooting aur fire control.
3.Ziada se ziada automatics ka istemal.
4.Mor aur gren fire ka istemal.
5.Sub gp mein apasi milap ke achhe sadhan.
6.Achha fire plan jismen Arty aur Mor Fire shamil ho.
213
Cont and Coord. Ambush party cdr ka sabhi tolion par achha control
hona chahiye. Cont hasil karne ke lie zaruri baten:1.Ambush ko hoshiyar karne ke lie pahle se mukarar ishare.
2.Dushman ke ane ke ishare.
3.Fire kholne aur band karne ke ishare.
4.Ambush party ki harkat aur us ilake mein kisi aur partion ka apasi
coord.
5.Ambush ke har ek admi ko zimmewari ke ilake dena chahiye.
Surprise and Discipline. Ambush ki kamyabi bahut had tak surprise
par nirbhar hoti hai. Surprise hasil karne ke lie zaruri baten:1.Khamohi.
2.Cam and Concealment.
3.Ambush site ka chunao.
4.Dushman ko dhoka dene ke har bar alag alag tarike.
TAIYARI
Taiyari ke ambush mein niche likhe kramanusar karwai hogi:1.WO.
2.Recce.
3.Briefing.
4.Rehearsal.
5.Antim inspection.
Inhen ham ek ek karke discuss karenge .
Warning Order.
viii.Ambush ki banawat.
ix.Briefing ke lie jagah aur samay.
x.Jane ka samay.
xi.Bandobasti hideyaten.
Recce. Recce mein jane se pahle airphotos aur map zarur study kar
lena chahiye. Recce ke dauran cdr niche likhe baton ka chunao
karega:1.Mar ka ilaka aur ambush ki partiyon ki posn.
2.Main body ka ambush tak rasta.
3.RV aur us tak jane ka rasta.
5.Wapas aane ka rasta.
6.Alt ambush posn.
7.Alag alag tolion ki jagah aur rasta.
Briefing.
214
i.Asan aur tafsil mein.
ii.Cloth ya sand model par.
iii.Kisi ko koi shak na rah jae.
Rehearsal. Jahan tak ho sake niche diye points par rehearsal vistar
purvak ki jae aur vaisi hi zamin par ho, jis tarah ki zamin par ambush
lagana hai :1.RV tak mov aur fmns.
2.Nigrani ke lie bandobast.
3.Waiting area mein dply aur hifajat.
4.Ambush site mein layout aur har admi ka kam.
5.Milap ke sadhan.
6.Signals ka abhyas.
7.Booby traps aur mine lagane ka tarika aur zimmewari.
8.Khud ambush ho jane par karwai.
9.Hathiyar aur eqpt ka test.
INSPECTION
Akhiri inspection mein yakin karen ki koi chamkili aur awaz karne
wali chij na ho aur hathiyar aur amn ka mulahija kar liya jae.
BHAG IV
:
AMBUSH SITE PAKARNA
Ambush site ko surprise ko kayam rakhte hue pakarna chahiye takih
dushman ko shak na ho. Karwai is prakar hogi :Ambush ke lie rawana RV tak.
Confirmatory Recce.
Antim hukam, agar koi farq ho.
Site ko pakarna.
Ambush ke Lie Rawana
Ambush site ki chahe pahle se recce ki hui ho phir bhi sari toli ko
lekar usmen jana theek nahin hoga. RV tak harkat tactically ki jaegi.
Harkat ke dauran security ka pura dhyan rakha jaega.
Confirmatory Recce
Ambush RV mein pahunchne ke baad yeh zaruri hai ki ambush site
pakarne se pahle uski recce kar li jae. Iske lie party cdr khud jaega
aur alag alag tolion ke cdrs ko bhi le ja sakta hai.
Antim Hukam
215
Recce ke baad agar cdr plan mein koi badli karta hai to bata dena
chahiye. Final order chhote aur saaf hone chahiye aur niche likhi
baten shamil kar sakte hain :1.Ambush ke ilake ka aur ass pass ke ilake ka bayan.
2.Cdr ki final posn.
3.Jawanon ke kaamon ki rehearsal se jo farq ho.
Site Pakarna
Ambush site mein jane se pahle cam ki jaanch kar lena chahiye aur
hathiyar cock kar lena chahiye. Posn rear se pakarni chahiye aur
harkat chotte chotte gps mein karni chahiye.
Posn lene ka karam is prakar hoga:1.Scouts posn pakarte hai aur milap karte hai.
2.Automatic hathiyar lagakar killing ground cover kiya jata hai.
3.Booby traps aur mines lagaye jate hai.
4.Troops depth mein lagaye jate hain rear aur flank ki hifazat ke lie.
Intzar
Surprise ko kayam rakhne ke lie tps apni durust posn chun kar intzar
karen lekin iske dauran koi harkat, awaz nahin honi chahiye.
Ambush site ke aas pass apni fauz ki bhi koi harkat nahi honi
chahiye Dushman ke ane ka signal milte hi chup chap alert karne ka
tarika mukarar hona chahiye.
Ziada samay intzar karna ho to aadmi apne hathiyar ke piche aram
kar sakta hai lakin sentry niyukt honge aur har halat mein apch aur
killing ground ko dekhbhal mein rakha jaega .
Jab sentry ya scouts dushman ko dekh le to weh signal karke puri
party ko alert karte hain. Pure dushman killing ground mein aa jane
ke baad ambush cdr fire kholne ka hukam deta hai,
Puri ambush ki karwai is prakar hogi :2.
Scouts dushman ke ane ki warning dega.
3.
Pure ambush party ko chaukanna kiya jaega.
4.
Fire kholna.
5.
Hamla.
6.
Talashi.
7.
Withdrawl.
BHAG V : AMBUSH SE BACHAO.
Dushman ke ambush se bachne ke lie chand ek niche likhe baten
dhyan mein rakhne chahiye :216
Apni karwai mein lagatar tabdili.
Harkat hoshiyari se karni chahiye aur niche likhe baton ka dhyan
rakhna chahiye.
Scout ka istemal.
Bounds ka chunao.
Durust fmn.
Wardogs ka istemal.
Ambush mein Phansne par Counter ambush ka Karwai
Ambush mein phansne par karwai is prakar ho sakti hai :Ambush par hamla karna.
Pichhe hatna aur khatre se bach kar nikal jana.
Zamin par letkar chhup jana.
Hifazat ka bandobast.
FOO aur MFC dwara karwai.
SANKSHEP
Ambush larai aur CI Ops ki ek bahut aham karwai hai. Ek Sec Cdr
hone ke nate yeh bahut jaruri hai ke aap ko ambush ke karwai ka
pura gayan ho taki jarurat parne par aap kam se kam samay aur cas
ke sath dushman ko barbad kar saken.
-----------------------------------*********************---------------------
TAC 7-8
OPS. OF WAR - ADVANCE
PARICHAY
Chand ek halaton mein hamein adv karke dushman se lagao karna
padta hai taqi use barbad kiya ja sake. Kyonki adv ek “Offensive” yani
aakramak operation hai is liye operation ke dauran raftar aur pahal ki
kaafi ahmiyat hai, halakih saath hi apne tps ki suraksha ka bhi
khayal rakha jaye – visheshkar flank aur rear se.
Hamare desh ki bhogolik stithi ko dekhte hue hamein pahari, jungle,
maidani aur regastani ilaqon mein adv karne ki zarurat pad sakti
hai.Ilaqe ki banawat adv ke tariqe aur sp arms ke istemal par asar
dalti hai. Maidani aur regastani ilaqe mein mech forces adv ko lead
karengi tatha inf ka mukya kaam hoga – axis of maint ko clear karna.
Pahari aur jungle ke ilaqe mein adv ke dauran inf ka zyada istemal
hoga halanki mech forces ka bhi, agar zamin aur halat izazat de to,
istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
Ek rif pl ko coy ka hissa bankar adv mein bhag lena parega tatha
milne wali dushman ki muddakhalat ko tezi se door karna padega is
liye aapko is operation ki jaankari hona zaruri hai.
217
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh aapko adv operation ke baare mein jaankari dena
hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec chaar bhagon mein chalaya jayega :-
(a)
Bhag I
:
Aam Jaankari.
(b)
Bhag II
:
Adv ka Tariqa.
(c)
Bhag III
:
Adv ke Dauran Rif Coy aur Rif Pl ka
Employment.
(d)
Bhag IV
:
Adv ke Dauran Anya Arms ka Istemal.
BHAG - I : AAM JAANKARI
PARIBHASHA
Adv op kya hai ? Ek aisa op jismein adv tps apni harkat ki qabliyat
ka pura faida uthathe hue, apne liye sabse uchit halaton mein,
dushman se baar baar lagao karke ahmiyat wali zamin par qabza
karte hain, “Adv” op kahlata hai. Yaani tezi ke saath aage badhkar
dushman ke saath lagao karna taqi uspar hamla karke ahmiyat wali
zamin par qabza kiya jaa sake.
ZARURAT
Adv karne ki zarurat niche likhe halaton mein padti hai :(a)
Adv to Contact. Dushman se lagao ke liye adv to contact kiya
jata hai. Is tarah ke adv mein pahal donon taraf se sambhav hai. Is
halat mein dushman aprajit hoga aur tartibwar larega. Is tarah ke adv
mein bade frontage par recce aur adv kiya jata hai. Adv to contact
mein main force ikkatha hogi aur dushman ki achanak ho sakne wali
karwai ke liye res rakhe jate hain.
218
(b)
Tartibwar Peechhe Hat Rahe Dushman ka Peechha Karna.
Tartibwar peechhe hat rahe dushman ke saath contact sthapit karne
ke liye aur use zyada nuqsan pahunchane ke liye is tarah se adv kiya
jata hai. Is adv mein apne pass zyada pahal rahti hai. Ho sakta hai ki
dushman poori tarah prajit na ho aur plan ke mutabiq peechhe hat
raha ho. Is mein dushman ka mudda contact torna hota hai. Is mein
hamari koshish hogi ki dushman ko milap na torne diya jaye aur tezi
se calculated risk uthathe hue adv kiya jaye.
(c)
Pursuit. Betartib peechhe hat rahe dushman ke saath contact
sthapit karne ko pursuit kahte hain. Is mein pahal apne pass rahti
hai. Pursuit mein dushman hara hua aur uska morale low hoga. Iske
saath-saath usmein tartibwar larne ki qabliyat kam hogi. Haare hue
dushman ke saath contact banane ke liye aur use aur zyada nuqsan
pahunchane ke liye tezi ke saath adv karne ki ahmiyat hai. Iske saath
hi pahal, aakramakta aur security ka khayal rakhne ki zarurat hai.
ADV KE BUNIYADI USUL
Adv ke buniyadi usul is prakar hain :(a)
Combat Intelligence (Khabar). Adv mein safalta ke liye tezi se
khabaren hasil karna bahut zaruri hai. Yah khabaren operation se
pahle aur dauran sabhi sources ke dwara li jayengi. Khabar
nimnlikhit ke bare mein hasil ki jayengi :(i)
(aa)
Zamin ki Banawat (Trn).
Going Shaamil Obstacles. Is khabar ke dwara mech forces aur
engrs ki grouping sambhav hogi.
(ab)
Sadaken/ raaste aur Gaon. Is par axis of adv nirbhar ho sakta
hai. Iske saath – saath logistics support bhi in sadakon aur raston par
nirbhar hogi. Raste mein aane wale gaon ko bypass karna padega.
(ac)
Defiles aur dominating features shaamil unka defence potential.
(ii)
Dushman ke Larne ke Mumkin Tariqe.
(aa)
Delaying Elements ki Ladne ki Mumkin Jagah. Dushman
aisi jagahon ka chunao karega ki woh hamare adv ko zyada se zyada
der tak rok sake ya delay paida kar sake.
(ab)
Nafri, Obstacles aur Hathiyar. Inke aadhar par dushman ki
delay karne ki qabliyat hogi.
219
(iii)
Local Resources. Pani ityadi. Local resources ki uplabdhi
hamari logistic imdad par asar dalegi.
(b)
Pahal. Adv mein shuru se pahal kayam rakha jaye. Iske liye
nimn baton par dhyan dena zaruri hai :(i)
Dushman se ek baar lagao hone ke baad use banaye rakha
jaaye.
(ii)
Tezi se harkat aur action kiya jaaye.
(c)
Zor Qayam Rakhna. Ise is tarah hasil kiya jaaye :-
(i)
Har level par cdrs ki mental satarkta aur aakramak
karwai.
(ii)
Kabhi contact na torna.
(iii)
Chhoti muddakhalat ko barbad karna.
(iii)
Badi muddakhalat ko contain karna ya by pass karna basharte
ki wah security par asar na dalta ho.
(iv)
Sahi grouping aur order of march, achchha signal comn,
achchhi dply drills aur cdrs ka aage rahna.
(v)
Force ki har tarah ki zamin par tezi se harkat ki qabliyat.
(e)
Bandobast. Adv force ko achchhi bandobasti imdad di jaaye.
Nimn baton par dhyan diya jaye :(i)
Adv Shuru Karne se Pahle.
(aa) Bandobasti zarurton (amn, ration, pani) ke bare mein soch
vichar kiya jaaye.
(ab) Troops ko kuchh samay ke liye atam nirbhar rakha jaaye lekin
bewajah un par load na dala jaaye.
(ii)
Adv ke dauran.Uplabdh sadhnon shamil local resources
aur captured stores ka sahi istemal kiya jaaye. Amn, ration aur pani
peechhe se age lane ke liye sahi talmel ki zarurat.
BHAG II : ADV KA TARIQA
220
Jab dushman ke defs puri tarah taiyar nahin honge to adv kar rahi
sena ko delay karne ke liye dushman withdraw karte hue alag alag
tariqon ka istemal karega. Apne muddon ko hasil karne ke liye
dushman nimnlikhit karwayian karega :(a)
Delaying Posns Ikhitiyar Karna.
(i)potential wali jagah par def ikhtiyar karna jaise ki kisi dominating
feature ya built up area mein.
(ii)Arty OP, scattered mine fds, LAT aur HAT daste aur armr ka
istemal.
(iii)Lambe range par engage karke adv colmn ko dply hone par
majboor karna.
(iv)Hamla aane par halat ko dekhte hue larna ya withdraw karna.
(b)Rd blocks – defiles par (tang raston par).
(c)
Demolitions khas ahmiyat wale pulon par taiyar karega.
(d)
Armr ka bharpur istemal karega.
TACTICAL GROUPS
Adv ke dauran bare daste ko aam taur par niche diye hue tactical
groupon mein banta jata hai :(a)Recce Elements. Adv mein recce elements sabse aage harkat karte
hain. Recce elements aam taur par armour aur mechanized inf par
aadharit hote hain jismein zarurat shuda supporting arms shamil kiye
jaate hain. Inke task is prakar hain :(i)
(ii)
Dushman ki delaying posns ka pata lagana.
Dushman ki posn mein gaps aur kamzor jagah ka pata lagana.
(iii)Zamin, raste aur rukawaton ke bare mein khabar hasil karna.
(b)Adv Guard. Adv guard ki buniyadi unit ek inf bn ya armd regt hoti
hai. Isko mazbut banane ke liye iske saath supporting arms group
kiye jaate hain. Adv guard ko van guard aur main guard mein banta
221
jaata hai. Van guard aam taur par ek rif coy ya armd sqn par aadhirit
hota hai. Iske tasks niche diye gaye hain :(i)
Main body ki hifazat karna.
(ii)
Chhoti rukawaton ko barbad kar adv jaari rakhna aur agar
rukawat taqat ke bahar ho to main body ki dply hone ke liye firm base
banana.
(iii) Dekhbhal, patrolling aur raid ke zariye khabaren hasil karna.
(iv) Raste, defile, pul aadi ke bare mein khabaren hasil karna.
(c)Flank Guard. Jab adv mein koi flank khula ho aur us flank ko koi
khatra ho to us flank ki hifazat ke liye jo dasta muqarrar kiya jaata
hai use flank guard kahte hain.
(d)Main Body. Adv guard ke peechhe harkat karne wale baaqi tamam
daston ko main body kahte hain.
(e)Rear Guard. Main body ke rear ki hifazat ke liye jo daste muqarrar
kiye jaate hain unhen rear guard kahte hain.
BHAG III : ADV KE DAURAN RIF COY AUR RIF PL KA
EMPLOYMENT
(a)
Adv guard.
(b)
(c)
Flank guard.
Main body ka hissa hona.
Rif Coy Group Van Guard ke Taur Par. Aam taur par ek rif coy ko van
guard ke taur par task diya jaata hai. Van guard ko niche likhe tasks
diye jaa sakte hain:(a)main guard ki saamne se hifazat karna.
(b)Dushman aur zamin ke baare mein khabaren has
(c)Chhoti rukawaton ko barbad karke adv ko jaari ra
(d)
Van Guard – Banawat. Van guard ki banawat ilaqe, shatru ki
mudakhalat aur adv guard ko mile hue supporting arms par nirbar
hai. Isko is qadar mazboot banaya jaana chahiye ki bagair main guard
ke intezar ke apne mile hue task ko poora kiya jaa sake. Iski grouping
is prakar ho sakti hai :222
(a)
Ek ya aadha armr sqn.
(b)
MMG aur AGL sec.
(c)
Do ATGM dets.
(d)
Ek sec engrs.
(e)
Ek aslt pioneer sec
(f)
Det recce & svl Pl.
(g)
FOO aur MFC.
(h)
Msl Pl.
8
OOM. Van guard ka OOM is prakar hona chahiye ki adv tezi se ho
sake aur zarurat parne par jaldi se dply ho saken. Van guard cdr ko
khud ke troops aur mile hue sp arms ko zamin, shatru ke irade, apne
hathiyaron ki khubion aur bandishon ko dhyan mein rakhte hue is
tarah tartib deni chahiye takih waqt aur zarurat par unka sahi
istemal kiya jaa sake. Sujhao ke taur par ek van guard coy ka OOM
‘slide’ par diya gaya hai.
Leading Pl. Van guard apni hifazat ke liye jo pl aage rakhte hue adv
karta hai use leading pl kahte hain. Iski tarah leading pl ek sec
ko aage rakhte hain, jisko point sec kahte hain. Leading pl ke task is
tarah hain :(a)
Van guard ki saamne se hifazat karna.
(b)
Dushman aur zamin ke bare mein khabaren hasil karna.
(c)
Chhoti rukawaton ko barbad karke adv ko jaari rakhna aur
agar rukawat taqat se bahar ho to van guard ko dply hone mein
madad dene ke liye firm base banana.
Bounds par Karwai. Kyonki bound ki tac ahmiyat hoti hai dushman
ke milne ka andesha hai) is liye ise search kiya jata hai. Search karne
par do halat pesh aa sakte hain :(a)
Bound par Dushman Mauzood Nahin. Is halat mein karwai is
prakar hogi :(i)
Bound ko tactically secure kiya jayega.
(ii)
Coy cdr ko report kiya jayega.
(iii)
Baki colmn bound ko paar karenge.
(iv)
OOM ki badli ki jayegi.
223
(b)
Bound par Dushman Mauzood.
Is halat mein karwai is prakar hogi :(i)
Agar bilkul chhoti mudakhalat hai to pt sec dwara fire aur mov
ke tariqe se dushman ko barbad kiya jayega.
(ii)
Agar sec nafri tak dushman ho to karwai is prakar ki jayegi :-
(aa) Pt sec par kargar fire aane par posn lena, crawl dwara aad
pakarna aur dushman agar range mein hai to use engage karna.
(ab)
Sthiti ka jayza lene ke baad pl cdr ko report diya jayega.
(ac) Pl cdr aage aa kar pt sec se zamin aur dushman ka jayza leta
hai aur coy cdr ko report deta hai.
(ad) ORF ke tariqe se quick attack ka soch vichar kiya jayega aur
saath hi arty aur mor fire dwara tgt ko engage kiya jayega.
(iii)
Agar pl nafri tak dushman ho to karwai is prakar hogi :-
(aa) Leading pl, MMG & ATGMs dwara fire base
banaya jayega.
(ab)
Coy less pl dwara quick attack kiya jayega.
BHAG IV : ADV KE DAURAN ANYA ARMS KA ISTEMAL
Adv Mein Armr. Adv ke dauran armr ko nimnlikhit task diye jaa sakte
hain :(a)
Adv guard ke taur par kaam karna.
(b)
Main body ka hissa hona.
(c)
Flank guard ke taur par kaam karna.
(d)
Recce elements mein armr elements dena.
(e)
Mahatvapurna ilaqon par kabza aur unhein hold karna jaise ki
defiles aur pul.
(f)
Dushman ke HQs, adm instls, air fields aur ground comn
centres par raid karna.
224
(g)
Heliborne/ para force ke saath link up sthapit karna.
(h)
Do alag alag duri par samanantar axis par adv kar rahi fmns
ke beech link up sthapit karna.
Adv Mein Arty. Adv mein arty ko nimn task diye jaa sakte hain :(a)
Adv kar rahi force ko fire sp dena.
(b)
Arty fire ko control karne ke liye FOO dena.
Adv Mein Arty ke Liye Khas Pts.
(a)
Arty ki comd decentralized ho taqi zaldi fire sp de sake.
(b)
Zaldi fire sp ke liye leap frogging ki zarurat hogi.
(c)
Adv guard ke sath ek bty grouping ki jaa sakti hai.
(d)
Adv ke dauran guns aage hon lekin kabhi bhi itana aage na hon
ki unpar arty fire aa jae.
11
Adv Mein Engrs. Adv mein engrs ko yah task diye jaa sakte hain :(a)
Obstacle ko paar karne mein madad dena, shamil.
(i)
(iii)
Rd blocks, mines aur booby traps ko door karna.
Pulon aur detours ka construction.
(b)
Ground comn ko qayam rakhna. Ismein rds aur tracks ki maint
aur jahan zaruri ho trail blazing shamil hai.
(c)
Air strips aur helipads ka nirman karna.
(d)
Water supply.
SANKSHEP
Adv op halanki bn aur usse upar ke darze par hi kiya jayega lekin ek
pl cdr ko yah jaankari honi zaruri hai ki rif pl ki grouping tatha OOM
kya hoga aur woh kis prakar coy ka hissa ban kar adv karega. Adv
mein leading pl ki wajah se deri paida nahin honi chahiye. Adv ke
dauran tezi aur aakramak karwai se mudda hasil kiya jaa sakta hai.
225
-----------------------------******************-----------------
TAC 9-10
OPS. OF WAR - DEFENCE
PARICHAY
Yudh ka uddesh hamesha shatru ko aur uske larne ki shakti ko
barbad karna hota hai. Yeh uddesh hamesha hamlawar ops karke
hasil kiya jata hai . Apni zamin ki hifazat ke lie ya hamalawar ops ki
achhi tartib banane ke lie def liya jata hai. Chahe koi bhi operation
ho, sena ki har ek org ko dushman ke hamle ke khilaf def lena parta
hai isliye def op kafi ahmiyat wala op hai.
UDDESH
Aap ko def operation ke bare mein jankari dena.
BHAG
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein pura kiya jaega.
(a)
Bhag I : Glossary of Mil terms
(b)
Bhag II : Def ke bare mein aam jankari
(c)
Bhag III : Sec level par def ki karwai
BHAG I : GLOSSARY OF MIL TERMS
Glossary of Mil Terms is prakar se hain :-
All Round Def. Ek senya dal ki kabiliyat ki woh kisi bhi oor se ane
wale hamle ko rok sake.
Org for All Round Def. Kisi bhi unit ya sub unit ko charon taraf se
raksha ke lie tab sangathit kiya jata hai jab kisi sambhanitt disha se
dushman ko rokna ho. Aur iske lie bari sankhya mein hathiyar laga
diye hon, lekin kisi bhi dusri disha se ane dushman par bhi fire dala
ja sakta hai .
Sited for All Round Def. Kisi bhi unit ya sub unit ko charon taraf ki
raksha ke lie us samay nirdharit kiya jata hai jab uske hathiyar kisi
bhi disha se ane wale hamle par barabar fire dal saken.
Covering Tps. Ek fmn ya tukri jise sabhi sena angon se taiyar kiya
jata hai. Iska task dushman par nazar rakhna, pareshan karna aur
age badne se rokna, jisse dushman pichhe hat rahi ya taiyari kar rahi
hamari sena ki karwai mein badha na dale.
226
Covering Posn. Ek prarambhik sthan jahan covering tps tainat kiye
jate hain. Iska uddesh covering posn ke age ya piche ki delaying posn
par niyantran rakhna hai.
Def Post. Chotti sub unit jaise Inf sec dwara ki gayi rakshit
vyavastha.
Def Locality. Ek aisa chetra jise charon taraf def ke lie org ya sited
kiya jata hai jaise ki Pl ya Coy. Ismen sub uniton ko depth mein
sangathit kiya jata hai. Jahan par dushman ka contact pahle ho
unhen fwd defended loc kaha jata hai.
Def Area. Ek zimmewari ka ilaka jismen depth mein kai mutually
supported def loc hoti hai jaise Bn Def area .
Defiladed Posn. Ek aisa sthan jo prakritak taur par dushman ki
observation aur flat trajectory hathiyaron se bachata hai.
Def Fire. Aisa fire jiski taiyari ki hoti hai ya jo jaldi se dushman par
giriya ja sake, uske hamle ko barbad karne ke lie aur uske aslt ko
torne ke lie :DF (Close). Weh task jo def loc ke nazdik hon jaise ki FUP ya SL mein,
jinka uddesh dushman ke hamle ko nakara karna hai.
DF (Depth). Weh task jinka uddesh dushman ke hamle ki taiyari
mein badha dalna hai.
DF (SOS). Weh task jahan par gun, Mor aur ho sake to MMG ko lay
karke rakha jata hai, jab weh fire nahin kar rahe hon. Yeh apne loc ke
pas hote hain taki dushman ke hamle ko barbad kiya ja sake. Jyon hi
SOS ke call ata hai to jaldi se fire giriya jata hai. Fd Arty mein yeh ek
Bty ko ek hi diya jata hai par zarurat parne par ek tp ko ek DF SOS
diya ja sakta hai.
Defended Posn. Def ke lie taiyar kiya gaya veh kshetra jismen uski
seema aur usmen sanya dal ke bare mein koi sanket nahin diya jata.
Dummy Posn. Dushman ko dhoka dene ke lie taiyar ki gai posn.
Enfilade Fire. Kisi bhi hathiyar ko bagal se fire karna, jisse tgt par
fire karte samay iske lambe aksh par fire girta hai.
Fd Fortification.
227
Bunker. Ek khai (Trench) jismen hathiyar ko fire karne ke lie loop
hole hote hain . Splinter etc se bachne ke lie isko upar se dhak diya
jata hai.
Sanchar Khai (comn trench) Chhup kar sanchalan (comn) karne ke
lie taiyar ki gai khai ko sanchar khai kahte hain. Kam gehrai wali khai
jismen aadmi kewal reng sakta hai use crawl trench kahte hain.
Fire Trench Zamin ki satah se niche khodkar banai gai khai/ trench
jismen ek ya adhik sainik raat mein rah kar apne hathiyar ko
prabhavi dhang se fire kar sakte hain.
Pill Box Ek chhoti si kilabandi jo aam taur se concrete ki bani hoti
hai jo kisi hathiyar ki sidhi mar ko sah sake. Ismen MMG ya tank mar
hathiyar rakhe jate hain.
Shelter Trench. Ek trench jo splinter ityadi se bachav ke lie banaya
jata hai. Yeh fire trench ya wpn pit ke sath hona chahiye.
(d)
Slit Trench. Zamin ke nichhe khudi sankri khai jo hawai hamlon
ya kam samay ke plan ke dauran banai jati hai. Jab fire trench aur
wpn pit ki zarurat nahin hoti.
(e)
Wpn Pit. Zamin ki satah se niche khude hue ghadde jisse
personal hathiyar ke alawa dusra wpn ka fire diye hue tgt par dala ja
sake.
(f)
Harassing Fire. Ek prakar ka fire sp jiske antargat:-
(i)
Dushman ka morale niche karna aur uski tps ki harkat mein
badha dalna aur koi bhi samay rest ke lie na dena.
(ii)
Dushman ko jaldi dply karne ke liye mazboor karna takih
woh late ho jae.
(j)
Vital Grnd. Woh kshetra jiske kabza hone par ek defender us
ilake mein ek kamyab raksha yudh nahin kar sakta.
(k)
GTI. Important shetra jiske kho jane se def par theek vaisa
asar padega jaise ki vital grnd ke kho jane par div ya uske upar ke
level par padega.
(l)
Mutual Support. Kisi bhi def post ya loc ki weh kabiliyat ki
woh padoshi loc par aane wale hamle par fire dal sake.
(m)
Reverse Slope Posn. Ek aise ilaka jismen tps ka bada bhag kisi
feature/ pahadi etc ke niche aur apni taraf lagaya jata hai.
228
(n)
Screen. Ek tukri ka gathan jo ki aam taur par sabhi sena ke
angon se hote hai aur jo ki aage ke ilake mein def leta hai takih woh
dushman ke hamle ki taiyari mein rukawat paide kar saken. Iska
uddesh dushman ko pareshan karna aur recce na karne dena aur use
zarurat se pahle dply hone par mazboor karna.
BHAG II : DEF KE BARE MEIN AAM JANKARI
Def kin Halaton Mein Liya ja Sakta hai
(a)
Desh ki suriksha kayam rakhne ke lie.
(b)
Koi zaruri zamin dushman ke kabze mein na jane dena.
(c)
Kisi aur jagah par hamlawar operation karne mein madad dena.
(d)
Hamlawar operation mein sena ki flanks ki hafazat karna.
(e)
Samay hasil karna ho.
(f)
Hamlawar operation ke dauran reorg ya dubara tartib dene ke
lie samay chahiye.
(g)
jae.
Dushman ko dhoke se aisi jagah le ana jahan use barbad kiya
(h)
Jab dushman mazboor kar de.
DEF KI KISMEN
Def do kism ka hota hai:(a)
Positional Defence
(b)
Mobile defence
Positional Defence.
Iska mudda hai kisi khas zamin par kabza rakhna. Is lie , ziadatar
troops zamin par lagaye jate hain jisse cdr ke pas bahut kam troops
CA ke lie rahate hai. Is kism ke def ki kamyabi pahle se taiyari shuda
posn, rukawaten aur bhari tadad mein fire sp par munahsir hai. CA
sirf dushman dawara kabza kiye gaye zamin ko dobara hasil karne
ke liye kiya jata hai.
Mobile Defence.
Is kism ke def ka mudda hota hai dushman ko barbad karna na ki
zamin ko kabze mein rakhna. Koshish ki jati hai ki dushman ko aise
zamin pakarne par mazboor karen jahan ham use apni bhari takat ki
harkat resource se CA kar ke barbad kar de. Mob def kafhi gahrai
229
mein le jati hai, kam se kam tps zamin par lagaye jate hain jinka
task hai dushman ko pahle se maqarrarshuda zamin mein ane ke lie
mazboor karna phir harkati resource se attack karke dushman ko
barbad kiya jata hai. Is kism ke def mein pahle darje mein zamin
khona manjoor hai kionki ek bar dushman barbad ho jane par puri
zamin dobara apne hath aa jati hai.
Defence ki Kism Taiyari ke Lehaj se
Def ki taiyari ke lihaj se do kismen hain.
Deliberate Def. Jab ki shatru ke sath lagao na hua ho ya shatru ko
defensive posn taiyar hone tak apne tps se roka ja sake ismen posn
apni chuni hue zamin par le jati hai aur recee aur taiyari ke lie kafi
samay hota hai.
Hasty Def. Jab shatru se lagao ho chuka ho ya jaldi lagao hone ki
ummed ho us halat mein hasty def ikthiyar kiya jata hai . Ismen
taiyari ke lie kam samay hota hai aur zamin bhi jahan par def lena
hai marzi ke mutabiq mile ya na mile.
SITTING OF DEF
Delibrate def ke dauran defences ka sitting, 2 down karte hain. Yani
ke ek Bde Cdr coy ko site karte hain aur bn cdr Pls ko aur ek coy cdr
sec ko. Lekin hasty defence ke dauran yeh hona muskil ho sakta hai.
Isliye har cdr na ke apne sub unit ko site karen lekin ek upar wale
sub unit ko site karna bhi aana chahiye. Def ko site karte waqt agar
dushman ke mech aur armr forces wahan par aa sakte hain to
sitting Atk wpns ko madhya nazar rakhte hue hoga. Agar pahar ya
aisi jagha hai jahan sirf paidal sena aa sakti hai to sitting MMG aur
LMGs ko madhya nazar rakhte hue hoga. Sec level par pahle LMG ko
site karna chahie aur phir baki trenches ko.
DEF KE DAURAN DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
(a)
Akarman kari ho
(b)
Ziada se ziada dushman barbad ho is prakar se:-
(i)
Delay
(ii)
Resist
(iii)
Limit
(iv)
Weaken
230
(v)
Destroy
DEFENSIVE LADAI KE STAGES
Defensive ladai ki kamyabi coordination aur vistar se ki gai tajwiz par
nirdharit hai. Is ladai ke teen stages hain:(a) Prepratory Stg. Jab ham taiyari karte hain aur dushman hamle ki
taiyari kar raha hota hai.
(b) Resistance Stg. Jab dushman ki hamlawar faujen hamare def ko
todne ki koshish kar rahi hoti hain.
(c) Counter Attack Stg. Jab GTI ko khatra hota hai aur use door
karne ko counter attack kahte hain.jab dushman apni kisi zamin par
kabza kar le aur GTI ke liye khatra ban jaye to us zamin ko dobara
hasil karne ke liye launch kiye gaye attack ko CA kahte hain.
PREPAROTORY STG.
Coy Cdr ke hukam ke baad Pl Cdr yeh karwai karega:(a) Zimmewari ke ilake ki recee
(b) Sec Cdr ko hukam dena
(c) Apni Pl mein aur bagal ke Pl se coordination karna
RESISTANCE STG.
Is waqt dushman ka lagav def se ho chuka hota hai.
(a) Fwd eliments se lagav, BOP screen etc
(b) DF ka istemal.(Depth,Close aur SOS)
(c) Akaramak patrolling
(d) Mine fd/ obst ko covering fire
(e) Nest ki karwai
(f) DF SOS
(g) Spoiling Attack
(h) Own MMG, SA fire No withdrawl
231
COUNTER ATTACK STG.
Sthithi ko samanya karne ke liyen local cdr CA ki karwai karte hain.
(a) CA jab khud kiya jae yani Local CA.
(i)
Ek Sec apne khoye hue morche ko wapas leta hai
(ii)
Ek pl do/ teen bunker wapas leta hai
(iii)
Ek Coy dushman dwara captured pl ke morche wapas leta hain.
(b) CA jo reserve karen.
(i)
Bn ke reserve coy ki loc ko wapas lete hain
(iii) Bde reserve Bn ke ander ya anya CA task pura karte hain
(iv) Yaad rahe ki CA karne wale tps us ilake se ayen jahan se dushman
ka khatra na ho .
(v)
BHAG III : SEC LEVEL PAR DEF KI TAIYARI
SEC CDR KA BATTLE PROCEDURE
(a)
Pl Cdr dwara di gai LMG posn ko madhya nazar rakhte hue
zimmewari ke ilake ki recee.
(b) Zamin par dekhta hai.
(c) Trenches ko spit lock karta hai.
(d) Alarm post taiyar karta hai.
(e) Arc of fire chunta hai, gren fire task deta hai.
(f) Bagal ke Sec se milap karta hai.
SEC CDR KE HUKAM KE HISSE
(a)
Land marks.
(b)
Gen sit.
(c)
Msn.
232
(d)
Task.
(e)
Alarm, post.
(f)
Sentries (OP/LP if any).
(g)
Kam ki tartib.
(h)
Def taiyar karne ka samay.
(i)
Track discipline.
STAND TO MEIN JATE WAQT YAD RAHE KI
(a) Awaz na ho
(b) Dhire dhire posn pakri jae
(c) Har admi apni jagah mein jae
(d) Harkat cover mein ho
STAND TO KE DAURAN CHECK KARNE WALI BAATEN
(a) Har jawan ko apna Arc of fire pata ho.
(b) LMG fixed line par ho
(c) Mag bhari ho
(d) Gren primed ho
(e) Pass word sabko pata ho
(f) Sanchar ke sadhan ho
(g) Sentries ko apne task ki jankari ho
(h) Padoshi Sec ki jankari ho
(j) Din aur raat ki latrine ka pata ho.
ROUTINE IN DEF KA UDDESH HAI
(a) Post ko dushman surprise na kar sake
(b) Durust taiyari aur discp barkarar rahe
233
(c) Jiada harkat se hamari post dushman ko jahir na ho
(d) Hathiyar eqpt amn har waqt taiyar rahe
DIN KE SAMAY ROUTINE
1.
Sentries har samay duty par hon aur Sec cdr unki
samay samay par badli kare
2.
ready rahen
Hathiyar fire trench mein honge aur istemal ke lie
3.
Ek time mukarar kiya jae hathiyar eqpt etc ki
inspection (Checking ke liye)
4.
Dushman ka harkat ka report
5.
Koi bhi post chorkar nahin jaega
6.
Koi aag nahin jalai jaegi
7.
Wpn pit saaf rakhe jaenge
8.
Din ke samay rest diya jaega
9.
Sentries chupao aur cover mein hona chahiye
10.
Sentry ko malum ho ki kis prakar se baki sec ko bina
awaz stand to men kaise la sakte hain
RAAT KE SAMAY ROUTINE
(a) Sentries jori mein aur chupao mein
(b) Rest karne wale tps apne eqpt ke saath rest karenge
(c) Hathiyar fire karne ke lie taiyar hon
(d) Track discp rakha jaega
(e) Lotte hue ptl ki jankari sentri ko di jaegi
(f) Shor nahin kiya jaega
(g) Roshni nahin ki jaegi
Def ke dauran ek Sec Cdr ki Adm problem
234
(a)
Supply of food
(b)
Pani ki purti
(c)
Amn ki purti
(d)
First aid
(e)
Post ki saaf safai
(f)
Rest
(g)
Hathiyar safai aur sentries
(h)
Sentries ki badli
REST KARTE WAQT DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN:(a)
Hathiyaron ki security
(b)
Sahi jagah par sona takih:-
(i) Koi bhi galat femi na ho, so rahe jawanon ko
(ii) Aramdayak ho aur dusron ko tengi na ho
(c)
Raat ko PT shoe ka istemal takih:-
(i)
Koi shor na ho
(ii)
Aram dayak ho
(d)
Digging tool ek jagah par camouflage mein hon
(e)
Ilake ki safai ho taki bichhu ityade na rahen
(f)
Din mein dhuwan aur raat mein roshni na ho
(g)
Harkat kam se kam ho
SANKSHEP
Def jahan tak ho sake akarmak hona chahiye . Def mein kam pura
tartib se karna chahiye aur sath mein tps ko pura rest diya jana
chahiye. Apne sec ke jawano ko dushman ke bare mein puri jankari
dete rahna chahiye. Def kabhi bhi mukamal nahi hota , ismen
hamesha improvement karte rahna chahiye.
235
----------------------------***************************-------------------
TAC 11-12
OPS. OF WAR - ATTACK
PARICHAY
Dushman ki barbadi ya uski haar, ek larai ka maksad hota hai. Yeh
tabhi sambhav hai jab uplabdh sabhi resources ka istemal kiya jaye.
In sabhi maksadon ko pura karne ke liye jaruri hai ki attack launch
kiya jae.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh aapko attack ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lec char bhagon mein pura kiya jaega :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
I : Attack ke fauji tac shabd.
II : Attack ki qismen.
III : Attack ke mul sidhant.
IV : Attack ke darje.
BHAG I : ATTACK KE FAUJI TAC SABAD
Attack op mein mukhya taur par kaam ane wale tac shabd hain:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Conc Area.
Assy A.
Firm base.
FUP.
SL.
H hr.
BHAG II :
ATTACK KI QISMEN
Ladai ka akhri uddesh shatru ke ladne ki kabliyat ko barbad karna
hai, takih woh hathiyar dal de. Lekin fauri uddesh aisi jagah par
kabja karna hota hai, jo ki shatru ke lie zaruri hai. Aisi jagah par
kabja karne ke lie commander ko attack karna hoga. Attack ki do
qismen hoti hain:(a)
Quick attack (Jaldi ka hamla).
236
(b)
Deliberate attack (Taiyari ka hamla).
QUICK ATTACK
Quick attack shatru ke jald taiyar kie hue def posn ke khilaf kiya jata
hai aur shatru ka def puri tarah viksit aur coord nahi hone ka faida
uthaya jata hai.
DELIBERATE ATTACK
Deliberate attack dushman ki aisi posn ke khilaf kiya jata hai jo ki
puri tarah viksit aur fire plan, obst, comn aur adm ki taraf se puri
tarah coord ho.
In donon qism ke hamlon mein koi khas farq nahin hai . Quick attack
mein samay sabse jyada ahmihyat rakhta hai kyon ki samay jiada
lene se shatru ko apna posn majboot karne ke lie mauka mil jata
hai. Bhale hi hamari taiyari kam kyon na ho parantu tezi se hamla
karne se hamen bahut accha natija hasil ho sakta hai. Recce aur
orders mein kam-se-kam samay lagana zaruri hai. Kamyabi junior
cdrs ki pahal, netritva aur hunar par jiadatar nirbhar hota hai.
Deliberate attack ke lie ahtiyat aur tafsil ( bade dhyan aur detail) mein
tazviz banana aur tamam mile hue support arm ko achhi tarah
coordinate karna zaruri hai. Shatru aur zamin ke bare mein detail
mein khabar hona nihayat hi zaruri hai, yeh khabar lagatar ptl
karne se mil sakti hain.
BHAG III: ATTACK KE MUL SIDDHANT
HAMLE MEIN MUL GAUR KARNE WALI BATEN.
Attack chahe deliberate ho ya quick, lekin cdrs ko apni tazwiz banate
samay niche di gai baton par gaur karna zaruri hai:(a)
Chota Front aur ziada Gahrai.
Attack hamesha chota front
aur gahrai mein kiya jae kyonki aisa karna se nimn faide hain :(i)
Apne tps ko ikatha karke istemal kar sakte hain.
(ii) Kuch tps piche hone ki wajah se gahrai wale obj par kabza kar
sakte hain.
(iii) Hamle ka jor kayam rakha ja sakta hai.
(iv) Kuch tps piche hone se mopping up jaldi kiya ja sakta hai.
(b)
FUP aur SL ki Hifazat. FUP aur SL puri tarah secure hona
chahie. Isse hamla shuru hone se pahle hi shatru tartib nahin bigad
sakta hai.
237
(c)
Fire Sp. Ziada se ziada fire sp ho aur who coord hona chahie.
Hamla karne wale tps hifazat ka khyal rakhte hue supporting fire ke
nazdik se nazdik chalen.
(d)
Hamle ka Zor. Hamle ka zor kayam rakhna zaruri hai. Zor
kayam rakhne ke lie hamle mein gahrai, res aur uska sahi istemal
hona chahiye.
(e)
Reorg. Reorg jaldi se jaldi kiya jae, jisse ham shatru ke jawabi
hamle ko nakara kar saken.
HAMLA KAMIYAB HONE KE LIYE KUCH ZARURI BATEN IS
PRAKAR HAI:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Netritva aur dhrid-nischay.
Ldr/ cdr mein bhaorsa.
Puri/ acchi taiyari.
Sada aur asan plan.
Sade aur saaf orders aur briefing.
BHAG IV : HAMLE KE DARJE
Hamle ki karwai ko teen bare darjon mein banta ja sakta hai :(a) Taiyari ka Darja(Preparatory Stg). Is darje mein SL tak
pahuchne ki karwai
shamil hai.
(b) Hamle ka Darja (Aslt Stg). Is karwai mein SL se obj tak
pahuchne ki karwai
shamil hai.
(c) Dubara Tartib ka Darja(Reorg Stg).
Ismein wah karwaiyan
shamil hain jin se
hum obj ko pakre rakh sakte hain/ jo hamein
obj ko pakre rakhne mein madad dete
hain.
13. Taiyari ka Darja. Is darje ke andar hamle ki tamam taiyari
puri ho jani chahiye. Bn ke darje par karwai ki tartib niche di gai
hai:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Warning order (WO).
Khabar ikatha karna.
Bn Cdr ki recce aur sochvichar.
Bn cdr ke shuru shuru ke hukam.
Sub unit cdr ki recce:-
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Obj.
Hadden.
Reorg.
Fire Sp.
Rukawat par karna.
238
(f)
(g)
(h)
(j)
(k)
Bn cdr ki detail mein recce aur pure hukam.
Sub unit cdr ki recce aur pure hukam.
Tps ko brief karna.
Assy A se FUP tak harkat aur dply.
H hr par SL ko par karna.
Warning Order. Task milne par Bn cdr WO issue karte hain jismen
niminalikhit shamil hota hai :(a) Task
(b) RV aur time ‘O’ gp ke liye.
(c) Assy A.
(d) NMB ka time.
(e) Adm ke liye khas hidayeaten.
WO milne par coy/pl cdr ko apna WO turuant issue karna zaruri hai.
Khabar Hasil Karna.
Hamla karne se pehle zamin aur dushman ki
puri khabar hona zaruri hai. Kuch khabar higher HQ aur anya
zariyon se milti hai lekin yeh kafi nahi hoti hai. Ziada khabar ptl/ en
ke sath milap wale tps se milti hai.
Bn Cdr ki Recce aur Soch Vichar. WO milne ke baad CO saab apne
‘R’ gp ke sath initial recce karte hain aur plan ke kuch pehlu par
nirnay lete hai.
Bn Cdr ke Shuru Shuru ke Hukam.Initial recce ke baad CO saab
apne initial orders issue karte hain, in mein wahi pahlu hote hain jo
coy cdr ko apne order banane mein madad dete hain.
Sub-Unit Cdr ki Recce. Initial orders milne ke baad coy cdrs apni
initial recce karte hain. Isi dauran CO saab apni detailed recce karte
hain. Coy Cdr nimnalikhit pahlu par khas dhiyan dete hain :(a)
Obj. Coy cdr, coy ko diye hue obj ko padhta hai aur uske hisse
pls ko banta hai. Yeh zaruri hai kyon ki woh hamle ke dauran aslt
karne wale pls ke thoda piche rahte hai. Prantu pl level par isi samay
obj bantna zaruri nahi hai kyon ki pl cdr hamesha kisi aslt sec ke
saath hi hoga. Sec Cdrs aur puri pl ko bhi pl ka obj ka pata hona
chahiye.
(b) Inter-Pl Hadden. Coy Cdr inter-pls bdys banta hai. Yeh asani
se pehchane jane wale zamini nishanon ke sath honi chahie aur obj
se bhi aage tak di jani chahie. Pl cdr ko inter pl bdy dena zaruri nahi
hai parantu Sec Cdrs aur puri pl ko pl obj ka failaw pata hona
chahiye.
(c)
Re-Org.
Coy aur pl cdr apne sub-unit ke liye re-org ke
duran loc aur tasks
chunte hain. Coy level par sp wpns ki loc di
jati hai.
239
(d)
Fire Sp.
Coy cdr, CO saab ko apni zarurat ke mutabik, fire
plan banane mein salah dete hain. Iske mutabik FOO/MFC ke sath
milkar zamini nishan chune jate hain taki fire girane mein asani ho.
Issi prakar baki sp arms se bhi madad li jati hai. En ke svl ko bhi
neutralize karne ka tarika shamil hota hai.
(e)
Rukawat par Karna.
Rukawat paar karne ka tarika aur
sadhan CO saab nirdharit karte hain. Coy cdr obst ka area din mein
dekhta hai aur har sambhav halat par gaur karta hai aur unke khilaf
koi upay sochta hai.
Bn Cdr ke Detailed Orders. CO saab apni detailed recce, sp arm
cdrs aur coy cdrs se salah mashaura karne ke baad apne detailed
orders issue karte hain.
Sub-Unit Cdr ke Detailed Orders. Bn cdr se detailed orders milne
ke baad coy cdr detail recce karta hai aur detailed orders coy ‘o’ gp
ko issue karta hai. Isi prakar pl cdrs apne detailed orders taiyar
karte hain aur apne pl ko issue karte hain.
Tps ki Briefing. Aam taur par jawanon ko briefing coy cdr/pl cdr
dete hain, parantu Bn cdr bhi kabhi kabhi tps ko brief kar sakte
hain. Jawanon ko brief karnese unka vishwas badhta hai aur weh
adhik nidar ho jate hain.
Assy A.
Hamlawar tps Conc A se Assy A harkat karte hain jahan
par hamle ki taiyari ki jati hai. Assy A mein nimnalikhit karwai ki jati
hai :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Sp arms ke sath mel-milap.
Adm bandobast eg ration, pani aur amn.
Wpn aur eqpt ki taiyari.
Radio net sthapit karna.
Assy A mein larai ki halat, tps aur obj se fasle ko dhyan mein rakhte
hue 2-24 hrs tak ruka ja sakta hai. Agar Assy A obj se kafi dur ho ya
FUP aur Assy A ke bich kudrati rukawat ho to ek fwd Assy A bhi
chuna ja sakta hai.
Assy A aam taur par obj se 7-8 km duri par hota hai aur usmein
niminlikhit khubiya honi chahiye :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Veh
Secure ho aur hawai dekhbhal se cover upalabdh ho.
Arty ka mumkin tgt na ho.
Inf Mor rg se bahar ho.
Tamam tps, gari(veh) aur stores ke liye upayukt jagah ho.
ane jane ke raste secure ho.
240
FUP Hamalawar tps Assy A se FUP mein harkat karte hai. Zarurat
parne par route ko mark kiya jata hai aur guides bhi diye jate hain.
OOM is tarah hona chahiye ki sub-unit apas mein mix na ho aur na
hi ek dusre ke andar se jane ki zarurat pare. FUP mein coy, pl aur
sec apne obj ko madde nazar rakhte hue lagte hain aur woh us fmn
mein lagte hain jis mein hamla karna ho ya dushman ki rukawat
paar karni ho.
FUP securing ke liye Bn level par aam taur par ek coy dply ki jati hai
aur yeh coy FUP ko un dishaon se secure karti hai jahan se mumkin
khatra ho sakta hai, har khatre ko talne ke liye woh taiyar aur
equiped hota hai. FUP ko kam se kam samay mein paar kiya jae,
aam taur par FUP ko 10-15 min mein paar karna chahie.
FUP mein niminlikhit khubiyan honi chahiye :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Secure ho aur en ki dekhbhal se bachao ho.
Dushman ka mumkin DF na ho.
SL ke nazdik ho aur usse samanantar ho.
Forming-up ke liye jagah ho.
Dushman ke small arms rg se bahar ho.
SL. Yeh ek farzi line hai jo agar mumkin ho to zamini nishano se ya
banawati nishanon se zahir ki jati hai. Yeh FUP ka agla kinara ho
sakta hai. Ya usse bhi aage ho sakta hai.
H Hour. Aage wale tps jis samay SL par karte hain use H hour kehte
hain. H hr ko Bn cdr dawara niyukt kiya jata hai. Pl level par H hr
dene se behtar hai ki koi ishara mukarar kiyajae
HAMLE KA DARJA (ASLT STG).
Is darje ki karwai niche di gai tartib mein puri ki jati hai:(a)
Obj tak Adv. SL se obj tak adv karte samay mukarrar ki gai
raftar par khas dhyan dena chahiye warna fire sp itna kargar nahin
hoga. Aslting tps arty fire ke itna nazdik hona chaiye ki arty fire ka
asar kam hone se pehle hi dushman par hamla kar sake.
(b)
En ke apne kinare wale def loc par kabza karte hi fightingthrough-the-obj ka jokhim bhara kaam shuru hota hai. Yeh hamle
ka bahut samvedan-sheel stage hai aur uski safalta adikhtar jr ldrs
ke initiative, kabiliyat aur dhrid-nischay par nirbhar hoti hai. Arty
aur Mor ki safety rg mein apne tps ane ke baad inka fire sp shayad
nahi mil sakta, isi liye sub-unit ko apne hi hathyaron ka istemal
karke age badhna hoga.
(c)
Mopping –Up.
Mukhya obj paar karne ke baad bhi kuch en
ke tps obj par jame reh sakte hain. In en tps ko clear karne ki karwai
241
ko mopping-up kehte hain. Aam taur par har coy apne obj ki
mopping-up ke liye khud jimmedar hoti hai parantu kabhi-kabhi yeh
task kisi dusre tps ko bhi mil sakta hai.
(d)
Success Signal. Obj par qabza ho jane par Pl cdr apni kamyabi
ki report Coy Cdr ko deta hai.
PL LEVEL PAR DHYAN DENE WALI BATEN.
(a) Puri pl ko hamle mein jane se pehle apna obj achhi tarah pata
hona chaiye.
(b) SL cross karne ke baad pl ko rukna nahi chahie jab tak
dushman ka kargar fire
na aa jae. Yeh samajhna chahie ki
dushman par close in karna aur use nasht karna pl ka task hai.
(c) PL ko chahie ki, bina apne hathiyar ka istemal karte hue, kewal
Arty, Mor itayadi
ka sp fire lete hue dushman ke nazdik se
nazdik pahuncha jae. Jab sp fire uth jata hai tab apne hathiyaron
ka istemal karke dushman par aslt karna chahie.
(d) Kabhi-kabhi dushman hamare sp fire uth jane ke baad apni
tazwiz bana sakta
hai, ya koi chupa hua hathiyar hamare upra
fire kar sakta hai. Aisi halat mein fire aur
mov
taknik
ka
istemal karte hue dhird-nischay se hamle ka jor jari rakha jae. Is
halat
mein niminlikhit karwai kar sakte hain :(i)
Dakhal-andazi karne wale dushman ki loc ka darust pata
lagaen.
(ii) Pl ke 51 mm Mor se HE/ Smk ya nazdiki LMG/ RL ka fire
giraen.
(iii) Agar Arty/ Mor fire tgt par giraya ja sakta hai to pl cdr RS ki
madad se coy
cdr ko is ke liye request/ gujarish karen. Lekin Arty
aur 81mm Mor ka fire sp akhri
200m
aur 150m tak hi liya
ja sakta hai warnah apne hi tps ko nuqsan ho sakta hai.
(iv) Agar Armr ka sp hai to tgt ko indicate karke Armr ka fire sp
lein.
(v) Fire aur mov technique ka istemal karte hue adv karen. Dakhalandazi
karne wale dushman ki posn ka sahi pata nahi chal paya
ho, to gen area mein fire dal kar adv jari rakhen.
(e) Fir bhi yadi kisi bhi halat mein adv jari nahi rakha ja sakta to
pl ko is tarah dply
karen
ki pl dushman par adhik se
adhik cov fire dal sake. Aisi halat mein bhi pl cdr ko chahie ki woh
pl ko age badhane ke tariqe dhundh nikale.
(f)
Pl ko aslt line par pahuncte hi gren aur bayonet se dushman
par dhawa bol dena
chahie. Dhawa kamiyab hone ke baad obj ko
achhi tarah search karen aur sare dushman ko clear karen. CQB ki
larai mein pl ki tazwiz bigar sakti hai, pl cdr ko chahie
ki
jaldi
se jaldi pl par control hasil kar sake.
242
SEC LEVEL PAR HAMLE MEIN DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI
BATEN.
Sec cdr hamle ke dauran niche likhi baton par khyal karega:(a)
Sec ka har jawan obj janta ho. Sec cdr ki puri koshish honi
chahie ki woh jis disha se hamla hone wala ho us disha se pure Sec
ko obj dikhae.
(b)
Agar dushman ke kargar fire se sec ruk jae to sec cdr apne
hathiyar khaskar LMG ka istemal karte hue fire aur harkat se aage
badhne ki koshish karega, Smk gren ka labh uthate hue Sec ko aisi
jagah pahunchaya ja sakega, jahan se woh shatru par kargar fire
gira sake ya agar kafi nazdik ho to hamla bol sake.
(c)
Yadi kewal uski hi sec aage barh sake, is halat mein woh aage
badhne se shayad banki pl ko rokne wale hathiyaron ko nakara kar
sakega, jisse ki pl ka aage badhna mumkin ho sake.
DOBARA TARTIB KA DARJA (RE ORG)
33. Hamle ke fauran baad zamin ki banawat ya aadmion aur eqpt ki
cas hone ki wajah se re-org karne ki zarurat parti hai.
34. Jaise hi obj par kabza ho jata hai to shatru ke jawabi hamle se
bachne ke lie aur dusre tps ko aage badhne mein madad dene ke lie
fauran def ke lie tartib leni chahiye. Shuru mein Inf hi is def ko
majboot banayegi. Reorg mein karwai is prakar hoti hai:(a) Hathiyaron ko fauran site karna.
(b) Apni sub unit ke posn ko durust karna.
(c) Agar zaruri hai to pahle mukarar kie hue DF task ko durust
karna.
(d) Khudai karna ya shatru ke hi def mein tabdili karna.
(e) OP, LP, svl det lagana aur Ptl bhejna.
(f)
Imdadi fire ke hathiyaron ko age bulana aur site karna (MMG,
AGL, ATGM).
(g) Amn ki kami ko pura karna aur reorg store ko age lana.
(h) Anti tk hathiyaron ko age lana.
(j)
Line lagana aur comn banana.
(k) Cas aur PsW ko pichhe bhejna.
REORG MEIN PL. CDR KI ZIMMEDARI.
(a) Apni posn ki tez recee karenge aur daen baen ki sub units se milap
karenge. Agar pl ki locality mein koi sp arms ho to uski hifazat ka
khyal rakha jae.
(b) Apni sec ki posn aur tartib durust karega.
243
(c) Hukam ke mutabiq OP lagaega, ptl bhejega aur baki hifazat ka
bandobast karega.
(d) Khudai shuru karwaega.
(e) Amn ki kami ko pura karega.
(f) Qaidion ko apne Coy HQ mein bhejega.
(g) Mile hue hukam ke anusar reorg store ko mangwaega aur istemal
karega.
SANKSHEP
Attack ops ek jokhim bhara ops hai. Kisi bhi hamle ki safalta Jr Ldrs
ki kushalta, pakka irada, apne cdrs par bharosa, puri tayari, simple
plan aur clear order/ briefing par nirbhar karti hai.
---------------------------------******************----------------------------
TAC 13-15
HARBOURING
AIM : Harbouring ka uddesh unition ko aisi jagah par zaminke upar
lagana hai jaha se woh samay ko barbad na karte hue zada se zada
poshidgi (security) mein apni bandobasti karwain jaise ki khana
pakana, nahana, hathyaron ki dekhbal, safai aur aram kar saken.
JARURAT.
(a)
Aaram karne ke liye.
(b)
Bandobast ki karyawahi ke liye.
(c)
Din mein harkat ko chhupane ke liye.
(d)
Jab target area kafi dur ho.
(e)
Gaon mein rukne ke bajay hifajat ke liye jungle mein rehna
jaruri hai.
VISHESHTAYEN.
(a)
Camouflage aur concealmeint acchha ho.
(b)
Gaon ya abaadi se dur ho.
(c)
Aam rasta se dur ho.
(d)
Illaka aisa ho jahan se charon taraf se bachav kiya ja sake.
(e)
Pani ki jagah najdik ho.
(f)
Khana banana ke liye chhupav aur dabi zamin ho.
244
(g)
Yadi aapke pass khachar ho to unke liye chhupaov mein jagah
honi chahiye.
PLATOON HARBOUR KI DRILL.
(a)
Commander chalne se pehle nakshe ki madad se yeh faisla kar
leta hai ki kaun si jagah aam harbour ke liye thik hai. Us jagah
pahunchne par thodi badli ki ja sakti hai.
(b)
Harbour hamesha raste se hatkar liya jaye. Jab rasta chhod de
to us jagah par chhoti ambush party chhodni chahiye. Uska yeh
faida hoga ki agar koi vidrohi aapka pichha kar raha ho to yeh party
usko nuksaan pahuncha sakti hai. Iske baad yeh party apne pairon
ke nishano ko mitate hue platoon RV mein mil jati hai.
(c)
Platoon us samay tak lagbhag harbour ke illake mein RV par
pahunch jati hai. Platoon commander teeno section se guide aur 51
mm Mortar det commander tatha teeno section commander ko saath
lekar recce ke liye chala jata hai. Jab Platoon commander jagah
dekh leta hai to do guide ko platoon ko lane ke liye RV par bhej deta
hai aur beech mein khada ho kar section commander ko 12 baje, 4
baje aur 8 baje ki line batata hai. Saath hi harbour ke beech se kitne
kadam jana hai batata hai. Is arse ke dauran 51mm Mortar ke DF
task ki jagah aur alternative harbour chunne ke baad Platoon aane
ka intezar karta hai. Platoon Havildar ko RV par No-1 Section, No-2
Section, No-3 Section aur Platoon Headquarter ko tartibwar laga
deta hai aur Section 2IC apne Section ko Rifle Group No - 1 aur LMG
aur Rifle Group No - 2 tartib mein baithata hai. Jab guide aa jata hai
to usi tartib se harbour ke illake mein jate hai. Section commander
apni apni section ko tartib se bataye huye fasle par lagate hai.
(d)
No I Sec 12 baje ki line mein bhagata hai. Rifle Group No I 30
kadam (25 yards) aage jaakar 15 kadam bayein jaakar bahar ki oar
munasib position leta hai. Inka group commander L/Nk hota hai isi
ke peechhe LMG group hota hai jo ki 30 kadam aage aakar dahine
15 kadam par bahar ki oar march karke munasib position leta hai. Is
group ka commander section 2IC hota hai isi ke peechhe Rifle Group
No 2 hota hai jo ki beech se 15 kadam aane ke saath section
commander bhi hota hai.
(e)
Yehi karyawahi No 2 Sec 4 baje ki line mein aur No section 8
baje ki line mein karta hai. In teeno sec ke beech mein Platoon
Headquarter 51 mm Mortar ke saath position leta hai. Platoon
commander bhi inke saath hota hai.
Platoon commander teeno section ko check karta hai khas kar LMG
ke arc of fire ko dekhta hai, usmein koi kami ho to thik karta hai.
Section ke depth group se apne illake se samne ek patrol 100 se 150
gaj tak bhejta hai. Yeh patrol bayein se jata hai aur dahine se wapis
aata hai. Patrol wapis aane par section commander sab thik ki report
platoon commander ko deta hai aur har section mein do sentry laga
diye jate hain. Ek LMG par aur dusra aage perimeter ke bahar. In
dono ka aapsi nazari milap hona chahiye. Raat ke samay ka stand to
245
hone ke baad bahar ka sentry andar LMG ke pass aa jata hai.
Section commander sabhi jawanon ki duty baant deta hai aur raat
ko LP tatha perimeter patrol bhi bhejta hai baki jawan aaram aur
bandobasti karwahion karte hain. Jaise ki perimeter banana, har
section platoon headquarter tak raste mark karma agar jarurat ho to
morche khodne ityadi.
RAAT KE SAMAY HARBOUR Raat ke samay harbour mein thoda
faraq hota hai. Is liye compass ka istemal karna parega.
(a)
12 baje ki line wahi compass bearing se napi jayegi jis bearing
par Pl advance kar rahi hai.
4 aur 8 baje ki line bhi compass bearing mein 120 aur 240 degree
jama karne se hasil hoti hai. Misal ke taur par 12 baje ki line mein 0
degree ho to us mein 120 degree jama karne se 4 baje ki line aur 240
degree jama karne se 8 baje ki line hasil hoti hai baki karyawahi din
ki tarah hi hoti hai.
COY HARBOUR DRILL
Platoon harbour aur company harbour
mein thoda sa antar hota hai woh is tarah se hai :(a)
Platoon harbour mein ek group depth mein rakha hai parantu
company harbour mein ek section ko section ke depth mein rakhte
hain.
(b)
Harbour ke beech se platoon ka aapsi fasla 50 gaj hoga lekin
yeh zamin ke lihaj se aur bhi jyada ho sakta hai.
(c)
Agar khudai ki jarurat pade to ek party aage bheji jaye, jahan
tak khudai ki aawaj na sunai de, Jisse ki vidrohi aapki jagah na
malum kar sake.
BN HARBOUR
CI mein aise mauke bahut hi kam aayenge jo
ki puri bn ko ek sath harbour lena pade. Aisi halat mein :(a)
Battalion 2IC recce party ke saath harbour ke illake ki recce
karta hai.
(b)
Tamam company ko unke illake baant diye jate hai.
(c)
Pani ki jagah aur adm point baant diye jate hai.
(d)
Battalion Headquarter ki jagah baant di jati hai.
(e)
Battalion Headquarter ke najdik DZ ka chunav kiya jata hai
agar dropping ki jarurat ho.
HARBOUR MEIN ROUTINE AUR SECURITY
Security ki
karyawahi khatre ke anusar karni chahiye. Yeh teen halaton mein ho
sakti hai:(a)
Jab vidrohi koi khas karyawahi na kar raha ho.
(b)
Jab vidrohi ka bade toliyon mein milne ka andesha ho.
(c)
Jab halat kharab ho aur lagatar vidrohiyon ka samna kar rahe
ho
DINCHARIYA
Agar harbour mein 24h rehna pade to morche
khode jayenge tatha
246
jahan se vidrohi ghusne ka andesha ho wahan par panjee ya tribal
trap lagaye jayenge.
Khana dabi jagah banana chahiye taki dhuan dur se dekhai na de.
Water point ka chunav
karne ke baad protection ka prabandh kar lena chahiye. Pani bharne
se pehle yakin kar
lena chahiye ki water point surakshit hai. Platoon commander 51 mm
Mortar ki jagah mein
jakar uske DF task bant deta hai aur 51 mm Mortar ke bomb ki
udaan ka rasta chune hue
DF ki sidh mein saaf kara leta hai.
LATRINES
DTL raat aur din ke liye alag-alag hona chahiye.
Din mein perimeter ke bahar aur raat ke liye andar.
DHOKHA DENEWALI CHAALEN. Apni harkat ko chhupane ke liye
aur vidrohiyon ko dhokha dene ke liye karyawahi is prakar karo:(a)
Harbour mein aane wale raston ka camoflauge karo.
(b)
Sentry hamesha chhupav mein hona chahiye.
(c)
Harbour chhodte samay thodi dur tak alag disha mein jayein,
baad mein disha ko pakdein.
HARBOUR KA CHHODNA.
Harbour ko bahut hoshiyari se
chhodna chahiye. Harbour chhodte samay in baton par dhyan dein :(a)
Harbour chhodne se pehle stand-to karna chahiye.
(b)
Ek ambush party kuch daer pehle us disha mein bhej dein
jahan harbour chhodne ke baad troops ko jana hai, Jisse vidrohi aap
par ambush na kar sakein. Yeh party pichha karte hue vidrohiyon ko
bhi dekh sakti hai aur baad mein apne column ke saath mil jati hai.
Harbour chhodne se pehle pure saman ko check karein koi bhi nishan
us illake mein na chhoda jaye.
SANKSHEP Aam taur par harbour mein aaram aur bandobasti
karyawahi karne ke liya jata hai, Lekin yeh task tabhi pura ho sakta
hai jab ki vidrohiyon ki dakhalandaji na ho . Harbour ka chunav
move plan mein shamil hona chahiye.
Is mein tabdili jagah pahunch kar ki ja sakti hai. Harbour ko
pakadne ki drill ka sahi istemal karna chahiye. Agar jarurat ho to
alternative harbour ko bhi pehle se chun liya jaye. Yeh yakin karne
ke liye ki vidrohiyon ko harbour ki jagah malum na ho. In baaton par
dhyan dena chahiye :(a)
Vidrohiyon ko dhokha dene ki tajwij banai jaye.
(b)
Harbour ke bahar koi harkat na ki jaye.
(c)
Koi roshni ya shor nahi karna chahiye. Agar khudai ki jarurat
ho to ek search party aage bhej di jaye.
(d)
Din mein dhuan aur raat ko roshni kam ki jaye.
----------------------------------*******************-----------------------------247
TAC 16-18
RAID(LARAI MAIN AUR CI OPS. MAIN)
PARICHAY
Rif PL ko kai avsaron par independent special ops ke liye detail kiya ja
sakta hai. In special ops ki safalta kafi had tak leadership, soch
samajh kar risk lena, knowledge aur junior leaders ki pahal karne ki
kabiliyat par nirbhar hoti hai. Special ops mukhya ops ki kamyabi
par kafi prabhav dalte hain. In special ops mein se ek mahatva poorn
op hai RAID. Raid hamesha dushman ke ilake mein kisi nischit tgt
ke upar kiya jata hai. Raid normal hamle se kathin aur jokhim bhara
op hai, lekin jitni nafri istemal mein layi jati hai usse natija aam
hamle se kai guna ziada hota hai. Safal raid se larai ke dauran apne
tps ka manobal uncha ho jata hai aur dushman ka manobal (morale)
tutne lagta hai.
UDDESH
Raid ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lecture aap ko panch bhagon mein sikhaya jayega.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
I
II
III
IV
V
-
Raid ke bare mein aam jankari.
Tajwij (plg).
Taiyari (prep).
Karyawai (exec).
CI Ops mein raid.
BHAG –I : RAID KE BARE MEIN AAM JANKARI
Raid dushman ke ilaqe mein kisi khas mission ko hasil karne ke liye
jata hai. Raid mein zamin par kabza karne ka irada nahi hota hai.
Raid kyon kiya jata hai (raid ke maksad).
Raid normal hamle
se kathin aur jokhim bhara op hai, isi liye iska natiza bhi aisa
nikalna chahie ki itna jokhim uthana jaiz ho. Raid ke nimn maksdad
ho sakte hain:(f) Dushman ke tps ko bandi (prisoners) banana, dushman aur uski
karwaiyon ke bare mein kisi vishesh (specific/ khas) khabar ko hasil
karna ya uske Cdr’s aur mahatwapurna vyaktiyon (key pers) ko
pakarna.
248
(g) Dushman ki kisi vishesh (specific/ khas) det/ installations par
kabza karna ya barbad karna eg:- comd posts, comn ki facility
(sahuliyat), depots, radar sites, HQ etc.
(h) Kisi ek objective ko hadapna ya barbad karna; kabhi-kabhi objective
par kuch der ke liye kabza bhi kiya jaa sakta hai jab tak hamare tps
se link-up na ho jae.
(i) Kisi ek ilaqe mein dushman ko tang (harass) karna, dhokha dena
aur use ast-vyst (disrupt) karna (tartib bigar na) taki uska dhyan kisi
dusre ops se dur ho jae.
(j) CI ops mein raid atankwadi/ ugrawadion se nipatna ka aam tarika
hain.
(k) Apne admiyon/ mitron ko chudane ke liye bhi Raid kiya jata hai.
Yeh chhote paimane par ki gai sankriya(ops)hai jiske antargat
dushman ki sima mein teji se ghusa jata hai. Raid ka
uddesh,dushman ke bare mein suchna prapt karna, use ast vyast
karna ya uski sansthapna/mukhyalaya ko nasht karna hai yeh kisi
niyat msn ko pura karke Raid party ki yojna badhh tarike se wapsi
ke baad pura hota hai.
RAID KE DAURAN PARTY KO NIMN TGTS DIYE JA SAKTE HAIN:Dushman ki eqpt aur supplies ko barbad karna ya nuksan
pahunchana.
Dushman ke installations ko barbad karna jaise ki :(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
Depots and dumps.
Radar sites.
Comn ke zariya.
Command Post.
Airfields/strips.
Gun Areas.
HQ.
Transit Camps.
Dushman ke sup,eqpt aur cdr ko pakarna.
Dushman ki jyada se jyada cas karna.
Dushman ki comn zone mein khatra paida karke use comn zone ke
bachao ke liye tps tainat karne par majboor karna.
Jhuti karwai se dushman ke dhyan ko dusri taraf baantna.
RAID AUR HAMLE MEIN FARAK.
Surprise. Raid main hamle ke banispat surprise ki ahmiyat jaida.
249
Asthai Kism. Raid karke zamin par kabza sirf task pura hone tak hi
rakha jata hai.
Nafri(Numerical Superiority). Raid ki karwai kam nafri ke sath bhi
ki ja sakti hai.
Raid ko mukamal taur par kamyab banane ke liye chand baaten hai
jin par gaur karna jaruri hai,jo ki is prakar hai :Tajwij aur taiyari tafsil mein ho(detailed plg and preparation) .
Poshidgi(Security). Surprise, security aur deception.
Poshida Pahunch(Secret appch).
Jaldi Hamla(lightning attack).
Tez karwai.
Dhoka aur tej withdrawal.
Sada Plan.
Unche darje ki trg.
GROUPING.
Raiding party chahe kitni bhi nafri ki kyon na ho use
niche likhe gps mein bantna parega :Cut off Gps. Is gp ki nafri dushman ki mudakhlat ki takat aur kism
par munnasar hogi.Is gp ko aisi raid hone se pahle hi posn mein lag
jana chahiye aur inka kaam:Dushman ki reinforcement ko obj tak pahunchne se rokna.
Dushman ko obj se bahar na nikalne dena.
Raiding party ko withdraw karne mein madad dena.
Raid hone se pahle agar dushman ki reinforcement aa jae to khabar
dena.
Support group. Is gp ka kaam aslt gp ko fire se madad dena hai.
Aslt group.
Yeh raiding force ka asli gp hai aur raid ki kamyabi isi gp ki karwai
per munnasar hai.Iske kaam is prakar se ho sakten hain:Sentrion ko khamoshi se barbad karna.
Rukawat ko breach ya door karna.
Obj par dushman ko barbad karna aur obj par us waqt tak kabja
rakhna jab tak task pura na ho jae.
250
Zarurat ke lihaj se task ko pura karna.
Commander aur staff ko pakarna.
Ducument lene ke lie daftar, command aur control ki garion ki talashi
karna.
BHAG II : TAJWIJ(PLG)
Raid ki kamyabi gahrai mein ki hui tajwij aur cdr ki sujh-boojh par
nirbhar hoti hai.Ek cdr ko raid ki tajwij banate samay in baton ko
dhyan mein rakhna chahie:Task.
Khabar (Info)
Zamin.
Nafri.
Fire sp.
Control aur coordination.
Samay.
Surprise.
Bandobast.
Alternative plan.
Task
Raid ki tajwij banate wakt cdr ko task bilkul saaf hona chahie aur
task raid party ki kabliat ke andar hona chahie.
Khabar. Raid cdr ko raid mukammal taur se kamyab banane ki liye
tafsil mein khabar ka hona zaruri hai.Jin baaton ke bare mein
khabar hona chahie woh is tarah hain:(a) Obj ke ilake ki banawat aur uske bachao ki tartib.
(b) Dushman ki woh tamam fauj jo obj per madad ke lie jaldi aa sakti
hai.
(c) Obj ke nazdik ke civilian logon ke taluqat.
(d) Obj tak jane aur lotne ka raasta.
(e) Mumkin RV.
Recce karte waqt jin baaton per dhyan dena chahie woh is prakar
hain:Local guides agar milen to unhen istemal karna chahie.
Jab tak raid na ho jae obj ki lagatar dekh-bhal karna.
Dushman ko hone wale raid ke baare mein bilkul pata na lage.
251
Zamin
Tajwij banate samay zamin ki banawat ka khas dhyan rakhna chahie.
Zamin ke bare mein khabar pahle se gaya hua patrol, Air photo,air
maps se mil sakta hai.Tajwij banete wakt in baaton ka dhyan rakhna
chahie:(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Obj.
Dushman ke reinforcement ke lie raaste.
RV ka ilaka.
RV ke liye mumkin raaste.
Ptl base ke liye munasib jagah.
Withdrawal ke munasib raaste.
Nafri. Raiding party ki nafri in baaton per nirbhar hogi:Task.
Obj ki jagah aur kism.
Obj per bachao ki nafri aur kism.
Kitne troops mil sakten hain.
Fire SP. raiding party ko apne direct fire karne wale hathiyaron par hi
nirbhar rahna parega. Raid party ko 84mm RL aur ziyada se ziyada
auto hathiyar le jane chahie. Arty ke fire ka lie bhi pahle se hi
prabandh kar lena chahie.
Cont aur Coord
Raid ki kamyabi ke lie chahie ki raid party cdr ka raid party per
achchha cont ho. Niche likhi baaten use madad de sakti hain:Alag alag tps ke sath radio per milap.
Tafsil mein briefing.
Alag alag kaamon ke lie mukarar kiye hue ishare.
Raid ke dauran raiding party cdr ki munasib jagah.
Samay(Time aur Space)
12. Raid ki tajwij banate wakt cdr ko samay ka theek andaza lagana
chahie taki raiding party ko obj tak harkat, apna task pura karne
aur wapas aane mein mushkil na ho. Tajwij karte wakt samay ke
baare mein, in baaton ko dhyan mein rakhna chahie:(a) Samay aur duri ka khyal bhi karna chahie. Raat ko harkat karne ke
liye kafi samay dena chahie.
(b) Agar obj ki achhi jankari hai to raid ko raat men karna chahie
kyonki aisa karne se surprise hasil kiya ja sakta hai.Iske ilawa raat
ke andhere mein withdrawal karne mein asani
hogi.
252
(c) Agar obj ke baare mein jankari achhi nahin hai to raid ya
sham(dusk) ya subah (dawn) mein karna behtar hoga.
to
Surprise Security aur Deception. Raid ek aksmik hamla hone ke
karan iski safalta hasil kiya gaya surprise ke upar munnasar hai.Obj
tak chup- chap pahunch aur posidgi se raid ki tajwij banane ke
upar ziyada dhyan diya jae. dushman ke sentries alarm na kar
saken aur is prakar dushman ko ek dam surprise diya ja sakta hai.
dhoka dene ki har mumkin tarikon ka istemal kiya jae taki raid kiya
jane wala obj se dushman ke dhyan ko kisi dusri taraf badli kiya jae.
Bandobast.
Raid ki tajwij banate samay normal adm ke ilawa faltu amn ko le jane
aur baki load ki theek baant. first aid aur cas evac ka bhi khas
dhyan rakhna chahie.
Alternative Plan
Aam taur per dekha gaya hai ki har plan theek usi mutabik nahin
chalta jaise ki socha gaya ho.Isliye yah zaruri hai ki plan ki safalta
ke lie alternative plan bhi tafsil mein socha jaen aur mauka milne
per usko amal mein laya jae.
(Note:- tajwij ki baaten class ko utne hi batai jae jitna samajh sakte
hain.Sawal-o- jawab se tajwij samajhne mein asani hogi)
BHAG III : TAIYARI
AAM
Raid ki taiyari initial briefing ke saath shuru hoti hai. Taiyari kaam ke
karam is prakar se hote hain:Initial briefing.
Recce.
Tafsil mein briefing.
Taiyari aur reharsal.
Antim insp.
INITIAL BRIEFING
Yeh briefing cdr,raiding party cdr ko shuru shuru mein karta
hai.Ismen yah baaten samil hoti hain:Task.
Nafri aur addl resources.
Task khatam karne ka samay.
253
Aur koi khas baat cdr agar batana chahta ho.
Recce
Raiding party cdr initial briefing ke baad, raid ke liye khabren ikathi
karta hai. Yeh khabren who nakshe aur air photo se hasil karta hai
aur apni raid ke liye tajwij banata hai jismen woh yah baaten samil
karta hai:Infiltration plan.
RVs.
Cut off gps ki jagah.
Raid ki sima.
Withdrawal ke raaste.
Yeh kam karne ke baad raid cdr apni tajwij banata hai. Ismen alag
alag gps ke cdrs ko le jata hai.Recce ke dauran woh in baaton ka
faisla karta hai:RV aur alt RV.
Ptl base aur alt ptl base ki jagah.
RV aur ptl base mein jane ke raste.
Patrol base se withdrawl ka rasta.
Detailed Briefing
Recce karne ke baad raid party cdr apni tajwij banata hai aur phir
raid party ki briefing karta hai. Briefing sand model se karna chahie.
Taiyari aur Rehearsals
Taiyari.
Is mein in baaton per vichar karna chahie:Hathiyar aur eqpt aur unki testing ya nirikshan.
Demolition charges.
Cas evac.
Rehearshal.
Jahan tak mumkin ho tps ko puri karwai ki rehearsal karwani chahie.
Rehearsal ke dauran gaur karne wali baaten yeh hain:Rehearshal wastawik ( realistic) honi chahiye.
Ilake ka chunao aisa ho ki obj ke ilake se milta julta ho.
254
Rehearsal ka samay usi tarah ki roshni mein kia jae jaisa ki asli raid
ke dauran lagu kia ja sakta hai.
Contigency plan ki rehersal.
Akhiri Insp. Raid ke lie rawangi se pahle raid ke cdrs ko jawanon aur
unke hathiyar aur eqpt ka mulahija kar lena chahiye. Insp karte
wakt niche likhi baaton per dhyan dena chahiye:Hathiyar agar ho sake to fire karke yakin kar lena chahiye.
Jawanon ko inspect karke yah yakin kar lena chahiye ki:Bimar to nahin.
Ahmiyat wale kagzaat to nahin le ja raha hai.
Theek na fit hue eqpt to nahin le ja raha hai.
BHAG IV : KARWAI(EXECUTION).
AAM
Raid ki puri karwai aam taur per teen phase mein hoti hai:Phase I : Infiltration.
Phase II : Raid.
Phase III: Exfiltration (wapsi).
Phase I : Infiltration
Phase I mein kaam ke karam is prakar se hai:(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Obj ko rawangi aur RV tak harkat.
Ptl base ko pakarna.
Obj ki confirmatory recce.
Antim briefing agar zarurat ho.
Obj ko rawangi aur RV tak Harkat
Harkat ke dauran puri koshish karni chahiye ki raste mein dushman
se muthbher na ho taki puri raiding party bina dushman ko pata
chale apne obj per pahunch jae. Agar raiding party ek se ziadaaste
istemal kar rahi hai to puri party ko obj ke najdik munasib RV per
ikattha hona chahiye.
Patrol Base Ko Pakarna
Ptl base ko pakerne se pahle ilake ki search kar lena chahiye aur
yakin kar lena chahiye ki us ilake mein dushman na ho.Agar search
ke dauran pata chalta hai ki dushman us ilake mein maujood hai to
255
alt ptl base mein chala jana chahie. Alt ptl base ko bhi pakarne se
pahle achhi tarah search kar lena chahiye.
Confirmatory Recce
Ptl base mein pahunchne ke baad raid party cdr ko obj ke ilake ki
confirmatory recce kar lena chahie.Lekin is baat ka dhyan rakhna
chahiye ki aisa karne se surprise no toot jae.
Antim Briefing
Iski zarurat usi waqt parti hai jab confirmatory recce ke baad raid
party cdr ne koi tabdili karni ho. Antim briefing men sirf tabdilion ka
hi zikar kiya jae.
Phase II -Raid
Phase II mein kaam ka kram, jab raiding party ka ptl base ko chhorne
se lekar ptl base mein wapas aane tak is prakar se hai:Ptl base se deployment area tak harkat.
Sentry silencing.
Fire kholna aur cease fire.
Aslt aur demolition tasks.
Ptl base ko wapsi.
Ptl base se deployment area tak harkat
Ptl base mein raid party bhari saman chhorne ke baad chotte- chotte
gps mein apne deployment area ko harkat karti hai.
Sentries Silencing Party
Is task ke liye pahle se aadmi detail kiye hote hain. Is task ko pura
karte waqt surprise ka dhyan rakhna chahiye.
Fire kholna aur cease fire
Zaurat parne par fire ek dam kholna chahie. Fire kholna aur band
karne ke lie pahle se ishara mukarar kar lena chahiye.
Aslt aur demolition tasks
Obj ke pass pahunchne per cut off aur aslt gp apne task ko pura
karne ke liye laga dena chahiye.Iske baad aslt gp teji se harkat karke
obj per raid karta hai.Obj per kabja hone ke baad demolition party
barood lagakar apna task ko pura karta hai.Yah sab kaam bahut teji
ke saath hona chahie taki raid party ko RV mein wapas aane mein
koi samay barbad na ho.Agar raid silent ho to aslt nahin kiya jata
hai .Sirf demolition party chhup kar apne task ko pura karti hai.Raid
256
ki kamyabi ke baad Aslt gp support ki madad se withdrawal karta
hai. Sp gp cut off ki madad se with drawal karta hai.Agar raid
kamyab na hua to Aslt gp pahle se hi mukarar kie hue ishare par die
hue ek ya ek se ziada ptl base per ikattha ho sakte hain.Woh aadmi
jinka dushman pichha kar raha hai , wapas ptl base mein sidha
nahin aana chahiye.Usko ptl base se door le jae aur phir dushman
se lagav tor kar ptl mein vapas aaen. agar koi aadmi alag ho jata hai
to unko chahiye ki phir se raid party ki saath RV ya ptl base mein
milne ki koshis karen. Agar yah no ho sake to wapas apne FDLs
mein aa jana chahie.
Exfiltration
Withdrawal ke dauran dushman ko dhoka dena bari ahmiyat rakhta
hai. Raid ke muftalif hisse se mukarar kie hue raston se die hue RV
per ikattha ho sakte hain. dushman ko dhoka dene ke lie tartibwar
pichha karne se rokne ke lie raiding party chhote hisson mein ulte
raaston ka istemal karte hue RV aur samay per ikattha hone chahie.
Iske baad puri party pichha karte hue dushman ko ambush karne
wali koi karwai kar sakte hain.
Agar raid kamyab na hua ho aur dushman pichha kar raha ho to
niche likhi hui bachao ki karwai karni chahiye:Sp/ cut off gp ko aslt gp ke withdrawl ko fire aur mov se cover karna
chahiye.
Woh jawan jin ke pichhe dushman nazdik ho unhen RV per jane ki
bajae ulti jagah aur muskil raste ka istemal karte hue lagao torna
chahiye.
Aisa jawan jo toli se dhoka dene ke liye alag ho gae hon unnhen RV
per jane se pahle toli se lagao karne ki koshis karne chahiye.
Bhag V : CI Ops mein Raid
Insurgency grast ilake mein insurgents ke hideout ya camps par raid
karna fauj ka ek basic ops hai. Is op ki safalta khas taur par sahi
khabar, surprise aur deception aur tej karwai par nirbhar karti hai.
Agar yeh op safalta poorvak kiya jae to isse insurgents ki kafi tadad
mein casualty ho sakti hai aur uska hathiyar aur saman bhi jabt
kiya ja sakta hai. Saath hi insurgents ke morale bhi gir jaega.
Aam Raid aur CI Ops mein Raid mein Farak
Halanki ek aam raid aur CI ops mein kiye gae raid ke buniyadi usul
kafi milte julte hai phir bhi donon mein kuch antar hain. Yeh is
prakar se hain :257
(h) CI ops ke raid mein tps tab tak obj se nahin nikalta hai jab tak task
pura nahin ho jata hai. Camp ya hideout area ki tafsil se search ki
jati hai.
(i) Insurgents se lagao nahi tutna chahiye. Ek baar agar aslt launch ho
jae aur insurgents agar bhag rahe hon to unka peecha kiya jata hai.
(j) CI ops mein raid ka mudda ziada se ziada insurgents ko maarna ya
pakarna hota hai.
CI Ops mein Raid ki Atirikt Partian
CI ops mein raid ke antar aur insurgents ki raid hone par karwai ko
madhynazar rakhte hue kuch atirikt partion ki zarurat parti hai.
Woh is prakar se hain :Stops. Insurgents ke bhagne ke raston par ek ya do gharon (tiers)
mein stops lagana chahiye taki bhagte hue insurgents ko maara ya
pakra ya sake. Raid ki karwai shuru hone se pahle stops ko apni
position par lag jaana chahiye.
Stay Behind Parties. Yeh amuman dekha gaya hai ki insurgents jab
bhagte hai to woh apna saman chupa dete hain aur raid party ke
chale jaane ke baad is saman ko lene ke liyen aate hain. Agar raid ke
baad ek thik nafri ki stay behind party peeche chori jai to safalta
hasil ho sakti hai. Iske liye is party ke paas comn ke saadhan aur 72
hrs ke liyen adm ka saman hona chahiye.
Pursuit Party. Raid hone par insurgents bhagne ki koshish karte
hain. Security forces ka mudda ziada se ziada insurgents ko maarna
ya pakarna hota hai. Isliyen yeh zaruri hai ki ek pursuit party pahle
se hi detail ki jaani chahiye. Is party ke saath tracker dog bhi hona
chahiye. Is party ka task bhagte hue insurgents ka peecha karke
unhe maarna ya pakarna hai.
CI Ops mein Raid ke Usul
CI ops mein raid ke dauran kuch khas baaten dhyan mein rakhni
chahiye, woh is prakar se hai :Surprise. Kharab mausam, raat ka samay, kharab visibility aur
kathin raaste ka istemal surprise kayam rakhne mein madad karta
hai. Jahan tak ho sake raid unchai se neechai ki taraf karna
chahiye. Post se nikalte waqt alag alag rasto ka istemal karna
chahiye.
Secrecy. Raid ki safalta secrecy aur deception par nirbhar karti hai.
Raid ki tajwij, taiyari aur mov ko civilian population se chupa ke
rakhna chahiye.
258
Security. Harkat ke samay security barkarar rakhna bahut zaruri
hai. Harkat chupao mein aur bound to bound honi chahiye. Gaon
aur civ population se dur harkat honi chahiye. Raaston ka istemal
na kiya jaye kyonki in raaston par militants apne sentries laga kar
rakhte hain.
Speed. Ek baar muthbhed ho jae ya surprise tut jai to sabhi karwai
teji se karni chahiye.
Shock Action. Camp/hideout milne par grenades ka istemal, bhari
maatra mein fire aur aslt karna chahiye.
Search. Raid ke baad ilake ki tafsil se search karni chahiye.
Pursuit. Bhagte hue insurgents ka peecha karna aur unhe pakarna
bahut zaruri hai.
Anya Baaten. CI ops mein raid ke talluk rakhne wali anya baaten :Khabar. Hideout/camp ke bare mein khabar hasil karna bahut
kathin hota hai. Iske liyen zarie is prakar se hain :(aa) Pakre hue insurgents.
(ab) Pakre hue documents.
(ac) Agents ya sources dwara info.
(ad) Higher HQ ya civil agencies dwara de gai khabar.
(ae) Insurgents ka saaman le jane wale civ ya unke pariwar ke sadase.
Guides. Insurgents apne camp ko bahut hi kathin aur chupao wale
ilake me rakhte hai. Khaas taur par hideout, jo ki chote hote hain,
unke dhoond paana kafi mushkil hota hai. Isliyen civilian guides ka
istemal nihayat hi zaruri ho jata hai. Guides ka istemal karte waqt
security ka dhyan rakhna zaruri hai.
SANKSHEP
Raid ek achanak hamla hone ke karan chhoti tolion se kiya jata hai.
Iski kamyabi dushman se surprise hasil karne per nirbhar
hai.Pahunch/wa raste chhupao wale hone chahiye aur puri tajwij ko
poshida rakhna chahiye. mukammal surprise hasil karne ke lie
sentries ko khomoshi se barbad karne ka bandobast karna chahiye.
---------------------------------*****************-----------------------------
TAC 19-22
FIGHTING IN BUILT UP AREA
PARICHAY
259
Larai ke maidan mein kai ek mauke aise aa sakte hai jab ki hamen
hamla kar ke dushman ko ek builtup area se nikalne ki jarurat pare
ya phir defence lete samay agar hamen koi BUA mile to uske istemal
karne ki jarurat pare. Isliye jaruri hai ki hamen BUA mein larai
karne ki jankari ho.
UDDESH
Fighting in built up area ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
PAHUNCH
Is sabaq ko char bhagon mein baanta gaya hai :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
I
II
III
IV
-
Aam Jankari
Rif platoon in defence
Rif platoon in attack
Adm
BHAG I : AAM JANKARI
BUA ki larai mool taur par Infantry ki larai hai. Yeh ek kafi kathin ops
hai aur dono defence aur attack mein yeh muskilat paida karti hain.
FIBUA MAIN KHASUSIATEN.
Observation aur Fd of Fire. Observation aur fd of fire kewal sadako
(roads) aur galion (Streets) tak hi seemit hai. Dhuan aur dhool ki
wajah se obs aur bhi kam ho jata hai. Is wajah se ops ke liye unchi
bldg par kabza karna ahemiat rakhta hai. Bldg ke malbe ki wazah se
tanks aur garion ki harkat mein mushkil hoti hai aur un par
ambush lagaya jaa sakta hai. Is liyen jaida ahmiat Infantry ops par
hoti hai.
Cover and Concealment. BUA hamalawar tps aur defence mein lage
tps dono ko hi achha cover and concealment deta hai. Defender ko
yeh advantage (faida) hai ki woh ache fd of fire dene wale bldgs mein
posn le sakta hai. Attacker ko khule mein bhi harkat karne ki
jarurat pad sakti hai. Ilaqe ki jankari bahut ahmiat rakhti hai.
Obstacle. Obstacle lagana bahut aasan hota hai. Ghani bldgs garion
aur tps ki harkat mein badha dal dete hain. Sadako aur galion ko
aasani se block kiya ja sakta hai aur fire se cover kiya ja sakta hai.
Harkat(Movement). Harkat kewal galion aur sadakon tak simit rahti
hain aur inko aasani se fire dwara cover kiya ja sakta hai. Bldgs ke
malbe aur obstacles se yeh harkat aur bhi kam ho jati hai.
Fire Support.
260
Air (Hawai) aur Arty.
Obs ke mushkilat aur apne aur dushman ke
aapsi fasle ki kami ki
wazah se hawai aur Arty support ka jyada istemal nahin kar sakte
hain. High trajactory ki wajah se 81mm Mors ka istemal jiada
behtar rahega.
Armour. Tanks ke direct fire se defender ke strong pts or def posn ko
barbad kiya ja sakta hai. Armr ki harkat mein mushkil hoti hai aur
tank ki gun ko elevation aur deflection jyada na karne ki kabiliyat ke
wajah se basement(tehkhano) aur chaton par chupe dushman par
fire nahin dala ja sakta.
Inf Wpns. Close Sp ke liye jiada ahmiat Inf wpns ki hoti hai. CQB
hathiyar, grenades aur expl ka jiada istemal hota hai.
Night ops. Andhere ke chupao mein sadko aur galion ko paar kar
sakte hai aur dushman ke def mein ghuspaith kar sakte hain. Lekin
comd aur cont mein mushkil ki wajah se bade paimane par raat
mein ops nahin kiya ja sakta. Ek baar raat mein foothold (Chote
hisse par kabza) paakar kar din mein BUA ko clear karna chahie.
Radio Comn. Screening ki wajah se RS comn mushkil hota hai. Line
comn aur runners jaida ahmiat rakhte hain. Comn ki mushkilat ki
wajah se jr ldrship ki ahmiat jiada ho jati hai.
Junior Leadership. BUA ki larai mein comd & cont ki dikkat hoti hai
aur safalta junior ldrship par jyada nirbhar karti hai.
Morale. Psy warfare se dushman ke morale par prabhav dala ja
sakta hai. Akelapan ke ahesas aur gherao ki karwai se dushman ka
morale nicha kiya ja sakta hai.
BHAG II : DEF MEN RIFLE PLATOON
Ek pl cdr ko kai ek mauke aise mil sakte hain jahan use kisi bldg ko
def ke liye taiyar karna pade. Bldg select karte samay dhyan rahe ki
aise bldg select ki jai jahan se task pura ho sake, observation achcha
ho aur bldg majbut ho.
BUA mein amuman def periphery par liya jata hai aur adhikansh
aadmi ground floor par lagai jate hain. Snipers aur OP unchi bldgs
par lagae jate hain.
DEFENCE KE LIYEN BLDGS KA CHUNAV
Dekhne wali baaten :261
(e) Observation.
(f) Fd of fire. Task ko dekhte hue.
(g) Loopholes hone chahie. Jiada grnd floor par hona chahiye.
(h) SA aur Arty ke khilaf majbooti honi chahie.
(i) Entrance aur exit kam hone chahiye.
(j) Bagal ke gharon/bldgs se milap (raaste) aur compound mein
trenches bana saken.
(k) Alternative position.
(l) Paani hona chahiye aur aag se bachav.
(j) Bldg ke andar saman aur mtrl aur faltoo saman ki zarurat.
(k) MI Room. Medical daston ke liyen.
(l) Cook house.
(m) Latrines.
BLDG KO DEF KE LIYEN TAIYAR KARNA
Def ke dauran main posn ground floor par hoga aur kuch sniper/LMG
chat par ho sakte hain. Bldg occupy karte samay kuch karwai ki
jaani chahie :(a) Grnd floor ko sand bags aur balli se majbut karen. Zarurat ho to
chat ko bhi.
(b) Khidkion mein Sand bags lagaen aur loop holes banayen.
(c) Jho khidkiyan aur darwaje istemal mein nahi hon unhe block karen.
(d) Jalne wali cheezen dur karen, pani bharen aur khidkiyon se sheesha
hataen.
(e) Electricity aur gas band karen.
(f) Ek kamre se dusre kamre mein harkat ke liyen ceiling aur dewar
mein hole karen.
DEF KI LARAI KA TARIQA
262
Small arms ka fire plan lambe rg ki banaspat surprise par jiada
nirbhar hona chahie. Tanks ke barkhilaf bhi tazwiz banani chahie.
(g) A/tk hathiyar tank ke raston ke side mein lagane chahiye.
(h) Sentries agar bldg ke bahar chupao men hon to jiada dekh sakte
hain.
(i) Alternative posn ke liye raste.
(j) Obstacles aur barricades fire dwara cover.
(k) HQ aur RAP. Thikhano mein hon.
(l) Amn and sup. Amn aur sup ke pahunchane ke taiyar raste hon.
BHAG III : RIFLE PLATOON IN ATTACK
BUA ki larai mein defender ko jiada madad milti hai isliyen
ammumam BUA ko bypass kiya jata hai. Lekin kai ek mauke aise aa
sakte hai jahan par hamen BUA mein hamla karke clear karne ki
jarurat pade.
HAMLE KE PHASES
Hamle ko 3 phases mein kiya jata hai :Phase I : Isolating the BUA. Dushman ke withdrawl ko block karna
aur rft ko rokna. Kai bar dushman ko khule mein aane par majboor
karna.
Phase II : Foothold hasil karna. BUA mein jitna entry point ho sake
hasil karna aur agle hamle ke liye firm base ke taur par istemal
karen. Hamla smk aur andhere ka istemal karte hue hona chahiye.
Phase III : BUA par kabza karna. Hamle mein tartibwar larai karte
hue BUA ko aur muhollon ko clear karte hain. Hamla hamwar axis
par hota hai.
TAZWIZ BANATE WAQT DHYAN RAKHNE WALI BATEN
Aam hamle mein jo dhyan rakhne wali baaten hoti hain wahi yahan
par shamil hain lekin kuch alag baten jinpar jyada dhyan dena
chahiye woh is prakar hain :Sadharantah(Simplicity). Plan simple (sadharan) hona chahiye
kyonki BUA mein comd and cont waise hi muskil hota hain.
263
Intelligence. Layout to mil jata hai par dushman kis prakar se deploy
hai yeh janana muskil hai. Is par dhyan jaruri hai.
BUA ke andar larai. BUA ke sectors aur sub sectors mein banta jaye
aur unke liye alag-alag cdr aur tps banaye jayen.
Objective. Objective bilkul saaf hona chahiye aur uska failav(Size)
bahut jyada nahin hona chahiye.
Control. Acha control hasil karne ke liye karwai :(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Hukum saaf aur sahi hon.
Tartib bar clearing drill.
Ref points, rep line, bounds aur buddy ka sahi chunao aur bant.
Rep centres banana.
Rds aur mohallon ko nick name dena.
Hamle ki gati ko barkarar rakhna. Hamle ki gati mein koi rok na ho.
Dushman ko sambhalne ka mauka na diya jai.
Formations.
Nimn baton par nirbhar karegi :1.
2.
3.
4.
Chaurai aur gharai jis ilake ko clear karna hai.
BUA ki banawat (Construction).
Dushman.
Higher cdr ki hamle ki tazvij.
Frontage. Dushman ki takat aur bldg ke size par nirbhar karegi.
Axis of Attack. Parallel ya andar ki taraf milte hue.
Timing of Attack.
din mein kiya jae.
First light se pahle hamla suru kiya jai aur clear
Reserves ka Istemal. Reserves bahar se lana muskil hai.
Spl eqpt, explosive Amn. Spl saman aur jyada explosive ki jarurat
parti hai. Local resources ka jyada se jyada istemal karna chahiye.
Casualty. Cas evacuation muskil hota hai aur iske liye spl taiyari
karni parti hai.
STREET/GALI KO CLEAR KARNE KA TARIKA
BUA ki larai jyadatar pl aur sec level par lari jati hai. Ek bar pl apni
karwai shuru kar deti hai to use atmanirbhar hona chahiye aur apne
khud ka fire support hona chahiye.
264
Pl gali ko clear karte waqt dono taraf ke gharon ko tartibwar search
karte hue age badhti hain. Ek sec baen taraf aur ek sec dahine taraf.
Tessra sec reserve ke taur par. Ek bar dushman ke fire ke andar
aane par pl ko cover kar lena chahiye aur halat ko dekhte hue
gharon ko ya to ek taraf se ya dono taraf se search karna chahiye.
BUA mein jaruri hai ki dushman ko bldg to bldg search kiya jaye na
ki bahar se. Agar bahar se karna ho to smoke aur fire support ka
istemal kiya jaye.
BHAG IV : ADM IN BUA
ADM IN BUA
(a) Equipment. Portable drills, ladder, ropes aur grapnels.
(b) Amn aur explosives. SA amn aur hand gren jiada istemal hote hain.
Amn point hamle mein age se age aur def mein pura stock karna
chahie.
(c) Sup aur paani.
(d) Medical. Cas Evac aur medical sp ka jyada intejam chahiye.
(e) Prisoners. Jaldi se jaldi piche bheje jayen taki aage jyada bheed na
hon.
(f) Civilians aur traffic control.
SANKSHEP
Duniya mein abadi badne ke karan makan aur buildings ki tadad bhi
bad rahi hai. Is liye kafi sambhauna hai hame aise ilaqe mein larai
ladna parega. Kuch ilaqon mein CI ops ke dauran bhi hame BUA
mein operate karna padta hai. Fighting in Built Up Area mein safalta
kafi had tak cdrs ke upar hai aur aap log mahir hone chahiye.
----------------------------*********************----------------------
TAC 23-24
JUNGLE SE PARICHAY
PARICHAY
Jungle na hi kisi ka dost hai aur na hi kisi ka dushman. Yeh apna
faida aur nuksan sirf jungle ki khasusait jane wale ko hi deta hai.
Jung eke aam vatavarn ka asar hamari sikhlai aur larai ke tariqo par
parta hai. Aam taur par jungle mein kam door tak dikhai deta hai jis
se apni harkat aur apna kam bhi kafi nizdik tak ho pata hai.
UDDESH :
265
Bharat varsh mein paye jane wale jungle ke bare mein jankari, unki
kisme, visheshtaen aur junglon ka hamari sikhlai aur fauji karwaion
par asar kya hai .
JUNGLON KI QISMEN :
Hamare desh mein kayi prakar ke jungle hai . Hare k jungle ki
banabat aur khasusait uski sthiti par nirbhar hai.
(a)
Naga/Mizo Hills/NEFA ke jungle.
(b)
Foot hill jungle. ( Patharon ke niche hisse wale).
(c)
High Alltitude jungle. (Bahut unche paharon wale).
(d)
Island jungles. (Tapu/Dweep ke ander wale jungle).
(e)
The Deccan Plateue jungle. ( deccan pathar wale).
(f)
Western ghat jungle. ( Pasacham samundri tat wale).
Pahle char prakar ke (a) se (d) tak harmare border hone ke karan inka
asar hamari fauji karwaion par parta hai.
NAGA/MIZO HILLS/NEFA KE JUNGLE.
(a)
Terrian (zamin ki banabat) : Yeh jungle aam taur par 800 mtr se
3000 mtr samudhar ke sath se unche hai aur aam taur par yeh uttar
se dakshin ki taraf phale hai. Naga Hills ke jungle hi kewal uttarpurab se dakshin pashim ki taraf phaile hue hai. In jungle mein kafi
barish hoti hai aur kafi gahere nadi aur nale paye jate hai. In junglon
mein harkat karna asan nahi hota.
(b)
Climate : Salana austan barish 175cm se 250cm. May ke
mahine se September ke mahine tak yaha par mansoon rahti hai.
Kush din yaha pani ki kami mahsus hoti hai.
(c)
Vegitation (Vanaspati) : Yeh kafi ghane jadidar aur bel bhute
wale hote hai. Yaha par unche aur mote tane wale drakht hote hai.
Yeh jungle harkat par rukawat dalte hai.
(d)
Wild life (Pashu Pakshi) : Khane wali chizo ki kami hone ke
karan log aam taur par junlo ke pashu-pakshio par nirbhar rahte
hai.
(e)
Diseases (Rog-bimari) : 6000mtr satah samundar ek uppar abo-hawa sehat ke liye acchi hai, parrantu iske niche zada machar
hone ke karan “Malaria” bahut hota hai.
FOOT HILLS JUNGLE :
(a)
Terrain (zamin ki banabat) : Yeh jungle aam taur par khule ilaqe
mein hambar zamin par aur takriban 650 mtr se samundar ki satah
se uppar paye jate hai. Yaha par kam gahre magar chore nadi nale
hote hai.
(b)
Climate : Yaha par barish mansoon ke dino mein may se
September tak aur sardi mein December aur January mein hoti hai.
Yeh ilaqa aksar garam aur kushak hai.
(c)
Vegetation (Vabaspati) : Yaha par kam tadat mein drakht ugte
hai par kafi unchi aur lambhi gaas payi jati hai. Yeh gaas harkat ko
266
dushman ki nazar se aur hawai jahaz se chipne mein madad deti
hai. In iklaqo mein ab khati bari karne ka parbandh kiya ja raha hai.
In junglon mein jarian aur bel kam hone ke karan harkat par koi
khas asar nahi parta. March ke mahine mein bahut kushak aur pine
ke pani mein kami mahsus hoti hai. Yahan par austan varsha
300cm sal mein hoti hai aur takriban sal mein 180 din barish hoti
hai.
(d)
Diseases (Rog- Bimar) : Khare pani ke talab, gande aur kam
rafter se bahne wale nadi nale hone ki wajah se se kai kisam ke kiree
makore jo ki bimari phalte hai, paye jate hai. Aam bimarian,
malaria,dysentery,diarrhea, jungle sores, infections, hepatitis ur
fangus wagaira.
HIGH ALTITUDE JUNGLES :
(a)
Yeh jungle aam taur par 3600mtr se 4000mtr satah samundar
se uppar wale ilaqon mein jaise ki NEFA, Bhuttan, Sikkam, U.P
border, J&K ki gation mein milte hai.
(b)
Sardi ke mousam mein yeh baraf se dhake rahte hai aur yaha
par harkat karna kafi mushkil aur khatarnak hota hai.
(c)
In junglon mein aag lagne ka kafi khatra rahta hai kyonki yaha
par kafi mullayam aur tikhe prakar ke per hote hai.
(d)
In ilaqe mein dysentery, diarrhea , infection, hepatitis aur high
altitude ke rog hone ka khatra rahta hai.
ISLAND JUNGLES :
(a)
Terrain : Yeh jungle ya toh samundar se ghire hote hai ya phir
nadi nalion ke pani jaise ki purab mein Andaman aur Nicobar,
paschim mein Lakshadweep aur Maldweep. Yahan par pahar ki
unchain takriban 700mtr samundar ki satah se uppar kafi pani wale
naale hai.
(b)
Climate : January se April jisme mausam 66* se 99*F tapman
hota hai. March mahine mein kushak aur pani ki kami bhi mahsus
hoti hai. Yahan par austan barish 300cm sal mein hoti hai. Sal mein
takriban 180 din barish hoti hai.
(c)
Vegitation : 30 se 40 feet chore aur lambhe tane wale drakht
paye jate hai. Kela jaisa fruit kafi tadad mein milta hai.
(d)
Disease : Scurvy( taza sabzion ki kami ke karan ki bimari) aur
garam ilaqe ke rog.
FAUJI KARWAION PAR ASAR :
Uppar likhe hue jungle fauji karwaion par niche ke anusar asar dalte
hai :
(A)
VISIBILITY (DIKHAI DENA)
(1)
Jungle ke prakar aur uski banabat, dekhane ki sakhti par asar
dalti hai. Kai jungle mein toh din ke samaye bhi 20mtr zaida nahi
267
dikhai deta. Barsat ke dino mein dekh bal aur bhi mushkil ho jati
hai.
(2)
Pahar ki choti ya unchain zamin kuch had tak dekhbal mein
madad kar sakti hai. Jungle mein karwai ek rat ki karwai ki tarah
hai. Iska asar :
(aa) Command aur control rakhne ke liye, fauji ke chote chote dasto
mein apsi phailao kam hona chahie.
(bb) Fauji daston ka counter ambush drill aur mauqe ka ambush
mein kafi jankai honi chahie.
(3)
Defence ki halat mein charo taraf se bachao zaruri hai.
(4)
Attack mein chote aur saf objective dene chahie.
(5)
Unche darje ki map reading aur night navigation honi cahaie.
(6)
Fire support/ Close air support ka asar kam hota hai.
(B)
MOVEMENT (HARKAT) :
(1)
Jungle mein kam raste ghani vanaspati, tej chalne wale aur
gahre nadi nale aur kam duri tak dekhne ki shakti se harkat bahut
mushkil aur dhimi ho jati hai jis se zaida samaye lagta hai, barsat
mein kafi daldal, gile boot aur joken (leech) ki wajah se harkat bahut
be-aram ho jati hai.
(2)
Uppar likhi ek chand muskilat ko door karne ke liye pahle se
acchi recce ke bad raste chun lene chahie. Harkat ek bound se dusre
bond tak ki jaye aur isko note rakha jaye. Jungle mein infiltration
(ghusao) bari saani se ki ja sakti hai.
(c)
FAUJI SAMAN PAR ASAR :
Zaida barsat, nami aur ardarta ke karan saman, hathiyar, radio set,
aur optical instrument par kafi asar par sakta hai. Milapko sudhirne
ke liye “Line of Sight” yani radion relay system ko apnana parta hai
ya milap runners dwara hi kya jata hai.
(d)
SANIKON KI SEHAT PAR ASAR :
Jungle ki banabat aur ab-o hawa ka asar jawan ki sehat par bhi
parta hai. Aam taur par jungle mein malaria, Scrub typhus, tick
fever jaise rog lag sakte gai. Is ko kabu karne ke liye zaruri hai ki
hare k jawan apni sehat ka khud khas dhyan rakhe aur use pure
medical cover hasil ho.
(e)
LEADERSHIP :
Mushkil ilaqe mein chote commanders ki achchai ranbhari, bhrosa
kam kam karne ki bhavana hunarbazi jungle muskilaton ko door
karne mein madad degi. Har commander ko apni toil hamesha
majboot aur fit halat mein rakhni hogi aur traning halat ke mutabik
di jaye.
----------------------------------***************-----------------------------268
TAC 25-26
REGISTHAN SE PARICHAY
PARICHAY
Hamari sema par takriban 1200 km lambha aur 300 se 600 km
choura marusthal(registhan) hai jaise THAR mausthal ke nam sr
pukarte hai aur iske dakshin mein RUNN of KUTCH marusthal hai.
Marusthal ki khasusiaton aur jalwayu ka hamari fauji traning par
aur fauj ke saman par kafi asar parta hai.
UDDESH :
Hindusthan ke marusthal unki jalwayu, khasusiat aur unka fauji
jawan par asar ke bare mein jankari karana hai.
PAHUNCH :
Har jawan ko jis ilaqe mein us ne rahna ho aur apna kam pura karna
ho zaruri hai ki who wahan ki jalwayu vatavarn aur us ilaqe ki
khausiat achchhi tarah janta ho taki usi prakar ki who training kare
aur zarurat parne ar apn kam asani se kar sake.
RAJASTHAN KA THAR DESERT.
(a)
Terrain : In ilaqe mein bahut kam abadi aur vanaspati hai.
Yahan par kai jagah par unchi ret ke teele hai. Yahan par paidal aur
garion ki harkat mushkil ho jati hai.
(b)
Communication (Milap): Marusthal mein milak ke zarie bahut
kam aur mushkil hai. Gaon aur qasbe am taut par 3 garion raste se
milae gaye hai. Raste kam hone ke karan karwaian sirf bani huyi
sarko par hi hoti hai. Marusthal mein harkat karne ke liye raston ki
acchi tarh recce kar lene chahie aur raston ki maramat sath sath hi
kar leni chahie.
(c)
Climate (Jalwayu) : Aam taur par salana barish 75mm jis mein
sirf monsoon s aur 5% sardion mein hoti hai, isliye yaha pani ki
bahoot diqqt aur vanaspati/fasal bahoot kam hoti hai. Andhi toofan
aur loo bahoot chalti haijis se harkat par bara asar parta hai aur
door tak dekha bhi nahi jata. Aam taur par sab kam aur hatkat rat
ke samaye kafi door tak dekha ja sakta hai. Palli nam ki jhari yahan
par ugti hai jo ki zamin ko mazbut banati hai aur jis se 1 ton gari
asani se chal sakti hai.
RANN OF KUTCH :
Is marusthal mein chote chote tapu hai jinhe “bet” ke nam se pukarte
hai. In par jharian aur drakhat ugte haiaur yeh baqi zamin se unche
hote hai. Kuch ilaqe mein yahan lambhi ghass hoti hai “banni” ke
nam se pukarte hai. Yahan par kuch ilaqe pure sal pani mein ghire
rahte hai aur baqi ilaqon mein monsoon ke dino mein pani bhara
rahta hai jis se garion hi harkat na munkin ho jati hai. Yahan par
zaida tar miragtrishna (Mirage effect) hota hai jis se dhokja hota hai.
TACTICAL PROBLEMS (SAMARIK KATHNAIYAN) :
269
(a)
Navigation : Marusthal mein bahoot kam zamini nishan hone ke
karan din/rat harkat karne ke liye acchi navigation drill ki zarurat
hai taki jawan apni simat ko na bhool jaye.
(b)
Camouflage and concealment : Qudarti vanaspati kam hone ke
karan hawai jahaz se paidal shatru se bahoot kam chupao milta hai.
Ret ke teele , zamin ki banabat kuch had tak dikhao se bachao de
sakti hai. Is ke liye rat ke samaye harkat karwai ki jaye aur unche
darze ki sikhlai aur navigation drill qamyabi ke liye bahoot zarurai
hai.
(c)
Movement : Thar marusthal mein kuch sarke ya raste hai jin
par jin par aam taur par dushman ka qubza hoga. Is liye aam harkat
khule mein hi ki jayegi. Registhan mein aam rafter 2km parti ganta
hi hogi. Isliye jawano ko aur unke saman ko age le jana mushkil
hoga.
(d)
Defence work: Marusthal mein morcha bandi ke liye pura
saman piche se lana pare ga. Run of Kutch mein morcha bandi ke
samaye pani aa jata hai is liye morche ki gahrai kam rakhni chahie.
Overhead protection karna bahoot mushkil hogi.
(e)
Obstacle : Marusthal mein bahoot kam qudrati rukawaten hoti
hai. Aam taur par banabati rukawaton ka hi faisla karna parega.
Hark ism ke fauji daste ko mine warfare ke bare mein acchi jankari
honi chahie.
(f)
Security : Qudrati rukavaton ka kam hona vanaspati ka kam
hona aur kafi khula ilaqa hone se ek dusri unit ka darmiana faisla
bahoot zaida hoga. Isliye dushman ke liye “infiltration” karna ya raid
karna bahoot sambavik hai. Hifazat ko banaye rakhne ke liye acchi
patrolling policy, adm areas, gun area aur HQ ki hiffazat aur mobile
reserre ke daston ka hona bahoot zaruri hai. Mobile patrol aur air
recce is kam ko asan bana sakti hai.
(g)
Target : Marusthal mein niche likhe hi target mane jate hai :
(1)
Pani ki jagah.
(2)
Comn Centre.
(3)
Adm/Maint area.
(4)
Air field landing ground.
(5)
Tactical areas.
ADM PROBLEM :
Raste/sarken, upaj aur apni kam hone ke karan bandobasti ko banai
rakhne ke liye garion ka kafi istemal hota hai. Behtar hoga agar
‘logistic’ aur ‘support’ (hawai madad) ka bandobast kiya jaye.
(a)
Water (pani) : Pani ki bachat ke liye rat ki karwai aur harkat
behtar hogi.
270
(b)
Health (sehat) : Marusthal mein bhari tadad mein makhi pai
jati. Garmion mein ap, bichhu, trachoma, dysentery aur sardion
mein typhoid kafi phailta hai.
(c)
Saman (Eqpt) : Ret ke kan jab urte hain to hathiyaron, garion
aur saman ko kafi nuksan pahunchate hain.
-------------------------------********************---------------------------------
TAC 27-28
HELIBORNE ASSAULT OPS
PARICHAY
Naye naye aadhunik hathiyar aur unki badthi fire power ke sath,
Mobility aur samay ki ahmiyat aur bhi badh jaati hai. Zamini milap
ke sadhan jaise road, rail aur paani iske liye bahut dhimi hai aur yeh
badthi fire power ke karan vulnerable hai. In parishtithiyon mein
helicopter ka istemal kafi laabhdayak hota hai.
2. Bhartiya sena ne helicopter ka istemal sabse pahle 1971 ki larai
mein safaltapurvak kiya gaya jab kinare units aur sub units ko
Bangla desh ki nadiya ke dusre kinare par utara gaya aur dushman
ke upar battalion size ki tukriyon se heliborne aslt ops kiye gae.
UDDESH
Aaj ke lec ka uddesh Heliborne Aslt ops ke bare mein jaankari dena
hai.
TARTIB
Yeh lecture aap 6 bhagon mein sikhenge :(a)
Part I. Heptrs ki kismen Visheshtaen aur Hadbandian
(b)
(c)
Part II. HB Aslt force – Banawat aur task ki kismen.
Part III. Obj aur Lag A ka chunao.
(d)
Part IV. Loading plan (incl Coy load tables).
(e)
Part V. Zamini daston se link up.
(f)
Part VI. C1 ops mein heptrs ka istemal.
271
PART I : HEPTRS KI KISMEN, VISHESHTAEN
AUR HADBANDIAN.
Heptrs anuman teen cats mein banten ja sakte hai jaise ki
Communication, Attack aur Tpt.
(a) Comm Heptrs. Yeh helicopters wazan mein halke hote hain aur
dekhbhal, recce,AB ,FAC, camo ka nirikshan, radio relay aur kai
baar hawai hathiyar ke taur par istemal kiye jate hain. Udharan ke
taur par Chetak aur Cheetah.
(b) Attack Heptrs. Amuman A/tk role aur zamini fujon ko nazdik fire
sp dene ke liye kaam mein laye jate hain. Zarurat parne par ismein 8
tps tak ki tukrian bhi kuchh duri tak le jai ja sakti hai – maslan MI25 ya MI – 35 Huey cobra.
(c) Tpt heptrs. Ziada taur par yeh helicopters tps ko ek jagah se
dusri jagah par le jane ke lie yudh kshetra ya dushman ki fwd lines
ke pichhe sup ke liye ya cas ko evac karne ke liye istemal kiye jate
hai. Is qism ke helicopters hain MI-8, MI-17, MI-26,Bell 212 – UHIH.
Kion kih MI-26 ke ldg aur take off ke lie kafi barhe Ldg A ki zarurat
hoti hai. Islie amuman isko Heliborne Aslt ops ke lie istemal nahin
kiya jata.
Tpt heptrs, jisse ham aaj ke lec mein sambhandhit hainki kuchh
qismon ke bare mein jaankari slide par dikhai gayi hai.
MI – 8/17
(a) Speed
- Cruising speed 240 km ph
(pure wt ke saath)
(b) Load Capicity.
(i) Tps.
(aa) Fully equipped
28 tps.
(Jab peeche ke darwaze band hon).
(ab) Aslt tps
24 tps.
(Jab peeche ke darwaze khule hon).
(ac) Slithering
-
(ii) Under slung load
(c) Rg (Max)
(d) Max pay load
-
16 tps.
-
3000 kg.
-
445 kms.
4000 kgs.
272
(e) Service ceiling
-
(f) LA
4500m or 15000.
-
35 x 35 m.
MI – 26
(a) Speed
-
(b) Load Capacity.
(i) Tps. Fully
equipped
240 km/hr cruising.
-
(ii) Cargo
-
82 tps
2000kg (internal or under slung)
(c) Rg (With max pay load)
-
500 km.
(d) Service Ceiling
-
Upto 6500 m or 21700 ft.
Helipad
Hover Take off/
Ldg
Rolled Take
off/Ldg
(i) Upto 200m
Altitude
250 x 100m
290 x 100m
(ii) above 3.5 km
-
360 x 100 m
Characteristics. Heptr mein sabse ziada suvidha yeh hai ki yeh kahin
bhi op kar sakta hai. Iske lie kisi run way jaise taiyar jagah se urne
ki suvidha ki zarurat nahin kion kih ismein sidha upar udan bharne
ki kshamta hai. Load ya unload karne ke liye yeh zamin se upar
uthkar ek hi jagah par hover kar sakta hai. Is prakar se yeh tezi se
tps/eqpt ya sup ko ek jagah se dusri jagah le jane ki kshamta rakhta
hai.
(a) Sidhai se Gherna ya Vert Emvp. Link up ke bina dushman ke
peeche aakash ke zarie pahuncha ja sakta hai. Msn ko pura karne
ke baad tps ko heptr ke zarie dushman ke peechhe se uthaya ja
sakta hai ya phir kisi dusri jagah le jakar deploy kiya ja sakta hai.
Yahan se who Main force ko imdad de sake. Example 2 PARA ops
Tangail Bangladesh.
(b) Weather ya Mausam. Heptr kam roshni ya dikhawat ki condition
mein bhi uran bhar sakta hai. MI – 26 heptr mein raat ko uran
273
bharne ki bhi kshamta hai. Iski kam lt aur kam speed ki wajah se hi
aisa mumkin hai jo kih hawai jahajon mein munasib nahin hai.
(c) Inki khasusiaton ki wajah se helicopter aaj ki larai ka ek kamyab
ala hai. Is mein kuchh khamian hawai jahazon ko madde nazar
rakhte hue samjhi gayi hai.
(d) Speed. Ek hawai jahaz ki speed ke muqabile mein helicopter ki
speed kam hoti hai. Helicopter jiada se jiada 400 km ph se urta hai.
Lekin am taur par jiadatar heptr 200-300 km ph ki speed se uran
bharte hain.
(e) Fuel Rharch. Hawai jahaz ke muqabile mein heptr fuel bhi kafi
kharch karte hain. Ziada load hone par utna hi rg kam hota jata
hai. Rg ko ziada karne ke lie load ko kam karna parta hai.
(f) Maint. Kion kih heptr ke harkati hisse urze ziada hote hain. Is se
iski maint bhi hawai jahaz se jiada hoti hai.
(g) Vulnerability. Kam speed ki wajah se heptr SA fire, dushman ke
AD/ac ke fire se kafi vulnerable hai aur isko kafi nuqsan
pahunchaya ja sakta hai.
PART II : BANAWAT AUR TASKS HELIBORNE ASLT FORCE.
Banawat
Heliborne aslt force ke kamon ya tasks ko madde nazar rakhte hue
hamare tps ki banawat niche likhi hui prakar se hogi :(a) Obj ko pakarne ke lie hamlawar daste ya aslt gp.
(b) Res gp.
(c) Path finder gp.
(d) Imdadi daste (fire sp,engrs,sig comn FOO aur FAC).
(e) Comd aur Cont gp (comd aur cont elements).
(f) Re-sup gp.
Offensive Ops mein HB force
(a) Apni adv karti faujon ko raste madad mein aane brs, defiles aur
anya obj par kabja.
274
(b) Dushman ke rear mein aise areas jo dushman ke rft/withdraw
karti faujon ko rok sake/barbad kar sake.
PART III : OBJ AUR LDG A KA CHUNAO
Heliborne ops ke obj ka chunao ek bahut hi aham mudda hai. Iske
chunao ke lie chyan mein rakhi jane wali baten hain :(a) Obj cdr ko pura karne mein sahuliat de.
(b) Obj lightly held ho ya usmein dushman bilkul na ho.
(c) Dushman ki reaction force jaldi react na kar sake ya apni fauj
lilnk-up hone tak rok sake.
(d) Fire Sp. Jahan tak ho sake Heliborne Force ke lie fire sp ki madad
honi chahiye. Yeh obj amuman apni med topon ki rg mein ho. Agar
aisa na ho sake to apne daston ke pass fire sp swayam paripooran
ho yani kih unke pass addl RLs, ATGM, kandhe se mar karne wali
AD msls aur Fwd air controller ho jis se hawai madad ko disha di ja
sake. Agar mumkin ho to Armed Heptr bhi istemal kiya jae. (A/tk
mines)
(e) Ilaqa kuchh had tak suraksha pradan kare khas kar plains ilaqe
mein jahan par Armr ka istemalho sakta ho.
(f) Link-up. Apni faujon ke saath link up ek zaruri karwai hai. Khas
kar Armr ke daston ke saath yeh link-up jaldi se jaldi kiya jana
chahiye. Yeh zaruri hai ki dushman ki major re-action force area
mein pahunchne se pahle hi link up ho jae. Agar force Feliborne Aslt
Force Bn size ki ho to link up ka 12 h mein ho jana zaruri.
(g) Alt obj aur tasks bhi Heliborne force ko die jaen.
(h) Ldg A/Alt Ldg A bhi obj se ziada dur na hon.
(i) Amuman obj larai ke maidan bi bahri kinare se 20-30 km se ziada
nahin hona chahiye.
Ldg A ka Chunao. Obj aur fauj ki banawat ka nischay karne ke
baad Ldg area ka chunao kia jata hai. Yeh Air Force(Heptr Unit) aur
Armr Cdr Heliborne Force Ops ke apsi soch-vichar ke baad tai kiya
jata hai. Naqshe par soch-vichar ke baad agar air photos mil jayen to
us se ldg area ke bare mein jaankari uplabdh ho jata hai. Ldg area
ke chunao ke lie kuchh aur factors aapko slide par dikhaye hain who
is prakar hai :-
275
(a) Obj se Nazdiki. Ldg area obj se nazdik hona chahie, jis se ki ops
ki raftar aur dhakka kafi had tak barh jaega.
Q. (to the class): Ldg A obj se kitni dur hona chahie?
A. Jahan tak mumkin ho Ldg A dushman ke dekhne ki had aur
SA fire se
door hona chahiye.
(b) Def ki Khabliyat ya defensibility. Jahan tak ho sake Ldg a ke
nazdik koi aisi jagahho jisko pakarne se apne aapko bachao ke lie ya
def ikhtiar karne ke kabil ho takih dushman ke reaction par havi ho
saken.
(c) Obst Free area. Ldg A tak pahunch aur nikhalne ke raaste
rukawat ke bina hone chahiye. In mein high tension wires built up
area. Iske ilawa Ldg A samtal hona chahie. Agar aisa ilaqa maujud
na ho to tps ko hovering helicopter se, rassi ki sirhi ya rassi se niche
utara ja sakta hai.
(d) Obj Tak Pahunchana. Obj tak pahunchne ka raasta puri tarah se
rukawat ke bagair ho. Jis se ki obj tak pahunchne mein samay na
ganwaya jae.
(e) Alt Ldg A/Contigency Ldg A. Alt Ldg A ya contingency Ldg A mein
bhi wohi khasusiyat honi chahie jo kih Ldg A mein hon. Yeh bhi adv
mein hi plan ki jani chahie.
PART IV : LOADING PLAN ( INCL LOAD TABLE)
Loading Karne Mein Dhyan Rakhne Yogya Baten.
(a) Irada. Irada ko madde nazar rakhte hue sub units ko tac load
kiya jae.
(b) Personnel sup aur eqpt ko irade ke anusar tartibwarload karna
zaruri hai.
(c) Security ke hukmon ka puri tarah se palan karna zaruri hai. Tps
ko Lz le jane ke turant baad load karne se take off karne se security
ka mudda achhi tarah se hasil kiya ja sakta hai.
(d) Res Heptrs. Plg ke dauran kuchh heptr res ke taur par rakh
lena zaruri hai takih ops ke dauran agar koi heptr dushman ki
karwai se ya mech failure ki wajah se prayog mein na laye ja sake to
276
res heptr ki sahayta se heptr udane wale crew ko aur eqpt ko
bachaya ja sake.
Ek Coy gp ko Heliborne aslt ops ke lie kam se kam kitne heptrs
chahien (Ask students) uske bad niche di hui slides dikhaen.
Ek Coy Gp ka Ldg data.
Composition of Force
(a) Rif Coy
2:4:85
(b) ATGMS (2)
6 OR
(c)
4 OR
(d) FOO
1:0:2
(e) ACT WITH
2:0:2
(f) SIG DET
2 OPR
(g) NA
1 OR
(h)
8 OR
Total
5: 4: 110
Load Tables
HEPTR No 1.
Sub units
Coy HQ
SIG DET
ACT
MMG DET
No 1 SEC
No 1 PL
Foo
ADDl RL
SUB UNIT
APPROX
STR
6
2
4
3
8
3
2
LOADS
PERS
MMG/AMN
RL
Act with TCL
WT (kg)
2800
150
110
75
28
3135
STR
LOADS CARRIED
WT(kg)
18
PERS
2600
RL
55
HEPTR No 2
No 1 PL
RLS (1)
2 “ MOR
40
MMG DET
4
MMG/AMN
150
ATGM (1)
3
ATGM/AMN
125
NA
1
277
28
2970
HEPTRS No 3
No 2 PL
25
ATGM (1)
3
28
PERS
ATGM AMN
RL AMN
7.62 mm AMN
(LMGS)
2800
55
60
125
3040
HEPTR No 4
No 3 PL
AS in Heptr No 3
Less ATGM
HEPTR No 5
ENGR SEC
8 or
PERS
STORES
8
PART V
100
800
900
LANDING PLAN & LINK UP
LANDING KI TARTIB
PATH- FINDER TEAMS
Mumkin ho to path finders aslt force se pahle ldg A mein ate hain,
takih ldg A ki suraksha, cont aur nav aid de saken. Agar yeh na ho
sake to ldg A ko neutr kiya jata hai jiske lie Air OP, ACT ya AH Gp
kiye jate hai.
LDG
Aslt force ek hi lift mein Landing area ke size ko dhyan mein rakhte
hue helicopter 3-6 ke gps mein aane chahie. Ek se dusre gp ke
landing mein ek min waqfa aur deplaning take off, landing hovering
15-30 sec ke beech hona chahie.
ASSY
278
Agar daste obj ya uske nazdik utar jaen to reorg kiya bina ya kam
samay mein re-org karke sidha jaenga. Agar obj dur ho to Assy A
mein jane ki zarurat bhi hai. Heliborne ops mein speed kafi ahmiyat
rakhti hai. Assy A ki taknik mein kafi nuqsan ka andesha hai.
LINK UP
LINK-UP KE LIE PLG.
Heptr Borne Aslt Force ke peeche rahe kucch daston (Follow up ech)
aur zamini faujon ke saath kiya jane wale link-up ke lie sampadi
sthan (Coord) bahut hi maine rakhta hai jis ki yajna pahle se hi kar
leni chahie. Kuchh baten jis ki plg adv mein ki jani zaruri hai, slide
par dikhai gayi hain :(a) Aapsi Pahchan. Aapas mein bhirh jane ki sambhavna ko madde
nazar rakhte hue zaruri hai kih aapsi pahchan ke madde ko shuru
mein hi suljha lena chahie. Iske lie ek jagah naqshe par muqarar kar
leni chahie, aur yojna mutabik link-up sthapit karte waqtpahle radio
set ke upar aur baad mein physical mel-milap karna chahie. Iske lie
pahle adv parties muqarar shuda jagah par milti hain, uske baad
dusri parties us zamini nishan par link-up sthapit karti hain.
(b) Comns. Radio nets, call signs, authentication prac aur freq ka coord aur aapas mein mel-jol bhi plg stg par kar lena zaruri hai.
(c) Cont ke Upay. Link-up pts, had, age barhne ki diha ya axis cont
karne ke kuchh ek upay hain. Cont aur suraksha ki nazar mein cont
nos bhi istemal mein laya ja sakte hain aur inke aadan-pradan plg
stg mein ho jana zaruri hai.
(d) Fire Sp plans ka Aadan-pradan. Aslt forces ke pass prayapat
matra mein fire sp honi chahie takih who dushman ki pratirakshatmak karwai ko nakara kar saken.
(e). Los. Link-up karne wale daston aur Heliborne Aslt force ke beech
Los adaan-pradaan Ops shuru hone se pahle hi ho jata hai, takih
hone wali dikkit ke upar kabu paya ja sake.
(f) Comd aur Cont. Link-up ke baad ke comd aur cont ke mudde ko
plg stg par hi tai kar lena chahie.
PART VI - CI OPs MEIN HEPTRS KA ISTEMAL
CI Ops mein heptrs ka yagdan.
CI Ops mein heptr in task ke live istemal kiye ja sakte :279
(a)
Recce aur ilaqe se waqfiyat.
(b)
Armd heptr dwara ROP mein yogdan.
(c)
QRTs ka jaldi mov-cordon and search.
(d)
Raid mein raid party ko fire sp dena.
(e)
Bhagte UGs ka peecha karna-pursuit.
(f)
Rfts le jana.
(g)
Counter infilt.
(h)
Cas evac.
(i)
Amn ration, adi ki re sup karna.
(j)
Viviah-Cdrs, media persons, informers, mediators, UG ldrs adi
ko lejana, leaflets ko girana.
Heptrs ke istemal mein kuch bandishen.
AISE ILAQON MEIN HEPTRS KE ISTEMAL MEIN KUCH
BANDISHENPESH ATI HAIN :(a) Raat aur kharab mausam mein uran bharne ki K-shamta nahin.
(b) Samtel zamin ki kami ke karan ldg areas kam.
(c) Hover karne ki zaroorat ke karan load uthane ki K-shamta kam.
(d) SA/RPG/RL ke fire ke khilafprotection nahin.
(e) Pahari aur jungle ke ilaqon mein uran bharneke liye pilots ki
unche darje ki trg, aur ilaqe se waqfiyat ke liye time lagna.
-------------------------------********************---------------------------
TAC 29-30
OPS BASED ON A RIVER
PARICHAY
Defender ki har koshish rahegi ke woh hamlawar ke adv ki raftar
mein badha dale aur hamlawar ka irada hoga ki woh jald se jald
apne maqsad ko pura kare.Defender apne maqsad ko pura karne ke
liye har kism ke obst ka istemal karega, jo ki kudrati ya banawati ho
sakte hain. Nadi ek aisa hi kargar obst hai jis ko paar karne ke liye
280
hamlawar ko kafi soch vichar aur sahi taiyari karni padegi. Mumkin
hai ke agli jung mein hame aise obst par hamla karne ki zarurat
pade. Yaad rahe, nadi par def lete samay aur hamla karte waqt def
aur hamle ke mool siddhant nahin badalte, kewal drills mein tabdili
hoti hai. Aaj ke is lec ke dauran ham dekhenge ki kis prakar nadi
par def ikhtiyar kiya jata hai aur nadi par hamle ki tartib kya hai.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh aap ko river (nadi) par adharit ops ke bare mein
jankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:(a)
(b)
(c)
Bhag- I
Nadi ki Visheshtayen.
Bhag -II
Nadi par Def ki Tartib.
Bhag - III
Nadi par Hamle kaTariqa.
BHAG -1 : NADI KI VISHESHTAYEN
NADI KI VISHESHTAEN
Nadi ki visheshtayen is prakar hain :(a)
Nadi ke aas- paas ka illaqa amuman daba hua hota
hai.Iske karan wahan pani bhara rahta hai aur illaqa dal-dal ban
jata hai.
(b)
(c)
Nadi mein jagah jagah par mor hote hain.
Nadi ke kinaron par lambi ghaas aur ped hote hain.
(d)
Pani ka bahav ko control karna mushkil hota hai kyon ki koi
regulators nahin hote hain.
(e)
hai.
(g)
Nadi hamesha zamin ke sthar se nicche bahti hai.
Nadi jaise obst ko paar karne ke liye spl eqpt ki zarurat padti
Nadi mein kai jagah par tapu bhi paye jate hain.
BHAG - II : NADI PAR DEF KI TARTIB
GEN .
Nadi ki obst ke taur par kabliyat ko aur badhane mein nadi ki
chaurai,gehrai aur uska bahav madadgar sabit hote hain.Nadi ka tez
bahav ek choti nadi ko bhi ek effective obst bana sakta hai.Nadi ki
281
obst ke taur par effectiveness uske bahav ki disha aur banawat ke
ilawa uske aas paas ka illaqa , nadi mein pani ki sthiti (Pani khada
hai ya bahta hua hai.) aur usme paye jane wale tapu, ped paudhe
par bhi nirbhar karegi.Nadi ki obst shamta ko badhane mein
mausam bhi asar dalta hai.Nadi par def lene par defender ko
nimnlikhit faide hain:(a) Nadi defender ko apne defs ke age ek prakritik obst deti hai jisko
hamlawar ko apni fauz ka build up karne aur ek bada hamla karne
ke liye paar karna hi padega.
(b) Nadi hamlawar ko majboor karti hai ki woh crossing place par
ikkatha ho jo defender ke liye ek accha tgt hota hai.
(c) Nadi hamlawar ki inf aur armr ko alag karne mein madad karti
hai.
Nadi ek majboot obst hai lekin nadi par def lete samay defender
ko kai dikkaten bhi pesh ati hain, jaise ki:(a)
Hamlawar apne taraf ki unchi zameen se defs ko obs kar sakta
hai.
(b)
Nadi ke aas paas ka niccha illaqa pani se bhara rahta hai jisse
def banane mein dikkat pesh ati hai.
(c)
Nadi ka kuch hissa dead grnd mein hota hai.
(d)
Nadi ke paar patrolling mushkil hoti hai.
(e)
Nadi mein mor defender ke frontages ko badha dete
hain.Frontages ke badh jane se sig comn mein dikkat pesh ati hai
jisse comd aur cont mushkil ho jata hai.
(f)
Nadi mein salients khaskar jo hamlawar ki taraf hote hain unko
defend karna mushkil hota hai.(DS to explain the implication of
salient for def and attacker).
(f)
Nadi ke kinaron par lambi ghaas aur ped hote hain jisse obsn
mein dikkat pesh ati hai.
(g)
Hamlawar kamzor defs ke illaqe mein opportunity crossing
karke defender ke main posn ke flank ko khatre mein dal sakta hai.
(j)
Hamlawar ke main hamle ka pata lagana mushkil hota hai.
(k) Defender ke bade frontage aur tps ki kami ke karan har level par
res simit honge.
(l)
Heliborne aur airborne hamle ka khatra.
(m) Nadi ke age kaam karne wale daston ke dushman ke sath
running ladai mein shamil hone ka khatra ziada hota hai jisse unke
surakshit withdrawal mein dikkat pesh aa sakti hai.
CONDUCT OF DEF
282
Nadi par def lete samay def ke mool siddhanton mein koi badlav nahin
hota hai keval def lene ke tariqe mein badlav ata hai.Nadi ek linear
obst hone ke karan defender ke paas itne tps nahin honge ki woh
nadi ki puri lambai ko defend kar sake.Nadi ki banawat ko dhyan
mein rakhte hue defender ko apne defs mein zarurat shuda res aur
lachak lani padegi taki woh hamle ki disha ko dekhte hue apne tps
aur fire power ka sahi istemal kar sake.Nadi ki banawat , bade
frontages aur tps ki kami ke karan defender ko defs mein gaps ko
nimnlikhit se cover karna padega:(a)
Contigency posns ka istemal.
(b)
Patrols aur EW daston ka istemal.
(c)
Armr aur mech forces ka depth mein res ke taur par istemal.
Nadi par def lete samay defender nimnlikhit tariqon ka istemal
kar sakta hai:(a)
Option-1.
Nadi mein defs nadi ke picche(Defender ka home
bank) site kiye jate hain.Defs ko is tarah site kiya jata hai ki kuch def
localities nadi ko cover karti hain aur main defs depth mein hote
hain yah main defs ko is tarah site kiya jata hai ki ziada tps nadi ko
cover karte hain.Dono sits mein defender ko nadi ke age EWaur
protective daste bhejne padenge taki hamlawar defs ko obs na kar
sake aur usko in daston ko clear karna pade.
(b) Option-2. Is tariqe mein main defs nadi ke paar(Far bank) aur
kuch tps nadi ke picche(Home bank par) dply kiye jate hain. Yeh
tariqa tabhi istemal kiya jata hai jab defender ke paas far bank par
dply tps ko maint karne ki shamta ho.Is tarah kie defs ko clear karne
ke liye hamlawar ko do alag alag ops karne padenge, ek home bank
ko clear karne ke liye aur dusra far bank ko clear karne ke liye.
Defender ko nadi par def lete samay nimnlikhit baton ko dhyan
mein rakhna chahiye:(a) Nadi par defs ko fire se cover karna chahiye taki uski shamta ko
aur badhaya ja sake.
(b)
Nadi par EWdaston ka istemal.
(c)
Nadi ke aas paas ke built up area ko defs mein shamil karna
taki hamlawar ko bridgehead banate samay inko clear karna pade.
(d)
Counter attack force ko sahi jagah par rakhna taki woh
hamlawar ki bridgehead banane ki karwai ko rok sake.
Defender apni defs ladai mein nimnlikhit karwaiyan karega:(a) Fwd Z mein lage daste jinka mudda hamlawar ke upar ziada se
ziada delay paida karna hoga ka istemal.Fwd Z mein op karne wale
283
daste is prakar hain:(i)
BOP.
(ii)
Covering Tps
(iii)
Screens.
(iv)
ATMTs/HHMTs.
(v)
PPs.
(vi)
THTs
(vii) Nests.
(b)
Fwd Z mein lage yeh daste armr, mech inf aur inf ke upar
adharit honge. Inka maqsad, hamlawar ko ziada nuksan pahuchana,
EW dena aur hamlawar ke pichhe wale colns(adm ech) ko nuqsan
pahunchana.
(c) Nadi ke age, minefds hongi jinki lambai 1000 Mtr se ziada aur
gehrai 1000Mtr tak hogi. In minefds ke andar, nest aur LPs honge.
Nests A/tk ya A/Pers ho sakte hain.
(d) Nadi par def lamba (linear) hoga aur yeh har mumkin apch ko
cover karega. Defender Pill boxes aur bunkers ka istemal karega.
Har loc mein contingency posns taiyyar honge aur har loc rft lene ki
shamta rakhegi.
(e)
Defender apne def mein pahle readjustment karega aur kuch ek
loc ko reinforce karega.
(f)
Agar kahin hamlawar fauj nadi cross kar leti hai to defender
shoulder sealing ki karwai karega, illaqe ke kabza hone par pahle CA
karega aur agar CA vifal ho jata hai to CP position ikhtiyar karega
jab tak agli CA force hamle ke liye taiyar na ho jaye.Nadi par CA ki
karwai usi prakar ki jayegi jis prakar DCB aur Cnls par ki jati
hai.Nadi par CA karte samay defender ko armr ke istemal mein
bahut dhyan rakhna padega kyonki nadi ke aas paas ka dal dali
ilaqa armr ki harkat mein rukawat pesh karta hai. Nadi ke paas ke
dal dali ilaqe ke karan kabhi kabhi armr ko fire sp role mein istemal
karna pad sakta hai.
BHAG -III : NADI PAR HAMLE KA TARIQA
Nadi par hamle ki karwai ko ham 3 hisson mein bant sakte hain:(a) Nadi tak adv.
(b) Obst ko paar karna.
(c) Br H banana aur barhana(expand karna).
NADI TAK ADV.
Hamlawar nadi tak adv ki karwai mein niminlikhit stages se
gujrega:284
(a)`Conc area.
(b) A A/ FAA..
(c) Boat off loading pt (BOLP).
(d) Boat inflating pt.
(e) FUP.
Hamlawar inf ,armr aur imdadi daste hamle ke liye chune gaye conc
area mein ikkatha honge aur nadi ki duri ko dhyan mein rakhte
hueAA/FAA ko diye hue samay par pakdengay(occupy karengay).
Armr aur inf ke hamlawar daste diye hue samay par apne FAA se
nikalkar IB cross karengay aur dushman ki Fwd Z se hote hue nadi
ki taraf adv karengay. Hamlawar ke adv ko armr lead karega joki kafi
bade frontage par aur cross country hoga.Hamlawar inf garion mein
armr ke picche harkat karegi.Niyukt inf aur armr ke daste dushman
ki Fwd Z mein dply adv posn ko isolate karke kabza karengay aur
dushman ki armr aur anya daston ko barbaad karengay.
Armr aur mech inf ke daste dushman ki nadi ko bade frontage
par contact karengey.Mech inf ke daste dushman ke kamzoor def ko
pehchan kar euounter crossing ki koshish karengay aur armr mine
fd paar karke nadi par dushman ke pill boxes ko barbaad karega.
Niyukt inf bde RV se bde CP tak paidal adv karegi.Bde CP se inf ke
daste boat off loading pt ki taraf harkat karengay. Boat off loading pt
tak boats ko garion dwara laya jayega aur yahan se hamlawar inf
boats ko uthakar niyukt FUP mein pl rods mein dply hogi. Tks home
bank se kucch duri par ruk jayengay (yeh duri itni hogi ki tks
defender ke hand held anti tk wpns ki rg se bahar hon) aur
dushman ke defs ko engage karengay.
OBSTACLE KO PAAR KARNA
Hamlawar tps ki banawat delibrate xg ke dauran is tarah hogi:(a)
HB par kabza karne wale tps- mech / inf(Yadi home bank par
dply hai to).
(b)
Br H banane wale tps- inf / mech inf aur engrs.
(c)
Fire sp elements-sab sp arms shamil air, AD,heptr.
(d)
Break out force-mech /inf aur armr.
(e)
Spl msn forces-mech, heliborne / airborne.
(f)
Adm sp daste.
(g)
Bank cont org.
(h)
Res.
Nadi ko paar karne ke liye hamlawar nimnlikhit sadhno ka istemal
285
kar sakta hai:(a)
Aslt eqpt.
(b)
ICV.
(c)Rafts.
(d)
Bridges.
(e)Improvised eqpt.
(f)
Heptrs
(g)Canvas,recce aur boat assault pneumatic.
Inf dwara nadi ko paar karne ke liye BAsP( Boat assault pneumatic)
ka istemal kiya jata hai.BAsP ki visheshtayen is prakar hain:(a)
Rubber ki bani hui hai.
(b)
Is mein 10 jawan aur 2 ferrymen personal eqpt ke sath baith
sakte hain.
(c)
(d)
Wazan 110 kg.
Is ko 4-6 jawan utha sakte hain.
(e)
Isko chapu aur OBM se chalaya ja sakta hai.
Bn mein BAsP ki Bant(sujhao ke taur par).
Ser No
Coy
No of Boats
Remarks
(a)
A Coy (First wave)
10-14
(b)
B Coy (First wave)
10-14
(c)
C Coy (Sec wave) 3*
(d)
*(Yeh sochen ke
D Coy (Sec wave)
per coy wapis ayengi) (e)
Hissa
(f)
Do double aslt rafts
(g)
Res
3* (kam se kam 07 boat
COs party aur Bn HQ ka kuch 02
06
02
Total
36-44
Hamlawar tps ki nadi paar karne ki tartib is prakar hogi:(a)
Mukarar isahare par boats ko crossing place tak laya jayega.
(b)
H hr par boats ko pani mein dakhil kiya jaega aur hamlawar
inf(assaulting coys)ek wave mein nadi ko paar karengi.
(c)
Nadi ke agle wale kinare (far bank) par pahunch kar tps boat se
utar kar bunker clearing ki karwai karenge.
(d)
Boats ko ferryman wapis lekar ayengay.
(e)
Res coys captive ferry ka istemal karke nadi ko paar karengi.
286
(f)
Kharab hue boats ko replace karne ka intezam kiya jaega.
(g)
Dushman ke SA fire kam hone par raft banane ki karwai ki
jayegi.
Br H Banana aur Barhana.
Nadi par bridge head banane aur usko barhane ki karwai sujhao ke
taur par is prakar hogi:(a)
Har aslt coy ko 200-300m ka frontage capture karne ko milega.
(b) Do aslt coys nadi ke far bank par 600m ka illaqa capture karegi
jismein har pl 100m ka area kabza karegi.
(c) Teesri coy far bank par daen yah baen 600m ka illaqa capture
karegi.Is coy ki do pl 300m nadi ke upar aur teesri pl 300m nadi ke
age depth mein expand karegi.
(d) Bn ki res coy nadi ke paar depth mein 800m tak Br H ko expand
karegi.
(e) Puri Bn ka ops khatam ho jane par Bn Br H ka size 1200m x
800m hoga .
Bn ke Br H banane ya barhane ki karwai ke dauran sabse jaruri hai
dushman ke counter attk se bachna.Dushman ki hamesha koshish
rahegi ki woh attacker ke Br H ko na banne de aur Br H ban jane
par use barbaad kare. Dushman ki CA force armr par adharit
hogi is liye hamlawar inf ko bridge head protection armr ke Br H
mein dakhil hone se pahle apne anti tk hathiyaron ko age lakar Br
H ki hifazat karni padegi. Bn darje par BrH ki hifajat ke liye inf ke
pass ATGM,RL,Atk mines aur arty OP uplabdh honge.
SANKSHEP
Nadi ek aisa obst hai jisse kisi bhi illaqe ki def kshamta ko badhaya
ja sakta hai. Lekin dusri taraf ek achha trg paya hua attacker kam
se kam samay mein, kam se kam cas lete hue nadi par op kamyabi
ke sath pura kar sakta hai. Pl cdrs hone ke nate aap sab ko nadi
par def aur hamle ke bare mein jankari honi chahiyetaki aap sab is
prakar ke ops ko kamyabi ke sath pura kar saken.
-------------------------------******************------------------------------
287
TAC 31-33
ESCAPE AND EVASION
PARICHAY
Larai ke dauran aise kai mauqe aenge jab ek jawan ko apne aap ya
toli mein, dushman ke pakad se apna bachav karna padega aur
dushman se pakde jaane par, apne aap ko chhuta kar bhag nikalna
padega.
Dushman ki qaid mein pakra jana na to jawan ke liye beizzati ki baat
hai aur na sharm ki baat hai. Kai bar to yeh ek accident ki tarah
achanak ho jata hai. Ziadatar ghayal ho jane par jawan quaidi ban
jate hain, lekin asliat to yeh hai ki yadi bhagne (evasion) ki tactics
achhi tarah sikhlai jae to bahut se jawan dushman ke quaid mein
phansne se bach sakté hain.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh aap sab ko niminlikhit karwai se waqfiyat karwana
hai :(a)
Dushman ke qaid se bhag nikalna (Escape).
(b)
Dushman ki pakad se bachna (Evasion).
(c)
Dushman ki quaid mein pratirodh (Resistance).
288
Tarika
Yeh lecture aath bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
Bhag I
Evasion, Escape aur Resistance ki Paribhasha.
Bhag II
Pakde jaane ka karan aur pakad se bachne ki zarurat.
Bhag III
Kamyabi se bachne ki zaruratein.
Bhag IV
Bachne ka tarika.
Bahg V
Yudh mein quaid hone par karawai. (Pooch Tachh
aurAsul sikhana. (Interog & Indoctrination).
Bhag VI
Pratirodh (Resistance)
Bhag VII
Dushman se bachne ki yojna.
Bhag VIII Deshwasion se ya apne faujon se milap.
BHAG I
BACHNA (EVASION), DUSHMAN SE BHAGNA (ESCAPE),
AUR PRATIRODH (RESISTANCE) KI PARIBHASHA
DUSHMAN KI PAKAD SE BACHNA (EVASION)
Jab tak apni sena ke saath dobara sampark sthapit nahin ho jaata,
tab tak dushman ki pakad ya dobara pakad mein na aane ke liye
apnaye jaane wale tarike.
DUSHMAN KI QAID SE BHAGNA (ESCAPE)
Jisko dushman nein giraftar kar liya ho aur jo kisi bhi tarah chootkar
apne ya mitr desh ke ya kisi tatsth (Neutral) desh ke ilake mein
pahunch jaye.
PRATIRODH (RESISTANCE)
289
Dushman ki pooch tachh karne,vichar badalne (Indoctrination) aur
prachar karne ki koshishon ka datkar mukabla karna.
BHAG II PAKDE JAANE KA KAARAN AUR
PAKDAI SE BACHNE KI ZARURAT
Pakde jaane ke kai karan ho sakte hain.
Phir bhi pakde jaane ke
baad yudh-bandhi (PWs) dushman ke samne hathiyar dalne ke aksar
ye karan batate hain :(a)
Gola-barud khatm ho jana.
(b)
Nafri ka kam hona aur hathiyar aur doosra jangi saman barbad
hojana.
(c)
Ration, kapde aur doosre aise saman ki tangi.
(d)
Chot lag jaana aur uske karan hathiyar dal dena.
(e)
Jeewan aur mrityu ke beech ki paristhiti.
(f)
Unit se alag hone ke baad dushman ke gashti daston dwara
pakda jaana.
(g)
Uchit marg darshan (navigation) na hone ke karan disha bhul
jaana.
Yudh bandhiyon (PWs) ki reports ke anusar aam taur par pakde
jaane se pahle us jawan ke paas itna samay hota hai ki woh bach
nikalne ki yojna banakar aur koi raasta dhund sakta tha. Kai bar to
unke alag ho jaane par aur pakde jaane se pahle bach nikalne ke liye
kitne hi ghante aur din beet jate hain. Pakde jaane ke do bade karan
hain :(a)
Cdr ka kamjor aur achha leader na hona.
(b)
Bach nikalne ke sabhi karwai karne se pahle himmat chhod
dena.
PAKDE JAANE SE BACHNA KYON ZARURI HAI
(a)
Yudh Bandhi (PW) ke Saat Bartav Bandhi banne ka matlab
hai do tuk roti, tan dhakne ke liye kapde aur sir chipane ki jagah
290
bhar ke liye ghulami aur begaari ki zindgi jisme koi izzat nahin hoti.
e.g Aapne TV aur akhbaron mein dekha ya pada hoga, kaise
1971 ki laidai ke paschat kuch ek hamare yudh bandhi (PWs) abhi
bhi dushman ke jailon mein kaid hain, lekin koi bhi unke bare mein
nahin jaanta.
(b)
Apni Sena ke Manobal Par Asar
Jab kisi unit ka koi jawan
ya jawano ki toli jo lapata thi, apne unit mein dobara aati hai, to unit
ka sahas doogna ho jata hai. Jab koi jawan/Jawano ki toli apni unit
se kat jaane ke baad dushman ki pakad se bach kar apni unit mein
phirse aa jati hai, to unit ke har jawan ko yeh
saboot mil jaata hai
ki ghir jaane par bhi dushman se bachkar bhaga ja sakta hai.
(c)
Bhed -Raksha (Security of Info) Dushman ko yudh bandhiyon
se bahut kaam ki baat malum hojati hai. Agar sainik dushman ke
haath nahin
padega to ve saare bhed bache rahenge jo uske
paas hain.
(d)
Aasuchnai (Intelligence) Milna Pakdai se bachkar aane wale
jawano ke unit mein lautne par, unse jaruri baatein poonchi jati
hain. Is tarah aisee mahatvapurn suchnai de sakte hain jo lautte
samay unke najar mein ayee ho. Aisee suchna sainik drishti se bade
kaam ki hoti hai aur dushman ko hatane mein inse
badi
madad
milti hai.
BHAG III : KAMYABI SE BACHNE KI ZARURATEIN
Dushman se kamyabi se bachne ke liye jankari ki zarurat hoti hai,
woh yeh hai :(a)
Yojna Achhi yojna ke liye tamam prapt khabron ko shamil
karna zaruri hai.
(b)
Mehnat/Koshish Raste mein ane wale mushkilaton aur
obstacles ko par karne ke pakke irade ko banaye rakhen.
291
(c)
Ghabrahat par Qabu.
Kisi bhi halat mein ek qaidi ko
ghabrana nahin chahie.
(d)
Zimmedari ka khyal
Apne desh, fauj aur pariwar ke taraf
apni zimmewari aur kartavya ka pura khyal rakho.
(e)
Pariwar se Sambandh. Aap ke apne ghar lautne aur pariwar se
milne ki ichchha zinda rahne ki ichchha ko aur bhi barkarar karta
hai.
(f)
Safar ke dauran ki karwai
(i)
Safar shuru karne se pahle apni friendly lines ke bare mein
malum hona chahie. Yeh bahut hi zaruri hai.
(ii)
Jab dushman ke qafi pichhe hon to raat ke samay safar karna
chahie. Jahan tak ho sake yeh safar madhya ratri ke baad karen.
(iii)
Dushman ke FDLs ke paas se tab gujaren jab ya to suraj dub
gaya ho ya suraj nikalne ke kuchh der pahele jisse dushman se bach
sakoge.
(iv)
Jahan tak ho sake raste ya pag dandion par na chalo. Lekin
ghane janglon mein inka pura faida uthana chahiye. Disha ko kayam
rakhne ke liya sarak ke samanantar chal sakte hain. Road crossing
se hamesha dur rahen.
(v)
Agar aap kissi civilian se kisi disha ke ya raste ke bare mein
puchna chahte hon to use doosre aur dishaon ke ya raston ke bare
mein bhi puchhna chahie. Aur use yeh no malum ho kin aap kis
raste ke bare mein puchh rahe hain. Uske sanme aap kisi aur raaste
par chal den aur jionhi who nazar se chhup jata hai to aap fir se
apne nirdharit marg par aa jayen.
(vi)
Agar aap ke paas hathiyar hai to use tab hi istemal karen jab ki
uska istemal bahut hi zaruri ho.
(vii)
Aap apne pas pahchan ke liye koi khas kapra ya ‘Identity discs’
rakhen. Isse aap ko apne logon se milap karne mein sahayata milegi
tatha aap ko dushman ka jasus samajh kar marne se bachao mil
sakta hai.
292
BHAG- IV BACHNE KE TARIQE
Dushman ki pakad se bachne ke liye jo tariqe apnaye jaate hain, wah
puri tarah is baat par nirbhar karta hai ki us vyakti ya cdr mein kya
gunh hai aur halat ko parakhne mein kitna kushal hai. Phir bhi
shatru ki pakad se bachne ke liye inmein se koi bhi ek tarika apnaya
jaye.
(a)
Apne ya sathi Deshon ke Ilake mein Bhaag jana.
Agar kisi bhi karan ki wajah se aap dushman ke yudh bandhi ban
jaate ho to yaad rahen ki turrant hi dushman ke haath se bhaag
nikalnein mein nimnlikhit faide hain.
(i) Khud ki sena ki maujudgi paas mein hogi aur bhaag
kar unse milap karna aasan hoga.
(ii) Aapka apne desh ka border/ilaka nazdik hoga jahan par aap bhag
kar ja sakte ho. Jitni deri hogi utna hi dushman ko aapko ek jagah
se dusri jagah le jane mein sauhliyat hogi, jahan se bhagna mushkil
ho sakta hai.
(iii)
Mauke par dushman ki tadad shayad itni na ho aur bhag
nikalne mein asani ho.
(b)
Jab koi alag - thalag toli kisi mitr ilaqe ki taraf badna chahti
hai, to adhik tar par woh dushman ki pichhli tukdiyon se hokar
gujarti hai, jismein services ke aur non combatants ki matra jyada
hoti hai,isliye unke beech se gujarna asan hota hai.
(c)
Asuchna (intelligence) hasil karne ke liye dushman apni sari
takat adhiktar saamne ke morche par lagaye rakhta hai, isliye uska
dhyan hamari us unit/toli par nahin rahta, jo katkar peeche rah gayi
hai.
(d) Ghus pait (Infiltration) karke dushman ki pakdai se bachna.
Jab koi jawan ki toli ya jawan apni unit se kat jata hai, to dushman se
bachne aur mitr ilakon mein lautne ka sabse achha raasta ghus pait
(infiltration) hai, jiska matlab hai puri yojna banana aur chori-chipe
kam karte hue tatha dushman ko dhokha dete hue, us yojna par
293
hoshiyari se amal karna. Ghus pait karke pakdai se bachne ki
karwai tabhi kamyab ho sakti hai jab dushman ke saath hathiyar
band jhadap na ho aur yojna par chaturai aur savdhani ke saath
amal kiya jaye.
BHAG V : YUDH MEIN QUAIDI HONE PAR KARAWAHI
POOCH TACHH AUR ASUL SIKHANA
(INTEROGATION AND INDOCTRINATION)
Qaidi hone par dushman woh khabren hasil karna chahega jinka koi
mahatv ho, jaise ke bhartiya faujon ke bare mein khabren, quaidi ke
bare mein jankari, desh ke dusre bhagon ke bare mein khabren jisse
quaidi ke ghar/gaon ki samajik rajnaitik aur aarthik halat malum ho
sake.
POOCH TACHH KARNE WALON KE SAATH IS PRAKAR KI KARWAI
APNANI CHAHIE :(a)
Jab kisi yudh bandhi se poochha jaye to use apna kewal
naam, rank, janam ki tarikh aur apna regimental number aur isi
tarah ki dusri suchna deni chahiye
(b)
Dushman yudh bandhi se koi bhi baat puchne ke liye unko tan
ya man se satana ya kisi bhi tarah ki jor jabardasti karne ka prayas
kar sakta hai. Kisi bhi surat mein koi baat ya galti na likh kar mano
na jabani.
(c)
Dushman ke kisi bayan par kabhi bharosa mat karo ki tumhare
sathiyon ne sab kuch bata diya hai. Yeh baten ugalwane ki chaal
hai.
(d)
Pooch tachh mein narmi aur sahi dhang se baat to jarur karo,
lekin tumhari kisi bhi harkat se dushman ko aisa jahir na ho ki tum
294
uska saath dene ko tyar ho.
(e)
Pakka faisla kar lo ki dushman ko kuch nahi batana. Har sawal
ka sabse achhe jawab hai “Mein kuch nahin janta”.
(f)
Agar dushman ko yeh malum pad gaya ki tum pade-likhe aur
samajhdar ho to phir bar-bar ki poochh tachh ka jhanjat pad jayega.
(g)
Apne kaarname bakhan kar poochh tachh karne walon par
raub jhadne ki koshish mat karo.
(h)
Jab tak dushman ke haath se bhagne mein safal na ho jao,
jaban bandh rakho.
VICHARDHARA BADALNA (INDOCTRINATION)
Indoctrination (vichardhara badalna) ka uddesh yeh hota hai ki kaidi
ke sochne ke tariqe mein parivartan kar dia jae jisse ki woh kaidi
rahne ke liye majboor hi nahin balkih raji khushi ho aur wapis ane
par apni fauj ke dusre admion ke dimag mein bhi dushman ke
khyalat bhar de. Indotrination kai prakar se karvai ja sakta hai jaise
taklif aur tangi dekar, aur ek dusre ki ninda karke.
MISAL NO 1
Dushman majhab ke taur par sare quaidi ko alag toli mein kar leta
hai. (Sikh, Christian, Hindu, Muslim). Phir unko majhab ke naam
par namune de kar aur yakin dila kar ke unke desh mein unke
majhab par kitna atyachar ho raha hai, unki vichar dhara badalne ki
koshish kar sakta hai.
MISAL NO 2
Jhoota aur nakli namuna pesh karna aur
dikhana kih kaise unke Officers, UOs aur Jawan apna kaam mil jul
kar karte hain, apne kapre khud dhote hain, khana khud pakate
hain aur ek hi jaise khurak sab khate hain. Koi bhi fauj is prakar ka
bartav nahin rakh sakti kyon kin isse anushashan par kharab asar
parta hai aur yeh sab namune jaan boojh kar dikhae jate hain.
BHAG VI
PRATIRODH (RESISTANCE)
Agar dusman darata - dhamkata hai, ghus deta hai tab bhi jo sainik
dushman ki in chaalo mein nahin aata, dushman usi ka aadar karta
295
hai aur woh kamjor sainik ke muqable hamesha achha sabit hota
hai.Pooch tachh aur uske dusman ke vichar dhara se apna bachav
karne ke liye sabse jaruri hai sainik ka apna bartav, chup rahna aur
apne, apni sena, apne desh mein vishwas karna.
Pratirodh jaruri aur fayde mand hai. Yeh sochna bilkul galat hai ki
dushman ko thodi si suchna dene ke baad woh tumhare saath
achha bartav karega. Jahan yudh bandhi ne ek baar bhi sahi ya
galat, bekar ki ya jaruri suchna de di to usme lagatar pooch tach ki
jayegi aur use bahut jayada pareshan kiya jayega. Bandhi banate
samay dushman sainik se kahte hai ki ve use dost samajhta hai.
Isliye uske saath bura bartav nahin karenge, kyonki pooch-tach
mein bandhi naram rahe aur unki baat manta jaye. Woh aisa sirf
isliye karta hai taki yudh bandhi apne aap ko surakshit samajh kar
laparwa ho jaye.
YUDH BANDHIYON KE CAMP (PW CAMP) MEIN KARWAI
Geneva Sandhi mein yudh bandhiyon ko apni sukh-suvidha ke
liey sansthayen banane ki chhut hai, aur iska pura labh utaya jaye
kyonki ekta aur ek gut hokar kaam karna yudh bandhi ke himmat honsle ke liye behad jaruri hai lekin, yeh bhi ho sakta hai ki
dushman kisi bhi tarah ki sanstha na banne de. Misal ke taur par
yudh bandhiyon ke camp mein dushman ka pratirodh karne ke liye
nimnlikhit karwai ki ja sakti hain:(a)
Agar dushman aise santhayen na banne de, to chori-
chupe banakar kaam kare.
(b)
Agar sab ek gut hokar pura sahyog dein to dushman ki har
koshish ko nakaam kar sakte hain.
(c)
Bandhi aapas mein bhai chaara aur sukh-dukh ke saathi
banne ki bhavna paida karen. Is tarah se ek yudh bandi se dusre
yud bandhi ka himmat aur honsla badega aur dushman ki yudh
bandhiyon ko ek dusre se alag karne ki chaal na kaam rahengi..
Yaad rakho yudh bandhi camp (PW camp) mein asli mitr apna saathi
296
yudh-bandhi hi ho sakta hai, dushman nahin.
(d)
Bahut samay tak yudh bandhi camp mein rahne par yudh
bandhi ka apni jindagi ke prati moh khatam ho jaata hai jisse woh
udaas ho jaata hai. Chote –mote jhagde is had tak bad jaate hain ki
ladai tak ho jaati hai aur unki aapas ki ekta khatam ho jati hai. Is
sthithi mein ek commander ko jawano se aisi buri pravartiyon se
sachet karna chahiye. Kahawat hai ki jab sharir swasth hai to man
swasth hai, aur yeh bandhi jawan par aur bhi jayada lagu hoti hai.
(e)Dushman yudh bandhiyon ko milkar kaam na karne dene ke liye
unhi mein se ek aadh ko fodkar jasus bana leta hai aur unki
suvidhayen badhane lagta hai aur is tarah dhire dhire unhe apna
jasoos bana leta hai. Dushman jin yudh bandhiyon ko koi bhi khaas
suvidha dene lage to unhe fauran chaukas ho jaana chahiye.
BHAG VII : DESHWASION SE AUR APNE SENA KE SAAT MILAP
Bhagne wale ko sabse bade khatre ka samna tab karna padta hai jab
woh apni ya sathi sena ke paas pahunchta hai. Kai bar aisa hua hai
ki jawan dushman se to bachkar nikal aaya lekin jab apni sena ke
paas pahuncha to apni sahi pehchaan na de sakne ke karan apne hi
logon ki goli ka shikar ho gaya.
(A)
APNI TOLI SE MILAP AUR PEHCHAAN KA TARIKA
Apni sena mein lautne ka sabse achha tariqa hai ki pahle kisi gashti
toli se milkar apni pehchaan de di jaye. Milap ke samay bhi kam se
kam itni roshni jarur ho ki ve log bachkar aane wale ko achhi tarah
pehchan sake. Pehchaan ka sahi tarika hai ki pahle toli ko karib (25
mtr) paas tak aane diya jaye tab unhe koi safed kapda dikhakar ya
apni boli mein unse milap kiya jaye.
297
(B)
BE- KABJA ZAMIN (NO MANS LAND) PAAR KARNA
Ho sakta
hai ki apne ilake tak pahunchne ke liye dushman aur
apni sena ke beech ke be - kabja zamin ko reng ka paar karna pade.
Aise ilake ko dhalti raat ke andhere mein paar karo taki apne ilake
mein subah ke dhundle time ke baad pahuncho. Apne sentries ke
paas pahunchne mein bahut hoshiyari baratni hogi.
DESHWASION SE MILAP
Us ilake ke local se milap na karen. Agar milap karna hi pare to aap
kisi akele civilian se karen jo apne gaon se qafi door ho.
Kisi bhi
halat mein kabhi bhi apne plan ko na badlen. Jis jagah dushman ki
ziada tadad ho wahan par civilianon ke saath sampark na banaye.
SANKSHEP
Is lecture ke dwara sirf kuch ek marg darshan (guide lines) sikhai gayi
hai jisse koi bhi Commander apne jawano ko dushman se bachna
(Evasion), pratirodh (Resistance) aur bach nikalne (Escape) ke tarike
aur taknik ki sikhlai de sake aur hamare jawan jaan sake ki
dushman ki padad mein aa jane par unhe kya karna chahiye. Aise
niyam batana mumkin nahin jo har stithi mein lagu ho sakte ho
kyonki har sthan par alag – alag parasthithiyon ka samna karna
padta hai.
----------------------------*********************--------------------------
TAC 34-36
TURANT HAMLE KE LIYE OBJECTIVE RASTE AUR FIRE
SP KA VISHLESHAN
PARICHAY
Larai ke dauran kaafi mauqe aaenge jab hamein Pl darje par turant
hamle ki karwai karni pad sakti hai. Is kaam ko kam se kam samay
mein karne se ops ki speed aur zor barkarar rahti hai. Is karwai
298
mein kamyabi hasil karne ke liye achhi taz-wiz aur soch-vichar
zaruri hai. Is karwai mein teen mudde zyada ahmiyat rakhte hain Objective, Rasta aur Fire Sp. Ise hum aage lecture ke dauran ORF
ke naam se pukarenge.
UDDESH
Is lecture ka uddesh Pl ke darje par ORF ke tariqe se turant hamla
karne ki sikhlai dena hai.
TARTIB
Yeh lecture teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega :(a) Bhag I
(b) Bhag II
(c) Bhag III
-
Objective Ka Vishleshan
Raste ka Vishleshan.
Fire Sp ka Vishleshan.
BHAG I - OBJECTIVE KA VISHLESHAN
Jab bhi kisi cheez ka vishleshan kiya jata hai, use nimnlikhit teen
aapas mein sambandh rakhne wale muddon ke adhar par kiya jata
hai : (a)
Tathya (Fact).
(b)
Asar (Effect) aur
(c)
Nichor (Deduction).
Objective ke baare mein soch-vichar karte samay ZKG (Zamin,
Khabar aur Gyan) ka prayog kar sakte hain. Yeh shabd sirf jaankari
aur yaad rakhne ke liye istemal kiya gaya hai. Isko vistar-purvak
samajhna zaruri hai:(a)
Zamin. Yeh ek aisa pahlu hai jisse hamein dushman ke baare
mein zyada se zyada jaankari milti hai. Dushman bhi jab def lega to
zamin ko usi nazar se dekhega jaise hum def lete samay dekhte hain.
Zamin ko in baton ke liye dekhen : (i)
Obj ka Failao.
Yeh hamein OT factor ke formula se pata lag
sakta hai. Yeh is prakar hai: RANGE X DEGREE
60
299
Is failao ka pata chal jaane se hum fauji tactics ke hisab se yeh bhi
pata laga sakte hain ki us zamin par kitne tps dply ho sakte hain.
Udaharan ke liye: (aa)
Tathya
-
Obj ka failao 300m x 100m hai.
(bb)
Asar
zarurat hai.
(cc)
Nichor
hai.
-
Kabze mein rakhne ke liye ek Pl ki
-
Obj par ek Pl dply hone ki sambhavna
(ii)
Domination. Iska matlab hai ki zamin kitne ilaqe ko kahan tak
fire aur dekhbhal se dominate karne mein madad karti hai. Isse
hamein yeh pata chalega ki hamein kaun se raste par harkat karni
chahiye aur us raste par harkat karte samay kis prakar fire sp ki
zarurat hogi. Udaharan ke liye: (aa) Tathya Pt 894 is ilaqe mein sabse zyada dominating
feature hai.
(bb) Asar
Aas paas ke area ko fire aur obsn se
dominate karta hai.
(cc) Nichor Nala Tip se aage kisi bhi harkat par dakhalandazi
karega.
(b)
Khabar (Info). Dushman ke bare mein taza aur bharosemand
khabar hamein aam taur par apne tps in contact ya scouts dwara hi
milti hai. Is se dushman ka obj par failao aur auto hathiyaron ki
locs ka pata chal sakta hai. Udaharan ke liye: (aa) Tathya
Pt 894 ke Ilaqe mein 3 bunker nazar aaye hai
jo ek dusre se 20m ki duri par sthith hai.
(bb) Asar
Def ka failao taqriban 75 mtr hai.
(cc) Nichor
Ek sec dply hone ki sambhavna hai.
(c)
Gyan. Hamein niche likhi baton ka gyan hona chahiye :(i)
Dushman ki Org (Banawat). Agar hamein dushman ke org ka
gyan ho to phir hamein zamin ka failao aur hathiyaron ka fire
khulne se pata lag sakta hai yahan par kitni mudakhalat ho sakti
hai. Isliye hamein dushman ki sahi taqat ka anuman gyan se mil
jata hai. Udaharan ke liye: (aa)
Tathya
Pt 894 ke Ilaqe se 2 LMG ka fire aya
hai.
(bb)
Asar
Pt 894 ke Ilaqe mein 2 LMG hai.
(cc)
Nichor
Ek sec dply hone ki sambhavna hai.
(ii)
Dushman ki Mumkin Tactics. Apne mudde ko hasil karne ke
liye dushman kis qism ki tactics ka istemal kar sakta hai iska gyan
hamein hona chahiye. Tabhi hum uske barkhilaf mumkin karwai kar
sakte hain. Udaharan ke liye : Tathya
Dushman 20 se 30
minutes ke andar CA karta hai.
300
(aa) Asar
Hamara hamla safal hone par 20 minutes ke
andar CA aa sakta hai.
(cc) Nichor
Hamara turant re-org (imdt re-org) 20
minutes ke andar ho jana chahiye.
BHAG II - RASTE KA VISHLESHAN
Objective ka vishleshan kar lene ke baad turant hamle ke liye raste
ka vishleshan karein jisse hamle ke liye sab se achchhe raste ka
chunao kar sakein. Aam taur par ham hamle ka rasta obj ke charon
taraf se nikaal sakte hai lekin rasta wohi achha hai jismein zyada se
zyada faide milen. Har raste ke kuchh faide aur kuchh nuqsaan
honge. Raaston ko nimnlikhit tathyon ke liye parkha jata hai: (a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(i)
(ii)
(g)
(h)
Duri.
Samay.
Aad.
Rukawatein.
Deployability.
Dakhalandazi.
Fire se aur
Dekhbhal se.
Fire Sp.
FUP /Aslt line ke liye jagah.
Vishleshan ka Tariqa
Raston ka vishleshan karte waqt sabse pahle mumkin raston ka list
banayein. Iske baad in raston ke tathyon ko ek table ke zariye se
likhein. Udaharan ke liye: Ser
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Tathya
Rasta
No 1
Rasta
No 2
Rasta
No 3
Varnan (Description)
Duri
Samay(Time Taken)
Aad(cover)
Rukawatein
Deployability
Dakhalandazi(Interferen
ce): Fire se, Dekhbhal se
ya dono se
Fire Sp
FUP/Aslt line ke liye
jagah
301
Duri.
Zahir hai ki hamla jaldi kiya jae jis se ki koi deri paida na ho. Zaruri
nahin ki rasta hamesha sabse chhota hona chahiye. Udaharan ke liye: (a)
Tathya
Rasta No 1 - 800m, Rasta No 2 700m aur Rasta No 3 – 1000m.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 ka istemal karke Obj par jaldi se
jaldi pahuncha ja sakta hai.
(c) Nichor
Hamla jaldi se jaldi khatam karne ke liye
Rasta No 2 sabse zyada uchit hai.
Samay (Time Taken).
Samay ke liye raston ka vishleshan thik usi prakar hoga jaise duri ke liye
kiya gaya hai.
Aad (cover).
(a) Tathya
Rasta No 1 - kam, Rasta No 2 sabse
zyada aur Rasta No 3 – rasta No 1 se zyada par rasta No 3 se kam.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 ka istemal se surprise zyada der
tak banaye rakh sakte hai (agar surprise pahle hi kho
chuka ho to is raste ke istemal se dushman kam se kam samay ke
liye aimed fire kar payega).
(c) Nichor
Aad ki uplabdhi ki drishtikon se Rasta No 2
sabse zyada uchit hai.
Rukawatein.
Rukawatein zyada hone se samay zyada lagega, Comd aur Cont mushkil
hoga aur Rasten mein fmn badli karni paregi. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Rasta No 1 - kam, Rasta No 2 sabse
zyada aur Rasta No 3 – rasta No 1 se zyada par rasta No 3 se kam.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 ke istemal se samay kam lagega,
Comd aur Cont asan hoga aur rasten mein fmn badli nahi karni
paregi.
(c) Nichor
Rasta No 2 sabse zyada uchit hai.
Deployability.
(a) Tathya
Rasta No 1 - kam, Rasta No 2 zarurat
shuda aur Rasta No 3 – sabse zyada.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 aur 3 ke istemal se rasta No 1 ke
banispat samay kam lagega.
(c) Nichor
Rasta No 2 aur 3 dono uchit hai.
1Dakhalandazi (Interference): Fire se, Dekhbhal se ya Dono Se. (a)
Tathya
Rasta No 1 - shuru ka 200m fire se aur dekhbhal se ,
302
Rasta No 2 – akhri 100 m tak koi dakhalandazi nahin aur Rasta No 3 –
shuru se akhri tak fire aur dekhbhal se.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 ka istemal se harkat tez aur kam
se kam cas hogi.
(c) Nichor
Rasta No 2 sabse zyada uchit hai.
Fire Sp.
Rasta aisa ho ki dushman ke nazdik pahunchne ke baad
bhi fire sp gp kargar fire sp de saken takih dushman hamlawar daston par
aimed fire na daal sake. Rasta aisa na chune ki apne tps ki safety ke liye fire
sp gp ko fire kaafi pahle uthana ya band karna pade. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Rasta No 1 - fire sp lagbhag 45 degree ke
angle mein dena padega, Rasta No 2 – fire sp lagbhag 90 degree ke
angle mein milega aur Rasta No 3 – fire sp lagbhag 45 degree ke angle
mein dena padega.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 ke istemal se hamlawar tps ko
obj ke nazdik se nazdik fire sp mil paega
(c) Nichor
Fire sp ke lihaz seRasta No 2 sabse zyada
uchit hai.
Aslt Line ke Liye Jagah.
Obj ke nazdik tps ko jaldi hamlawar fmn
mein lane ke lie ek aisi jagah ki zarurat hai jahan aslt fmn akhtiyar ki ja
sake. Udaharan ke liye:
(a) Tathya
Rasta No 1 - uplabdh nahin, Rasta No 2 –
uplabdh aur Rasta No 3 – uplabdh.
(b) Asar
Rasta No 2 aur 3 ke istemal se hamlawar
tps ko obj ke nazdik aslt fmn akhtiyar kar sakte hain par aisa rasta
No 1 ke istemal se nahin ho sakta hai.
(c) Nichor
Aslt line ke liye jagah ke lihaz se Rasta No 2
aur 3, dono uchit hai.
Akhir mein raston ki apas mein tulna karke nichor nikalen ki sabse
faidemand rasta kaun sa hai.
BHAG III – FIRE SP KA VISHLESHAN
Sabse faidemand raste ka chunao kar lene ke baad zaruri hai ki fire sp ke
liye sab se faidemand loc ka chunao kiya jae. Aisa
karne ke liye pahle jane ka rasta ko dhyan mein rakhte hue fire sp gp ke
liye mumkin locs ki pehchan (identify) kare
Vishleshan ka Tariqa: Fire sp gp ke liye jagah ka vishleshan karte waqt sabse pahle jaane ke
raste ko dhyan mein rakhte hue fire sp gp ke liye mumkin locs ki list
303
banaye. Iske baad in locs ke tathyon ko ek table ke zariye se likhe.
Udaharan ke liye: Ser
No
1
2
3
4
5
Tathya
Loc No
1
Loc No
2
Loc No
3
Obj se Duri
Fire sp ki Disha
Dply Hone ke Lie Jagah
Fire Sp Gp Aur
Hamlawar Tps ke Beech
Nazri Milap
Axis of Adv se Duri
Obj se Duri.
Fire sp gp ki jagah aise aur intni dur chune ki sabhi hathiyaron ka
istemal kiya ja sake. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
3 – 500m.
(b) Asar
hoga.
(c) Nichor
-
-
Loc No 1 - 700m, loc No 2 – 500m aur loc No
-
Loc No 1 se RL ka HE fire asardar nahin
Loc No 2 aur 3 dono uchit hai.
Fire Sp ki Disha.
Chuni hui jagah aur disha aisi ho ki wahan se dushman ko kargar
dhang se nakara kara jaa sake takih woh hamlawar daston ke upar kam se
kam fire kar sake. Fire sp ki disha aur axis of attack mein 90* angle ho to
sabse achha hai. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Loc No 1 - fire sp lagbhag 45 degree ke angle
mein dena padega, loc No 2 – fire sp lagbhag 90 degree
ke angle mein milega aur loc No 3 – fire sp lagbhag 45 degree ke
angle mein dena padega.
(b) Asar
Loc No 2 ke istemal se hamlawar tps ko obj
ke nazdik se nazdik fire sp mil paega
(c) Nichor
Loc No 2 sabse uchit hai.
Dply Hone ke Lie Jagah.
Fire sp gp ke dply hone ke liye jagah honi chahiye. Yeh unki nafri aur
hathiyaron par nirbhar karega. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Loc No 1 - 150m x 50m, loc No 2 – 100m x
50 m aur loc No 3 – 75m x 75m.
(b) Asar
Teenon locs mein fire sp gp ke liye dply hone
ke liye jagah hai.
304
(c) Nichor
Dply hone ke liye jagah ke lihaz se teenon
locs uchit hain.
Fire Sp Gp Aur Hamlawar Tps ke Beech Nazri Milap.
Aisa hone se apne fire se apni cas nahi hogi, Pl Cdr ka comd aur cont
bana rahega aur fire and move ke sidhant ka ulanghan bhi nahi hoga.
Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Loc No 1 - bilkul nahin, loc No 2 – akhir tak
uplabdh aur loc No 3 – obj se 100m tak uplabdh.
(b) Asar
Loc No 2 se akhir tak hamlawar tps ke saath
nazri milap rahega jisse comn tut jane par bhi dekhbhal se fire sp
diya ja sakta hai.
(c) Nichor
Loc No 2 sabse zyada uchit hai.
Axis of Adv se Duri. Axis of adv ke nazdik hone se fire sp dene wale tps
jaldi dply ho jaenge aur apne task ko pura karne ke baad re-org mein jaldi
Pl ke paas pahunch sakte hain. Udaharan ke liye: (a) Tathya
Loc No 1 - 100m, loc No 2 – 100m aur loc No
3 – obj se 300m.
(b) Asar
Loc No 1 aur 2 se loc No 3 ke banispat fire sp
dene wale tps jaldi dply ho jaenge aur apne task ko pura karne ke
baad re-org mein jaldi Pl ke paas pahunch sakte hain
(c) Nichor
Loc No 1 aur 2 zyada uchit hai.
Har loc ke liye inke asar ko dekhen aur phir asaron ko dhyan mein rakhte
hue locs ki apas mein tulna karke nichor nikalen ki sabse faidemand loc
kaun sa hai.
SANKSHEP
Aaj ke lecture mein hamne ORF ke tariqe se turant hamla karne ki tazwiz banana seekha. Jin teen aham muddon par baat-cheet ki woh hain
Obj, Rasta aur Fire Sp. Hamne dekha ki kamyab turant hamla karne ke liye
Pl darje par obj par dushman ka dply aur tac, hamle ka rasta aur disha ka
vishleshan aur fire sp ka co-ord karna bahut hi jaruri hai.
Yadi ORF ka tariqa Pl aur Sec Cdr ki aadat mein shamil ho jae to larai
ke halat mein jab ki samay ki kami, larai ki thakaan, aur dushman ki
golabari ho rahi ho us samay bhi woh yeh kaam asani se aur durust kar
sakega. Is liye yeh jaruri hai ki aman mein ham ORF ke tariqe ka alag alag
halton mein zyada se zyada abhyas karen taki yeh hamari aadat mein
shamil ho jaye.
----------------------------****************------------------------
TAC 37-40
VERBAL ORDERS(ZUBANI HUKAM)
305
PARICHAY
Kisi bhi operation ka accha natiza hasil karne ke liye yeh nihayat hi
zaruri hai ki ek Cdr apni banai gaye yojna ke bare mein bina samay
barbad kiye, asani aur saralta se apne tps ko jankari de. Aisa
hukamon ke jariye kiya ja sakta hai. Cdr dwara hukam anek prakar
se diye jate hain jaisse zubani, likhit roop mein aur diagram ke roop
mein. Lekin aam taur par Pl aur Sec level par hukam ya briefing
zubani hi di jati hai. Aap sabko Sec Cdr hone ke nate ane wale
samay mein hukam ya briefing dene ki jarurat padegi. Isliye aap sab
ko zubani hukam dene mein mahir hona chahiye. Yeh mahirta aap
abhiyas ke sath hasil kar sakte hain.
UDDESH
Aapko zubani hukam dene ka tariqa sikhana hai.
Yah sabak ap ko teen Bhagon mein sikhaya jayga.
(a) Bhag I : Zubani hukam dene ki tartib.
(b) Bhag II : Zaruri hadayaten.
(c) Bhag III : Abhiyas.
BHAG I : ZUBANI HUKAM DENE KI TARTIB
Zubani hukam hamesha ek nirdharit roop ya tartib mein dene
chahiye takih hukam dene wala yeh yakin kar sake ki hukam ka koi
zaruri bhag chhute na jae, sath hi hukam lene wale tps ko bhi
hukam samjhne mein asani ho aur unhen yah pata rahe ki age kaun
se bhag batae jane wale hain.
HUKAM DENE KI TARTIB
Zubani hukam dene ki tartib is prakar hai.
Zaruri Hidayaten:- Zurari hidayaton mein nimnlikhit baten shamil
karni chahiye.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
ishara.
Dushman ka zamini ya hawai khatra hone par karwai.
Sabhi ki posn lene ki jagah.
Cloth model ya saman le jane ki zimmewari.
Khatra tal jane par briefing/orders jari karne ki jagah aur
Ilaqe, Sand Model ya Cloth Model se Jankari. Agar hukam kisi
vantage point se diye ja rahe hon to tps ko ilaqe ke bare mein aam
jankari deni chahiye jaise zamin kaisi hai, obstacles, gaon adi. Agar
306
hukam sand model ya cloth modle ki madad se diye ja rahe hon to
niche likhe baten bhi batani chahiye.
Cloth model aur zamin ka North
Cloth model ka scale
IB (agar cloth model mein hai to)
Zamini Nishan. Hukam dene wale Cdr ko hukam tayar karte
samay zamini nishan ke lie jagah khali chor dene chahiye. Pure
hukam taiyar hone ke baad, jo zimini nishan prayog hone hain inko
tartib war chori hue jagah mein likhna chahiye.
Khabar. Khabar pahle dushman ke bare mein phir apni khabar
deni chahiye. Khabar kewal operation se taluk rakhne wali hi deni
chahiye.
Irada. Irada saaf aur chotta hona chahiye aur ise dohrana chahiye.
(DS alag alag operations jaise def, ambush, patrolling adi ke irada
udaharan ke taur par batayega).
Tariqa. Is bhag mein operation/ task kaise pura kiya jaega iske
bare mein tafsil se bataya jata hai. Asani ke lie tariqe ko operation ke
lihaj se bhagon mein bant lena chahiye.
Bandobast
. Bandobast ke dauran niche likhi baten cover karni chahiye.
Dress aur eqpt
Hathiyar aur amn
Khana aur pani
Medical
Milap. Is bhag mein pass word, pahchanane ke ishare milap ke
sadhan, HQ ki jagah, frequency adi batani chahiye.
Shak Sawal aur Ghari Milao. Hukam ke ant mein tps ko kuch
samay dekar shak dur karne chahiye aur sawal karne chahiye aur
phir sabhi gharian mila lene chahiye.
BHAG II : ZARURI HIDAYATEN
2.
Zubani hukam dete samay niche likhe zaruri baton ko dhyan
mein rakhna chahiye.
(a) Jahan tak mumkin ho hukam aise vantage point se dene chahiye
jahan se operation ka ilaqa dikhai deta ho, nahin to cloth model ya
sand model par den.
307
(b) Hukam lene wale tartibwar baithe hon.
(c) Zamini nishan tartibwar diye jaen wahi zamini nishan jo operation
se taluk rakhte hain, sirf wohi bataen.
(d) Irada saaf aur saral ho aur dohraya jae.
(e) Tariqe mein sabhi baten batani chahiye.Tariqa vistaar purvak
bataen.
(f) Hukam padhkar na diye jaen.
(g) Awaz saf aur tej ho.
(h) Hukam bina hitchkichahat aur atam vishwas se dene chahiye.
(i) Ant mein tps ko sawalon aur shak dur karne ke lie samay den.
(j) Ghari milao awashya karna chahiye.(Ghari milao ki tartib sikhaen
- jab main bolunga samay to samay hoga 1100 h. 15 - 10 - 5,4,3,2,1
samay , samay 1100 h)
BHAG III : ABHIYAS
Abhiyas jiada se jiada students ko diya jae. Abhiyas ke lie har Coy
mein teen enlargements hone chahiye jo ki Appx A par diye gaye
hain. Abhiyas ke dauran students ko quick attack, advance, def,
ambush aur patrolling ke hukam dene ka format likhkwaya jae jokih
Appx B se Appx F par diya gaya hai.
SANKSHEP
Hukam ke zariye Cdrs apne plans apne jawanon tak tartib se
pahuncha sakte hain. Hukam hamesha saaf aur pure atamvishwas
se diye jaen. Hukam di gaye nirdharit tartib mein hi dene chahiye.
Hukam dene wala cdrs ki yeh koshish honi chahiye ki hukam ke ant
mein jawanon ko us task ke bare mein koi shak na rah jae.
308
AS PER EXHISTING CHART
APPX ‘A’
ABHIYAS KE LIE ENLARGEMENT
EX KHOJ
---------------------------------------------------------------|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
----------------------------------------------------------------
APPX B
ZABANI HUKAM : QUICK ATTACK
1.
ZAMINI NISHAN
2.
KHABAR
(a) DUSHMAN
(b) APNI
3.
IRADA
4.
HAMLE KA RUKH
5.
RASTA
6.
FIRE SUPPORT
7.
REORG
APPX
C
ZUBANI HUKAM : ADVANCE
309
1.
ZAMINI NISHAN
2.
KHABAR
(a)
(b)
DUSHMAN
APNI
3.
IRADA
4.
AXIS OF ADV
5.
OOM
6.
FORMATION
7.
COORD INSTRS
8.
SP KI JAGAH
9.
SP PAAR KARNE KA SAMAY
10.
ROUTE
11.
BOUNDS/RV
12.
BANDOBAST
13.
MILAP
APPX
D
ZUBANI HUKAM : DEFENCE
1.
ZAMINI NISHAN
2. KHABAR
(a) DUSHMAN
(b) APNI
3.
(b)
(c)
(a)
AMN
RAP
RATION/ PANI
IRADA
4.
TARIQA
AUR TARTIB
5.
12.BANDOBAST
DEPLOYMENT
(d) LATRINES
(e) REST KI JAGAH
13. MILAP
310
6.
TASK
AUR PL HQ KI
JAGAH
(a)
7. FIRE PLAN
MILAP KA TARIQA
(k) PRIMARY AUR SECONDARY TASK
(l) LMG KI FIXED LINE
(m) DF TASK RIF GREN
(n) PASS WORD
8. KAM KI TARTIB
SIGNALS
SEC
CDR
(b) SEC MEIN
(i) DIN KO
(ii) RAAT KO
(c) SEC SE PL KA MILAP
(e)
9. ALARM POST
SAWAL
PAHCHAN
14.
10. CAME CONCEALMENT
KI
SHAK
YA
15. GHARI MILAO
11. FIRE KHOLNE KI HAD AUR ISHARE
APPX `E'
BRIEFING : AMBUSH
1. ZAMINI NISHAN
2. KHABAR
(a) DUSHMAN
(b) APNI
3. IRADA
AMBUSH KARNA
11. PARTY KI BAANT
(a) SCOUT
(b) COVERING PARTY
(c) RES PARTY
4. TARIQA
(d) STOPS
(a) NAFRI AUR BANAWAT
12. CONTROL KE ISHARE SABHI
KE LIE
(b) AMBUSH SITE KI JAGAH
(a) FIRE KHOLNE KA
(c) RV KI JAGAH
(b) FIRE BAND KARNE KA
(d) TASK KITNE BHAGON MEIN PURA
(c) WITHDRAWL
AMBUSH RV TAK HARKAT
CHORNE KA
5. SP AUR ST
SITE TAK RASTA
(d)
SITE
13. RV SE AMBUSH
311
6. RAASTA, BOUNDS AUR RV
KI TARTIB
14. SITE PAKARNE
7. OOM. FMN AUR SPEED
JANE PAR KARWAI
15. SURPRISE KHO
8. NAVIGATION KI ZIMMEWARI
RV
16. AMBUSH KE BAAD KI
9. RV PAR KARWAI
TARTIB
17.
10. AMBUSH SITE KI CONFIRMATORY
RECCE
SITE
CHORNE
KI
WAPASI
(a) TPS
18. RAASTA BOUNDS AUR RV
(b) RAASTA JANE AUR ANE KA .
19. OOM, FMN AUR SPEED
(c) TIME OUT AND IN
20. NAVIGATION KI ZIMMUWARI
21. TIME IN
22.BANDOBAST
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
DRESS EQPT
ARMS AND AMN
KHANA PANI
POW
MEDICAL
23 MILAP
(a) PASS WORD
(b) PAHECCHAN AUR SIGNAL
(c) RS FREQUENCY
APPX F
BRIEFING : PATROLLING
1. ZAMINI NISHAN
2. KHABAR
(a) DUSHMAN
(b) APNI
312
3. IRADA
4. TARIQA
(a) NAFRI AUR BANAWAT
(b) TASK KE TEEN BHAG
BHAG- I PTL BASE TAK HARKAT
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
PTL BASE KI LOC
SP AUR ST
RASTA, BOUNDS AUR RV
OOM, FMN AUR SPEED
NAVIG KI ZIMMEWARI
PTL BASE KO PAKARNA
KHABAR HASIL KARNA.
PTL BASE MEIN KARWAI
BHAG - II.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
SUBSIDIARY PTLS
CDR, TPS
TASK
TIMINGS OUT & IN
RASTA OUT AND IN
ALT PTL BASE -LOC AUR PAKARNE KI HALAT
GET AWAY MAN KE KAAM
BHAG - III
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
WAPASI
PTL BASE SE CHALNE KA SAMAY
WAPAS PAHUNCHNE KA WAQT
RASTA BOUNDS/RV
OOM, TIME AUR SPEED
NAVIGATION KI ZIMMEWARI
BHAG - IV.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30
KHABAR HASIL KE TARIQE
AAM BATEN
HALT AUR RUKAWAT ANE PAR KARWAI
DUSHMAN MILNE PAR KARWAI
AMBUSH HONE PAR KARWAI
HATHIYAR TESTING KI LOC
REHEARSALS | TIME
FINAL INSP
313
BANDOBAST
31. DRESS, EQPT, WPN ,AMN
32. RATION, PANI
33. MEDICAL
MILAP
34
ISHARE
35. PASS WORD
36. PEHCHAN KE ISHARE
----------------------------------****************---------------------------
TAC 41-42
AVALANCHE KE BAREMAIN JANKARI
PARICHAY
Avalanche ek khatarnak aur janlewa prakritik aapda hai. Barfile
ilaqaon mein kaam karte hue hamari fauj ko isse hamesha khatra
bana rahata hai. Avalanche apne shikhar ko apni chapete mein
laker usko khare slope mein niche faink deta hai. Pahari aur barfile
ilaqon mein surakshit rahane ke liye ham sabhi ko avalanche se
kaamshuda jaankari hona chahiye.
UDDESH
Avalanche ke baare mein jaankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec Teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega:(a) Bhag I : Avalanche ki paribhasha aur aane ke karan.
(b)
Bhag II : Avalanche Drill.
(c)
Bhag III : Avalanche se bachao.
BHAG-I
314
AVALANCHE KI PARIBHASHA
Avalanche asthir barf ka woh bara bhag hai jo kai karnon se harkat
mein aa jata hai aur apne sath barf, pathar, ped aur mitti bahate
hue teji se niche lay atta hai.
( NOTE : DS yahan par avalanche ki photo aur film dikhayen. )
AVALANCHE KE KARAN
Avalanche hone ke karan janne ke liye yeh maalum hona bahut
jaruri hai ki woh kaun se karan hain jinki wajah se barf ki halat
sthir bani rahati hai. Barf ki sthir halat majboot anchor aur majboot
andurani bandhan (Internal Cohesion) par nirbhar karti hai . Anchor
ka arth hai barf ki alag-alag satah ke bich ki pakar. Internal
Cohesion ka arth hai barf ke kano ke bich mein ek dusre ki
pakar.Iske hone ke pramukh karan is prakar se hain:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Zamin ki banawat.
Mausam.
Tapman.
Hawa.
Jal ka prabhav.
Trigger.
ZAMIN KI BANAWAT
(a) Zamin Ka Tirchapan (Gradient).
Avalanche 25 degree se
upper kisi bhi slope par aa sakta hai. Aam taur par 15 degree ke
slope par bahut kam avalanche, 15 degree se 25 degree ke slope par
kam avalanche aur 25 se 45 degree ke slope par avalanche jiada
aaten hain. 45 degree se jiada slope par har snow fall ke baad
avalanche dekhne ko milta hai.
(b) Slope ka Aakar (Profile). Jab barf slope par girti hai to woh slope
par kagaj ki tarah baith jati hai. Yadi slope sidhi hai to barf ke
internal cohesion par kisi bhi praker ka tanav paida nahi hota aur
barf sthir rahti hai. Yadi slope concave hai to barf ka tanav andar ki
taraf hoga aur sthirta mein madad milegi. Yadi slope convex hai to
barf ke bich tanav badhkar slope ko do alag alag bhagon mein baant
dega aur asthir barf ki haalat paida ho jayegi.
(c) Zamin ki Satah (Surface).
Zamin ki woh satah jo kati-fati
ho, Khurduri ho ya jis mein khub pathar aur ped paudhe hon, Woh
barf ko sthirita pradan karegi. Is wajah se is prakar ke slope mein
avalanche paida hone ka khatra kam hota hai.
315
MAUSAM
(a) Himpaat (Snowfall).
Bhari himpaat yani ki barf ek inch prati
ghanta se jaida gir rahi ho to asthir barf ki halat pesh ho sakti hai.
Himpaat ki gati ka pata lagane ka assan tariqa hai drishti (Visibility).
Yadi drishti 100 mtr tak hi simit rah gai ho to himpaat ki gati karib
ek inch prati ghanta mani jati hai.
(b) Barf Ke Kan (Snow Crystals) . Barf ke flakes chote-chote kan ke
bane hote hain jinka aakar bhinn-bhinn prakar ka hota hai jaise
tahniya, needles aur plates adi. In kano ki sankhya ek dusre ko
majbooti se pakre rahti hai. Lekin barf girne ke baad yeh sankhya
pighalne lagti hai aur inke aakar mein tabdili ho jati hai. Thore
samay baad yeh gol kan apas mein milkar ek bara kan banate hain
aur ek baar phir se sthir barf ki halat paida ho jati hai.
(c)
Anchor. Snow field ki sthirta anchor ke upper bhi kafi
nirbhar karti hai. Zamin mein barf ke kisi bhag ko yadi khare rukh
se katen to snowfield kai barf ki satehon se bana hua milega. Yeh
praten, himpaat ke dauran aur uske baad ke alag-alag mausam ke
halat se banti hain. Snowfield ki sthirta is baat par nirbhar karegi ki
kya barf ke niche wali satah uper wali satah ko majbooti se pakre
hue hai ya nahin.
TAPMAN
Yeh teen prakar se prabhav dalta hai :(a) Tapman ke prabhav se himpaat ke baad barf ke sthir kan
asthir ho jate hain. Lekin lagatar unche tapman se woh kan fir se
bare kan ka nirman karte hain aur sthir ho jate hain. Yeh sari kriya
pura hone mein kitna samay lagega yeh tapman ke uper nirbhar
karta hai.
(b) Tapman barf ki alag-alag satah ke bich ke anchor par bhi
prabhav dalta hai. Barf ke lagatar pighalne aur jamne se barf ki
satah ke uper thos barf ki ek satah jam jati hai jise crust kahate
316
hain. Crust ke jamne se iski uper wali satah ko majboot anchor nahi
milta hai.
(c) Tapman ki wajah se pani se katav shuru hota hai.
HAWA
(a) Hawa ki wajah se bhi barf ki satah ke uper crust jam jata hai
aur asthir barf paida ho jata hai.
(b) Isse jiada pramukh hai hawa ki wajah se wind slab ka nirman.
Tej hawa ki wajah se barf ek slope se utth kar dusre slope mein
jamma ho jati hai. Is prakar ki barf ka akar gol hota hai. Aur woh
ek thos slab ka nirman karti hai. Slab asthir halat mein para rahata
hai aur achanak kabhi bhi sarak sakta hai.
JAL KA PRABHAV
Jal ke prabhav barish parane ya barf pighalne ki wajah se ho
sakata hai. Is ke karan barf ka wajan badh jata hai aur barf mein
katav paida ho jata hai. Nami ke paida hone se bhi bhaar badh jata
hai aur avalanche paida ho sakta hai. Jaida nami ho jane se jal barf
ke kano ke bich ki pakar ko kam kar deta hai. Yeh jal barf ki uper
kisatah ko katte hue niche wali thos satah (crust) par pahunch jata
hai aur barf ke bich ki majbooti ko kam kar deta hai. Is wajah se
uper wali barf ke khisakne ka andesha rahata hai.
TRIGGER
Asthir barf ki halat ho jane ke baad nimmlikhit char.
karanon se avalanche trigger kar sakta hai :(i)
Bhaar.
(ii)
Katav.
(iii)
Tapman.
(iv)
Thar-thrahat.
Bhaar. Bhaar taja barf ke girne ya barf mein nami paida hone ki
wajah se badh sakta hai. Jab yeh bhaar itna barh jaye ki yeh barf ki
andruni takat aur anchor ki shakti se jaida ho jaye to barf ki satah
fislane shuru kar deti hai.
317
Katav.
Barf ke maidan mein katav ho jane ki wajah se barf ki
satah ka ek bhag alag se sarak jata hai aur avalanche paida hota
hai. Yeh katav kisi admi ke tirchhe rukh chalne se ya kisi taraf se
barf ka dher girne ki wajah se ho sakta hai.
Tapman. Tapman badh jane ki wajah se nami ki matra badh jati
hai aur iski wajah se barf ka bhaar badh jata hai jisse avalanche aa
sakta hai.
Thar-thrahat. Yeh hawai tarang aur dharti dono mein se kisi bhi
karan se paida ho sakti hai. Hawai tarang ke jareye thar-thrahat
kisi awaj ya dhamake se aur hawai jahaj ki tej awaj se paida ho sakti
hai. Dharti ke jariye gadi ke chalne, bhari engineer veh ya tank ke
chalne ki wajah se ho sakti hai. Thar-thrahat ki wajah se barf ki
andruni majbooti kam ho jati hai aur avalanche paida ho sakta hai.
BHAG II
AVALANCHE DRILL
Samanya se adhik himpaat hone par 48 ghante tak harkat nahin
karni chahiye. Yeh galat dharna hai ki raat ke samay harkat jiada
suraksha pradan karti hai. Kyonki avalanche raat ya din mein kabhi
bhi trigger ho sakta hai. Rescue ki drushti se din ki harkat behatar
hai.
HARKAT SE PAHALE
Nimmlikhit baton par amal kiya jaye:Leader niyukt kiya ho.
March karne ki tartib malum ho.
Paryapt kapre phane hon.
Radio set aur spare battery ho.
Avalanche cord, Avalanche rod aur snow shovels hona chahiye.
First aid ka saman hona chahiye.
318
HARKAT KE DAURAN
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Avalanche ka khtra hone par harkat na karen.
Avalanche wala slope adhiktam unchai se paar karen.
Upar charte aur niche utarte hue spur line ka prayog karen.
Slope ek-ek karke paar karen.
Look out man detail karen.
Avalanche cord shareer ke sath bandha ho.
Ruck-sack ek kandhe par rakhen.
AVALANCHE KI CHAPET MEIN ANE PAR KARWAI
(a) Ghabrana nahi chahiye.
(b) Kisi ek kinare ki taraf bhagna chahiye.
(c) Apna rucksack tatha apna eqpt nikal dena chahiye.
(d) Barf ke ander dabne se bachne ke liye swimming action istemal
karna chahiye.
(e) Apna munh band rakhna chahiye aur sans lene ke liye air
pocket banana chahiye.
(f) Avalanche ke ruk jane par spit test ki madad se zamin ke upar
wale hisse ka andaja lagana chahiye.
BHAG III
AVALANCHE RESCUE
16. Avalanche Rescue mein samay ka bahut mahatva hai. Victim
badhte samay ke sath bachne ke chance bahut kam ho jate hain.
VICTIM KO DHUNDNE KA TARIQA
Niche likhi gayi jankari victim ko jaldi dhund pane mein sahayak
hogi: (a) Look out man detail karen.
319
(b) First aid post lagayen aur rescue team ko escape route
samjhayen.
(c) Victim ki trajectory ka pata lagayen aur sambhavit sthan par
pahle search karen.
(d) Sambhavit sthano ko coarse probing ke dawara search karen.
(e) Yeh coarse probing tab tak karen jab tak victim ke jinda rahane
ki umid hai.
(f) Victim ke jinda rahane ki umid samapt ho jane par fine probing
ki karwai ki jani chahiye.
VICTIM KE MILNE KE SAMBHAVIT STHAN
(a) Woh sari jagah jahan jiada barf jami ho.
(b) Woh sari jagah jahan barf attak gai ho.
(c) Gully bends mein jahan barf jiada jama ho.
PROBING
Probing victim ko barf ke ander se dhund nikalane ka tarika hai
yadayapi yeh ek dhima tariqa hai lekin victim ko dhund nikalane ke
liye kargar hai; Yeh do prakar ki hoti hai coarse probing aur fine
probing. Coarse probing mein victim ko dhundne ke 70 % aur fine
probing mein 100 % chance hote hai. Fine probing mein samay
coarse probing se 4 se 5 guna jaida lagata hai.
COARSE PROBING
Yeh is prakar se ki jati hai:(a) Provers ek line mein khade ho jate hain, Madhya se madhya ka
fasla 75 cm rakha jata hai.
(b) Leader ka ishara milne par provers probing rod ko pairon ke
bich mein garte hain.
(c) Issi prakar leader ka signal milne par 70 cm ka kadam liya jata
hai aur probing ki karwai jari rahti hai.
FINE PROBING
Yeh is prakar se ki jati hai :320
(a) Provers pahale ki tarah se 75 cm ke fasle par khare ho jate
hain.
(b) Leader ka signal milne par har provers pahale apne baen pair
ke aage fir center mein aur fir dahine pair ke aage probe karta hai.
(c) Leader ka signal milne par 70 cm ka kadam liya jata hai aur
probing ki karwai ki jati hai.
NICHE DI GAYI KARWAI VICTIM KE MIL JANE PAR KARNI
CHAHIYE :(a) Victim ko savdhani se barf ke andar se bahar nikalen.
(b) Jarurat parne par munh se artificial respiration aur cardiac
massage dia jae.
(c) Victim ko surakshit jagah par le jayen. Uske gile kapre utar
den. Uske sharir ko sukha kar sharir ko garam kapron mein lapet
den.
(d) Jarurat parne par first aid den.
(e) Victim ko turant evacuate kiya jaye.
SANKSHEP
Avalanche ek khatarnak prakritik aapada hai. Hamare pahari aur
barfile ilaqe par tainat troops ke liye yeh khatra hai.Isliye yeh bahut
jaruri hai ki hamare troops ko iske bare mein jankari ho taki woh
apni jaan ki hifajat kar saken aur jarurat parne par avalanche rescue
sangaI sthapit kar saken.
-------------------------------*******************-------------------------
TAC 43-44
MOUNTAIN WAREFARE
PARICHAY
Hamare Desh ke uttar aur uttar – purva seema ka illaqa pahadi
hai aur is eema par hamari kafi sena deploy rahti hai. Pahadi illaqe
ki khasusiat aur mausam mein badlao fauj ki mob, org, eqpt, tac aur
adm par bahut asar dalti hai. Pahadi illaqon ko unchai ke lihaz se
teen qismon mein banta ja sakta hai. 1500m se 2700m tak ka illaqa
low altitude area, 2700m (9000ft) se upar ka illaqa high altitude
area aur high altitude area mein hi glaciated area paya jata hai.
321
Low aur high altitude areas mein koi
Kewal high altitude areas mein ziada unchai
hone se military tac aur adm par vishesh
lecture mein aapko low altitude area mein
mein jankari di jaegi.
khas antar nahin hai.
aur thande mausam ke
prabhav padta hai. Is
operate karne ke bare
UDDESH
Mountain Warfare ke bare men jankari dena hai
TARTIB
Is lecture ko teen bhagon mein cover kiya jayega :(a)
BHAG - 1
(b)
(c)
Pahadi Illaqe Ki Khasusiat.
BHAG –II
Pahadi Illaqe Mein Defensive Operation.
BHAG –III Pahadi Illaqe Mein Offensive Operation.
BHAG -I : PAHADI ILLAQE KI KHASUSIAT
Pahadi illaqe ki zameen aur mausam mein parivartan tps ki
harkat, unki banawat aur eqpt par kafi asar dalte hain.Pahadi illaqe
ki banawat ka asar tac aur adm par bhi hota hai is liye yeh zaruri
hai ki hame pahadi illaqe ki khasusiyat ke bare mein acchi tarah se
jankari ho.
Mausam. Pahadi illaqe mein mausam mein parivartan bahut jaldi
hote rahte hain. In parivartanon ke karan aur baraf ya varsha ke
karan, rd comn tut jate hain aur illaqe isolate ho jate hai. Altitude
badhne ke karan tapman aur hawa ka dabao kam hota jata hai aur
iska tps par mansik aur sharirik asar padta hai. Badal aur nami,
hawa, bijli aur avlanches in ilaqon mein tps aur ops par asar dalte
hain. Pahadi illaqe mein mausam ki nimnlikit visheshtayen hain :(a) Hawa. Pahadi illaqon mein wadi mein tez hawa chalti hai aur
ridge line par pahunchne par iski gati aur tez ho jati hai.
(b) Wind Chill Effect. Pahadi illaqe mein kam tapman ke karan
hawa ka asar jiada hota hai.Tej hawa aur kam tapman admi ke
sharir ke khule ang se garmi le jata hai jis se sharir ka tapman kafi
gir jata hai. Is thandepan ko wind chill effect kahate hain.
(c) Bijli. Pahadi illaqe mein barish ke sath bijli chamakti hai jis ka
asar hamare wpn, eqpt, aur radio sets par hota hai.Is mushkil se
bachne ke liye lightening conductors ka istemal kiya jata hai.
(d)
Burf.
Burfile illaqe mein harkat karne aur defence khodne
mein mushkil ati hai. Burfile illaqe mein frost bite aur snow
blindness ka khatra bhi hota hai.
(e)
Nadi/Nallah. Pahadi nadi/nalloan mein sara saal pani
rahta hai aur inka bahav kafi tez hota hai. Inko paar karne ke liye
recce karne aur mountain equipment ki zarurat padti hai. Pani kewal
322
nadi aur nallaon mein milta hai jisko pahadi ke upar le jane mein
kafi man-power ya AT ki zarurat padti hai.
Rds aur Trs. Yeh kafi kam hote hain aur inki alignment nadi,
nallah, wadi ya ridge lines ke sath hoti hai. Tps aur res ke liye mov
aur bade paimane par build up mein ziada samay lagata hai.
Vanaspati
Vanaspati ka kafi sambandh unchai se hota hai.
600m-4000m ki unchai tak kafi ghane jungle paye jate hain jo def
banane, rahne ki jagah aur jalane ke kaam ate hain.
In se
camouflage aur concealment bhi milta hai. Iske upar ke altitude
mein vanaspati nahi hoti hai aur cover kewal zameen ki banawat se
hi milta hai.
Local Resources. Iske ilawa, in illaqon mein kam abadi aur sadhan
uplabdh hain. Yahan local AT/porters available hote hai jis ko ham
istemal kar sakte hain.
TACTICS
(a) Yeh kaha jata hai ki pahadi illaqa defender ko madad deta hai
aur hamlawar tps ke liye kafi mushkilat pesh karta hai. Lekin aise
illaqe mein attacker infiltration aur out flanking moves bahut asani
aur kamyabi se kar sakta hai.Heliborne tps ko bhi bahut kamyabi se
istemal kiya ja sakta hai.Tac ke lihaz se chand ek baten ubherti hain
:(i) Kam rds aur adm hadbandion ke karan ziada badi force ka
istemal
nahin ho sakta hai.
(ii) Defs banane mein ziada samay lagta hai. Def stores ko pahadi
ke upar lejane mein kafi samay aur man power lagti hai.
(iii) Rds aur tracks ko banane aur unhen maint karne mein kafi
engineer madat ki zarurat hoti hai.
(iv) Pahadi Nadi/Nallahon mein baadh ane se normal tfc mein
badha paida hoti hai.
(v)
Ziada matra mein offensive Air Support bhi istemal nahi ho
sakta hai.
(b) Inke ilawa chand ek baton par gaur kiya jae:(i) Pahadi illaqe mein dominating grnd ki defender ke liye bahut
ahmiyat hai aur defender dominating grounds ko pakad kar rakhta
hai lekin iske bawjood attacker zameen ki banawat ke karan surprise
hasil kar sakta hai.
(ii) Pahadon mein harkat ke lie ziada samay lagta hai. Har 1000ft
ki chadai aur 1500 ft ki utrai ke liye ek ghante ka additional
allowance diya jae.
(iii)
Lagu kiye gaye plan ko badalna kafi mushkil hota hai aur
samay lagta hai is liye plg bade soch vichar aur sooj-bhooj se ki jaye.
323
(iv) Tps ko task unki qabliat ke anusar dena chahiye.Pahadi illaqa
apni banawat ke karan failav ka galat abhas deta hai is liye objective
ko simit rakhna chahiye. Objective ko kabza karne ke liye tps ki
baant karte samay na kewal dushman ki mudakhalat ko balki
mushkil illaqe, altitude ka tps par asar aur mausam ka bhi dhyan
rakhna chahiye.
(v) Fire sp kam uplabdh hoga aur woh time plan ke anusar milna
mushkil hoga is liye on call rakha jata hai.
(vi) Mob barkarar rakhne ke liye mushkil areas mein AT aur porters
ka istemal kiya jae.
(vii) Pahadi zameen pathrili hoti hai is liye def banane mein ziada
nafri, samay, barud aur saman ki zarurat padti hai.
HUMAN ASPECTS
(a) Morale.
Pahadi illaqe ki ladai mein jawan par sharirik aur
mansik dabao badhta hai. Ziada thand , barish, hawa ka kam
dabao, pani ki kami, akelapan aur suvidhaon ki kami se morale par
bura asar padta hai. Inse bachkar rahna chahiye aur inke vepreet
turant upay karne chahiye.
(b) Leadership. Pahadi illaqe mein am taur par ladai chhote star
par hogi. Kamyabi ziadatar junior leaders par nirbhar hogi. Inko
physically fit, mansik taqat, utsahjanak aur bold planning aur
execution ki zarurat hogi.
ADM (BANDOBAST)
Adm ka pahadi illaqe ke ops par bahut asar padta hai. Kitni badi
force deploy ki ja sakti hai yeh adm back up par nirbhar hota hai.
Kharab rd comn ki wajah se fwd dumping bhi ki jati hai. Illaqe mein
maujud local resources ka pura istemal aur faida uthana chahiye.
BHAG-II : DEFENSIVE OPS IN MTNS
GENERAL
Pahadi illaqa defender ke liye achha hota hai kyunki yahan achhi
defensive positions milti hain jin se achhi obsn/domination hasil hoti
hai. Pahadon mein bade star par offensive ops aam taur par vadion
ke beech se raston ke sath hi kiye jate hain. Defender ka maqsad
hota hai ki woh hamlawar ko in rd axis ko istemal karne se roke. Is
liye defs un high grnds par liye jate hain jo rds aur trs ko dominate
karte hon. Defender ko kai halat mein defences kam dominating
grounds par bhi lena padta hai khaskar LC ke illaqe mein. Pahadi
illaqe mein bhi defence lete samay def ke mool usulon mein koi khas
parivartan nahi hota hai.
324
ZAMEEN KA CHUNAO.
Def posn chunte samay us zameen par defs lena chahiye jo
dushman by-pass na kar sake aur yeh wahan se guzarne wale rds
aur trs ko dominate karte hon aur dushman ke axis of adv ko block
karte hon. Pahadon mein dushman defs ko by-pass ya infiltration se
cut off kar sakta hai. Aisi sthiti se nipatne ke liye kuch tps res ke
taur par muqarar hone chahiye.
DEF KA LAYOUT
Def lete samay nimnlikhit par dhyan dena chahiye :(a) Def posn unit ya fmn par adharit honi chahiye aur is prakar
sited honi chahiye taki dushman use ek ek karke barbad na kar
sake.
(b) Bn Def area aur coy def locs compact honi chahiye aur def loc
ke beech ka gap minefd se cover aur obsn aur fire se dominate hona
chahiye.
(c)
Def mein gehrai honi chahiye.
ALL RD DEF.
16. Pahadon mein dushman def mein asani se infiltrate kar sakta
hai. Is liye defended area aur localities sited for all round def honi
chahiye jab ki defended sector org for all round def hona chahiye.
MUTUAL SP.
Pahadon mein close mutual sp mushkil hota hai. Lekin def
localities ke beech yeh nimnlikhit zariyon se hasil kiya ja sakta hai:(a) Obsn aur hathiyaron ke lambe rg se.
(b) Def locs ke samne dead grnd flanking locs ke fire se cover
(c)
Dhyan se recce, hathiyaron ki sahi siting aur link locs se.
DEPTH.
Har approach par depth dena tps ki kami ke karan mushkil
ho sakta hai. Is liye approach ki ahmiyat dekhte hue ziada zaruri
approaches ke age posns taiyar karne chahiye jis se unhen depth di
ja sake.Defence mein depth is prakar di jaye taki dushman ke
infiltrating daston ko killing ground mein lakar barbad kiya ja sake.
MINES & OBSTS.
Mine fds ko ek set tarike se lagana sambhav nahin hoga.
Pahadon mein mines aur obsts lagate samay nimnlikhith baton par
dhyan dena chahiye :(a)
Ziadatar A pers mines ka istemal.
(b)
Scattered /axial tariqe se minefield lagaya jaye.
(c)
Fragmentation/claymore mines ka istemal .
325
(d)
Mines ko anchor karne ki zarurat.
(e) Mines ko spurs aur ridges par lagana padega.Re-entrant aur
nallon mein scattered minefd aur tar lagane ki zarurat padegi.
(f) Rukawat par nigrani rakhna bahut zaruri hoga. Rukawat ko
patrolling aur fire dwara cover kiya ja sakta hai.
(g)
padegi.
Purani minefields ko dobara active karane ki zarurat
DEF KHODNA MUSHKIL.
Pahadon mein defence taiyar karne ke liye samay ziada lagta
hai.Defence ki taiyari nimnlikhit baton par nirbhar karegi:(a)
(b)
Zameen, mausam aur area ki unchai.
Defence banane ke liye local saman ki maujudgi.
(c)
Roads\ tracks jo defended post / localities ki taraf jate hain
unki halat.
(d)
Road head se duri aur animal tpt aur labour ki maujudgi.
(e) Dushman ki mudakhalat.
(f)
Tps ki physical fitness aur defence khodne ke liye saman.
DEFENCE KHODTE SAMAY HAMEIN NIMNLIKHIT BATAN PAR
DHAYN DENA CHAHIYE:(a)
Plg ke dauran samay ki sahi baant ki jae.
(b)
Explosives ka istemal kiya jae.
(c)
Taiyari ke liye ziada samay.
(d) Jawano par mausam aur altitude ka asar.
REVERSE SLOPE POSN.
Jab zameen izazat de to security ko kayam rakhne ke liye
reverse slope posn ikhtiyar ki jae, lekin aise halat mein fwd slope ke
upar observation post/listening post(OPs/LPs) hon aur fwd slope ko
flk locs se cover karna chahiye.
CONDUCT OF DEF BATTLE
Pahadi illaqe mein defence ki larai ko ham teen hisson mein cover
karenge:(a) Preparatory stage.
(b) Resistance stage.
(c) Counter attack stage
Taiyari ki Halat (Preparatory stage).
(a) Surveillance.
326
(i) Naye aur prabavhshali svl alon ki madad se defender kafi bare
illaqe par svl rakh sakta hai aur dushman ki harkat ke bare mein
jaldi jankari hasil kar sakta hai.Svl ke illaqe jo ki defender ke direct
firing wpns ki effective rg se bahar hote hai ko niminlikhit alon ki
madad se dekhbhal mein rakha ja sakta hai :(aa)
HHTI.
(ab)
BFSRs.
(ac)
Unmanned ground sensors.
(ad)
NVDs.
(ii)
Svl ke yeh ale PPs ,OP \ LP aur svl dets ko muhiya hone
chahiyen taki dushman ki khabar jald se jald mile.
(b) Domination.
(i) Apne aur dushman ke beech zameen ko nimnlikhit sadhanon
se dominate karna chahiye:(aa)
Def ke age aur flanks par patrolling karna, raat aur
din ke samay raid aur ambush lagana.
(ab)
Ptls ko def ke samne, woh zameen occupy karni chahiye,
jahan se dushman hamari def ki recce kar sakta hai.Defence tak ane
wale tracks par ambush lagana.
(ac)
Dushman ki kahabar hasil karne ke liye dominating
ground aur flanks par observation post lagana.
(ad)
EW ke liye svl devices ka istemal .
(ae)
Screens aur PPs ka istemal.
MAIN DEF KI LADAI (RESISTANCE STAGE ).
(a)
Dushman dwara main defs par hamle ke dauran defender
apni defensive ladai mein nimnlikhit karwaiyan karega :(i) Sabhi defended localities ko dushman ke kisi bhi disha se ane
wale hamle ke liye taiyar rahana chahiye.
(ii) Defender ko dushman ke infiltrating daston ke dwara cut off ho
jane par bhi defensive ladai jari rakhni chahiye.
(iii) Defender dwara dushman ke aslt tps par FUP/RP aur
movement ke dauran spoiling attack karna.( Spoiling attack mein
kam tps aur lambi range wale wpns ka istemal kiya jana
chahiye.Spoiling attack mein dushman par physical assault ki
zarurat nahin hai).
(iv)
Defended locality ko reinforce karna.
(v)
Defences mein readjustment karna.
(vi)
Rush drills/local CA ka istemal.
327
COUNTER ATTACK STAGE.
Defender dwara counter attack khoi hui zameen ko vapis lene ke
liye kiya jata hai.Counter attack bina deri ke aur tezi se launch
karna chahiye. Counter attack ki taiyari shamil recce aur rehearsals
defence ki taiyari ke dauran karni chahiye.Counter attack mein
nimnlikhit baton par dhayan dena chahiye:.
(a) Defence mein reserves ki kami hoti hai aur jiadatar reserves
ground par lage hote hain.
(b) Pahadi illaqe mein counter attack mushkil aur time consuming
hai kyunki tps ko ek pahadi se dusri pahadi par jana padta hai
(c) Defender ko dushman ke irade ko janne ke baad hi counter
attack launch
karna chahiye taki dushman dhoka na de sake.
(d)
hai.
Counter attack tps ko heptr dwara bhi ikattha kiya ja sakta
INFILTRATION KE KHILAF KARWAI.
Pahadon mein infiltration bahut ahmiyat rakhti hai. Dushman
infiltration ka istemal karke defended localities ko cut off karne ki
khoshish karega lekin defended localities ko main defence se cut off
honeke bawajud bhi ladte rahna ahiye.Dushman infiltration paidal
ya heptr dwara kar sakta hai. Sabse zaruri hai inflitration ke bare
mein EW milna. Infiltration se bachne ke liye :(a) EW elements ko thik jagah par hona chahiye.
(b) Gaps ko obsts aur ptlg se cover karna chahiye.
(c) Dushman ke infiltration ke hawai aur zameeni routes ke bare
mein soch vichar karna chahiye aur inko lagatar dekhbhal mein
rakhana chahiye.
INFILTRATION
HONE PAR KARWAI. INFILTRATION
NIPATNE KE LIYE NIMNLIKHIT KARWAI KI JA SAKTI HAI :-
SE
(a)Yadi infiltration heptr dwara hota hai to dushman ko landing
grnd mein ek Pl tak ke daste se jo ki halke eqpt ke sath ho, se engage
karna.
(b) Tps ko mansik taur par taiyar karna ki dushman ki infiltrating
force ko gher kar barbad karne ka yeh ek accha mauka hai.
ADM
Pahadi illaqon mein adm bahut mahatva rakhta hai. Infiltration
dwara def cut off ho jane par bhi defence ki kabliyat honi chahiye ki
woh apni defensive ladai lad sake.Defender ko defence mein
nimnlikhit baton par dhyan dena chahiye:(a)
Def aur Gun area mein, ration, stores aur amn ki dumping
upyukt matra mein.
328
(b)
(c)
Adm areas mein plains ke banispat ziada stocking.
Water supply ka bandobast.
(d)
Cut off ho jane par air dwara supply ka bandobast.
(e)
(f)
Tpt aur tfc control ka prabandh.
Adm areas ki hifazat.
BHAG III : OFFENSIVE OPS IN MOUNTAINS
GENERAL
Pahadi illaqe mein adv aur attack mein wohi usul lagu hota hain
jo maidani illaqe mein hote hain. Lekin pahadi illaqe ki visheshtaen,
harkat mein kami, mausam ki dakhalandaji hamlawar ops mein
kuch vishesh asar dalte hain jinhen samajh lena zaruri hai. Pahadi
illaqe mein offensive ops ko ham teen stages mein cover karengay:(a)
Plg stage.
(b) Asslt stage.
(c)
Reorg stage.
PLANNING STAGE
Planning stage ke dauran nimnlikhit baton ko dhyan mein
rakhana chahiye:(a) Axis aur Obj.
Pahadi illaqe mein axis aam taur par vadion
aur defiles se guzarti hai. Inke dono taraf ki unchi pahadian
(heights) ko dushman pakadke rakhta hai. Is liye Hamlawar tps ko
nimnlikhit ka khyal rakhna chahiye:(i)
Dushman ko cut off karke barbad karne ke liye hamla
flank ya rear se karna chahiye.
(ii)
Dushman ke rear par zaruri zameen ko qabza karne ke
liye atamnirbhar force ko bhejen.
(iii)
Kharab mausam aur raat ko harkat karna.
(iv) Ptl bhej kar axis ko secure karen, jisse dushman dakhalandaji
na kar sake.
(v)
Preliminary ops kar ke dushman ke EW elements ko
andar ` dhakelna takih main posn par hamle mein asani ho.
(b) Obj ke Bare Mein Soch Vichar. Pahadon ki banawat aur map
ki kami ke karan obj ki banawat, uski chaudai ya gehrai padhne
mein galti ho sakti hai. Is liye:(i) Tps ko obj par task dete samay dushman ki mudhakhalat ke
ilawa zameen ki banawat aur mausam ki kathinaiyon ke liye
allowance dena chahiye.
329
(ii) Plains ke banispat ziada tps allot karne chahiye.
(iii)
chahiye.
Hamle ke har phase ke liye fresh tps niyukt karne
(c) Waqt ke Bare mein Soch Vichar. Pahadon mein har karwai ke
liye samay ziada lagta hai. Is liye samay ke bare mein soch-vichar
zaruri hai. Zaruri hai kih:(i)
Tps ki harkat aur raat mein obj kabza karne ke liye samay
mein allowance dena chahiye.
(ii) Harkat ke liye har 1000 ft chadhai aur 1500 ft utrai ke liye ek
ghanta faltu dena chahiye.
(iii) Agar hamla ek se ziada disha se ho raha ho to tal mel ke liye
har column ko SL tak pahunchne ka samay dena chahiye.
(d) Flank ki Hifazat. Hamle ka flank khula hone se defender ki
chhote- chhote akramak tukdian kafi dakhalandazi kar sakti hain.
Is liye raste mein zaruri heights ko picquet karna chahiye aur flanks
ki hifazat ke liye tps niyukt karne chahiye.
(e) Recce. Dushman ki posn mein gaps ka pata lagana kafi
mushkil hota hai aur is samay recce ki ahmiyat badh jati hai. Is liye
attacker ko nimnlikhit karwai karni chahiye:(i) Ptls shamil shadow ptls ka istemal karke dushman ki posn aur
gaps ka pata lagana.
(ii)
Vantage pt se cdrs ko pers recce karni chahiye.
(iii) Air photo aur oblique air photo se obj ki banawat pehchanna.
(iv)
Tps ko unka aur unke daen aur baen wale obj dikhana.
(v) Cdr ki heptr dwara recce.
ASSAULT STAGE.
Fmn aur Aslt ka Tarika. Pahadon mein approaches ridges ya spur
ke sath hoti hain, aur yeh kafi tang hoti hain. Hamla karne wale tps
ke lie deployability kam ho jati hai aur unhen ek sath obj par ek hi
samay nahin laya ja sakta hai. Is liye yeh zaruri hai ki :(a)
Ek se ziada disha se hamla karna chahiye.
(b)
Move Plan aur Fire Plan mein tal- mel zaruri.
(c)
Durust Passing through drill ka istemal.
(d)
Aslt ech mein karna.
(e)
Cliff Assault ka istemal.
330
Attack Echelons Mein. Attack in echelon attack ka woh tariqa
hai jismein hamle ko assault aur reserve echelon mein banta jata hai
aur sub units ek ke picche ek hamla karti hain.
Tariqa. Assault in echelon do tariqon se kiya jata hai:(a) Exhaustion method.
(b)
Definite objective method.
EXHAUSTION METHOD.
Yeh tariqa tab apnaya jata hai jab
dushman ke defences aur zameen ke bare mein puri khabar malum
na ho aur tps ko pakka objective na diya ja sake.Is tariqe mein coy ki
leading Pl ek obj ko capture karne ke baad rukne aur reorganise
karne ki bajay hamla zari rakhti hai jab tak woh thak na jae yah
uski kafi jiada casualty na ho gayi hon.Is tariqe ki kucch khasusiyat
aur kamiyan hain:(a)
Khasusiyat.
(i) Hamle ke dauran maukon ka faida uthaya ja sakta hai.
(ii) Yeh tariqa dushman ke jaldi aur na coordinated defs ke khilaaf
accha natiza deta hai.
(iii) Reserve echelons ko baar baar passing through nahi karni padti
hai jis se leading PL apni speed aur momentum se surprise hasil kar
sakti hai.
(iv) Yeh tariqa tab istemal kiya jata hai jab dusman ki khabar puri
na ho.
(b)
Khamiyan.
(i) Pahadi aur high alt ke illaqe mein kafi unche darje ki physical
fitness ki zarurat hoti hai.
(ii)
Tps hamla shuru hone se pahle hi nirash ho jayengay jab
unko objective ki theek briefing nahi hogi .
(iii)
Defences par bina detailed planning aur recce ke hamla
bahut kam halat mein kamyabi dega.
(iv) Hamle ke dauran res ech khali honge aur inko apne obj ki
jankari aur briefing karna mushkil hoga.
(v) Cdr ko ladai ki halat ko pata karna mushkil hoga jisse comd
aur cont bigad jayega.
(vi) Thake hue hamlawar tps ko defender asani se barbad kar sakta
hai.
DEFINITE OBJECTIVE METHOD.
Is tariqe mein tps ko paka task aur objective diya jata
hai.Hamlawar coy cdr apni pl ko objective bantta hai aur yeh bant pl
ki kabliyat ,dushman ki nafri aur zameen par nirbhar karti hai. Pl
apna objective kabza karne ke baad reorg ki karwai karti hain. Agli
hamlawar tukdi capture kiye hue illaqe \pl se passing through ki
331
karwai karti hai. Is tariqe ki khasusiyat aur khamiyan is prakar
hain:(a) Khasusiyat.
(i) Sub units ko pakka obj diya jata hai jisse cdr dwara acchi
planning aur
recce ki ja sakti hai. Hamle ke kamyab hone ke
chances jayda hain.
(ii)
Cdr ops mein balance aur lacilapan rakh sakta hai.
(iii) Ladai ki halat ke bare mein cdr ko lagatar khabar milti rahte
hai aur woh sahi samay par reserves ko ladai mien istemal kar
sakta hai.
(b)
(iv)
Reserve tukdion ko niyukt task diya jata hai.
(v)
Tps ki physical halat acchi rahti hai.
Khamiyan.
(i) Is hamle mein muakon ka faida uthana mushkil hota hai.
(ii) Hamle mein jiada samay lagta hai jisse dushman ko apne
defences mein readjustment, rft aur CA karne mein samay mil jata
hai.
HAMLE KI TARTIB.
(A) BATTLE DRILL.
(i) Coy ke andar pls ech mein hamla karengi aur jarurat padne par
pl mein secs.
(ii)
Secs ka bunker pahle se niyukt hoga aur bunker
clearing aids ka istemal kiya jayega.
(iii)
Hamlawar tps ki harkat Coy relayase pt se Pl
relayase pt aur assault ke dauran assault aur support gps mein
hogi.
(iv)
Hamla khatam ho jane par cdr comd aur cont hasil karega.
(B)
RES.
Hamle mein res ka hona bahut zaruri hota
hai. Pahadon mein hamle ke liye maidani ilaqe ke mukable ziada
res ki zarurat padti hai. Inki loc aur istemal bahut sooj-bhooj se
karna chahiye. Res istemal ho jane par jaldi se naye res niyukt
karna chahiye.
(C)
COMD AUR CONT. Hamle mein zameen ki banawat aur
dekhbhal ki dikkat comd aur cont, ko kafi mushkil bana deti hai. Is
liye achhe comd aur cont ke liye cdrs ke har dam age vantage pt par
rahna chahiye jahan se woh assaulting tps aur res ke sath milap
mein rah saken aur unka sahi samay par prayog kar sake.
(D)
FIRE SP.
(i)
Hamlawar
dikkaten pesh aati hain:-
ops
mein
fire
sp
mein
nimnlikhit
332
(aa)
zarurat.
Obj par plains ke banispat ziada
fire sp ki
(ab)
Arty deployment aur amn ki dumping mushkil aur uske
liye ziada
samay chahiye.
(ac)
hota hai.
Fire plan timed programme ke anusar banana mushkil
(ad)
(ii)
(aa)
Achanak nikalne wale tgt ziada hote hain.
(ae)
Jaldi badalte mausam ka arty fire par asar.
(af)
Crest clearance ka problem.
(ag)
Tgt theek se na observe kar pana.
Fire sp ki dikkaten is prakar dur kiye ja sakti hain:-
Hamle ko fire sp ke kami ke karan, phases mein kiya jae.
(ab)
Fire plan timed on call banana chahiye.
(ac) Achanak nikalne wale tgts ke lie pahle se arty fire sp muqarar
karna chahiye.
(ad)
Inf Offr \ JCO ko arty fire control ki trg.
(ae)
Air op ka ziada istemal.
CLIFF ASSAULT.
Pahadi illaque mein ridge aur spurs ko dushman acchi tarah pakad
ke raktha hai.Dushman par kisi aisi disha se hamla jahan se use
andesha na ho,jaise kisi mushkil cliff ki taraf se, kafi kamyab hota
hai.Cliff assault karte samay nimnlikhit baton par dhyan dena
chahiye;(a) Cliff par assault karte samay tps ko fire sp dena.
(b) Tps ke pass halke hathiyar aur eqpt hona chahiye.
(c) Tps ki physical fitness,trg aur irada unche darje ka hona
chahiye.
(d) Tps ko special mountaineering trg deni chahiye.
AIR.
Pahadi illaqe mein tgts ko pahchanne aur mausam ke asar se Air
Sp mushkil ho jata hai. Is liye Air sp ki kami fire sp ke dusre
sadhanon se puri karni chahiye. Air sp ko interdiction tasks diye ja
sakten hain. Sath hi woh task jo arty ki qabliyat ke bahar hain, woh
air ko diye ja sakte hain.
REORG STAGE
Hamle ke dauran reorg bahut ahmiyat rakhta hai. Is liye nihayat
zaruri hai jaldi se comd aur cont hasil karna, cas evac aur amn ki
333
purti. Zaruri hai ki re-org gp aslt echs se ek bound picche harkat
kare aur re-org gp ki harkat ko decentralised karna chahiye.
EXPLOITATION.
Hamlawar tps ko obj qabza karne par aas-paas wale features ko
apne qabze mein le lene chahiye jo qabze kiye hue obj ki security par
asar dalte hon. Is karwai ke liye nichhe wale cdrs ko plan ke anusar
azadi honi chahiye.
ADM
Hamle ko kamyab banane ke liye adm bahut zaruri hai. Hamle
ke liye stores aur amn ki dumping zaruri hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki :(a)
ho.
Dumping din ke samay bhi ki jae lekin harkat chhote gps mein
(b) Out flanking/infiltrating columns ka helicopters dwara maint.
ATTACK BY INFILTRATION
Pahadi illaqe mein infiltration dwara hamle se bahut faida mil
sakta hai.
Pahadi illaqe ki zameen infiltration ke liye bahut
labhdayak hoti hai. Asie hamle ke liye yeh zaruri hai ki:(a) Infiltrating force ka task Arty wpns ke rg ke andar hona
chahiye.
(b) Main force dwara jaldi link up hona chahiye.(Infiltration force
ki dushman
ke area mein apne aap bane rahne ki qabliat seemit
hoti hai).
(c) Infiltrating force ko halka rakhne ke liye aur achhi mob dene
ke liye helicopter sp dena chahiye.
SANKSHEP
Pahadi illaqe mein ops plains ke banispat kathin hote hain.
Pahadon ki visheshtaen aur badalte mausam tps aur military tac par
anokha prabhav dalti hai.Pahadi illaqe mein defence aur hamle ki
ladai ki kamyabi ka daromadar kafi had tak jr leaders par nirbhar
hota hai.
-----------------------------**********************-----------------
TAC 45-47
NUCLEAR WARFARE
Parichay
334
1.
Har desh ki sena sabhi prakar ke hathiyaron se lais hoti hai.
Science ke kshetra mein lagatar pragati se, sena ke hathiyar aur
upkaronon mein bhi lagatar pragati ho rahi hai, jisse in hathiyaron
ki dushman ko mar girane ki shakti kai guna se badhi hai.
2.
Parmanu Bomb bhi scientist/vyagyannikon dwara avishkar kiya
hua ek bahut hi shaktishali hathiyar hai. Is bomb ko larai ke maidan
mein, arty, hawai jahaz aur missile ke dwara prayog mein laya jata
hai.
Uddesh
3.
Parmanu bomb ke asar aur usse bachao ke tarike se parichit
karana.
Bhag I : Parmanu Bomb Ki Visheshtayen
4.
Parmanu bomb Plutonium aur Uranium dhatu se bana hua
bomb hai. Sabse chote parmanu bomb ka khatarnak ilaqa pt of
burst ya ground zero se 2.5 km charon taraf hota hai.
5.
Parmanu Bomb Phatne Par Asar.
(a) Flash (Roshni ki takatwar chamak). Bomb phatne par sabse
pahle yeh takatwar chamak paida hoti hai, jisko sidhi nazar se
dekhne par ankhon ki roshni kho sakti hai aur jawan kuch samay ke
liye chaka chondh ho sakte hain (din ke waqat 2 min aur raat ke
samay 3 se lekar 10 min tak).
(b) Heat (Garmi). Yeh ground zero se charon taraf par barabar
takat mien failti hai. Isse eqpt tents aur bldgs ko aag lagne ka khatra
hota hai aur jawanon ki chamdi jal jati hai.
(c) Blast (Dhamaka).Isse sabhi bldgs, obs tower aur zamin ki satah
se upar ke sabhi dhanche buri tarah se tahas nahas ho jate hai.
Khule ilake mein jawanon par dhamake ka asar kam hota hai.
Dhamake ke paanch sec ke ander bahut tez aandhi chalti hai jisse
blast wave kahte hai. Yeh ek ya do min ke baad shant ho jati hai.
(d) Radiation (Parmanu Vikiran). Bomb ke phatne se parmanu
dhatu pighal jata hai aur parmanu vikiran paida hote hai. Yeh bhi
ground zero se charon taraf barabar takat mein failti hai. Iss vikaran
se jawanon par bura asar hota hai. Hathiyar aur eqpt bhi in vikirnon
ko sokhne ke bad in vikirnon ko dobara paida karte hain.
(e) Fall out. Bomb ke phatne ke baad kafi matra mein dhul aur
mitti upar asman ki taraf ek badal bankar chha jati hai. Bomb
phatne ke 10' ya 15' ke baad yeh zamin par wapis girna shuru hota
335
hai jaise ki am barish girti hai. Is dhul aur mitti mein parmanu
vikirane hoti hai aur inke zamin par girne se ilaqa parmanu
vikiranon se pradushit ho jata hai.
(f) EMP. Dhamake se high power energy (urja) ki gama kiranen
paida hoti hai jisse sabhi electronic eqpt jaise radio set, exchange,
adi nakam ho jate hai.
Bhag-II Parmanu Bomb Ke Asar Se Bachao
6.
Parmanu bomb ke asar se bachne ke liye yeh zaruri hai ki sahi
samay par bachao ke upay kiye jayen.
7.
Bachao ke Liye Am Hidayatean.
(a) Aankh ka Bachao.
Bomb ke phatao ko seedhi nazar se na
dekhe. Apni aankhon ko apne hatho se cover karen. Agar chashma
pehna hai, to use utar de (Kyonki kaanch ke tutne se chot pahunch
sakti hai).
(b) Chamdi ka Bachao.
Pure sharir ke hisson ko kapde/uniform
se cover karen. Jo sharir ka hisse uniform se bahar ho, jaise ki hath,
tab sharir ki aisi posn banaye ki bahar nikle hue ang ka sidhi garmi
se bachao ho sake. Uniform se pure sharir ko cover karne se 50%
bachao sambhav hai.
(c) Uniform tight fitting wala nahi hona chahie. ( DS to explain that
loosely fitted clothes reduces the degree of burn injuries).
(d)
Helmet ya pagri ko hamesha pehan kar rakhen.
(e) Gehre rang ka pers camoflague nahi hona chahie. (Gehra rang
jyada garmi leta (absorb karta) hai.
8.
Khule Ilake Mein Parmanu Bomb se Bachao.
(a)
Zamin par jaldi posn le. Apne sir ko ground zero ki taraf rakhen.
(b)
Ankhon aur uniform se bahar nikle angon ka bachao karen.
(c)
Apne kanon ka bachao karen.
(d) Dhamake se lekar paanch second tak lying posn mein rahen. Tez
hawa ke rukne ke baad aap khade ho sakte hain.
9.
Trench Mein Parmanu Bomb se Bachao.
(a)
Jald se jald ek nichi aur choti posn ikhtiyar karen.
(b)
Tez hawa ke rukne ke baad khade hon.
336
10.
Bldg Mein Parmanu Bomb se Bachao.
(a) Jald se jald chupao mein posn le. (Jaise ki kisi table ya desk ke
niche).
(b) Agar aap kisi khidki ya darwaze ke samne hain to turant dayne
ya baen posn le. (DS to explain that blast wave will travel intensely
through doors and windows. Also the debris of glass may cause
injury.
(c)
11.
(a)
Tez hawa ke rukne ke baad khade hon.
Gari Mein Baithe Hue Parmanu Bomb se Bachao.
Gari ko roken.
(b) Turant gari se niche utre aur ground zero ki disha mein lying
posn le. (DS to explain that cover has to be taken in the direction of
GZ to prevent the veh over turning due to blast wave on the tps if
cover taken otherwise).
(c)
12.
Tez hawa ke rukne ke baad khade hon.
Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baten.
(a)
Jald se jald aar pakre.
(b)
Shant rahen.
(c)
Tez hawa ke rukne par apne hathiyar aur eqpt ko sambhale.
(d)
Tez hawa bomb ke phatne ke ek ya do min ke bad ruk jati hai.
(e)
Sharir par garmi se ghav, ek aam ghav jaise hi hote hain.
(f) Sahi bachao ke upay aur first aid karne se parmanu vikirnon ka
asar kam hoga.
(g) Fall out ke asar se bachne ke liye sahi upay karna zaruri hai
(jaise open trench ko ground sheet se cover karna, loop hole ko cover
karma, adi).
Bhag-III : Parmanu Bomb Ka Prabhav Aur First Aid
13.
(a)
Roshni ki Choundh.
Lakshan.
337
(i)
(ii)
(b)
(i)
Ankh ki roshni ka chala jana.
Ankh se pani behna.
First Aid.
Antibiotic eye drop ankhon mein dalen.
(ii)
2 se 10 min mein agar ankh ki roshni wapis na laute to rogi
ko RAP mein le jayen.
14.
Garmi Ka Asar. Garmi se hone wale ghavon ka teen koti mein
vargikaran kiya gaya hai. In ke lakshan is prakar se hai.
(a)
(i)
Lakshan.
Pratham Koti Ka Jalna- Twacha ka lal hona.
(ii)
Dusri Koti Ka Jalna - Twacha mein gohra ghav aur chot
hona.
(iii)
(b)
(i)
Tisri Koti ka Jalna - Twacha ki pura nasht ho jana.
First Aid.
Pratham Koti Ka Ghav.
(aa)
Rogi ko tassali dein.
(ab)
rakhen.
Ghav wale ang ko thande pani mein 10 min tak
(ac)
Ghav wale ang mein sujan ane se pahle, anghuti,
ghadi, jute, belt
adi khol de.
(ad)
Setrimide cream jaisi thandak pahunchane wali
malham lagayen.
(ae)
dawai dein.
(ii)
Dard ko kam karne ke liye Asprin jaisi dard nashak
Dusri Koti Ka Jalna.
(aa)
Pratham koti ki first aid ki karwai karen.
(ab)
Ghav ko kisi saaf kapde se dhak dein.
(ac)
RAP mein report karen.
338
Tisri Koti Ka Jalna.
(iii)
(aa)
Rogi ko aram deh posn mein letayan.
(ab)
Ghav wale ang mein sujan ane se pahle anguthi, ghadi,
belt, adi ahista ahista utaren.
(ac)
Ghav ko saaf kapde ya chadar se dhak dein.
(ad)
Rogi ke pair upar uthakar rakhen.
(ae)
Agar rogi hosh mein hai to use thode thode samay ke bad,
pani ka ghoont pilayaen.
(af)
15.
(a)
Rogi ko stretcher mein dal kar RAP mein le jayen.
Parmanu Vikiranen.
Lakshan.
(i)
Bomb phatne ke kuch hi ghanton mein sardard, susti, ulti
ana aur pet kharab ho sakta hai.
(ii)
Lakshan rahit samay aur tandrusti ki bhavana.
(iii)
Lambe samay ke baad paida hone wale lakshan jaise ki sar
ke balon ka girna, bhook kam lagna, gala hamesha kharab rehna
aur bukhar ana. Is ke ilawa sharir ke kisi ang ka kam na karna ya
akaran dehant ho jana.
(b)
First Aid.
(i)
Rogi ko tassali dein.
(ii)
Rogi ko garam doodh, pani ya chai pilayen.
(iii)
Rogi ko RAP mein le jayen.
Decontamination
16.
Parmanu vikironon aur fall out se pradushit ilaka, hathiyar,
eqpt aur pers ko pradushan rahit karne ki karwai ko
decontamination kahte hai.
17.
(a)
Decontamintion ke Tarike.
Pradushit hisson ko tez pani se saaf kiya jae.
339
(b) Pradushit hisson ko pradushan rahit ya saaf material se cover
Karen.
(c) Sharir ke pradushit hisson ke uper talcum powder, atta ya chalk
powder lagayen.
Bhag-IV Individual Protective Eqpt Se Jankari
18.
Individual protective eqpt ko NBC suit bhi kahte hain. Larai ki
dauran yeh har ek jawan ko issue kiya jayega.
19.
IPE Ke Mukhya Hisse.
(a) Protective Clothing.
Isme ek pant aur jacket hota hai jisse
combat dress ke upar pehna jata hai. Yeh parmanu vikiranon aur
garmi se bachao karta hain.
(b) Gloves.
Iske do hisse hote hai. Inner ya andar ka glove jo ki
cotton ka hota hai aur uske upar pehna jane wala outer glove.
(c)
Over Boots.
Yeh aam boot ke upar pehne jate hai.
(d) Face Mask.
Isse sir ke upar pehna jata hai. Helmet ko utarna
padta hai. Iske pehanne se sir aur puri gardan cover ho jati hai.
(e) Respirator.
Yeh face mask ke upar aur age lagta hai. Yeh
pradushit vatavaran mein sans (breath) lene mein madad karta hai.
(f) Pers Dosimeter.
yantr hota hai.
Yeh parmanu vikiranon ko napne ka ek
(g) Chemical Detection Paper.
Yeh har jawan ke suit ke bahar
laga hota hai. Hawa mein pardushan hone se is ke rang mein badlav
ata hai jisse jawan ko is pradushan ke bare mein jankari hoti hai aur
woh apne bachao ki karwai karta hai.
Sankshep
20.
Parmanu bomb ke phatne ka early warning milna bahut hi
mushkil hai. Larai ke maidan mein tps ko parmanu bomb se bachao
ke liye hamesha satark rehna parega aur di hui hidayaton ke anusar
kaam karna parega.
21.
Is bomb se bachao ke liye hamari sena mein Individual
protective eqpt ka prabandh kiya ja raha hai.
-------------------------------------*******************------------------------
TAC 48-51
INFORMATION WARFARE
340
PARICHAY
Naye yug ke larai ke maidan men kai prakar ki naveentum
technology ke hathiyar aur saman istemal kiya ja raha hai. Takriban
sabhi naye hathiyaron, hawai jahazon aur pani pe chalne wali ship
mein computer aur milap ke sadhanon wale yantar lage hai. Yeh
kahna galat nahi hoga ki aane wale yug mein larai ke maidan ka
pura computeri karan hoga. Yeh bahut zaruri hai ke dushman ke
upkaranon ka asar kam karte hue apne upkaran ki kabliyar ko
badaya jaye, is liye aajkal Info Warfare bahut mahatvapuran ho gaya
hai.
UDDESH
Info Warfare se waqfiat aur uski quismon ke bare mein jankari
dena.
BHAGON MEIN BAANT
3Yeh lec do bhagon mein chalaya jaye ga:(i) Bhag I-
Info warfare ki Paribhasha aur Quismen.
(ii) Bhag II-
Inf Bn mein Info Warfare.
Bhag I
ParibhashaTechnique yantron ka offensive ya defensive
istemal, dushman ki technique yantron aur jankari ko barbad karne,
aur apne yantron aur jankari ko Surakshit rakhne ki karwai ko Info
Warfare.
Info Warfare se dushman ki kargar larai ladne ki kabliyat ko kam
karte hai. Iski 08 quismen hain:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Comd & Cont Warfare.
Int base Warfare.
EW
Psy Warfare.
Hacker Warfare.
Economic Warfare.
Cyber Warfare.
Neocortical
Comd & Control Warfare- Comd & Control warfare mein
dushman ke comd aur control kendron ko barabd kiya jata hai jisse
dushman sena mein harbarahat aur confusion hota hai aur unka
apsi milap tut jata hai.
341
Int Based Warfare- Int adharit larai mein khabar seedha larai
wali tukrion ko aur hathiyaron ko di jati hai. Isse hathiyaron ka aur
tukrion ka ziada behtar istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
Electronic warfare- Electronic Warfare mein dushman ke milap
ke sadhanon ko nakara karna. Isko kai prakar se kiya jata hai:(a) Anti radar- Yeh dushman ke radars ko nakara karne ke tariqon
ke kahte hai.
(b) Anti communication- Dushman ke radio set aur anya milap
ke sadhanon ko jam karne ke tarique.
(c) CryptographyApne msg/khabar ko radio set ke upar code
lagakar bhejna aur dushamn ke coded msg ka matlab pata lagane ki
taknik.
Psy warfareDushman ke dimag par hamla karne ki karwai ko
Psy warfare kahte hai. Matlab dushman ki soch ko is prakar
parivartit karma ke who dimagi roop mein kamzor ho jaye aur larai
ladne ke kabil na rahe.
PSY WARFARE KO CHAR QUISMON MEIN VIBHAJIT KIYA JA
SAKTA HAI:(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Ek desh ke manobal ke khilaf karwai.
Dushman ke cdr ke dimag ke upar hamla.
Dushman ke jawanon ke dimag ke upar hamla.
Sabhyata ke upar hamla.
Hacker WarfareComputeron par aur computeron ke network
par (jaise internet ya phir LAN- jis prakar aajkal Army mein hain)
hamle ko kahte hain hacker warfare. Wo log jo yeh karwai karte hain
unhe kahte hain hacker. Hackar computer/computer network ke
andar virus dal kar ya use galat comd/info dekar use barbad kar
dete hain.
Computer VirusJaise ki apne pehle dekha , computer virus
chand ek aisa program hote hai jo ki computer ke andar jakar use
kharab kar dete hain. Yeh computer mein ya to bad mein dale jate
hain ya phir computer ke banate samay hi uske andar chupa diye
jate hai aur sahi samay par computer ko kharab kar dete hain. e.g
logic bomb, chipping, Trojan, trap door ka istemal etc.
Economic Info WarfareYeh ek dhire aur lambe samay mein
pura hone wali karwai hai. Isme dushman ke karobar/business ko
nuksan pahunchaya jata hai.
342
(a) Cyber Warfare- Cyber warfare bhi computer aur computer
network pe kiya gaye hamle ko kahte hain. Isme dushman ke
computeron se dushman ki khabar hasil kar li jati hai ya phir
dushman ke computer ko galat khabar dekar/feed karke (either
online or misleadingkshan pahunchaya jata hai.
BHAG II
: EK INF BN MEIN INFO WARFARE
Info warfare ke badte hue sankat aur daire ko madhya-nazar
rakhte hue hame pura ahteyat baratna chahiye aur is bat ka yakin
karna chahiye ki hum dushman ke info warfare ka shikar na bane aur
saath hi saath hamare dwara kiya hua info warfare kamyab rahe.
Ab dekhte hain Info Warfare ka ek Inf Bn mein istemal hone wale
upkarnon par asar aur isse bachne ke tarique.
343
S/No
1
Upkaran
Vulnerability/As
an
BFSR-Chalne ka
(a) BFSR ko nonsidhant
‘Doppler comn ECM se jam
principle’.
kar sakte hai.
(b) Jhoote (False)
tgt dikhana.
(c)
Bahut ziada
‘clutter’ dal dena –
jisse opr ko tgt ki
pehchan na ho.
(d) EMP ke zarie
isse US kar sakte
hai.
Measures
to negative
effect/Upay
(a)
Variable/Alag
alag
power
aur
kam
power
ka
istemal.
(b)
Frequency
badalne wale
BFSRs
ka
ijad.
(c)
Ek se
ziada BFSR
ka istemal.
(d)
Ek
frequency
wale upkaran
ka
istemal
nahi.
(e)
Upkaran ko
EMP
ka
mukabla
karne layak
banana.
2
NVDs-chalne ka
(a)
Dhund,
sidhant - Image dhuan
ya
Intensification
garda/mitti
ke
andar se nahi dekh
sakte.
(b)
Tej roshni
mein
kam
nahi
karte.
(a)
Ziada
tej roshni se
bachav.
(b)
NVD
ka
istemal
jodi mein, ek
samay par ek
hi istemal ho.
3
Thermal Image
SightsChalne
ka
sidhant Alag-Alag
tapman
wale
vastuon ka pata
lagana.
(a)
Electro
optical
Counter
Counter
Measure ka
istemal
(EOCCM).344
(b)
Sighton mein
(a) Garam dhuan
nikalkar
tgt
ko
chupaya ja sakta
hai.
(b)
Dummy tgt
lagakar.
(c)
Electrical
upkaranon ko EMP
ke zarie kharab kiya
ja sakta hain.
sudhar taki
sahi tgt ko
pehechana ja
sake.
4
5
Passive Sights
(a)
Dummy tgt
Tgt ke IR signal banakar.
ki
pehchan
(b)
Dhuane mein
karma.
thik kam nahi karti.
(c) EOCM se inko
nakara kiya ja sakta
hai.
Laser Rg Finder
(a)
EOCM aur
EMP ka upkaran par
asar. Yeh isko nakara
kar dete hain.
(a)
EOCCM
ka
istemal.
(b)
Dummy tgt ke
signal aur alsi
tgt ke signal
ki computer
dwara
jaunch.
(a)
EOCCM
ko
upkaran mein
shamil karne
ki zarurat.
(a)
Pura
upkaran apne
deshmein
bana ho to
virus dalne se
bachao.
(b)
EMP
ke
khilaf
mazbut
banana(EMP
hardening).
6
Automatic Mor
(a)
Fire Data Cmptr Software/Program
(AMFDC)
mein virus dala ja
sakta hai.
7
ATGM
chalne
(a)
Line of sight
(a) EMP se
ka sidhant wire dhundla karna.
bachao.
guided
(b)
EOCM ka
(b)
istemal, agar TI sight EOCCM
ka
istemal ho rahi ha to. prayog.
(c) EMP se msl ko
nakarar karma.
8
GPS
(a) Dusre desh ke
satl ka istemal hone
ke karan sig ka Sync
kharab kiya ja sakta
hai, sig band kiya ja
sakta hai.
(a)
Apne
satellite
ka
istemal.
(b)
Compass aur
map
ka
345
istemal.
B
0
9
Radiose
ts
(all
type)
(a)
Jamming.
(b)
Interception.
(c) Jhootha
msg
pass
karke dhokha
dena.
(d) EMP ka
istemal.
1
Compu
ter
(all
type incl
indl sys,
LAN,
Internets).
(a) Infected
software
ka
istemal.
(b)
Network
ko
tap/intercept
karna.
(c)
Tempest
interceptionmonitor
ke
upar
hone
wala display,
connecting
cord
ke
emission,
ke
karan 1 km
duri tak pakra
jasakta hai.
(d) Current
probe
–
computer par
jo jankari hai
use power line
se
intercept
karma.
(e) Infected
(a)
Frequency
hopping/badli
karne wale set
ka istemal.
(b)
Alag
alag power ka
istemal.
(c) EMP se
bachao.
(d)
Sahi
RT procedure
ka istemal.
(a)
Apne
desh
mein
upkaranon ka
banana/check
karna.
(b)
Software
ko
check karna.
(c)
Computer
shielding
against
tempest.
(d)
Current probe
se bachne ke
liye ‘Filters’ ka
istemal.
(e)
Computer ka
‘EMP
hardening’.
(f)
‘Crypt’
ka
istemal
network
pe
kam karne ke
liye.
346
hardwarechipping.
(f)
Microbots.
(g) EMP.
Sankshep
Age hone wali larai mein adhunik devices ka bahut zaruri sthan
hoga. Yeh bahut zaruri hai ke dushman ke upkaranon ka asar kam
karte hue apne upkaran ki kabliyat ko badaya jaye, is liye aaj kal Info
Warfare bahut mahatva barh gaya hai. Har ek jawan ke liye iske bare
mein jankari uski larai ki kshamta ko aur achha karke use ek nipun
soldier bana sakte hain.
-------------------------------*******************-------------------------------
TAC 52-53
YUDH KSHETRA KE MANOVAGAINIK PAHLU(DYNAMICS IN
BATTLE FIELD)
PARICHAY
Yudh kshetra ek muskil jagah hai. jahan par har jagah khatra hai.
aur har vyakati dar mahsoos karta hai. hathiyaron aur vishfotkon ki
aawaz,ghayalon ka chillana, alag-alagqism ka fire , sharirik aur
manshik thakan aisi dasha main admi , saman va eqpt ke upper tanav
bahit jyada badh jata hai. aiai sthiti mein jawan jindgi aur maut se
jujhta hai. Kis sena ki vijay hogi is baat par nirbhar karti hai ki us
desh ki fouj ne manviye manovigainik pahluon ko apne vash maein
kiya hai.yudh kshetra mein baynot se baynot ladai khel ke maidan se
alag hai , kyonki Sec cdr/PL Cdr apne jawanon ka chunav nahi karate.
ek bar jis sainik ko yudh kshetra mein koi duty ya karya diya jata hai ,
uske baad team mein tabdili ki koi gunjais nahi hoti hai.Is liye ladai ka
maidan khel ke maidan se alag hai.
Yudh kshetra ki vishestaon se aap sabhi logon ki waqfiat hai Ham sab
jante hain ki koi sipahi kaisa mahsoos karta hai jab dushman usse
maar dalne ke liye katibadh aur tatpar hai. Dushman apni puri taqat,
tactic aur hoonar aapko khatam karne mein lagata hai . Iske alawa
agar halat anukool nahin hain to maut ya casualties bina dastak diye
hue aati hai.aapki aankhon ke samne aap ka dost mar raha hai athwa
bahut jyada ghayal hai , to aapko kaisa lagega. yudh kshetra mein
aisi hi bahut sari anishchitayen hain . Is liye yudh kshetra ek
khatarnak area hai. jimein vishesh yogyata wale sainikon ki zarurathai
yeh yogyata jindgi ke kshetra mein dekhne ko nahin milta. sahi
mayane mein yudh kshetra mein nishchit taur par bahut saari
sakaaratmak vishestayen hain jihen aapko apne undar vikshit karma
hain jis sahare yudh kshetra ke nakaratamk pahluon ke upar kabu
347
rakha jasake . inhi sab baton ko Madhya nazar rakhte hue aaj ke is
lesion ka.
UDDESH
Yudh kshetra ke manovagainik pahulon ke bare mein jankari dena
hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lecture teen bhagon mein pura kiya jayega.
Bhag : 1-
Yudh kshetra ke nakaratmak manovigainik pahlu.
B hag : 2-
Yudh kshetra ke sakaratmk manovigainik pahlu.
Bhag:-3tariqe.
BHAG: 1
Nakaratmak manovigainik pahluon ko kam karne ke
YUDH KSHETRA KE NAKARATMAK PAHALU.
(A)
KHATRA AUR BHAY :Is vishay ki tafsi mein bayan karne ki koi aawsekta nahin hai.kyonki
partek vyakti yeh janta hai ki jab dushman hamala karne aayega
arthat har haal mein maarega ya khud marega .atah dushman ke
ghatak hathiyaron se dhamaka aur shoe hota hai . Jiske falswroop
bhay paida hoga aur yeh bhay khatra badhayega . Ladai mein asli
dushman bhay hai goli nahin . Ladai mein yeh bhay aur dar hi
jawanon ko ladne ke liye vivsh karta hai . Agar wah bahadur nahin hai
to maidam chhod kar bhag khade hote hain agar wah kayar bujhdil aur
kamzor hain to tham kar nish kriya hojate hain .
(B)SHARIRIK VA MANSIK DABAV : Khatra va bhay milkar tanav
badhata hain . Partyek kadam bhari partit hota hai aur aap sharik
thakan mahsoos karte hain . Khaas kar bina khan aur pani ke .Aap
mansik taur par thak jate hain .Yeh sharirik yahi sharirik aur mansik
thakan kaam karne ki kshamta aur souchne ki shakti ko kamjor kar
deti hai.
(C) ANISHCITAYEN :Aage kya hoga ?koi ghatana kaise ghategi?
Dushman apne mission mein safal hogaya ham apne mission mein
safal honge. Yehsab mudde hain joki anishchitayen paida karte hain
348
.Ladai mein kya aisa hoga kya aisa nahi hoga ?Aise hi swal dil aur
dimag par chhaye rahate hain.
(D) SHANKA YA NIRASHA :- Ladai mein hamesha yeh dar bana
rahata hai ki reserve PL samaya par nahi aayega gadiyan burf mein
phans jayengi . Bandobast aur imdadi madad ka khatra bana rahta
hai . jaruri gola barud jaldi hi khatam ho jayega. Arty fire ka pata nahi
ki gola khahn girega. Is prakar ki bahut si baten hain , supplysainya
madad mausam se sambandhit bahut si cheezen hoti hain jin par pani
phir jata hai.
JOKHIM KE AVSAR :- Yudh mein jokhim bhari karwai karni padti
hai. Agar manobal ,ichhashakti,dharya hai ti jokhim uthaya jaskta
hai.aur yadi manobal ki kami hai to kewal bachav hi kar sakte hain.
YUDH ALGAAV:- Yudh mein sainik bichhud jate hain aur sec alag
bhatak jate hain va akela mahsoos karte hain . Yeh dark o aur badhata
hai.
BHAG:-2:YUDH KE KSHETRA MEIN SAKARATMAK
MANOVIGAINIK PALU
SAAHAS:Yadi dar ladai ki pahali utpatti hai to saahas yudh ka pahala gun
hai.Yeh woh gun hai jiske sahaare ladai mein dar aur khatare ka
saamna karne mein sharirik saahas jahir kiya jata hai.manshik saahas
ek aantarik taqat hai jo dushman se ladne ke liye maanshik shakti
pardaan karti hai .
ICHCHHA:Sainikon ki ichchha shakti hathiyaron seteen guna jyada
mahatavpoorn hai. Naye hathiyarjo ki tps ke hath mein diye gaye hain
bekar hain agar unmein chalane ki ichchhashati nahi haiya kushalta
ki kami hai. Ek vishleshan mein US army ke ek genaraldwara dekha
gaya hai ki kewal 15%tps hi vastav mein dushman ke virudh fire karte
hain .Kuchh parisitithi hainjoki mushkil ya aasan hoti hain hamare
ladne ke sanklap ka maapdand hain .
Saahas______________Sudhar
Laslashahat(Chipkav)_________________Sudhar
BUDHIMATA :Yeh sakaaratmak manovigainik pahalu teen baton
par nirbhar karta hai.
(a) LACHILAPAN :Iska matlabB
349
yeh hai ki bina kishi dabav ke achchi manshikta ke sath vyavharik
samshya ka samadhan karna hota hai.
NIRNAY:Apni yogyata ke ke anushar yeh mulyankan karna hai ki
aap kya jante hain aur dushman kya janta hai tatha yeh nirnay lena
hai ki kis prakar karwai ki jaye ?
KALPNA SHAKTI:- Naye tariqon dwara hadbandiyan paar karna aur
kaam ko pura karna hai. Tps dwara bina rassa aur naav ke nadi paar
karte samay linebedding jodkar nadi paar karna hi aisi kalpnashati hai
MOUZUDGI:- Iska tatparye prerana se haileadetr ki agrim jagah
mouzudgi se hi tps ko prerana milti hai.ki wah baynot se dushman par
hamla karen.
SPHOORTI:Ye sabhi skaaratamak gunon ki janani hai. Iske
madhyam se hi task ko pura kiya jaskata hai.
BHAG:-3 :- NAKARATMAK MANOVIGAINIK PAHLUON KO KAM
KARNE KE TARIQA
Yeh andaaza lagana bahut hi aasan aur tarksangat hai ki yudh kshetra
mein kaise safalta milegi. Aapko ya dushman ko . Ham nakaratmak
aur sakaaratmak pahluon ka lekha jokha karte hain.Agar dushman
jyada sakaaratmak hai ti dushman jitega aur dushman se jyada
sakaaratmak aap hain to aap jitege . Ismein nafri hathiyar tatha
firepoqer ka koi jyada matl;ab nahi hai.Yeh karwai aadmi par nirbhar
karti hai. In sakaaratmak pahluon ke dwara leader ki mouzudgise
nakaratmak pahluon ko kam kiya jasakta hai.
Nakaaratmak manovigainik pahluon ko is prakar se kam kiya jasakta
hai.
(a) SAAHAS:-Yeh hathiyar aur drill procedure se aata hai.
(b) BUDHHIMATTA:Yeh vyavsayik gyanse aata hai aur iske dwara
lachilapan ,kalpnashaktiaur vishleshan jaise gun vikshit hote hain .
(c) PRERNA:Buddy pair ke dwara ek dushre se ladne ke liye aur
leader ki mouzudgi se team ko ladne ki prerna milti hai.
350
(d) TAAQAT:Yeh sharirik aur manshik kahmta se milti hai. Yeh
sabhi sakaaratmakmanovigayanik pahlu manshik taur par tayar karti
hai.
SANKSHEP:- Jaruri hai ki ek UO hone ke naate nakaratmak
manovigynik pa pahluon ko chhodkar sakaaratmak manovigyanik
pahluon ko apnana chahiye. Hamari sena ka kartavyahai ki desh ki
raksha karna aur aapki bhumika hai ladai mein zamin par ladai mein
nirantar aage badhana aur ladai ke maidan mein lagatar badhat hasil
karna.
*********************************************************************
CP-1
INSURGENCY IN GENERAL
351
PARICHAY
Insurgency yane ‘Desh ke kuch varg ke logon ka sthapit shasan ke
khilaf armed rajnaitik sangharsh hai jismen sujhbhujh ke saath
rajnaitik, org skill, propaganda, torphor aur markat ka istemal kiya jata
hai taki woh rajnaitik aur samajik adhar par apna hak jama sake jisko
ki sthapit shashan avaidh samajhta hai.’ Insurgency aam taur par vikassheel deshon mein hi paya jata hai. Iske kai karan ho sakte hain par iska
arambh hamesha hi samajik ya arthik asamantaon ke karan hota hai. Ek
bar mahaul bigar jaye to phir halat bari tezi se bigarti jati hai. Aisi halat ka
faida mulk ke dushman puri tarah se utha sakte hain. Woh desh ke andar
insurgency bharka kar halat ko itna bigar dene ki koshish karte hain ki us
desh ke kafi sadhan us stithi ko qabu mein lane ke liye lag jaye. Logon mein
ashanti, narazgi aur halat ka faida uthate huye antrik insurgency bharka
kar bahari hamla bhi kiya ja sakta hai.
Hamare desh mein ‘Insurgency’ koi nai chiz nahi hain. ‘North East’,
‘Punjab’ aur ab ‘J&K’ mein hamari fauj rojana isi insurgency ke khilaf
mukabla kar rahi hai. J& K ke sandarva mein Insurgency
shabda
yathartha ko nahin darshata hai, is state mein dusre mulk se aaye log
sakar aur janta ko atankit karne ki karwai karte hai, aise karwai karne wale
logon ko terrorist aur aise karwai ko terrorism kahate hai.In baton ko
madhyanajar rakhte huye ek Jr ldr hone ke naate zaruri hai ki hum sabhi
`Insurgency/terrorism’ ke karan aur us se nibatne ke tariqe se bakhubi
jaankari hashil karen.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh, ‘Insurgency’ ke karan tatha insurgents ke tac aur unse
nibatne ke tariqon ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
TARTIB
Yeh lec 3 bhagon mein chalaya jayega :(a)
Zaruri Baten.
Tac.
(b)
Bhag I
Bhag II
(b) Bhag III
- Insurgency ke Karan aur Uski Bridi ke Liye
- Rural tatha Urban Insurgency aur Insurgents ke
- Insurgents ke khilaf SF ki Karwai.
352
BHAG – I : INSURGENCY KE KARAN AUR USKI BRIDI KE LIYE
ZARURI BATEN.
INSURGENCY KE KARAN.
Garibi aur Samajik Asamanta. Jab ek garib desh tarakki ki rah par age
barhna shuru karta hai to uski rah mein aise muqam ate hain jab tarakki
ka faida sab tak na pahunch kar sirf kuch varg tak hi seemit rah jata hai.
Isse arthik asamanta barhti hai aur samaj alag alag vargon mein banta
nazar ata hai. Samaj ke beech faili garibi ,asantosh aur gusse ki bhawana
ko barhka kar Insurgency shuru kiya ja sakta hai.
Berojgari Berojgari ki wajah se asantusht log asani se insurgents ke
bahkave mein ate hain aur insurgency ko badhava dete hain.
Rashtriya Ekta ki Kami. Ek hi desh mein kai bar dharam, bhasha,
rehne ka dhang aur sanskriti bhin ilaqon mein bhin pai jati hain. Jab ek
ilaqe ke log apni sanskriti aur tariqe dusre par thopne ki koshish karte hain
to virodh paida hota hai aur age chal kar insurgency ka karan ban sakta
hai.
Bhrasht Sarkar. Aam admi ko jab apne charon taraf brashtachar dikhai
parta hai to woh desh ke kanoon par vishwas karna band karta hai. Use
bahtar samaj ke sunhere sapne dikha kar Insurgency ke liye taiyyar kiya ja
sakta hai.
Samrajyavad (Regionalism).
Samrajyavad
ya
regionalism
ki
bhawana ko bhadka kar khud ki sarkar banane ke liye insurgency shuru ki
jaa sakti hai.
Dharmik Karan. Ek hi desh mein kai kism ke dharam ke log paye jaate
hain aur apas mein dharmik sangharsh hone ki sambhavana hoti hain.Iska
faida insurgents uthate hain.
Badle ki bhavna. SF ki kuchh hadbandian hai, jaise naye jagah par
operate karte waqta background INT kami ke karan gunahgar ke saath
saath begunah ko bhi saja mil sakti hai, jawanon ko CI/CT ka tajurba na
hone ke karan bujurgo aur auraton ke saath bhi jiadti ho sakti hai, ilaqe ki
gyan na hone se civ cas ho sakte hai. In sab baton se naraj ho kar bhi aam
admi insurgency ko support karne lagta hai.
INSURGENCY KI BRIDI KE LIYE ZARURI BATEN.
Insurgency shuru karne ke liye nimnlikhit ka hona zaruri hota hai.
Adarsh. Yeh aisa hone chahiye jo janata ko bhadka sake aur janta use
adarsh maan kar uski purti ke liye kaam karna shuru kar den.
Bahri Madad.
Ise secure bases, arms/amn, paise ki madad, takniki
madad aur vaicharik madad ke rup mein diya jaata hai.
353
Janta ka Sahyog. Janta ka sahyog Insurgency ke liye bahut zaruri hai.
Iske bina iski kalpana bhi nahin ki jaa sakti. Ise swaichha se ya zabardasti
se hasil kiya jaata hai. Ismen madad, khana, paani, paise ya khabron ke
rup mein ki jaati hai.
Acchhi Leadership (Netritva).
Insurgency ko panapne ya badhne ke
liye acchhe netritva aur sanghtana ki zarurath hoti hai.
Munasib Ilaqa. Insurgency ke liye zaruri hain , mushkil ilaqa ya aisa
ilaqa jismen insurgents ko aasani ho lekin SF ko dikkaten pesh anyen.
BHAG II
- RURAL AUR URBAN INSURGENCY
Insurgency ke do prakar paye jaate hain, woh hain ‘Rural Insurgency’ aur
‘Urban Insurgency’. Hum inko ek ek karke dekhenge.
RURAL INSURGENCY
‘Rural Insurgency’ ka matlab ‘Dur Daraj ke Ilaqe mein Insurgency’.
Hamare desh mein takriban 15 se 20 saal pehle ‘North East’ ke ilaqe mein is
qism ki insurgency dekhi gayi aur abhi bhi kuch matra mein yah chalti aa
rahi hain. J&K ke ilaqe mein bhi isi qism ki insurgency dekhi jaa rahi hai.
Rural Insurgency mein vidrohion ka mudda ,sabse pehle dur daraj ke ilaqon
mein Govt ko nakamyab karte hue ant mein shaharon tak pahunchna hota
hain.
URBAN INSURGENCY
‘Urban Insurgency’ yane shahari ilaqe mein insurgency. Urban insurgency
mein insurgents ka mudda sabse pehle shahari ilaqon mein insurgency
shuru karna taki dur daraj wale ilaqon mein sarkar apne aap nakaam ho
jaye. Halhi mein insurgency ka bahav / zhukao shaharon ki taraf jiada
badh raha hain. Hamare desh mein NE ke ilaqe mein chal rahi insurgency,
dhire dhire urban insurgency ka rup dharan kar rahi hain. Punjab ki
insurgency bhi ek urban insurgency ka udhaharan hain.
URBAN AUR RURAL INSURGENCY MEIN FARAK
‘Rural’ aur ‘Urban’ insurgency mein chand ek fark hain jiska asar
insurgents ke tac aur SF ki karwai par padta hain. Yah farak is prakar hain
:-
354
URBAN INSURGENCY
1.
Shahar ya BUA mein hoti hai.
RURAL INSURGENCY
1.
hain.
Dur daraj ke ilaqe mein hoti
2. Insurgents ke op base ya hide
2. Insurgents ke op base ya hide
out Shahari ilaqe mein hote hain.
out jungle ya pahadi ilaqe mein hote
hain
3.
Galian, gharon ke chhat,
sadke aur garian, insurgent ko
mobolity aur surprise mein madad
karti hain aur unko ‘Hit and Run’ tac
apnana kafi asan ho jata hain.
3. Khula ilaqa , rds aur garion ki
kami ke karan insurgents ko harkat
paidal karni padti hain jisse unko
mobility aur surprise hasil karne
mein dikkat ati hain.
4.
Torphor (Sabotage) aur bhang
4.
Shahar ke banispat aise tgts
dalne ki karwai (sub version) ke liye ki kami.
shahron mein ziada target mil jate
hain.
5.
Bade shahar comn centres
hote hain ,jaha par radio,TV aur
press ke anek sadhan uplabdh hote
hain. In sadhanon dwara insurgents
unke mudde ko desh bhar mein faila
sakte hain ya publicity de sakte hain.
6. Shaharon mein ,insurgents ke
liye zaruri sadhan, jaise medical aid,
hathiyar,garian, mechanics,printers
aur cmptrs, asani se uplabdh hote
hain.
5.
Dur daraj ke ilaqon mein
radio, TV, aur press jaise sadhanon
ki kami hoti hain.
7.
Abadi ke ilaqon mein , logon
ki jaan ki suraksha ko dhyan mein
rakhte hue, SF sirf direct firing wpns
ka istemal kar sakte hain.
8.
Bhid wale ilaqon mein
insurgent ko SF dwara identify karna
bahot mushkil hota hain. Lekin
insurgent ke liye bhid mein ghul mil
jana bahot asan hota hain.
9.
SF ki karwai jaise, ‘Curfew’,
‘Cordon and Search’ aur ‘Raid’ ki
wajah se logon ko pareshani hoti
hain aur weh kafi jaldi naraz ho jate
hain. SF ka kaam mushkil.
7. Abadi ki kami ki vajah se SF
apne tamam hathiyaron ki fire
power ka istemal kar sakti hai, koi
restriction nahi hota.
8.
Abadi ki kami ki vajah se
insurgent ko identify karna asan.
Uske liye chupna mushkil hota
hain.
6. Dur daraj ke ilaqon mein aise
sadhanon ki kami hoti hain .
Insurgents cache ka istemal karte
hain.
9.
Shahar ke banispat logon ko
kam taklif. SF ka kaam asan.
355
Insurgency ke ‘Karan’ aur ‘Uddesh’ mein koi bhi parivartan nahin ata.
Apne mudde ko hasil karne ke liye insurgents niche diye hue tac apnate
hain.
INSURGENTS KE TACTICS.
Sadgi, tez karwai aur bachao, insurgents ke tactics ki buniyad hain. Aam
janta ka sahyog use harkat karne aur chupne mein madad deta hai. Janta
hi use security forces ki khabren jaldi pahunchati hai. Tezi se harkat karke
surprise hasil karte huye woh hamle ki karwai karte hain. Zamin se waqfiat
unhe jaldi se ikhate hone aur chup jaane mein sahayak hoti hai. Insurgents
ki samaj ke prati koi zimmewari nahin hoti jabki unke khilaf kam karte hue
security forces ko kanun ka pura palan karna hota hai. Yahi insurgents ko
manmane dhang se karwahi karne mein madad deta hai.
Insurgents aisi karwahian karte hain jisse yeh abhas ho ki sarkari tantra
puri tarah se nakara ho chuka hai. Woh ‘Law and Order’ vyawastha ko
ukhar phenkne ka dawa pesh karne ke liye use puri tarah prabhav-heen
dikhana chahte hain. Iske alawa woh apni vyawastha vikasit karte hain jo
samay ane par sarkari tantr ka sthan le sake. Yah sab hasil karne ke liye
insurgents nimnalikhit karwai karte hain :(a)
SF ki Ptls aur Cvys ko Ambush Karna. Site ka chunao
bahut dhyan se kiya jaata hai. SF ki gati vidhion ko dhyan purvak
dekh kar ek pattern set ho jane par hi iske nishchay kiya jaata hai.
Alag Thalag lagi SF ki Tukrion par Hamla Karna.
Aam taur par SF ke range se bahar rahte huye unke upar fire
karke Insurgents bhag jaate hain. Par kai baar kamzori ka faida
uthate huye choti post ko barbad karne ke liye assault bhi kar sakte
hain. Mudda yeh hai ki SF ki ziada se ziada casualty hon.
(b)
(c) Sanchar Sadhanon ya Govt Installations ke Saath Tor Phor
Karna. Jisse aam logon ko taklif ho jae aur woh sarkar ke khilaf ho
jae.
(d)
Dhan Ikattha Karne ke Liye Loot Paat Karna. Dhan ka
ikhatha karne ke liye weh janta se tax lete hain, daan lete hain,
bankon par dake dalte hain, dara kar paise wasul karte hain aur
videshi shaktion se madad paate hain.
(e)
Zhuta Propaganda Karna..
SF ko tatha sarkar ko
badnaam karne ke liye kisi bhi mauqe ko nahin gawaya jaata. Jhooti
gawahoon ke zariye SF ki ziadtiyon ki kahani baar-baar kahi jaati
hain. Sanchar ke madhyam aur dusre mulkon ki madad se yeh karya
antarrashtriya star par, sarkar aur uski agencies ko badnaam karne
ke liye kiya jaata hai.
356
(f) Hatyaen Karna ya Bandhak Banana. Insurgents aam janta
ko darane ke liye hatyayen karte hain aur yaatnaen dete hain. Har
baar yahi koshish ki jaati hai ki hatya krur tariqe se ki jaye taki log
atankit rahen.
(g) IEDs Lagana. Shahar ya gaon mein IEDs bari asani se istemal
kiye ja sakte hain. Kai baar security forces ko galat itelah de kar bhi
inke prabhav mein laya jaa sakta hai. Iske illawa inka akalmandi se
istemal karke search karti tukrion ko barbad kia jaa sakta hain. Aaj
kal garion mein barud bhar ke security forces ki poston ke karib la
kar fataya ja raha hai. Yahi karwai abadiwale ilaqon mein bhi ki jaa
rahi hai.
(h)
Aam Logon ko Uksa kar Karwai Karana.
Afwaon ke
zariye, propoganda kar ke ya dara ke logon ko hartalen, bandh ityadi
karne par majboor kar diya jaata hai. Iske do maqsad hote hai, ek to
security forces ko badnaam karna aur dusra in mauqon ka faida
uthate hue security forces par hamla karna. Logon ki maujudgi mein
security forces ya to jawabi karwahi nahin kar sakti, agar karti hain
to aam janta ki casualties hoti hain aur halat aur bhi bigar jaate hain.
(j)
Bold Action. In ghatnaon ko woh log anjaam dete hain jinpar
dharmik unmad sawar hai ya jinhone nashe ke halat mein kuchh bhi
karne ka thaan rakhi hai., aise logon se SF ko apne aap ko surakshit
rakhne ka sirf ek hi tariqa hai ki sharirik taur par aise logon ko camp
mein pravesh na karne de..
(k)
Human Shield ( Manav suraksha kawach) Aajkal dekha
gaya hai ki atankbadi civs ko suraksha kawach ke taur par istemal
karta hai,inhi logon ke aad mein woh bachne ki kosish karta hai.
BHAG III
- INSURGENTS KE KHILAF SF KI KARWAI.
SF KI KARWAI.
Mote taur par fauzi karwaian in muddon ko pura karne ke liye ki jaati
hain :(a)
(i)
Aam janta ko sanrakshan dena takih :Woh insurgents se atankit ho kar unko support na karan.
(ii) Woh SF ki insurgents ke khilaf madad karen.
(b)
Insurgents ko pakarna ya maarna aur saath hi unke garh
barbad karna.
(c) Civil sarkar ko sarkari tantra aur taraki ke kaam chalane mein
madad karna.
357
(d) Janta ke saath achchha achran ke dwara unka dil aur dimag
jeet kar Insurgents/terrorist se vimukh karke wapis rashtra ki
mukhya dhara mein lana.
In muddon ko hasil karne ke liye SF nimnalikhit karwai karte hain :(a)
Ek achha Int Network sthapit karna jisse ki unke org, harkat
aur tac ki time
se khabar mil sake.
(b)
Insurgents ka infiltration/exfiltration rokna.
(c)
Lagatar ptlg karke jimmewari ke ilaqe ko dominate karna taki
insurgents khule dil se harkat aur karwai na kar sake.
(d)
Pakki khabar milne par shahar ke kisi khas ilaqe ko ya kisi
gaon ka cordon and search karna.
(e)
Insurgents par ghat lagana.
(f)
Insurgents ke hideouts par raid karna.
(g)
‘Road Opening’ aur ‘Cvy Protection’ ki karwai karna.
(h)
CASO, SADM aur small team operations.
(j) Covert operations.
(k) Police aur para mil forces ke saath mil kar karwai.
(l)
Abadiwale ilaqe mein kuch khas karwai karna jaise :-
admion ka spot
(i) ‘Mobile Check Post’ lagakar gadion ka aur shakiya
check karna.
(ii)
Shahar ke khas ya najuk ilaqe jaise dharmik sthal
,picture hall, govt
offices ityadi ko protection dena.
(iii)
‘Curfew’ lagana.
(iv)
Logon ko ‘I Card’ issue karna ya registration karna.
(v)
Kuch important items jaise arms,
explosives ke harkat ke upar pabandi lagana.
amn
aur
(vi)
Shahar mein uplabdh sanchar madhyamon dwara
insurgents ke khilaf propaganda karna.
358
(vii) Civic action aur nagrikon ke saath mel jol aur aise karwai
karna jinke dwara hum civilian ka dil aur dimag ko jeet sakte
hai.
(aa) Gaon aur dur daraj ke ilaqon mein medical
camp lagana.
(bb) Gaon ke bachao ke liye khel ka maidan
banana.
(cc) CPC Canteen ki sahuliyat zaruratmandon
tak pahunchana.
SANKSHEP
Insurgents kisi kanoon ka palan karne ke liye badhya nahin hai jabki
security forces desh ke kanoon se bandhe hain. Unka uddesh kanooni rajya
ko dobara sthapit karna hai. Iske liye, chatur, nipun, tezi se action karne
wale un sainikon ki aswashykata hai jo har samay fauj aur apni izzat ka
khayal rakhte hon. Is operations mein junior leaders khas zimmewari ke
patra hain. Insurgenton se bhirne aur unko barbad ya vash mein karne ki
umang har sainik aur commander ke dil mein jagrit honi chahiye.
Commanderon ko lakshya ki purti ke liye initiative, kabliyat aur unche darje
ki leadership dikhani hogi.
-------------------------------**************************------------------------------
CP-2-3
AID TO CIVIL AUTHORITY
PARICHAY
CRPF ko civ sarkar dwara aapatkalin sthitiyon se nipatne ke liye bulaya
jata hai. CRPF ko tabhi bulaya jata hai jab civ adm ke sare vikalp khatam
ho gaye hon. CRPF ko zarurat hai ki woh hamesha in paristhition ke liye
taiyyar rahe. Is taiyyari mein vibhan halat jisme CRPF ko bulaya ja sakta
hai ka vishleshan, SOP ka banana jisme zimmewari, taiyyari aur trg ka
bayan aur civ adm se mel-milap shamil hai. Is lec ke dauran CRPF dwara
civ sarkar ko law and order banae rakhne mein madad ke sambandh mein
kewal baat karenge.
Law aur order ko banae rakhne mein madad dete samay yeh dhyan mein
rakha jaye ki yeh karwai misguided aur utejit nagrikon ke khilaf hai naki
359
dushman ke khilaf. Is karan ek sainik ke upar kuch bandishen aajati hai
jisse task mushkil ho jaata hai. Isliye zaruri hai ki fauji cdr ko unki duties,
zimmewari aur hak ka civ sarkar ki madad karte samay pata ho jisse woh
karwai kargar aur kanoonbaad tariqe se kar sake.
Aid to civ auth ke alag- alag pahlu ko ham is lec ke duaran janenge.
UDDESH
Aaj ke is lec ka uddesh hai civ sarkar ki madad mein bulaye jane par
CRPF ki karwai ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
PAHUNCH
Yeh lec paanch bhagon mein pura kiya jayeyga :(a) Bhag I
sarkar ki
-Paribhasha aur Paristithiyan jisme CRPF dwara civ
madad.
(b) Bhag II
-Aam Jankari aur Aitiyat ki halat.
(c) Bhag III
-Aid to Civ Auth ke Usul aur Gair Kanooni
Bhir(mob) ko Disperse karna.
(d) Bhag IV
(e) Bhag V
-Trg .
-Kanooni Pahlu aur CRPF ka Vyavhar.
BHAG I – PARIBHASHA AUR PARISTITHIYAN JISME CRPF DWARA
CIV SARKAR KI MADAD
PARIBHASAEN
Aid to civ auth ke dauran kuch shabd/terms ka istemal hoga jinko
samajhna nihayat zaruri hai. Yeh shabd civ adm aur samast daaste jo aid to
civ auth mein dply hai dwara bhi istemal honge aur is liye bhi inka janna
zaruri hai.
Aid to civ auth dete samay taluk rakhne wali kuch paribhashaen
prakar hain :-
is
360
(a) Civ Auth. Aam taur par kanoon aur vyavastha rakhne ke liye
CRPF ki madad mangne wale civ adhikari ko civ auth kahte hain. Yeh
ek magistrate hota hai.
(b) Crowd. Betartib vyaktion ka ek sanghatan jis mein na to koi
leader hai aur na hi us bhir mein koi pahal aur ekta ho ko crowd kaha
jaata hai. Uddharan ke taur par koi college student ka road accident
ho gaya hai to college ke anya students aur log jo accident site par
ikhatha hote hain ek crowd hai.
(c) Mob.
Bhir ke numainde jab apna- apna nizi zimmewari aur
kanoon ke liye izzat kho dete hain use mob kahte hain.Upar diya crowd
jab rd ko block kar de woh ek mob ka roop dharan kar leta hai.
(d)
Zaruri Sewaen. Aisie sewaen jinke ruk jane se aam samaj par
bura asar pare, jayese water sup, dak, electric sup, aadi.
(e) Min Force. Fauji maqsad ko hasil karne ke liye jo kam se kam
takath ka istemal karna parta hai use min force kahte hain. Uddharan
ke liye min force ka matlab tp aur hathiyar jo bhir ko niyantrit karne ke
liye dply sabhi coln se nahi hai balki joo hathiyar fire khole aur kitne
matra mein khole se hai. Apna task CRPF coln ko kam se kam fire khol
kar aur kam cas kar ke pura karna chhahie.
(f)
Unlawful Assy . Paanch ya usse jiada admion ka sangathan
jiska maqsad desh ke banaye hue kanoonon ka ulanghan karna, ya koi
galat kaam karne ke maqsad se ikhatha hue hon. Iske alawa , curfew
lage hone par, paanch se jiada admion ka iqatha hone ko ‘unlawful’ kaha
jaata hai.
(g) Vulnerable Pt.
Koi jagah jiski khas fauji ya zaruri sewaean
banaye rakhne ka mahatva ho. Jayese ki power stn, air fd, bridges
ityadi.
(h) Piquet. Tps ki ek chhoti tukdi jisko protective duties ke liye thode
samay ke liye alag kiya gaya ho. Upar diye vulnerable point ke
uddharan power stn par agar CRPF ki ek Pl ke dply ko picquet
kahenge.
(j)
Riot. Jayese hi ek unlawful assembly dwara ek hinsa ki karwai
ki jaati hai woh riot kaha jaata hai. Mob ke diye uddharan mein jab
361
college ke students ek morcha nikal kar tor phor ki karwai shuru kar
data hain to usse riot kaha jaata hai.
Ab dekhte hain ki woh kaun se paristhitian hain jisme CRPF civ sarkar ki
madad karti hai.
PARISTHITIAN JISME CRPF CIV SARKAR KI MADAD KARTI HAI
Hamare desh mein kai aisse paristhitian hui hain jab CRPF kop sarkar
ke madad karni pari hai.Yeh paristhitian koi danga fasad, zaruri sewaen se
sambhandit hoti hain. CRPF ko tabhi bulaya jaata hai jab civ sarkar ne
apne saare sadhan laga diye hon paristhiti par kabu nahi hua hai. Civ
sarkar CRPF ki madad kai halton mein mang sakti hai. Aam taur par CRPF
ki madad in karwaion ke liye hoti hai:(a) Kanoon aur Vyavastha ko Qaim Rakhne ke Liye Udaharan ke
taur par Bombay bomb blast hone ke baad jo communal riot shuru
hua tha par kabu pane ke liye CRPF ko madad ke liye bulaya gaya tha.
(b) Zaruri Sewaien ko Banae Rakhna. San 2002 mein jab Post aur
Telegraph ke karamchari hartal par chale gaye the tab CRPF ke postal
corps ne dak, tar ki sewa mein madad ki thi.
(c)
Natural Calamaties mein Madad. Ismein earthquake, flood aur
anya prakratik ya anya vipdain se utpan halat shamil hain. Gujrat
mein bhukamp se nipatne ke liye CRPF ko dply kiya gaya tha. East
mein har saal flood ki halat se nipatne ke liye CRPF ki madad li jaati
hai.
(d)
Anya mauke par madad, jayese devp project mein sahayata.
Civ sarkar ka matlab is sandarbh mein kendriya sarkar, rajay sarkar aur
union territories/ adm hai.
Ab ham lec ke dusre bhag mein aam jankari aur aityat ki halat par baat
karenge.
362
BHAG II – AAM JANKARI AUR AITIYAT KI HALAT
Aid to civ auth mein CRPF ki kamyabi kafi had tak pahle se ki gayi
taiyyari aur CRPF aur civ adm ke beech co-op se hogi. Taiyyari mein shamil
hai chand ek baton ka janna aur paristhiti se nipatne ke liye taiyyar rahna.
Civ sarkar ke madad mein kaam karte waqt nimn baaton ke bare mein
jaankari aur pure taur par taiyyari hona bahut hi zaruri hai:(a)
IS Scheme.
(b)
IS duty box mein saman.
(c)
Reports aur returns.
Ab ham ek-ek karke pahle kahi teenon bataon ko dekhte hain. Pahle lete
hain IS scheme.
IS Scheme. Yeh kuch had tak unit mob scheme ki tarah hota hai. Is se
CRPF adhikari aur civ sarkar ke numainde milkar banate hain. Is mein civ
sarkar ko madad dete samay karwai ke bare mein nimn hidayaten hoti hain
:(a)
Sambhavit Stithion ke bare mein Jaankari.
Woh
kaunkaun se halat ho sakte hain jisme CRPF ko civ adm dwara bulaya jaa
sakta hai ke bare mein local fmn plan taiyyar karta hai. Ismein saare
stithian flood, bhukamp aur anya stithi ka khulasa hota hai.
(b)
Coln ka Org Jismein Shamil Nafri aur Eqpt. Task ko dhyan
mein rakhte hue coln ko organize aur equip kiya jaata hai.Amuman ek
coln mein ek coy ki nafri hoti hai.
(c)
Jimmedari ka Ilaka. Yeh isliye ki unit ilaqe mein recce karle ,
civ adm ke numainde se liaison kart le aur wahan uplabdh resourses
ko jaan le. Yeh sab karne se
armu/unit koi bhi stithi jissme CRPF ko bulaya jayega ko
kargarta se nipta jaa sakta hai.
363
(d)
Comn ka Sadhan shamil Sig Instrs. Comn ke sadhan mein
coln ke ander comn, Coln ka controlling headquater ke saath comn
aur civ adm ke sath comn shamil hai.
(e) Jt Cont Room ka Loc aur Ussme Baithne wale CRPF aur Civ
Numainde. Jt control room aid to civ auth par CRPF ki dply hone ke
samay stithi ke mutabik sadhan aur stithi ko monitor karne ke liye
sthapit kiya jaata hai. Scheme mein bayan hoga ki CRPF ka kaun
adhikari jt control room mein upasthit hoga.
(f)
Khas Tele Nos. Civ adm ke number, police stn ke number aur
loc ka record issme hota hai.
Yeh jankari unit ke prmt reliyef par handing taking ka hissa hoti hai.
Agla hai IS duty box.. Ab iske bare mein baat karte hain.
IS DUTY BOX.
Civ sarkar ki madad ke dauran kaam ane wale saman ko ikatha karke ek
box mein rakha jata hai. Is box mein saman kuch is prakar hota hai :(a)
Local langauage mein warning banner.
(b)
MAGISTERIAL FORM CARD Forms.
(c)
IS Duty Dairy.
(d)
Camera.
(e)
Megaphone.
(f)
White tape.
(g)
Report aur returns ke liye forms aur stationary.
Ab ham IS duty ke dauran report aur return jo istemal hote hain ko
dekhte hain.
REPORTS AUR RETURNS.
364
Regulations for the CRPF 1962 ke paragraph 307 mein IS duty ke dauran
bataye gaye reports aur returns diye gaye hai. Aam taur par niche bataye
gaye reports higher HQ ko bheje jate hain :(a) First Report. Koi bhi CRPF adhikari civ sarkar ki madad mein
fauji tukri ko bhejne se pehla is report ke jarie CRPF Headquarters ko
iske bare mein suchit karte hai.
(b) Sit Report. Har roj subah 0600 h aur shaam ko 1600 h par sit
report apne se uparwale fmn ko bheja jata hai.
(c) Final Report. Jab yeh ops khatam ho jata hai to tafseel mein
report apne se upparwale fmn ko bheja jata hai.
Aam jankari hasil karne ke baad Ab lete hain aityat ki halat.
AITYAT KI HALAT (PRECAUTIONARY STAGE)
Kisi ilaqe mein garbari hone se kuch samay pahle se hi tanao shuru ho
jata hai. Fauji drishti se yeh chetavani wale samay hain aur is mauke par
civ auth se milap karna zaruri hota hai. Is ke saath madad ke dauran ke
plan bhi check kar liye jate hain. Is samay par CRPF ko in- in halaton ka
samna karne ke liye apni puri taiyyari rakhni chahiye. Ab hum apni karwai
ke bare mein jankari hasil karte hain:(a)
Flag March. Yeh karwai bhi civ auth ki request par ki
jaati hai. Ham isse aityat ki halat ke ander lete hain kyonki CRPF ka
dply kissi jagah par abhi tak nahi hua hoga. Saath hi halat abhi jiada
kharab nahi hua hai aur flag march se hi masla ya stithi par control
ho jaye aise umeed hoti hai. Yeh karwai kanoon ko manne wale
nagrikon ko vishwas dilane ke liye ki jati hain. Saath hi iska maqsad
shararti logon ko aagah karna hota hai ki garbar hone per CRPF
karwai karegi. Iski plg aur jane wale raaste CRPF aur civ offrs mil kar
tai karte hain. Cdr ko yakin kar lena chahie ki karwai ke dauran
apne tps ki suraksha nischit ki jaye. Agar garbari ka andesha ho to
ek magistrate bhi coln ke saath ho sakta hai.
Dhyan mein
rakhnewali baatein is prakar se hain :-
365
(i) Raste ka Chunao.
Raaste ka chunnao civ aur fauji
offr mil kar karte
hai. Aam taur par in raston per police ki
chaukian ya nafri tainat hogi. Aisa fauj ki protection ke liye
hi na hokar, halat aur sanvedanshilta ko madde nazar rakhte
hue pahle hi kiya ja chuka hoga.
(ii)
Nafri Aur Hathiyar Flag march ek coln dwara kiya
jayega.
Coln ki nafri IS scheme ke mutabik hogi. Taman
hathiyaron ko saath mein lekar harkat hogi. Agar IED ya rd
block ka khatra ho toInf pioneer ya Engr ke numainde bhi
saath mein ho sakte hai.
(iii) Paidal ya Gari Mein. Flag march paidal ho ya gari mein
isske bare mein hukum upar se milega ya IS scheme mein
pahle se nirdharit kiya hoga. Agar route lambe ho aur khatra
jyada ho to garion mein harkat karna thik hoga.
(iv)
Karwai. Flag march ki karwai karte samay nimn
baaton ke upar dhyan dena zaruri hai :-
(aa)
Dress aur turn out achha ho.
(ab) Hamesha chaukanna raho taki koi bhi sthiti se
muqabala kia ja sake. Saath hi dekhnewale ko ahsas ho
ki jawan tezi se chust harkat kar ke halat par kabu paa
sakte hai.
(v)
Aas – pass ke ilake par nigrani rakhen.
(vi) Comn. Coln ke andar garion ke beech aur controlling
HQ ke saath milap hona chahie.
366
(vii)
Anewale koi bhi hamle se bachne ke liye tezi se
jawabi karwai ke liye taiyyari aur tartib ka hona zaruri hai.
(viii) Civ Police ka numainda saath mein ho.
(ix)
Agar garbhari ka andesha ho to magistrate
saath mein hona chahie.
(b) Stand by Rahna. Bigarate hue halat par civ adm nazar
rakhta hai aur saath hi CRPF ko inform rakhta hai. Aisi halat
mein IS coln taiyyari ki halat mein rahte hain.
Agar munasib
samjhen to notice aur harkat ke samay ko dekhte hue, garbari
wale ilake ke karib harkat kar sakte hain. Aise halaton mein civil
sarkar aur police se milap hona zaruri hain aur joint control room
sthapit kia jata hai.
BHAG III – AID TO CIV AUTH KE DAURAN USUL AUR GAIRKANOONI
BHIR KO DISPERSE KARNA
ACTIVE HALAT
Jab garbari fail jati hai aur civil sarkar apni takat ka istemal kar chuka
hota hai aur phir bhi stithi kabu mein na aaye to aise mauke par fauj ko
requistion kiya jaata hai aur phir fauji karwai shuru hoti hai jisko ab ham
dekhte hain. Sabse pahle chand ek usul ko dekhte hain jinko CRPF ko
dhyan mein rakhte hua apni karwai karna zaruri hai.
USUL
Civ auth ko madad dete samay kuch usul hain jinka samajhne se fauj ke
daste kargarta aur kushalta ke saath aid to civ auth ka task pura kar sakte
hain. Civ janta mein garbari ke kai karan ho saakte hain. Jab garbari ke
halat bar jaati hai aur janta dal ya mob bankar demonstration karti hai
jisme hinsha hoti ha to civ sarkar yeh mankar ki stithi CPO ke bas ke bahar
hai woh CRPF ko madad ke liye bulati hai.
367
Jab ek CRPF tukri civ sarkar ki madad ke liye bulaya jata hai to us toli
ke cdr ko chand ek usulon par dhyan dena chahie.Un usulon ko ab dekhte
hain:(a) Zarurat. Karwai karne ki zarurat in Karan ki wajah se hogi :(i) Har Karwai ya Action Karne ki Alag se Nyayauchit Karan
Ho. Uddharan ke liye agar kisi shahar mein dange ho raha ho aur
ek jagah par bhir ne police ke saath mar-pat kiya ho aur us
karwai ke liye kuch firing karna para ho to yeh galat hoga ki dusri
jagah par ek shant bhir jo morcha nikal rahi haiko disperse karne
ke liye bhi firing ki jaye. Yeh do alag-alag karwai hai aur CRPF ka
action ek paristithi ke anuroop hona chahie.
(ii) Ek jagah par sakhti is liye na ki jaye takih uska asar kisi
dusri jagah ho.
(iii) Koi karwai baadla lene ki bhavna se na ki jaye.
(iv) Fauji karwai garbari rokne ke liye ki jaye, na ki saja dene ke
liye. Fauji kisi civ ko saja nahin de sakta.
(v) Yeh zarurat tab tak hi mani jati hai jab tak :(aa) Magistrate karwai karne ke liye likhit hidayet de.
(ab) Agar magistrate na ho to offr ya SO yeh faisla kare ki
jaan aur maal ki suraksha ko bhari khatra ho raha hai.
(b)
Kam se Kam Takat ka Istemal. Har haal mein kam se kam
taqat istemal karna chahie. Maqsad yeh hai ki halat par kabu pane ke
liye jitni taqat ka istemal jaruri ho usse jyada na istemal ki jaye. Yeh
368
jawanon ki tadad se taluk na rakh kar istemal ki gai golion ya tariqon se
taluk rakhta hai.
(c)
Bina Bhed Bhav Ke Karwai. Kabhi bhi dharam, jati, varg ya aur
aisi hi kisi baat ka bhed bhav ke bina karwai ki jaye.
(d) Nek Niyat. Cdr ko har karwai par soch vichar karke action lena
chahie. Iske liye :(i)
Cdr ko gussa nahin hona chahie.
(ii)
Kabhi bhi gumrah logon ko dushman na samjho ya kaho.
(iii)
Mulk ke kanoon ke mutabik karwai karo.
Aid to civ auth ke dauran dply hone par zaruri usul jinka dhyan rakhte
hua fauj ko op karna chahie ke baad ab ham dekhte hain ki bhir ko kaise
disperse kiya jaata hai.
GAIR KANOONI BHIR KO DISPERSE KARNA.
Gair kanooni bhir ko titar-bitar karne ke karwai sab se mushkil kaam
hota hai. Agar fauj ka int aur milap thik ho to garbar hone ke bare mein
khabar mil jati hai. Aam taur par aisi sthithi mein civ sarkar is mauke par
panch ya usse jayeda log ikhatta hona gair kanooni ghoshit kar dete hain.
Iske baad gair kanooni bhir ko disperse karne ki karwai civ auth ya CRPF,
magistrate dwara requisition karne par, ya phir khud aapne aap karti hai.
Dispersal ki karwai magistrate ki mauzoodgi mein aur gair mauzoodgi mein
kaise ki jaati hai isko jante hain.
Magistrate ke Mauzoodgi mein Karwai. Pahle Magistrate bhir ko titarbitar hone ko kahta hain. Agar aise nahi hota hai to fauji cdr ko yeh
zimmewari dete hai.
Am taur par yeh request likhit roop mein ki jani
chahie. Yeh request maukhik roop se bhi ki ja sakti hai lekin yakin kia jaye
ki karwai ke baad jald se jald yeh likhit roop mein le lena chahie. Karwai
karte waqt fauji cdr apni sujh bhooj se karwai karwayega. Magistrate ko
puri chhoot hai ke woh jab sochhe ki sthithi thik ho to fauji cdr ko apni
karwai rokne ke liye kahe. Uske baad fauji cdr apne toli ke suraksha ke liye
369
siraf right of private def ke liye karwai kar sakta hai.CRPF ki karwai samapt
ho jaane ke baad magistrate ke de-requisition certificate par sig le lene
chahie.
Jab Magistrate Mauzood Na Ho. Is sthithi mein sirf commissioned offr
karwai apni zimmewari se karwa sakta hai jab am janta ke hifazat khatre
mein ho. Karwai ke dauran agar magistrate se milap karna mumkin ho to
kiya jaye aur uske baad magistarte ke sujaho par karwai ki jaye. Aise muke
par SO/UO upar bataye karwai nahin kar sakte hain. Is liye zaruri hai ki IS
duties karte waqt toli ka cdr offr ho.
Tariqe. Tps jo aid to civ auth mein law and order par emp kiye gaye
hain woh police dwara istemal tariqon aur police hathiyar jayesse lathi,
baint ka istemal nahi karenge. Tps fauji tac aur hathiyar se sit se niptenge.
Jab mob ke upar fire kholne ki zarurat hai to karwai niche bateye gaye
tariqe se hogi:(a)
Firing se Pahle.
(i)
Chetavani.
Bhir ko chetavani dena chahie ki fauj ki
karwai kargar hogi. Yeh chetavani ilake ki bhasha mein ho.
Bhir ka dhyan bugle ya whistle se apni taraf karna chahie.
Saath hi is warning ko banner par likha jaye.
(ii) Police ki Karwai.
Waise to police ke numainde fauj ke
control mein nahi hain. Inki jagah fauji daste aur bhir ke beech
hogi. Fauji karwai se pahle police ko yeh chahie ki woh bagal
mein ho jaye takih fauj apne karwai khulkar kar pae.
(b)
Firing ke Dauran. Fire par pura control hoga. Zarurat ke
mutabik ek ya do jawanon ka fire ya jyada fire ki zarurat ho to niyukt kie
hue sec cdr ko hukam dia jaye. Order dete waqt cdr ko yakin karna
chahie ki woh khas tgt aur golion ke tadad bataye. Fire ghayal karne ke
370
liye ho, na ki marne ke liye. Hawa mein fire nahi hoga. Fire karte waqat
aim niche tang par liya jaye aur tgt ldr ko baney jaye. Am taur par
rapid/auto fire nahi kiya jata hai. Jayese hi bhir titar-bitar ho jati hai fire
us waqt rok dia jaye.
(c)
Fire ke Baad Karwai.
(i)
Police ki Karwai.Halat par kabu ho jaane ke baad stthi
police ke control mein wapis kar di jaati hai. CRPF karwai ke
dauran jo civ cas huan hai aur anya gawah ke taur par logon ka
record kar lena chahie. Yeh karwai police ke saath mil kar ki jaaye
aur is record ki copy police ko bhi di jaye.
(ii) Ghayal ko first aid/hospital mein admission karna.
(iii) Khali khoke ki accounting karke diary men darz karna aur
magistrate ka signature prapt karna.
(iv) Zaruri witness ko saath rakhna.
(v)
Pakre hue admion ko police ke hawale karna.
CRPF ki aid to civ auth karte waqt ek bhir ko disperse karne ki karwai ko
janne ke baad ab ham lec ke agle bhag mein aid to civ auth ke liye trg ke
bare mein baat karenge.
BHAG IV- TRG
CRPF ki madad law and order ko banae rakhne ke liye civ auth aam taur
par akhri samay par karti hai.Isliye zaruri hai har unit IS duty ko karne ke
liye taiyyar rahe. Sabhi ranks ko chahie ke desh ke halat aur khaskar jis
state mein woh loc hain uski IS stithi par nazar rakhe.
371
Civ auth dwara CRPF ki madad sabhi arms aur services ki zimmewari hai
naki kewal Inf ki. Jab zarurat hogi civ auth nazdiki fauji auth ko requisition
karegi aur jo bhi nazdiki arm ya service hai ko madad deni paregi. Zaruri
hai ki CRPF units aid to civ auth ke bare mein trg paye hon jisse woh karwai
durust tariqe se kar sake.
Sabhi ranks par unche darje ka discp aur fauj ki chavi jisme
karyakushalta,tezi, bagair bhed-bhav rahit aur nishpaksh hokar karwai par
zor dala jaye. Sabhi ranks ko mob ke khusisiyat , mushkilat jo pesh aa sakti
hain aur yeh bharosa ki woh ek gair tartib bhir par control kar sakhe hona
chahie.Yeh bharosa trg se aaeyega.
Trg aur hidayeten joki law and order ki dutyion mein shamil ki jaye o is
prakar hain:(a)
CO ki yeh zimmewari hai ki woh offrs aur SOs ki trg aid to civ
auth mein kare. Kanon ke vibhin pahluon se puri jaankari ka hona
zaruri hai.
(b) Tac Ex without Tps. Tac ex without tps IS sit ko civ auth se
talmel rakhte hue karna chahie. Police ko isme shamil karna chahie
aur police offrs ko iska hissa jab sambhav banana chahie.
(c)
Tac Ex with Tps.
IS schemes ka rehearsal karna chahie
aur jis ilaqe mein emp hona hai tps ko woh ilaqe se parichit kara dena
chahie.
(d) IS Ex. Jt ex samay- samay par CRPF aur civ auth ko karna
chahie aur jo khamian IS schemes mein nazar aati hain ko door
karna chahie.Zaruri hai civ adm ke saath joint recce ki jaye.
(e) Tps ki Special Trg . Tps ko cordon lagana , street fighting aur
bhir ko door karne mein abhyas dena chahie. Saath hi mein inko
embussing, debussing garion ki harkat ke samay hifazat aur garion
372
mein ,tang jagah mein hathiyar ka istemal ki trg ka abhyas dena
chahie. Police dwara tear gas ka istemal karne se tps ko anti-gas trg
dene ki bhi zarurat hai. Riot cont stores ka istemal ke bare mein trg
jayese ki tear gas
aur rubber
bullets ityadi.
Yeh kuchh
samvedansheel ilake mein sect stores mein diye jate hai.
(f) Tours. Yeh bahut zaruri hai jinka IS duty mein task hai woh
apne ilaqe se parichit ho. Unit ke kuch offr aur SOs ko IS duty ke liye
diye gaye ilaqe mein agar unit door hai(outstn) to samay- samay par
ilaqe ke tour par bhejna chahie jisse woh local IS scheme se waqfiat
kar le.
.
(g)
Anya Pehlu.
Kuch ek anya pahlu hain jinke bare mein
jaankari hone se aid to civ auth mein kaam kargarta se karne mein
kafi madad milti hai. Yeh is prakar hain:(i) Asamajik Tatvo ke Bare mein Jaankari.
Yeh
police se li jaati hai aur unit iska record rakhta hai.
jankari
(ii) Civ Police se Milap ya Vyavhar.
Police
se
aacha
liason rakhne ki zarurat hai jisse woh khabar aur baad mein
CRPF ki dply ke samay jyada se jyada madad kare.
(iii)
Istemal Honewale Khaas Saman Banana aur Maint.
Jo bhi saman ki zarurat IS duty ke dauran par sakti hai ko
samay –samay par check aur maint karna chahie.
Ab ham lec ke akhri bhag mein aid to civ auth ke dauran kanooni pahlu
aur CRPF ka vyavhar ke bare mein baat karenge.
BHAG V – KANOONI PAHLU AUR CRPF KA VYAVHAR
Aid to civ auth mein karwai karte waqt jo azadi ek fauj ki tukri ko
dushman ke khilaf hoti hai woh nahi hoti hai .Yeh karwai desh ke nagrikon
ke khilaf hai aur is karan fauj ko baadi soojhboojh ke saath is kam ko karna
hota hai. IS duty ke dauran chand ek kanooni pahlu jin par dhyan rakha
jaye woh is prakar hain:373
(a)
Bhir ko titar-bhitar karte waqt, magistrate ke kahne par ek offr
, SO ya UO, bataye hue admi ko arrest kar sakte hain.
(b) Karwai karte samay fauji cdr apni soojhboojh se, kam se kam
taqat istemal kar ke aur jan aur maal ke kam se kam nuqsaan
pahunchate hue apni karwai kare.
(c) Bhir ko titar-bitar karte waqt fauji cdr apne soojh-boojh ke
anusar karwai karega. Magistrate fauji tps ko fire kholne ka ya anya
karawai karne ke liye direct order nahi de sakte hain.
(d) Yeh zaruri nahin ki magistrate ke likhit roop mein request hai.
Lekin fauji cdr ko likhit roop mein copy lena thik hoga.
(e) Civ sarkar ki madad karte waqt fauji cdr aur uski toli ke khilaf
koi inquiry ya action nahi lia ja sakta hai jahan tak us cdr ne IS duty
karte waqt usul ko dhyan mein rakhe ho.
CRPF KA VYAVHAR
Civs ke saath karwai karte samay fauj ko tameez ke saath bina bhed bhav
ke aur sharafat ke saath pesh ane chahie. Iske saath fauj ko kanoon ke
mutabik aur apni sikhalai ko madde nazar rakhna hoga. Ek azaad mulak
mein fauj sirf apne nagrikon ka vishwas prapt kar ke he saflata-purvak
karwai kar sakti hai.
Kai bar fauj ka koi numainda galat karwai karta hai jisse fauj ki
baadnami hoti hai. Yeh kya karwai hai jisse fauj ki baadnami hoti hai ko
dekhte hain.
Fauj ki Baadnami ke Karan.
Chand mukhya karan is prakar hain :-
(a) Jhoote Propoganda.
Yeh karwai kuch anti-national element
dwara fauj ko nicha dikhane ke liye karti hai.Isme adhiktar fauj dwara
jiada taqakt ka istemal ka ilzam lagaya jaata hai.
374
(b) Uksane wali karwai karke fauj se ziaditi karwana aur phir uska
faida uthana.
(c) Apni galat Karwai.
se hoti hai.
Yeh adhiktar discp mein kami ki wajah
DHYAN MEIN RAKHNEWALI BATEN
Aid to civ auth ke dauran fauji cdr aur tamam ranks ko in baton par
ziada dhyan dena zaruri hai :-
(a)
Bearing aur Turnout.
Turnout unche darje ka
hona chahie jisse civ ke upar coln ki kargarta ka asar pare.
(b)
Bartao.
Fauj ka bartao baigar bhed-bhav ke hone chahie.
(c) Apna kaam jano:(i)
Area ke Bare Mein Gyan. Lec mein pahle iske bare mein
hamne baat ki hai.
(ii) Kanooni pahlu se jaankari. Aid to civ auth ke dauran
kanooni pahlu ko hamne lec ke isse bhag mein jaana hai
(d) Alert Rahna. Coln ke har numainde ko alert rahne ki zarurat
hai jisse ki koi galat karwai na ho jaye aur saath hi apna koi nuqsan na
ho.
375
(e) Mahirta. Is task mein trg dwara mahirta hasil honi chahie jisse
fauj aid to civ auth mein emp hone par karwai unche darje ki kar
sake.
(f)
Kisi bhi patrakar, TV channel ko interview na diya jaye na hi koi
baat kisi civ se ki jaye. Interview dene ke liye fauj se offr niyukt kiye
hote hain aur woh zaruri hai to interview ya bayan denge.
SANKSHEP
Aaj kal ki stithi mein yeh dekha gaya hai ki fauj ko aksar, ziada se ziada
IS duty par karwai karne ka mauka milega. Fauj ko dhyan mein rakhna
hoga ki woh do tarah ke kanoon se bandha hai. Ek hai desh ka kanoon aur
dusra hai fauj ka. Fauj ko hamesha kamyab hona parega aur is liye
saiyam, atam - anushashan, unche darje ki tayyari aur trg is safalta mein
ahmiyat rakhti hain. Ek achha aur safal sainik wahi hai jo diye hue task ko
hadhbandion ke bawzood kargarta se pura karta hai.
------------------------------------********************************------------------
CP-4
CI OPS AT COY LEVEL
PARICHAY
Hamari fouz CI OPS ki larai ka kafi tazurba pa chuki hai. Aam larai ke
vipreet, CI OPS mein ek coy ko swatantra rup se karwai karne ka mauka
milega. Sub units, karwai karne ke liye lachakdar (flexible) aur atma
nirbhar honi chahiye takih woh har halat se safaltapurvak nipat sake. Isliye
nihayat zaruri hai ki aapki coy CI OPS mein kaam karne ke liye
manovaigyanik aur sharirik rup se puri tarah taiyar ho.
UDDESH
376
Is lecture ka uddesh CT environment mein coy level par hone wale
tactical operations ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
TARTIB
Yeh lecture do bhagon mein chalaya jaayega:(a)
Bhag I.
CT environment mein coy ki dply.
(b)
Bhag II.
CI OPS mein coy darje par hone wale Tac ops.
BHAG I : CI OPS MEIN COY KI DPLY.
Is se pahle ki ham coy darje par hone wale ops ko discuss karen, yah jan
lena jaruri hai ki CT environment mein coys ko dply kis prakar karte hain.
COY DARJE KI DPLY. CI OPS mein terrorist ki, azadi ke sath harkat
mein rukawat dalne ke liye yeh nihayat zaruri hai ki us ilake ka din-raat
kargar domination kiya jaye. Yeh apne tps ki achhi dply aur kargar
patrolling se hasil kiya ja sakta hai. CI OPS mein ek unit ko kafi bade ilake
ki zimmewari di jayegi. CI OPS mein dply hote samay nimnlikhit baten
dhyan mein rakhi jaengi:Yeh dply ek Grid System mein hogi jo ki aam taur par civil adm / police
ke zimmewari ke ilake ke sath tal-mel mein hogi, takih us ilake mein
mauzud sabhi govt agencies ke sath kargar samanvaj (Coord) aur samiksha
(assessment) ho sake.
Isko karne se aur terrorist ki tatkalik gatividhion ko dhyan mein rakhte
hue, halat ke anuroop domination kia ja sakta hai.
Aam taur par ek unit ki reorg ke baad bn 4-5 coy posts mein dply ki ja
sakti hai. Ek coy post mein coy ki dply ke liye poori jagah honi chahie.
Dply ki jagah def ke kabil honi chahie.
Is post ki ek pl ke dwara dekhbhal ki jayegi aur baki do pls op base se
bahar ops ki karwai karengi. Is prakar aap dekhenge ki coy level par tps ko
do hisson mein banta gaya hai. Static Element aur Hard Hitting Mobile
Element. Yeh yakin karna chahie ki in tps ki apas mein samay –samay par
badli hoti rahe takih sabhi ko rest ka mauka mil sake.
.
(I)
STATIC ELEMENT. Yeh post ki security ke liye aur
adm bandobast ke liye jimmewar hoga. Yeh coy ka 1/3 hissa
hota hai.
377
(II)
MOB ELEMENT.
Yeh coy ka 2/3 hissa hoga jo ki
coy post se bahar coy ke AOR mein tac ops ki karwahi karega.
Is element mein 7-10 din ke liye apne AOR mein aur dusre coys
ke mob elements ke sath op karne ki qabliyat honi chahie.
(a)
BACHAO KE TARIQE (PREVENTIVE ACTIONS).
(i)
OP BASE KI SITING.
(aa) Tactical Siting. Post ko AOR ki
domination ko dhyan mein rakhte hue centrally site
karna chahie. Post ka ilaqa aas paas ke grnd se
uncha, dominating aur defensible hona chahie. Post
‘Axis of Maint’ ke sath honi chahie.
(ab)All
round
coordinated
defence.(Perimeter fence, focus
lights,
perimeter ptl etc)
(ac) Field of fire kam se kam 400-500
m tak, jhadian itiyadi saf honi chahien
(ad) Aisi jagah jahan se terrorist post ke upar fire
kar sakte hain use fire aur obsn se hamesha
dominate karna chahie nahin to booby traps ka
istemal karen.
(ae) Zarurat ke mutabik Sentries/OPs.
(af) Tej karwai aur khule mein harkat se bachne
ke liye living aur fighting bunker/morchon ka siting
nazdik karna aur comn trench se apsi milap.
(ii)
CIV KE UPAR CHECK .
(aa)
Reception Center / Post ki entrance ke age,
civilians
ko post ke andar nahin aane dena
chahie.
(ab) Langar ke kaam ke liye civ ko istemal nahi
karna chahie.
(ac)
Source ko bhi post ke andar nahi ane dena
chahie.
(ad)
Barrier aur speed breaker ka istemal. Koi
anjan gari ko post ke karib khari mat hone dein, is
mein car bomb ho sakta hai .
(ae) Puri suraksha ek pl ya us se kam ki nafri ki
kabliyat mein ho.
(iii) POST PAR ROUTINE .
378
(aa)
(ab)
Set routine ka tariqa na apnayen.
Achha fool proof aur rehearsal kiya hua
alarm system aur QRT ka bandobast ho.
(ac)
(ad)
kar na
(ae)
Donon sentry ki badli ikatha na ki jae.
Jawan khana ikatha baith kar jhund bana
khaen.
Nahane ki jagah aad mein ho.
BHAG II : CI OPS MEIN HONE WALE COY DARJE PAR TAC OPS.
Ek coy ko apne Area of Responsibility (AOR) ko dominate karne ke liye
aur terrorist ke sath contact hasil karne ke liye chhoti – chhoti tukrion mein
op karna parega. Iske ilawa coy ko apna task pura karne ke liye kafi anya
ops karne padte hain . In ops ke bare mein ham is lec ke dauran jankari
hasil karenge . Inko ham ab slide ki madad se dekhenge :(a)
Patrolling.
(b)
Ambush.
(c)
Search and Destroy msn.
(d)
Raid on hostile Camp / Hideout.
(e) ROP aur cvy protection.
aapko alag se lec
(f)
Cordon aur Search.
Inke bare mein
Mein bataya jaega.
PATROLLING.
GEN.
CI OPS mein khabar hasil karne ke liye aur ilake ko lagatar
dominate karne ke liye patrolling ki zarurat parti hai. Kamyab patrolling ke
liye umda junior leadership, unche darze ki physical fitness aur FC / BC
mein maharat ki zarurat hai. Ptl ko foot ya garion dwara kiya ja sakta hai.
Urban area mein ilaqe ko dominate karne ke liye chhote ilake mein ek se
jiada ptls ko bheja jata hai. In ptls ka aapsi fasla 100-150m hota hai aur
inka aapas mein milap hona chahiye, taki zarurat parne par yeh ek dusre ki
madat kar saken. CTops mein ptls ko kai tasks diye ja sakte hain, in tasks
ko pura karte hue ptls kuchh zaruri muddon ko hasil karte hain. Yeh tasks
aur hasil kiye jane wale mudde aapko slide ki madad se batae jaenge.
TASKS. CTops mein coy darje par ptls ko diye jane wale tasks is prakar
hain:379
(a) Int collection. CI OPS mein dply hone se pahle hi area of resp
ke bare mein, terrorist ke bare mein, locals ke bare mein aur govt
agencies ke bare mein int collection ki karwai shuru ho jati hai. Bn ke
dply hone ke baad int ko lagatar update karte rahna chahie.
(b)
Ilake ki Jankari (Area familiarisation). CI OPS mein
success hasil karne ke liye apne Area of Resp (AOR) ke bare mein
jankari hona bahut hi zaruri hai. Jankari trn, mausam, terrorist ,
locals, govt org apni flank mein dply hui unit ke bare mein honi chahie.
(c) Screening aur Identification. Patrolling karte samay area
domination karne ke liye, int hasil karne ke liye aur terrorist ki harqat
par rok lagane ke liye patrols kisi gari ko aur area mein ikhate hue
logon ko screen karke identification ki zarurat parti hai. Yeh int
collection ka hi ek hissa hai.
(d)
Svl. AOR mein ane wale vill, hide outs aur shakiya ilaqon
par nigrani rakhne ke liye ptls Covert Obsn Posts (COP) lagate hain. Vill
par nigrani rakhne ke liye apne local source ka istemal bhi kiya ja
sakta hai.
(e)
Civic Action. Ptls civic action karte hue nimnlikhit karwahi
karte hain:(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Dawaian bantna.
CSD facilities dena.
Garibon ko ration dena.
Veterinary cover dena.
Recruitment Rally.
(f)
MCP. Ptls MCP laga kar terrorists ki gatividhion par rok laga
sakti hein.
PTLS SE HASIL KIYE JANE WALE MUDDE.
CTops mein ptls dwara hasil kiye jane wale mudde is prakar hain :(a)
Area Domination. Ilake ka domination takih us ilake ke
kuchh log aur terrorist apas mein mil kar galat (illegal) karwaiyan na
karen. Iske ilawa terrorist ki planned gatividhion par bhi rok lagti hai.
(b) Confidence Building . Lagatar successful ptls se aam janta ke
dil aur dimag mein SF ke prati confidence / vishwas barhta hai.
(c) Terrorist ki Cas. Kargar ptl se terrorist ki cas karna asan ho
jata hai. Is se terrorist ke morale par kharab asar parta hai aur SF ka
morale accha hota hai.
380
BANAWAT.
Ptl ki banawat fmn HQ ki policy ke mutabik hogi. Banawat niminlikhi
baton ko dhyan mein rakhte hue ki jaegi:(a)
Task. Jaise ki agar ptl ko svl ka task mila hai to usmein
kam str hogi aur usmein svl ke aleh jiada honge. Isi prakar agar ptl ko
Area Familarization ka task mila hai to iski str jiada hogi. DS yahan
par Civic Action aur MCP ka udahran bhi de sakte hain.
(b) Ptl ka Route aur Fasla. Ptl ka route mushkil raste se, cliffs se
ya paharon ke through ho sakta hai. Iski wajah se ptl mein carry
hone wale eqpt par asar parega. Ptl ka fasla lamba ho to ptl ki nafri
aur usmein carry hone wale eqpt par faraq parega.
.
(c)
Ptl ki Duration. Ptl ki duration jiada ho to uski
jiada nafri hogi, jo ki ptl ki duration ke liye sustainance ka bhari
saman aur eqpt uthaegi.
(d)
Terrorist ki Str aur Reaction. Apne ilaqe mein pae jane
wale terrorist ho sakta hai ki foreign / local hon. In dono ki pai jane
wali nafri aur SF ke khilaf hone wale reaction alag –alag hote hein. In
chijon ka ptl ki banawat par asar parega.
(e)
Dusre Task Milne ki Sambhawna.
Pahle se bahar
nikli hui ptl ko RS par aur bhi task mil sakte hein. Misal ke taur par
agar koi ptl int collection ke liye gai hai to usko kisi paas wali jagah
par ho rahe CASO op mein stop banne ka task mil sakta hai.
CONVENTIONAL PATROLLING AUR CI OPS MEIN PATROLLING KA
FARAQ
(a)
Aim .
Aam ptl ka mudda khabar hasil karna ya deny
karna hota hai, CI OPS mein ptl kisi bhi task ko pura karne ke liye
taiyar rehti hai, jaise Int Collection, Area Familiarisation aur Svl ke
task.
(b)
AOR. Aam ptl dushman ke ilaque mein bheji jati hai, CI
OPS mein ptl amuman apne hi ilaque mein karwai karti hai.
(c) Banawat. CTops mein patrols ki banawat aisi hoti hai ki
kisi halat se nipat sake. Task, Ptl ka Route aur terrorist ka Reaction
kuch aisi baten hain jo ptl ki banawat par asar dalti hain. CI OPS
mein ptl ki Nafri aur unmein auto hathiyar ziada hote hain.
381
(d)
Civilians ki Madad.
CI OPS mein civ ki, guide ke taur
pe ya porter ki duty ke liye madad li ja sakti hai magar aam ptl mein
nahin. CI OPS mein ptl ko gaon ke bhitar ja kar civ se mel milap bhi
karna parta hai jab ki aam ptl gaon se door rehti hai.
Terrorist ki khule aam harkat par kabu pane ke liye, unka gaon / shahar
mein ane par rok lagane ke liye, unke man mein hameshan khauf paida
karne ke liye aur unki cas karne ke liye hamari hameshan koshish rahni
chahiye. Is ke liye hamein patrolling ke sath sath, raat-din ambush lagana
jaruri hai. Is ko abhi ham vistar mein bataenge.
AMBUSH
Terrorist par casuality karna, khabar hasil karna aur unka morale nicha
karne ke lie ambush CTops mein ek kargar tariqa hai.
Opportunity/Deliberate ambushes pakki khabar par lagane chahiye. CT
environment mein ambush lagane se terrorists par bahut dar
paida ho jata hai jisse wah khule aam harkat nahin kar sakte. Ambush
ka plan karte samay nimn likhit baten dhyan mein rakhni chahiyen :(a)
Ambush ki jagah aisi honi chahiye jahan par terrorist ate jate
hon aur wahan se unke upar ziada se ziada fire dala ja sake.
Terrorists ki adaten aur harkaton ko dhyan mein rakhte hue ambush
lagaya jaye.
(b)
Ambush raste ke ek ya dono taraf lagaya ja sakta hai. Yeh
zamin par nirbhar hoga. Raste ke dono taraf ambush lagane se
terrorist ke bhagne ke options kam ho jate hain. Isme tal mel ki bahut
zarurat hoti hai taki fire se apni cas na ho jaye.
(c) Terrorist gang ke leading numainde kuch masoom log ho sakte
hain. Jiada tar civilians scout ka kaam karte hain aur terrorist se
aage lagbhag 100 se 150m aage chalte hain. Is baat ko briefing mein
shamil karen taki asli terrorist par cas ki ja sake.
(d) Ambush ko lay karne ke liye pahle se ikhtiyar ki gayi drill honi
chahiye. Jisme shamil ambush loc tak ki harkat, ambush loc ki recce,
loc ko occupy karna ambush ko spring karna , pursuit aur ilaqe ki
search.
(e)
Ambush ka samay badalte rahna chahiye.
(f)
Comn ke sadhanon ka uttam prayog karna chahiye.
382
(g)
Ambush lagane se pahle sab jawanon ki tafsil mein briefing
karna bahut hi
jaruri hai.
BANAWAT.
Ambush ki banawat mukhtalif fmn HQ ke hukum , trn aur terrorists ke
kaam karne ke tariqe ko dhyan main rakhte hue hogi. Ambush ki str
nimnlikhit baton par nirbhar karti hai:(a) Terrorist ki Str aur Banawat. Yeh pt apko ptl ki banawat ko
dhyan mein rakhne wali baton mein bataya ja chuka hai.
(b) Apne Tps ki Str. Apne tps ki availability ke anusar ambush ki
banawat ki jaegi. Post ki security aur anya adm duties ki wajah se
nafri kam ho jati hai.
(c)
Grnd. Zamin ki banawat ambush ki banawat par asar
dalegi. Misal ke taur par agar ambush nale mein lagaya gaya hai to
kam nafri ki zarurat paregi aur agar khule ilaqe mein hai to ziada ki.
Agar ek pl ki nafri (Str – 24) se ambush lagana hai to isme stops,
covering party, res party aur pursuit party ki str trn ke mutabik banti jaegi.
Sujhao ke taur par ambush partion ke str ki bant niche di gai hai.
(a)
Scouts.
Str - 04 . Yeh jodi mein lagae jaenge.
(b)
Covering Party. Str – 08.
(c)
Stops.
Str – 04. Yeh jodi mein honge.
(d) Res.
Str – 08. Ismein nimn partian hongi. Yeh party mauke
ke anusar
Covering party ka bhi role ada kar sakti hai. (NOTE. Covering
party aur Res
party halat ke anusar apna role badal sakte hain.)
(i) Prisoner Party .
Str – 02.
(ii) Pursuit Party.
Str – 04.
(iii) Search Party.
Str – 02.
Ambushes mein Snipers ka bhi kargar tariqe se istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
Snipers ko peron ke upar ya dominating heights par dply kar ke terrorist ke
mukhya numaindon ko mara ja sakta hai aur terrorist ki harqat par nigrani
rakhi ja sakti hai. The movie “En At The Gates” highlights the importance of
snipers who have the capability of stalling any plan.)
SEARCH AUR DESTROY
383
Coy ke zimmewari ke ilaqe ki domination aur sanitization (Op ke mahol
ko surakshit karna) karne ke liye area search ki zarurat parti hai. Search
aur Destroy msn rural ilaqe mein tab launch kiya jata hai jab terrorist ke
bare mein khabar pakki nahi hoti aur kafi bada ilaqa search karne ki
zarurat parti hai. Search plan karte samay kuch dhyan mein rakhne wali
baten is prakar hain:(a)
Int. Search karne se pahle Area mein pai jane wali trn,
terrorists aur population ka int ka hona nihayat hi zaruri hai.
(b)
Search usi area mein org ki jaye jis mein terrorist ke
hone ka andesha
ho.
(c)
Force Level. Search hone wale area ko cordon karke
search karne ke liye kafi ziada nafri ki zarurat parti hai. Dhyan
mein rakha jaye ki search ke dauran ek ya do QRT res ke taur par
hamesha honi chahie.
(d)
Priority. Agar search karne wala area ziada bada hai to
area ko priority wise bant kar hisson mein search karna chahie.
Har hisse ke liye ek alag search party hogi aur uske sath integral
res hoga.
SEARCH KE TARIQE.
Search karne ke nimnlikhit tariqe hain :(a)
Sweep Method. Is method mein search force ko stops,
search parties aur res mein banta jata hai. Stops ko teen side
mein dply kiya jata hai aur chauthe side se search ki karwahi ki
jati hai. Search parties ek dusre ke parallel search karte hue
stops ki taraf jate hain. Search parties apne flanks ko bhi search
karte hain aur ek dusre ke sath coord/ comn mein rahte hein.
(b)
Selective Search. Yeh tech tab istemal ki jati hai jab
terrorist ki info specific ho aur apne paas tps ki kami ho. Is tech
mein success speed aur surprise par aadharit hota hai. Yeh tech
sweep method ki tarah hi hai sirf isme search ka area specific
hota hai.
(c)
Fan Method. Is method mein chhota
area ziada achhi tarah search kiya ja sakta hai. Is method mein
bhi stops aur res parties ki zarurat hoti hai. Is mein search
384
parties kisi ek direction mein search karte hue jati hain aur rt ya
lt ghum kar wapis start pt par aa jate hein. Parties direction
maint rakhne ke liye compass ka istemal karti hain .
(d)
Base Line Method. Yeh method tab istemal kiya jata
hai jab kisi rd/ridge ke dono taraf ki search karna ho. Is mein
HQ aur res rd / ridge par hota hai aur pl/sec level ki parties
dono taraf ka area ko search karti hain. Is mein bhi terrorist ke
escape ko rokne ke liye stops lagae jate hain.
SANKSHEP
Pahal (initiative) aur lagatar aage hone wali karwai ka soch-vichar
(Mental Mobility) CI OPS mein safalta hasil karne mein madad dete hain.
Yeh aap nimnlikhit tariqon se hasil kar sakte hain :(a)
Zimmewari ke ilake ki vistar se jankari (Area
familarisation).
(b)
Op ki alag alag halat mein zamin ka sahi istemal.
(c)
Op ke alag-alag badalte halat / rukh ke liye mansik aur
sharirik taiyari.
(d)
Durust Khabar.
(e)
Apne tps ka tafseel se briefing aur alag alag pesh aane wali
halaton ke bare mein pahle se soch-vichar aur taiyari (War-games).
CI OPS mein SFs ki karwai lagatar aur akramak honi chahiye. Aisi sthiti
na aa jaye jab ki SFs kewal terrorists ki karwaiyan hone ke baad us par
reaction karen (Be pro-active and not reactive). Yeh tab hasil ho sakta hai
jab aap initiative barkarar rakhte hue khabar hasil karke ops ki karwaiyan
zari rakhen.
---------------------------**********************-------------------------
CP-5
CI OPS MEIN PARA MILITARY FORCES,CENTRAL POLICE
FORCES AUR STATE POLICEKE SATH KAAM KARNA
385
PARICHAY
Hamare desh mein aitihasik, bhogolik, samajik, arthik aur dharmik
bhinnataon ke karan anek bhagon mein algavvadi taqten hinsa failati
hain, jinse nipatane ke liye shuru mein State Police, Central Police
Organisations (CPOs) tatha Para Military Forces (PMFs) ko task milta hai.
Sthithi kabu se bahar hone par sena ko bulaya jata hai. PMFs, CPOs aur
State Police ka kaam karne ka tariqa bhi alag- alag hota hai. Hamein inki
banawat, karyashaili, khamiyan aur milne wali madad ke bare mein jankari
hona chahiye taqi CI Ops mein lagi forces ke beech behtar talmel ban sake.
UDDESH
CI Ops mein PMFs, CPOs aur State Police ki mote taur par organization
aur inke saath kaamkaz ke tariqe ki jaankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec do bhagon mein chalaya jayega :(a) Bhag I. Aam Jaankari.
(b) Bhag II. Kaamkaz ka Tariqa .
BHAG I - AAM JAANKARI
PMFs
PARIBHASHA .
Aisi forces jinhe ladai aur shanti ke samay sena ko madad dene ke liye
banaya gaya hai. Inki banawat, eqpt aur trg CRPF ki tarah hi hoti hai.
Assam Rifles (AR),Rashtriya Rifles (RR),Special Frontier Force (SFF) aur
Coast Guard is shreni mein aate hain.
Assam Rifles.
(a)
Yeh force Graha Mantralaya ke neeche aati hai. Is mein 80 %
Offrs Army se aur 20 % Offrs AR Cadre ke hote hain. Army Offrs
deputation par hote hain. Assam Rifles cadre ke Offrs Asst Comdt, Dy
Comdt , Comdt aur Comdt (Sel Grade) hote hain . Is force ka head DGAR
(Dir Gen Assam Rifles) hota hai, jo ki Lt Gen hota hai. DG AR ka HQ
Shillong mein hai.
(b)
Assam Rifles ka Role. AR ka role is prakar hai:386
(i)
North-Eastern SeCIor ki security.
(ii) Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland,Mizoram aur Mani
(iii) Baki ilaqon mein andruni security jab police ke kaabu se
bahar ho.
(iv)
Nagaland ,Manipur aur Mizoram mein CI Ops.
AR Bn.
(a)
AR Bn mein 6 Rif Coys aur ek Adm Coy hoti hain. Har Rif
Coy mein teen Rif Pl aur ek Rif Pl mein char sec hote hain. Har Rif
Pl mein ek 2”/51mm Mor aur har sec mein ek LMG auth hai. Kuch
ek Bns ko MMG aur 81mm Mor bhi auth hai. Ek Rif Coy ki nafri 03
Offrs, 05 JCOs aur 166 OR hoti hai.
(b)
CI Ops mein AR Dwara Madad. CI Ops ke dauran AR se
Army ko nimnlikhit madad mil sakti hai :(i)
Int ColleCIion.
(ii)
IB/LC/LAC par ghuspeth rokna.
(iii)
Rear Area ProteCIion.
(iv) Chote star par guerilla ops ko kabu karna.
(v) RR. CI Ops mein Army ke lambe arse tak dply hone
se trg, discp, aur morale par pratikool asar pada hai. CI
Ops mein Army ke dply ko kam karne ke liye RR ko
khada kiya gaya. Ismein Offrs, JCOs aur OR Army se (all
arms and services) deputation par jate hain.
(a)
RR Bn. RR Bn mein 06 Rif Coys aur ek HQ Coy hoti hain.
Rif Coy mein 03 Rif Pl aur ek MMG Sec (do 7.62mm MMG) hote hain.
Rif Pl mein ek 84mm RL det, ek 51mm Mor det aur teen Sec hote
hain. Rif
Coy ki nafri 02 Offrs, 05 JCOs aur 130 ORs hoti hai.
HQ Coy mein
Mor Pl, Sig Pl, MT Pl, QM Pl aur Engr Pl (Ismein nafri Engrs ki
hoti hai ) hoti hain .
(b) RR ka Role. RR ka role is prakar hai:(i) CI Ops.
(ii) Rear area security.
(iii) Kanun aur vyavastha banaye rakhna.
(iv) Civil Authority ki madad.
(v) Field force ki bridhi jab ki baaki task par employed na ho.
387
(c)
CI Ops Mein Madad.
(i)
Int ColleCIion.
(ii)
Rear area proteCIion.
(iii) Counter Terrorists Operations.
(iv) Civ adm ki sahayata.
CPOs.
(v)
Field force ko madad dena jab anya task par na lagi ho.
PARIBHASHA. Aisi forces jinki banawat aur karyashaili police ki tarah hi
hoti hai lekin yeh Graha Mantralaya ke adhin hoti hain. BSF, CRPF, ITBP,
CISF aur RPF is shreni mein aate hain.
BSF.
(a)
BSF Bn. BSF Bn mein 06 Rif Coy aur ek SP Coy hoti
hain. Ek Rif Coy mein 03 Rif Pl aur har Pl mein ek 2” Mor aur 03
Secs hote hain. Har Sec mein 02 LMG hoti hain. SP Coy mein Mor Pl
(Six 81mm Mor) aur MMG Pl (Six 7.62mm MMG) hoti hain.
(b) BSF ka Role - Shantikaal Mein.
(i) Seemant ilaqon mein rahne wale logon mein security ki
bhavna paida karna.
(ii)
Seemapar se hone wale jurmon aur gair kanooni
ghuspeth rokna.
(iii)
Smuggling aur anya gair kanooni gatividhiyon ko
rokna.
(iv)
Patrolling, trans-border observation aur shakiya
logon ki pooch tash ke dauran intelligence hasil karna.
(c)
BSF ka Role Yudh ke Dauran.
(i) Un seCIors ko hold karna jahan dushman ka ziada
khatra na ho.
(ii) Main defences ke flanks ko badhana.
(iii)
Dushman ki para military ya irregular force ke
khilaf chotte star ke hamle karna.
(iv) Convoy,yudhbandhion aur yudhbandhion ke campon ki
suraksha karna.
(v) Refugees ko control karna aur kabza kiye ilaqon ki sena
ki dekhrekh mein administration karna.
(vi) Antarrashtriya seema ke saath ke ilaqon ki khabren hasil
karna.
388
(viii) Sena ko apne jimmewari ke ilaqe mein guide dena.
(ix)
Ghuspeth rokna.
(d) CI Ops Mein Madad.
(i)
IB/ LC/ IB par ghuspeth rokna.
(ii)
Int colleCIion.
(iii)
CI Ops ladna.
(iv)
Rear Area proteCIion.
(v)
Chotte star par guerilla ops par kabu pana.
ANYA CPOs.
a. ITBP. Indo-Tibet Border par nigrani rakhne ke liye is
force ka
istemal kiya jata hai. Iske alawa ITBP ko desh ki
andruni suraksha ke
liye bhi istemal kiya jata hai.
b. CISF. Ise faCIories/udyog dhandhon ki suraksha ke liye
istemal kiya jata hai.
c. RPF. Ise Rly Stns aur chalti gadion mein yatrion ki
suraksha ke liye istemal kiya jata hai.
d. Spl Armed Police. Ise desh ki andruni suraksha ke liye
istemal kiya jata hai.
e. Home Gds. Inhein desh ki andruni suraksha ke liye
istemal kiya jata hai.
STATE POLICE
Rajya mein kanoon vyavastha banaye rakhne ki zimmewari State Police
ki hoti hai.
(a)
Banawat Rajya ko Police DistriCIs mein banta jata hai
jiski kaman
SP ke niche hoti hai. Police DistriCI ko Police Thanon
mein banta jata hai jispar ek InspeCIor niyukat hota hai. Police
Thane ke niche Police chaukiyan hoti hain jiska i/c ek Sub-InspeCIor
hota hai.
(b)
CI Ops Mein Madad. Ismein State Police yeh madad de
sakti hain:(i)
Int colleCIion.
389
(ii)
Population centres ki hifazat.
(iii)
Comn ke sadhnon ki hifazat.
(iv)
CI Ops ke sabhi ops mein police reps ki mauzudgi.
BHAG II : KAAMKAZ KA TARIQA
PMFs, CPOs aur State Police ki Khoobian.
(a)
Tajurba. CI Ops mein arse se kaam karne ki wajah se in
forces ko kafi tajurba hasil hua hai.
(b) Sadhan. Graha Mantralaya se funds milne ki wajah se in forces
ke eqpt,
hathiyar aur gadion mein kafi sudhar hua hai.
(c) Improvised Eqpt . In forces ne stithi ke anusar kafi eqpt
improvise kiya hai jaise mob bunkers aur bullet proof gadiyan
itiyadi.
(d) Radio Comn. Inke pas lambi doori tak radio par milap ke
bharosemand sadhan hain.
(e) Civ Adm ke Saath Milap. Civ Adm ke saath inka talmel accha
hota hai.
(f) Atamnirbharta. Yeh forces adm ke liye atamnirbhar hoti hain.
Khamian.
Aam taur par in forces mein nimnlikhit khamian payi jati hain :(a)
Shuru shuru mein CI Ops ki ziada trg na hone ki wajah
se in forces ko kafi mushkil aati hain.
(b)
wajah se
Atankvad ko khatam karne ke liye rajnitik dakhlandazi ki
qabliyat/icchashakti ki kami hoti hai.
(c)
Adhunik/bade hathiyaron ki kami hoti hai.
(d)
Police ke kuch admi Terrorists se mile hue ho sakte hain.
(e)
Terrorists ke liye State Police ko dara dhamka kar apne khilaf
karwai karne se rokna asan hai . Unke pariwaron ko khas khatra bana
rahta hai.
(f)
Inki dply Coy ke taur par hone ke karan inke sath talmel
bithane mein mushkil pesh aati hai.
SANKSHEP
CI Ops mein behtarin talmel ke liye PMFs,CPOs aur State Police ke bare
mein hamein jankari hona bahut zaruri hai. Ek dusre se hod karne ke bajai
miljul kar kaam karne se ziada safalta hasil ho sakti hai. Hamein in forces
ki qabliyat aur shakti ka CI Ops mein bharpur istemal karna chahiye.
Jahan tak sambhav ho, Sena aur CI Ops mein lagi anya forces ko ek hi
comd mein rakha jaye.
390
----------------------------------------------*********************---------------------------
CP-6
ARMED FORCES (SPECIAL POWERS)ACT
PARICHAY
Suraksha bal 1956 se vishesh kar NORTH-EAST mein Counter
insurgency Ops mein vidroh ko dabane mein lagi hue hain.Uske baad se
desh ke anya bhagon mein bhi counter insurgency ops mein suraksha balon
ko istemal hota raha hai. Kai baar kanun ki puri jankari ke abhav mein
kuchh sainik mushkil mein phans gaye aur kuchh ko to adalat mein bhi
ghasita gaya. Suraksha balon ko desh ke alag-alag bhagon mein ops karne
hote hain.Wahan par kanuni mahaul mein kafi antar hai, Isliye yeh zaruri
hai ki kanun ki un dharaon ko jo in kshetron mein lagu hain, ki jankari
sabhi ko ho aur unko achhi tarah se samajh liya jaye takih kanoon ka
ulanghan na ho. Un rajyon mein jahan par Armed Forces(Special Powers)
Act lagu hai aur jahan par nahi hai wahan ke mahaul mein kafi antar hai.
UDDESH
Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
3Yeh sabaq paanch bhagon mein sikhaya jaega :(a) Bhag I
:
(b) BhagII
1942.
(c) BhagIII
Kanuni shabad.
:
:
Armed Forces(Special Powers) Adhyadesh-
Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act,1958.
(d) Bhag IV
:
Sub Sec 4(c) of Act of 1983 of
Punjab,Chandigarh &
J&K.
(e) Bhag V
:
Do’s and Don’ts.
BHAG I :
KANUNI SHABD
Is lec ke dauran kaam aane wale kuchh kanuni shabd pahle se
jaanna zaruri hai.
391
Armed Forces: Iska matlab Sena, Nausena aur Vayu sena jo
zamini
senaon ke rup mein karyarat hain jinmen is tarah ke karya
karne wale sangh ki
anya senayen bhi shamil hain.
(a)
Disturbed area (Ashant kshetra). Yeh who kshetra hai jahan
kanun
vyavastha ki sthiti thik na hone ke karan logon ka jeevan tatha
sarkari
aur niji
sampatti ki suraksha ke liye vishesh suraksha
upayon ki madad leni
padti hai.
(b)
(c)
Officer.
Armed Forces ka Offr
(e)
arth
Armed forces ke sambandh mein offrs ka tatprya
Commission prapt, Gazzetted ya vetan ke hisab
jismen SO aur UO bhi shamil hain.
Member(Sdase). Armed Forces ke sambandh mein sadase ka
hai. Offr ke alawa Armed Forces ka koi bhi vyakti.
.
(f)
Counter Insurgency(Prati Vidrohita).
Sarkar dwara vidroh
se nipatne ke liye kiye jaane wale sabhi upayon ka uddesh janta ke dilon
dimag
ko
jeetna hai. Inme se kuchh upay hain, Sainik, ardh sainik
bal, civil police bal ki karwai aur Arthik vikas aur rajnitik sudhar.
BHAG II : ARMED FORCES (SPECIAL POWERS) ADHYODESH,1942.
Kabhi-Kabhi Armed Forces ke kuchh officers ko kuchh kanun aur
vayavastha ki samase se niptne ke liye kuchh vishesh powers pradan ki gayi
hain. Armed Forces thik tarah se kaam kar saken, iske liye Armed
Forces(Special Powers) adhyadesh 1942 ke pravdhano ko lagu kiya gaya hai.
Iski mukhya visheshtaen nimn likhit hain :(a) Koi bhi Capt ya usse unche rank ka Offr apni duty ke dauran
apne se niche kisi jawan ya Offr ko fire kholne ya aisa bal prayog
karne ka aadesh de sakta hai, jisse kisi vyakti ki mrityu kyon na ho
jae,yadi wah :(i)
Sentry ke challenge karne par na ruke.
(ii)
Kisi sampatti jiski suraksha karna offr ki duty hai us ko
nuksaan pahunchae ya nuksan pahuchane ka
prayas kare.
(b)
Aese order ka palan karne ke liye kisi vyakti ko giraftar kare,
chah isme us vyakti ki maut kyon na ho jae.
392
(c)
Giriftar kiye aadmi ko parisithitiyon se sambandhit report ke
saath
jald se jald police ko saunp diya jaye.
(d)
Is adhyadesh ke antargat diye gaye aadeshon ya aise aadeshon
ka
palan karne ke liye koi bhi mukadma nahi chalaya jayega
jab tak ki
Kendra sarkar ki manjuri na ho.
BHAG III: ARMED FORCES (SPL POWER) ACT-1958
Yeh kanun Assam, Manipur, Nagaland, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh,
Meghalaya aur Tripura jaise ashant rajyon ke liye lagu kiya gaya tha. Is
kanun ke tahat Offrs/SOs aur UOs ko niman likhit shaktiyan pradan ki
gayi hain :(a)
Kanun aur vyavastha banaye rakhne ke liye chetawani dene ke
baad
jarurat ke anusar goli chalane ya bal prayog karne ka aadesh de
sakta hai.
Isme kisi ki maut bhi ho sakti hai.
(b)
Panch ya panch se adhik logon ke jama hone ya hathiyar
rakhne ya
aisi vastu rakhne, jiska prayog wpn ke taur par kiya ja
sakta hai, gola barud
ya visphotak samagri rakhne par pratibandh
laga sakta hai.
(c)
Kisi hathiyar ke dump, taiyar kiye hue morche ya shelter, jiska
istemal ugrawadi hathiyar band hamle ki liye ya koi aisi jagah, jiska trg
ke liye ugrawadi istemal kar sakte hain ko barbad kar sakta hai.
(d) Bina warrant ke giraftar kar sakta hai aur talashi le sakta hai.
BHAG IV:
SUB
SEC
4(C)
PUNJAB,CHANDIGARH AND J&K.
OF
ACT
OF
1983
OF
Is act ke tahat shashastra sena ka koi member ko nimanlikhit adhikar
diye gaye hain.
(a) Yadi shak ho to kisi veh ko jisme kisi aise vyakti ko liye jaya ja
raha
hai, jisne koi apradh kiya hai ya jiske paas koi gair kanuni wpn
aur amn ya
barood hai ko rok kar aur agar jarurat pade to bal ka
istemal kar ke use rok
sakta hai aur talashi lekar saman zabt kar
sakta hai.
(b)
Is act ke tahat talashi lene wala kisi bhi vyakti ka
darwaja, almari,
tizori, Box, cupboard, drawr, package ya koi aur
cheej jiski chaabi nahi
mil rahi hai,
use todne ka pura adhikar
hai.
393
(c)
Is act ke dauran apni powers ka istemal karte hue kisi
vyakti ke virudh
bina kendriya sarkar ki purv anumati ke mukadma
nahi chalaya ja sakta.
BHAG-III : DO’S AND DONT’S
DO’S (KARNA)
Ops se Pahle ki karwai.
(a)
ho.
Usi ilaqe mein karwai ki jae jise ‘Disturbed’ area ghosit kar rakha
(b) Bal prayog karte hue fire kholne ya giriftar karne ki power sirf
Offr/SO/UO hi prayog kare.
(c) Kisi bhi raid/search se pahle sthaniya prashashan se sthaniya
vyaktiyon
ke baare mein nishchit suchna prapt ki jaani chahiye.
(d) Jahan tak sambhav ho sake civ prashashan ke pratinidhi/rep ko
raid ke dauran shamil kiya jae.
Ops ke Dauran Karwai.
(a)
Kisi sandigth vyakti ya kanoon vyavstha ko banaye rakhne ke
liye agar bal prayog karne ya goli chalane ki zarurat pade to pahle
nishchit kiya jae ki yeh public vyavastha ke liye zaruri hai. Fire kholne
se pahle samuchit
warning di jae.
(b)
karne
Sirf unhi ko girftar kiya jaye jinhone gambhir apradh kiya ho ya
wale hon ya jinke khilaf prayapt saboot maujood hon.
(c)
Yeh sunischit karen ki apne under command jawan masoom
logon ko preshan na karen, unki sampati ko bina karan nuksan na
pahunchayen aur un
logon ke gharon mein na ghusen jo gair
kanooni gatividhion mein lipt nahi
hain.
(d)
Yeh sunischit karen ki aurton ko lady police ya police ki
maujudgi
mein hi search/girftar karen. Aurton ki talashi sirf lady
police dwara hi li jae.
Ops ke Baad Karwai.
(a) Giraftari ke baad giraftar logon ki list banaye.
(b) Giraftar logon ko bina samay gavayen nazdiki police stn ko saunp
den.
394
(c) Police ko saumpte samay giraftari ki paristhiyon se sambandhit
detailed report bhi saath di jae.
(d) Giraftar vyaktiyon ko police ko saumpne mein deri ko reason ke
saath
diya jana chahiye.
(e)
Raid ke baad kabje mein liye gaye arms, amn aur anya
apattijanak saman ki list banayi jae.
ko
(f)
Aise sabhi arms,amn,stores ityadi seizure memo ke saath police
saump diya jaana chahiye.
(g)
Police ko saumpe gaye vyaktion, arms, amn aur saman ki
receipt li jaye.
(h)
Jahan Ops kiya gaya hai us area ka record banaya jaye jisme
date, time
aur bhag lene walon ki detail ho.
(j)
taiyar
Bal mein shamil cdr aur baki Offr/SO aur UO ka record bhi
karen.
(k)
Muthbhed ke dauran ghayal vyakti ko chikitsa suvidha di jae
aur yadi koi vyakti muthbher mein mara gaya ho to uska dead body
mratyu ke karno
ke saath turunt police ko saump diya jae.
CIVIL NYAYLAY KE SAATH VYAVHAR.
(a)
High Court/Supreme court ke
dhyan diya jana chahiye.
(b)
rakhte hue
(c)
jaana
(d)
nirdeshon par mustaidi se
Court dwara bulaye jaane par court ki maryada ka dhayan
puri izzat di jaani chahaiye.
Court ke sawalon ka jawab namrata aur sammanpurvak diya
chahiye.
Pure Ops ka detailed record sahi aur spasht hona chahiye.
DONT’S (NAHIN KARNA)
Is kanun ke mutabik kuchh na karne wali baaten
(a)
se kam
hain :-
Kisi bhi vyakti ko nazdiki police stn mein saumpne ke liye kam
awashyakta se adhik deri tak hirasat mein na rakha jae.
(b)
Kisi vyakti ko arrest karne ke baad bal prayog na kiya jae
basharte ki
wah bhagne ki koshis na kare.
(c)
mein
karen.
Kisi prakar ki info ya jurm ka ikrar ya gair kanuni gatividhiyon
shamil hone ke ikrar karane ke liye third degree ka istemal na
395
(d)
jaane
jayegi.
Kisi vyakti ke Armed Forces ke kisi sdyase dwara girftar kiye
par Armed Forces ke sdasaya dwara usse puchhtaachh nahi ki
(e)
Kisi vyakti ko pakrne ke baad apne taur par seedhe nahi
chhoda jayega.
Yadi kisi ko chhoda jana hai to use civ prashashan
ke madhyam se chhoda
jayega.
(f)
(g)
wapis
Sarkari/official record mein raddobadal na karen.
Civil police ko saumpne ke baad Armed Forces kisi vyakti ko
nahi legi.
SANKSHEP
Sabhi jawano/UOs/SOs aur Offrs ke liye yeh nihayat hi zaruri hai ki use
counter insurgency mein Ops karte waqt apne adhikaron aur apni seemaon
ke baare mein puri jaankari ho to wah apni seemaon mein rahkar achhi
prakar se Op kar sakta hai aur iske saath-saath wah kanoon ka ulanghan
bhi nahi karega tatha uske baad kanuni ladai mein phans kar apna kimti
waqt barbad nahi karega.
-------------------------------************************------------------------
CP 7-9
BUILT UP AREA KO CLEAR KARNA
PARICHAY
Ham sabhi is baat se wakif hain ki pichle kuchh samay se hamari fauj
built up areas mein militants ke khilaf bahut se op kar rahi hai.
Ham log Assam aur J & K mein insurgents ke khilaf built up areas mein
op kar rahe hain. Built up areas insurgents ke lie bahut anukul hai kyonki
yahan par unko local population ka support milta hai aur jab bhi security
forces koi operation karti hai to woh aam janta mein ghul mil jate hain.
Insurgency abhi puri duniya mein phail raha hai. Har char deshon mein
se ek desh mein atankwad hai aur fauj ka istemal iske khilaf kiya ja raha
hai. Yeh kaha ja sakta hai ki aage chal kar aise op aur bhi ziada hone ka
andesha hai.
Iske ilawa hame aisa op civ adhikarion ki madad ke liye bhi karna par
sakta hai. Is liye zaruri hai ki Inf mein hone ki nate hum built up area ko
clear karne ka tariqa jaante hon.
396
UDDESH
Ek pl dwara built up area ko clear karne ka sujhawit tariqa sikhana
BHAG
Yeh lec demo teen bhagon mein chalaya jaega.
(a)
Bhag I : Op mein ane wali mushkilen.
(b)
Bhag II : Op ke liye sec ki banawat.
(C)
Bhag III : Demo.
BHAG I : OP MEIN ANE WALI MUSHKILNE
Op mein ane wali mushkilon ke samne ane se pahle aise op mein gaur
karne wali baten is prakar hai :(c)
Militants/ bldg ke bare mein jankari.
(d)
Sub uniton ke beech jimewari ka ilaqa banta hua hona chahiye.
(e)
Cordon raat ke samay lagaen.
(f)
Building mein ghusne ke liye alag alag tariqon ka istemal karo.
(g)
Foot hold est karo(By last light).
(h)
Fire aur move ka istemal karo (systematic clearance of the BUA
first light onwards).
(i)
Bldg ke andar ke layout ki jankari prapt karo.
(j)
Str, composn aur tariqa in baton par nirbhar karega :(i)
(ii)
Built up area mein kitni abadi maujood hai.
Militant ke paas koi agva kiya hua civ/hostage to nahin hai.
OP KE DAURAN AANE WALI MUSHKILEN
Built up area mein larai aur use militant se clear karna bahut mushkil
operation hai kyonki:(k)
Ugarwadi chupao mein hota hai aur tps khule mein hote hain.
(l)
Clear karne wala tps ko us ilaqe ki, jis ko clear karna hai ziada
jaankari nahin hoti.
397
(m)
Suraksha bal rajnitik karanon ki wajah se apni puri taqat ka
istemal nahin kar sakte.
(n)
Bldgs ka design alag alag hone ke karan, tactics mein tabdili aur
sub units ko dobara tartib deni parti hai.
(o)
Aise op mein sec aur pl ke level par uncha trg std aur individual
level par bahut ziada initiative chahiye.
Op mein ane wali mushkilon ko dekhne ke baad ab dekhte hain ki Op kin
stgs mein kiya jaega.
(p)
Sabse pahle built up area ko clear karne ke lie cordon charon
taraf se lagana chahiye.
(q)
Phir built up area mein ek jagah foot hold sthapit karna chahiye.
(r)
Sub unit dwara har ek bldg ko clear kiya jae.
(s)
Pure built up area ko tartibwar clear kiya jae.
Is op ke liye har sub unit ko teen groupon mein baanta jana chahiye.
Clearing gp, covering gp aur look out men/man. Gps ki banawat aur task is
prakar hain :(t)
Clearing Gp. Is mein ek sub unit cdr aur do ya ziada entry man
hote hain. Yeh gp bldgs ke pas pahunchta hai aur covering gp inki
harkat ko cover karta hai. Bldg ke pass pahuchne ke baad yeh gp auto
fire, gren aur explosive ke shock effect ki madad se building mein dakhil
hota hai aur building ko clear karta hai.
(u)
Covering Gp. Sub unit ka 2IC gp Cdr hota hai. Ismen LMG Gp
aur gren firing rif man ke alawa 51mm Mor det bhi shamil ho sakta hai.
Iska task clearing gp ki harkat, khule flank ko cover karna hai aur,
ugarwadi ko ek building se dusre building mein jane se rokna hai. Halat
ke upar nirbhar karte hue covering gp ek se jiada posn par bhi baantkar
lagaya ja sakta hai.
(v)
Lookout Man. Yeh clearing aur cover gps ke beech nazari milap
rakhta hai. Yeh donon gp ke beech mukarar kiye hue signal deta hai.
Lookout man ek ho ya jiada, yeh halat aur kitne gap ko cover karna hai,
uske upar nirbhar karta hai.
Is baat ko yaad rakha jae ki har gp ki str halat ke mutabiq kam ya jiada
ki ja sakti hai. Thori der baad aapko isse achhi tarah samjha diya jaega.
TAC SETTING
398
Aapke samne built up area mein 10-12 militants ka ek gp chupa hua hai.
1st light se pahle ek pl dwara cordon laga diya gaya hai. Ek pl ko built up
area ko clear karne ka task mila hai.
Pl Cdr ne No 1 sec ko fortified bldg ko clear karne ka adesh diya. Bldg
No.2, No.2 sec aur bldg No.3 aur 4 No.3 sec dwara clear kiye jaenge (Demo
Sec students ke saamne form up ho jata hai).
OPS KE LIYE SEC KI BANAWAT
Aam taur par ek sec mein 12 jawan present hote hain. Unki banawat aur
task is prakar hain :(w)
Clearing Gp. (Lal jacket pahne hue) yeh Gp Sec Cdr, entry man
No.1, entry man No.2 aur entry man No.3 ka bana hai. Sec Cdr pahle se
muqarar kiye hua isharon se sec mein whistle dwara milap rakhta hai.
Do mag ko asani aur jaldi se jaldi kis prakar badali kiya jata hai use aap
log dhyan se dekhen. (Sec Cdr mag change karke namuna dega).
Makan mein ghusne se pahle gren phainka jaega. Jab ugrawadi gren ke
dhamake se sanchit hon, room mein carbine ka auto fire kiya jae aur
dakhil ho jae. Sec Cdr apni dimag mein us area ka sketch hamesha
rakhta hai.
(x)
Covering Gp. (Pila jacket pahne hue) Is gp mein Sec 2IC, LMG
Gp aur GF rif ke saath ek rif man hota hai. Yeh gp clearing gp ko
covering fire se madad karta hai. Iske ilawa jo house clear ho raha hai
uske khule flank ko cover karta hai. Is gp mein bhi mag ko asani aur
jaldi badali karne ke liye provision kiya jana chahiye. (LMG No 1
namuna dega).
(y)
Look Out Man. (Hara jacket pahne hue) Yeh clearing gp aur
covering gp ke beech nazari milap rakhta hai. Yeh ek guide ke taur par
kaam karta hai.
Aapne dekha hoga ki sec ne helmets aur web eqpt pahna hua tha, Agar
ho sake to sec ko bullet proof jackets/ walkie talkie set diya jana chahiye.
Agar sambhav ho to is sec ke pass halka eqpt hona chahiye taki sec asaani
se harkat kar sake.
Clearing aur covering gps ki strength built up area aur bldgs ke design ke
upar nirbhar karta hai. Achhi tarah janne ke lie hum iska udaharan chart
ke upar dekhenge. (Open chart).
DEMO
Abhi aap sec cdr ko, apne sec ko, fortified bldgs ko clear karne ka adesh
dete hue sun sakenge. Yeh hukam unchi awaz se nahin diya jaega, paruntu
399
abhi yahan par demo ke uddesh ke lie sec cdr unchi awaz mein hukam
dega.
Sec Cdr apne adesh deta hai. Covering gp fire and move se apni jagah
chala jata hai. Look out man apni jagah lag jata hai.
Aadesh chotte aur spasht hote hain. Sec cdr ne apne entry man ko dakhil
hone ki jagah batayee. Ek gp dusre gp ki harkat ko cover karke rakhta hai.
Yad rahe ek samay sirf ek jawan hi harkat kare. Abhi covering gp posn mein
lag gaya hai aur khule ground/flank ko cover karega.
Dhan dein,
jab covering gp apne posn area red flag aur slope ki taraf
move kar raha tha tab militants ne builtup area se fire shuru kar dia. Area
high grnd se No 1 Pl dwara engage kiya gaya kyonki militants ki yahan hone
ki khabar pakki thi. Islie 84mm RL ka ek HEAT rd aur 51mm Mor SMK
bomb militants ko blind karne ke lie fire kiya gaya, is samay outer cordon
wali pl ke tps bldg mein chhupe hue militants ko neutralise karne ke lie
ikka dukka firing jari rakhenge. Sec Cdr ne apne covering gp ko open grnd
ko cover karne ke lie laga diya jo abhi uska khula flank hai.
Abhi aap Sec Cdr aur uske entry men ke fortified bldg ki taraf jate hue
dekhenge.
(z)
Pahla entry man zig zig tarike se teji se daurta hua tgt ki taraf
jata hai.
(aa)
Dusra bhi usi prakar se jata hai. (Firing to start from inside
fortified bldg)
(bb)
Abhi aapne bldg ke andar se fire ki awaz sune. Isse jahir hai ki
wahan par militants hazir hain.
(å)
Sec Cdr apne gp mein mil jata hai.
(dd)
Entry man entry point ke pass jakar grenades phainkta hai. (PEK
to be detonated to depict gren explosion).
(ee)
Jab militants gren ki shock ke prabhav mein hote hain tab entry
man teji se apne carbine se burst fire karte hue bldg mein ghus jata hai.
(ff)
Woh ek samay ek room ko clear aur search karte hain, agle room
mein jane se pahle agar firing ki zarurat hai to fire bhi karte hain.
(civilian to run with wpn outside and
(covering gp to fire and cause casualty)
(gg)
Ek militant jokih house ke pichhe se bhagne ki koshish kar raha
tha, covering gp dwara mara gaya.
(j)
Clearing gp ek room ke baad dusre room ko teji se search karte
hain.
(k)
Kuch aise sthan jinko search kiya jana chahiye:400
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Prayer rooms.
Water tanks.
Basements.
Garbage dumps.
Sewage lines.
Over hangs on doors.
Iske ilawa bhi bahut si jagah ho sakti hain.
Clearing gp search karte hue booby traps se hamesha chaukanna rahna
chahiye. Militants ne kitne aur kis qism ke booby traps lagaye honge yeh
unki trg, saman aur samay ke upar nirbhar karta hai. Phir bhi agar simple
rules ko dhyan mein rakha jae to booby traps se bacha ja sakta hai.
Ek house ko clear kar lene ke baad sec cdr look out man ko agla house
clear karne ka signal deta hai. (sec cdr whistle lagata hai. Look out man bhi
whistle lagata hai aur covering gp ko move karne ka aadesh deta hai, Gp fire
and move se aage barta hai).
Is prakar sec cdr fortified bldg ko clear kar leta hai. No 2 and No 3 sec
bldgs No 2, 3 aur 4 ko clear karega. Clearence ka drill ek hi jaisa hai.
Abhi hamne aapko jo demo dikhaya, is built up area mein civ nahin the.
Aap soch rahe honge jab built up area mein civ ya hostages honge to us
building ko kaise clear kiya jaega. Asal mein, us samay op ziada complex
aur mushkil ho jaega.
Sujhav ke taur par, kuch tarike aise hain jo sena dwara apnaye ja sakte
hain (open chart). Jab house ke andar militants, civ aur hostages ho tab
gren, tear gas, Smk ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Elect/ water supply kati ja
sakti hai, building ke andar aag lagayi ja sakti hai. Iske lie zaruri hai ki
sena ke pass gas masks, fire proof clothing ho. Civ aur hostage casualities
ko treatment ke lie medical uplabdh hona chahiye.
Building clear karte waqt hamara mudda militants ko building se bahar
nikalne ka hona chahiye. Islie clearance ek taraf se shuru honi chahiye aur
upar se niche ki taraf honi chahiye.
Aaj hamne aapko house clearance drill ka ek tarika dikhaya jo ek sit ke
lie tha. Yeh koi pakka tarika nahin hai. Alag alag built up area mein bhin
bhin prakar ki ladai ki halat pesh aati hai. Islie is operation ko kamyab
banane ke lie koi taiyar ki hui drill nahin hai. Aap ko ek sub unit cdr ke
taur par mauke ko dekhte hue naya tarika apnana chahiye.
SANKSHEP
Akhir mein yeh kaha ja sakta hai ki bahut si mushkilen aur bandishon ke
bavjood bhi yeh operation kamyab ho sakta hai aur aapki cas bhi kam ho
sakti hai agar aap chand ek basic consideration ka khyal rakhenge.
401
-----------------------------------*********************--------------------------
CP 10-12
COMBAT TRACKING (PICHCHA KARNA)
PARICHAY
Tracking yani pichha karna. Tracking ki kala atit se hi chali aa rahi hai.
Jab manav jati ne apne bhojan ke liye shikaar karna shuru kiya, woh
shikaar ke liye unka pichha karte the.
CRPF Kashmir aur North East mein Terrorists ke khilaf low intensity ki
ladai lad rahi hai. Is prakar ki larai mein Terrorists ke sath muthbhed hone
par Terrorist jaldi hi milap todne ki koshish karte hain. Aise sabhi euounter
mein unka peechha karke unhe khatam kar dena chahiye taki Terrorists ke
dimag mein dar paida ho jaye.
UDDESH
3.
Combat Tracking ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
TARIQUE
Yeh lec nimn bhagon mein chalaya jayega : (a) Bhag I. prakar.
Nishan, unke banne ke karan, vishestayen aur
(b) Bhag II. -
Nishanon ko padhna aur unka vishleshan.
(c) Bhag III.-
Tracking ke tariqe (Technique).
(d)
Bhag IV. - Combat Tracking Team.
(e)
Bhag V .
Search Drills.
402
BHAG I – NISHAN,UNKE BANNE KE KARAN,VISHESTAYEN AUR
PRAKAR
Nishan (Sign). Kisi bhi jagah par dekhi gaye aise chiz jise yeh pata lag
sakta hai ki yahan kuchh harkat hui hai ya physical activity hui hai.
Nishan Banne ke Karan. Nishan nimn 3 karanon ki wajah se bante hai: (a)
AstVyastta ( Disturbance ). Jab koi chiz ya vastu apni
nirdharit jagah se hat kar dusri jagah milti hai jaise pairon ke nishan,
kankaron ka idhar udhar bikharna (shifting of stone) ya kisi ped ya
paudhe ki tahniyon ka tutna.
(b) Daag Chhodna aur Mal/Mutra Se. Jab koi bhi pranni ya chiz
se nikla hua kisi prakar ka padarth dusri chiz par girkar nishan bana
de, use daag chhodna kahenge. Jaise khoon ka daag, jungli phalon
aur pattiyon ka pairon se rondhna ityadi. Usi prakar mal/mutra ki
awastha ko dekhkar andaja lagaya ja sakta hai ki who kitna purana
hai.
(c) Kachra Phenkna. Jab raste ya jungle mein chizon ka us jagah
se koi sambandh nahin hota hai, jaise cig ya beedi ke bache hue
tukde, kagaz, khana ya raakh adi.
Nishanon ki Visheshatayen.
(a) Niyamitata (Regularity) Jaise pairon ke nishan niyamit duri
(regular intervals) par hote hai.
(b) Dabna (Flattening) Jaise naram ghaas par koi baitha ho to
ghaas dab jati hai.
(c) Rang ka Pheeka Padna (Colour change/fade) Jaise hare ghaas
ke upar koi chiz kuchh arse ke liye rakha gaya ho to ghaas peela pad
jata hai.
(d) Jagah Badli Hona(Transfer) Jaise hare ghaas ke upar agar koi
patthar ho to uske niche ka ghaas peela hoga. Agar yahi patthar apne
jagah se baithne ke liye hataya gaya ho to peela ghas alag aur patthar
alag nazar ayega.
403
(e) Bekaar Cheezen (Dicards) Jaise biscuit ke khali packet ityadi
ka phenka jaana.
(f) Astvyastta (Disturbance) Jaise ghaas ka ek taraf jhuka hona.
Nishanon ke Prakar(Types). Nishan do prakar ke hote hain : (a) Sthai Nishan (Permanent Signs). Jo nishan samay ke sath
nahi mitte hain unhen permanent sign kahte hain, jaise pedh
paudhon ki tahniyon ka kata jana.
(b) Asthai Nishan (Temp Signs). Jo nishan samay ke sath sath
mit jate hain unhen temp sign kahte hain jaise pad chinh (foot
prints).
BHAG II – NISHANON KO PADHNA AUR UNKA VISHLESHAN
Nishanon Ko Padhna (Reading Signs). - Tracking ki karwai karte waqt
sabhi aadmiyon ko apni gyanendriyon (senses) ka istemal karna chahiye.
Harkat karte samay patrol ke sabhi numaindon ko shatru dwara banaye ya
chhode gaye nishanon ko dhundhne ki koshish karni chahiye. Shatru
dwara banaya gaye kuchh aam nishan is prakar ho sakte hain :(a) Pairon ke ya booton ke nishan ya unke kuchh bhag.
(b) Gire hue khane ke kan ya koi eqpt ka hissa.
(c) Chhedi gayi ghas ya jhariyan (Disturbed vegetation).
(d) IED ke liye banaye gaye chinh (marks).
Nishanon Ka Vishleshan (Analysis of Signs). Nishanon ka padh pana
tracking nahi hota hai. Nishanon ki puri puri aur uchit tariqe se jaanch ki
jaye jisse max info mil sake.
Kuchh info jo nishanon ki jaanch karne se mil sakti hai woh is prakar
hai: (a) Nafri (Str).
(b) Harkat ki disha.
404
(c) Speed.
(d) Hathiyar aur Eqpt.
(e) Yeh nishan kab chhode gaye.
(f) Dushman ka irada aur uski karwai.
Nafri (Str).
(a)
Chhode hue nishanon ki halat ko dekhkar str ka pata lag
sakta hai. Yadi badi trail hai to dushman ki str ziada hogi.
(b)
Yadi pad chinhon ko bhi spasht roop se dekh sakte hain
to bhi terrorist ki str ka pata lagaya ja sakta hai. Iske tariqe is prakar
se hain :(i)
Key Print Method.
(aa)Yeh bahut hi accurate tariqa hai.
(ab)Chhode gaye nishanon mein se sabse saf chinh ko
pahchano, jo samanyata aakhiri aadmi ka hai.
(ac) Nishanon (Trail) par print ki edi se ek line khincho.
(ad)Usi aadmi ke dusre print ko bhi pahchano.
(ae) Dusre print ke panje par ek line khincho.
(af) In donon linon ke beech total chinhon ko gino.
(ag) Jitne print honge utni hi dushman ki str hogi.
(ii) 18/36 inch Box.
(aa)Jab koi clear chinh pahchan mein nahin aa raha ho
to yeh tariqa istemal kiya jata hai.
(ab)Chhode gaye nishanon ki ek bhag par 18 inch/ 36
inch ke fasle par do line mark karo.
(ac) Linon ke beech ke sabhi printon ki ginti karo.
(ad)Agar 18 inch ki line hai to ginti ki hui str terrorist
ki str ko jahir karegi.
(ae) Agar line 36” ki hai to ginti ki hui chinhon ki aadhi
str terrorist ki str ko zahir karegi.
405
Direction of Move.
(a) Iska pata chinhon ko dekhkar lagaya ja sakta hai.
(b) Harkat karne wali disha ki ghas ya ped paudhe us taraf jhuke
hue honge.
(c) Kichad ke chhinte harkat ki disha mein gire dikhai denge.
(d) Khoon ki boondon ya aur koi taral padarth jo niche gira hai,
harkat ki disha ko batayega.
Speed of Move
(a) Chhode gaye nishan (Trail) kis halat mein hain.
(b) Unki matra kitni hai.
(c) Aaram karne ki jagah se dusre resting place ke beech ki doori.
(d) Ek hi aadmi ke do pad chinhon ki doori se.
Nishanon Ki Aayu Ka Anuman Lagana
Nishanon ki aayu ka anuman lagana ek khas ahmiyat rakhta hai. Yeh
kafi kathin kaam hai, kisi bhi nishan ki aayu ka sahi anuman lagane ke liye
us area ki prakriti aur vatavaran ka achchha gyan hona zaruri hai.
Kisi Nishan Ko Prabhavit Karne Wale Tathye
Samay ke sath nishanon ki halat badalti rahti hai. Jab bhi nishanon
ki umra (Time) ka pata lagana hai to nimn factors ko dhyan mein rakhna
chahiye.
(a) Zamin.
(i) Khuli zamin mein nishano mein badlao jaldi aur zarur
ayega.
(ii) Valley aur tang jagah mein nishanon ko badalne mein ya
purana hone mein time lagega.
406
(b) Mausam. Nishanon ke badlao mein mausam ka khas
mahatva hai isliye jab nishanon ke time ka andaja lagana hai to
mausami halat ka puri tarah se vichar karna chahiye. Aam taur par
mausmi halton aur unke prabhav is prakar hain :(i) Sunlight.
badalti hain.
Suraj ki sidhi roshni nishanon ko teji se
(ii) Wind
(aa) Teji se sukha karti hai.
(ab)
Pattiyan girne se sign dab jate hain.
(ac)
Tej hawa vegetable mein badlav late hain
(b) Janwar aur Keede Makoude.
(i) Animals. Sabhi janwaron ki ek jani pahchani aadat
hoti hai ki woh din ko kisi nischit bhag mein chhupe rahte hain
aur dusre bhag mein raat ko active rahte hain.
(aa)Janwaron ke nishan upar hone ka matlab hai ki
unki activity se pahle banaye gaye hain.
(ab)Yadi janwar ke nishan ke upar nishan hai to
janwaron ki activity ke baad banaye hain.
(ii) Insect
(aa)Chintiyan. Adhiktar chintiyan ek coln mein chalti
hai. Yadi unko disturb kiya jaye to woh fail jati (disperse)
hain aur wapas apne raste mein ane mein kuchh samay
lagta hai. Safed chinti ka ghar yadi tora gaya hai to woh
use dobara bana leti hai. Inki halat (condition) note kare.
(ab) Makadi ka Jala.
Alag- 2 makadiyan alag samay mein
apna jala bunte hain yadi is baat ki jankari hai to isse nishanon
ki
umra ka pata laga sakte hain.
Kyonki jalon ke beech se
gujarte samay jala tut jayega.
BHAG III - TRACKING KE TARIQE ( TECH )
Tracking ek kala hai. Tracking karne ki technique is prakar hai: -
407
(a) Chhode gaye nishanon (Trails) ki aam disha ko nishchit karne
ke liye zamin ki talash karo.
(b) Sabse paas wale aur sabse door wale nishanon ko
dhundo.
(c) Door wale nishan ki taraf harkat aur isi kirya ko dohrao.
(d) Dushman ke dhoke se bachne ke liye daen aur baen ke ilaqe ke
dekhbhal karo.
(e) Kabhi kabhi pichhe dekhte hue harkat ki disha ko kayam
rakho.
Tracking Rules.
(a) Nishanon ki kalpana mat karo (Don’t imagine Signs).
(b) Sabse door wale nishan dhundne ke liye age talash karo;
nishan se nishan harkat na karen.
(c) Yadi nishan chhut jata hai to team se alag na hon.
(d) Tracker ki badli karte raho taki leading tracker ko kuchh
dimagi aram mile.
(e) Apne nishanon ko chhupao.
Terrorist Dwara Deception (Dhoka Dena).
Dhoka dene ki tech se tracker team confuse ho jati hai sath hi tracking
mein deri hoti hai. Kabhi kabhi deception dwara tracker team ya suraksha
walon ko booby trapped area mein fansaya ja sakta hai. Combat tracker ko
dhoke ka pata lagana chahiye aur dhoke mein nahin ana chahiye.
Terrorist aam taur par is prakar dhoka dene ki karwai kar sakte hain :(a) Pichhe ki taraf chalkar
(b) Panjon ke bal chalkar (tiptoeing).
(c) Pair ke nishan par pair rakhkar.
(d) Chhote - 2 gps mein bantkar.
408
(e) Nale ke beech se nikalkar.
(f) Boot ke camouflaged soles se.
(g) Janwaron ke pairon ke nishan banakar
Adhunik Svl eqpt jaise HHTI, LORROS aur BFSR bhi hamen tracking
mein madad dete hain. Bn ke andar ek svl grid bana hota hai jis karan
se ham guspaith ka pata lagne ke baad tracking kar sakte hain. Jaise
HHTI dwara pakre gaye nishan agar taza hain to heat (garmi) chhodte
hain, us heat se yeh pata lagaya ja sakta hai ki nishan kitna purana hai.
BHAG IV - COMBAT TRACKING TEAM(CTT)
Ek combat tracking team shatru dwara pichhe chhode gaye nishanon ke
area ki talash karne ke liye puri tarah saksham hoti hai. Ops ke dauran
safalta hasil karne ke liye CTT ko org aur achchhi tarah se train karna
chahiye.
CTT Ki Visheshtaen
(a) Har sadase dusre sadase ka task ko pura karne ke kabil hote
hain.
(b) Tracking team fd craft aur apne pers wpns ko istemal karne
mein mahir hote hain.
(c) Inke pas halka saman hota hai jis se kahi bhi asani se dply ho
sakte hain.
Tasks
(a) Dushman ke nishanon ke liye area ki talash karna, unka
pichha karna aur unke najdik jana.
(b) Sabhi nishanon ko padhna aur unka vishleshan karke zamini
khabar apne sp tps ya HQ ko dena.
(c) Tracker dog team ke pas rah kar kaam karna aur yadi tracker
dog trail kho deta hai to us task ko pura karna.
409
ORG OF CTT
CTT ki org dushman ki karwai aur unki tac par nirbhar karti hai aur
sujhav ke taur par CTT ki org is prakar ho sakti hai.
(a) Tracker – No 1
(b) Tracker - No 2
(c) Team Ldr
(d) R/S Opr
(e) Sp Wpn Pers
(f) Aslt Team Ldr.
Visual Tracker ke Liye Bunyadi Zaruraten
(a) Good eyesight.
(b) Achchhi yaddasht.
(c) Dhairya aur sahanshilta.
(d) Physical fitness aur endurance ho.
(e) Prakriti ko samajhna wala aur anubhavi ho.
BHAG V : SEARCH DRILLS
Tracking ke duaran kai baar lead tracker se nishan gum ho jate hain ya
use nishan milne band ho jate hain. Iska karan kuch bhi ho sakta hai, jaise
ya to dushman aas pass kahin chup gaya hai ya phir tracker se koi galti ho
gayi hai. Agar aisa hota hai to CTT ko dushman ke nishan dobara dundhne
ke liye search drill karni padti hai. Nishan kho jane par nimnlikhit search
drills ki ja sakti hain:
(a)
Individual search drill.
(b)
Buddy pair search drill.
(i)
Oval method.
(ii)
Box method.
410
(c)
Team search drill.
(i)
Stream line / 360 degree method.
(ii)
Cross grain/Forward/Likely area method.
Lost Sign Rules Ab aapko kuch niyam bataye jayenge jo tab istemal
karne chahiye jab lead tracker ko dushman ka koi nishan na mile:
(a) Kisi bhi halat mein aakhri nishan se tees kadam se jaida dur na
jayen.
(b) Pahle indl search drill ki karwai Karen aur agar nishan nahin
milta to team search drill karen.
(c) Agar ek nishan mil jata hai to bhi drill ki karwai puri karen, ho
sakta hai ki dushman aapko dhoka de raha ho ya wahan par aur
nishan hon.
(d) Agar pahli bar team search karne par bhi nishan nahin milta to
team search ki karwai dobara dohrayen aur zyada bade ilaque ko
cover karen.
(e) Lead tracker ko indl search drill ke dauran kabhi bhi CTT se
jaida dur nahin jana chahiye aur search shuru karne se pahle har
sadase ko batana chahiye
Indl Search Drill
Yeh lead tracker akele karta hai.
(a)
CTT ko rukne ke liye bola jata hai aur ishara kiya jata hai ki
nishan gum ho gaya hai.
(b)
Aakhri nishan ko mark kiya jata hai.
(c) Direction of mov ke taraf dekhbhal karte hue 25 – 30 kadam
move kiya jata hai. Agar nishan milta hai to use mark kiya jata hai.
(d)
Purane position mein wapis aya jata hai aur fir 45 0 baen aur
dahine yeh karwai kiya jate hai.
(e)
Agar nishan milta hai to continue kiya jata hai nahi to team
ldr ko khabar ki jate hai.
411
450
25-30m
Last Definite Sign
Buddy pair search drills. Jab individual search drill fail ho jata hai to
yeh kiya jata hai. Yeh leading tracker aur tracker no 2 dwara kiya jata hai.
(a) Dono 5 meter tak piche jate hai aur clock wise turn karte hue
area ko search karte hai. Woh yeh kam oval/circular path ya
box/square path se kar sakte hai (terrain ke hisab se).
(b) Agar nishan milta hai to use mark karte hue sarch ko complete
kiya jata hai. Jiske bad team ldr ko bulaya jata hai aur nishan ko
confirm kiya jata hai. Team ldr ke adesh par agla kam zari hota hai.
(c) Agar nishan nahi milta hai to woh initial pt par wapis jate hai
aur team ldr ko info dete hai. Jiske bad bade radius par wohi drill ko
repeat kiya jata hai. Agar yeh drill do tin bar fail hota hai to team
search drill apnaya jata hai.
LAST DEFINITE SIGN
BOX METHOD
LAST DEFINITE SIGN
412
OVAL METHOD
Team Search Drills.
(a) Cross Grain/Likely area search. Is mein team hissa lete hai aur
niche dikhaya gaya chitra ke hisab se move ke direction mein pure area ka
search kiya jata hai (Limit : 500m – 800m ahead of last sign).
200m
50 – 75m
50 – 75m
100m
Last
Definite
Sign
50 – 75m
100m
Limit : 500m – 800m ahead of last sign
(b)
3600 Method/Stream line search. Jab cross grain tariqa
fail ho jata hai to yeh tariqa istemal kiya jata hai (Limit of search:1.5
km). Is mein team hissa lete hai aur niche dikhaya gaya chitra ke hisab
se pure area ka search kiya jata hai.
last
definite
sign
50-100m
200m
500m
413
1000m
Stream Line Search.
200m
3
100m
2
50m
1
LAST DEFINITE
SIGN
100M
200M
400m
1
DIRECTION OF MOV 2
3
STREAM
414
SANKSHEP
CI Ops mein yeh awashyak hai ki yadi terrorist ke sath ek baar milap
ho jata hai to uska lagatar pichha kar ke us milap ko kayam rakhna
chahiye. Yah tabhi sambhav hai jab chhode hue nishanon ka bariki se
study karte hue iske gyan hasil kiya jaye.
----------------------------************************----------------------------
CP 13-16
RAID ON A HIDE OUT
PARICHAY
CI ops mein terrorists ke hide-outs/camps ke upar raid karna ek aham
aur asardar karwai hai. Raid ki kamyabi terroriston ke manobal par gahra
asar dalti hai.
Kabhi- kabhi yeh op IB/LC ke par bhi karne ki zarurat pad sakti hai.
Isliye zaruri hai ki hum is vishay ke bare mein tafseel se jaankari hasil
karen.
UDDESH
415
Is lec ka uddesh aapko terrorist ke hide-out par raid ke bare mein
jaankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :(a)
(b)
Bhag I
Bhag II
- Terrorist camps/hideout ke prakar.
- Raid ki tazwiz banane ka tarika.
BHAG - I : TERRORIST CAMPS/HIDEOUT KE PRAKAR
TERRORIST CAMPS KE PRAKAR
Amuman terrorists ke chaar prakar ke camp paye gaye hain. Yeh is
prakar hain :(a) Terrorist fauji camp.
(b) Terrorist civ adm camp.
(c) Terrorist transit/rest camp.
(d) Hide-out/jhoom hut/Dhoks.
TERRORIST FAUJI CAMP.
In camps mein aam taur par nimnlikhit cheezen payi jaati hain :(a) Terrorist fauji HQ aur units.
(b) Str 50-150 jismen 30-70% armed terrorist ho sakte hain.
(c) Aksar camp ki loc mushkil ilaqe mein, paani ke source ke paas
aur jiadatar prayog hone wale trs se door hoti hai.
(d) Andar jaane ka sirf ek chupao wala raasta aur bahar nikalne
ke liye chupao wale kai raaste hote hain.
(e) Civ dress mein look-out man trs par camp se taqariban 1 km ki
doori par ho sakte hain.
416
(f) Hathiyarband sentries jo ki 2 se 5 ho sakte hain, camp se
aksar 250-500 m ki doori par lagaye jaate hain.
(g) Security forces ke baare mein lagatar gyan aur khabar rakhi
jaati hai.
(h)
Aise camps aksar padosi desh ke border ke andar
banaye jaate
hain.
TERRORIST CIV ADM CAMP.
(a) Amuman political wing ke ldrs ke liye banaye jaate hain.
(b) Ismein 10-30 hathiyar band terrorists ho sakte hain.
(c) Terrorists ki families aur kaam karne wali auraten bhi inmein
ho sakti hain.
(d) Suraksha ki tartib takriban fauji camp ki tarah hi hoti
hai.
(e) Gaon ke civs dwara EW ka prabandh hota hai.
(f) Aajkal aise camp kam paye jaate hain kyon ki terrorist civ
population ke saath rahna pasand karte hai.
TERRORIST TRANSIT/REST CAMP.
(a) Aksar terrorists dwara istemal kiye jaane wale routes ke upar
hota hai.
(b) Gaon se 3-5 km door hota hai. Yahan par dry ration ki stocking
ki gayi hoti hai.
(c) Inki loc gaon mein bane terrorist cell ko pata hoti hai.
(d) Amuman aise camp terrorists khud banate hain taki uski
puri
417
suraksha bani rahe.
(e)
Suraksha ke prabandh takriban fauji camp ki tarah hote hain.
HIDE-OUTS/JHUM HUTS/DHOKS.
(a) Ismein 5-10 terrorists ho sakte hain jismen kam se kam 4-5
hathiyar band hote hain.
(b) Yeh purane jhoom hut ya temp hut ya baheik ya gufaon mein
sthapit kiye jaate hain.
(c) Bade camps par SF dwara hamla hone par ya kisi bade gang ko
gaon se door rahna ho to is tarah ke hide-out ka istemal kiya jaata
hai.
(d)
Aam taur
lagaya jaata hai.
par ek sentry ko sabse khatarnak apch par
(e) Yahan par terrorists jyada se jyada 1 se 5 din tak rahte
hain.
BHAG II : RAID KI TAZWIZ BANANE KA TARIKA
Terrorists ke camp(s)/hideout(s) par raid ki tazwiz banane se pahle uske
bare mein kuchh khabaren prapt karna hamare liye zaruri hai. Pahle hum
dekhenge ki khabaren kya chahiye aur phir yeh khabaren hame kahan se
mil sakti hain.
KHABAREN KYA CHAHIYE.
(a) Camp/hideout ki loc.
(b) Camp/hideout ka layout.
(c) Camp/hideout mein terrorists ki:418
(i) Nafri.
(ii) Hathiyar.
(iii) Routine.
(d) Camps/hideout par raid hone par terrorist ki karwai shamil tac
aur reactions.
Jaise ki pahle bhi aap ko bataya ja chuka hai ki jo khabaren hamare paas
hain unko alag-alag source se confirm karna zaruri hai. CT ops mein
khabar hasil karne ke tarike aur zariyon ke bare mein aap ko `CT ops mein
int network’ ke lec mein tafsil se bataya ja chuka hai. Isi ki dohrai hum
phir se karenge. ( DS to ask students and sum up same as under) :(a) Camp/Hide-Out Ke Bare Mein Jankari Prapt Karne Ke
Zariye. Camp/Hide-out ke bare mein jaankari prapt karne ke tariqe is
prakar hain :-
(i) Atma-samarpan ya pakade hue terrorist(s) dwara inki
khabar par jaldi se jaldi karwai ki jaye aur inhe guide ke roop
mein bhi istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
(ii) Pakde hue docu dwara camp/hide-out ka gen area pata
lag sakta hai, sahi loc int sources, svl aur ptl dwara pata lag
sakta hai.
(iii) Agents/contacts dwara.
(iv) SIB/CID dwara.
(v) Terrorist(s) dwara istemal kiye gaye porters, locals
ya unki
families dwara.
(vi) Interog reports.
419
(vii) Sig interceptions aur DF dwara.
(viii)
Gujjaron/charwahon dwara.
(ix) Local shopkeepers se.
(x) Aggrieved
families) se.
families(terrorists
dwara
satai
hui
(c) GUIDES KA ISTEMAL.
Amuman ae ya grnd recce se hideout/camp ka milna mushkil hota hai. Aisi halat mein guides ka
istemal karna zaruri ho jaata hai. Tab hamen in baaton ka dhyan
rakhna chahiye :(i) Guide se sawal jawab ke tariqe se khabar hasil
karen aur
zarurat padne par sand model ka bhi istemal karen.
(ii) Unki identity chhupa kar rakhhi jaye.
(iii) Guide dwara double crossing hone ka andesha rahta hai,
is liye zaruri hai ki us par nazar rakhen.
(iv) Guides ko scouts ke saath na lagaya jaye.
(v) Camp/Hide-out ke nazdik guide ke dar jaane ka andesha
hota hai.
Kuchh khabaren hamen purane anubhav, reports, case studies aadi se
bhi mil jati hain. Terrorists apne pattern aur tac ko lagatar badli karte rahte
hain, is liye zaruri hai ki hum available khabaron ko alag alag source se
confirm karen aur lagatar update karte rahen. Jo info hamare paas pahle
se mil sakti hai woh is prakar hai :420
(a) Camp/Hideout Ki Zaruri Baten. Terrorist jab hide-out ya
camps ko site karte hain to in baton ka khayal rakhte hain:(i) Chhupao.
(ii) Loc ghane jungalon mein.
(iii) Trs se door taki ae recce aur SF ki search parties se
chhupao mile.
(b) Zamin/Ilaaqa.
(i) Aise illaqe mein jahan bahut mushkil apch ho.
(ii) SF dwara us jagah/illaqe mein kam harkat ho.
(iii) Agar SF search bhi kare to hide-out/camp tak chup-chap
pahunchna namumkin ke barabar ho.
(d) Tac Zaruraten.
(i) Terrorist ek fixed jagah se muqabala nahin karte is wazah
se camp ki tac siting nahin ki jaati.
(ii) Out-posts par EW daste lagaye jaate hain, jo ikka/dukka
shot fire karte hain taki camp/hide-out se baki terrorist bhag
nikalen.
(iii) Bhag nikalne wale raste mukarrar kiye jaate hain aur
yeh unchai ki taraf aur nadi/nale/cross country se gujarte
hain.
(e) Bandobast ki Zaruraten.
(i) Camp/hide out gaon se nazdik site karte hain taki ration
ityadi ki sup kayam rahe.
421
(ii) Aksar terrorist apne camp/hide-out pani ke source ke
nazdik site karte hain.
(f) Camp/Hideout Mein Routine.
Koi pakka routine nahi hota
hai. Terrorists first light par chaukanne rehte hain kyonki us waqt SF
dwara raid karne ka andesha jiada rehta hai. Mote taur par ek
camp/hide-out mein jo routine banaya jaata hai woh is prakar hai:(i) 0300 baje
- Subah ke khaane ki taiyyari.
(ii)
0500-0630 baje
- Khana
(iii)
0700-1000 baje
- Trg aur pers maint.
(iv)
1000-1200 baje
- Rest.
(v)
1200-1400 baje
- Trg/Bfg.
(vi) 1430 baje
(vii)
1700 baje
- Shaam ke khane ki taiyaari.
- Shaam ka khana.
(viii) 1730 baje
-
Sentries aur ptls ka jaana.
(ix)
-
Raat ka vishram.
1900 baje
(f) Camp/Hideout Par Raid Hone Par Terrorists Ki Karwai.
Agar terrorist SF ke raid se surprise ho jaate hain to SF ko fire
se engage karte hain, baaki terrorists ko alert karte hain aur turant
bhagne ki koshish karte hain. Jiadatar, terrorists ko SF ke aane se
422
pehle hi EW mil jaati hai aur woh jungle mein bhag jaate hain.
Terrorist chhote-chhote gp mein alag-alag raaston se hathiyar aur
amn ke saath bhagte hain aur pehle se chuni hui RV, jo ki kaafi dur
hoti hai, par ikattha hote hain. SF se muthbhed hone par terrorists
amn ka sambhal kar istemal karte hain. Bhagte waqt terrorist raaston
par delaying party chhodte hue jaate hain. Terrorist ldrs aur aise
terrorist jinke pas bhari hathiyar hote hain woh pahle bhagte hain.
Agar terrorists ko SF ke bare mein EW mil jaati hai to woh SF raiding
party ko route in/out par ambush bhi kar sakte hain.
(g) Camps Ki Jagah Badalna. Terrorists ka ek bara hathiyar hai
ki apni identity ko chhupa kar rakhna. Isko pura karne ke liye uske
pas kayi tarike hain, jiase ki apni jagah (loc) ko lagatar badli karte
rahna, taki woh SF ko dhoka de sake. Is mudde ko pura karne ke liye
nimnlikhit maukon par woh apne camps/hide-outs ki jagah badli
karte rahte hain:(i) Jab kisi terrorist ne atmasamarpan kiya ho ya pakara
gaya ho.
ho.
(ii) SF ne bade tadad mein us ilake mein search op
shuru kiya
(iii) Samay-samay par taki gaon wale ya informers us jagah ke
bare mein SF ko soochana na dein payen.
Khabaren hasil karne ke baad agla kadam hoga, raid ki tazwiz banana.
Raid ki tazwiz banate samay chand bunyadi usul dhyan mein rakhne
chahiye, yeh is prakar hain :(a) Surprise.
mein rakhen:-
Surprise hasil karne ke liye nimnlikhit ko dhyan
(i) Kharab mousam mein harkat karen.
(ii) Mushkil aur tang raston ka istemal karen.
423
(iii) Dhund/raat ke samay harkat karen.
(iv) Agar mumkin ho to heptrs ka istemal karen.
(b) Secrecy(Gopaniyata).
(i) Op ki gopaniyata ko banaye rakhen.
(ii) Gaon walon se/ aam civ se plans, taiyari aur tps ki
harkat ko chhupaye rakhen.
(c) Security(Suraksha).
(i) Aam ops ki tarah harkat ke samay suraksha par
dhyan dein.
(ii) Counter ambush drill par zor dein.
(iii) Bounds ke zariye harkat karen.
(iv) Gaon aur sentries/observation posts ko by-pass karte
hue harkat karen.
(v) Trs par kam se kam harkat karen.
(d) Speed(Tezi).
(i) Contact hone par/surprise kho jaane par turant/tez
harkat
karen.
(ii) Orders mein samay barbad na karen.
(e) Shock Action.
Camp/Hide-Out ka pata lagne par jyada
matra mein hand grenande, 51 mm Mor, 84 mm RL, AGL, MGL aur
UBGL chalte chalte fire aur turant aslt par jyada zor dena chahiye.
424
(f) Search.
(i) Area ka detailed search.
(ii) Camp ke ilaqe mein ambush party ko chodna taki agar
koi
terrorist wapas aata hai to use barbad kar saken.
(iii) Suspects ko handle karte samay bartav sakht lekin
izzat ke
saath hona chahiye.
(iv) Tazwiz banate samay search operations ke liye kafi samay
dena chahiye.
RAIDING PARTY KI BANAWAT.
Raid ke tazwiz ke sidhanton ko madhya nazar rakhte hue aur prapt
khabaron ke adhar par raiding party ko teen main gps mein baanta ja sakta
hai, woh is prakar hain :(a) Stop Gp
(i) Yeh raiding party ka sabse bada hissa hoga.
(ii) Is ko pahari ke niche aur naale ya bhagne wale
raston par
lagana chahiye.
(iii) Stop gp ko bagair surprise tode camp/hide out ke nazdik
se nazdik posn lena chahiye.
(b) Raiding Gp. Yeh party camp/hide-out ke upar raid ki karwai
karti hai. Is party ki nafri camp/hide-out ke size ke alawa in baton
par nirbhar karegi:-
425
(i) Surprise.
(ii) Terrorists ke bhagne ke mauqon ko kam karna.
(iii) Hideout/basha/shelter ki sahi loc ka na pata hona.
(iv) Zamin- jab pure raiding gp ke dply ke liye kam ho.
(v) Agar raid ke dauran apne tps ka apas mein ek-dusre par
fire karne ka khatra ho, to pehle se bachav ke tariqe soche jane
chahiye.
(c)
Pursuit Gp .
(i) Khas chune hue admion ko detail karen.
(ii) Halka saman ho
pakar/barbad kar sakein.
taki
bhagte
hue
terrorists
ko
(iii) Raid ki shuru ki karwai mein yah gp raiding gp ke
res ka
kaam kar sakti hai.
(iv) Ho sake to is gp ko tracker dog diya jaye.
(v) Kai baar is gp ko chhote chhote sub gp mein
bantna padega
kyonki ho sakta hai terrorists alag alag disha mein bhagen.
Raid ki Karwai Karte Waqt (Exec Stage) Nimnlikhit Baten Dhyan Mein
Rakhni Chahiye. Raid ki karwai karte waqt dhyan mein rakne wali baten is
prakar hain:(a) Karo.
(i) Khabar hasil karo– terrorist ki nafri, hathiyar, loc,
camp ka
426
layout aadi.
(ii) Camp/Hide-Out ko unchai se dhalan ki taraf aur multiple
directions se apch karo.
(iii) Raid ka samay badalte raho.
(iv) Raid us samay karo jab ki terrorists alert na hon.
(v) Out-posts se chhupke aur surprise ko madya nazar
rakhte hue harkat karo.
(vi) Hide-out ko contact karne par raiding gp ki josh aur tezi
se karwai ho.
(vii) Bhagte hue terrorists ko pursuit gp dwara barbad
karo.
(viii)
Ilaake ka detailed search karo.
(ix) Res hamesha taiyar rahe.
(x) Tps ki durust briefing aur rehearsals karwao.
(b) Mat Karo.
(i) Trs ka istemal mat karo.
(ii) Gaon ke aas-paas se mat gujro.
(iii) Out posts ko barbad karte samay unhe warning
shot fire
karne ka mauqa mat do.
Aap ko aam raid ki sikhlai pehle di ja chuki hai aur aaj humne terrorists
ke hide out/camp par raid ki karwai ke bare mein baatcheet ki. Ab
427
hum lec samapt karne se pahle dekhenge ki in dono mein kya farak hai.
(DS students se puche aur niminlikhit tarike se sum up karen):(a) Task pura hone tak tps loc nahin chodte.
(b) Area ka detailed search kiya jaata hai.
(c) ‘Never Break Contact’, sidhant ko aslt ke baad lagu kiya
jata hai.
(d) Bhagne wale terrorists ka peecha kiya jaata hai.
(e) Ziada se ziada terrorists ko barbad karne ka irada hota
hai.
(f) Parties.
hai:-
Aam raid ke banispat nimnlikhit parties aur hoti
(i) Stops.
(ii) Stay behind parties.
(iii) Pursuit party.
SANKSHEP
Raid ek chhote paimaane par kiya gaya who op hai jis ke antargat
terrorist ke camp ya hideout ki pakki khabar milne par tezi se karwai ki
jaati hai. Pakki khabar milne par raid ki plg, taiyari aur karwai karte waqt
secrecy (gopniyata) aur surprise ka dhyan rakha jana chahiye. Terrorist ke
bhagne
wale raaston ko band karne ke liye stops ko jaldi se jaldi apni loc pakadni
chahiye. Terrorist ko pakadne ya barbad karne ke liye raiding gp ko tezi se
harkat karni chahiye. Pure illaqe ki tafsil se search aur bhagte hue terrorist
ka utsah se peechha karna chahiye.
428
--------------------------------*********************-----------------------------
CP 17-20
CROWD DISPERSAL
PARICHAY
Kai bar yeh dekha gaya hai ki civil administration aur police danga
karne walon aur kanoon todne wali bhid (Crowd) ko sambhal nahi pati.
Is
paristhiti mein civil administration bigde hue mahaul ko sudharne ke liye
fauj ki madad mangti hai.
Aise mahaul mein jab fauj madad ke liye jati hai
to Cdr ke liye yeh bahut jaruri ho jata hai ki mauqe ke anusar bhid (Crowd)
ko disperse karne ka sahi tariqa chune. Bhid ko hatane (disperse) ke liye ya
control karne ke liye yadi tps ki nafri paryapt nahin hai to woh kai mauqon
par fauj ko nuksan pahuncha sakti hai.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh, ‘Crowd Dispersal ‘ ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG -I
BHID KE VIBHIN ANUBHAG AUR
CIVIL DISORDERS KE PRAKAR
BHID KE VIBHIN QISMEN
Bhid ke size se uski bhawanaon ka andesha lagana mushkil hota hai.
Kai bar bhid mein upadrav karne wale logon ki bajaye bhari tadad mein
mahilayen, bache aur shantipriya nagrik bhi hote hain.
Bhid mein
nimnlikhit logon ki upasthiti kisi aane wale khatre ko darshati hai :-
429
(a) Bhid mein upasthit upadravi gut jinke paas lathi, pathar ya
bottles ho. Bottles ka istemal petrol ya acid bomb banane ke liye kiya
ja sakta hai.
Yeh gut bhid mein ya to ek jagah ekatrit honge ya chote
–chote guton mein bhid mein phaile hote hai.
(b) Bhid ke beech kisi banduk dhari
ka upasthit hona ya phir
najdik ki building ya gali mein upasthit hona. Banduk ke saath admi
casualty karne ke alawa security forces ko fire karne ke liye bhi uttejit
kar sakta hai.
(c) Mahilaon aur school ke bacchon ka bhari tadad mein kawach
(sheild) ki tarah istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
CIVIL DISORDERS KE PRAKAR
Choti Moti Vardatein (Small Disturbances) -
Yeh jawan logon ke
chote gut ke roop mein hote hai jo jagah - jagah pathrao karte hai ya tod
phod karta hai.
Danga Fasad (Rioting)
- Yeh badi bhid ke dwara kiya jata hai aur
yeh lambe samay aur tartibwar chalta hai. Isme bhid pathar, bottle, petrol
bombs itayadi ka istemal ek dusre par karti hai ya security forces ke khilaf
karte hai.
DANGA FASAD DO TARIQE KE HO SAKATE HAI :-
430
(a) Spontaneous (Achanak) Riot
-
Achanak danga fasad
kisi bhawuk wajah se shuru ho sakta hai. eg. - Security forces ki gadi
se sadak par kisi chote bache ki maut se achanak danga fasad shuru
ho sakta hai.
(a) Full Scale Riot - Jor shor se danga fasad pehle se plan kiya
hua hota hai aur uski plg tartibwar ki jati hai.
Is tarah ke danga
fasad mein bhid ki nafri hafi badi hoti hai aur usko rokne ke liye aam
taur par barriers aur snipers ka istemal kiya jata hai.
BHAG II
DANGA FASAD KO NAKAAM KARNE KE TARIQE AUR DEPLOYMENT
Chote Danga Fasad ko Counter Karne ke Tariqe
Is tariqe ke danga fasad ko rokne ke liye jis area mein danga fasad ho
raha ho, bhari tadad mein security forces ki maujudgi se control kiya ja
sakta hai. Niche diye hui nimnlikhit baton se Cdr ko stithi ko control karne
mein madad milegi :(a) Stithi ka pura jaiza lekar aur apne purane tajurbe ka istemal
karte hue un cheezon ko identify karna hai jinse danga aur bhadak
sakta hai.
(b) Area ke anusar, low profile monitoring aur jahan ho sake covert
operation ka istemal karke stithi ka jaiza lena chahiye.
(c) Sahi tariqe se tps ka deployment karke ,QRT aur reserve ko sahi
dhang se laga kar.
QRT aur reserve ko is dhang se lagana chahiye ki
woh maque ke anusar jaldi se react kar sake.
431
(d) Danga karne walon ke ring leadaers ko arrest karte samay
photographs lena chahiye aur unko photographic evidence ke roop
mein istemal karna chahiye.
(e) Apne tps ki dhang se briefing karna aur over reactions ke
khatre ke baAre mein savdhan karna bahut jaruri hai.
(f) Civ adm aur police se saath liasion rakhna.
(g) Agar danga fasad badh jata hai to danga karne wali bhid se
shant bhid ko alag karna bahut jajuri hai.
(h) Pathar fainkne walon ka gherao karke unhe pakad lena bahut
jaruri hai.
Mahilaon aur Bachon ke Saath Bartao
Mahilaon aur bachon ka kisi jalus ya demonstration mein upasthit hone
se kanoon ke anusar kuch farak nahin padta, lekin security forces ko inko
handle karne mein savdhani baratni chahiye.
Kanoon ke anusar agar
jaruri samjha jata hai to mahilaon aur bachon ko bhi arrest kiya ja sakta
hai.
Jahan tah possible ho sake barriers ko erect karna chahiye taki
mahilaon aur jawanon ka seedha aaman samana na ho sake aur mahila
police ka istemal unko rokne ke liye karna chahiye.
Achanak ( spontaneous ) Shuru hue Dange ko Rokne ki Karwai
Achanak shuru hue dange jyadatar bhawanaon mein behkar hote hain,
isliye jaruri ho jata hai ki jis ilaqe mein dange ho rahe ho us area ko jald se
jald clear kar diya jaye, jab tak ki uttejit bhawnain shant na ho jaye.
Agar
dange shant nahin hote to ise full scale roit (dange) ki tarah nipatna
chahiye.
432
Full scale Riot ko Rokne ki Karwai
Full scale roit ko rokne ke liye
jitna jaldi ho sake, jarurat ke mutabik forces ko deploy karna chahiye.
Dange ho rahi paristhiti mein do karwai karna bahut jaruri hai (a)
Area jahan ke halat bigde hue hai use isolate kar de.
(b)
Anti riot action ko turant shuru kar de.
(i)
Contact hone par dply.
(ii) Samudai leaders ki madad se shantipurvak tariqe se
dange karne walon ko titer biter karen.
(iii)
Jarurat ke anusar firing ka istemal.
(iv)
Danga fasad hone par area ke upar apna dabav / prabhav
badhaen.
ANTI RIOT KI KARWAI KARTE SAMAY
(PRINCIPLES) KA DHYAN RAKHNA CHAHIYE :-
TEEN
SIDHANTON
(a) Kai baar haalat aise ho jate hai ki jiada force lagane se bhi
paristhiti bigad sakti hai.
Isliye yeh achha hota hai ki kam force ko
sahi jagah par laga kar sthiti ko kabu karne ki koshish karen.
(b) Tps ko danga karne walon ke pathrao ke range se bahar rehna
chahiye.
(c) Security forces ko aage ki paristhiti ka jaija lite hue apni plg
karni chahiye tatha sthiti ko aur bhadakne aur kharab hone se
bachaya ja sake.
Deployment
Tps ki nafri cover kiye jane wale frontage aur us samay
hone wale virodh par nirbhar karti hai. Jyadatar paristhition mein do
platoon ka deployment kiya jata hai, jisme se ek platoon ko reserve mein
rakha jata hai. Armored vehicles ka bhi in paristhition mein istemal kiya ja
433
sakta hai.
Armored vehicle ko petrol bomb ki range se bahar rakhna
chahiye aur jarurat padne par hi age laana chahiye.
BHAG III
FIRE KHOLNE KI JIMMEWARI AUR
ARREST KARNE KE TARIQE
Fire ko Kholne ki Jimmewari
Dangon
ke
dauran
paristhition kam hi aati hai jab fire kholne hi jarurat padti hai.
aise
Yeh
paristhiti tab hi aati hai jab dange bahut bhadak jaye aur apne tps ki bhi
kafi casualty hone ke halat ho. Yadi ghatna par upasthit Cdr ko yeh lagta
hai ki control karne ke liye fire karna jaruri hai to yeh nirnai Cdr ko stithi
ka jaija lete hue karna chahiye.
Yeh puri koshish honi chahiye ki apne tps
ko danga karne wali bhid se casualty na ho sake.
warning dena bahut jaruri hai.
Fire kholne se pehle
Fire kholne par nimnlikhit baton ko note
karna jaruri hai :(a)
Warning.
(b)
Fire kholne ka order.
(c)
Officer ka naam jisne fire kholne ka hukum diya ho.
(d)
Kitne round fire hue.
(e)
Kisne fire kiya.
(f)
Kispe fire kiya gaya.
(g)
Samay.
(h)
Halat ka sankshep mein beora.
Arrest Karne ke tariqe.
Security forces dwara ki gai arrest ko do
bhagon mein banta ja sakta hai :-
434
(a) Police ki mojudgi mein Arrest
Kanoon vyavastha ko
banaye rakhne ke liye CRPF jab police se jimmewari le leti hai tab
police rear mein rehti hai aur kanoon vyavastha thik hone ke baad
apni jimmewari phir se le leti hai. Aise halat mein danga karne wale jo
pakde jate hain unhe first information report ke saath police ko
handover kar dena chahiye.
(b) Arrest ki Karwai jab Police Mojud nahi ho
Jab
police
mojud nahin hoti tab arrest karne wale tps ko pakde hue prisoners ko
turant PS ko hand over karke apni duty par laut jana chahiye.
SANKSHEP
Bhid ko control karna ya disperse karna ek aise jimmewari hai jo kabhi
bhi kisi unit par aa sakti hai aur isme bahut savdhani baratne ki jarurat
hoti hai.Bhid ko sambhalane ya disperse karnr mein agar fauj se koi galti ho
jai to usse bhid bhadak sakti hai aur fauj ko nuksan pahuncha sakti
hai.Yeh bahut jaruri hai ki is kaam ke liye jane wale tps ko apni jimmewari
thik dhang se malum hoaur uska palan anushashan se kiya jaye.Isliye yeh
jaruri hai ki Sec/ Pl level par jo small teams operate kar rahi hai unka
command aur control acha ho.
----------------------------------**********************-------------------------
CP 21-24
MOBILE CHECK POST (MCP)
PARICHAY
CI Ops mein safalta hasil karne ke lie zaruri hai ki terrorists ke upar
lagatar dabav banaya jae. Yeh dabav terrorists ko pakar kar unki harkat
435
par control karke banaya ja sakta hai. MCP kya hai, iski banawat kya ho
sakti hai, iske kaam karne ka tariqa kya hai, yeh sab ham is lec ke dauran
sikhenge.
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh , MCP ke task, uski banawat, layout aur uske kaam
karne ke tariqe se aapko waqif karana hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein pura kiya jaega :(a)
Bhag I.
MCP ki paribhasha ,tasks aur banawat.
(b)
Bhag II.
Sujhao ke taur par layout aur kaam karne ki tartib.
Bhag III.
Checking karte waqt dhyan mein rakhne wali
(c)
baten.
BHAG-I : MCP KI PARIBHASHA, TASKS AUR BANAWAT
PARIBHASHA
MCP ek harkati dasta hai jo terrorists ko pakarne, unke hathiyar/amn ko
pakarne ke lie lagaya jata hai.
TASKS
MCP ko niche likhe kamon ke liye lagaya jata hai :(a)
Terrorists ya shakiya admi ko pakarna.
(b)
pakarna.
Arms, amn,explosive,eqpt aur docu ko talash karna aur
(c)
Terrorists ki raaston/sarak par harkat par rok lagana.
(d)
Terrorists ke baare mein khabar hasil karna.
Upar diye hue tasks ko pura karne ke liye MCP ki banawat aam taur par
is tarah hoti hai. (Slide of ‘Banawat’)
BANAWAT
Nafri aur Partian.
Aam taur par MCP ek pl less a sec str ki hoti hai.
Lekin halat ko madde nazar rakhte hue iski str mein badli ki ja sakti hai. Is
mein nimnlikhit partian hoti hain :436
(a)
Search Gp. Yah gp shakiya gari aur admiyon ka search karta
hai. Ismen nimnalikhit shamil hote hain :(i)
Gari ya shakiya admi ko search karne ke liye tps.
(ii)
Shakiya admiyon ko pehchanne ke liye identifier ya
spotter.
(iii)
Agar bhasha ka problem ho to ‘interpreter’.
(b)
Covering Gp.
karta hain.
Yah gp search gp ki karwai ko fire se cover
(c)
Protection Gp.
Yah gp tamam partion ki karwai ko fire se
cover karta hain aur ane wali garion par niyantran rakhta hai.
(d)
Res Gp.
Koi achanak halat ya bhagte hue terrorists ka picha
karne ke
liye yah gp zimmewar hota hai. Is gp ke saath, terrorists ka
picha karne ke liye
gadi honi chahiye.
PARTION KI BANAWAT.
Shahar ke ilaqe mein jiada tfc aur abadi hone ki wajah se MCP ke rd
barrier ke dono taraf spot checks karne chahiye. Aisi MCP ki partion ki
banawat is tarah se ho sakti hai:No1 MCP
Civ/Police
SOs
UOs
ORs
(a) Protection Gp
(LMG Gp)
-
01
02
(b) Covering Gp
(Rif Gp)
-
-
02
(c) Search Gp
-
(d) Pl HQ
(i)
Pl Cdr (OIC) 01
(ii)
Radio Op
-
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Identifier
Interpreter
Male Police
Female Police
(e) Reserve Gp
(i)
Pl Hav
(ii)
51mm Mor &
RL Det
-
-
03(incl dvr) -
01
-
-
-
-
-
01
01
01
01
-
01
-
-
-
-
04
437
(iii)
(iv)
Dog Handler
Dvr
-
-
01
01
-
(a) Protection Gp
-
01
02
-
(b) Covering Gp
-
-
02
-
(c) Search Gp
-
01
02(incl dvr) -
01
04
No2 MCP
Total
20
(incl 3 dvrs)
04
Cdr aur radio opr search gp ke saath hota hai.
Hathiyar aur Eqpt. Ek MCP ke paas nimnlihit hathiyar aur eqpt ho sakte
hain :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(j)
(k)
(l)
LMG
51mm Mor
AK/Carbine/INSAS rif Mine/Metal detector.
Hand cuff/rope.
Rain cape/hood.
NVD/Torch.
Mob rd block/Ballian . Sheeshe ki trolley.
Sniffer dog.
Loud Hailer/ Mega phone-
2/3.
1.
Baki jawanon ke pass.
1-2
2-3
Sabhi ke pass.
-doZarurat ke mutabik.
1-2
Agar available hain to.
1
Comn.MCP ko apne Coy HQ ya anya MCP tatha apni sabhi partion se
milap karne ki zarurat pad sakti hain jiske liye uske paas nimnalikhit R/S
hone chahiye:(a)
(b)
VHF
WALKIE TALKIE
-
1 ( Cont HQ se milap )
8 ( Har ek party ke saath milap ).
Tpt. MCP ko kargar hone ke lie yeh zaruri hai ki woh apni jagah ki thore
samay baad badli kare. Iske lie MCP ke paas garian honi chahie. MCP ke
saath 1x Lt veh aur 2x 3 Ton gp kiye ja sakte hain. Dhyan rahe ki yeh
438
garian achhi mech condition mein hon. Jahan tak ho MCP ko modified
garian, jinki bullet proofing ki gai ho, di jaen.
BHAG II : MCP KA LAYOUT AUR KAAM KARNE KI TARTIB
LAYOUT
Sujhao ke taur pe MCP ka layout aap slide par dekh sakte hain. (MCP ka
layout Appx A aur slide mein diya hain)
MCP ke Kaam Karne ki Tartib.
MCP ko bagair apna irada zahir karte hue kisi rd jn,br par lag jana
chahie jahan par achha chhupao milta ho aur udhar se guzarne wale
sabhi admion aur garion ko tafseel se check kiya ja sake. Garion ko rokne
ke lie mob rd block ballian, joki kam se kam 4"moti aur 8-10' lambi hon,
ka istemal karna chahie. Agar rd chauri hai to 2 ballian age peeche
karke lagai ja sakti hain. Ballion ko sand bag laga kar anchor kiya jana
chahie.
Gadi Check Karne ki Kisme.Jab koi gadi MCP mein aati hain tab shak aur
samay ke anusar veh check ki yeh kismen ho sakti hain :(a)
Quick Check.
Yah sarsari taur par veh ke andar aur saman
rakhne wali
jagah ki talashi le karke ki jati hain. Yah check kuch hi
miniton mein kiya jata hain.
(b)
Thorough (Pura) Check. Is mein 30 minutes ka samay lag sakta
hain. Ismein veh ka pura saman nikal kar veh ko achhi tarah se check
kiya jata hain.
(c)
jata hai.
Wksp Check
.
Yah bahut detail mein wksp mein kiya
GARI CHECK KARNE KA TARIQA.
(a)
Gari ka No check karo aur terrorists dwara istemal
ki jane wali garion ki list se milao.
(b)
Gari ko thodi dur rok kar fire se cover kare, dvr ko veh ko
switch off karne ko bole.( Agar gari churane ke liye usne short circuit
kiya ho to woh gari asani se band nahi kar sakta)
(c)
Darwaja, khidki aadi dhyan se dekhen ( Agar koi tut fut
hain to iska matlab gari mein jabardasti ghusa gaya hain
(d)
Pahle dvr ka naam aur pata puchen aur phir licence
mang kar use check karen.
439
(e)
Sabhi admion ko gari se bahar utaro, unke upar
guard lagao aur unka body check shuru karo.
(d)
Gari ke sabhi dash board/khane check karo.( Gari ka
check Dvr se karwaya jaye)
(e)
Bonnet cover ko utha kar check karo.
(f)
Bty compartment ko check karo.
(g)
Spare wheel ko check karo. (Explain spare wheel to
be removed from veh
and then checked).
(h)
Gari ki seaton ko utha kar check karo aur seaton ko
haath se choo kar dekho kih koi docu to nahin hai (DS to explain).
(j)
Petrol tank ko check karo. (Explain by tinkering).
(k)
Ambassador car ki head lt ke peeche check karo ki koi
compartment to nahin banaya gaya hai.
(l)
Tipper truck ke neeche check karo (DS to explain
after lifting the body by hydraulic jack).
(m)
mirror trolley).
Sabhi garion ko neeche se check karo. (By using
AADMIYON KA SPOT CHECK.
(a)
Aadmi ko ek jawan side se cover kare, aur dusra jawan
usko peeche se aur upar se niche tak check kare.
(b)
check kiya jae.
Suspect ko haath se, wpns/radio/amn/expl ke lie
(c) Suspect ki jebon ko uski identity , militants ke kagzat, jaise
fund collection ki rasiden ,hideouts ke ilaque ke maps ,R/S call signs
frequency, tele Nos, militants ke code name wagairah ke lie check
kiya jae.
BHAG III : CHECKING KARTE WAQT DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE
WALI BATEN
440
CHECKING KARTE SAMAY DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI BATEN.
MCP mein gari ya aadmi ka checking karte waqt yah baten dhyan mein
rakhni chahiye :(a)
Aajkal terrorists ‘Car Bomb’ka istemal karke security forces ko
jiyada se
jiyada nuksan pahunchane ki koshish kar rahe hain. Ismein,
hamare jawan aam taur
par galti yah karte hain ki, bina kisi aad ke,
bina driver aur logon ko gari se utare
hue, sidhe gari ke irdgird
checking ke liye ikattha ho jate hain. Aisi halat mein agar
gari mein
bomb ho to use remote se udaya jaa sakta hain. Agar andar baithe kisi
admi ke paas hathiyar ho to woh SF par fire karke use bhari nuksan
pahuncha sakta hai. Isi liye, khud aad mein rahte hue, gari ko thodi dur
rok kar pahle dvr aur
logon ko niche utara jae aur uske baad dvr ko aage
rakhte hue gari ka check kiya jae.
(b)
Gari ko check karte samay pure saman ke malik ki pehchan
karna jaruri
hain. Iske baad hi sabhi saman check karen. Isse
agar koi shakiya hain to use pakadne mein asani hogi.
(c)
ane de.
Jaab tak pura saman check nahi hota kisi ko saman ke paas na
(d)
Dvr licence aur veh docu ko achhi tarah se check karen.
(e)
Metal detectors ka istemal kafi faidemand hoga.
(f)
Check kiye jane wale aadmion par dhyan rakha jaye. Unke
chehre ke bhao dekhen jaen.
(g)
kiya jaye.
Civ ki dikkat dur karne ke liye paani aur baithne ka bandobast
(h)
Check speed aur chaturai se aur civ ko achhi izzat dekar ki jae,
kisi chiz ka faltu nuksan nahi hona chahiye.
(j)
Check ke baad dvr se No Claim Cert lena chahiye.
(k)
Spot check ke baad ‘Check Report’ taiyar ki jae jismein yah
baten shamil
honi chahiye :(i) Check kiye gaye admion ka aur gadi ka detail.
(ii) Check karwane wale cdr ka naam.
(iii) Checking ka waqt aur jagah.
(iv) Shakiya admi ya saman ka vivaran.
(v) Check kiye jane wale admiyon ka mote taur par
vyavahar.
(vi) Checker aur witness ka signature ya hastakshar.
441
SANKSHEP
MCP agar soch samajh kar aur ingenuity se lagai jaye aur sahi tariqe se
search kiya jaye to iske bahut achhe result nikal sakte hain, aur yeh
terrorists ke morale par bura asar dal sakta hai.
MCP KA LAYOUT
442
10M
PROTECTIO
N GP
(LMG GP)
10
M
COVERING GP
(RIF GP)
10
M
SEARCH GP
NO1
(RIF GP)
15M
PL HQ
(MCP CDR)
75
MTRS
10
M
NO1 SEC
RESERVE GP
SEARCH GP
NO2
(RIF GP)
COVERING GP
(RIF GP)
10
M
10
M
SEC 2IC
SEC 2IC
NO2 SEC
PROTECTION
GP
(LMG GP)
-------------------------------------********************------------------------443
CP 25-29
QUICK ACTION TEAM (QAT)
PARICHAY
Terrorists jab bhi SFs ke khilaf karwai karne ka plan banate hain, bhag
nikalne ke lie routes aur uske tariqe par bahut dhyan dete hain. Is liye aam
taur par aapne dekha hoga ki Terrorists ki firing/ambush ke baad jo SFs
dwara detailed search Ops kiye jaate hain, usse koi khas parinam nahin
nikalta. Iske banispat agar ek chhoti, achchhi trg payi hui tukri tezi se
Terrorists ke khilaf karwai kare to usse jyada achhe parinam hasil kiye ja
sakte hain. Islie CT Ops mein achanak pesh ane wali ghatnaon se nipatne
ke lie Bn/Coy darze par ek tukri niyukt ki jati hai. Is tukri ko ham Quick
Reaction Team (QAT) kehte hain.
UDDESH
CT Ops mein Quick Reaction Team ki banawat, tasks aur kaam karne ke
tarike se waqif karana hai.
TARIKA
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein pura kiya jaega.
(a) BHAG I
-
QAT ki Dhaarna.
(b) BHAG – II
sujhao.
(C) BHAG – III -
-
QAT ke tasks aur banawat ke liye
Kaam karne ka tarika.
BHAG I : QAT KI DHAARNA(CONCEPT)
QAT ki dhaarna CT Ops ke dauran hasil kiye gaye chand ek anubhavon
par adharit hai jo is prakar hai:(a) SFs ka reaction, Terrorists dwara istemal ki ja rahi bhagne ki
tarkib (escape techniques) se tej honi chahiye.
(b) Ek chhoti, mob, sahi hathiyar/eqpt se lais aur motivated team,
ek bari force ke banispat behtar aur teji se harkat aur karyawai kar
sakti hai.
(c) Tezi se ki gayi harkat se surprise hasil kiya ja sakta hai.
(d)
Agar Terrorists ko malum ho ki SFs tezi se harkat
karenge to unke dil mein SF ka dar paida hoga.
444
(e)
Sahi waqt par aur tezi se kiye gaye actions se civ
population mein SFs ke prati bharosa badhta hai.
(f)
jati hai.
Agar info par tezi se harkat na ki jae to woh info bekar ho
BHAG - II QAT KE TASKS AUR BANAWAT KE LIYE SUJHAO
Is bhag me ham pahle dekhenge ki QAT ko kya-kya tasks diye ja sakte
hain aur phir in taskon ko pura karne ke liye ek QAT ki banawat, hathiyar,
eqpt, aur tpt kya honi chahiye.
Tasks
QAT ko nimnlikhit tasks diye ja sakte hain: (a)
Veh ka peechha karna.
(b)
Spot checking ke lie MCP lagana.
(c)
Chune hue makanon mein search karna.
(d)
Jaldi se cordon lagana.
(e)
Escort duty karna.
(f)
Kisi bare Ops jaise cordon aur search Ops ka hissa ban
kar ambush ya stops lagana.
(g)
Kisi ptl ya coln ko Terrorists se contact hone par reinforce
karna.
(h)
Kisi suspect ko pooch tash ke liye pakarna.
(j) Specific info milne par hideout par raid karna.
(k) Res ka kaam karna.
QAT KI BANAWAT KE LIYE SUJHAO
Nafri (Str).
QAT ki banawat/nafri fix nahi ki ja sakti, ye halat par
munassar hoga. Sirf dhyan mein rakhne wali baat yeh hai ki QAT apne
diye hue task ko pura karne ke kabil ho. Sujhao ke taur par ek QAT ki
banawat is prakar se ho sakti hai (a)
Offr/SO
-
1/2.
445
(b) UO
(c)
OR
2.
-
Total
27 (shamil dog handler aur tracker dog)
----30/31
Hathiyar. QAT ke pas nimn likhit hathiyar ho sakte hain :hai).
(a)
LMG
-
3 (1 x LMG ki jagah 1 X MMG ho sakti
(b)
51mm Mor
-
1.
(c)
84 mm RL
-
3.
(d)
Sniper Rifle
-
1.
(e)
5.56mm INSAS Rifle
-
22/23 ( shamil baki dets ke No 2)
Amn
(a)
CTN
(b)
51mm Mor.
(c)
-
16 Mag per LMG/4 belts per MMG.
(i)
HE
-
18.
(ii)
Ill
-
12.
84 mm RL(per wpn).
(i)
HE
-
06.
(ii)
HEAT -
04.
(iii)
Ill
-
02.
-
4 Mags/ wpn.
(d)
Rifle
(e)
Hand gren
-
2 per jawan.
(f)
-
On Wpn scale.
Sniper
Eqpt
(a)
RS VC/ANPRC
-
01 with GPA.
(b)
RS VA
-
03
446
(c)
RS VPS/Motorola
(d)
PNVD
-
03
(e)
BPJ
-
Har admi ke liye.
BPP
-
Har admi ke liye.
(g)
Mine detector
-
01
(h)
Expl
-
TNT/PEK- 5 Kg.
(j)
Cordex
-
150 Mtrs
(k)
Electric detonators
-
10.
(l)
Search Lt
2.
(m)
Hand cuffs
(f)
-
-
08
-
( Motorola with spare btys )
2.
Tpt.
QAT mein 3 x 2.5 Ton/4 x Jonga hone chahie. QAT mein di
jaane wali garian achhi mechanical condition mein honi chahie aur jahan
tak ho sake in garion ki bullet proofing aur blast proofing (sand bags ki
madad se) ki jaani chahie. Raat ko ya sham ko in garion ko top up karke
rakhna chahie.
BHAG - III KAAM KARNE KA TARIKA
QAT kis prakar se kaam karti hai, is baat ko ham nimnalikhit 3 hisson
mein dekhenge: (a) Taiyari Ki Halat (State of Readiness).
(b) WO Milne Par Karwai.
(c) Op ke Dauran Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baten.
Taiyari Ki Halat (State of Readiness). QAT apne maqsad mein tabhi
kamyab ho sakti hai jab woh tezi se diye gae task ke liye karwai kar sake.
Iske lie nimnlikhit karwai karni chahie: (a)
QAT ko ek saath rakhen.
(b)
QAT ke hathiyar aur eqpt QAT ke nazdik hone chahie.
447
(c)
QAT ki garian pehle niyukt ki jaen aur yeh har waqt
topped up rahen.
(d)
QAT ke pass telephone diya jaana chahie taki QAT cdr ko
WO jaldi se jaldi mil sake.
(e) RS mein pehle se frequency feed karke rakhi jaen.
(f) QAT ke paas 24 h ka emergency aur 24 h ka dry ration
hona chahie.
(g) Ops se lautne ke baad, kharch hue ration aur amn ki purti
karen. Hathiyar aur eqpt ki toot – phoot ko repair karane ke baad hi
QAT ko aaram karne ke liye chhoda jae. Kai bar QAT ko do ops ke
beech bahut kam samay aaram ke liye mil pata hai.
WO Milne Par Karwai.
Jaise hi QAT cdr ko WO milta hai, woh QAT
ko ikatha hone ko kahta hai. Apna saman ikatha karta hai, radio comn
check karta hai aur QAT ko jis ilaqe mein jaana hai aur jo task mila hai
uske baare mein brief karta hai. Agar sath mein koi spotter lekar jaana hai
to use combat dress/rain cape wagairah pehna kar batai hui jagah par
report karta hai. WO milne se report karne ki karwai 10-15 min mein ho
jaani chahie. Zaruri nahin hai ki QAT cdr ko kahin report karna ho, kai bar
QAT ko seedhe us jagah par pahunchna parta hain jahan par Op chal raha
ho. Jab tezi se pahunchna ho us waqt QAT cdr ko radio par chalti halat
mein brief kiya ja sakta hai.
QAT ke Op ke Dauran Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baten. QAT ko operate
karte waqt nimnlikhit baton ko dhyan mein rakhna chahie :(a)
Proofing).
(b)
Garion ke floor par bhare hue sand bags rakhe jaen (Blast
LMG ko swivel mount par fit kiya jae.
(c)
baithen.
Sabhi admi garion mein bahar ki taraf munh karke
(d)
Ek admi ko niyukt kiya jae jo sadak par khade admion
par nazar rakhe.
(e)
Co dvr sadak par dhyan rakhe. Agar sadak kahin se taaza
tori gai hai to use IEDs ke lie check karen.
(f) Agar samay ijaazat de to sabhi culverts/br ko IEDs ke lie
sarsari taur par check karen.
448
(g) Agar kahin bottleneck hai to use ek ek gari karke par karen,
aur baki uske mov ko cover karen.
(h) BUA mein khidki, galion aur sadak par khare admion par
dhyan den.
(j) Jab QAT ko garion se utar kar jaana pare to garion ke pas
kuchh str aur Radio set chhoden.
(k) Gren ke hamle se bachao ke liye gadi par camo net lagayen.
SANKSHEP
Sahiban ek achchhi trg payi hui QAT terrorists ke dil mein khauf paida
karne ke sath sath achhe parinam bhi hasil kar sakti hai. Iske lie yeh
zaruri hai ki QAT achhi trg payi ho, uske pas achha eqpt ho, usmein achha
radio comn ho aur use soojh boojh se istemal kiya jae. Anubhav se yeh
malum hota hai ki kai baar QAT mein aakar karyawai ke liye harkat ki
disha ki security ko nazar andaaz kar dete hain. Saath hi, vardaat ke ilake
mein bina savdhani barte hue jaldi se jaldi action karte hain . Uparlikhit
dondn karanon ke wajah se kai baar SFs ko cas uthana pada hai. Ek junior
leader hone ke naate aapka yeh farz banta hai ki in baton ko dhyan me
rakhen aur durust karwai karke safalta hasil karen.
-----------------------------**************************------------------------
CP 30-33
ROAD OPENING AND CONVOY PROTECTION
PARICHAY
Hamari bal ka ek bara bhag aaj kal counter insurgency (CI) Ops mein
laga hua hai. In ops ki apni kuchh vichitr samasyen hain aur aam taur par
yudh mein aane wali samasyon se alag hain. CI Ops mein sabhi ranks ko
jankari prapt ho taki mauqa parne par sahi tarike se karwai ki ja sake. Is
lec mein ham aisi hi kuchh CI Ops mein aane wali samaseon ke bare mein
jankari denge.
UDDESH
Is Lec ka uddeshya Rd Opening and Cvy Protection ke bare mein jankari
dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lec do bhagon mein pura kiya jaega :(a)
Bhag I : Rd Opening.
449
(b)
Bhag II : Cvy Protection.
BHAG I : RD OPENING
UDDESH
Insurgency wale ilaqe mein jab tak ugarvadiyon (vidrohiyon) ko khatam
ya achhi tarah daba nahin diya jata, fauji ya civil garion ki cvy ek jagah se
dusri jagah tak jate samay surkshit nahin hoti. Is par ugarvadi sniping ya
ambush ki karwai karke nuksan pahuncha sakte hain. Is liye jab aise ilake
mein cvy chalte hain to sadak (Rd) ko achhi tarah surkshit banana parta
hai. IS prakar ke defensive ops ko Rd Opening kahte hain.
TARTIB
Rd opening ki karwai ki tajwij banate samay ilake ko sectors mein baant
diya jata hai aur ek sector ki zimmewari ek bn ko di jati hai. Ek bn ko
takriban 50 Km ka ilaka diya jata hai. Bn ke ilake ko aur aage coys ke hisse
mein baanta jata hai. Takriban ek coy ko 12 se lekar 15 Kms ke ilake se
ziada ilaka nahin dena chahiye.
Aam halaton mein Rd opening ki karwai karte samay ek platoon ko base
mein chhor dena chahiye aur do pl ko rd opening ki karwai ke liye bhejna
chahiye.
Yeh karwai cvy ke din ki jani chahiye. Shuru shuru mein (Initially when
you have been dply in the area) sadak ke donon taraf 50 mtrs tak garian
hatwa dene chahiye. Yeh kaam gaon walon ke dwara bhi karwaya ja sakta
hai.
RD OPENING PARTY (ROP) KI NAFRI.
Aam taur par ek rif coy do ROP bhej sakti hai. Ek ROP ki nafri kam se
kam ek cdr aur 22 OR ki honi chahiye. Cdr kam se kam ek SO ya achha
(experienced) UO hona chahiye.
ROP KE PASS SAMAN IS PRAKAR HONA CHAHIYE :(a) LMG - 2 (Kam se kam).
(b) 51mm Mor - 1 (ILL - 4, HE - 12 Bombs ke saath).
(c) Hand Gren - 2 (Prati jawan aur kuchh 77 WP gren bhi le jane
chahiye).
(d) Tube launching gren - 3.
(e) Baki aadmiyon ke pass zaruri jati hathiyar.
(f) Very light pistol (miniflare) - 1 (Zarurat ke mutabik amn).
(g) Amn 3 Bhari mag prati rif / sten.
(h) 5 Bhari Mag prati LMG.
450
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
Radio set - 1 x VHF
Walkie talkie
Grapnel – 01
Flags (Red) – 02 per party.
Mine detector – 02
Binocular - 01
Map sheet – 01
First aid kit - 01
(SHOW THE ABOVE DETAILS WITH THE HELP OF A SLIDE)
Iske ilawa, agar mauzood ho to ek engr det jiski nafri 1 UO aur 3 OR ho,
ROP ke saath gp karna chahiye. Iska kaam IED check karna hai. Iski
banawat is prakar honi chahiye :(a)
Cdr aur Mine Detector party i/c
(b) Mine Detector wala jawan
(c)
Prodder Man aur R Man
-1
-1
-2
(Note: Yadi Engr party na ho to yeh karwai Inf dwara kiya jae.)
RD OPENING DRILL (RD OPENING PARTY DWARA KARWAI)
Rd opening ki karwai is prakar se ki jati hai ki sarak aur sarak ke donon
taraf 300 se 400 mtrs tak ke ilake ek saath search kiya jae.
Is ke liye, leading do sections, sarak ke dono taraf ke ilake ko search
karenge aur teesra (third) sections Pl HQ ke saath sarak ko search karenge.
(While reading this, a chart with diagramatic representation of the drill may
also be displayed).
Is method ko Scorpion Hop method bhi kahten hai. Is tarike se ki gai rd
clearance se sarak ka mines, IED aur wires se achha clearance hota hai aur
saath hi mein agar ugarvadiyon ne kahin ambush lagaya hua ho to usko bhi
samay par clear kiya ja sakta hai. Is method se ROP ka mutual sp bhi prapt
hota hai aur ek dusre ki achhi protection bhi ho jati hai.
Rd opening karte samay jawanon ko hamesha chokanna rahna chahiye
aur riflon ko "SHIKARI" posn mein, magazine bahar ki taraf karte hue
rakhna chahiye. LMG ko sling laga kar le jana chahiye aur zarurat parne
par hip se fire karna chahiye.
RD PICKETING.
Rd clearance ke baad, ugarvadi clear ki gai sarak par mines, IED ya
ambush (ghatt) na laga den, is baat ka yakin karne ke liye jaruri hai ki rd ki
picketing bhi ki jae.
451
Agar is kaam ke liye nafri mauzood ho to, alag se rd picketing party
mukarar karni chahiye. Rd picketing party is prakar sarak ke donon taraf
lagani chahiye ki puri sarak ko cover kar sake. Aisi picket ki nafri do jawan
se lekar ek section tak ki nafri ho sakti hai. Nafri zamin ki banawat aur
ugarvadiyon ki karwai par munassar hai.
PICKET LAGATE SAMAY NIMIN BAATON KA KHAYAL RAKHEN :(a)
Picket hamesha chuppa (conceal) hona chahiye.
(b)
Picket ki jagah likely hostile ki ambush site ho ya phir aise
jahan se adhik se adhik ilaqon ki nigrani ho sake.
(c)
Agar jiada ilaqa cover karna ho to section ke jawanon ko jodi jodi mein bhejna chahiye lekin unka aapas mein visual contact ho is
baat ka pakka yakin kar lena chahiye.
(d)
Picket ki posn lagatar badalte rahna chahiye taki set pattern na
ban jaye.
(e)
Apna ilaqa search karne ke baad, ROP "All OK" ki report apni
post ko denge aur uske baad hi kisi cvy ko wahan se gujarna chahiye.
ROP ki ek chhote toli sarak par chhor deni chahiye, jiska kaam nimin
prakar se hoga :-
na ho.
dena.
(a)
(b)
Cvy ane par cvy cdr ko clearance slip dena.
Apni posn mein cvy ane tak chuppe rahna taki posn jahir
(c)
Cvy ko ROP se "All OK" report milne par he aage badhne
SARAK SEARCH KARTE SAMAY
BAATEN.
DHYAN MEIN RAKHNE WALI
(a)
Sarak par koi bhi obst ya rd block agar search mein mile
to use shakiya samjhna chahiye.
(b)
Sarak ke nazdik koi bench ya firing posn ko shakiya
nazar se dekhna.
(c)
Taazi ghas (Grass) kat diya ho ya fresh ilaka clear kiya ho.
(d)
Koi naya track ya trail.
(e)
Khane (Food) ke packet, cigarette butts, matches agar
nazar aaye to.
(f)
Sarak par koi pot hole ya dug up place.
(g)
Sabhi ilake jo sarak ko dominate karte hon.
(h)
Koi wire ka tukra nazar aata ho.
IED MILNE PAR KARWAI IS PRAKAR KARO :(a)
(b)
(c)
IED milne par kabhi ekathaha nahi hona chahiye.
IED ke 500 mtr duri tak ka ilaqa cordon karo.
2nd IED ke liye dekho.
452
(d)
(e)
(f)
IED milne ki khabar apne PL Cdr aur Coy Cdr ko do.
IED ke sath chedkhani mat karo.
Engr det/ BD squad ane tak ilaqe ko cordon karke rakho.
Notes for DS
While explaining Rd Opening Drill, an animated slide
should also be shown simultaniously for explaining the Rd Opening Drill).
BHAG II : CONVOY PROTECTION
UDDESH
CI Ops mein rd opening ke saath saath cvy ki hifazat (cvy protection)
karna bhi ati avashyak hai. Agar ham nimn baaton ka dhyan rakhen to apni
gariyon ki security kar sakte hain :(a)
Sabhi gariyon ko cvy mein organise karke chalani chahiye
aur akeli gari nahin
chalani chahiye.
(b)
Gari se gari ke beech mein sahi gap hona chahiye.
CVY KE PRAKAR
CVY DO PRAKAR KI HOTI HAI :(a)
Normal (Sadharan) Cvy. Yeh adm cvy hote hain jo
mukarar kiye hue din chalte
hain. Aise cvy ke dinon aur samay mein
tabdili karna kafi mushkil hota hai aur isliye aise cvy
ki
hifazat
(security) ka khas dhyan rakhna parta hai.
(b)
Special Cvys. Yeh cvy units/sub units ke operational
mov ke liye chalaya jate hain
ya phir sr cdrs aur civil VIP ke mov ke
liye kiye jate hain. Aise cvy ke security ka vistar
purvak bayan kisi
bhi fmn SOP mein diya hota hai.
Is lec mein ham kewal normal cvy ki hifazat ke bare mein hi aap ko
batayenge.
ESCORT PARTY KI NAFRI AUR BAANT
Escort party ki nafri, cvy ke size aur ugarvadiyon ki harketon ko dhyan
mein rakh kar ki jati hai. Aam taur par nafri ek pl hoti hai. Yeh party cvy
mein baant di jati hai jo is prakar hai :(a)
Front Escort. Yeh coy ki leading gari mein hoti hai aur iski
nafri ek sec hoti hai. LMG driver ke cabin par mt ki jati hai. Sec cdr ke
paas milap ke liye ek RS hota hai.
(b)
Middle Escort. Yeh coy ki beech wali gari mein hota hai. Iski
nafri bhi ek section ki hoti hai. Pl HQ bhi isi section ke saath hota hai.
Milap ke liye Pl cdr ke pass ek RS ANPRC 25 hota hai.
453
(c)
Rear Escort. Yeh coy ki aakhri gari mein hota hai. Iski bhi nafri
ek sec hoti hai. Pl Hav iska ic hota hai aur iske pass bhi milap ke liye ek
RS hota hai.
Iske alawa, cvy ke har gari mein baithe jawanon mein se escort mukarar
kiye jate hain.
QRT.
Iske alawa, agar ho sake to, ek sec ki nafri QRT hoti hai, jo ki cvy cdr ke
saath wali gari mein hote hai. Iske pass, agar ho sake to, ek tracker dog
hona chahiye. Iska kaam ambush ho jane par ugarvadiyon ka pichha karna
hai.
CVY CDR KI DUTIAN
Prayah Offr/SO ko cvy cdr niyukt karna chahiye. Cvy cdr nimn baaton ka
yakin karega :(a)
Har ek gari chalne ke liye fit hai aur usmein kafi FOL aur
spares hain
(b)
EME aur Medical ke kuchh aadmi cvy ke saath hain.
(c)
Gari, aadmi, hathiyar aur amn ke bare mein puri-puri details
pahle se le leni chahiye. Har gari mein baithe aadmiyon ko bhi pata
hona chahiye.
(d)
Fauzi jawan ko squads mein tartib deni chahiye aur unko
gariyon mein brabar-brabar baantane chahiye.
(e)
Chalne se pahle cvy ko theek OOM mein lagana aur check
karna kih sab theek hai.
(f)
Garian apni di hui tartib badli nahin kare aur koi bhi gari akeli
aage nikal kar pahle pahunchne ki koshish nahin kare.
(g)
Har gari ke liye co drvier aur dandaman niyukat karna chahiye.
Escort Cdr ki Dutian
Prayah Cvy Cdr aur Escort Cdr ek hi offr ko niyukt karna chahiye. Agar
cvy cdr SO ya UO ho to escort cdr prayah Officer hona chahiye. Jo bhi
senior ho woh cvy ke liye pura zimmewar hoga. Magar jahan tak cvy ki
suraksha ka sawal hai escort cdr ka faisla mana jaega. Escort cdr niche di
gayi baaton ka yakin karega :(a)
Cvy ka surakshit aur theek chalana.
(b)
Raaste mein theek nishchit kiye hue halts hon aur yahan sab
gariyan ikattha ho jaen. Sab gariyan aa jane par hi cvy aage chale.
(c)
Sarak ke tute hone ya rd block hone ki khabar milne par cvy ko
nazdik wali post par rokna aur tabhi wahan se march karna jab sarak
theek ki report mil jae.
(d)
Shak ya ambush ki jagahon ka raaste mein khayal rakhna aur
escort ko chokanna rakhna.
454
(e)
Yakin karna ki aage wali gari mein baitha UO ya SO ROP se
clearance chit leta hai.
(f)
Post par se gujarne par khud clearance chit lena.
(g)
Yakin karna ki chalne se pahle ki sab karwai puri hain.
CHALNE SE PAHLE KI TAIYARI
Yeh taiyari bilkul ek patrol par jane se pahle ki taiyari jaisi hai. Niche
batai hui baaten dhyan mein rakhni chahiye :(a)
Rd ki condition ke bare mein jankari prapt honi chahiye aur
yakin karen ki rd secure kiya hua hai.
(b)
Drivers aur gari mein sawar sabhi ki detail briefing.
(c)
Raaste mein aane wali posts se milap.
(d)
Yakin karen ki har gari mein Cdr niyukt hua hai.
(e)
Yakin karen ki gariyon ka tarpolin nikala hua ho aur escort gari
mein LMG fix kiya hua hai.
(f)
Sare hathiyar test kiye jaen aur theek hathiyar aur amn le jaye
jaen.
(g)
Gari mein sand bags lagai hue hon, taki mines ka asar kam
kiya ja sake.
(h) Ambush adi hone par ki jane wali karwai ke liye sab ko brief
kiya hona chahiye.
(j)
Jawabi karwaiyon ki rehearsal ki hon.
(k)
Drivers garion ke theek fasle aur hostile ki karwai hone par kya
karwai ki jaegi, jante hon.
(l)
Escort ki gariyon ke aage ka shisha niche kiya ho.
CHALTE SAMAY KI KARWAI.
(a)
Har ek aadmi ko apne diye hue ilake ki dekhbhal karni chahiye.
(b)
Aage wali gari pichhe wali gari se milap rakhne ke liye
jimmewar hogi. Agar pichhe wali gari nazar nahin aa rahi ho to, cvy ko
rok dena chahiye aur garion ke milap hone ke baad advance karna
chahiye.
(c)
Pichhe wali gari ko aage wali gari ko agar kisi karan rokna ho
to, horn ka istemal karna chahiye.
(d)
Gari se gari ke beech ka faisla 50 se 100 Mtrs ka hona chahiye.
(e)
Rd bend par kisi samay par ek gari se jiada gari nahin honi
chahiye.
(f)
Kisi bhi shak ya ambush hone wali jagah par gariyon ko khara
na karen.
(g)
Aage wali gari aur akhiri gari ke beech radio milap hona
chahiye.
AMBUSH HONE PAR KARWAI
455
Ambush hone par escort party ko turant karwai karni chahiye. Chalte
chalte fire karna chahiye aur gren aur Mor ka pura faida uthana chahiye.
Ambush hone par drill is prakar hone chahiye :(a)
Jaise hi gari par fire ho, gariyon mein baithe jawanon ko turant
gari se utar jana chahiye, saath hi chalti gari se turant fire karna
chahiye.
(b)
Gari ko kisi surakshit sthan par le jana chahiye.
(c)
Pure hathiyaron ka fire vidroh ki posn par dalte hue unke upar
hamla karna chahiye.
(d)
Engr det jo ki aap ke saath hai, uski madad se rd ko clear
karna chahiye.
(e)
Ghayalon ko first aid dena.
(f)
Gariyon ko ikatha hone se roken aur jaise hi ilaka Engr det
dwara clear hota hai, mov ko jari karen.
GARI BREAKDOWN HONE PAR KARWAI.
(a)
Agar koi gari breakdown ho jati hai, to ushe is prakar halt
karen . ki rd block na ho aur traffic par asar na pare. Cvy apna mov jari
rakhe aur cvy cdr ko gari ki breakdown ki khabar di jaye.
(b)
Rear Escort party is gari ki security aur recovery ke liye
zimmewar hogi. Iske liye URO ya MRT ka istemal kiya jaega.
(c)
Agar gari mein major defect ho jaye to usko toe karke nazdik ki
post par chor diya jae.
HALT HONE PAR KARWAI.
(a)
Cvy ki hifazat ke bandobast ko yakin kiya jaega.
(b)
Look out sentries lagae jayenge aur oonchi zamin par kabu
rakha jaega.
(c)
Sari cvy ikathi ki jaegi aur sab gariyon ke aa jane ke baad hi
aage mov kiya jaega.
-----------------------------------------********************---------------------------
CP 34-36
MORALE
PARICHAY
Kisi bhi team ke kaam karne ki kabiliyat uske har ek vyakti ke morale par
nirbhar karti hai. Unche morale wale team ki sirf kaam karne ki kshamta hi
unchi nahi hoti balki us team ki safalta aur izzat bhi unchi hoti hai. Ek
junior ldr hone ke naate yeh zaruri hai ki ham apne se niche walon ka
morale uncha banaye rakhen.
456
UDDESH
Is lec ka uddesh morale ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega :(a) Bhag I
mein Antar.
(b) Bhag II
Baaten.
(c) Bhag III
(d) Bhag IV
(e) Bhag V
-
Morale aur Motivation ki Paribhasha aur un
-
Morale aur Motivation par Asar Dalne Wali
-
Morale ki Visheshtayen.
Morale ke Suchak aur Prabhav.
Morale ko Sudharne Wali Baaten.
BHAG I - MORALE AUR MOTIVATION KI PARIBHASHA AUR ANTAR
MORALE KI PARIBHASHA
Morale ko niche likhe shabdon se varnan kiya ja sakta hai :(a) Morale man ki wah disha hai jo vyakti ko ichhapurvak karya
pura karne ke liye prerit karti hai.
(b) Morale insaan ke dil mein woh bhavana hai jis se har jawan
apni khushi se kaam karne, aur aavashyakta pade to takleef, dikkat
aur thakawat ki parwah na karte hue apni jaan tak ki kurbani karne
ko taiyar ho jata hai.
(c) Yeh ek vyakti ke andar chhupi hui wah ichha shakti hai jiska
ham naaptol nahi kar sake, sun nahi sakte, chhoo nahi sakte, sirf
mehsoos kar sakte hain, jawan ke chehre ko dekhkar.
MOTIVATION
457
Fauj mein motivation ka matlab, sainik ke us drirh vishwas aur
prerna se hai jo use apne task ko, kisi stithi mein, bina khud ke bare
mein sochte hue, karne ko utsahit karta hai.
Motivation jawanon ke andar ek aisi tamanna hai jo unhen har halat
mein diye hue task ko pura karne par majboor kar deti hai, chahe unhen
apni jaan ki baazi hi kyon na lagani pade.
Jis sub unit ke admiyon ka motivation level achha hoga, us sub unit ka
morale bhi nischay hi achha hoga.
MORALE AUR MOTIVATION MEIN ANTAR
Morale aur motivation ek dusre se milte julte vichar hain, lekin phir kuch
mukhya antar nimn prakar hai :Morale
Motivation
(a) Yeh samuhik lakshan hai jab gp
(a)
Yeh ek vyakti ki
bhavana hai
ke vyakti sahyog karne ke liye tatpar
jo har ek mein alag
alag hoti hai.
rahte hain.
(b) Bhavana ki gati sheelta hone se
(b)
Awashyakataon ko pura karke
morale banta hai.
motivation paida
hota hai.
(c) Morale mein karyon ki ichchha
(c)
Ichchha aur
kshamata ke
va kshamta dono shamil hai
beech ki khaee ko
kam karta hai.
(d) High morale vyaktiyon ke
(d)
Motivated vyakti ka
morale
motivation ko badhata hai.
uncha ho yah zaruri nahin
hai.
(e) Morale vartaman, bhoot aur
(e)
Vartaman ghatnaon
se adhik
bhavishya ki ghatnaon se prabhavit
prabhavit hota hai.
hota hai.
(f)
Morale ko prabhavit karne wali
(f)
Motivation ko
sirf wah
anek cheezen hoti hain jaise karya ki
baaten prabhavit karti hain
jinse
disha, uddeshya, adhikaar, vetan,
manushya ki avyashyakataon ki
sammaan, achha netritva.
santushti hoti hai.
458
BHAG II - MORALE AUR MOTIVATION PAR ASAR DALNE WALI
BAATEN
Jawan ka morale ladai ke maidan mein ek bahut zaruri chiz samjhee jaati
hai. Morale adhiktar bhautik, boudhik aur aatmik factor par nirbhar karta
hai, jo nimn prakar se hain :(a) Leadership.
(b) Anushasan.
(c) Bharosa.
(d) Aatm Sammaan.
(e) Regt par naaz.
(f) Welfare.Pay and Allowance.
(g) Family quarters.
(h)
School suvidhayen.
(j) Medical suvidhayen.
(k) Achha rahan sahen.
(l) Achhe apasi sambandh (sathi banana).
(m) Shikayaton ka niwaran.
(n) Manoranjan ki suvidhayen.
(o) Araam aur khali samay.
(p) Bhojan ka star.
(q) Daak.
BHAG III - MORALE KI VISHESHTAYEN
Morale ko achchi tarah samajhne ke liye uski visheshtayen ko jaanna
zaruri hai, jo nimn prakar hain :(a) Morale Maansik Halat ko Prakat Karta Hai. Yeh apni ichha se
task ko pura karne ki dimagi halat hai.
(b) Morale ek Nahi Anek Bhavnaon ka Samuh hai. Vyaktiyon ki
samuh ki anek bhavnaon ka mila jula roop jaise unke vichar, bhavna
aur drishtikon.
(c) Morale Badalta hai. Halaton aur parinamon se hi kisi group ke
morale ko uncha aur nicha kaha ja sakta hai.
459
(d)
Samuhik Pravritri ( Group Phenomenon). Yeh kisi ek vyakti ke
mansikta ko nahin, balki pure group ke nazariye ko darshata hai, ki
woh positive hai ya negative.
(e)
Morale Karya Santusti se Bhinn hai. Yeh individual ke job
satisfaction ko nahin darshata balki pure group ki prabal ichha ko
darshata hai.
(f)
Morale Gati Sheel Vichar hai. Yeh samay ke anusar badalta
hai. Ek samay par yeh jin factor se badhta/ghatata hai dusare samay
par unhi factor se ghate ya badhe yeh awashyak nahin hai. Is ke sath
hi morale ki matra samay-samay par ghatti wa badhti rahti hai.
(g)
Morale Anek Chizon se Prabhavit Hota hai. Jaise org, task,
leadership, motivation, jimmewari aur adhikar aadi.
(h)
Morale Uncha aur Nicha ho Sakta hai. Group ka apne task,
org aur leader ke prati positive attitude high morale ko darshata hai.
Jab group ke vyaktiyon ki manodasha org ke uddesh ko prapt karne
ki ichha va yogyata mein rukawat dalti hai tab use nicha morale
kahte hain.
(j) Morale Ko Maapa Nahin jaa Sakta hai. Aisa koi tariqa nahin hai
jis se morale ko maapa ja sake.
(k) Morale Adrishya Shakti hai. Ise dekha aur suna nahin ja sakta,
sirf anubhav kiya ja sakta hai.
(l) Morale aur Motivation mein antar hai.
Morale vyaktiyon ke
man ki wah halat hai jis se wah kisi bhi karya ko karne ke lie taiyar
rahte hain. Motivation kisi vyakti ki ichha, bhavana ya aavshayakta ki
santushti hai.
BHAG IV - MORALE KE SUCHAK AUR PRABHAV
ACHCHE MORALE KE SUCHAK
Sangathan mein jawanon ka achcha aur unche morale ka suchak nimn
prakar hai :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(j)
(k)
Achcha pahanava.
Discp ka uncha star.
Apne aap par vishwas.
Karya santushti.
Meljol ki bhavana.
Nipunta se uncha parinam.
Kaam karne ki ruchi.
Sahyog.
Vipreet halation ka saamna karne ki bhavana.
Org ke prati nistha.
MANOBAL PAR ASAR DALNE WALI BATEN
460
Chand ek baaten jo manobal par asar dalti hai, woh is prakar hain :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Bura netratva.
Dushman ki afwah.
Bura bandobast.
Bhalai aur manoranjan ki kami.
Program thik na chalna.
Jawanon se bartav thik nahi.
Bhed bhav rakhna.
Jawano par bharosa na rakhna.
(j)
Leader ki bar bar badli.
KHARAB MORALE KA PRABHAV
Org mein kisi vyakti ka kharab aur nicha morale nimn prakar se
prabhavit kar sakta hai :(a) Kaam mein bhaagidari na karna.
(b) Thakawat aur ekroopta.
(c) Anushasan sambandhi samaseyen.
(d) Nipunta ki kami.
(e) Dukhon aur shikayaton ka badhna.
BHAG V - MORALE KO SUDHARNE WALI BATEN (FACTORS)
Morale ko sudharne ke liye nimn likhit halat sahayata karenge :(a) Prabhavi leadership. Achchha ldr hona bahut zaruri hai taki
imandari se kaam ho aur sab ke saath milkar apna kaam pura kar
saken. Aur apne kaam mein mahir ho taki har admi usse misal le
sake.
(b) Achchi trg. Agar trg achhi hai to safalta zarur milegi. Kyoki agar
training achhi hogi to jawan ko apne aap par bharosa hoga aur uska
morale uncha hoga aur kamyabi hasil karne mein asani hogi.
(c) Jeet ka bharosa. Bharose ke sath larai ki jay ya koi bhi kaam
bharose se karen taki har jawan ke dil mein yeh ho ki jeet (safalta)
hamari hai aur uske baad shabashi ka kuchh hissa hamen bhi milega
to zaruri hai ki jawan ka manobal unchha hoga.
(d) Khud per aur dusron par bharosa. Leader ko khud apne kaam
ke prati bharosa hona chahiye aur yeh bharosa dusre dekhenge to
bharose ke saath kaam karenge. Iske liye prerna ki bahut zarurat hai.
(e) Apne Hathiyar aur Gola Barud par bharosa. Agar jawan ko
apne hathiyar gola barud par bharosa hai to woh nirbhay hokar larai
larega. Jawan ke andar is prakar ka anubhav bhar dena chahiye.
461
(f)
Ghar ki Samaseyen.
Jawan ke ghar ki taraf dhyan
dena chahiye. Dukh taklif sunna chahiye, taki jawano ke dil mein
khushi rahe aur har kam unche manobal ke sath kare.
(g)
Bhalai aur Manoranjan. Bhalai aur manoranjan ke
kamon mein khaas dyan rakhna chahiye. Yeh manobal badhane ka
achchha sadan hai.
(h)
Atma Samman.
Jawanon ke dil mein apni izzat ka
khyal hona chahiye. Taki jawan un kamon ko nahi karenge jisme unki
badnami ho. Izzat rakhne ke liye zaruri hai ki jawanon ko hak ke
mutabik izzat di jaye. Agar leader apne niche walon ki izzat dil aur
jaan se karega to woh bhi uski izzat dil aur jaan se karenge.
(j)
Anushasan. Anushasan se dar dur hota hai; jitna
anushasan thik hoga jawan nidar honge aur jawan ke dil mein dar hai
to woh jawan ko kamzor banata hai. Anushasan hone par jawan
taklifon ko bhi bardast karne ke kable hota hai.
(k) Regiment par Garv. Jawanon ko regiment ka itihas aur gaurav
se jankari karayen, isse jawanon ko apne regt ke kaam per bharosa
utpan hoga. Aur woh un karwai se bachne ki koshish karenge jinse
unit aur regt ki badnami hoti hai.
(l) Saajo saman mein vishwas.
(m)
Karya mein vishwas.
(n) Meljol ki bhavna paida karna.
(o) Prabhavi comn.
SANKSHEP
Junior leader hone ke naate, apne se neeche walon ke morale uncha
rakhne ki jimmewari aapki hai. Har samay aapko jaanna chahiye ki morale
uncha hai ya nicha hai. Agar morale nicha hai to aapko iske karan jaanne
chahiye aur morale ko sudharne ke liye sahi karyawahi karni chahiye.
------------------------------**********************----------------------
CP 37-40
462
COUNTER TERRORISM ILAQE MEIN MEDIA KI AHMIYAT
AUR MEDIA KE SAATH MEL-MILAAP
PARICHAY
Jaise aap sab jaante hain, Indian Army pichhle 50 saalon se hamare desh
mein kisi na kisi jagah mein Counter Terrorism (CI) ki larai ladte aayi hai,
aur pichhle lag-bagh 15 saalon se army ko kafi ziada istemal kiya ja raha
hai, khas kar Jammu and Kashmir aur North East ke liaqe mein.
CI
operations aur conventional operations mein khas faraq yeh hai ki
conventional operations mein aam janata ki maujudgi ki sambhavana kam
hoti hai, lekin CI operations mein aam janata aksar maujud hoti hai. Zahir
hai, ke India jaisa ek prajatantra (democracy) mein, jahan par janata hogi,
wahan par samachar madhyam ya media zaroor maujud hogi. Aaj kal, jab
hamare desh ke logon mein literacy aur aam jaankari (awareness) badh rahi
hai, media ke reports public ke upar kafi gehra asar dalte hain.
Is se saaf zahir hota hai, ke jab hi aap CI operations mein hissa lenge,
wahan par media ke numainde maujud ho sakte hain, aur aap ko in ke
saath mel-milaap karne ka tariqa malum hona zaroori hai, takih army ka ek
achha image desh ke samne pesh aaye, aur hamare operations ke upar koi
bura asar bhi na ho jaye.
UDDESH
Is leCIure ka uddesh CI operatons ke dauran media ki ahmiyat aur us ke
saath mel-milaap ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh leCIure 2 bhagon mein chalaya jayega:-
463
(a) Bhag 1. Media ke ang aur ahmiyat.
(b) Bhag 2. Media ke saath mel-milaap.
BHAG 1:MEDIA KE ANG AUR AHMIYAT
MEDIA KE ANG
Media se aap kya samajhte hain? Media woh saadhan hai jis ke zariye
kisi bhi ghatna ke bare mein jaankari aam janata ko pahunchaya ja sakta
hai. (DS to ask students to bring out the various sources of information
available to the general public)
Purane zamane mein ek aam nagrik ke pas khabar hasil karne ke liye
gine-chune tariqe the, jaise akhbar ya radio, lekin aaj ke zamane mein ek
aam admi bhi taaza samachar asani se hasil kar sakta hai.
Media ke
mukhya ang is prakar se hain:(a) Television.
(b) Radio.
(c) Akhbar (Newspapers).
(d) Periodicals.
(e) Internet. (DS to explain the aspeCIs of worldwide reach and high
speed of reporting of this potent medium)
MEDIA KI AHMIYAT
Ek prajatantra ke nagrik hone ke nate hame yeh samajhna hai ke
swatantra media hamesha desh ke liye achha hota hai, aur desh ko
mazboot banane mein madad deta hai. Udaharan ke tor par, 1971 larai ke
464
dauran, Pakistan mein fauji sarkar ne media ko dabakar rakha tha, aur jab
aam janata ko us mulk ki haar ke bare mein baad mein pata laga, pure
desh mein hangama mach gaya aur sarkar istefa dena pada. Is ke banispat,
1999 mein Kargil yudh ke dauran Bharatiya sarkar ne kisi bhi baat ko desh
ke janata se nahi chhupaya, jis se jab shuru-shuru mein hamari fauj ko
nuqsan uthana pada, desh ke nagrikon ko jhatka nahi laga, aur pura desh
ek ban gaya. Atankwad ko samna karne ke liye media sarkar ke haath mein
ek kargar hathyar ban sakta hai. CI operations mein army ki kaamyabi ko
desh ke samne pesh karne se yeh asar hota hai:(a) Aam janata ko sarkar terrorism se ladne ke liye kya-kya
karawai kar rahi hai, is ke bare mein jankari hoti hai.
(b) Security Forces ka morale uncha ho jata hai.
(c) Aam janata ka morale uncha ho jata hai.
(d) Pure dunia ko terrorism ke bare mein aur sarkar ke is se
nipatne ki koshishon ke bare mein jankari hoti hai.
(e) Terrorists ka morale gir jata hai.
(f) Terrorism ko protsah dene wale deshon ka (jaise Pakistan)
morale gir jata hai, aur aise desh dunia ke samne ‘expose’ ho jate hai.
Is se saaf zahir hota hai ke aaj ke zamane mein jab ham CI operations
mein hissa lete hai, hame pahle se kai guna ziada media ke bare mein
dhyan dena hoga.
BHAG 2:MEDIA KE SAATH MEL-MILAP
Is bhag mein ham dekhenge ke ek junior leader hone ke nate aap ko
media ke saath kis tarah se mel-milaap rakhna hai. Yaad rahe, Sahiban,
465
aam tor par media se baat karne le liye army ka Public Relations Officer
(PRO) hota hai, ya phir aap ke unit ya formation ka varisht officer. Agar
PRO ya officer maujud hai, aur koi reporter aap se baat karta ahi, to usse in
ke pas bhejna uchit hoga. Lekin kuchh aise halten pesh aa sakte hain, jab
aap ko media ke saath mel-milap karne ki zarurat padegi. Woh is prakar se
hain:(a) Jab mauke par koi PRO ya officer na ho.
(b) Jab PRO ya officer aap ko kahe ki aap reporter se baat karen
aur kisi operation/ghatna ke bare mein batayen.
(c) Jab reporter aap se hi baat karna chahe kisi operation/ghatna
ke bare mein jankari hasil karne ke liye, aur jab PRO ya officer ko is
ka koi objeCIion na ho.
Reporter se baat karte samay chand ek baton ko dhyan mein rakhna
zaruri hai. In ko do hisson mein cover kiya jayega.
KARO
Sachai. Hamesha sahi khabar diya jaye. Yeh nahi karne se reporters
aage se army ki baat ko nazarandaz karenge aur terrorists/unke sahyogiion
ki baat man na shuru karenge. Dhyan rahe media ko sachai chahiye, na ki
aap ka soch vichar (opinions).
Samay. Khabar operation/hadse ke turant baad diya jana chahiye. Agar
is mein deri ho jati hai to us khabar (version) ko ziada mahatwa diya jayega
jo terrorists ya un ke supporters denge.
Bhasha. Us bhasha ko aap istemal karen jo reporter jaanta ho.
Media ko Shamil Karna. Agar aap ke Commanding Officer ya company
466
commander ijazat dein, to reporters ko kisi khas operations jaise cordon and
search mein shamil kiya ja sakta hai.
Pradeshik (Regional) Media.
Aam tor par yeh dekha gaya hai ke
rashtriya level ke patrakar jo ki bade newspapers aur TV channels ko
represent karte hain, un ko ziada mahatwa diya jata hai. Lekin pradeshik
media bhi utna hi ya in se bhi ziada ahmiyat rakhti hai. Is liye, is ko bhi
mahatwa diya jaye.
MAT KARO
Controversy. Aisi koi baat na karen jis ka dharmik ya rajnitik tor par
galat parinam ho jaye.
Yojnayen.
Bhavishya mein hone wale operations ke yojnaon ke bare
mein kabhi baat na karen.
Hathyar aur Equipment.
Operations mein jo hathyar aur equipment
istemal ho rahe hain, in ke bare mein baat na karen.
Classified Information. Aisi koi baat na karen jis se security par asar
pad jaye, jaise uniton ki pehchan, uniton ki harkat, officers ke naam ityadi.
Morale. Aisi koi baat na karen jis se apne troops aur nagrik ka morale
gir jaye. Yaad rahe, kabhi aisi baat na karen jo army ko ‘let down’ karti hai,
kyon na ho woh kisi dusre battalion ke bare mein ho.
Farzi Halten (Hypothetical Situations). Agar aisi halton ke bare mein
puchha jata hai to jawab na den.
Fauji Lafz (Jargon).
Aise fauji lafz istemal na karen jo reporters nahi
samajhpate hain, jaise Cordon and Search ke jagah mein ‘caso’, ya Search
and Destroy ke jagah mein ‘sado’.
467
SANKSHEP
Sahiban, reporter hamesha zahen se chatak aur utsuq (inquisitive) hota
hai, kyon ke yeh wohi tariqa hai jis se woh khabar hasil kar sakta hai. Jab
aap kisi reporter se baat karte hai, to aap ko kai baar sochna hai ke aap kya
bol rahe hain.
Ant mein aap is Angrezi baat ko hamesha dhyan mein
rakhen – “WHEN IN DOUBT, LEAVE IT OUT”.
--------------------------------******************-------------------------------
CP 41-42
MAN MANAGEMENT AUR WELFARE
PARICHAY
Sena ka ek hi maqsad hai aur woh hai desh ki suraksha karna chahe
woh antrarashtriya seema ya niyantran rekha par ho ya phir atankavad se.
Is liye zaruri hai ke ham aur desh ke sabhi ranks ka josh aur karya shamta
uttam darje ka hona chahiye. Isske liye hamari sena ka man mgt aur
walfare acche darje ka hona chahiye. Agar ek sipahi ki yeh sab zarurt puri
ho to woh kuchh bhi kar gujarne ki shamta rakhta hai.
UDDESH
Is lecture ka uddesh aap sab ko man management aur welfare ke bare
mein jankari dena hai.
BHAG
Yeh lecture do bhagon mein chalaya jaega :(a)
Bhag I :- Samajik badlaw aur unke karan management ki dikaten.
(b)
Bhag II :- Man management ki dikaton ke liye sujhav.
BHAG I : SAMAJIK BADLAV AUR UNKE KARAN MANAGEMENT KI
DIKATEN
Pahle zamane mein leader aur jawanon ke beech ek pariwar jaisi bhavna
hoti thi jaise ki ek bara bhai aur baki bhaiyon aur bachon ke beech. Ek coy
ke andar ek hi gaon ke, ek hi jaat ke aur ek hi pariwar ke bahut log hote
they. Isliye ek leader ko apne jawanon ko control karna bahut asan tha.
468
Pariwar, jaat aur desh ki izzat ke liye log kuchh bhi karne ke liye taiyar they
aur isi liye larai mein saflta hasil hoti thi. Samajik aarthik aur rajnatik
karnon se jo management mein badlav kiya hai woh is prakar se hai :(c)
Sanyukt pariwar ka tutna.
(d)
Saksharta.
(e)
Dhan se prem.
(f)
kalyankari loktantra.
(g)
Krishi aur Audhyogik unnati.(Agro-Industrial Development).
(h)
Unchi kimaten.
BHAG II : MAN MANAGEMENT KI DIKATON KE LIYE SUJHAV
Jab ke kafi had tak dikaten fauji cdr ke kabu mein nahin hai fir bhi woh
kafi had tak apne jawanon ko madad kar sakta hai.
WELFARE :- Jawanon ka welfare dekhne se jawano ka apne cdr par
vishwas banta hai. Yeh nimin tarah se hota hai :(i)
Chhutti.
(j)
Manoranjan.
(k)
Shiksha.
(l)
Gharelu dikaten.
(m)
Accommodation.
(n)
Promotion.
(o)
Health and hygiene/Medical
(p)
Rest and relief.
CDR AUR JAWAN KE BEECH SAMBHAND :- Yeh aapsi izzat, vishwash,
anurag aur ekta se hota hai.
DISCIPLINE. Welfare ke naam par discipline kam nahin hona chahiye
aur punishment (saza) samay par dena chahiye agar koi galti ya galat kaam
karta hai to.
469
PROTSAHAN (INCENTIVE). Aajkal ke jawanon ko dabhav dal kar kaam
karne se achha hoga protsahan dekar kaam karwana. Aur yogyata ko
pehchan kar badawa dena chahiye.
LEADERSHIP. Aajkal ke jawanon ke sath kaam karne ke liye ek cdr ek
achha leader bhi hona nihayat hi zaruri hai. Us leader mein niminlikhat
chizen (gun) hone chahiye :(q)
Sachai aur Imandari.
(r)
Qabliyat (Competence) aur pradhanta.
(s)
Apne jawanon ki jankari aur unse nishpakshata(Impartiality).
(t)
Kartavya ke prati nishta.
(u)
Nishpakshta
SANKSHEP
Pichle 10-15 salon mein samay mein kafi badlav aye hai. Fauj desh ke
samay ka ek bhag hai aur is karan se fauj mein bhi yeh badlav ke antar
mehsus ho rahen hain. Ek ache cdr ke liye ye niyahat zaruri hai ke woh is
badlav ko samjhe aur apne jawanon par iska prabhav (asar) na parne de.
Sath hi usse apne vayvahar mein badlav lane chahiye aur apne tps ki achhi
tarah se dekhbhal karni chahiye taki woh apne tps ko motivate kar sake,
unka morale uncha rakh sake, unka welfare dekh sake jis se ke larai mein
hamehsa vijay prapt ho.
--------------------------------***********************--------------------------------
CP 43-44
MORALITY AND ETHICS
(SADVYAVHAR AUR AACHAARNEETI)
PARICHAY
Hamare desh ki nazron mein Armed Forces morality aur ethics ki sabse
unchi misal hai. Jabki baki ke samaj mein moral values ghat rahi hain, ek
aam admi Armed Forces ko sabse ache aur saaf karmo ka pehredar
samajhta hai.
470
Lekin hum apni org ki chaar-diwari ke ander is mamle ki sachai ko
samajh rahe hain aur mahsoos kar rahe hain ki Armed Forces ki moral aur
ethical halat bigad rahi hai. Deshprem aur imandari ke banispat shareersukh-sambandhi vastuyein aur career ki pragati jiada mahatavpurna ban
gaye hain.
Armed Forces mein ldrs/cdrs ko, apne civ saathion ke banispat, mazbut
moral aur ethics ki sakht zarurat hai. Armed Forces cdrs apne tps se bahut
hi unche darze ki aagyakaarita, izzat aur vafadari ki apeksha rakhte hain.
Yeh cheezen zabardasti hasil nahi ki ja sakti. Apne tps se yeh cheezen, har
haalt mein( shanti ho ya bhari mansik dabao ki sthiti ho) aur hamesha bina
failure ke, unki iccha se mile, is ke liya zaruri hai ki leadership unche darze
ki ho aur moral aur ethical samagri se bharpur ho. Jab ek jawan samajhta
hai ki uska ldr hamesha sahi decision lega, tabhi woh uske decision ke liye
apni jaan ki baazi tak lagane ko taiyar rahega.
UDDESH
Is lec ka udesh apni Armed Forces mein moral aur ethical halat kazaija
lena aur isko behtar banane ke sujhavit tariqon ke bare mein batana hai.
TARTIB
Yeh lec nimnlikhit chaar bhagon mein pura kiya jaega: (a)
(b)
(c)
(d) Bhag IV
BHAG I
Bhag I
Bhag II
-
Morality aur ethics kya hai?
Ethical behavior( Neetishastra
sambandhi aacharan) ko prabhavit
karne wale karan.
Bhag III
Ethical behavior ( Neetishastra
sambandhi aacharan) ko sudharne
ke liye sujhavit karyashaili.
Jr ldrs ke liye sujhavit code of ethics
(Aacharneeti sahinta).
- MORALITY AUR ETHICS KYA HAI?
Morality Aur Ethics. Woh sidhant/niyam hain jinke adhar par hum
acche aur bure ki seema niyukt karte hain, aur yeh bhi nirdharit karte hain
ki ek charitra ke kaun-kaun se lakshan mil ldr ke liye shreshth hain.
Morality. Woh sidhant hain jinke adhar par yeh taiy hota hai ki rojmarra
ke manviya vyavhar mein kya sahi hai aur kya galat hai. Morality paise ki
tarah hai. Iska mulya tabhi hai jab sabhi log iske sidhanton par sarv
471
sahmat hon. Hum jungle raaj mein rah rahe hain jahan hamara desh apne
naitik mulyon ko nirdharit nahi kar pa raha hai.
Ethics. Iska sambandh rojmarra ke jeevan mein sidhanton ko amal
mein laane se hai. Sidhanton ko amal mein laane ke alag-alag star/kram
hain.
Morality Aur Ethics Ki Neev.
Kisi bhi halat mein yeh maiyne nahi
rakhta ki aapko kya karna chahiye, par jaroori yeh hai ki us halat mein kya
karna uchit/yogya hai?
BHAG II - ETHICAL BEHAVIOR( NEETISHASTRA SAMBANDHI
AACHARAN) KO PRABHAVIT KARNE WALE KARAN.
Samajik Vatavaran.
(a)
Isolation (Alagaav) Ka Tootna.
Angrezon
ne
Indian Army ke liye Isolated cantt sthapit kiye the aur woh army
ka local janta ke sath mel-jol ko badhawa nahi dete the. Sath hi
unhone mazbut reeti-reewaz sthapit kiye jo ki aapekshit charitra
ke lakshan the aur inka sakhti se palan kiya jata tha. Azadi ke
turant baad Indian Armed Forces isi path par chalti rahi, parantu
samay ke sath yeh isolation nimnlikhit karano se tootne laga: (i) Cantts ke aas-paas shaharon aur gaon ka
failna.
(ii) Gaon aur shaharon se adhik sankhya mein
logon ka
armed forces mein bharti hona.
(iii) Armed Forces ka IS duties mein role badhne
se civ
janta ke sath mel-jol badhna.
(b)
Intake Base.
Jis samaj se log Armed Forces
mein aate hain us samaj mein samay ke sath bahut farq aaya hai.
Pahle log deshprem aur izzat kamane ke liye Armed Forces mein
aate the, parantu ab ise ek naukari ke taur par apnaaya jaata hai.
Jiadatar log jo aur kahin fit nahi ho paate woh Armed Forces ko
akhri choice samajh kar bharti ho jate hain. Aise logon mein lack
of commitment (apne aap ko Armed Forces ko samarpit karne ki
bhawna mein kami) aur kharab ethical behavior(neetishastra
sambandhi aacharan) ka palan karne ki pravati paayi jati hai.
(c) National Character ( Rashtriya Charitra) Ki
Kami.
472
Durbhgya se, bharatvaasiyon mein rashtriya charitra ki kami hai aur
rashtriya garv bhi thode samay tak hi seemit rahta hai – yudh ke dauran
ya phir jab kabhi-kabhar rashtriya cricket team jeet hasil karti hai. Kaam
karne ki neeti, bina swarth ke apni duty ke prati bhaktibhav aur apne
kaam mein garv – yeh kuch zaruri lakshan hain jo hamare rashtriya
charitra mein hone chahiye parantu hain nahi.
(d)
Rajnaitik/Naukershahi Attitude Aur Hastakshep.
Azadi ke baad se Armed Forces ka rutba sarkari tantra mein
baki services ke muqable kam hua hai. Naukershahi giraft mil
mamlon mein mazboot ho gayi hai aur Armed Forces ke androoni
mamlon mein, shamil offrs/SOs ki promotion aur postings mein,
rajnetaon aur naukershahon ka hastakshep badh gaya hai. Iska
pareenam yeh hua hai ki offrs/SOs sahi kaam ki neeti chod kar
mauzud galat pranaali ko apne faide ke liye istemal karne lage
hain.
(e)
Apne Secondary Role Mein Army Ka Zarurat Se
Jiada Istemal.
Army ka primary role bahari hamle se apne
desh ki raksha karna hai. Parantu, peechle kuch varshon se army
ko secondary role jaise IS Duties ke liye aid to civ auth, J & K aur
NE mein CT ops etc, jahan par police force nakaam ho chuki hai,
ke liye istemal kiya ja raha hai. Lambe samay tak is role mein
kaam karne se is ka bura prabhav Armed Forces ke moral aur
ethics par padne laga hai. Nirdayata/krurta se bharpur vyavhar, jo
ki aamtaur par police mein hota hai, army units mein bhi aa raha
hai. Op zarurat bata kar zarurat se jiada taqat ka istemal karna,
manviya adhikaron ki avhelna karna jaise vaardatein badh gayi
hain. CT ops mein “aankdon ka khel” mahatavpurna ho gaya hai.
Dhaarna yeh ban gayi hai ki jitne jiada terrorists marenge, jiada
amn aur wpns pakdenge, utna hi hamein safal mana jaega. Is
tarah ka
competition cdrs aur tps par zarurat se jiada mansik dabao
banata hai. Pareenamswaroop kuch cdrs aur tps is dabao se toot
jaate hain aur krurtapurn karya karte hain. Sep dwara apne
offrs/SOs/ORs ko goli marna, manviya adhikaron ka ulanghan
karna aur aacharneeti ke khilaf kaam karna jaise kayi case samne
aa rahe hain.
Androoni Karan.
Halanki samajik vatavaran ke jo karan hamne discuss kiye hain woh kafi
had tak Armed Forces mein aachaarneeti ka star ghatane mein zimmewar
hain, lekin iska pura dosh agar hum kewal bahari karanon par dalenge to
uchit na hoga. Armed Forces ke kuch androoni karan bhi is halat ke liye
zimmewar hain.
473
(a) Moral Aur Ethics Ki Shiksha Par Koi Zor Nahi.Is baat mein
koi do rai nahi hai ki leadership ka matlab 90% charitra aur 10%
professionalism(vyavsaaye ke gun) hai. Lekin phir bhi hamari trg ka
focus professionalism ko viksit karne par adhik aur charitra ki moral
aur ethical mazbuti ki taraf bilkull nahi hai.
(b) Sr Offrs Ki Bhumika.
Services mein moral aur ethics
ko sthapit karna ya samjhana aur ise badhawa dena, sr offrs ki kafi
had tak zimmewari hai. Unki zimmewari hai ki woh apne pers
example se apne sub-ordinates ko raasta dikhayen aur yakeen karen
ki unke sub-ordinates dikhaye hue raaste par imandari se chal rahe
hain. Durbhagyavash, bahut hi kam jr ldrs udaharan de kar apne tps
ko lead karte hain.
BHAG III - ETHICAL BEHAVIOR ( NEETISHASTRA SAMBANDHI
AACHARAN) KO SUDHARNE KE LIYE SUJHAVIT KARYASHAILI.
Kharab Ethical Halat ki Sachai Sweekar Karna.
Jab tak hum apni kamzorion ko sweekar nahi karte, hum unhe sudhar
nahi sakte. Durbhagyavash, hum fauj mein apni kharab ethical halat ko
manane se sankoch karte hain. Jab bhi moral aur ethics ki baat hoti hai,
hum yahi kahte hain ki halat jiada kharab nahi hai aur hum mein adhiktar
log thik hain, yeh koi chinta ka vishay nahi hai. Jabki sachai yeh hai ki
halat bahut tezi se bigad rahi hai, aur jitna jaldi hum is tathya ko sweekar
karenge, utni hi jaldi ise sudharne ka kaam shuru hoga.
Holistic Apch.
Armed Forces ke offrs/SOs/UOs ke charitra mein moral aur ethics ko
sthapit karne aur isko badhawa dene ke liye holistic apch ki zarurat hai.
Yeh samajhna zaruri hai ki yeh ek long term process hai jispar kafi varshon
tak niranter prayatna karte rahna padega, tab kahin
ja kar iska sukhad fal milega aur morality aur ethics hamare vyaktitva ka
atoot ang ban jaega.
Kamzorion ko Pahchane.
Aisi vishisht kamzorian jo ki leadership ke alag-alag darzon par nazar aati
hain, unhe pahchanana zaruri hai, taki leadership ke in vibhin darzon ke
liye morality aur ethics ki shiksha ke liye ‘Blue Print’ banana asaan ho.
Moral Aur Ethical Vatavaran.
Moral aur ethical vatavaran jo aaj hamari services mein mauzood hai,
ismein badlao lana zaruri hai. Har darze ke cdr ke liye moral aur ethics ek
imp KRA hona chahiye. ‘Udaharan de kar lead karna’ aur ‘Moral aur ethical
acharan’ par ACR mein report darz honi chahiye. Zaruri hai ki yeh badlao
upar se neeche ki taraf aaye.
Code Of Ethics Banana(Aacharneeti Sanhita).
474
Sabhi rks ke liye code of ethics banana aur sabhi dwara un par amal
karna zaruri hai. Hum nein jr ldrs ke liye sujhav ke taur par kuch code of
ethics banaye hain, jinke baare mein Bhag– IV mein bataya jaega. Yeh
zaruri hai ki is code of ethics ko zamin par amal mein laya jaye. Jr ldrs ki
zimmewari hai ki pahle khud iska palan karen aur sath hi yeh bhi yakin
karen ki unke sub-ordinates bhi iska palan kar rahen hain.
BHAG IV - JR LDRS KE LIYE SUJHAVIT CODE OF ETHICS
(AACHARNEETI SANHITA).
Main hamesha ‘Nishkam Karma’ ki bhawna se kaam karoonga.
Main apne desh, sanstha, seniors, aur subordinates ko apne se pahle
rakhunga.
Main nahi bhulunga ki mera karm peace aur war mein safalta haasil
karna hai aur apni army aur desh ki acchi cchavi prastut karna hai.
Main hamesha efficiency, timeliness, and economy in performing my
duties ke liye kaam karunga.
Main apne jimmewari wale equipment aur saman ki dekhbhaal dil aur
jaan se karunga.
Main apne juniors ke liye udaharan prastut karunga aur yakeen karunga
ki unka kaam unche darje ka ho; aur jo mere standard ke mutabik kaam
nahi karega uske khilaf action lunga.
Main apne juniors ke welfare ka hamesha dhyan rakhunga.
Main apne seniors aur subordinates ko unit ka performance sudharne ke
liye apne sujhav dene ke liye utsahit karunga.
Main lagataar apne aur subordinates ke professional aur personal
improvement ke liye kaam karunga.
Main yakin karunga ki meri sub-unit ke sabhi sadase mere dwara sthapit
aachaarneeti ka palan karen.
Main apne saathiyon ko galat khabron aur afwahon se bachaoonga.
Main apne sub-ordinates ko koi gair-kanuni kaam karne ka hukum nahi
dunga aur na hi is tarah ke hukum ka palan karunga.
475
Main yakin karunga ki jab mere sr kisi unethical recommendation par
kaam karne ka vichar kar rahe hain to unhe sahi salah doon.
Agar mujhe kisi kaam ke bare mein shanka hogi ki woh ethical hai ki
nahi, to main apne srs se uske bare mein vichar-vimarsh karunga.
Meri comd meri moral resp hai aur main un sab vyaktion ke karmon ka
zimmewar hun jo meri comd mein hain.
Main hamesha apne srs ko sahi report dunga.
YAAD RAKHEIN.
SO rk ke saath aap ke upar aap ke karmo ki jawabdari ki zimmewari bhi
aati hai. Kaam baant sakte ho lekin jawabdari baanti nahi jaa sakti. Yahi
mool karan aapko aachaarneeti ka palan karne ke liye badhya karta hai.
Aapka rank aapse ummid rakhta hai ki aap hamesha aachaarneeti ka
palan karen, tab bhi jab aap uniform mein nahi hain.
Jr ldrs ko apne chain-of-command mein jaankari honi chahiye ki unke
organisation mein kya ho raha hai.
Agar aap aachaarneeti se hat kar galat kaam karte hain to aap ke saath
aapke seniors bhi badnaam hote hain.
Jab aap aachaarneeti ka palan karte ho aur sahi kaam karte ho, galat
kaam ko manzuri nahi dete, to aap aisa vatavaran taiyyar karte hain jahan
aapke saathi/juniors khushi se is aachaarneeti ka palan kar sakte hain.
Leadership by example kewal ek kahawat nahi hai : Iska matlab na kewal
dusron ke liye udaharan sthapit karna parantu yeh bhi yakin karna ki
sabhi us udhaharan ke anurup kaam karen.
Sahi principles compass ki tarah hote hain; hamesha sahi
disha dikhate hain,
aur agar hum unhen padhna jaante
hain, to hum kabhi bhi sachai ke path se bhatak nahi sakte.
Is baat ka yakin rakhen ki jo jr ldr professionally competent hai aur
himmatwala hai usse sanstha ki trution (systematic frailities) se koi haani
nahi ho sakti.
Adhikar.
“Ek admi jitna unche ohde par jaata hai, utne hi kam uske adhikar
hote hain aur utne hi jiada uski duties hoti hain”.
- Dr S Radhakrishnan.
476
SANKSHEP
Ek aam insaan ke liye moral aur ethics ka paryayvaachi Armed Forces
hain. Halanki woh mote taur par samaj mein ho rahe bhrashtachar aur
naitik mulyon mein ho rahi bhari kami ko sweekar karta hai, saath hi woh
Armed Forces ko uski imandari, sachai, deshbhakti aur apne karya mein
nipunta ke liye pujta hai. Hamare fauji kaam aadarniya hain aur bhartiya
itihas gawah hai ki is kaam ko apne dharam ki tarah nibhate huye kai
mahan yodha jaise Ram, Arjun, Maharana Pratap, Guru Gobind Singh aur
Shivaji amar ho gaye. Mazboot charitra, asoolon ke liye ladna aur bina
swarth ke kaam karna – yeh gun in sabhi yodhaon mein paye gaye hain. Aaj
ki halat mein, samajik badlao hamare fauji dimagon mein bhi badlao laya
hai. Hamein is badlao se honewali samaseon ko samajhna hai aur unhe dur
karne ka prayas karna hai. Hamein apni mansik shanti aur apne bhagwan
ke liye uchit acharneeti ka palan karna hai. Yaad rahe, hum apne aap ke,
samaj ke aur desh ke krini hain.
---------------------------------------****************---------------------------------
CP 45-47
TEAM WORK AUR TEAM BLDG
PARICHAY
Itihas batata hai ki ladai ke maidan par faisla team work ki vajah se hi
hota hai, chahe woh Babar ki sena thi ya Kargil ki chotiyon par ladti hui
ekisvi shatabdi ki sena. Ek leader ke naate yeh apki jimmewari hai ki aap
apne jawanon ke andar team work ki bhavana layen kyonki ladai sub unit
level par hi ladi jayegi.
Ek leader hone ke naate aap ki yeh bhi jimmewari hai ki aap apni sub
unit ko team ki tarah train karen. Ek achha leader nipunta (skill), chah
(will), aur team work ko mila kar natija hasil karta hai.
UDDESH
Team work aur team bldg ke bare mein jaankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec teen bhagon mein chalaya jayega :(a) Bhag I (b) Bhag II -
Team work ki paribhasha aur Team ke prakar.
Achche team ke Gun aur Sanket.
477
(c) Bhag III -
Team Bldg ( Team banana).
BHAG I – TEAM WORK KI PARIBHASHA AUR TEAM KE PRAKAR
TEAM WORK KI PARIBHASHA
Admiyon ka ek samuh jab kisi ek lakshya ko pane ke liye mil kar prayas
karta hai, use ‘Team Work’ kehte hain. Isme nimn baten hona zaruri hai :(a) Aadmi (Samuh).
(b) Kabiliyat.
(c) Karya (Task).
TEAM KE PRAKAR
Team char prakar ke hote hain :(a) Team ‘A’. Yeh team kharab leadership ki wajah se paida hoti hai
aur sabse kam prabhavshali hai. Team mein khud ki aur mili juli
kaam karne ki kshamata kharab hoti hai. Is team mein Low Skill, Low
Will, Low Team Work (Kamzor nipunta, chah ki kami aur team mein
kaam karne ki bhavana ki kami) hoti hai. Is team ko sudharne ke liye
pahle indl skill sudharna padega.
(b) Team ‘B’. Isme indl ki performance achchhi hoti hai aur mili
juli kaam karne ki performance kharab hoti hai. Is team mein High
Skill, Low Will, Low Team Work (Achchhi nipunta, chah ki kami aur
team ke taur par kaam karne ki bhavana ki kami) hoti hai. Aapko aise
team ko achcha banane ke liye, chah ko badhana padega.
(c) Team ‘C’. Yeh team ziada asardar hoti hai lekin iski
performance ek jaisi nahi hoti. Is team mein High Skill, High Will, Low
Team Work (Achchhi nipunta, achchi chah aur team ke taur par
kaam karne ki bhavana ki kami) hoti hai. Isko achcha banane ke liye
team work par zor dena padega.
(d) Team ‘D’. Yeh sabse achchi team hoti hai aur achchi leadership
se banti hai. Individual aur collective performance hamesha unchi
hoti hai. Is team mein High Skill, High Will, High Team Work (Achchi
nipunta, achchi chah aur team ke taur par kaam karne ki achhi
bhavana) hoti hai. Lagatar achchi ldrship se yeh team aur bhi achchi
ban sakti hai. Is team ko sirf teen cheezen chahiye :(i) Irada/ Hukum.
(ii) Samanya Supervision.
(iii)
Vishwas.
BHAG II – ACHCHE TEAM KE GUN AUR SANKET
ACHCHE TEAM KE GUN
478
Ek achche team mein paye jane wale gun is prakar hain :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Ek dusre ka khayal.
Khula mahol aur sachapan.
Uncha vishwas.
Ek dusre ke vichar ko sunna aur mehsoos karna.
Apasi bhed bhav ko khud suljhana.
In gunon se ek team mein team spirit paida hoti hai. Is prakar ka team
spirit lane ke liye ek achche leader ki zarurat hai.
ACHHE TEAM KE SANKET
:-
Kuch sanket jinse hame ek achche team ka pata chalta hai, is prakar hai
(a) Individual performance lagatar unchi hona.
(b) Diya hua task samay par pura karna.
(c) Ek dusre ke prati jalan ki bhavana nahi hogi.
(d) Leader ki burai nahi karte aur uske samne samase nahi rakhte.
(e) Professional competitions mein behatar performance.
(f) Khud ke aur team ke hathiyar/ eqpt ka maint achcha hoga aur
hamesha taiyar rahenge.
(f) Unit/sub unit area ka achcha dekhbhal hoga aur achcha maint
hoga.
(g) Ldr ke na batane par bhi jawan apne aap aam taur par sahi
chiz sahi tariqe se karta hai.
(h) Ldr ki gair haziri mein bhi is team ka performance ek samaan
aur achcha hota hai.
(j) Is team ke sadase aur leader hamesha Ham aur Hamara shabd
istemal karte hain jab unit ke bare mein baten karte hain.
(k) Yeh atyadhik kathin aur uljhe hue kaam karne mein safal rahte
hain.
BHAG III – TEAM BLDG (TEAM BANANA)
Ek leader ko Team build karne ke liye niche likhi baton ko mahatv dena
chahiye :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
sake.
(f)
(g)
Training. Isme lagatar review shamil hai.
Motivation.
Bharosa. Khud mein aur apne team mein.
Anushashan.
Indl nipunta aur tajurba. Taki sahi tasking, dual tasking ki ja
Sahayog aur ghulmil kar rahna.
Jeetne ki chah/ bhavana.
479
(h) Soch mein lacheelapan.
(j) Achchi bhavanatmak leadership.
(k) Achche performance ki umeed har indl se rakhna.
Ek achchi team banane ke liye ek ldr ko nimn karni chahiye :(a) Competition dwara standard ko badhate rahna.
(b) Har samay behatarin performance dena.
(c) Yeh pradarshit karna ki Team ka sadase hona ek gaurav ka
vishay hai.
Ek team ka standard girne ke karan niche likhe hue hain :(d) Idleness (Alaspan).
(e) Apas mein bhedbhav.
(f) Prapt kiya hua standard se santusht hona.
SANKSHEP
Aapko ek leader ke taur par koshish karna chahiye ki aap apni team mein
nipunta aur team work ki bhavana paida kar saken. Ladai ke maidan mein
adhunik hathiyaron ke prayog ke wajah se har indl ka performance, mission
ko safal banane mein ahmiyat rakhta hai. Team work ki bhavana achche
leadership dwara hi prapt ho sakti hai. Ek sub unit cdr hone ke naate aap
ka farz hai ki aap apni sub unit ko ek team ki tarah train karen.
-----------------------------------**********************------------------------------
CP 48-52
UNIT KOTE/MAGAZINE SECURITY DRILL
PARICHAY
Waise to sena main kisi bhi store se saman lena aur jama karne ka
nirdharat tariqa hota hai. Thik tariqe ke istemal se asuvidhayen nahi hoti
hai. Sath hi thik se safety aur security bhi hoti hai. Koi bhi unit ya sub unit
cdr har baat ko dhayan mein rakh kar ek nirdharit tarika banata hai taki
sucharu roop se har karya chal sake. Ise special order kaha jata hai. Kote
aur mag sena main ati mahatva-puran store hote hain Iske taur tariqe apne
prakar ke hote hain taki hadson se bacha ja sake.
UDDESH
Unit security drill ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
480
BHAG
Is leAe ko char bhagon mein pura kiya jaega :(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
Bhag
I : Kote Security.
II : Mag Security.
III : security of information.
IV : security of correspondence (patr vyvahar).
BHAG I : KOTE SECURITY
Waise to unit security mein kai baaten aati hain par in mein kote aur mag
security ati mahatavpuran hain. Is lecture ke dauran ham inhi do baton par
baatcheet karenge.
(e)
Kote SO ki Dutiyan.
(i)
Kote SO ka naam unit ke Part I order mein publish hona
chahiye.
(ii)
Woh tamam controlled stores aur hathiyaron ki suraksha ka
jawabdar hoga.
(iii)
Woh khud reveille ke time par kote kholne ke liye hazir hoga
aur retreat se pahle tamam hathiyar jama hone ke baad kote ko
seal karega.
(iv)
Kote ko kholna ya seal karne se pahle woh hathiyar aur
accessories ko kote register ke sath tally karega aur kote register
mein signature karega.
(v)
Reveille aur retreat ke baad kote ki all OK report Sub Majko
dega.
(vi)
Yadi kote mein koi private arms hai toh private arms register
ke mutabik check karega.
(vii)
Kote ki chabi Quarter Guard mein jama karega.
(viii)
Kote mein koi bhi kami nazar aane par Sub Maj ko bataega.
(ix)
Kote ke niminlikhit docus ka khas taur se jawabdar hoga aur
maint karega :(aa)
(ab)
(ac)
Kote Register.
In Out Register.
Private Arms Register.
(x)
Fire alarm bajne par fire picquet party ko hathiyar issue
karne ke liye hazir hoga.
(f)
Kote UO ki Dutiyan.
(i)
Kote UO ka naam unit ke Part I order mein publish hona
chahiye.
(ii)
Apni duty ke dauran woh hamesha uniform mein hoga aur
tamam hathiyar aur control store ki suraksha ka jawabdar hoga.
481
(iii)
Kote ke maint aur safai aur kote ke aas pass ke ilake ki safai
ka zimmewar hoga.
(iv)
Kote SO ki nigrani mein rahte hue kote docus ko maint karne
ka zimmewar hoga.
(v)
Reveille aur retreat ke dauran tamam hathiyaron ko check
karega aur kote SO ko report dega. Saath hi kote register mein bhi
signature karega.
(vi)
Wpn issue karte waqt indls se disc lekar hathiyar ki jagah par
rakhega. Jab hathiyar wapas jama hota hai to hathiyar ko detail
mein check karega aur yakin karega ki tamam hisse purje thik
hain aur hathiyar thik tarah se saaf hai toh hi disc wapas karega.
(vii)
In/Out register mein in/out hone wale hathiyaron ki entry
karega aur sign karega.
(viii)
Duty offr aur kote SO ke ilawa kisi aur admi ko kote mein
enter nahin hone dega.
(ix)
Tamam hathiyar jama hone ke baad kote SO ke saamne kote
seal karega.
(x)
Kisi bhi prakar ki kami ko ek dam kote SO ko report karega.
(xi)
Fire alarm bajne ke mauqe par Quarter guard pahunch kar
duty offr/ kote SO se agla hukam lega.
(xii)
Guard ki badli ke samay hamesha hazir hoga taki naya guard
Cdr pahchan sake.
(xiii)
Din ke samay yadi use kote kholna ho to ,woh guard cdr se
chabi lekar kote kholega aur kote lock karne ke baad use wapis
kar dega.
(xiv)
Jab bhi uske pass kote ki chabi ho to us samay kote ko
chhor kar kahin nahin jaega.
(g) Kote se Hathiyar Draw Karne ka Procedure.
draw karne ke lie nimnlikhit tarika prayog mein laya jae :-
Hathiyar
(i)
Yadi ek individual ko duty/ parade ke lie hathiyar nikalna ho
to woh apni wpn disc kote UO ko dega, entry In-Out register mein
sign karega aur hathiyar le jaega.
(ii)
Yadi puri coy/Pl ke hathiyar trg ke liye bahar nikalne hain to
Pl Hav apne apne Pl ke hathiyar ki list taiyar karke hathiyar lenge
aur list sign karke kote UO ko denge. Pl ke jawan apni apni disc
kote UO ko jama karenge. Pl Hav `In-Out' register mein tamam pl
ke lie signature karega.
(iii)
Yadi ek vyakti ko hathiyar lekar Temporary duty jana ho to
woh ek auth letter jo ki Coy Cdr/Adjt dwara sign kiya hua ho, use
kote UO ko deta hai. Apni disc jama karta hai aur `In-Out' register
mein sign karta hai.
482
(h) Unit ke Ander Private Arms Rakhne ke Liye Zaruri Baaten.
Private arms se talluq rakhne wali nimnlikhit baaten zaruri hain :(i)
Sabhi prakar ke private arms ka record unit register of
Private arms (IAFO-1989) mein enter hona chahiye.
(ii)
Private arms DSR para 929 ke tahit licensed hona zaruri hai.
(iii)
Koi bhi private arms jiska license kisi karan wash, exempted
(maaf) ho to wah competent auth dwara pramanit kiya hua ho.
(iv)
License ko samay par renew karwane ki zimmewari individual
ki hai.
(v)
Jab bhi private arm kote se issue kiya jata hai to uski receipt
kote UO ko dena zaruri hai.
(i)
Kote ka Periodical Check.
(i)
Daily Check. Har roj kote SO/UO dwara 'daily check' kiya
jata hai. Kote register mein unke rozana sign hote hain.
(ii)
Weekly Check. Coy Cdr dwara hafte mein ek din tamam
hathiyar, cont stores aur eqpt check kiye jate hain. Coy Cdr kote
register mein red ink mein apne haath se entry karke sign karta
hai. Iske alawa duty offr bhi hafte mein ek baar surprise check
karta hai.
(j) Kote ke Ander Suraksha ke Upay. Kote ke ander hathiyaron ki
suraksha ke upay is prakar hone chahiye
(i)
Tamam rif aur baki hathiyaron ko number kiya jae. Racks ke
upar bhi serial number paint kiya jae taki hathiyar apne apne rack
par hi rakhe jaen.
(ii)
Koi hathiyar bina disc ke issue na kiya jae. Yadi kisi ka disc
gum ho to uska auth letter jawan ke pas hona chahiye.
(iii)
Bayonets aur scabbard ko bhi apne apne rif ke mutabik
number kiya jae.
(iv)
Tamam hathiyaron ko cover karne wali chain kote mein
maujood honi chahiye. Seal karne se pahle yakeen kiya jae ki
tamam hathiyar chained hain aur chain par lock lag chuka hai.
(v)
Pistols ko boxes mein rakha jae aur box ke andar bhi unhen
chain main lock kar diya jae.
(vi)
Yadi kote ke ander koi khirki ho to use taar lagakar
kar di jae.
band
483
(vii)
Kote ke andar SO/UO aur Coy Cdr ke specimen signature
hone chahiye.
(viii)
Koi bhi aag paida karne wali ya aag pakarne wali vastu kote
ke ander maujood na ho.
(ix)
Hathiyar ke racks zamin mein connected hone chahiye.
(k) Kote ke Bahar ki security. Kote ki bahar ki security ke liye
nimnlikhit baaten ko dhyan mein rakhen :(i)
Smoking. Kote ke ilaqe mein beeri/cigarette pina nishedh
hona chahiye.
(ii)
Koi bhi najaiz vyakti kote ke ilake mein nahi ana chahiye.
(iii)
Retreat ke baad kote ki chabi QG mein jama kar deni
chahiye. Yeh kote SO dwara kiya jaega.
(iv)
Kote seal hone ke baad tamam security lts jali honi chahiye.
(v)
MES dwara electric wiring ka monthly check hona zaruri hai.
Taki koi bhi loose connection vagarah thik kiya ja sake.
(vi)
Kote ke hathiyar bahar nikalne ke baad uske security ki
zimmewari indl ki hogi.
(vii)
Parade/trg ke dauran offr-in-charge ko yakin karna chahiye
ki spare hathiyaron ke saath ek sentry ho.
(viii)
Ek kote gd jis ki nafri din ke samay ek UO aur teen OR aur
Raat ke samay 2 UO aur 6 OR ho, Kote mein niyukat hona
chahiye.
(ix)
Kote ke charon taraf aur niche cemented pillar par barbed
wire laga ho.
(l)
Kote ke Boards/Charts.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Arms State.
Instrs for maint of bino and compass.
Fire alarm orders.
Security orders.
Kote SO/UO ki duty.
Kote order.
Misc.
(aa)Copy of Bn Part I order of kote SO/UO.
(ab)Key drawing authority cert.
(ac) Trg pgme of cadre/pre course.
(m)
Kote ke Documents.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Kote register. (IAFO-1459)
Daily in/out register.
Index Cards. (IAFZ-3015)
Wpn history sheet (IAFO-1410)
484
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
Cont store ledger.
Long in/out register.
Private arms register.
Before/after firing register.
Weekly cleaning register.
Arms damage register.
Arms repair register.
Instrument heating register.
Firing record 2" Mor/51mm Mor, RL aur LMG etc.
Visitor book.
Wpn disc register.
Handing/taking over register.
BHAG II : MAG SECURITY
Mag SO Ki Dutiyan.
a. Mag SO, mag ke andar ke tamam amn ki security ka
zimmewar hota hai.
b. Din ke pahle parade ke time par woh Mag UO ke saath
Mag kholega taki Mag mein hawa (Ventilation) lag sake.
c. Unsealed box ke amn ka jaanch karega.
d. QM ke adeshon ke anusar Mag mein alag alag prakar ke
amn ko layout karega.
e. Mag ko subah aur sham seal kholne, lagane ke lie hajir
hoga.
f. Mag ki chabi QM ko jama karega.
g. Coy ka amn issue/ receipt ke time par hajir hoga.
h. Jab bhi naya amn depot se aata hai, opening bd hone ke
baad hi
usko apne apne lot Nos mein rakhega.
i. First aur Second line amn ko turnover karne ki
zimmewari hogi, yeh
QM ke nirdesh ke anusar hoga.
j. Daily amn issue/ receipt register mein sign karega.
k. QM ko Mag ki `OK' report sham ke samay dega.
Mag UO ki Dutiyan.
a. Mag SO ke niche kaam karna.
b. Mag SO ke saath subah aur shaam mag ko seal karma
c. Indent ke mutabiq coy ko amn issue karna.
d. Fired cases receive karte hue unki ginti karna aur lot No
check karna.
e. Hafte mein ek din Coy ki working party ko lekar mag ki
safai karna.
f. Mag ke bahar aur pass ke ilake ki safai karana.
485
g. Daily issue/receipt register ko complete rakhna.
h. Kisi bhi prakar ki kami ki report mag SO ko dena
i. Fire alarm ke mauke par QG pahunch kar, duty offr, QM,
mag SO se agla aadesh lena.
j. Guard ki badli ke time hajir hoga takih naya guard cdr
use pehchan sake.
Bijli se Bachao ka Bandobast.
a. Mag mein lightning conductor ka lagaya jana nihayat hi
zaruri hota hai.
b. In lightning conductor ko saal mein do bar MES dwara
insp kiya jata hai. Insp ki tarikh lightning conductor post mein
(record ) ki jati hai.
Mag mein Maint Hone Wale Docu.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Main Amn ledger
Daily issue/receipt register
Lead deposit register
Weekly checking register
Trg amn expenditure register
Daily expenditure register
Packing mtrl ledger
Handing/taking over register
PERIODICAL CHECKS
Amn SO dwara.
a. Rojana pahli parade mein.
b. Seal box ko checking ke liye nahi khola jata.
c. Koi bhi kami QM ko batai jati hai.
Duty Offr Dwara. Apne niyamit round ke dauran kisi bhi amn ko check
kar sakta hai.
Coy Cdr Dwara. Mahine ke dusre hafte mein apni coy ka service amn
check karna chahiye. Iski report coy cdr dwara monthly security report mein
di jani chahiye.
QM Dwara. Mahine mein ek bar pura amn ledger ke mutabik check kiya
jana chahiye.
BHAG III : SECURITY OF INFORMATION
486
All ranks yeh yakin karne ke liye zimmedar hain ki dushman ko koi
khabar na mile. Khabar leak hone ke nimn wajah/ karan hain:a. Carelayssly baat karna.
b. Radio aur telephone par baat kana.
Carelayssly baat karna.
Kisi bhi fauji op ya harkat ki kabhi baat-chit
nahi karni chahie jab koi anjan vyakti wahan ho ya woh hamen sun sake,
chahe hum uniform mein ho ya na ho, chutti par ho ya na ho.
Radio aur telephone par baat kana.
Radio par ki gaye har baat
dushman sun sakta hai. Yeh khabar baki marg se mili khabar se milane se
dushman ko hamare pure op ka chitra samajh mein aa sakta hai. Isi liye
radio par baat karne ke niyamon ka hamesha sakhti se palan karna chahie.
Radio par baat karne ke nimn niyam hain:(a) Baat karne se pahle yeh sooch kar rakho ki aap ko kya bolna
hai.
(b) Standard RT procedure ka istemal karo
(c) Auth code sign, code name, code words aur grid reference codes
ka hamesha istemal karo.
(d) Units ko unke naam/ khasnaam/ aam jane jane wale naam se
na refer karen.
(e) Sambandhit matlab ke shabdon ka istemal na karen eg:helicopter ko macchhar kahna, amn ko kisi faal ka naam dena etc.
(f) Dushman ki loc hamesha clear mein paas karo.
(g) Apne tps ki loc hamesha code mein paas karo. Lekin iske nimn
apvad hain:(xvii)
Kisi code name ya grid ref ke code ko kisi aisi cheej se na link
karen jo dushman ko pata ho.
(xviii)
Kisi jagah ka naam kisi code name ya grid ref ke code se na
milaen.
Telephone par baat karna. Dushman telephone ki line intercept kar
sakta hai khaas kar pakke def mein. Isi liye radio par baat karne ke niyam
telephone par baat karne ke liye bhi utni sakhtai se lagu hone chahie. Radio
ya telephone par aage hone wali karwai ki baat karna bahut khatarnak ho
sakta hai.
BHAG IV : SECURITY OF CORRESPONDENCE
LETTERS AUR DOCUMENTS SE KHABAR
Private khat likhne ke adhi-niyam ka sakhti se palan kiya jae. Private
khat mein larai ke dauran kisi bhi prakar ke fauji mamle ka likhna sakht
mana hai.
Op area mein private letters censor kiye jate hain. Bn mein letters ko
offrs/ SOs censor karte hain. Parantu har hafte mein ek hafte mein har
487
jawan ek letter private aur family mamle par green envelope mein likh sakta
hai, yeh letter base mein censor hota hai naki unit mein.
Fwd area mein rahne wale tps ko kabhi bhi kuch aisa nahi carry karna
chahie jisse dushman ko koi khabar mil sake jaise:(n) Apni posn dikhane wale marked maps.
(o) Private letters jo units ki loc ya ghar/ unit mein morale ka sanket
dete hon.
(p) Koi document jo ki us jawan ka unit/ fmn batate ho.
Sabhi waste paper ko jalakar barbad karna chahie.
ADDRESSES/ PATA.
(q) All ranks ko unit ka sahi postal address bataya jaega. Iss pate
mein kuch bhi extra nahi likha jaega.
(r) Printed, heading wale, embossed stationary; jo likhne wale ka ya
unit/ fmn ke loc ka sanket dete hon istemal karna mana hai.
(s) Yeh rule sabhi prakar ke packages/ parcels ke liye bhi lagu hai.
SANKSHEP
Security kafi gahra vishay hai . kisi bhi unit mein security tabhi barkarar
rakhi jaa sakti hai jab sabhi ranks apni zimmedari samjhenge aur security
ke mamle mein hamesha satark rahenge. Cdrs ko samay samay par security
ka soch-vichar/ mulyankan karna chahie ki kahin koi gap to nahi ho gaya
hai jahan se security leak ho sakti hai.
**********************************************************************************
*************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************
488
NOTE: ALL LESSON PLANS FOR
JUNGLE CAMP AND FIELD FIRING
ALREADY COVERED IN
MR,FE,FC,BC,TACTICS AND CI &
PO SUBJECTS.
489
INT - 1
INTELLIGENCE KA SHABDON KA MATALAB
1.
SUCHANA: Dekh ke, sun ke, samajh ke ya kisi anya
madhyam se, chhupaw dwara ya khule madhyam se ikatha kiya
gaya kacha. Ya pakka koi bhi tathya suchana kahatha hai.
490
2.
INTELLIGENCE: Kisi bhi suchana vibhinna madhyam
dwara karyakari suchana me badalana Intelligence kahalati hai.
3.
Cover
:
Aapni wastawik sthiti aur pahachan ko
chhupane kelie koi dusari pahachan grahan karna hi cover hai.
4.
aapani
Alibi :
kisi gupt ops me agent dwara kisi jagah par
5.
upasthiti ke bara me justify karana alibi hai.
AGENT:-
6.
Koi wyakti jo INTELLIGENCE sewa me kisi
INTELLIGENCE ke ikatha karna ke lie Us
INTELLIGENCE agency ke staff officer dwara niyukt
kiya gaya ho, agent kahalata hai.
AGENT HANDLER :-
7.
Jo wyakti agents par niyantrad rakhata hai aur
unke nirdeshit hai agent handler kahalata hai.
BLANK BOX:-
Kisi wishesh karyawahi ke lie agent ke jaruri sajosaman ka kit, blank box kahalata hai.
-----------------------***************************----------------------------
INT – 2 & 3
INTELLIGENCE - AAM BATEIN, VISHESHTAEN AUR USOOL
PARIBHASA :Kisi bhi madhyam se ikathi ki goyi suchana ko collate
evaluate aur analysis karke sahi samay per sahi jagah par
pahuchane ko INTELLIGENCE kahate hain.
AAM BATEIN:1. Kisi bhi INTELLIGENCE ikatha karne hetu iski planning hoti hai.
2. INTELLIGENCE Ikatha karna ki tartib banate hai.
3. Prapt suchana ko purani suchanaon se milakar iski upayogita karte
hai.
4.
INTELLIGENCE ikatha karna hetu ek majboot sangathan ka
hona
jaruri hai.
5. Parpt suchana ko analysis ke bad sahi sthan par pahunchana.
VISHESHTAEN: Suchana ke tathya vihin bhag ko nikal diya gaya ho.
 Kewal actional information bachi ho.
 Sabhi tathya thik tarah se wardit kie gaye hon.
 Sabse mahatwapuran baat ki suchana sahi samay par sahi jagah per
pahunche.
491
USOOL:hai.”
“ Ex sahi jagah par rakha jaasus 20,000 ki sena par bhari parta
1.
Sahi jagah par sahi spy ho
2.
Sahi Samay par sahi spy ho
3.
Sahi kam par sahi spy ho
4.
Sahi kam par sahi int officer ho.
5.
Strong organisation
6.
“Sari indrion ko hamesha khula rakhen”
------------------------------------********************--------------------------
INT – 4
INTELLIGENCE KA CYCLE
Int ikatha karane ki puri prakriya six bhagon mein pura hoti hai.
1. Collection planning : Kisi bhi suchana ko Ikhatha karne hetu
uske lie core group ki meeting hoti hai. Aur wahan par suchano
ikatha karne ki Aawashyakata, uski prathmikata tatha Anya
pahaluon par vichar kiya jata hai.
2. Acquisition:
ikatha kiya jata hai.
Phir prathmiktaon ke Aadhar par suchana
3. Collation:
Ikathi ki gayi suchana ko kisi bhi madhyam
mein record kiya jata hai.
4. Interpretation: Ikathi suchana ko wargikrit karke Alag – 2
tarah ki suchana ko alag alag karte hain.
5. Synthesis:
Wargikrit suchanaon
Aawashyakata ke Anusar chhantate hain.
ko
upyogita
aur
6. Dissemination: Aawashyakata Anusar timely action karne
wali agenciyon ko suchana samay par bant dena hi
disseminationkahalata hai.
-----------------------************************----------------------------
INT – 5
KHABAR KI PRAKAR TATHA HASIL KARNE KI JAGAH
Khabar ko do mukhya tarike se hasil kiya ja sakata hai.
492
1.
Overt/khula: Is madhyam mein khabar ka srot open
rahata hai Aur isme kam ki suchanayen bahut kam hoti hai
Parantu yaha se ikathi suchanao ko Dusre jagah se ikathi suchnao
ko dubara check kiya ja sakata hai.
Iske udaharana nimn hain:T.V.
Radio
Internet
Newspapers/Journals
Exihibition
Regular visitors
Cultural delegates
Refugees
Locals
2.
Covert/Chhupahua: Is prakar ki khabar hasil karne
mein srot chhupa hua rahata hai tatha propt suchana ke
vishwasniya hone ki sambhawana bahut aadhik hoti hai.
Is prakar ki suchana dene wale srot hain –
Agent/source
-
Photographic Int
-
Desertors/defectors
-
Signal interception
-
Surveillance
-
Interrrogation
-
CCTV
-
Spy
---------------------------------******************-----------------------------
INT – 6-7
SOURCE/AGENT -MATLAB,KAM,PAHCHANNA AUR NAYA
BANANA
SOURCE/AGENT:
Koi wyakti jo Aapne pas suchana Rakhata hai
source kahalata hai.
Kam: Source/Agent ka kam Aapne niyokta ko diye gaye task ke
bare me khabbar dena hai Aur Augala Aadesh hosil karna hai, yah do
madhyamo se suchana ikatha karta hai:1.
Covert
2.
Overt
493
Naya Source bannane main dhyan Rakhne wali batein
1.
Jis wyakti ko source banaya jana hai uski tatha uske
pariwar ka itihas janana hoga.
2.
Uski Edu. Qualification janana jaruri.
3.
Uski Pahunch khabar tak hai ki nahi.
4.
Uska khud wyaktitwa kaisa hai.
5.
Ilake ki jankari kaisi hai.
6.
Uska Rajnitik sambandh kaisa hai.
7.
Uski wittiya(aarthik) sthiti kaisi hai.
8.
Uska Police record kaisa hai
9.
Uski kamjoriya kya hai.
10.
Uski Aadatein kya hai
11.
Wah wiswas karne layak hai ki nahi.
12.
ki nai.
Wah ikathi ki jane wali suchana ka mahatwa janata hai
13.
Sabse mahotwapurna hai ki field officer/Int. Office Aapani
Aawashyakatanusar Aur Upyogitanusar khud hi fit wyakti ka
chayan kare.
----------------------------------***************------------------------
PARIBHASHA
INT-8-12
SURVEILLANCE
Kisi jagah, vayaktio, vahan etc par uske bare me suchana
ikatha karne ke uddeshya se najar rakhana hi surveillance hai.
LAKSHYA
(i)Sakshya ikatha karana
(ii)
Suchna ikatha karana
(iii)
Int ikatha karana
(iv)
Counter int ikatha karana
(v)
Sutron ki wishwosaniyata pata karana
USOOL
(i) Yadi surveillance karane wale ke Jankari dushman ko mil
jaye to usae bachana chahie.
494
(ii) Jaldhibaji nahi karni chahie.
(iii)
Bina chhupaw ke surveillance nahi karna chahie.
(iv)
Jaldi se kisi nishkarsh par nahi pahunchana
chahie.
SURVEILLANCE KI KISMEIN
(i)
Chhupe hue parichay se parantu samane rahakar.
(ii)
Bina parichay chhupaye parantu khad ko chhupa
kar.
SURVEILLANCE KE TARIKE.
(I)
TECHNICAL
(a) Phone tapping
(b) Mail censoring
(c) Microphone bugging
(d) CCTV
(e) UpajraHON DWARG
(f) X-RAY machine se.
(II)
NON TECHNICAL
(a) Static/ fixed--- kahin ek juhan khare hokar
surveillance karana.
(b) Mobile--- (i) Paidal pichha karke
(ii) Gadi se pichha karke.
BHEED MEIN SURVEILLANCE
Bheed mein kisi wyakti ka pichha karke us par najar
rakhana bahut mushkil hota hai parantu phir bhi suraksha balon ke longo
aur int ageneies ko ye karna padta hai. bhied mein surveillance karne ke
nimnalikhit tarike hain.
(A) ONE MAN SURVEILLANCE
Jab pichha karana wale vayakti ek ho to
bheed mein suspect se nazdeek se najdeek jakar us par najar rakh
sukata hai. Isme suspect ke bheed mein gum hone ka dar rahata hai.
(B) TWO MAN SURVEILLANCE
Jab pichha karana wale do hote hai to ek
Aadmi suspect ke najdik rahkar aur dusra pahle wale par najar rakh
sakta hai. Yah widhi one man se jyada safal hai.
(C) THREE MAN SURVEILLANCE
(i)
Isme teen wyakti pichha karte hai.
(ii)
Suspcet par pehla najar rakta hai,
pehle par dusara aur dusare par tisra.
495
(iii)
Suspcet ke shak hone par pehla tisre ki
jagah, tisra dusra ki jagah aur dusara pehle ki
jagah hai.
(iv)
Yeh sabse Aachhi vidhi hai aur safalata
ke chance sabse jyade hain.
(D) LEADING SURVEILLANCE
(i)
Is mein pichha karna wala suspect ke
aage chalata hai.
(ii)
Pichha karana wale ko pehale se
suspect ke route ka pata hona chahiye.
(iii)
Yeh widhi fail ho jayegi yadi suspect
apna rasta aachanak badal de.
Surveillance karte samay aapane sari indriyon ko khula rakhein
aur dusra marg bhi chunkar rakhein.
-------------------------------************-----------------------------------
PARICHAY
INT—13-15
INTERROGATION
‘Interrogation’ yane punchhtachh karna. CI Ops ke dauran, aam taur
par, ptlg, ambush aur raid jaise ops, chote chote gps mein kiye jate hain aur
yah karwaian karte samay hum mein se kisi ko bhi ‘Interrogation’ karne ka
mauka mil sakta hain. Agar sahi tariqe se ‘Interrogation’ kiya gaya to ho
sakta hai ki koi khas khabar mil jaye jisse ki insurgents / terrorists ko
pakda jaa sake ya koi vardat karne se roka jaaa sake.Is liye yeh avashyak
hai ki ham sab ko interrogation karne ke tariqe ya techniques ke bare mein
jankari ho.
UDDESHYA
Aap sabko ‘Interrogation’ ke alag alag tariqon ke bare mein jankari dena
hain.
TARIQA
Yeh lec, nimnalikhit bhagon mein cover kiya jayega.
ki qism.
Taiyari’.
(a)
Bhag I
-
Interrogate kiye jane wale logon
(b)
Bhag II
-
Interrogation ke pehle ‘Plg aur
496
(c)
Bhag III
-
Interrogation ke tariqe.
(d)
Bhag IV
-
Interrogation mein dhyan dene wali
baten.
BHAG I - INTERROGATE KIYE JANE WALE LOGON KI QISM
Interrogation karne se pehle yah jaanna zaruri hai ki hum kis kism ke
admi ko interrogate karne jaa rahe hain.CI Ops ke dauran hamein teen
prakar ke logon ki interog karne ki zarurat pad sakti hai –
Confirmed
Terrorist, Suspect aur Witness.
(a)
Confirmed Terrorist.
Confirmed Terrorist woh hota hain jo
kisi raid
mein ya live euounter mein pakda gaya ho. Aise admi se, uske
Org aur uske
sathidaron ke bare mein khabar hasil ki jaa sakti hain.
(b)
Suspect.
Suspect yane woh admi , jis par, terrorist hone ka
ya Insurgents ka sath dene ka shak hain. Hamare pass aise admion par
shaq karne ka koi
karan/saboot hona chahiye jiski madad se hum
usse interrogation ke zariye
information hasil kar sakte hain.
(c)
Witness. Witness yane gavah. Yeh woh admi hai jo kisi vardat,
jo usne dekhi ho, ke bare mein hamein khabar de sakta hai. Witness do
kism ke ho sakte
hain :(i)
Willing Witness Yane apne aap age aake ya volunteer
hoke khabar
dene wale log. Is kism ke witness se savdhani
baratni chahiye kyon ki ho
sakta hai ki woh zhuti khabar
dekar SF ko phasana chahta ho.
(ii) Unwilling Witness . Jo log, dar, dosti ya shatruta ki wajah se witness
nahi banna chahte, unhe ‘Unwilling Witness’ kahte hain. Unwillingness ki
wajah malum karke use dur karne ka prayatna karna chahiye taki unse
mahatvapurna khabren hasil ki jaa sake.
BHAG II - INTERROGATION KE PEHLE ‘PLG AUR TAIYARI’
Interrogation se pura faida uthane ke liye, interrogation se pehle achhi plg
aur taiyari karna zaruri hota hain. Yah do tarah ki honi chahiye ;
‘Interrogator ki khud ki taiyari’ aur ‘Bandobasti taiyari’.
(a) Interrogator ki Khud ki Taiyari. Interrogator ko case ki aur
shakiya admi ki
puri jaankari honi chahiye. Case aur shakiya admi
ki puri jaankari hasil karne ke
baad use in sawalon ke bare mein
faisla karna ana chahiye :(i) Use (khud ko) case ke baare mein kitna pata hai ?.
(ii) Woh aur kya janna chahta hai ?.
497
(iii) Subject kya khabar de sakta hai ?
(iv) Khabar hasil karne ke liye kaun se interrogation tech ka
istemal kiya jae ?
(v) Admi ki physical condition kya hai ? Agar ops mein
capture hua hai to injured hai kya ?
(vi) Usne dress kya pehna hai ? Kya woh dusre sathidaron se
alag hai ?
(vii) Woh kaun se gp se tallukh rakhta hai ? Us gp ka Org kya
hai ?
(viii)
Use kaun se halat mein pakda gaya tha ?
(ix) Uske paas se kya kya saman baramat hua ?
(x) Apna Cdr aur kya khabar hasil karna chahta hai ?
Note :- Upar batayi hui jaankari hasil karne ke baad
interrogator ne ek Questionnaire banana chahiye jo ki use
interrogation ke dauran madad de sake.
:-
BANDOBASTI TAIYYARI. IS MEIN NIMNLIKHIT BATEN SHAMIL HAIN
(i) Jis kamre mein interog jari ho us mein roshni honi chahiyen taqi
interrogator suspect ki pratikriyaon ko dekh sake.
(ii)
taqi
Agar kamre mein khidki ho to us par parda laga hona chahiye
suspect ka dhyan na bate.
(iii) Kamre mein sound recorder laga hona chahiye lekin yeh
suspect ko nazar nahin ana chahiye. Agar sound recorder na
ho to kisi admi ko chup kar bithana chahiye jo pts note kar
sake.
BHAG III -
INTERROGATION KE TARIQE.
INTEROG TECHNIQUES.
Khabar hasil karne ke basic tariqe nimnalikhit hain :(a)
Sidhe Sawal Poochhna. Suspect se kaha jata hai ki woh
apni kahani
bayan kare. Beech mein interrogator sawal
poochhta rahta hai. Dhyan rahe
ki us dwara diye gaye bayan ki
498
kisi aur sabooton se tulna karen, kyon ki kai
baar
kuchh
suspects kisi aur ko bachane ke liye ya kuchh chupane ke liye
kisiek aparadh ko swikar karte hain.
(b)
Dara Dhamka Kar. Agar suspect, mansik rup par kamjor
najar ata hai lekin khabar dene se mana kar raha hain to uspar yah
tech kamyab ho sakta hai.
(c)
Sahanubhuti ka Tariqa. Agar suspect physically injured
hai aur agar morale down hai to use sahanubhuti jata kar dhire dhire
baatcheet mein phasan sakte hain. Shuru shuru mein family
,education ityadi ke bare mein puch sakte hain.
(d)
Bhawnatmak Tariqa. Kuchh suspect apne dwara kiye
gaye aparadhon ka bojh dil per mahsoos karte hain/aparadh bodh ho
jate hain,jiske
karan woh apna apradh swikar kar lete hain.
Interrogator ko yeh
ahsas karna chahiye ki kis bhawna ka
suspect par jyiada asar padega. Jab suspect kisi aparadh ko kabool
kare, usko note kare. Kyon ki yeh kanoonan jaruri hai.
(e)
Sab Kuch Jante Hain aisa Darshana.
Is tariqe mein
interrogator suspect ko
yakin dilaata hain ki woh case ke bare mein
sab kuch jaanta hain aur kuch chupane
se koi faida nahi hoga.
(f)
Lagatar Sawal Puchna. Agar suspect chalak hain aur har sawal
ka jawab
soch samajhkar deraha hai to use lagatar jald gati se
sawal puch kar confuse kiya
jaa sakta hai. Aise mein suspect koi
galti karne ki sambhavna aur badh jati hai.
(g) Sawalon ki Baar Baar Dohrai Karna.Is tariqe mein ek hi sawal
bar bar alag alag rup mein pucha jaata hai. Ho sakta hai ki suspect
galti se ek hi sawal ka jawab alag alag den. Aisa hone se
interrogator, suspect ko aur bhi sawal kar ke
uske defence ko tod
sakta hai.
(h) Mutt and Jeff.
Is tariqe mein ek suspect ko do interrogator
interrogate karte hain. Ek interrogator kathor aur darane wala hota
hain aur dusra sahanubhuti jatane wala hota hai. Jo darane wala
499
interrogator hota hai woh
interrogation start karta hai aur
suspect ko dara kar dhamki deta hai ki uske saath
bura suluk
kiya jayega. Usi samay dusra interrogator kamre mein aata hain
aur daranwale interrogator ko bahar jaane ke liye kahta hai. Uske
baad suspect ko sahanubhuti jatate hue usko baton mein phansata
hai.
(c)
Chalbazi ka Tariqa. Yeh tariqa tab istemal kiya jaye jab
interrogator ko
suspect ke kisi vardat mein shamil hone ka poora
yakin ho. Is mein interrogator
aisi mangadhant kahani batata hai jis
se suspect ko us par yakin ho jaye tatha woh apne aap ko baachane ke
liye vastwikta ka vivran kar de.
BHAG IV INTERROGATION MEIN DHYAN DENE WALI BATEN.
Dhyan Mein Rakhne Wali Baaten.
(a)
Interrogation ke Pehle.
(i)
Suspect ko pakadte samay ya arrest karte samay
‘Panchanama’ ka
kagaz banwayen jis par Sarpanch aur char
anya logon ke sign ho. ( Physical
condition aur Identity ka
jikar ho).
(ii)
taki woh
Suspect ko custody mein lene se pehle use search kiya jae
atmahatya na kare.
(iii)
Arrest ke time suspect ka med exam karwayen.
Interrogation hone ke
baad suspect ko civ auth ko handover
karne se pehle med exam karwayen.
(iv)Interrogation shuru karne se pehle suspect ka
photograph liya jae.
(v) Interrogation shuru karne se pehle upar ke HQ ko
inform kiya jae.
500
(b) Interrogation ke Dauran.
(i)
Dhamki, Ashwasan aur Torture ka Istemal Mat
Karo Dhamki aur dar ki
wajah se suspect wahi statement
dega jo aap sunana chahte ho. Isse koi faida nahi hoga.
(ii)
Sahi Bartav.
Interrogation ke dauran serious
bartav rakho. Aisi bhasha mein
baat karo jo suspect
samajh sake. Suspect ko yakin dilao ki aapki usse koi jaati
dushmani nahi hain. Ghatia gali galoch ka istemal mat karo.
(iii)
Apni Bhavnaon ko Dabaen.
Suspect ne agar koi
khas khabar galti se de bhi di to apni bhavnao ki wajah se use
pata na lage.
(iv)
Chaukanna Rahen. Chaukanna raho. Suspect
dwara di gayi chhoti se choti khabar bhi bahut aham sidh ho
sakti hai.
(v) Interog ka Nishkarsh. Interog puri hone se pahle hi kisi
nishkarsh par mat pahuncho.
(vi)
Khabar Par Bharosa. Suspect dwara di gayi
khabar par ekdum bharosa karne ki bajai us khabar ko dusre
tarique se check karo.
(vii) Statement Record Karna . Suspect ke statement
ka wahi hissa record kiya
jaye jiska taluq us par lagaye
gaye aaropon se ho.
(c) Interrogation ke Baad.
(i) Mahatvapurna khabar turant sabko pass karen.
501
(ii)
Interrogation khatam hone par suspect ko civ auth (Police) ko
letter ke marfat, med cert ke saath handover karen. Letter mein yah
baten shamil honi chahiye :(aa)Naam, pata aur pita ka naam.
(bb)
Arrest karne ke karan.
(cc) Arrest karne ka date aur jagah.
(dd)
Pakde gaye items.
(ee) Physical condition.
(ff) Assesment aur recommendation.
SANKSHEP
Thode samay mein suspects se pooch-tachh karke aisi int hasil karna
jisse hum insurgents ko pakad sakein ya unhe koi vardat karne se rok
sakein, ke liye interog ke tariqon ke alawa monovigyan janana bhi zaruri
hai. Suspect ko prashna poochhna asan hai lekin vishay se sambandhit,
sahi disha mein thik prashna poochhne ke liye bahut samajhdari ki zarurat
hoti hai. Interrogation ek kala hain jo ki abhyas se hi sikhi jaa sakti hain.
-----------------------------***********************-----------------------------
INT-16
CI OPS MEIN INTELLIGENCE NETWORK
PARICHAY
CI Ops mein int ki ahmiyat aam larai ke banispat jiada hoti hai. CI Ops
mein kamyabi hasil karne ke liye durust, tafsil mein our theek waqt par
khabar milna zaroori hai. Yeh dekha gaya hai ki CI Ops mein SF ki sabse
bari kami terrorists ke bare mein theek khabar ka theek samay par na
milna hota hai, jiske karan unko pakarna ya unhe vaardaat karne se rokne
mein poori safalta nahin milti. Is liye yeh zaroori hai ki hum apna bn aur
coy level par int network sthapit karein taqi hamein ‘Real Time Info’ mil
sake.
UDDESH
CI Ops mein Int Network sthapit karne ke bare mein jankari dena.
TARIQA
Yeh lec nimnlikhit teen bhagon mein poora kiya jayega :502
(a) Bhag I - Info ki zaruri batein, info hasil karne ke zariye aur info
haasil karne mein samaseen.
(b)
Bhag II - Informant/Source.
(c )
Bhag III - Bn aur Coy Int Network.
BHAG I : INFO KI ZARURI BATEIN, INFO HASIL KARNE KE ZARIYE
AUR INFO HAASIL KARNE MEIN SAMASEEN
CI Ops mein zaroorat parne wali info/khabar ko hum do mukhya bhagon
mein baant sakte hain:(a)Background Info.
(b) ContaCI Info.
BACKGROUND INFO.
It Aisi khabar/info jis se hame terrorism ke itihas ke bare mein pata lagta
hai, usko background info kahte hain. Background info mein nimnlikhit
shamil hai:Civ population ka itihas, vichardhara, rahan-sahan, samajik
aur rajnitik jhukao.
Civ adm ki halat aur jhukao aur ilaqe ki mali halat
(economical devp).
Mote taur par terrorist org, tac, ldrs aur unki gatividhian.
(d)
Ilaaqe ki banawat aur CI ops par uska asar.
CONTACI INFO.
Aisi khabar jis se hamein maujuda halat ke bare mein jankari mile, usko
contaCI info kahte hain. Yeh khabar aam taur par apne tps dwara hasil ki
jaati hai aur SF ko terrorists pakadne ya marne mein madad deti hai.
Background info ka vishleshan karke, usmein current (taaza) info mila kar,
terrorist ke sambhavit hideouts ya camps ka pata lagaya ja sakta hai.
ContaCI info mein nimnlikhit shamil hai:Terrorists ke Bare Mein.
Org, gps, ldrs aur tac (kaam karne ka tariqa).
Hathiyar, amn, explosives aur milap ke sadhan.
Recruitment ka tariqa.
Funds/tax ikatha karne ka tariqa.
Bahar deshon se sp.
503
Trg ka darja aur terrorists ka morale.
Med, khana-pani, uniform aur eqpt ikatha karne ka
tariqa.
Int Network yani terrorist ke khabar hasil karne ke tariqe
ya unke chaukanna hone ke jariye.
Bhinna guton ki apsi ladai.
Terrorist ke likely tgts aur vardat karne ka tariqa.
Propoganda ke sadhan/jariye.
Civ janta se milap ke sadhan.
Terrorist ki loc aur trg camps ki loc.
Terrorists ke harkat ke tarike aur samay (timings).
Terrorists ke sp bases.
Civ Population Ke Bare Mein.
Civ public ka SF aur terrorist ke prati attitude
(vyavhar/dhang).
Terrorist ko madad dene wale/sp karne wale log.
Terrorist ke parivaar ke log/rishtedar.
Aise log jo terrorist se ghrina karte hain ya unse badla
lena chahte hain.
KHABAR HAASIL KARNE KE BHINNA JARIYE.
Khabar hasil karne ke liye nimnlikhit jariyon ka istemal kar sakte hain:(a)
BACKGROUND INFO.
Background Info nimnlikhit se hasil ki ja sakti hai:Area Study Compendiums (sangrah).
Civ population ka vishleshan.
Int Agencies.
Police aur Para Military Units.
Civ Govt Agencies.
504
(B)
CONTACI INFO.
Contact Info hasil karne ka sabse vishvashniya tariqa apne tps hain.
Nimnlikhit tariqon se apne tps ko dply karke ContaCI Info hasil ki ja
sakti hai:Close obs.
Population centres ka svl.
Pakde hue terrorist ka interrogation.
Spl ya Pseudo Ptls.
Terrrorist se contaCI sthapit karne
Ke liye bhesh badal kar ya anya tariqe ka istemal kiya ja sakta hai. Is
mein apne tps ko terrorist ke bhesh mein, terrorist ke ilaqe mein unse
contaCI sthapit karne ke liye bheja jata hai. Surrendered terrorist dwara
banai gai units ko is kaam ke liye istemal kiya ja sakta hai.
(v) Tracking. Yaani terrorist dwara chode gaye nishanon/sabooton ki
madad se unka peechha karna. Yah karwai thik se na kar paana hamari
ek badi kami hai jismein trg ki zaroorat hai.
(vi) Anya Agencies ka Istemal.
IB, Civ Police ki Special Branch aur
Village Gds/Volunteer Force hamein samay par aur sahi khabar de sakte
hain. Zaroori hai ki in agencies ke sath thik milap rakha jai.
(vii) Local population. Population ke sath accha milap aur SF dwara unhe
security pradan karne par, civ motivate ho kar terrorist ke bare mein khabar
de sakte hain. Yeh tabhi mumkin hai jab in informants ki pehchan gupt
rakhi jaye.
Ex-servicemen, patrakar ityadi se milap karke.
Radio Interception aur DF. Terrorist ke radio comn ko intercept karke
DF (direCIion finder) ki madad se.
COP lagakar.
Anya Tarike.
(aa)Terroriston ke beech apna source banakar ya apne source ko terrorist
ke org me bharti karwakar (penetration source).
(ab)Terrorist/gujjaron ke bhes mein ghumkar.
(ac) Gareeb aur terrorist dwara sataye gaye parivaron ko god lekar.
(ad)Zaruratmand civs ke liye silai ityadi ke courses (vocational courses)
chalakar.
(ae) Sharabi/nashili padarthon ka sevan karne wale logon ka faida
uthakar.
(af) Taskaron aur anya gair-kanooni dhanda karne walon ka faida
uthakar.
(ag) Dukandaron jo cell, cigarette aur ration bechte hai, unpar chupke se
nigrani rakhkar.
505
INT HAASIL KARNE MEIN SAMASEEN.
CI ops ke dauran khabar hasil karne ke liye hamein pesh ane wali chand
ek samaseen is prakar hain:(a) Khabar hasil karne wale bhinna zariyon (Agencies) mein talmel ki
kami.
(b)
Local terrorists/population ki bhasha ki jankari na hona.
Spot interrogation ke tariqe ki jankari na hona.
(d)
Local population par terrorist ka dabao/dar, jis se source
banane mein mushkil pesh ana.
(e) Civ Adm par terrorist ka dar/unse sahanubhooti ke karan koi madad
na milna.
(f)
Terrorist ka gupt roop se kaam karne ka tariqa jisse khabar
hasil karne mein mushkil pesh ana.
(g)
Paise ki kami.
BHAG – II : INFORMANT/SOURCE
PARIBHASHA.
Koi admi, jo jasoosi ke lakshya ke andar ya bahar ho aur jiska mukhya
uddesh int dena ho, ko source kahte hain. Yeh int koi mool dastavez, yojna,
pratilipi, ya maukhik sandesh bhi ho sakta hai.
CHUNAO.
Ek achha informant/source hamen thik samay par sahi khabar dekar
safal CI Ops karne mein madad de sakta hai. Doosri aur ek dhokhe baaj ya
kamjor informant/source hamein terrorist ke chungul mein phansa sakta
hai. Informant/Source ka chunao karte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali
kuchh batein is prakar hain :(a) Nivas-Sthan. Agar source usi ilaqe ka ho jahan hum op kar rahe
hain to behtar hoga. Uske liye terrorist ko pehchanna asan hoga aur us par
terrorist ko shaq hone ka andesha kam hoga.
(b) Pahunch. Source ki local population ke har tapke tak pahunch honi
chahiye jahan se woh khabar hasil kar sake.
(c ) Mudda. Source ka hamare liye kaam karne ke liye tayyar hone ka
karan/mudda samjhein. Is se hamein source ki vishwashniyata malum
karne mein madad milegi. Mudda nimnlikhit se panap sakta hai:VIBHIN JATIYON KI APSI DUSHMANI.
506
Dharmik vibhintaen.
Arthik vibhintaen.
Ek tapke dwara dusre tapke ka shoshan.
Taqat aur munafe ko bantne mein manmutav.
Vibhin ldrs aur gps ke rahan-sahan ka tariqa.
Berozgari aur garibi.
Terrorist dwara sataye jana.
Asamajik tatva jo faida uthana chahate hain.
(d) Icchukta. Jo vyakti icchuk nahi hai use jabardasti source/informant
na banaya jaye.
(e) Hoshiyar.
Informant mandbudhi nahi hona chahiye. Usme
obs (dekhbhal) ka hunar hona chahiye.
(f)
Charitra.
Yahan par zor informant aur hamare numainde ke
beech vyavhar (dealings) par hai, jismein use imandar hona chahiye.
(g) Sex. Mahilayen purushon ke banispat jiada bhawuk hoti hain. Is ilye
mahilaon ko informant ki tarah istemal karte waqt is baat ka dhayan rakha
jaye.
(h) Umar.
Aamtaur par dekha gaya hai ki jawan admi ki bajay
adhed umar (middle age) ke admi ziada samajhdar aur kabil source sabit
hote hain.
SOURCE BANANE KA TARIQA.
Source banane ke do tariqe hain :(a) ‘Third Party’ Method.
Jab koi teesra admi hamein source se
milwata hai, ise ‘Third Party’ ka tariqa kahte hain. Lekin yakin karo ki yeh
teesra admi bharosemand ho.
(b) ‘Co-Incidental’ Method. Jab hum khud saubhagyavash source se
milen. Yeh tariqa ‘Third Party’ ke tariqe se behtar hai.
SOURCE SE BARTAV
Source dwara di gayi khabar par vishwas karna shuru karne se pahale us
ko test karo. Is ke liye shuru shuru mein us se aisi khabar hasil karne ke
liye kaho jinka hamen pahle se pata hai. Aisa chand-ek dino se lekar
507
mahino tak karte rah sakte hain. Source ke saath hamara bartao achha
hona chahie. Dhyan mein rakhne wali kuchh baaten :(a) Source ka vishwas jeetne ke liye us ke saath dostana vyavhar karo
lekin us ke saath sirf kaam ki baat karo.
SHURU SHURU MEIN SEEDHA SAWAAL NA POOCHHEN.
(c) Agar woh aapko koi jhoothi khabar bhi de raha ho to us par gussa
karne ki bajae yeh samjhane ki koshish karo ki aapke pass khabar hasil
karne ke anya jarie bhi hain. Is liye woh ayenda apko gumrah karne ki
koshish na kare.
(d) Jab source koi khabar de raha ho to use beech mein mat toko. Uske
khabar dene ke baad us se sawal karo.
(e) Source dwara di gayi khabar ko note karo aur use yakin dilao ki us
dwara di gayi khabar ke bare mein kisi ko malum nahi hoga.
(f) Source dwara di gai khabar par SF kya karwai karne wali hain,is bare
mein source ko mat batao.
(g) Source dwara di gayi khabar par turant karwai karne ke bajae uske
sahi hone ka doosre jariyon se bhi yakin karo.
(h) Kisi ek source se sirf ek hi aadmi baatcheet karen.
(j) Source ka pehchaan (identity) chhupaye rakhen.
SAFETY AUR SECURITY.
OF Yadyapi source hamare liye kaam karta hai lekin woh double agent
bhi ho sakta hai. Is liye apne bare mein use aisi koi khabar na ho jise woh
terrorist tak pahuncha kar hamen nuksan pahuncha sake. Saath hi hum
aisi koi harkat na karen jis se terrorist ya anya logon ko source ke SF ke
saath sambandh hone ka andesha ho kyonki aisa hone par us ki jaan ko
khatra ho sakta hai. Safety aur security ke lihaaz se nimnlikhit baaton ka
dhyan rakhen :(a)
Source ka naam aur apna admi jo source ko handle karta hai,
ka naam gupt rakha jaye.
(b)
Source ko Code No dein aur us ko is No.se hi bulaya jaye.
(c)
Source se kabhi bhi apni post par ya us ke ghar jakar mat milo.
Us ke saath milap ki jagah/zarie fix karo aur ise samay-samay par badalte
raho.
508
(d)
Source ke saath aam jagah par aisa koi bartav mat karo jis se
kisi ko us par shaq ho. Us ke pass koi aisa saman ya kagaz na ho jo us ka
SF ke saath koi taluq hone ka saboot de.
(e)
Source ko yeh ahsas dilao ki us ke liye bhi apni harkaton ko
gupt rakhna suraksha ki lihaaz se zaruri hai.
(f)
Source ko malum hona chahiye ki us ki harkaton ke bare mein
terrorist ko malum hone par use kya karna hai.
SOURCE KI TRG.
Source ko trg dene ke nimnlikhit jarie hain :(a) Trg Cell.
Yeh Div ya Bde HQ mein sthapit kia jata hai, jahan par
tafsil mein source ko trg di jati hai. Yeh trg ka ek achha jaria hai. Lekin
source ki security ka dhyan rakhna zaruri hai.
(b) Unit Mein. Agar kisi karan se Trg Cell mein source ko trg na di ja
sake to unit level par bhi trg di ja sakti hai. Is trg mein nimnlikhit baten
shamil karo:(i) Khabar Hasil Karna.
Kaunsi khabar, kahan se aur kaise hasil ki
jaye aur us ko record karke security forces tak kaise pahunchaya jaye.
(ii) Codes aur Ciphers ka istemal.
(iii) Memory aur Short Hand.
BHAG III : BN AUR COY INT NETWORK
CI Ops mein kai int agencies kaam kar rahi hoti hain lekin coy/pl level
tak yeh int pahuchne tak kafi samay lagta hai. Is liye yeh zaroori hai ki
hum Bn aur Coy level par int network sthapit karen taqi hamen durust,
tafsil mein aur samay par khabar mil sake.
BN INT NETWORK.
(a) Kaam.
(i) Upar wale HQ/najdik unit/anya int agencies se khabar hasil karke
coys ko pass karna.
Khabar hasil karne ke liye upar wale HQs dwara di gayi policy ko rif coys
ko pass karna.
Terrorist /Sources ka record rakhna.
509
‘Rif coys Int Network’ ki zimmedari ka ilaqa bantna aur
unke kaam ka talmel karna.
Rif coys dwara chune gaye sources ki verification aur trg
ka bandobast karna.
‘Bn aur Coy Int Network’ mein kaam kar rahe offrs,
SOs, UOs, OR ko trg dena.
Samay-samay par ilaqe mein int ke adhar par anumanit
sthiti ka zaiyja lena.
Illaqe mein kaam kar rahi anya agencies se tal-mel
rakhna.
SOURCES BANANA.
Unit mein kaaam karne wale porter/pony/anya civs ki jaanch
(verification) karna.
Intrep /Isum aur reports banana aur baantna.
COY INT NETWORK.
Kaam.
(i)
‘Bn Int Network’/saath wale coy se mile hue int ko pls ko pass karna.
Terrorist aur sources ka record rakhna.
(iii) ‘Bn Int Network’ dwara di gayi policy ko pls ko pass karna.
(iv) Pls dwara banaya gaye sources ke verification aur trg ka bandobast
karna.
(v) Pls ka int hasil karne ke liye zimmedari ka ilaqa baantna.
(vi) Ilaqa mein kaam kar rahi anya int agencies se talmel rakhna.
(vii) Prapt ki gai int ko ‘Bn Int network’ ko pass karna.
BN AUR COY INT NETWORK KI KARYASHAILI.
Sujhao ke taur par Bn/Coy Int Network ki karyashaili is prakar honi
chahie :(a)
Bn Induct Hone Se Pahle.
510
(i) Bn/Coy Int Network mein kaam karnewale offr/SOs/UOs/OR ko
jahan tak ho sake, adv party mein bheja jaye.
OC Adv Party dwara bheje gaye feedback ke adhar par mote taur par
Coys/Pls ki zimmedari ka ilaqa baanta jaye.
Adv Party dwara outgoing unit/anya int agencies se ilaqe mein kam
karne wale sources aur terrorist ke bare mein jankari hasil ki jaye.
Adv Party ke numainde dwara outgoing unit ke saath int colleCIion aur
CI Ops mein bhag liya jaye.
(b)
Bn Induct Hone Par.
(i) Bn/Coy Int Network ke tamam numaindon ki Bn/Coy
level par briefing ki jaye.
(ii)
ho to tabdili ki jaye.
Coy/Pls ke zimmedari ke ilaqe mein agar zaroorat
(iii)
Sources ko handle karne wale apne numainde unse gupt
roop se milap karen.
(iv)Adv Party ke saath aye apne numaindon se ‘Main Body’ mein aye
jawaan/SOs/Offrs ilaqe ki zankari hasil karen.
(v) Bn se coy aur coy se pl ko int pass karne ke liye milap ke sadhanon
ka bandobast kiya jaye.
(c) Baad Ki Karwahi.
Int collection ki karyavahi zari rakhi jaye.
(ii)
Naye sources banaye jaen.
(iii) Terrorist/Sources ke record ko upto date rakha jaye.
SANKSHEP
CI Ops mein khabar hasil karne ka kaam hamesha jaari rahta hai. Desh
ki maujuda halat ko dekhte hue lagta hai ki SF ko anewale samay CI Ops
mein bhag lete rahna padega. Aise mein kaunsi khabar, kaise hasil ki jaye,
is ka hamen sochvichar karte rahna chahie. Halan ki hamen upar wale
HQs aur anya jariyon se khabar milti rahegi lekin agar safalta hasil karni
hai to hamen apne level par int hasil karna hai jo hamare liye sabse aham
hai.
-------------------------**********************---------------------------------511
INT --- 17-19
SPOT INTERROGATION
PARICHAY
‘Interrogation’ yane puchtach karna. CI Ops ke dauran, aam taur par
ptlg, ambush aur raid jaise ops chote chote gps mein kiye jate hain aur yeh
karwaian karte samay hum mein se kisi ko bhi ‘Interrogation’ karne ka
mauka mil sakta hain. Agar sahi tariqe se ‘Interrogation’ kiya gaya to ho
sakta hai ki koi khas khabar mil jaye jisse ki insurgents / terrorists ko
pakda jaa sake ya koi vardat karne se roka jaaa sake.Is liye yeh avashyak
hai ki ham sab ko interog karne ke tariqe ya techniques ke bare mein
jankari ho.
UDDESH
Aap sabko ‘Spot Interrogation’ ke bare mein jankari dena hai.
TARIQA
Yeh lec, nimnalikhit bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
(a)
tarike – Spot
dene wali
(d)
Bhag - I
-
Interrogation
karne
Interrogation.
ke
Bhag - II
-
Interrogation mein dhyan
baten.
BHAG I – SPOT INTERROGATION
Spot Interrogation. Kai baar jaldi se khabar hasil karne ke liye pakde
gaye terrorists se vardat ki jagah ya uske nazdik poch-tach ki jati hai taqi
uske dwara di gayi khabar par karwai karke anya terrorists ko pakda ja
sake/koi aur vardat karne se roka ja sake. Is prakar ki poch-tach ko ‘Spot
Interog’ kaha jata hai. ‘Cordon aur Search’ ya ‘Militant Hide-out par Raid’
ke dauran aapko aisi interog karne ki zarurat kafi baar padegi. Spot Interog
karte samay dhyan mein rakhne wali baten:-
(a)
Interog ki jagah safe ho, sentry lagane chahiye.
(b)
Shuru-shuru mein ‘Yes’ ya ‘No’ jawab wale sawal mat
karo.
512
(c)
Suspect ki ankhe dekhkar sawal karo.
(d)
Uske bayan ko mat dohrao.
(e)
Wahi sawal karo jis se aapka taluq ho.
(f)
Third degree method ka istemal mat karo.
(h)
Jab suspect kuchh bayan kar raha ho to use beech mein
mat
roko.Usse dhyan se sunkar us se taluq rakhnewale anya
sawal karo.
(i)
(j)
Pahle poche gaye sawal thoda ghuma kar pochho.
(k)
Sujhao ke taur par nimnlikhit sawal pochh sakte hain:-
Naam, Umar, Pita ka Naam, Nivas Sthan, Pesha.
(ii)
Kis gp se taluq rakhta hai, us gp ki banawat, ldr,
karyashaili aur kis illaqe mein op karta hai.
(iii)
Uske sathi filhal kahan hain aur unke plan.
(iv)
Hathiyar prapt karne aur chipane ki jagah.
(v)
Uske gp ko madad karne wale/sahanubhooti rakhne wale
log, aur sources ka byora.
(vi)
Hide-out, trg camp ityadi ka loc.
(vii)
Bahar desh se madad, inflt/exflt routes.
513
(viii) Milap ke sadhan/pahchan ke nishan.
BHAG II - INTERROGATION MEIN DHYAN DENE WALI BATEN
(a)
Interrogation ke Pehle.
(i) Suspect ko pakadte samay ya arrest karte samay
‘Panchanama’ ka kagaz banwayen jis par Sarpanch aur char
anya logon ke sign ho.( Physical condition aur Identity ka jikar
ho).
(ii)
Suspect ko custody mein lene se pehle use search kiya jae
taki woh atmahatya na kar sake.
(iii)
Arrest ke time suspect ka med exam karwayen.
Interrogation hone ke baad suspect ko civ auth ko handover
karne se pehle med exam karwayen.
(vi)Suspect ka photograph liya jae.
(vii)
Interrogation shuru karne se pehle upar ke
HQ ko inform
kiya jae.
(b) Interrogation ke Dauran.
(i)
Dhamki, Ashwasan aur Torture ka Istemal Mat
Karo. Dhamki aur dar ki wajah se suspect wahi statement
dega jo aap sunana chahte ho.
(ii)
Sahi Bartav. Interrogation ke dauran serious
bartav rakho. Aisi bhasha mein baat karo jo suspect samajh
514
sake. Suspect ko yakin dilao ki aapki usse koi jaati dushmani
nahi hain. Ghatia gali galoch ka istemal mat karo.
(iii)
Apni Bhavnaon ko Dabaen. Suspect ne agar koi
khas khabar galti se de bhi di to apni bhavnao ki wajah se use
pata na lage.
(iv)
Chaukanna Rahen. Suspect dwara di gayi chhoti
se choti khabar bhi bahut aham sidh ho sakti hai.
(v) Interog ka Nishkarsh. Interog puri hone se pahle hi kisi
nishkarsh par mat pahuncho.
(vi)
Khabar Par Bharosa. Suspect dwara di gayi
khabar par ekdum bharosa karne ki bajai us khabar ko dusre
tarique se check karo.
(vii) Statement Record Karna. Suspect ke statement
ka wahi hissa record kiya
jaye jiska taluq us par lagaye
gaye aaropon se ho.
(c) Interrogation ke Baad.
(ii) Mahatvapurna khabar turant sabko pass karen.
(ii)
Interrogation khatam hone par suspect ko civ auth (Police) ko
letter ke marfat, med cert ke saath handover karen. Letter
mein yah
baten shamil honi chahiye:(aa)Naam, pata aur pita ka naam.
(ab)Arrest karne ke karan.
(ac) Arrest karne ka date aur jagah.
515
(ad)Pakde gaye items.
(ae) Physical condition.
(af) Assesment aur recommendation.
SANKSHEP
Thode samay mein suspects se pooch-tachh karke aisi int hasil karna
jisse hum insurgents ko pakad sakein ya unhe koi vardat karne se rok
sakein, ke liye interog ke tariqon ke alawa monovigyan janana bhi zaruri
hai. Suspect ko prashna poochhna asan hai lekin vishay se sambandhit,
sahi disha mein thik prashna poochhne ke liye bahut samajhdari ki zarurat
hoti hai. Interrogation ek kala hain jo ki abhyas se hi sikhi jaa sakti hai.
-------------------------------*****************-----------------------------------
INT-20-21
UNIT SECURITY AND SENSORSHIP
UNIT SECURITY
PARICHAY.
Suraksha ka arth raksha karna ya surakshit mahsoos karna hai. Koi
bhi vastu surakshit tabhi mani jati hai, jab woh sabhi honewale khatron se
surakshit ho aur uski achhi tarah se raksha ki ja rahi ho. Suraksha jitni
ladai ke maidan mein zaruri hai, utni hi shanti kaal mein bhi zaruri hai.
Dushman hamesha CRPF ki kabliyat aur taaqat ko aankta rahta hai.
Suraksha hi dushman ko aisa karne se rokne ke liye kewal ek tariqa hai,
516
isliye hamaara farz hai ki hum unit level se hi surakasha ka sakhti se
paalan Karen.
UDDESH.
Is lec ka uddesh aap sab ko ‘Unit Security’ ke bare mein jaankari dena
hai.
TARIQA.
Yeh lecture paanch Bhagon mein chalaya jayega.
Bhag - I Suchnaaon ki Suraksha (Security of Info).
Bhag - II Jawano ki Suraksha.
Bhag - III Saaj-Saaman ki Suraksha.
Bhag - IV
Sainik Karyawahiyon ki Suraksha.
BHAG I --
SUCHNAAON KI SURAKSHA
Iske antargat dushman ko di jaane wali suchnayen jaise likhit dastavej ya
spoken words ko alag-alag kaanuno/steps se rokne ka tariqa hai. Ladai ke
dauran dushman hamesha Unit/Fmn ke kaam, yojna aur taaqat ke bare
mein suchnayen (Information) prapt karne ki koshish karega. Shanti kaal
mein dushman hamaari Unit/Fmn ki taaqat, banawat, sainikon ki sankhya,
hathiyar aur operational task ke bare mein suchnayen prapt karega.
Suchnaaon ke Leak Hone Ke Saadhan aur Bachaav Ke Tariqe.
ASAVDHANI SE BAAT KARNA.
Yah suchnaon ke leak hone wale saadhno mein se
ek mahatavpurn saadhan hai. Knowledge ki kami, suchnaon ki keemat
ka pataa na hona, ya badh-chadh kar bolne ki aadat ya dusron par prabhav
dalne ki aadat, ye sab asavdhani purvak batein suchnaon ke leak hone ke
karan hain. Jawan sharaab ke nashe mein adhik carelayss batein karte
hain.
(ii)
Upay.
(aa) Apne sambandhiyon aur doston se sena sambandhi
baaton par vichar- vimarsh nahin karna chahiye. Apni unit ke jawano ko
prashikshit (Trained) karo ki ve janta ke beech mein apne gyan ka bakhan
na Karen.
(ab)Apne jawano ko shikshit Karen ki ve 3 ‘W’
Sharaab, Aurat, Dhan (Wine, Women aur Wealth) se
bachen.
517
(ac) Sainik Sammelan ke dauran troops ko galtiyan na karne ke liye
lagaataar chetawani dete rahna chahiye aur galti karne walon ko sakht
sajaa deni chahiye.
(b)
ASAVDHANI PURVAK LIKHE GAYE PATR (LETTERS).
(i) Shanti kaal aur yudh dono mein suchnaon ke leak hone ka
yah ek dusra badaa kaaran hai. Nimnlikhit tariqon mein se kisi bhi tarah
patar shatru ke haath lag sakte hain
(aa) Kisi gaadi/DR par ambush ho sakta hai.
(ab) Dak gum ho sakti hai ya galat jagah ja sakti hai.
(ac) Dak chori/galat jagah ja sakti hai.
(ii)
Upay
(aa) Sabhi jawano ko suraksha ke prati sachet Karen.
(ab) Dak kewal Bn HQ ke jariye hi bheji jaaye.
(ac) Apne patron mein military sambandhi baaten jaise unit
ya apne ek jagah se dusri jagah move karne ke bare mein na khen.
(ad) Dak ko censor karna chahiye.
(c) DOCUMENTS OR OFFICE WORK.
(i)
Ye kimati suchnaon se sambandhit hain ye
suchnayen hamaare kisi jawan ko pakad kar ya dushmano ke agents dwara
dushman ke hathon mein pahunch sakti hain. Exercise ke dauran parade
state ya load tables jaise dastavej ka laparwahi se istemal bhi iska ek hissa
hai.
(ii)
Upay.
(aa) Exercise ke dauran documents ki carelayss handling ko roken.
Sabhi drafts, carbons, notes, parade states ko jala den.
(ab)
Sabhi civilian workers ko suraksha ki nazar se check
Karen aur sanvedanshil sthano par unki niyukti se bachen.
(ac)
Vargikrit documents jaise maps, charts, diagrams, khule
sthano par istemal na Karen. Yadi inhen display karna pade to inhein
pardon se dhak kar rakhna chahiye.
(ad)
Sabhi operators ko, classified informations ko bina
code/correct RT procedure ke bina paas na karne ke bare mein bataa dein.
COMPUTER SECURITY
Aaj kal units mein har kaam computer par hota hai aur har prakar ki
information computers mein hoti hai. Information leak hone ka yeh bhi ek
mahatavpuran sadhan hai. Information computers ki repairs ke dauran leak
518
ho sakti hai. Isliye jo vyakti computer ka jimmewar hai usse repair ke
dauran in baton par dhyan dena chahiye :Jahan tak ho sake computer supply karne wali agency ke karamcharion
dwara repair unit mein aur samne hi ki jae.
Agar computer ko workshop le jane ki zarurat ho to yakeen karna chahiye
ki computer ki Hard Disc se puri official information ko mita diya gaya hai.
Is sambandhat jimmewar vyakti se certificate bhi lena chahiye.
(E)
VISITORS.
(i)
Visitors bhi suchnaaon ko leak karne ke kaaran hote hain. Ye
visitors nimn ho sakte hain:Security men, aur asainik jaise MES ke employes.
(ab)Ex-servicemen.
(ac)
Thekedaar aur unke worker.
(ad)Sevarat sainikon ke ristedaar.
(ii)
Upay.
(aa)
Sabhi jawano ko shikshit Karen ki visitors se sena
sambandhi baat na Karen.
(ab) Sabhi visitors ka record rakhen.
(ac) Visitors ko kisi out of bound area mein jaane ki izaazat na dein.
BHAG-II SAINIKON KI SURAKSHA
Iska arth apne jawano ki suraksha karna hota hai, kyonki hamari senaon
ki ladne ki kaabliyat unhin par depend karti hai. Dushman hamare jawano
ko dushprachar aur afwaon ke dwara galat raste par lane ki koshish karega
aur isprakar unke morale ko kam karne ki koshish karega. Dushprachar,
afwaon aur sharirik nukshan ke prati jawano ki suraksha aur iske bare
mein jankari dena Sub Maj ki ek aham bhumika hai.
Khatre Ke Srot (Sources of Danger).
Dushman dwara press, radio, ya magazines dwara
dushprachar.
Anaichik sainik aur civilians.
Afwayen jawano ke morale ko prabhavit karti hai, Ye
afwayen ya ‘Langar Gups’ Kuchh shaitan logon dwara ya unit ke kisi
gadaari karnewale OR dwara failai jaati hain.
DUR KARNE KE UPAY.
(a) Sabhi ranks ko shikshit karna.
Unhen sachai ke bare mein batana.
Unchahe jawano ko check karna aur unpar nigah rakhna.
abhi ranks ko sikhaao ki har baat par vishwas na
519
Karen.
Lagatar chhanbin karte rahna chahiye.
Afwayen shuru karne walon ka pataa lagaao aur doshyon
ko saja do.
BHAG III: SAAJ SAMAN KI SURAKSHA
Iska arth hamare ladai sambandhi saaj-saman jaise hathiyaar golabarud,
eqpt, camps gaadiyan aur karkhane (factories) aadi ki tod-fod karne walon
aur dushman ke hawai hamlon se suraksha/bachav karna hai
Khatm Karne ke Tariqe.
Dushman ladai ke saaj-saman par, saman
banane ki jagah par ise yudh ke ilaqe mein istemal ki jagah, ke beech ke
sthan par hamla karne ki koshish karta hai. (Dushman haani pahuchane
ke liye nimnlikhit tariqon ka prayog kar sakta hai) :Dushman ke agents dwara prayog kiye gaye tod-fod karne wale vyakti
Rojana ki routine mein hone wale achanak sankat.
Asavdhani, durghatna ya hadtalli workers dwara aag lag sakti hai.
Chori aur thagi.
Ladai ke dauran dushman ka hawai hamla.
BACHNE KE UPAY
Khatre ke star ke mutabik sthanon ya ilaaqon ka batwara
jaise restricted, surakshit hya nirjan (Secluded ) aadi karna chahiye. In
sthano ki samay-samay par jaanch karte rahna chahiye.
(b) Charon aur sidhi deewar aadi ki rukawaten khadi kar den
chahiye
(c)
Diye gaye identity card/passes dwara aur andar aane ke
liye control karna. Chori ko rokne ke liye sabhi jawano ya gaadiyon ki
khojbin/searching karni chahiye.
(d)
Us ilaqe mein guard duties aur lagataar patrolling rakhni
chahiye.
(e)
Achchhi suraksha aur fire fighting ki trg dena
(f). Operation ke dauran camouflage aur concealment hona
chahiye.
BHAG IV : OPERATIONS KI SURAKSHA
Sabhi surakshatmak kaaryon ka uddeshya ‘Operations ki Suraksha’ hai,
jab tak operation poora na ho jaaye tab tak suraksha karna hai, operation
ki suraksha hamaari plans, movement, tariqe aur operation ke samay se
sambandhi suchnaon ko chhupa kar rakhna hai. Operation ki security
suchnaon ki suraksha, vyktigat tatha saaz-saaman ki suchnaon par
aadharit hoti hai.
520
Dur Karne ke Upay.
Shanti kaal mein operations aur exercise ki plan aur
commanders dwara diye gaye aadesh chhupav mein/ops room
mein hone chahiye.
Code words, nick name aur pass words ka istemal karna
chahiye.
(c) Exercise aur operation ke dauran troops ko civilian ke saath nahin
milna chahiye.
SANKSHEP.
Ek Sub Maj mein ek unit ki dharkan ko mahasoos karne ki qaabliyat
honi chahiye. Wah is yogya hona chahiye ki aane wali galat ghatna ka
pataa lagaye taki baad mein aanewale sankat se bacha ja sake.
CENSORSHIP
PARICHAY
Censorship security of info ke liye ek bahumolye jariya hai. Isse ham
apna secret evam sensitive khabar ko anjane mein ya jan bujkar dushman
ya unke agent ke hath Lagane se bachate hain.
Hamare Jawanon ko jiada security ke bare mein jankari na hone ke
karan OP area se kuch is prakar ke khabar chittiyon ke dwara bhej sakte
hain jisse paakar dushman ko labh ho sakta hai aur us jawan ko bhi
dushman ya uske agenton ke pass phasne ki naubat ho sakti hai.
Isliye censorship aur khas karke unit mein censorship ke bare mein
janna junior Ldr’s ke liye zaruri hai.
UDDESH
Sabak ka uddesh aapko sawal aur jawab se censorship ke baren mein
jaankari dena hai.
Sawal – 1
Censorship se aap kya samjhte hain aur censorship kitne prakar ki hoti
hai.
Jawab – 1
(a) Censorship. Sena mein security ki bhawna ko kayam rakhne ke
liye field area mein tainat tps ya civilian ka pvt letters ko check kiya
521
jata hai . Kuchh aise chizen hain jo kih security ki bhawna se hamare
liye mushkilen daal sakta hai, un sabhi chizon ki jaanch kiya jata hai.
(b) Censorship ke prakar nimn hain :(i) Unit Censor
Jo bhi part unit level par check kiya
jata hai usse unit censor kahte hain. Field mein tainat tps ko do
prakar ke letter issue kiya jata hai.Pahla red letter aur dusra
green letter. Red letter unit level par hi censor kiya jata hai.Unit
censor letters FPO ke zariye sidhe hi jawano ke nearest post
office tak pahunchaya jata hai.
(ii) Base Censor. Field mein tainat tps ka letter base mein
censor kiya jata hai.Aam taur par green letter base mein censor
kiya jata hai. Yeh part jawan likh kar khud band karte hain aur
bahar apna naam ,No, Rank likhte hain. Base censor mein bhi
red letter ka check kiya jata hai. C/O 56 APO ka letter Delhi
mein 1 CBPO par censor hota hai aur C/O 99 APO Kolkatta
mein 2 CBPO mein censor kiya jata hai.
Sawal –2
Censorship ke sidhant kaun-kaun se hai aur iski zarurat kyon parti hai?
Jawab –2
(a) Censorship ke sidhant nimn hain:(i) Censorship hamesha security ke liye hi kiya jaye, iska
matlab hai ki censorship kewal info ki security ke liye honi
chahiye aur na ki kisi par dabav dalne ya kisi ko fasane ke
liyekiya jaye.
(ii) Censorship ki Gopniyata. Unit level par aur base level
par jo censor ka kaam hai uski gopniyata honi chahiye.
Gopaniyata hone se koi bhi jawan kisi prakar ka faida nahin
utha sakta hai aur security ke lihaz se sabhi satark rahte hain.
(B)
CENSORSHIP KI ZARURAT.
(i) Pvt correspondence, ke dwara security ko kisi prakar ka
khatra na hone dena. Censorship ke karan tps galti se bhi koi
aisa khabar ya jaankari ke baren mein nahin likhte hain jisse
apne security ke upar hoi asar pade.
(ii) Fauj ke moral ke bare mein jankari milti hai.Aam taur par
tainat tps apne kathinaion ka khulasha patra dwara hi karte
522
hain. Censorship aisa ek tatwa hai jisse unke morale ke baren
mein jaankari mil jati hai.
Sawal –3
Unit mein censor kis prakar kiya jata hai ?
Jawab –3
Unit fd mein tainat hone par unhe Div HQ dwara ek unit censor stamp
issue kiya jata hai. Unit censor stamp ka mahatwa yeh hai kih isse unit ka
pahchan base level par aasani se pata lag jata hai. Tainat hone par unit
mein unit censor offr niyukt kiya jata hai jo kih ek Offr ya SO ho sakta hai.
Unit mein letter censor karne ka tariqa nimn hai :(a) Har roz nirdharit samay par patra peti niyukt censor offr ke
paas laya jata hai.
(b)
Red letter censor offr dwara padha jata hai.
(c) Agar security ke barkhilaf koi bhi chiz likhi gae hon to usse
mita diya jata hai aur letter ko aage bhez diya jata hai.
(d) Agar security ke lihaz se letter kafi gambhir hai to woh letter
ko wapis kar diya jata hai.
(e) Aaise stithi mein indl ko bula kar usse yeh chetna karayi jati
hai usse is prakar ke koi bhi security sambandhi chiz letter mein
nahin likhni chahiye.
(f) Letter censor kar lene ke baad censor offr sign karta hai aur
unit censor stamp lagata hai.
(g) Aam taur censor offr ko us unit ke bhasa ke bare mein jaankari
hoti hai . Agar koi kisi dusre bhasa mein letter likha ho toh ,us letter
ko bhasa jaanne wala audhedar se censor karaya jata hai.
Sawal –4
Woh kaun kaun si baten hain jo ek jawan ko chitti mein nahin likhna
chahiye ?
Jawab –4
Nimn baton ko chitti mein nahin likhna chahiye:(a)
Unit/Fmn ki location aur strength.
(b) Unit mein hone wali karwain ke bare mein jaise kih kisi bhi
hone wale ops plan ke bare mein ya unit ke mov ke baren mein.
(c) Hathiyar ya Eqpt ke bare mein jisse ki hamara str ya ops
preparedness ke baren mein pata lag jaye.
(d)
Unit ka maujuda haalat ke baren mein
(e)
Bn ka movement ke bare mein
523
Sawal –5
Jawan kin kin karnon se censorship se bachne ki koshis karte hain?
Jawab –5
Jawan nimn karnon se censorship se bachne ki koshis karte hain:(a) Ignorance:- Censorship ke bare mein jaankari na hone se
Jawan Civ mein letter post karna ka koshis karta hai.Feild mein
tainat tps ka civil mein letter post karma gunah hai.
(b) Apne letters ko jaldi bhejna ki koshish karna.Aise mein jawan
sochta hai ki civil letter post karne se letter jaldi apne destination par
pahunch jayega.
(c) Dusre log apne letter ko padne se na kush hona.Letter ke jariye
har koi apna personal baat likhte hain aur ismen who nahin chahte
hain kih unka letter koi aur padhe .
(c) Jaanbujkar censorship se bachna.Ismen bahut saare tps sochte
hain ki censorship ek lamba procedure hai aur chitti samay par nahin
pahunchta hai isliye who jaan bujh kar isse bachna chahte hain.
SANSHEP
Censorship security ke khilap ek bada tantr hai . Ek audhedar hone ke
naate sabhi ko iske bare mein jaanna jaruri hai.Isse ham apna security ka
dhyan rakh sakte hain.Isse unit ka discp aur morale thik rahta hai.
---------------------------*****************-------------------------------------
INT---22-24
INTELLIGENCE- REPORT WRITING
PARIBHASA
Kisi suchano / aasuchan ko swachha aur tuthaparak
tarike se likhakar wyakta karne ki prakriya ko int report writting kahate
hain
QUALITY OF GOOD REPORT
(i)
Yeh wastawik jankari par aadharit ho
(ii)
Yeh accurate ho
(iii)
Yeh swachh ho
(iv)
Yeh sankshipt ho
(v)
Yeh purn ho
(vi)
Yeh tark purna ho
524
REPORT WRITTING
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
KI PRAKRIYA
Sahi shabdon ka chayan
Wakya wicharon ko wyakt kar sake
Parayraphs aapna dhyan khinche
REPORT KE BHAG
(i)
Parichaya--- Is mein jis wishay par lekhan karana
ho uska parichoy dete hani
(ii)
Mukhya bhag--- is mein mukya ghatanaon tatha
mukhya baton ko rakhte hain
(iii)
Upasanhar--- is mein sonkshipta mein puri
prakriya ko purna karte hain
LIKHANA KA TARIKA
(i)
Sadharan shabdon ka prayog
(ii)
Sahi spelling
(iii)
Sahi viram etc sign
(iv)
Chitron, graphs ka prayog.
DHYAN MEIN RAKHANE WALI BATEIN
(i)
Anawashyak shabdon ka prayog
(ii)
Sankshipta rakho
(iii)
Kathin shabdon kaupyog nahin
(iv)
Wakyon ke kathin hone bachayen.
--------------------------------*************************---------------------------------
INT 25-27
CRPF MAIN COMMUNICATION KI KISMAIN , CRPF MAIN
ISTEMAL KIYE JANE WALE COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENTS,
UNKE FAYADE, MESSAGE LIKHANA AUR RT PROCEDURE
Parichay :- Is aadhunik computer yug me radio communication ne apani ek
alag jahag bana li hai. Radio communication ke bina kisi bhi organization ke
bare mein sochana bada mushkil kam hai. Radio communication kisi bhi
organization ki rid ki haddi (back bone) hoti hai. Is adhunki yug ke radio
communication mein krantikaari parivartan hue hain. Aur hamari CRPF
mein bhi samay ke saath –saath kaafi parivartan hue hain.
Uddeshya :- Is path ke mukhya uddeshya CRPF mein kitne tarah ke
communication hain. Communication ke tarike, tatha communication ke
dauran kaam aane wale equipments ke bare mein janakari dena hai.
BHAG NO. – 1
-
CRPF MEIN COMMUNICATION KI KISMAIN :-
525
CRPF me hum communication teen mukhya madhyamo se
karate hain. Jo ki nimnlikhit hai –
1. Line communication
2. Courier dwara sandesh bhujna, dak dwara sandesh, wahak ke dwara
bhejana.
3. Radio communication.
1. LINE COMMUNICATION :- Isake antargat land line telephone, telegraph
circuit, SELO network aur V.P.N aate hai. SELO communication aur VPN
communication aadhunik communication maadhyam hain. In dono ke
maadhyam se aaj CRPF ki saari offices/ units sidhe ek dusare ke
sampark mein hain. In dono Madhyam se hum CRPF ki kisi bhi office ya
unit me sidha – 2 video conference dwara baatchit, aasani se sandesh
bhej sakate hain. Tatha isake alawa kafi cheezo ko bhi dekha aur bheja
ja sakta hai.
2. COURIER DWARA SANDESH BHEJANA, DAK DWARA SANDESH
BHEJNA, SANDESH WAHAK DWARA, SANDESH BHEJANA :Yah communication karne ka dusra maadhyam hai isake
antargat jaisa ki uprokt likha gaya hai sandesh ko courier dwara ya dak
dwara ya fir sandesh wahak ke dwara ek se dusare sthan par bheja ja
sakta hai.
3. RADIO COMMUNICATION :-
CRPF
me
radio
communication
mukhya communication media ke roop me upyog me aata hai. Kyonki
radio communication jaldi aur aasani se lagaya ja sakta hai, ye sasta aur
aasan madhyam hai, radio communication door daraaz ilaake me aasani
se lagaya ja sakta hai. Radio communication karane ke 4 (char)
madhyam hain.
i.
HF COMMUNICATION :- High frequency communication, isaki
frequency range 2 MHz se 30 MHz tak hai. HM communication
long range communication hai. Isame mukhay roop se morse code
ka upyog hota hai.
ii.
VHF COMMUNICATION :- Very high frequency communication ye
short range communication hai ye puri tarah se line of sight
communication hai. Isame hum radio telephony (R.T) procedure ka
upyog karate hai.
526
iii.
BEST [ Burst error control system for teleprinter] :- Is
communication me HF aur VHF equipment dono istemal kiye jaatte
hain. BEST communication me secure mode me sandesh bhej
sakate hain.
iv.
SATELLITE COMMUNICATION :- Is communication ka kshetra
kaafi vistrit hai. Ye kaafi high level ka communication ha isame
scrimping devices ka prayog hota hai. Satellite communication me
hum voice, data facsimile aur kai tarah ke communication kar
sakte hain jaise ke – POL. NET communication .
BHAG NO. – 2 - CRPF ME ISTEMAAL HONE WALE COMMUNICATION
EQUIPMENT :CRPF me mukhyatah nimnlikhit radio equipment
istemall kiye jaate hain.
i.
Line communication :a). Telephone exchange, telephones etc.
b). SELO me computers, NIC Cards, server etc.
c). VPN me computer, NIC cards, internet ETC.
ii. HF communication :1. HF me :- VERTEX 1700, 1210 (MAN PACK), BARETT 530 LHP – 219,
228, 229 Kenwood ETC.
2. VHF Communication :- VHF me Motorola – GM 300, GM – 950 Ki (25
watt) Motorola GP 300, GP 328, GP 300 (1-5 Watt), kenwood, Vertex
VX 160, Icom etc.
iii. BEST Communication :- Isme BEST MK – II B, IIC aur TIU(terminal
interface Unit ) tatha isaki accessories etc tatha saath me VDU, thin Clint
aadi equipment hain.
- Equipment ke fayade :- Radio communication me upyog kiye jaane
wale equipment ke nimn fayade hai i.
Ek se dusare sthaan par aasani se le jaaya ja sakta hai.
ii.
Lagane me aasani hoti hai.
iii.
Sandesh ko HF equipment se morse me padhaya ja sakata hai.
iv.
VHF equipment se secure mode me sandesh pada aur padaya ja
sakta hai.
v.
BEST equipment ke dwara secure me sandesh bheja ja skata
hai.
- Message likhana : - Vichaar ya soch ko kagaz par sankshep me saadi
ya gupt bhasa me likhana tatha kisi bhi communication madhyam se
use prasarit karna, sandesh likhane me aata hai. Sandesh likhate
waqt nimn baato par dhyan rakha jaata hai.
i.
Clearity
ii.
Brevity
iii.
Accuracy
iv.
Security
527
v.
Speed
Message ko hamesha prescribed form CRPF-129 par likhana
chahiye.
BHAG NO. 3
R.T. Procedure. :- Radio telephone (R.T.) par
baat chit karna, land line telephone se baat karne se ek dum bhinn
hai. R.T. me baat karte waqt kuchh niyamo ko dhyaan me rakhana
padata hai. R.T. one way (ek taraf) communication hai. Isame ek
station transmit karata hai to dusara receive karta hai. RT
communication 3 prakaar ka hota hai.
1. R.T. communication
2. Unregistered message.
3. Formal message.
1. RT communication me baat karte waqt nimn baato ko dhyaan
rakhana hai.
i.
Rhythm
ii.
Speed
iii.
Volume
iv.
Pitch
In charo ko mila kar RSVP Bolate hain tatha RT me
baatchit karate samay inka vishesh dhyaan rakha jaana chahiye.
SANKSHEP :- Vartman mein CRPF me 219 Bn hain tatha hamari Force
communication ke mamale me anya forces se kaafi aage hai chahe wo line
communication, internet communication ho, SELO network communication
ho, BEST communication ho. Har jagah aage hai. Samay – samay par
hamari force mein naye- naye equipment istemal kiye jaate hain.
*********************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************
******************************************************************************
528
OMD-CIO
LESSON-1: JUDGING OWN POSITION
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka nirikshan ,
ginti aur baant Karen.Map,Compass
aur GPS ka nirikshan Karen.
Apne kud ka jagah ko Map main
sahi andaaza lagana ek jawan kelie
bahut jaroori kam hain.
Kud ka jagah ko Map main sahi
andaaza laganekelie Map, compass
aur GPS ke saath baar baar abhiyas
karnese bina hunka ka bhi apne
jagah ko patha laga saktehain.
One minute drill ka mahatv kya
hain?
Sabak ka uddesh mao main apne
own position nikalna hain hain?
Own position Map ,compass aur
GPS ki jarihe patha lagah sakthein
hain.Jawan abhiyas ki baad aas paas
ki jagah ko dekar bi Map mein own
position nikal saktein hain.
Map main own position
nikalnekelie GPS ya Compass ki
jarurath hain.Shru shru main GPS se
Grid reference nikalkar husse map
main apne jagah patha lagana hain.
Phir Compass ki madad se apni jagah
patha lagana chaiyiye.Antmain kuch
samay ki baad aas paas ki jagah ko
dekar map main uplapth jamini
nishan ka madad se apne own
position nikalna chaiyiye.
Hisi tartib ko shru main GPS ki
madad se phir Compass ki madad se
aur ant main sirf apne such poojse
aas paas ka jagah ko dekar map
main own position nikalneki abhiyas
dein.
Koi shak ya sawal hone se dur
Karen.
Jawanon ko his tarah Map main
TIME
02 min
01 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
05 min
20 min
02 min
01 min
529
11.
own position nikalneki abhiyas
denese wo apne jagah se dusra jagah
asanise pounch saktha hain aur
athangwadion ki kilaf ladai main
jeet aasil karsaktha hain.
Own position Map ,compass aur
GPS ki jarihe patha lagah sakthein
hain.Jawan abhiyas ki baad aas paas
ki jagah ko dekar bi Map mein own
position nikal saktein hain.
Jaroori
Gyan
02 min
JUDGING OWN POSITION
SL
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TITLE
LESSON-2: TAKING COVER
Shuru Shuru
ka kaam
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Buddy pair main
baantein.Hathiaron ka nirikshan
Karen.Abhiyas ka jagah (firing range)
ko nirikshan Karen.
Path parichay
Kisi bi operation main ek jagah se
dusra jagah aad lekar chelna aana
jawanon ke lie bahut jaroori hain.
Lakshya
Aad ka madad lekar hathiar ki
sath harkath karna har CRPF
karmikon ke lie avashiak kam hain
aur har larhai main jeet aasil
karnekelie jaroori hain.
Dohrai
Judging own position one minute
drill ka maksad kya hain?
Uddesh
Sabak ka uddesh aad lekar
hathiar ki sath harkat karma
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
530
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori Gyan
TAKING COVER
sikhana hain.
Hathiar ki sath harkat karte waqt
aad ka madad lekar chelnese
dushman ki nazaronse bachsaktha
hain aur jeet aasil karsaktha hain.
His drill main trainees ko hathiar
ki sath harkat karana hain.Buddy
main ya alag alag harkat karana
hain aur hathiar badan ki sath
chipka hona chaiyiye.Bina awas kiye
harkat karkar target ki nazdik
paunchkar jaldi fire karna
chaiyiye.Hiska video main photo
kinchkar trainees ko baadmain
dikhanese hunka kam main aurbhi
safai aasaktha hain.
Uppar bathaya tartib ko alag alag
ya buddymain abhiyas
karayen.Hunka kam main aur
sudhar lanekelie hunka kamko video
film kinchkar baad main dikhayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Aad lekar hathiar ki saath gupt
roofmain harkat karnese dushman
ki nazarse bachkar operations main
jeet aasil karsaktha hain.
Aad ka madad lekar hathiar ki
sath harkath karna har CRPF
karmikon ke lie avashiak kam hain
aur har larhai main jeet aasil
karnekelie jaroori hain.
02 min
05 min
18 min
03 min
01 min
01 min
**********************************************************************
531
LESSON-3: QUESTIONING A SUSPECT
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
DETAIL
TIME
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Buddy main baantein.
02 min
Puch thath karna ek kala hain aur
puch thath se hi pakra hua shakiya
se har chiz ka jankari milta hain.
Sahi Puch thath karna aana har
CRPF sadasiyon kelie jaroori hain
kiun ki aathangwadi ki kilaf ka larhai
main pakra hua shakiya ya
aathangwadi se puch thath karne ka
jarurath par saktha hain aur hisse
aur ops aur jeet ho saktha hain.
Taking cover one minute drill ka
tartib batayen?
Sabak ka uddesh kisibi shakiya ko
puch thath karna sikhana hain.
Sahi puchthath hamlokkelie ek
jaroori kam hain kiunki athangwadi
aur naxalon ka kilaf ka larhai main
hisse aur bi turant operation karkar
vidrohi ko pakar saktha hain aur
chupaya hua saman aur admi ko
dhund nikal saktha hain.
Hismain har buddy main ek puch
thath karega aur dusra shakiya ka
kam karke puch thath ka jawab
dega.Dubara yeh badli hoga aur
puch thath kie buddy shakiya
banega aur hunse dusra puch thath
karega.Hisko baki sab dekenge aur
his kala ko aur sikenge.Har buddy se
yeh abhiyan karayajayega aur
achcha se achcha puch thath
karnewale buddy
Hisi tartib ko har buddyse abhiyas
karayen.Puch thath main aur sudhar
laneka sujav batayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Puch thath ka kala main har admi
kamyab honekelie lagatar abhiyas
aur pakra hua shakiya ka jankari,
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
03 min
04 min
18 min
02 min
01 min
532
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
athangwad ka hithyas aur anya chiz
ki baremain jankari jaroori hain.
Sahi Puch thath karna aana har
CRPF sadasiyon kelie jaroori hain
kiun ki aathangwadi ki kilaf ka larhai
main pakra hua shakiya ya
aathangwadi se puch thath karne ka
jarurath par saktha hain aur hisse
aur ops aur jeet ho saktha hain.
02 min
QUESTIONING A SUSPECT
LESSON-4: HASTY AMBUSH
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen. 02 ya 03 team ko
section jaisa hathiar aur blank
ammunition ki sath taiyar Karen.
Dushman ka harkat ki baremain
jankari miltehi turant ambush lagana
jaroori hain.
Jaldisejal ambush lagana ana ek
achcha fouz ke lie jaroori siklai
hain.His tarah sahi hasty ambush
laganese dushman ki toli ko bari
matramain nukshan pounchaja
saktha hain.
One minute drill ka mool sidhant
kya hain?
Sabak ka uddesh jaldi ka ambush
lagana sikhana hain.
Taiyari ka ambush se jaldi ka
ambush lagana aur jeet aasil karna
mushkil hain.Agar his kam ka har
jawanko lagathar abhiyas denese
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
02 min
533
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
HASTY AMBUSH
weh jaldi ka ambush main mahir
hosakthehain.
Section ko ek mukarar kia hua
jagah,koi jungle ya gaon ya sahar ki
bich lejayen.Dushman ka toli ki
harkat ka baremain jankari den aur
hunko turant ambush laganeka
abhiyas karayen.Ek observer hunka
karwahi ko deken aur baad main
sahi aur galtian bathayen.
Upar bataya tartib ko har section
se alag alag jagah se abhiyas
karayen.Observer ki duwara hunka
sahi aur galat karwahionka baad
main batayen aur sudaren.
Koi shak ya sawal honese husku
dur Karen.
Jaldi ka ambush agar sahi tartibse
lagayajayen tho dushman ki partyki
upper bari mathra main nukshan
pouncha saktha hain.
Section ko ek mukarar kia hua
jagah,koi jungle ya gaon ya sahar ki
bich lejayen.
Dushman ka toli ki harkat ka
baremain jankari den aur hunko
turant ambush laganeka abhiyas
karayen.
05 min
18 min
03 min
01 min
01 min
LESSON-5: RIOT DRILL
534
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
DETAIL
TIME
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
02
groupon main baant Karen.Riot drill
main kam anewale eqpts ka
nirikshan Karen.
Gahar kanoon beed ko
02
hatanekelie Riot drill ki bahut jaroori
hain.Riotdrill main kam karnewale
kahi grouponka alag alag kam aur
saman hota hain.
Riot drill ka partion ka baant ,
02
istemal honewale saaman ki jankari
aur jaldi karwahi ka tartib har police
virakthi ke lie jaroori hain.
Hasty ambush ka one minute drill
02
aur taiyari ka ambush ka antar
batayen/
Sabak ka uddesh ek minutemain
01
riot drill ka party ko deploy karna
aur gahar kanoon beed ki kilaf
karwahi karna hain.
Gahar kanoon beed ko hatana
02
police ki ek jaroori kam hain.Riot
drill ka kahi party,jaisa ki rifle
party,gas party,lathi party,warning
party,First aid/Stretcher party aur
smoke grenade party milke alat ki
anusar jaldi kam karnese beed ko
jaldi aur sahi hatasaktha hain.
His main har party ko apne jagah
05
leneka aur kam karneka adesh
den.Ek beed ki kilaf yeh pura
karwahi Karen aur hunko jaldi
hatayen.Ek observer ki duwara
hunka kam ka sahi aur galtion ko
baad main bathyen.
Hisi kam ka baar baar abhiyas
19
karayen. Ek observer ki duwara
hunka kam ka sahi aur galtion ko
baad main bathyen.
Koi shaky a sawal honese dur
02
Karen.
Jaldi riot drill karna aur gahar
01
kanoon beed ko jaldi hatana police
min
ka ek jaroori kam hain weh his
drillse aur bhi jaldi aur achcha
min
min
min
min
min
min
min
min
min
535
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
RIOT DRILL
hosaktha hain.
Gahar kanoon beed ko hatana
police ki ek jaroori kam hain.
Riot drill ka partion ka baant ,
istemal honewale saaman ki jankari
aur jaldi karwahi ka tartib har police
virakthi ke lie jaroori hain.
02 min
**********************************************************************
LESSON-6 : MOBILE CHECKPOST
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka nirikshan
aur baant Karen.Mobile check
postmain istemal honewale samanon
ka nirikshan Karen.
Mobile checkpost se nakabandi
lagakkar vidrohi ka kilaf search
operations karsaktha hain.
Jaldisejal mobilecheckpost aur
naka laganeki tartib jannese police
apne karwahi main jeet hasil
karsakthahain kiunki yeh kamse
vidrohi ko pakkarna aur hunka
saaman,hathiar ko seize karna aasan
hain.
Hasty ambush aur riot drill ki one
minute drill ka kya anthar hain?
Sabak ka uddesh ek minutemain
mobile check post lagana sikhana
hain.
Mobile checkpost aur Nakabandi
main koi antar nahi hain.Lekin
mobile checkpost main kam
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
03 min
01 min
02 min
536
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
aanewale barrel,road block balli aur
anya saaman kam wazan ka hona
chaiyiye taki jaldi gaadimain
loading,unloading karsakthehain aur
naka jaldi lagana aur samapth
karsakthe hain.
Hismain naka laganeka saamanon
ko gaadimain load karke party ki
sath dia hua jagah pounchkar jaldi
naka lagana hain aur dubara aur
jagah jakkar naka lagana hain.His
main ek jawan search karthe samay
dusra jawan hunko firese cover
karna hain aur janta ka harkat ko bi
nazar rakhna hain.Yeh drill main
sahi aur galtion ka baadmain
debriefing karna hain.
Uppar bataya drill ko har groupse
alag alag abhiyas karana hain aur
hunka galti ko dorhana hain.
Koi shak ya sawal honese husko
dur Karen.
Jaldisejal mobile check post lagana
aur naka/search karna ana fouz
kelie vidrohion ka upar jeet hasil
karnekelie bahut jaroori hain.
Mobile checkpost aur Nakabandi
main koi antar nahi hain.Lekin
mobile checkpost main kam
aanewale barrel,road block balli aur
anya saaman kam wazan ka hona
chaiyiye.
Mobile checkpost se vidrohi ko
pakkarna aur hunka saaman,hathiar
ko seize karna aasan hain.
05 min
18 min
03 min
01 min
01 min
MOBILE CHECKPOST
*******************************************************************
LESSON-7: SECURITY DRILL
537
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen. 02 ya 03 teamonmain
alag Karen.
Anti sabotage check karna,
position lena, ,jagah aur
criminal/vidrohion ka umeedmain
dekhwal karna aur apne VIP ka firese
hifazat karna aur hunko kathrawale
jagah se hatana ek achcha police
kelie jaroori kam hain.
Security drill ka janna har police
sadasiyon ka ek jaroori kam
hain.Hiskelie saririk mazbuti aur
dimakki taqat ka sath sath abhiyas
ka jarurath hain.
Shakia ya criminal ko puchtath
karnemain kya kya chizonko dhiyan
rakhna chaiyiye?
Sabak ka uddesh Security drill ki
baremain jankari dena hain.
Security drill ka sirf jankarise sahi
drillko har samaymain alagu nahi
karsakthehain.Lekin kafi abhiyas ki
baad police sadasiyon his kam ka
sahi drill jaldi aur kamyabise
karsakthehain.
Hismain ek team ko Security drill
karnekelie adesh dia jayega.Weh
jaldisejal dia hua jagah ko antisabotage check karna aur position
lena,apna VIP/Protectee ko hifazat
dena,goli aanepar hunko apne
badanse cover karke husjagah se
hatana.Yeh pura karwahi jaldise jal
aur sahi karna.Dusra mukarar
kiyahua team hunka sahi aur galti ko
pakarkar baadmain bathayaga.
Hisi tartib ko baar baar abhiyas
karayen aur ek dusre teamonse
debriefing karayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Security drill ka jarurath har jagah
main aur har halatmain ho saktha
hain.Kiunki janjan police/fouz duty
kelie deploy hota hain wahan wahan
yeh karwahi karna hoga.
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
05 min
18 min
02 min
02 min
538
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
SECURITY DRILL
Security drill ka sirf jankarise sahi
drillko har samaymain alagu nahi
karsakthehain.Lekin kafi abhiyas ki
baad police sadasiyon his kam ka
sahi drill jaldi aur kamyabise
karsakthehain.
02 min
*********************************************************************
LESSON-8: MAKING FIRE TO COOK
SL
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
TITLE
DETAIL
Shuru
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
Shuru ka kam baant Karen.Samanon ka nirikshan
Karen.
Path
Kana bananekelie aag jaroori
parichay
hain.Junglemain kai alatmain bina
matchbox ka pathar se aagpaida
karna hoga aur kana banana hoga.
Lakshya
Bina matchstick aag paida
karnekelie pathar aur sukha lakdi ka
madad chaiyiye.Abhiyas bi jaroori
hain.
Dohrai
Riotdrill ka one minute drill main
bataya partionka nam bathyen?
Uddesh
Sabak ka uddesh pathar aur
sukha lagdiki madadse bina
matchbox ka aag paida karna hain
aur kana banana hain.
Pahunch
Jaldisejal aag laganekelie sukha
lagdika bahut jaroori hain. Bina
matchbox ka patharse hum aag
paida karsakthehain.
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
539
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
Hismain har trainee ko pathar se
pathar takarakkar aag paida karneka
tariqa sikhana hoga.Sukha lakdion ki
madad se aag ko badakkar husmain
messtinmain kana banana sikhana
hain aur jaldisejal karnekelie sabhiko
ek sath whistle marker shru kara
sakthehain.
Uppar bathaya drill ko har trainees
se karana hai . Sabse jaldi aag paida
karna aur jaldi aag ko badana aur
jaldi kana banana his drill ka
abhiyas hain.
Koi shak aur sawal honese husko
dur Karen.
Jaldise jal bina matchbox ka aag
paida karna aur kana banana jungle
duty aur barish ki samay main
bahut kam ayega.
Kana bananekelie aag jaroori
hain.Junglemain kai alatmain bina
matchbox ka pathar se aagpaida
karna hoga aur kana banana hoga.
Bina matchstick aag paida
karnekelie pathar aur sukha lakdi ka
madad chaiyiye.Abhiyas bi jaroori
hain.
05 min
17 min
03 min
02 min
02 min
MAKING FIRE TO COOK
*******************************************************************
SL
NO.
1.
TITLE
LESSON-9: GHOST WALK
Shuru
Shuru ka
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Hunka rassa aur
TIME
02 min
540
2.
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
9.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
10.
11.
Jaroori
Gyan
hathiaronko check Karen.
Jungle aur raat main ek jagahse
dusra jagah jathewaqt apne section
ki sath milke janachaiyiyeh.
Section ka pura jawan ekjagahse
dusra jagah jathe waqt milke jana
aur bina awas ka harkat karna
dushman ki kilaf ka operation main
jeet aasil karayaga.
One minute drill se kya kya faide
hain?
Sabak ka uddesh section ki puri
nafri rassaon ki madadse bina alag
hotehue harkat karna sikhana hain.
Kisi bi operation main,team ka ek
jawan bi alag honepar hunko
dundnekelie samay brabad hoga aur
dushman ki hathse pasne ka dar bi
hain.
His drillmain pura section
singlefile formation main chelega aur
hunka rassonko dusra ka sath
baandhkar husko hathse pakarkar
chelenge.Kamse kam awaz se harkat
hoga.Hismain scout,bichwale jawan
aur sabse pichchewale jawanko
bahut usharise chelna hoga aur sab
ka dhiyan rakhna hoga.
Hisi drill ko baar baar abhiyas
karayen aur hunka galtian bathayen.
Koi shak ya sawal honese dur
Karen.
Sahi harkat yeh hoga hain ki bina
awas aur tezi paramtu dushman ki
nazar se bachkar aur hunko jaldi se
jal pakarna aur marnekelie hoga.
Jungle aur raat main ek jagahse
dusra jagah jathewaqt apne section
ki sath milke janachaiyiyeh.
Kisi bi operation main,team ka ek
jawan bi alag honepar hunko
dundnekelie samay brabad hoga aur
dushman ki hathse pasne ka dar bi
hain.
02 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
05 min
17 min
03 min
02 min
02 min
GHOST WALK
541
********************************************************************
SL
NO.
1.
2.
TITLE
LESSON-10: MOVE,HALT,MOVE
Shuru
Shuru ka
kaam
Path
parichay
3.
Lakshya
4.
Dohrai
5.
Uddesh
6.
Pahunch
7.
Tartib
8.
Abhiyas
DETAIL
Instructor trainees ka ginti aur
baant Karen.Tent aur anya samanko
nirikshan Karen.
Chelna ,rukna aur chelna ek
abhiyan hai jismain bina awas ka
harkat karna aur tent bichana aur
dushman ki kilaf aur karwahi karna
hoga.
Dushman ki ilaqa main ya
dushman honeki sambavith jagah
main hamara harkat bina awas ka
hona chaiyiye.
Ghost walk one minute drill se aap
kya sikha hain?
Sabak ka uddesh ek jagah se
dusra jagah bina awas harkat karna
sikhana hain.
Dushman ko haranekelie hamara
harkat bina awas ka hona jaroori
hain.Istemal honewale tenton ka bi
camouflage karna ek mukhya kam
hoga.
Hismain pura team ek jagahse
dusra jagah bina awas kiye jayega
aur tent lagayaga,husko camouflage
karega.Phir aur jagah harkat
karega.Hinka kamonmain sahi aur
galtian baadmain bathana hoga.
Uppar bathaya tartib ko har
teamonse abhiyas karayen aur
galtion aur sahi kamonka baremain
baadmain debriefing karna hoga.
TIME
02 min
02 min
02 min
02 min
01 min
02 min
05 min
17 min
542
9.
10.
11.
Shak ya
sawal
Sankshep
Jaroori
Gyan
Koi shak aur sawal honese dur
Karen.
Bina awas harkat aur kam karneki
bahut abhiyas chaiyiye.Yeh hamesha
karte rahnase adat main shamil
rahega.
Dushman ko haranekelie hamara
harkat bina awas ka hona jaroori
hain.Istemal honewale tenton ka bi
camouflage karna ek mukhya kam
hoga.
Dushman ki ilaqa main ya
dushman honeki sambavith jagah
main hamara harkat bina awas ka
hona chaiyiye.
02 min
02 min
03 min
MOVE,HALT,MOVE
**********************************************************************
*************************************************************************
***********************************************************************
543